Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 28, 2026

Registration No. 333-

 

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S‑1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

Amaero Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

3390

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

41-5075246

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

130 Innovation Drive SW

McDonald, Tennessee 37353

(423) 815-2699

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Hank J. Holland

Chief Executive Officer

130 Innovation Drive SW

McDonald, Tennessee 37353

(423) 815-2699

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

 

J. Robert Suffoletta

Austin March

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati,

Professional Corporation

900 S. Capital of Texas Highway

Las Cimas IV, 5th Floor

Austin, TX 78746

(512) 338-5400

Brett Paduch

Amaero Inc.

130 Innovation Drive SW

McDonald, Tennessee 37353

(423) 815-2699

Brandon J. Bortner

Gil Savir

Ryan S. Brewer

Paul Hastings LLP

2050 M Street NW

Washington, D.C. 20036

(202) 551-1700

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

☐

 

Accelerated filer

☐

Non-accelerated filer

☒

 

Smaller reporting company

☒

 

 

 

Emerging growth company

☒

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of Securities Act. ☐

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


Table of Contents

The information contained in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Preliminary Prospectus Dated August 28, 2026

shares

 

img46380473_0.jpg

Amaero Inc.

Common Stock

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Amaero Inc. We are selling shares of our common stock.

Depositary interests, referred to as CHESS Depositary Interests (“CDIs”), each representing beneficial interests of 1/40th of a share of our common stock, are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (“ASX”) under the symbol “3DA.” This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation of any offer to buy, any CDIs. On      , 2026, the last reported sales price of the CDIs was A$      per CDI (equivalent to approximately $      per CDI or $      per share of common stock, based on the exchange rate of A$    per $1.00, the noon buying rate in effect on      , 2026 as quoted by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York in the United States).

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters and will be based on the last reported trading price of such CDI prior to the pricing of our Common Stock as well as prevailing market conditions and other factors described in “Underwriting” beginning on page 123 of this prospectus, subject to certain restrictions under the rules of the ASX (see “Risk Factors—Our ability to raise additional capital may be significantly limited by the ASX Listing Rules that limit the amount of common stock that we are permitted to issue without stockholder approval.”).

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (the “Nasdaq”) under the symbol “AMRO.”

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements in this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company.”

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 of this prospectus before making an investment decision regarding our common stock.

 

 

 

Per Share

 

 

Total

 

Initial public offering price

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to Amaero Inc.

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

(1)
See the section titled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional shares of our common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment on , 2026.

Joint Lead Bookrunning Managers

 

Stifel

 

Baird

 

Co-Manager

Lake Street

Prospectus dated , 2026

 


Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

 

iii

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

1

RISK FACTORS

 

17

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

42

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

44

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

45

CAPITALIZATION

 

46

DILUTION

 

48

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

50

BUSINESS

 

71

MANAGEMENT

 

90

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

98

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

109

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

112

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

114

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

121

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON‑U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

 

124

UNDERWRITING

 

128

LEGAL MATTERS

 

137

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS

 

137

EXPERTS

 

137

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

138

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-1

 

Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different than the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the underwriters take any responsibility for, and cannot provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus or such free writing prospectus, as applicable, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any such free writing prospectus or of any sale of the securities offered hereby. Our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside of the United States: This prospectus is an offer to sell only the securities offered hereby and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. Neither we nor any of the underwriters have taken any action that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons who have come into possession of this prospectus in a jurisdiction outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

Basis of presentation

Our business was founded in 2013 through Amaero Engineering Pty Ltd, an Australian company. Amaero International Limited was incorporated in Australia on May 17, 2019, and Amaero Engineering Pty Ltd became a wholly owned subsidiary of Amaero International Limited. On December 5, 2019, we completed our initial public offering in Australia and became publicly listed on the ASX under the ticker “3DA,” and we changed our name to Amaero Ltd effective April 1, 2025. On February 20, 2026, we formed Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation, for the purpose of redomiciling Amaero Ltd in the United States (the “Redomiciliation”), and on June 22, 2026, we completed the Redomiciliation, with Amaero Ltd becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Amaero Inc. As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “Amaero,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to (i) prior to the date of the Redomiciliation, Amaero Ltd and its consolidated subsidiaries, or either or all of them as the context may require, and (ii) following the date of the Redomiciliation, Amaero Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, or either or all of them as the context may require.

i


Table of Contents

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Amaero Inc. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). Our fiscal year ends on December 31 of each year. Our most recent fiscal year ended on December 31, 2025.

Certain monetary amounts, percentages and other figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Percentage amounts included in this prospectus have not in all cases been calculated on the basis of such rounded figures, but on the basis of such amounts prior to rounding. For this reason, percentage amounts in this prospectus may vary from those obtained by performing the same calculations using the figures in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain other amounts that appear in this prospectus may not sum due to rounding.

Trademarks and tradenames

We use Amaero, the Amaero logo and other marks as trademarks in the United States and other countries. This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks, and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork, and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other entities’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other entity.

ii


Table of Contents

 

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus includes statistical data, estimates and forecasts regarding our industry and the markets in which we operate. Unless otherwise indicated, information concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations, market position, market opportunity and market size, are based on our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate, together with currently available information obtained from various sources, including publicly available information, industry reports and publications, surveys, our buyers and sellers, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate.

In presenting this information, we have made certain assumptions that we believe to be reasonable based on such data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of, and our experience to date in, the markets in which we operate. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Market and industry data is subject to change and may be limited by the availability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations inherent in any statistical survey of such data. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of the future performance of the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by third parties and by us. As a result, you should be aware that market, ranking and other similar industry data included in this prospectus, and estimates and beliefs based on that data, may not be reliable. We are responsible for all of the disclosures contained in this prospectus and our use of third-party market data in preparing such disclosures and we believe the information from the industry publications and other third-party sources included in this prospectus is reliable, though we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in such sources.

The source of market data and certain other statistical data, estimates and forecasts contained in this prospectus are based on a variety of sources, including the following independent industry publications, government publications and other published independent sources:

•
Department of Energy, Market Research Study, U.S. Forging Industry, August 2022
•
Dataintelo, Refractory Metal Alloys in Aerospace Market, July 2026
•
Straits Research, North America Powder Metallurgy Market Size, Share & Trends Analysis Report, July 2026

The content of the above sources, except to the extent specifically set forth in this prospectus, does not constitute a portion of this prospectus and is not incorporated herein.

iii


Table of Contents

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.

Overview

We are a leading U.S.-based producer of high-value refractory and titanium alloy spherical metal powders for additive manufacturing (“AM”) and advanced manufacturing, and a pioneer in Powder Metallurgy Hot Isostatic Pressing (“PM-HIP”) manufacturing of large near-net-shape components. With manufacturing and corporate headquarters in Tennessee, we occupy a strategically critical position at the intersection of U.S. national security priorities, AM technology, and the domestic reshoring of imperative U.S. supply chains.

Our core technology platform centers on the Electrode Induction Melting Inert Gas Atomizer (“EIGA”), an advanced crucible-free gas atomization technology designed for the production of high-purity titanium and refractory alloy powders (“EIGA Premium”). Because the molten metal resulting from the EIGA process does not contact other materials during the melting process, the EIGA helps minimize contamination and produces metal powders with a high level of purity and consistency. To our knowledge, our EIGA Premium configuration is the only such system operating in the United States. We produce high-purity spherical metal powders specifically engineered for laser powder bed fusion (“LPBF”) 3D printing of mission-critical components — particularly for hypersonic weapons systems, satellite propulsion, strategic missiles, aerospace, and medical applications. Our powder portfolio encompasses niobium, tungsten, tantalum, molybdenum, rhenium, zirconium, and titanium alloy powders.

Through our PM-HIP manufacturing process, we produce large, complex, near-net-shape powder metallurgy parts with forged-equivalent material properties and microstructure, providing a technically mature and scalable alternative to the strained domestic supply chain for large-scale castings and forgings. This capability is particularly relevant to the U.S. Navy’s submarine industrial base, where capacity constraints for large components represent a critical bottleneck to shipbuilding program objectives.

We have built a strong reputation for delivering mission-critical materials and parts on time and to customer specification with leading organizations in defense, aerospace, and advanced manufacturing. We have entered into exclusive or preferred supplier arrangements and long-term supply and strategic development agreements with organizations such as ADDMAN Group, one of the largest U.S. domestic metal additive manufacturers, Velo3D, a “Made in USA” leader in AM technology, and Titomic Limited, a global leader in cold spray AM technology, among others.

Following a three-year capital investment program of over $45.0 million, we believe we are at an inflection point as our business transitions from onshoring our manufacturing facilities to revenue growth and margin expansion.

Industry and Market Background

The Strategic Imperative for Domestic Advanced Materials

The U.S. defense industrial base faces a structural vulnerability that has developed over several decades: a pronounced reliance on foreign sources — particularly China and other potentially adversarial nations — for critical minerals and the advanced materials derived from them. This vulnerability extends to the processing, atomization, and qualification of high-performance metal powders essential for next-generation weapons systems, propulsion platforms, and space technologies.

1


Table of Contents

 

Refractory alloys occupy a particularly sensitive position within the U.S. aerospace and defense supply chains. For example, Niobium C103 (“C103”) is a refractory alloy used in rocket nozzles, satellite thrusters, hypersonic components, and jet engine afterburner flaps due to its unique combination of properties, including its high melting point, low density, strength retention at elevated temperatures, ductility at room temperature, and weldability. Prior to our commissioning of domestic C103 powder production capacity, qualified domestic sources of C103 additive manufacturing powder were limited, creating potential supply-chain risks for critical aerospace and defense programs.

Titanium alloys are similarly essential to the U.S. aerospace and defense supply chains. Titanium is indispensable for aircraft structures, jet engine components, missile systems, ordnance, and medical implants due to its strength-to-weight ratio, corrosion resistance, high-temperature performance, and biocompatibility. The adoption of additive manufacturing for titanium components has accelerated substantially, as AM reduces the traditional buy-to-fly ratio, dramatically lowering material waste, lead times, and total unit costs. The United States is highly dependent on imports of titanium alloys, and we believe we add a critical source of domestic supply to help address significant existing supply chain risks.

We believe recent policy developments have created an environment that is primed to catalyze investment in domestic AM capability. These policy developments include, among others, the identification of AM and domestic advanced material production as priorities by the National Defense Industrial Strategy (“NDIS”); the passage of the 2026 National Defense Authorization Act, requiring the Department of War (“DoW”) to develop advanced manufacturing guidance; and the implementation of the Make More in America (“MMIA”) initiative by the U.S. Export-Import Bank (“EXIM Bank”) to address long-term weaknesses in U.S. supply chains caused by decades of underinvestment and offshoring.

U.S.-based purchasers of advanced materials are increasingly including U.S.-only sourcing clauses, and reshoring has been a priority of the Trump administration, which is expected to benefit domestic powder producers and PM-HIP manufacturers who can fill supply chain gaps previously served by non-U.S. suppliers. For PM-HIP, investment and interest are being driven by the aerospace and energy sectors that are themselves beneficiaries of the Trump administration’s push to strengthen the domestic defense and industrial base, which is expected to result in U.S.-based PM-HIP manufacturers realizing significant benefits from the broader policy direction, even as the sector navigates near-term input cost volatility.

When taken together with the several executive orders promoting advancement of domestic AM capability and other initiatives by the Trump administration, including improved regulatory mitigation and targeted tariff policies, we believe that establishing industrial policy and supply chain sovereignty are national security priorities and economic objectives.

Addressing the Castings and Forgings Bottleneck through PM-HIP

The limited availability of U.S. domestic large-scale casting and forging is an additional structural vulnerability that has negatively impacted the U.S. defense industrial base in recent years. In particular, the domestic forging and casting base for stainless steel, nickel superalloy, and specialty metal components, which is essential to manufacturing naval propulsion and submarine components, has contracted significantly over the past several decades due, in part, to offshoring. The limited domestic supply chain presents a direct threat to the Navy’s submarine production targets, which are central to the NDIS.

We believe our PM-HIP manufacturing offers a technically mature and scalable solution that has the potential to meaningfully alleviate the structural vulnerability posed by the limited availability of U.S. domestic large-scale casting and forging. By consolidating metal powder within precision-engineered tooling under simultaneous high temperature and isostatic pressure, PM-HIP produces fully dense, near-net-shape components with forged-equivalent material properties and microstructure, meaning a higher performance in quality and structural integrity. The process eliminates internal voids and maintains a fine microstructure through plastic deformation, creep, and diffusion bonding — achieving mechanical properties that are in many cases superior to conventional cast equivalents, while enabling complex geometries not achievable by traditional forging.

2


Table of Contents

 

Market Opportunity

We evaluate our total U.S. addressable market by reviewing the estimated current and future U.S. addressable markets of the three product categories we directly serve—titanium additive manufacturing powder, refractory additive manufacturing powder, and PM-HIP components—each of which is expected to grow due to, among other things, rising defense spending, accelerating adoption of additive manufacturing, and reshoring of critical supply chains:

•
Titanium powder: The U.S. addressable market for titanium additive manufacturing powder is estimated to be approximately $464.8 million in 2026, growing to approximately $803.5 million by 2030, representing a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of approximately 14.7% from 2026 to 2030, according to a July 2026 Straits Research report. We believe growth is being driven by the accelerating adoption of additive manufacturing across defense, aerospace, medical device manufacturing and civilian firearms—including for aircraft structures, jet engine components, missile systems, ordnance and medical implants—and by the ability of additive manufacturing to reduce the traditional buy-to-fly ratio.
•
Refractory powder: The U.S. addressable market for refractory additive manufacturing powder is estimated to be approximately $191.8 million in 2026, growing to approximately $242.6 million by 2030, representing a CAGR of approximately 6.0% from 2026 to 2030, according to a July 2026 Dataintelo report. We believe growth is being driven by demand for high-performance refractory alloys used in rocket nozzles, satellite thrusters, hypersonic components and jet engine afterburner flaps, and by additive manufacturing increasingly displacing conventional fabrication in aerospace and defense.
•
PM-HIP components: Based on management’s estimates, we believe the U.S. PM-HIP market we serve—the near-net-shape PM-HIP components market, a distinct subset of the broader total hot isostatic pressing (HIP) market—to be approximately $80 million in 2026, growing to approximately $450 million by 2030, representing a CAGR of approximately 54.0% from 2026 to 2030. We believe growth is being driven by defense and energy customers seeking to overcome the persistent shortage of large-scale domestic casting and forging capacity, particularly across the U.S. naval and maritime industrial base; PM-HIP directly addresses this bottleneck by producing fully dense, near-net-shape components with forged-equivalent material properties, on shortened production cycles and in geometries not achievable through traditional forging.

In aggregate, we estimate the total U.S. addressable market for these three categories at approximately $736.6 million in 2026, growing to approximately $1,496.1 million by 2030, representing a CAGR of approximately 19.4% from 2026 to 2030.

Our Solution

We aim to address critical gaps in the supply chain by building resilient, integrated, and scalable U.S.-domestic industrial production and supply chains. Fragmented supply chains introduce variability at each step, from feedstock mining to powder atomization to component production, causing inconsistent performance and higher scrap rates for original equipment manufacturers in regulated sectors. As industries are pushed to integrate more advanced alloys, the lack of fully integrated suppliers is expected to result in costly bottlenecks and limit commercialization.

We offer the following products:

•
Specialty Metal Powder Production: The production and sale of high-purity, spherical refractory, and titanium alloy powders for additive manufacturing and advanced manufacturing applications in defense, aerospace, space, medical, and consumer sectors.
•
PM-HIP Manufacturing: The production and sale of large, near-net-shape powder metallurgy components with forged-equivalent material properties for demanding, critical applications in defense, aerospace, space, energy, and industrial sectors.

These two product categories are strategically complementary: powder production establishes us as a leading domestic source of critical alloy feedstock for AM, while PM-HIP manufacturing leverages our powder metallurgy expertise and customer relationships to provide manufacturing capacity capable of addressing the current lack of U.S. domestic large-scale casting and forging.

3


Table of Contents

 

We believe we are well positioned at the intersection of materials science and manufacturing, with scaled U.S. production of high-value refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders and differentiated PM-HIP capability for near-net-shape parts.

Our Strategy

We expect to drive stockholder value based on our strategic position as a critical U.S. domestic supplier of high-value refractory and titanium alloy powders and producer of near-net-shape powder metallurgy components to the U.S. defense, aerospace, space, medical, consumer, energy, and industrial sectors.

We believe we are well positioned to benefit from the powerful macro-trends of U.S. re-industrialization and the strengthening of domestic supply chains. This “onshoring” is a vital response to increasing geopolitical instability and the vulnerabilities exposed by recent global disruptions, such as military conflict in the Middle East and tariffs and trade restrictions. The U.S. government and key industries are actively seeking to reduce reliance on foreign supply chains to ensure national security and maintain operational resilience, with the goal of safeguarding the continuous supply of mission-critical materials and components, particularly within the defense and aerospace sectors, which are essential for national security.

Our advanced materials and manufacturing capabilities directly address this imperative. We possess premium technology, including, to our knowledge, the only EIGA Premium system configuration of its kind currently operating in the United States, and PM-HIP. By expanding our production capacity and utilizing this differentiated technology, we believe we are positioned to become a critical contributor to the U.S. defense industrial base. With an experienced leadership team guiding us toward commercial production, we believe we are poised to capitalize on the strong demand for domestically sourced, high-performance materials and large, complex, near-net-shape powder metallurgy parts.

The key elements of our strategy are:

Target High-Margin Growth with Specialized Materials

Our strategy is to achieve resilient, high-margin growth by focusing on two complementary revenue streams: (i) the production of ultra-clean, high-purity refractory and titanium alloy powders, and (ii) high-value manufacturing of large, near-net-shape components with our PM-HIP capabilities. Our goal is to continue to operate the largest U.S. domestic production capacity for refractory and titanium spherical powders with full feedstock traceability and to further expand our capacity to meet market opportunities.

We have strategically prioritized refractory and titanium alloy powder as a core driver of our expected growth, as such powder is vital for extreme-temperature applications like hypersonic missiles, missile defense, space, and energy applications that are becoming more prevalent. We believe our strategic advantage as an agile, lower cost U.S. domestic producer of refractory and titanium alloy powders will enable us to maximize our share of this market demand and address critical supply chain needs.

Align with U.S. Re-industrialization and Defense Requirements

A core element of our strategy is to align our operations with the U.S. government’s initiative to onshore critical manufacturing capabilities. Amid geopolitical tensions and supply chain vulnerabilities, we have and intend to continue to focus on expanding our ability to deliver domestically sourced and manufactured high-performance refractory and alloy powders, filling a vital gap in the U.S. domestic supply chain for mission-critical programs like hypersonic and strategic missiles, while also continuing to source cost-effective raw materials across the global supply chain, including the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”). Our goal in relocating to the United States in July 2023 was to move ahead of larger multinational companies that are only now seeking to re-establish their U.S. manufacturing capabilities. To our knowledge, we are the only manufacturer currently operating a gas atomizer dedicated to supplying refractory and titanium alloy powders in the United States, which both advances U.S. priorities to reduce reliance on China and Russia for critical materials and is consistent with our strategy to align our operations with the DoW’s re-industrialization policies.

4


Table of Contents

 

Leverage Commercial Scale Operations

We have pursued and achieved full commercial-scale production, a pivotal transition that allows us to develop improved costs and margin economics as volume demand increases. With over $100.0 million raised since May 2022 and approximately $89.1 million in tangible assets, including $17.6 million of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, each as of June 30, 2026, we believe that we are well-capitalized to continue to scale production. The commissioning of our third advanced atomizer in Tennessee in June 2026, which is dedicated solely to titanium alloy powder production, doubles our titanium powder production capacity and represents a key step in our strategic pursuit of increasing our high-value powder production capacity. Our first atomizer is dedicated to refractory alloy powders, while our second and third atomizers are dedicated to titanium alloy powders. Our fourth atomizer, which has been ordered and is expected to be commissioned in June 2027, is also expected to be dedicated to titanium alloy powder production. We intend to deploy the additional titanium capacity to capture a greater share of the high-margin titanium powder market, capitalize on superior pricing and meet increasing U.S. defense and aerospace demand.

Pursue Long-term Commercial Agreements

Our expansion strategy is to secure key agreements that de-risk the commercialization phase by providing a tangible demand pipeline. Our expansion has included a multi-year exclusive supply agreement with Velo3D, a five-year preferred supplier agreement with ADDMAN Group and its subsidiaries, including Castheon and Keselowski Advanced Manufacturing where we are their primary supplier of C103 and refractory AM powder, a five-year exclusive supplier agreement for refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders with Titomic, a leader in cold spray production of critical components, a three-year exclusive distribution agreement with United Performance Metals, and a five-year supply agreement with Knust-Godwin. As of July 31, 2026, our backlog under these agreements and others was $15.3 million across 26 unique customers. We believe that successfully executing under our existing commercial contracts and pursuing additional agreements will further validate our operational abilities through demonstrated performance and unlock additional growth opportunities, including in the aerospace, defense, and medical applications.

Maintain Technological Advantage

We believe our early adoption of EIGA Premium atomizers provides us with advanced technical manufacturing capabilities not available to other U.S. producers.

Our technological advantage is validated by organizations such as NASA Glenn Research Center and the Air Force Research Laboratory, which have determined that only EIGA technology is capable of the qualification and scaled production of C103 and refractory alloys due to their high melting temperatures. Our EIGA Premium capabilities provide both the high purity and scalability necessary to meet the demanding requirements of the U.S. defense sector. As new technologies and methods arrive and become available, we intend to evaluate their ability to provide us cost-efficient products in the AM and advanced manufacturing industries.

Furthermore, we plan to continue to expand our expertise in PM-HIP allowing us to produce large, near-net-shape components with properties equivalent to traditional forgings, alleviating major supply chain bottlenecks for large-scale parts.

Competitive Strengths

First-Mover Advantage and Scale Position

We have spent approximately $45.0 million over the past three years to establish the only U.S. domestic atomization capacity specifically dedicated to refractory alloys and the largest total domestic capacity for spherical refractory and titanium alloy powders. In connection with our expansion efforts, we have realized net losses from continuing operations of $13.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, and $18.5 million and $13.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. As of June 30, 2026, our total indebtedness was $19.6 million and our cash and cash equivalents were $13.6 million.

We have acquired and commissioned three EIGA Premium atomizers and are currently contracted for and expect to commission a fourth in June 2027. Our current annual production capacity of 680 metric tons, with a maximum capacity of 720 metric tons based on product mix, represents greater scale than any other known domestic

5


Table of Contents

 

competitor, and our annual planned production capacity is expected to increase to 920 metric tons, with a maximum capacity of 960 metric tons, when our fourth atomizer is commissioned. In addition to the significant investments we made to build out our production capacity, we have obtained significant expertise and know-how relating to the optimization and calibration of our EIGA Premium systems, which we believe results in meaningful cost and production advantages beyond the underlying equipment specifications and would take substantial time for competitors to replicate if they chose to commission the same equipment. We believe our first-mover position is reinforced by the significant time, capital, and customer qualification requirements associated with establishing competitive atomization capacity. In aerospace and defense applications, qualification programs can require multiple years of testing and validation, creating substantial barriers to entry for new market participants.

Superior Technology: EIGA Premium Advantage

Based on performance specifications published by the manufacturer of our gas atomizers, EIGA Premium technology is designed to provide approximately twice the usable powder yield using half the gas when compared to conventional EIGA atomizers. This efficiency delivers a structural cost advantage over manufacturers that deploy conventional EIGA atomizers and compounds as production volumes increase. We expect our cost savings to further increase as our argon recycling system becomes operational, with estimated argon gas costs estimated to decrease by at least 77% over the first year. The combination of EIGA Premium technology and our argon recycling is expected to make our unit cost structure among the most competitive in the allied world for high-quality refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders.

Qualification Moat and Technical Barriers

Aerospace and defense customers require extensive material qualification before they can incorporate materials into their products. Obtaining these qualifications requires a multi-year process involving intensive technical collaboration between the producer of the materials and either the end-user or the Tier 1 manufacturer. We have completed qualification of our C103 powder with ADDMAN/Castheon and Auburn University’s National Center for Additive Manufacturing Excellence (“NCAME”), our Ti-64 powder with Velo3D. In our PM-HIP components business, we have collaborated with Bechtel Plant Machinery, Inc. (“BPMI”), a DoW prime contractor, and the U.S. Navy for over two years across development, demonstration and first-article programs, and we have been awarded a low-rate-initial-production contract to produce components in support of the U.S. submarine industrial base, and we intend to continue to qualify additional PM-HIP components with BPMI. These qualifications represent years of collaborative technical investment, and replacement would require high transition costs and significant time.

Strategic Government and Customer Relationships

EXIM Bank’s MMIA loan to us—the sixth MMIA loan approved and the first to support advanced materials and AM—provides not only non-dilutive capital but represents a U.S. government endorsement of our strategic role. We believe the U.S. Navy’s Letter of Support for the development of our PM-HIP manufacturing provides a similarly significant endorsement of our strategic importance to the U.S. defense industrial base. These government endorsements, combined with our proximity to Oak Ridge National Laboratory and our Special Advisor relationship with Lieutenant General (ret.) H.R. McMaster, provide us with critical insight and access to the U.S. defense ecosystem.

Domestic Supply Chain Sovereignty

U.S. defense procurement policy has progressively resulted in domestic sourcing preferences for critical materials, with congressional action and DoW acquisition policies creating increasing barriers to foreign-sourced specialty metals and advanced materials. Our titanium bar feedstock is sourced and processed in compliance with Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (“DFARS”), with full traceability from raw material through finished powder. We believe these same attributes position our titanium powders as a DFARS-compliant domestic source of supply, because our domestic atomization independently qualifies our titanium powders as “produced” in the United States, regardless of where the titanium bar feedstock is sourced. See “—Regulatory—Defense Procurement.” Our Tennessee manufacturing facility operates entirely within the United States, and our powders and PM-HIP components are produced, tested, and being qualified domestically. Our feedstock traceability, domestic manufacturing base, and AS9100D quality certification position us favorably relative to foreign competitors seeking to access the U.S. market. As Foreign Ownership, Control, and Influence (“FOCI”) mitigation requirements are applied with increasing frequency to defense contractors and their supply chains, our structure as a U.S.-incorporated, U.S.-operating entity reduces the ownership and control risks that continue to complicate procurement relationships involving foreign suppliers.

6


Table of Contents

 

Specialized Technical Talent and Process Know-How

Producing commercially viable reactive metal powders and qualifying PM-HIP components for defense and aerospace applications requires deep, specialized expertise in powder metallurgy, atomization process tuning, metallurgical modeling, and PM-HIP can design. Our technical team includes senior leaders with prior experience at leading metal and powder producers, national laboratories, and aerospace research institutions. We believe the limited number of qualified professionals and the multi-year process necessary to assemble and integrate a team with similar technical expertise represents a significant barrier to competitive entry that complements the qualification barrier and significant capital investment requirements described above.

Alignment of Interests

Our directors and executive officers, including Hank J. Holland, our Chief Executive Officer,Eric Bono, our Chief Technology Officer, and Brett Paduch, our Chief Financial Officer, beneficially owned an aggregate of approximately 35.4% of the shares of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering, based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of August 27, 2026. We believe this ownership structure creates meaningful economic alignment among our directors and management team and our stockholders, incentivizing our directors and management team to optimize outcomes for our investors.

Risk Factors Summary

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. The following is a summary of the principal risks we face:

•
We have a history of operating losses, expect to incur continuing losses in the future and will need to obtain additional funding for our operations.
•
Our continued growth depends on our ability to scale our refractory and titanium alloy powder production and PM-HIP manufacturing capacity.
•
Because all of our manufacturing is concentrated at a single facility, any significant disruption at such facility could adversely affect our entire business and financial results.
•
Unanticipated costs or delays associated with our ongoing refractory and titanium alloy powder commercialization and PM-HIP manufacturing may materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
•
We may be unable to qualify our PM-HIP components for production, and even after qualification, quality issues could result in significant rework costs or the cancellation of production contracts.
•
Our manufacturing processes are complex and capital intensive and rely on critical, high-cost equipment that is difficult or very costly to replace.
•
Our manufacturing operations expose our business to health and safety risks, and any workplace accidents or safety incidents at our facility could result in significant liabilities, production disruptions, and increased regulatory scrutiny that materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
•
A considerable portion of our revenue is derived from the sale of defense-related products through various contracts and subcontracts that are subject to risks related to contracts with the U.S. government, including changes in the U.S. political environment and federal policies. These contracts may be suspended, canceled, conditioned, or delayed, which could have an adverse impact on our revenues.
•
Our powder business depends on additive manufacturing systems and processes that we do not control, and technological changes in those systems and processes could reduce demand for our powders.

7


Table of Contents

 

•
We depend on our ability to successfully access the capital and financial markets. Any inability to access the capital or financial markets may limit our ability to fund our ongoing operations, execute our business plan or pursue investments that we may rely on for future profit and growth.
•
We expect to rely on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our near-term revenue.
•
If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our business and competitive position could be adversely affected.
•
We may become subject to intellectual property disputes, which are costly and may subject us to significant liability and increased costs of doing business.
•
If our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components fail to meet required customer specifications, our technology and products may become less competitive and our results of operations may be harmed.
•
We are subject to U.S. export control, defense trade and economic sanctions laws, and changes in, or violations of, these laws could restrict our operations, expose us to penalties, and adversely affect our business.
•
We will incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company with securities listed on exchanges in both the United States and Australia, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance initiatives.
•
Insiders will continue to have substantial influence over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to affect the outcome of key transactions, including a change in control.
•
An active trading market for our common stock on Nasdaq may not be developed or sustained, and the trading price for our common stock may be volatile and affected by economic conditions beyond our control.
•
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares is restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly, even if our business is doing well.
•
We may not ultimately realize certain expected benefits of our corporate redomicile from Australia to the State of Delaware.
•
The dual listing of our securities in Australia and the United States may adversely affect the liquidity and value of our common stock in the United States.
•
Our ability to raise additional capital may be significantly limited by the ASX Listing Rules that limit the amount of common stock that we are permitted to issue without stockholder approval.
•
We have substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern if this offering is not completed.
•
We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to remediate this weakness or otherwise fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements could be impaired, which could adversely affect our operating results, our ability to operate our business, our stock price and access to the capital markets.
•
Our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement contains financial obligations and restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

8


Table of Contents

 

•
As a result of listing our CDIs on the ASX, we are subject to the ASX Listing Rules, which may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to manage our business or raise additional capital.
•
Investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering may not be able to freely sell those shares in Australia during the 12 months after the issue date of those shares in this offering and therefore will not be able to take advantage of any liquidity that may be available for CDIs traded on the ASX during that period, unless an exception applies or the Company is able to rely on applicable legislative relief and lodges a cleansing notice in accordance with Australian regulatory requirements with the ASX.

Our risk factors are not guarantees that no such conditions exist as of the date of this prospectus and should not be interpreted as an affirmative statement that such risks or conditions have not materialized, in whole or in part.

Channels for Disclosure of Information

Investors, the media and others should note that, following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we intend to announce material information to the public through filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the investor relations page on our website (https://amaeroinc.com), presentations on our website, press releases, public conference calls and webcasts.

The information disclosed by the foregoing channels could be deemed to be material information. However, information disclosed through these channels does not constitute part of this prospectus and is not incorporated by reference herein.

Any updates to the list of disclosure channels through which we will announce information will be posted on the investor relations page on our website. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

Corporate Information

Our business was founded in 2013 through Amaero Engineering Pty Ltd, an Australian company. Amaero International Limited was incorporated in Australia on May 17, 2019, and Amaero Engineering Pty Ltd became a wholly owned subsidiary of Amaero International Limited. On December 5, 2019, we completed our initial public offering in Australia and became publicly listed on the ASX under the ticker “3DA,” and we changed our name to Amaero Ltd effective April 1, 2025. On February 20, 2026, we formed Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation, for the purpose of redomiciling Amaero Ltd in the United States, and on June 22, 2026, we completed the Redomiciliation, with Amaero Ltd becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Amaero Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 130 Innovation Drive SW, McDonald, Tennessee 37353. Our telephone number is (423) 815-2699. Our website is https://amaeroinc.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended (the “JOBS Act”). As such, we may take advantage of reduced disclosure and other requirements otherwise generally applicable to public companies, including:

•
presentation in this prospectus of only two years of audited financial statements and related financial disclosure;
•
exemption from the requirement to have our registered independent public accounting firm attest to management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

9


Table of Contents

 

•
exemption from compliance with the requirement of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on the financial statements;
•
reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and
•
exemption from the requirement to hold non‑binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have at least $1.235 billion in annual revenue; (2) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700.0 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates as of the last day of the most recently completed second quarter; (3) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period; and (4) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of this offering.

As a result of this status, we have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus and may elect to take advantage of reduced reporting requirements in our future filings with the SEC. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, and we have not included all of the executive compensation-related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies unless it otherwise irrevocably elects not to avail itself of this exemption. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until we are no longer an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). We will continue to be a smaller reporting company in any given year if either (i) the aggregate market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million as of the last day of the most recently completed second quarter or (ii) we have less than $100.0 million in revenue in the most recently completed fiscal year and the aggregate market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million as of the last business day of the most recently completed second quarter (in each case, with respect to the aggregate market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates, as measured as of the last business day of the second quarter of such fiscal year). If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10‑K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

10


Table of Contents

 

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

shares.

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us

shares.

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

shares (or shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $ million (or approximately $ million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on , 2026, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock in the United States, facilitate future access to the U.S. public equity markets by us, our employees and our stockholders, and increase our visibility in the marketplace. We intend to use up to approximately $ million of the net proceeds of this offering to purchase capital equipment over the next 12 months with the remaining proceeds to be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and research and development. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or investments at this time. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds.”

Risk factors

See the section titled “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed trading symbol

We have applied to have our common stock listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “AMRO. ” Our CDIs are listed on the ASX under the symbol “3DA.”

 

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 23,833,180 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, and excludes:

•
2,082,218 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.03 per share;
•
483,307 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our Employee Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), as of June 30, 2026, which number of shares was added to the shares of our common stock reserved under our 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2026 Plan”) upon its effectiveness, at which time we ceased granting awards under the Plan;

11


Table of Contents

 

•
4,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan; and
•
642,049 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase CDIs convertible into shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.56 per share.

The 2026 Plan provides for annual automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved thereunder, and the 2026 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares of our common stock that may be granted thereunder based on shares underlying the awards granted under the 2026 Plan that expire, are forfeited or are repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to the following:

•
conversion of all outstanding CDIs into shares of common stock;
•
no exercise of outstanding options or warrants described above;
•
no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; and
•
the Redomiciliation as if it had been completed on January 1, 2024.

12


Table of Contents

 

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth a summary of our consolidated financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. The consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The condensed consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, and the condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2026, are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included all adjustments that, in management’s opinion, are necessary to state fairly the information set forth in those condensed consolidated financial statements. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results. The summary consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace, and are qualified in their entirety by, the consolidated financial statements and condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Consolidated Statement of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Six Months ended June 30,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Revenue

 

$

6,305

 

 

$

1,317

 

 

$

7,397

 

 

$

1,219

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

11,468

 

 

 

4,160

 

 

 

10,474

 

 

 

4,496

 

Gross loss

 

 

(5,163

)

 

 

(2,843

)

 

 

(3,077

)

 

 

(3,277

)

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

13,400

 

 

 

10,540

 

 

 

9,963

 

 

 

5,816

 

Research and development expenses

 

 

397

 

 

 

541

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

8

 

Loss on dispositions and impairment

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

—

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

13,797

 

 

 

11,081

 

 

 

10,134

 

 

 

5,824

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(18,960

)

 

 

(13,924

)

 

 

(13,211

)

 

 

(9,101

)

Other income, net

 

 

151

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

3

 

Interest income

 

 

715

 

 

 

373

 

 

 

389

 

 

 

235

 

Interest expense

 

 

(454

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(697

)

 

 

(38

)

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

412

 

 

 

530

 

 

 

(222

)

 

 

200

 

Loss from continuing operations before
   income taxes

 

 

(18,548

)

 

 

(13,394

)

 

 

(13,433

)

 

 

(8,901

)

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

(18,548

)

 

 

(13,394

)

 

 

(13,433

)

 

 

(8,901

)

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

170

 

 

 

669

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

170

 

Net loss attributable to stockholders(1)

 

$

(18,378

)

 

$

(12,725

)

 

$

(13,433

)

 

$

(8,731

)

Basic and diluted net loss per
   share - continuing operations

 

$

(0.96

)

 

$

(0.98

)

 

$

(0.56

)

 

$

(0.53

)

Basic and diluted net income per
   share - discontinued operations

 

$

0.01

 

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

0.01

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

 

$

(0.95

)

 

$

(0.93

)

 

$

(0.56

)

 

$

(0.52

)

Weighted average shares used in computing net
   loss per share - basic and diluted
(1)

 

 

19,296,038

 

 

 

13,610,166

 

 

 

23,819,934

 

 

 

16,733,583

 

 

(1)
See Note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 5 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our net loss attributable to stockholders and the weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share.

13


Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet

(in thousands, except share and per share numbers)

 

 

As of June 30, 2026

 

Actual

 

 

Pro Forma(1)(2)

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

13,589

 

 

 $

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

3,325

 

 

 

Contract assets, net

 

 

564

 

 

 

Inventories

 

 

6,504

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

925

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs

 

 

760

 

 

 

Other current assets

 

 

617

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

$

26,284

 

 

 $

Property, plant, and equipment, net

 

 

45,926

 

 

 

Operating lease, right-of-use assets

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

2,361

 

 

 

Restricted cash

 

 

3,997

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

88,568

 

 

 $

Accounts payable

 

 

6,611

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

1,817

 

 

 

Accrued interest

 

 

796

 

 

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

2

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities, current

 

 

998

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

10,224

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net

 

 

19,573

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

 

 

9,721

 

 

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

984

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

40,502

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

—

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

124,161

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(75,481

)

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(614

)

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

$

48,066

 

 

 $

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

88,568

 

 

 $

 

(1)
The pro forma column in the balance sheet data table above gives effect to the sale and issuance by us of shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on , 2026, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on , 2026, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by $ , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $ , assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

14


Table of Contents

 

Key Operating and Financial Metrics

Adjusted EBITDA

In addition to the financial information prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), we provide a non-GAAP financial measure. We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as net income (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, further adjusted to remove the impact of stock-based compensation, and costs related to the Redomiciliation, this offering and preparation for this offering.

We use Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with other GAAP measures to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, make strategic decisions, and communicate with our board of directors and investors concerning our financial performance. We use this non-GAAP financial measure to assess our financial performance because it allows us to compare our operating performance on a consistent basis across periods by removing the effects of our capital structure (such as varying levels of interest expense and income), asset base (such as depreciation and capital expenditures) and other items (such as non-recurring or non-cash costs) that impact the comparability of financial results from period to period. We believe that the presentation of this non-GAAP financial measure will provide useful information to investors and analysts in assessing our financial performance and results of operations across reporting periods by excluding items we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. Net loss is the GAAP measure most directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA. Our non-GAAP financial measure should not be considered as an alternative to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. You are encouraged to evaluate each of these adjustments and the reasons management considers them appropriate for supplemental analysis. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in such presentation.

Our presentation of this non-GAAP financial measure should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. There can be no assurance that we will not modify the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA in the future, and any such modification may be material. Adjusted EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider this non-GAAP financial measure in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our operating results as reported under GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA may be defined differently by other companies in our industry and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing their utility. The table below presents our Adjusted EBITDA, reconciled to our Net loss, for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 and for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Six Months ended June 30,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(18,378

)

 

$

(12,725

)

 

$

(13,433

)

 

$

(8,731

)

Interest income

 

 

715

 

 

 

373

 

 

 

389

 

 

 

235

 

Interest expense

 

 

(454

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(697

)

 

 

(38

)

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Depreciation & amortization

 

 

(1,200

)

 

 

(365

)

 

 

(935

)

 

 

(384

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

(2,449

)

 

 

(2,366

)

 

 

(1,694

)

 

 

(1,064

)

IPO-related costs(1)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(1,984

)

 

 

—

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

(14,990

)

 

$

(10,365

)

 

$

(8,512

)

 

$

(7,480

)

 

(1)
Represents non-ordinary course costs incurred related to the Redomiciliation and preparation for and costs related to this offering.

Backlog

Growth in backlog is a key measure of our business. Our backlog supports predictable revenue expansion and enables forward revenue visibility. Our backlog has expanded during the periods presented, growing from $0.4 million as of December 31, 2024 to $6.9 million as of December 31, 2025, to $10.0 million as of June 30, 2026 and to $15.3 million as of July 31, 2026, reflecting continued execution of new and existing contracts across both our metal powders and PM-HIP product lines.

15


Table of Contents

 

Our backlog represents the portion of legally binding contracts that are expected to result in future revenue within the next twelve months and supports predictable revenue expansion and facilitates forward revenue visibility. Backlog may also include change orders for any contracts that have been formally contracted. Our backlog consists of firm orders for metal powder, which are not subject to any customer right of termination for convenience, and orders for PM-HIP components. Certain of our PM-HIP component contracts permit the customer to terminate for convenience. In those cases, we are generally entitled to payment for work performed and costs incurred, subject to other adjustments, through the termination date, determined under the applicable contract’s terms. The growth in backlog over the presented periods was primarily attributable to our execution of new contracts and expansion of existing contracts, each related to ramp of commercialization within the metal powders and PM-HIP product offerings.

 

($ in thousands)

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

 

December 31, 2024

 

Metal powders

 

$

8,997

 

 

$

5,984

 

 

$

163

 

PM-HIP components

 

 

1,016

 

 

 

889

 

 

 

276

 

Total

 

$

10,013

 

 

$

6,873

 

 

$

439

 

 

16


Table of Contents

 

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment decision, you should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our business, operating results, financial condition or prospects could also be harmed by risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently do not believe are material. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects could be adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth below.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of operating losses, expect to incur continuing losses in the future and will need to obtain additional funding for our operations.

We have never been profitable and we incurred net losses of $18.4 million in fiscal 2025 and $12.7 million in fiscal 2024. We believe that we will continue to incur net losses until such time as we are able to scale commercial production of our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components. At June 30, 2026, we had cash and cash equivalents of $13.6 million. Our ongoing operations will depend upon our ability to raise additional funding through sales of equity securities, convertible securities or debt in public offerings or private placements, or, to the extent available, through government grants, tax incentives or other sources. There is no assurance that we will be able to raise additional funds on reasonable terms or at all. If we do not obtain additional funding, we may not be able to continue our operations as a going concern and therefore may be forced to curtail or cease operations or liquidate.

The successful commercialization and scale-up of our titanium powder production capacity, the development of other refractory alloy powders, and the build out of our integrated value chain for PM-HIP components depend on our ability to obtain financing through equity, debt, government grants, tax incentives or other sources. Even if we are successful in scaling our refractory alloy powder production and PM-HIP component manufacturing, further expanding our capacity to meet anticipated demand would require additional capital investment. Our ability to obtain such funding will depend upon the prevailing capital market conditions as well as our business performance. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in our efforts to raise additional funding on terms satisfactory to us. If adequate funding is not available, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate our current or future business activities or relinquish rights to certain of our assets or cease operations.

Our continued growth depends on our ability to scale our refractory and titanium alloy powder production and PM-HIP manufacturing capacity.

Our sustained growth depends on our ability to fully commercialize and scale up our refractory and titanium alloy powder production and PM-HIP manufacturing capacity. Examples of events that could jeopardize that production progress include: an adverse event, incident or accident at our production facility (such as the flash fire we experienced in May 2026, as described below); a delay in procuring our fourth EIGA Premium atomizer or other equipment that is necessary for manufacturing our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components; or difficulty in hiring and training qualified employees. If we are unsuccessful in achieving and maintaining expected production rates, including by failing to reach anticipated throughput, uptimes, yields, or any combination thereof, within expected time frames or at all, we may not be able to build a sustainable or profitable refractory and titanium alloy powder and PM-HIP business as currently expected or at all.

Because all of our manufacturing is concentrated at a single facility, any significant disruption at such facility could adversely affect our entire business and financial results.

Our manufacturing operations are in a single facility located in McDonald, Tennessee. We are subject to the operational risks with respect to our manufacturing operations such as accidents, fires, floods, earthquakes or other natural disasters; unplanned power outages; water shortages; labor disruptions; safety incidents; the ability to obtain

17


Table of Contents

 

suitable or adequate machinery, equipment and labor; potential liability for pollution or other hazards; and other known and unknown risks. The nature of some of these risks is such that liabilities could exceed any applicable insurance policy limits or could be excluded from coverage. There are also risks against which we cannot insure or against which we may elect not to insure such as intellectual property matters and cyber risks. We may be unable to obtain insurance coverage in the amounts and on such terms that are favorable to us; our premiums and cost of coverage may increase; or carriers may be unwilling to provide us with coverage. For example, in August 2025, we made a claim with our then-current insurer with respect to damage sustained at our facility. Following payment of such claims, the insurer cancelled our policy. While we obtained replacement insurance, the costs of such replacement insurance were higher, and future events may make it difficult for us to maintain customary insurance on similar terms or at all that is suitable to cover our potential losses. The potential costs associated with any liabilities not covered by insurance, or in excess of insurance coverage, or compliance with applicable laws and regulations may require us to curtail or suspend production and to make significant capital outlays which would adversely affect our results of operations and financial viability.

Unanticipated costs or delays associated with our ongoing refractory and titanium alloy powder commercialization and PM-HIP manufacturing may materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

The commercialization and scale-up of our refractory and titanium alloy powder production and PM-HIP manufacturing will require the commitment of substantial resources and capital expenditures. Our future expenditures may increase as personnel and equipment associated with our efforts are added. Factors that will determine the success of the commercialization and scale-up of our powder production and the amounts and timing of expenditures to commercialize and scale-up such production include: our ability to timely take delivery of, install and commission our fourth EIGA Premium atomizer, and to procure and install other capital equipment, which may involve long lead-times; maintaining and procuring required federal, state and local permits; the results of consultants’ analysis and recommendations; negotiating contracts for equipment, earthwork, construction, equipment installation, labor and completing infrastructure and construction work; effects of planned and unplanned shut-downs and delays in our production; effects of stoppages or delays on construction projects; disputes with contractors or other third parties; negotiating sales and offtake contracts for our planned production; the execution of any agreements with strategic partners; the impact of tariffs on our business, our strategic partners’ or suppliers’ businesses, logistics or the global economy; the impact of military conflicts on the global economy; the effects of inflation; and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Many of our expansion activities require significant lead times and must be advanced concurrently. Unanticipated costs or delays associated with the commercialization and scale-up of our powder and PM-HIP component production could materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations and could require us to seek additional capital.

We may be unable to produce refractory and titanium alloy powders that meet our customers’ required specifications.

The sale of our refractory and titanium alloy powders requires that we produce atomized powder meeting the exact specifications required by our customers. Achieving these specifications is technically challenging, and we may be unable to produce powder that meets our customers’ required specifications or may be able to do so only after significant additional time and expense. Because it is difficult to predict the amount of time required, including to obtain any additional qualifications or regulatory approvals needed by the customer, and the costs involved in achieving these research, development, and engineering objectives, the expenses we incur may exceed our estimates and our development timelines may be extended. If we are unable to produce powders to our customers’ specifications, or cannot do so on a cost-effective and timely basis, we may be unable to qualify or sell these powders, and our business, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

We may be unable to qualify our PM-HIP components for production, and even after qualification, quality issues could result in significant rework costs or the cancellation of production contracts.

Our PM-HIP components must satisfy rigorous customer qualification requirements, including geometry, quality, and material property specifications, before they can be used in production. Qualification is typically a lengthy, multi-stage process, and we may be unable to qualify our PM-HIP components on the timeline we expect, or at all. A failure to achieve qualification could delay or prevent us from securing production contracts and could cause customers to pursue alternative suppliers or manufacturing methods. We have limited experience in qualifying PM-HIP components and are currently in process of our first major customer qualification.

18


Table of Contents

 

Even after a component is qualified and we have been awarded a production contract, we may experience quality issues, nonconformances, or process variability in production. Addressing these issues may require rework, additional testing, or re-qualification, the costs of which could be significant and could exceed our estimates, adversely affecting our margins and results of operations. In addition, recurring or unresolved quality issues could damage our customer relationships and reputation and, in the worst case, result in the suspension or cancellation of a production contract. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may be unable to adequately control the costs associated with continued expansion of our production capacity.

We require significant capital to develop and grow our business, and we expect to incur significant expenses, including those relating to the purchase and installation of additional equipment, expansion of our McDonald, Tennessee facility, research and development, sales and distribution, as we grow our refractory and titanium alloy powder and PM-HIP components production capacity. Our ability to become profitable will depend on successfully marketing our powders and components while controlling our costs. Additionally, we face competitive pressures from established manufacturers who currently have greater overall scale and long-standing OEM and Tier 1 relationships. If we are unable to cost-effectively manufacture, market, sell and distribute our powders and components, our margins, profitability and prospects would be materially and adversely affected.

We operate in competitive markets and face competition from companies with significant manufacturing scale, financial resources, and established customer relationships, which may adversely affect our ability to attract new customers, offer competitive pricing, and meet customer production timelines.

The markets in which we operate are competitive. Our ability to attract and retain customers depends in significant part on our capacity to match or exceed competitor performance on design, production timelines, and costs. If we are unable to compete effectively, our revenue, margins, and growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Across our product lines, we face competition from a number of established domestic manufacturers. Certain of our competitors, including ATI Inc. and Carpenter Technology Corporation, are substantially larger than us and operate significantly greater manufacturing capacity across multiple facilities. These companies have long-standing relationships with major original equipment manufacturers and Tier 1 customers in the aerospace and defense, energy, and industrial markets, and may be able to offer customers more competitive pricing, faster delivery timelines, or a broader range of products than we can. Customers with established supplier relationships may be reluctant to qualify new suppliers or reallocate business, even where a competitive offering exists, particularly where qualification processes are lengthy and costly. In addition, with respect to our PM-HIP products, Bodycote Thermal Processing, Inc., a subsidiary of Bodycote plc, operates the largest hot isostatic pressing equipment network globally with established domestic and international presence.

We may also face competition from international manufacturers seeking to capture business from U.S.-based customers that are not subject to domestic sourcing requirements or that are willing to accept foreign supply chains. Foreign competitors may benefit from lower labor costs, government subsidies, or favorable currency exchange rates that allow them to offer products at prices that we are unable to match. We cannot assure that we will be able to compete successfully against our existing or future competitors, that competitive pressures will not adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations, or that current or potential customers will not determine that a competitor’s products or services better meet their needs with respect to price, quality, capacity, lead time, or certifications.

If we fail to accurately predict our manufacturing requirements and timelines, we could incur additional costs or experience delays.

We are in the early stages of commercializing our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components, and we have limited historical information with which to accurately assess demand for these offerings. In addition, because we are still scaling our operations, we may be unable to manufacture and deliver our products in the volumes or on the timelines our customers require. As a result, it is difficult to predict our future revenues and expenses or trends in such revenues or expenses.

19


Table of Contents

 

Our manufacturing processes are complex and capital intensive and rely on critical, high-cost equipment that is difficult or very costly to replace.

Due to the complexity of our manufacturing processes, unplanned equipment failures or other incidents could cause prolonged periods of reduced production, and we could incur significant repair or replacement costs in the event of those failures. Our operations could also be disrupted due to other unforeseen circumstances such as power outages, accidents, explosions, fires, natural disasters and other events.

Our manufacturing operations require regular, substantial capital investments to maintain, update, replace and add to our equipment and to scale our production and manufacturing capacity. We may be unable to take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures if we fail to do so in a timely manner. The cost to repair or replace much of our equipment or facilities would be significant. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash to purchase and maintain the property, plant and equipment necessary to operate our business, we may be required to reduce or delay planned capital expenditures or to incur additional indebtedness, each of which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Our manufacturing operations expose our business to health and safety risks, and any workplace accidents or safety incidents at our facility could result in significant liabilities, production disruptions, and increased regulatory scrutiny that materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, and local health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing the health and safety of our employees. Our operations, including our manufacturing and production facilities, involve risks of employee workplace injuries and equipment failure. Any accident, incident, fire, explosion, or injury at our facilities could result in significant liabilities, including workers’ compensation claims, personal injury lawsuits, and regulatory penalties from agencies like the Tennessee Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“TOSHA”). Furthermore, such events could cause material disruptions to our manufacturing capabilities, damage our reputation with customers, and require us to incur substantial capital expenditures to remedy safety deficiencies, upgrade or replace equipment, or re-engineer our production processes, each of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

For example, in May 2026, a flash fire occurred at our facility and injured two of our employees, and we experienced two other fires at our facility that did not result in injuries or material damage to our facility or equipment. In response, we hired an expert to determine the cause of the incidents, which resulted in removal and replacement of sections of our facility’s exhaust system and a six-week pause in our titanium powder production, and are continuing to conduct a safety analysis. We expect to incur approximately $0.8 million in expenses to address the May 2026 flash fires relating to, among other things, remediation efforts, facility improvements, and consulting fees, and we only expect a portion of such expenses to be covered by insurance.

The success of our business depends on our ability to continue to expand the adoption of our additive manufacturing products across our end markets and foster the adoption of PM-HIP manufacturing as an alternative to traditional forgings and castings.

The success of our business depends on two related trends: our ability to (i) expand the adoption of our additive manufacturing products across our end markets, which drives demand for our refractory and titanium alloy powders and (ii) foster the adoption of our PM-HIP manufacturing as an alternative to traditional forgings and castings, which we expect will drive demand for our PM-HIP components. We sell our powders and components into the defense, aerospace, space, medical, consumer, energy, and industrial sectors, and our long-term success depends on the continued penetration of additive manufacturing products and PM-HIP within these markets. Our estimates of market opportunity and market growth, whether derived from third-party sources or developed internally, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may prove to be inaccurate. If our additive manufacturing products are not adopted or our PM-HIP manufacturing does not achieve the rate of penetration we expect, or if demand for our products otherwise decreases, then our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results would be adversely affected.

20


Table of Contents

 

We may not be able to convert our backlog, including funded backlog, into revenue.

Our backlog represents the portion of legally binding contracts that are expected to result in future revenue within the next twelve months. This includes certain of our PM-HIP contracts that contain remaining performance obligations, including the cancellable portion of the contract value for contracts that provide the customer with a right to terminate for convenience, where we generally would receive payment for work performed and costs incurred, subject to other adjustments, through the termination date, determined under the applicable contract’s terms. Our backlog includes contracts and/or purchase orders, and fluctuations in backlog are driven primarily by the timing of large contract wins. Our backlog may also include, as of any date of estimation, change orders for any project that have been formally contracted. Change orders may increase or decrease the amount we ultimately bill for a particular project, causing us to realize more or less revenue from a project than was reflected in our backlog as of the date of estimation. Additionally, prior to categorizing a project as part of our backlog, we maintain a running list of projects that are in an advanced stage of active bidding and discussion, including potential change orders for current projects, but for which the customer has not yet confirmed the commercial terms, the value of the contract and/or the scope of our work. These projects are tracked for project planning and budgeting of the business. Once the terms of these projects are further progressed in line with our backlog criteria, they are recorded in our backlog.

Our PM-HIP contracts and our defense-related contracts and subcontracts are generally subject to termination for convenience clauses, while our powder purchase orders generally do not contain termination for convenience rights. If a customer cancels a contract before the full exercise of the agreement, we may not receive the full revenue from these orders but would generally be entitled to payment for work performed and costs incurred, subject to other adjustments, through the termination date, determined under the applicable contract’s terms. In addition, our backlog is typically subject to large variations from quarter to quarter and comparisons of backlog from period to period are not necessarily indicative of future revenues. Moreover, changes in the defense priorities of government customers could cause funding to be reallocated to address other emerging threats. As a result, the contracts comprising our backlog may not result in actual revenue in any particular period, or at all, and the actual revenue from such contracts may differ from our backlog estimates. The timing of receipt of revenues, if any, on projects included in the backlog could change because many factors and adjustments to contracts may also occur. The failure to realize some portion of our backlog could adversely affect our financial performance.

Our business is subject to significant customer concentration, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operation and financial condition

We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from a limited number of customers, and we expect this customer concentration to continue for the foreseeable future. Our backlog is subject to such customer concentration risk. As of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the top two customers in our backlog represented approximately 75% and 84%, respectively, of the total dollar value of our backlog. Any disruption in our business with those customers, whether as a result of changes in such customers’ demand for products or services, adverse changes in the customer’s industry generally or other challenges in securing or renewing contracts, could have a material adverse impact on us.

There are inherent risks whenever a large percentage of total backlog or revenue is concentrated with a limited number of customers. It is possible that, for the foreseeable future, a small number of customers will continue to account for a disproportionate share of our backlog and revenue.

Our industry is characterized by long production cycles, significant lead times, and substantial capital requirements, each of which may heighten the impact of customer concentration on our business. Our PM-HIP contracts are often awarded on a program-by-program basis following competitive qualification and bidding processes, and we generally do not have long-term volume commitments from our customers. A significant customer may unilaterally reduce or discontinue purchases from us at any time, qualify alternative suppliers, or experience delays or cancellations in its own programs that reduce demand for our materials. In addition, any merger, acquisition, or change of control involving a significant customer could result in the loss of, or a material reduction in, orders from that customer if the successor entity elects to use different suppliers or renegotiates existing supply arrangements on less favorable terms.

We are also exposed to the credit risk and financial condition of our customers. A significant customer may encounter financial difficulties, delay or reduce orders, seek to renegotiate pricing or other contractual terms, or fail to fulfill its obligations under existing contracts. The sectors in which our customers operate are often capital-intensive, and our customers' ability to sustain their procurement and production activities depends on their access to government

21


Table of Contents

 

appropriations, defense budgets, commercial aircraft order volumes, and capital markets. Any reduction in defense spending, decline in commercial demand, disruption in supply chains, or deterioration in general economic conditions could impair our customers' financial condition and their demand for our products. The loss of any significant customer, a material reduction in orders from any such customer, or the failure of any such customer to perform its contractual obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Moreover, our dependence on a concentrated customer base may limit our bargaining power in contract negotiations and could result in unfavorable pricing, terms, or conditions that adversely affect our profit margins. We cannot assure you that we will be able to diversify our customer base, that our existing customers will continue to purchase our products at current levels, or that, if we experience a loss of business from a significant customer, we will be able to obtain replacement business on comparable terms or at all.

A considerable portion of our revenue is derived from the sale of defense-related products through various contracts and subcontracts that are subject to risks related to contracts with the U.S. government. These contracts may be suspended, canceled, conditioned, or delayed, which could have an adverse impact on our revenues.

Our direct exposure to U.S. government contracting risk arises principally through our PM-HIP components, which we supply for defense and naval programs, including as a subcontractor to U.S. government prime contractors and to government-affiliated laboratories and research institutions. We have more indirect exposure through our powder business, where the powder we sell to our customers may ultimately be incorporated into products sold to the U.S. government or its departments and agencies. As a result, we are exposed to many of the same regulatory schemes as the U.S. government programs, prime contractors and customers we support. U.S. government contracts and subcontracts are subject to termination by the government, either for convenience or for default in the event of a failure to perform under the applicable contract. If such a contract is terminated for convenience, we are generally entitled to payment for work performed and costs incurred, subject to other adjustments, through the termination date, determined under the applicable contract’s terms. If a contract is terminated for default, we could be liable for payments made to us for undelivered goods or services, additional costs the government incurs in acquiring undelivered goods or services from another source, and any other damages it suffers.

In addition, a reduction in overall DoW or other government spending, on an absolute or inflation-adjusted basis, because of shifting priorities, budget compromises or otherwise could adversely affect our business. Budget uncertainty, the growing U.S. national debt, the ability of the U.S. Congress to determine how to allocate the available resources and pass appropriations bills, the potential for U.S. government shutdowns, the use of continuing resolutions, and the federal debt ceiling can adversely affect our customers and our sales. If appropriations or grants are delayed, if federal spending is broadly reduced, or if a government shutdown were to occur and continue for an extended period, we could be at risk of reduced orders, program cancellations and other disruptions and nonpayment. When the U.S. government operates under a continuing resolution, new contract and program starts are restricted, and funding for our customers’ programs may be unavailable, reduced or delayed. Any delays in the completion of future U.S. government budgets could delay procurement of the products we provide or the grants which we receive. Specifically, DoW’s changes in funding priorities could reduce opportunities in existing programs and in future programs or initiatives where we intend to compete and where we have made investments.

Additionally, certain opportunities may require us to have personnel security clearances, and we currently only have one employee with security clearance. While we are in the process of sponsoring additional employees for security clearance, such sponsorships may be unsuccessful or take longer than expected. We do not expect our performance of classified contracts will require us to obtain a facility security clearance, but if a facility clearance becomes required or we determine to seek such clearance, the clearance process may be time-consuming, costly and impost stringent requirements on us.

Our powder business depends on additive manufacturing systems and processes that we do not control, and technological changes in those systems and processes could reduce demand for our powders.

We sell our refractory and titanium alloy powders, directly and through distributors, as feedstock to customers who design, manufacture and operate additive manufacturing systems, and our powders are qualified to specific systems, processes and material specifications. The additive manufacturing market is subject to continuous innovation and technological change, including continuing advances in systems and processes, the emergence of new alloys, particle

22


Table of Contents

 

specifications, standards and certifications, and shifts in customer requirements and preferences. Because we do not control the additive manufacturing systems or processes into which our powders are incorporated, our success depends on the continued competitiveness and adoption of our customers’ systems. If our customers’ systems are rendered obsolete or lose market share to competing technologies, if the industry transitions to processes or materials for which our powders are not qualified, or if new standards or certifications require us to re-qualify our powders, demand for our powders could decline, we could incur significant time and expense to qualify our powders to new requirements, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Changes in the U.S. political environment and federal policies, including a reduction in or reversal of policies that currently support domestic manufacturing, reshoring and critical materials, may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We currently benefit from a favorable U.S. federal policy environment for domestic producers of critical materials and advanced manufacturing, including increased defense spending and federal policies that support reshoring, domestic supply chains, and domestic additive and advanced manufacturing, and that reduce the competitiveness of foreign producers. These policies are subject to change with shifts in the U.S. political environment, and there is no assurance that they will continue, be funded, or be implemented in a manner that benefits us. A reduction in or reversal of these policies, changes in research grant funding policy, changes in tax laws or tax incentives, or a decline in government spending could reduce demand for our products, limit our access to government funding and incentives, and erode our competitive position relative to foreign producers. In addition, while the designation of titanium and refractory metals as critical materials has generally supported domestic producers such as us, changes in such designations, or trade or export restrictions arising from critical-materials status, could increase our costs or restrict our ability to sell our products. If any such changes adversely affect our business, we may incur additional costs and have to obtain funding from other sources, and our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We may fail to implement our strategic capital projects successfully, which could adversely impact our results of operations and keep us from achieving our goals.

In order to develop, scale and enhance our refractory and titanium alloy powder production and PM-HIP manufacturing capabilities, we have previously undertaken, and expect to undertake, strategic capital projects, including the expansion of production capacity. Our ability to achieve increased revenues or otherwise realize acceptable returns on these investments or other strategic capital projects is subject to risks, many of which are beyond our control, including a variety of market, operational, permitting and labor-related factors. If we are not able to achieve the anticipated results from the implementation of our strategic capital projects, or if we incur unanticipated implementation costs or delays, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

For example, we have placed a binding order for our fourth EIGA Premium atomizer, which we expect to be commissioned at our McDonald, Tennessee facility in July 2027. Due to the long lead time to procure, install and commission such complex equipment, if we were to experience any delays in the process, such delays could have a negative impact on planned production capabilities and our ability to develop and deliver our products to our customers within the time periods they expect, as well as our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we may determine, after equipment has been installed and commissioned, that it must be modified, re-engineered or rebuilt to meet operational, quality, safety or regulatory requirements that were not fully identified at the time of installation. Any such rework could require unplanned capital expenditures and result in production downtime, each of which could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Further, we periodically undertake maintenance activities, routine or otherwise, involving facilities and pieces of equipment that are key to our operations. It is possible that unanticipated maintenance needs could result in equipment outages that are longer, or costs that exceed, those originally anticipated, including those related to the May 2026 flash fires. Significant repair delays or unanticipated costs associated with these activities could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Prices for our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components are subject to unpredictable fluctuations.

We expect our future revenues to be derived from the sale of our refractory and titanium alloy powders, including refractory alloy powders such as niobium, tungsten, tantalum, molybdenum, rhenium and zirconium alloys,

23


Table of Contents

 

and from the manufacture and sale of our PM-HIP components. The prices we are able to realize for these products may fluctuate and are influenced by numerous factors beyond our control, including the prices of the underlying metals, competition from other powder producers and manufacturers, the availability of competing products and manufacturing methods, customer purchasing decisions and negotiating leverage, and broader economic and geopolitical conditions, including the level of inflation, tariffs and interest rates. Increases in production capacity by us or by new or existing competitors could place downward pressure on prices, and we may be unable to predict the timing or extent of any such capacity additions. If we are unable to realize prices for our products sufficient to cover our costs and provide an adequate margin, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We depend on our ability to successfully access the capital and financial markets. Any inability to access the capital or financial markets may limit our ability to fund our ongoing operations, execute our business plan or pursue investments that we may rely on for future profit and growth.

Until we achieve commercial production of our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components at scale, we will continue to incur operating and investing net cash outflows. As a result, we rely on access to capital markets as a source of funding for our capital and operating requirements. We will require substantial additional capital to fund and scale our ongoing operations. We cannot assure you that such additional funding will be available to us on satisfactory terms, or at all. If we are unable to obtain additional financing, as needed and at competitive rates, our ability to implement our business plan and strategy will be adversely affected. Certain market disruptions may increase our cost of borrowing or affect our ability to access financial markets. Such market disruptions could result from: high inflation; tariffs; bank failures; credit market disruptions; adverse economic conditions; adverse capital market conditions; adverse market conditions for our powders and components; decrease in the demand for our powders and components; or adverse regulatory actions that affect our business plans.

Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents may adversely affect our business.

Attempts to gain unauthorized access to our information technology or manufacturing systems are expected to become more sophisticated over time. These attempts, which might be related to industrial or other espionage, include covertly introducing malware to our computers and networks and impersonating authorized users, among others. We seek to detect and investigate all security incidents and to prevent their recurrence, but in some cases, we might be unaware of an incident or its magnitude and effects until substantial damage or disruption has occurred. The theft, unauthorized use, or publication of our intellectual property or confidential business information could harm our competitive position, reduce the value of our investment in research and development and other strategic initiatives or otherwise adversely affect our business. In addition, the devotion of additional resources to the security of our information technology systems in the future could significantly increase the cost of doing business or otherwise adversely impact our financial results.

We depend on key management employees.

The responsibility of overseeing the day-to-day operations and strategic management of our business depends substantially on our senior management and key personnel. Loss of such personnel may have an adverse effect on our performance. The success of our operations will depend upon numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including our ability to attract and retain key employees and hire qualified management, technical, engineering, manufacturing and sales personnel. We currently depend upon a relatively small number of key persons to seek out and form strategic alliances and find and retain additional employees. We may not be successful in attracting and retaining the personnel required to grow and operate our business profitably.

Our business could be adversely affected if our reputation is harmed.

Our reputation is important to the success of our business. If our reputation is damaged as a result of our actions or by events outside of our control, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected. If we fail to address, or appear to fail to address, successfully and promptly, the underlying causes of any reputational harm, we may be unsuccessful in repairing any damage to our reputation and our future business prospects would likely be adversely affected.

24


Table of Contents

 

Lawsuits may be filed against us and an adverse ruling in any such lawsuit may adversely affect our business, financial condition or liquidity or the market price of our common stock.

The refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components we supply may be used in potentially hazardous or critical applications, including defense, aerospace, space, medical, consumer, energy and industrial applications, that could result in death, personal injury, property damage, loss of production, punitive damages and consequential damages. Actual or claimed defects in the products we supply could result in our being named as a defendant in lawsuits asserting potentially large claims. The outcome of outstanding, pending or future proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty and may be determined adversely to us and as a result, could have a material adverse effect on our assets, liabilities, business, financial condition or results of operations. Even if we prevail in any such legal proceeding, the proceedings could be costly and time-consuming and may divert the attention of management and key personnel from our business operations, which could adversely affect our financial condition.

We expect to rely on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our near-term revenue.

We currently have purchase orders with a limited number of customers, from which we expect to generate most of our revenues in the near future. For example, for the six months ended June 30, 2026, Titomic Limited represented 41% of our revenue and Continuum Powders Corporation represented 27% of our revenue. Because we rely on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our revenues, we depend on the financial strength and solvency of these customers. Should one or more of our significant customers experience financial difficulties or declare bankruptcy, be declared insolvent or otherwise be restricted by state or federal laws or regulation from continuing in some or all of their operations, this could adversely affect our ongoing revenues, the collectability of our accounts receivable and our net income.

If our suppliers become unavailable or inadequate, our customer relationships, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We acquire certain of our materials, which are critical to the ongoing operation and future growth of our business, from third parties. We face risks from financial difficulties or other uncertainties experienced by our suppliers, distributors or other third parties on which we rely, including the third-party provider that will operate our argon recycling system. While we have entered into long-term supply agreements for certain critical inputs, including argon and other industrial gases and a portion of our titanium bar feedstock that we source from a domestic supplier, we do not have long-term agreements covering many of the materials we purchase, and many of our suppliers are not obligated to continue selling materials to us beyond accepted purchase orders. In particular, we currently source the majority of our titanium bar feedstock from suppliers located in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) on a purchase-order basis, without the protection of a long-term supply agreement. As a result, a substantial portion of our titanium bar feedstock is subject to the risk of supply interruption, price increases, tariffs, and trade or export restrictions, including the export-control and trade-related risks described elsewhere in these risk factors. Our reliance on these suppliers involves significant risks and uncertainties, including whether the suppliers will provide an adequate supply of required materials of sufficient quality, will increase prices for the materials and will perform their obligations on a timely basis. Certain suppliers have long lead times, which we cannot control. If third parties are unable to supply us with required materials or components or otherwise assist us in operating our business, our business could be harmed. In addition, disclosure required by the SEC’s conflict minerals regulations could result in adverse publicity or force us to use alternative suppliers which may increase our costs and adversely impact the supply-chain for our products.

While most manufacturing equipment and materials for our products are available from multiple suppliers, certain of those items are only available from limited sources. Should any of these suppliers become unavailable or inadequate, or impose terms unacceptable to us, such as increased pricing terms, we could be required to spend a significant amount of time and expense to develop alternate sources of supply, and we may not be successful in doing so on terms acceptable to us, or at all. As a result, the loss of a limited source supplier could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Availability of, and volatility in the prices of, raw materials and energy prices and our ability to pass along increased costs to our customers could adversely affect our results of operations.

The prices and availability of raw materials critical to our business, including the titanium and refractory metal alloy electrodes (containing metals such as niobium, tungsten, tantalum, molybdenum, rhenium and zirconium) that we

25


Table of Contents

 

atomize into our powders, and the non-reactive metal alloy powders, such as copper, aluminum and stainless steel alloys, that we purchase from third parties for use in our PM-HIP manufacturing, are based on global supply and demand conditions. The refractory metals contained in the alloy electrodes we purchase are relatively scarce, are produced and traded in smaller volumes than titanium, and have historically experienced greater price volatility, and a substantial portion of global supply is concentrated in a limited number of countries. The non-reactive metal alloy powders we purchase for our PM-HIP manufacturing are more widely available, but the suppliers that produce them are at times capacity-constrained, which can extend lead times and delay our receipt of these powders, and any such delay or reduction in supply could disrupt our PM-HIP operations. Certain raw materials used by us are only available from a limited number of suppliers, and it may be difficult to find alternative suppliers at the same or similar costs. There is no guarantee that we will be able to pass through the price of raw materials to our customers, and volatility in the prices of raw materials (including as a result of macroeconomic conditions and geopolitical events) may affect long-term customer demand for our products or may shift existing specifications to new alloys. In addition, we, along with our suppliers and customers, rely on various energy sources for a number of activities connected with our business, such as the production and transportation of raw materials and finished products. The availability and pricing of these resources are subject to market forces that are beyond our control.

The relationship between the United States and the PRC has faced increased challenges in recent years. Because the PRC possesses the world’s largest tungsten and molybdenum reserves, and a significant majority of rare earth mineral mining, refining and production capacity, any actions that it may take to restrict or withhold tungsten, molybdenum or rare earth mineral products, such as magnets, could result in global shortages and harm our business. The tensions between the United States and the PRC are amplified by the ongoing trade conflicts between the two countries, and there is significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the two countries with respect to trade policies, treaties, government regulations, and tariffs. For example, effective February 4, 2025, the PRC introduced new controls on the export of tungsten, and in October 2025, the PRC’s Ministry of Commerce reiterated plans to continue stringent export license restrictions on tungsten into 2026–2027. While we purchase our tungsten in electrode form exclusively from U.S. suppliers, the controls had an immediate impact on the international tungsten market, affecting the global supply of tungsten and causing prices to surge over 800%, from $330 per metric ton unit on January 1, 2025, to over $3,000 per metric ton unit on March 31, 2026. The PRC has similarly announced plans for stringent export license restrictions on rare earth minerals and related compounds, metals and magnets, including the possible denial of licensure to any companies affiliated with foreign militaries. As a result of these export controls, the cost of production of our products may increase, and our operating margins could be reduced if we are unable to pass through the increase in sourced materials to our customers. Restrictions on supply may mean that we are unable to fulfill orders in a timely manner, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Energy, principally in the form of electricity, is a significant manufacturing input to the production of our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components. Energy and utility prices, including electricity and water prices, are volatile and subject to conflicting economic and governmental interests at the local, regional, national and global levels and to trade disruptions. Long-term macro-economic forecasts for energy demand, including demand driven by the anticipated need for data centers to support artificial intelligence computing processes, are expected to add volatility to, and lead to increases of, energy market pricing. Increased supplier and customer operating costs arising from volatility in the prices of energy sources, such as increased energy and utility costs and transportation costs, could be passed through to us, and we may not be able to increase our product prices sufficiently or at all to offset such increased costs.

The impact of any volatility on the prices of energy or the raw materials on which we rely, including the reduction in demand for our products caused by such price volatility, could result in a loss of revenue and adversely affect our results of operations.

Ongoing military and trade conflicts may affect demand for our products and could create supply chain challenges.

Ongoing military conflicts in the Middle East and Europe have created uncertainty in global trade and energy markets. As a supplier to the defense and aerospace industries, with technology supporting active efforts across the DoW and the U.S. Navy, we may experience increased demand for our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components from government and defense customers. While such increased demand could benefit our business, our ability to meet this demand may be constrained by production capacity limitations and the need to comply with heightened regulatory requirements for defense-related contracts. Any failure to meet delivery timelines or quality standards could expose us to contractual penalties, reputational harm, and loss of future business opportunities.

26


Table of Contents

 

Although we manufacture our products in our McDonald, Tennessee facility and have developed multiple suppliers to help assure availability of supply, existing and future military conflicts may contribute to increased costs for energy or certain materials, delays from individual suppliers, or broader economic uncertainty that affects our customers’ capital expenditure decisions.

Risks Related to Our Technology and Our Intellectual Property Rights

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our business and competitive position could be adversely affected.

Our success depends on our proprietary technology, processes and know-how, including our atomization processes, powder and post-processing parameters, and proprietary modeling and simulation software. We rely primarily on trade secrets and other unpatented proprietary information, together with copyright, confidentiality and invention-assignment agreements with our employees, contractors and counterparties, to establish and protect our rights. We currently hold no issued patents and have one pending U.S. patent application; that application may not result in an issued patent, or may issue with claims narrower than we seek, and until it does we will have no patent protection for the related technology. We hold no registered trademarks and rely on common-law rights in our name and logo. As a result, our intellectual property protections may be more limited than those of competitors with established patent and trademark portfolios.

Trade secrets and know-how are difficult to protect. Our confidentiality and invention-assignment agreements may be breached, may not provide adequate remedies, or may be held unenforceable, and our other security measures may be insufficient to prevent unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure, including through cyber intrusion. Trade-secret protection does not prevent competitors from independently developing or reverse-engineering equivalent technology. Monitoring and policing unauthorized use is difficult and costly, particularly outside the United States, where intellectual property laws may afford less protection and enforcement may be more expensive and uncertain. Any enforcement efforts, including litigation, could be time-consuming and expensive, could divert management’s attention, could provoke counterclaims, and could result in a determination that narrows or invalidates our rights.

We may become subject to intellectual property disputes, which are costly and may subject us to significant liability and increased costs of doing business.

Companies holding patents or other intellectual property rights relating to metal powder production and PM-HIP manufacturing may bring suits alleging infringement of such rights by us or otherwise asserting rights in or licenses to our technologies. These claims may damage our brand and reputation, harm our customer relationships, and result in liability for us. Any intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be very time-consuming, could be expensive to settle or litigate, and could divert our management’s attention and other resources. If it is determined that we have infringed upon a third party’s intellectual property rights, we may be required to cease using the challenged intellectual property, and we may be subject to significant liability for damages, potentially including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed patents or copyrights, and may require us to indemnify our customers for liabilities they incur as a result of such claims. These claims could also result in our having to stop using technology found to be in violation of a third-party’s rights. We might be required to seek a license for the intellectual property, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all. Even if a license were available, we could be required to pay significant royalties, which would increase our operating expenses.

Alternatively, we could be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology, which could require significant time, effort, and expense, and may affect the performance or characteristics of our products. If we cannot license or develop alternative non-infringing substitutes for any infringing technology used in any aspect of our business, we would be forced to limit or stop sales of our products and may be unable to compete effectively. Any of these results would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components fail to meet required customer specifications, our technology and products may become less competitive and our results of operations may be harmed.

Even if we are able to scale commercial production of our powders and components, our products may not meet required specifications that may cause them to not perform as expected. We cannot assure you that we will be able to detect and fix any defects in our products prior to sale. Further, our powders must meet the requirements of the additive

27


Table of Contents

 

manufacturing systems and processes our customers use to manufacture their products, and our PM-HIP components must meet the requirements of the systems and assemblies into which they are incorporated. If our products fail to perform as expected, we may face liability, lose customers or customers may delay or terminate orders, each of which could adversely affect our business, prospects and results of operations.

Risks Related to Laws and Regulations

We are subject to U.S. export control, defense trade and economic sanctions laws, and changes in, or violations of, these laws could restrict our operations, expose us to penalties, and adversely affect our business.

Our products and technology are subject to U.S. export controls, including the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (“ITAR”) administered by the U.S. Department of State and the Export Administration Regulations (“EAR”) administered by the U.S. Department of Commerce, as well as U.S. economic sanctions laws administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). We are registered with the Directorate of Defense Trade Controls as a manufacturer of defense articles, and certain of our metal alloy powders and related technical data are controlled under the EAR and/or ITAR. Compliance with these regimes requires us to, among other things, correctly classify our products and technology, screen customers and counterparties, restrict access to controlled technical data by non-U.S. persons, obtain any required licenses or other authorizations for certain exports, re-exports or transfers, and maintain related records. These requirements are complex, and our compliance measures may prove inadequate.

Violations of export controls or defense trade or sanctions laws — even if inadvertent — can result in significant civil and criminal penalties, including fines, loss or suspension of export privileges, debarment from government contracting, and reputational harm, and can lead to government investigations that are costly and divert management’s attention. Because we supply the U.S. defense and naval industrial base and our technology constitutes “critical technology” for purposes of U.S. foreign-investment regulations, we may also be subject to heightened regulatory scrutiny, including review by the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (“CFIUS”).

The U.S. export control and sanctions regimes are subject to ongoing change and have been the focus of increasing regulatory and enforcement activity, including with respect to advanced materials, additive manufacturing and technologies viewed as critical to national security, and with respect to trade with China. As a result, our products, technology and related activities could become subject to additional or more restrictive export controls, licensing requirements, reporting obligations, record keeping requirements, end-use or end-user restrictions, or other regulatory conditions in the United States or abroad. Any such changes could limit our ability to sell to, or share technology with, certain customers, markets or partners; require us to obtain licenses that may not be granted or may be granted on unfavorable terms or after significant delay; increase our compliance costs; delay or prevent shipments; and require changes to our products, processes or operations, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We will face risks associated with the potential growth of our business within certain heavily regulated industry verticals.

We market and sell our products to customers in heavily regulated industry verticals, including the defense and aerospace industries. As a result, we face additional regulatory scrutiny, risks, and burdens from the governmental entities and agencies that regulate those industries. Entering new heavily regulated verticals and expanding in those verticals in which we are already operating will continue to require significant resources to address potential regulatory scrutiny, risks, and burdens, and there is no guarantee that such efforts will be successful or beneficial to us. Additionally, our customers may face evolving industry standards and regulations, which require us to change our products to allow us to continue to serve such customers. If we are unable to successfully penetrate these verticals, maintain or grow our market share in such verticals in which we already operate or cost-effectively comply with governmental and regulatory requirements applicable to our activities with customers in such verticals, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be harmed.

We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery and similar laws, and noncompliance with such laws can subject us to criminal penalties or significant fines and harm our business and reputation.

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and other anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering and similar laws in the United States and other countries in which we conduct activities.

28


Table of Contents

 

Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, which have been enforced aggressively and are interpreted broadly, prohibit companies and their employees and agents from promising, authorizing, making or offering improper payments or other benefits to government officials and others in the private sector. We leverage third parties to supply the raw materials needed to produce our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components. We and these third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities and we may be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party business partners and intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, suppliers and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities. While we have policies and procedures to address compliance with such laws, we cannot assure you that all of our employees and agents will not take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, and we may be ultimately held responsible. As we increase our international sales and business, our risks under these laws may increase. Noncompliance with these laws could subject us to investigations, severe criminal or civil sanctions, settlements, prosecution, loss of export privileges, suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracts, other enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, significant fines, damages, other civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage and other consequences. Any investigations, actions or sanctions could materially harm our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our success depends on developing and maintaining relationships with local communities and other stakeholders and our ability to obtain and renew governmental permits to achieve our business plans, a process that is often costly and time-consuming.

Our success depends on developing and maintaining productive relationships with the communities surrounding our operations in McDonald, Tennessee and other stakeholders in such location. Notwithstanding our ongoing efforts, local communities and stakeholders can become dissatisfied with our activities, which may result in legal or administrative proceedings or campaigns against us, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Obtaining and renewing governmental permits is a complex and time-consuming process. The timeliness and success of permitting efforts are contingent upon many variables not within our control, including the interpretation of permit approval requirements administered by the applicable permitting authority. We may not be able to obtain or renew permits that are necessary to our operations or we may find that the cost and time required to obtain or renew such permits exceeds our expectations, which in turn could materially adversely affect our business plans or our prospective or actual revenues and profitability. In addition, private parties, such as environmental activists, frequently attempt to intervene in the permitting process and to persuade regulators to deny necessary permits or seek to overturn permits that have been issued. These third-party actions can materially increase the costs and cause delays in the permitting process and could cause us to delay, curtail or abandon planned operations or expansion at our facility.

Compliance with environmental regulations and litigation based on environmental regulations could require significant expenditures.

Environmental regulations mandate, among other things, the maintenance of air and water quality standards and land development, and set forth limitations on the generation, transportation, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous waste. In connection with our current business operations, we may incur environmental costs that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Any failure to remedy an environmental problem could require us to suspend operations or enter into interim compliance measures pending completion of the required remedy. Moreover, government authorities and private parties may bring lawsuits based upon damage to property and injury to persons resulting from the environmental, health and safety impacts of our operations. We cannot assure you that any such law, regulation, enforcement or private claim would not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If we violate or fail to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations, we could be subject to penalties, restrictions on operations or other sanctions. Such liability could materially adversely affect our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

We will incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company with securities listed on exchanges in both the United States and Australia, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance initiatives.

As a result of listing our common stock on Nasdaq, we expect to incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses in the future periods that we did not incur prior to such listing. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related rules implemented by the SEC, have imposed

29


Table of Contents

 

various requirements on public companies including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and internal controls. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives, and we may need to add additional personnel and build our internal compliance infrastructure. Moreover, these rules and regulations increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming and costly. Because we expect that our shares will remain listed on the ASX in addition to listing our common stock on Nasdaq, we will be subject to the listing and continuing-obligation requirements of two exchanges and two regulatory regimes, and we expect to incur additional and partially overlapping compliance, reporting and administrative costs as a result of maintaining this dual listing. While we expect our U.S. regulatory obligations to be the more significant driver of these costs, the dual listing will require us to satisfy continuing obligations in both jurisdictions, increasing our overall compliance burden and the demands on our management and personnel beyond those we would incur if our securities were listed on a single exchange. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult and expensive for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our senior management. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company in the United States, we could be subject to the delisting of our common stock by Nasdaq, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation. Our stock is also listed on the ASX and, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a listed company on such exchange, we could be subject to the delisting of our common stock by the ASX, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

Changes in tax laws and regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate. We operate across multiple jurisdictions, and the applicable tax laws are increasingly complex and the application of which can be uncertain. Changes in tax laws, as well as other factors, could cause us to experience fluctuations in our tax obligations and effective tax rates and otherwise adversely affect our tax positions. For example, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act, enacted on July 4, 2025, introduced significant changes to U.S. tax law. Additionally, we may be subject to examination by tax authorities on income, employment, and other tax matters. Although we regularly assess the adequacy of our tax provisions, there can be no assurance that such provisions will be sufficient or will not be subject to challenge or that an adverse determination would not have a material effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As a result, our tax provision involves significant judgment and uncertainty, and fluctuations in our ultimate tax liabilities could materially affect our results of operations.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes to offset future taxable income may be limited.

As of December 31, 2025, we had net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for U.S. federal income tax purposes and Australian tax purposes of approximately $29.6 million and $21.4 million, respectively, available to offset future taxable income. Our federal NOL carryforwards generated in 2018 or later of $29.6 million may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such carryforwards generally is limited to 80% of our current year taxable income. While our Australia NOL carryforwards of $21.4 million may be carried forward indefinitely, we do not expect to use such NOLs, as we do not expect to generate revenue in Australia. In addition, we have $22.5 million of U.S. state NOLs that will begin to expire in 2044.

In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership by “5% shareholders” over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOL carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research and development tax credits, to offset its post-change income may be limited. As a result, in the event that it is determined that we have in the past experienced an ownership change, or if we experience one or more ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, our ability to use our pre-change NOL carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset U.S. federal taxable liability may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us. Furthermore, our state NOL carryforwards may be subject to similar and additional limitations under applicable state tax law.

30


Table of Contents

 

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and CDIs

Insiders will continue to have substantial influence over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to affect the outcome of key transactions, including a change in control.

Our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our common stock and their respective affiliates beneficially owned an aggregate of approximately 41.8% of the shares of our outstanding common stock as of August 27, 2026. In particular, Pegasus Growth Capital and affiliated funds (collectively, “Pegasus”) is our largest stockholder and beneficially owned an aggregate of 31.3% of the shares of our outstanding common stock as of August 27, 2026. Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Hank J. Holland, is the general partner of Pegasus. As a result, these stockholders will be able to influence our management and affairs and all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents and approval of significant corporate transactions. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree, and which may be adverse to your interests. The influence of such stockholders may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of our company and might affect the market price of our common stock.

An active trading market for our common stock on Nasdaq may not be developed or sustained, and the trading price for our common stock may be volatile and affected by economic conditions beyond our control.

We plan to list our common stock on Nasdaq in connection with the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and our CDIs are currently listed on the ASX. However, a liquid public market in the United States for our common stock may not develop or be sustained, which means you may experience a decrease in the value of your common stock regardless of our operating performance. In addition, the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations and we cannot assure you that the market price of our common stock will not fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. Some specific factors that could adversely affect the price of our common stock or the trading volume for such shares include actual or expected changes in our prospects or operating results; changes in our public guidance regarding our financial results or business plans; changes in actual or anticipated demand for our products; general economic conditions; and the liquidity of U.S. and Australian trading markets. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, shareholders often instituted securities class action litigation against that company. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert the attention of senior management and, if adversely determined, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our shares of our common stock following this offering will be listed to trade on Nasdaq in U.S. dollars and our CDIs will be listed to trade on the ASX in Australian dollars, and this may result in price variations.

Our shares of our common stock will be listed to trade on Nasdaq in U.S. dollars and our CDIs will be listed to trade on the ASX in Australian dollars. Dual-listing may result in price variations between the exchanges due to a number of factors, including currency fluctuations or investor perception of the different securities or exchanges. In addition, the exchanges are open for trade at different times of the day and the two exchanges also have differing vacation schedules. Differences in the trading schedules, as well as volatility in the exchange rate of the two currencies, among other factors, may result in different trading prices for our Common Stock and CDIs on the two exchanges. Other external influences, such as localized market sentiment, may have differing effects on the trading price of our Common Stock and CDIs on the two exchanges.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares is restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly, even if our business is doing well.

We, our directors, our officers and Pegasus have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements under which we will, subject to specific exceptions described in the section titled “Underwriting,” not to offer, sell, or transfer such securities for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. The parties subject to lock-up agreements beneficially owned an aggregate of approximately 35.4% of the shares of our outstanding common stock as of August 27, 2026. As a result, the market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market either before this offering or after this offering, or the perception that these sales could

31


Table of Contents

 

occur. In addition, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated may, in their sole discretion, release any of the securities subject to the lock-up agreements with the underwriters at any time.

In addition, we intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement to register shares reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans. Upon effectiveness of that registration statement, subject to the satisfaction of applicable vesting restrictions and the expiration or waiver of the lock-up agreements referred to above, the shares issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options will be available for immediate resale in the public market.

Sales of our common stock as restrictions end or pursuant to registration rights may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales also could cause the trading price of our securities to fall and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

We may not ultimately realize certain expected benefits of our redomiciliation from Australia to the State of Delaware.

In June 2026, we completed our redomiciliation from Australia to the State of Delaware (the “Redomiciliation”) whereby Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation, acquired 100% of the outstanding equity interests in Amaero Ltd, an Australian public limited liability company. Our objectives in effecting the Redomiciliation were, among other things, to:

•
position us in a larger, deeper capital market in the United States;
•
provide us with access to a broader U.S. investor pool that previously could not, or were unlikely to, invest in non-U.S. securities;
•
improve our access to lower-cost U.S. debt and equity capital markets, which are larger and more diverse than Australian capital markets;
•
simplify our corporate structure for potential strategic transactions in the United States; and
•
enable us to negotiate potentially less restrictive measures to mitigate foreign ownership, control and influence concerns in our pursuit of classified contracts with the DoW and other federal government customers.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to realize any of the above benefits of the Redomiciliation. However, we did incur significant non-recurring costs associated with the Redomiciliation, including legal fees, accountants’ fees, proxy solicitor fees, and filing fees. While it is expected that the benefits of the Redomiciliation will offset these transaction costs over time, this net benefit may not be achieved in the short-term or at all. These combined factors could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The dual listing of our securities in Australia and the United States may adversely affect the liquidity and value of our common stock in the United States.

CDIs representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a share of our common stock are listed on the ASX and we plan to list such shares of our common stock on Nasdaq. Accordingly, we are subject to the ASX Listing Rules as well as associated Australian regulatory requirements in respect of our CDIs and ASX listing.

We cannot predict the effect of this dual listing on the value of our common stock, and we may in the future seek to delist the trading of our securities on the ASX. Nasdaq and the ASX have different trading hours, trading characteristics (including trading volume and liquidity), trading and listing rules, and investor bases (including different levels of retail and institutional participation), and as a result of these differences, the trading prices of our CDIs and our common stock may not be the same (despite allowing for currency differences). Additionally, the dual listing of our securities may dilute the liquidity of these securities in one or both markets and may adversely affect the development of an active trading market for our common stock on Nasdaq. The price of our common stock on Nasdaq could also be adversely affected by trading in our CDIs on the ASX. In addition, the securities listed on the two exchanges are different instruments: our CDIs trade on the ASX, while our common stock will trade on Nasdaq, and a holder seeking to move between the two markets must convert CDIs into shares of our common stock, or shares of our common stock into

32


Table of Contents

 

CDIs. This conversion process takes time, and during the conversion period the holder remains exposed to movements in the price of our securities and in the Australian dollar/U.S. dollar exchange rate, which may discourage holders from moving between markets and further limit liquidity. Moreover, because our CDIs and our common stock trade in different currencies, in different time zones and in markets with limited overlapping trading hours, the trading price of our CDIs on the ASX and the trading price of our common stock on Nasdaq may diverge, and developments may be reflected in the price in one market before the other.

Currency fluctuations may adversely affect the price of our common stock relative to the price of our CDIs.

The price of our CDIs is quoted in Australian dollars on the ASX, and the price of our common stock will be quoted in U.S. dollars on Nasdaq. Movements in the Australian dollar/U.S. dollar exchange rate may adversely affect the U.S. dollar price of the common stock and the U.S. dollar equivalent of the price of our CDIs. If the Australian dollar weakens against the U.S. dollar, the U.S. dollar price of the common stock could decline, even if the price of our CDIs in Australian dollars increases or remains unchanged.

The market price of our common stock may be adversely affected by arbitrage activities.

Investors may seek to profit by exploiting differences in the price of our shares of common stock as reflected by the trading price of our CDIs on the ASX and the trading price of our shares of common stock on Nasdaq. Such arbitrage activities could cause the price of our common stock or the CDIs, as the case may be, in the market with the higher value to decrease to the price set by the market with the lower value or could otherwise adversely affect the market price of our common stock on Nasdaq. These arbitrage risks may be increased by the fact that our common stock will be quoted in U.S. dollars on Nasdaq while our CDIs will be quoted in Australian dollars on the ASX, which may also give investors the opportunity to exploit the impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates on the market price of our common stock and our CDIs.

Certain of our outstanding securities may dilute the value of our common stock, and the issuance of additional stock in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, our equity incentive plans, or otherwise will dilute all other stockholders.

As of June 30, 2026, we had CDIs covering 23,833,180 shares of common stock outstanding, warrants to purchase CDIs covering 642,049 shares of common stock outstanding, and 2,018,218 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options. To the extent that such securities are exercised, the ownership interests of our shares will be diluted. Additionally, our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue up to an aggregate of 150,000,000 shares of common stock and up to 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock with such rights, powers, and preferences as may be determined by our board of directors. Pursuant to our Plan, as of June 30, 2026, we may grant up to an aggregate of 483,307 shares of common stock and, pursuant to our 2026 Plan, we have reserved an additional 4,000,000 shares of common stock for future issuances. Subject to compliance with applicable rules and regulations, including the ASX Listing Rules, we may issue shares of common stock or securities convertible into shares of our common stock from time to time in connection with a financing, acquisition, investment, our equity incentive plans, or otherwise. Any such issuances may result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our ability to raise additional capital may be significantly limited by the ASX Listing Rules that limit the amount of common stock that we are permitted to issue without stockholder approval.

Limitations on new share issuances under the ASX Listing Rules may significantly limit or prevent us from raising additional capital by issuing and selling shares of our common stock or other securities when such additional capital is required. In particular, the ASX Listing Rules currently prohibit us from issuing, during any 12-month period, shares of our common stock in an amount greater than 15% of the total number of shares of our common stock then outstanding without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

The foregoing ASX Listing Rule is substantially more restrictive than the comparable Nasdaq rule and, as such, may significantly limit or prevent us from raising funds by issuing and selling shares of our common stock and which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and the development of our business. Moreover, seeking stockholder approval to issue common stock is likely to take considerable time and expense and there can be no assurance that any such approval will be given in the future.

33


Table of Contents

 

We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including:

•
presentation of only two years of audited financial statements and related financial disclosure;
•
exemption from the requirement to have our registered independent public accounting firm attest to management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;
•
exemption from compliance with the requirement of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on the financial statements;
•
reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and
•
exemption from the requirement to hold non‑binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of this offering, although we expect to not be an emerging growth company sooner. Our status as an emerging growth company will end as soon as any of the following takes place:

•
the last day of the fiscal year in which we have at least $1.235 billion in annual revenue;
•
the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700.0 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates;
•
the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or
•
the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies unless it otherwise irrevocably elects not to avail itself of this exemption. We have elected to use this extended transition period until we are no longer an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on any of the exemptions afforded emerging growth companies. If some investors find our common stock less attractive because we rely on any of these exemptions, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the market price of our common stock may be more volatile and may decline.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares of common stock you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of $ per share, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the sale of common stock in this offering as of June 30,2026 and an initial public offering price of $ per share. See the section titled “Dilution.”

34


Table of Contents

 

Management will have broad discretion over the use of our proceeds from this offering.

The principal purposes of this offering include increasing our capitalization and financial flexibility and growing the U.S. public market for our stock, thereby enabling access to the U.S. public equity markets by our employees and stockholders, obtaining additional capital, and increasing our visibility in the marketplace. We intend to use up to approximately $ million of the net proceeds of this offering to purchase capital equipment over the next 12 months with the remaining proceeds to be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and research and development. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds.” We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds to us from this offering, and because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, our ultimate use may vary substantially from our currently intended use. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds and might not be able to obtain a significant return, if any, on investment of these net proceeds. Investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of our proceeds. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, operating results, and financial condition could be harmed.

We do not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have not declared any dividends and do not anticipate that we will do so in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the development of our business. Dividends, if any, on our outstanding common stock will be declared by and subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors on the basis of our earnings, financial requirements and other relevant factors. As a result, a return on your investment will only occur if the price of our common stock appreciates. We cannot assure you that our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which you purchase the common stock. You may not realize a return on your investment in the common stock and you may even lose your entire investment in the common stock.

If U.S. securities or industry analysts do not publish research reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse opinion about our business, the market price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock on Nasdaq will be influenced by the research and reports that U.S. securities and industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts may discontinue research on us, to the extent such coverage currently exists, or in other cases, may never publish research on us. If no or too few U.S. securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our common stock would likely be negatively affected. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the market price of our common stock would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause its price and trading volume to decline. In addition, research and reports that Australian securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business or our CDIs may impact the market price of the common stock in the United States.

We have substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern if this offering is not completed.

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis of accounting, which assumes that we will continue as a going concern and does not include any adjustments that might result if we are unable to do so. In connection with the preparation of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025, and again in connection with our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2026, management evaluated whether conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for the twelve-month period following the date each such set of financial statements was issued. In each case, management concluded that substantial doubt exists.

We have historically incurred losses from operations and have made, and will continue to make, substantial capital investments to continually scale our production capacity. As of December 31, 2025, we had an accumulated deficit of $62.0 million with cash and cash equivalents of $31.9 million. As of June 30, 2026, our accumulated deficit had grown to $75.5 million and our cash and cash equivalents had declined to $13.6 million, with $3.3 million of remaining borrowing capacity under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, which we drew in full in July 2026. Based on management’s evaluation of forecasted cash flows, current cash resources, and available financing, and excluding the receipt of any proceeds from this offering or other future financing transactions that are not committed or probable, we

35


Table of Contents

 

have concluded that our existing cash and available financing would not be sufficient to fund our operations through the twelve-month look-forward period.

Our management’s principal plan to address these conditions is to complete this offering. However, the completion of this offering is subject to factors not within our sole control, including market conditions, investor demand, regulatory clearance, and pricing. Under applicable accounting standards, plans that depend on factors outside an entity’s control do not alleviate substantial doubt unless it is probable that those plans will be effectively implemented. Because the completion of this offering cannot be assured, our management has concluded that its plans do not alleviate the substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Accordingly, substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern exists as of the date of the prospectus.

If we fail to maintain proper internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

We are subject to the reporting obligations under the U.S. securities laws. The SEC, as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, has adopted rules requiring a public company to include a report of management on the effectiveness of such company’s internal control over financial reporting in its annual report on Form 10-K. In addition, once we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” as such term is defined in the JOBS Act, an independent registered public accounting firm for a public company must issue an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If in the future we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting or our independent auditors are unwilling or unable to provide us with an unqualified report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, investors may lose confidence in our operating results, the price of our common stock could decline and we may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. In addition, if we are unable to meet the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may not be able to maintain the listing of our shares on Nasdaq.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to remediate this weakness or otherwise fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements could be impaired, which could adversely affect our operating results, our ability to operate our business, our stock price and access to the capital markets.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Following the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the internal control over financial reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth and smaller reporting companies in the United States, and, beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K, we will be required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The process of designing, implementing and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation is time-consuming, costly and complicated.

In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weakness relates solely to the information technology general controls for the accounting system that is relevant to the preparation of our financial statements. Specifically, we did not design and implement user access controls within that system to ensure appropriate segregation of duties and to adequately restrict user and privileged access to appropriate personnel. As a result, certain business process controls that are dependent upon the affected information technology general controls were not designed and implemented appropriately to mitigate the segregation of duties and inappropriate access risk. This material weakness did not relate to, and did not affect, the banking portals through which payments and disbursements are made from our bank accounts, for which we maintained separate controls, including appropriate segregation of duties.

36


Table of Contents

 

As a result of this material weakness, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2025. This material weakness had not been remediated, and our internal control over financial reporting remained not effective, as of June 30, 2026.

This material weakness could increase the risk of unauthorized access to the information technology systems that support our financial reporting processes, manipulation of the data we use to produce our financial statements, and/or the lack of complete and accurate information, any of which could lead to a material misstatement of our account balances or disclosures and affect our ability to report our financial information on a timely basis. Although this material weakness did not result in any material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements for the periods presented that was identified as a result of this material weakness, this material weakness could lead to a material misstatement of our account balances or disclosures in the future that is not prevented or detected on a timely basis.

We have concluded that this material weakness occurred because, although our securities have been listed on the Australian Securities Exchange, prior to this offering we had not been subject to the internal control over financial reporting requirements applicable to public companies in the United States, and we did not have the systems, business processes and related internal control necessary to satisfy the accounting and financial reporting requirements of a company subject to the reporting requirements of the SEC and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We have begun to implement, and plan to undertake, the following measures to remediate this material weakness:

•
strengthening segregation of duties through both procedural changes and system-based controls, including hiring and retaining additional accounting, finance and information technology personnel; and
•
improving our information technology general controls, including controls over user access provisioning and termination, and privileged access monitoring.

We may incur significant costs in connection with remediating this material weakness. The material weakness will not be considered remediated until the applicable remediated controls have operated for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are operating effectively. We have not performed a formal evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and, as an emerging growth company, we will not be required to obtain an attestation report from our independent registered public accounting firm as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for so long as we remain an emerging growth company. As a result, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting will not be subject to independent audit or attestation for the foreseeable future. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully remediate the material weakness described above or that we will not identify additional material weaknesses in the future. Even if we successfully remediate this material weakness, we cannot assure you that we will not suffer from this or other material weaknesses in the future.

If we fail to remediate this material weakness, or fail to otherwise maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and, once we are a public company, effective disclosure controls and procedures, we may be unable to produce accurate and timely financial statements, which could result in a restatement of our financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. Any of these outcomes could result in a decline in the market price of our common stock, subject us to investigation by the SEC, the stock exchange on which our common stock is then listed or other regulatory authorities, and restrict our future access to the capital markets.

Our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement contains financial obligations and restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We have entered into, and may continue to enter into, arrangements pursuant to which we have incurred or will incur significant indebtedness, including the credit agreement entered into by our wholly owned subsidiary, Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc. (the “Borrower”) with the Export-Import Bank of the United States (“EXIM Bank”), which provides for a $26.1 million senior secured credit facility maturing on June 30, 2034 (the “EXIM Bank Credit Agreement”). Following the June 2026 amendment to the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement was fully drawn. Our ability to make payments on such debt, to repay such indebtedness when due, and to fund our business, operations, and capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate or raise cash in the future. If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as utilizing available capital, selling assets, selling equity, or reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic transactions, investments, and partnerships, any of

37


Table of Contents

 

which may impede the implementation of our business strategy, prevent us from entering into transactions that would otherwise benefit our business, and may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The Borrower’s obligations under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement are guaranteed by Amaero Inc. and certain of our subsidiaries. Such obligations are secured by the Borrower’s equipment and related assets financed with disbursements under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement and a pledged cash collateral account. If we are unable to repay or otherwise refinance our indebtedness under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement when such indebtedness is due, or if any event of default occurs under such agreement, EXIM Bank could accelerate our outstanding obligations. In the event that EXIM Bank accelerates the repayment of our borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness and the lenders may seek to enforce their security interests in the collateral.

The EXIM Bank Credit Agreement contains restrictive covenants that limit our ability to, among other things, make any substantial change in the scope or nature of our business or operations, merge or consolidate with other companies, sell all or substantially all of our assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur liens, pay cash dividends, repurchase or redeem our equity interests, enter into transactions with affiliates, and make investments in other businesses, subject in each case to customary exceptions. In addition, the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement requires us to satisfy three financial covenants which will be tested quarterly beginning on September 30, 2027 or September 30, 2028, as applicable. Such covenants are a maximum leverage ratio, a minimum liquidity requirement and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. There is no guarantee that we will be able to generate sufficient cash flow or revenue to satisfy these financial covenants. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control. Although the financial covenants are not tested until future periods, a breach of the covenants under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement could result in an event of default. If the facility is fully drawn, the principal remedy available to the lenders upon an event of default would be to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable.

Delaware law and provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws might delay, discourage or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock.

Our status as a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult or delay or prevent changes in control of our management. Among other things, these provisions will:

•
authorize our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval;
•
permit only the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill vacancies on the board;
•
establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms;
•
for so long as our board of directors is classified, and subject to the rights of holders of our preferred stock, provide that our directors may only be removed by stockholders for cause;
•
permit stockholders to only take actions at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;
•
require that stockholders give advance notice to nominate directors or submit proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings;
•
eliminate cumulative voting in the election of directors;

38


Table of Contents

 

•
prohibit stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders; and
•
require a super-majority vote of stockholders to amend some of the provisions described above.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay, discourage or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors of their choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions they desire, any of which, under certain circumstances, could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

Our bylaws designate a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, and also provide that the federal district courts will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, each of which may limit our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, stockholders, or employees.

Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action or proceeding asserting a claim for or based on a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, stockholders, or officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any current or former director, stockholder, or officer or other employee of us arising pursuant to, or seeking to enforce any right, obligation, or remedy under, any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation, or our bylaws, or (4) any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, such action or proceeding may be brought in another state court located within the State of Delaware (or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware). Nothing in our bylaws precludes stockholders that assert claims under the Exchange Act from bringing such claims in federal court, subject to applicable law.

Section 22 of the Securities Act establishes concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over Securities Act claims. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to hear such claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our bylaws also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States will be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause or causes of action arising under the Securities Act, including all causes of action asserted against any defendant to such complaint.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing bylaw provisions. Although we believe these exclusive forum provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws in the types of lawsuits to which each applies, the exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of its choosing for disputes with us or our current or former directors, officers, stockholders, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims against us and our current and former directors, officers, stockholders, or other employees. Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder as a result of our exclusive forum provisions.

Further, the enforceability of similar exclusive forum provisions in other companies’ organizational documents has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court of law may rule that these types of provisions are inapplicable or unenforceable if they are challenged in a proceeding or otherwise. If a court were to find either exclusive forum provision contained in our bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur significant additional costs associated with resolving such dispute, as well as resolving such action in other jurisdictions, all of which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

39


Table of Contents

 

As a result of listing our CDIs on the ASX, we are subject to the ASX Listing Rules, which may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to manage our business or raise additional capital.

As a result of listing our CDIs on the ASX, we are subject to the ASX Listing Rules, which may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to manage our business or raise additional capital. The ASX Listing Rules differ from and, in some cases, are more restrictive than the rules and requirements of Nasdaq, including restrictions that:

•
limit our non-executive director compensation to a maximum amount approved by stockholders in general meeting;
•
require that the terms of every class of our securities, including any preferred stock, be approved by the ASX;
•
prohibit us from removing or changing the voting rights or dividend rights (if any) of our securities, except in certain circumstances;
•
specify certain terms and conditions of our options and/or rights plans;
•
prohibit issuing our equity securities without stockholder approval in the three months after we receive any notice in writing that a person proposes to make a takeover bid for the Company;
•
limit the issuance of our restricted (escrowed) securities; and
•
prohibit “golden parachutes” or other termination benefits for our officers upon a change in ownership or control of the Company.

These ASX Listing Rules may, in some cases, limit our ability to take certain actions that would otherwise be permitted under Nasdaq rules and may affect our ability to manage our business and to attract and retain key management and scientific personnel. In addition, the ASX Listing Rules include approval and reporting requirements that differ from the requirements under the Nasdaq rules, such as requirements to:

•
comply with required timetables for the issuance of our equity securities;
•
deliver notice to the ASX prior to the release of our restricted (escrowed) securities;
•
file quarterly, half-yearly and annual periodic reports that include specific disclosures required by the ASX Listing Rules;
•
obtain stockholder approval for certain related-party transactions and for securities issuances to our directors;
•
deliver drafts to the ASX of charter documents, debt and convertible securities documents, certain meeting notices and documents sent to certain holders of our securities; and
•
prior to release to any other person, release announcements through the ASX as the central collection point for market sensitive information.

Compliance with these additional ASX Listing Rules will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities or transactions more difficult, time-consuming or costly, may limit or prevent us from raising additional capital by issuing and selling shares of our common stock or other securities and increase demand on our systems and resources. We applied to the ASX for, and received, certain waivers from the application of some of the ASX Listing Rules, however such waivers will not afford us relief from all of the increased restrictions and requirements imposed by the ASX Listing Rules.

Increases in our costs and expenses associated with compliance with the ASX Listing Rules will adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, limitations on new share issuances under the ASX Listing Rules may limit or prevent us from raising additional capital by issuing and selling shares of our common stock

40


Table of Contents

 

or other securities when such additional capital is required, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and the development of our business. See “—Our ability to raise additional capital may be significantly limited by the ASX Listing Rules that limit the amount of common stock that we are permitted to issue without stockholder approval.”

Our outstanding CDIs will be listed on the ASX and will be freely tradable in the public markets in Australia.

Trading in our CDIs may have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock on Nasdaq. Our common stock will be traded on Nasdaq and our CDIs will be traded on the ASX. The CDIs are, in general, the economic equivalent of our shares of common stock and, as a result, the trading price of our CDIs on the ASX will likely affect the trading price of our common stock on Nasdaq, and vice versa. The trading price of our CDIs may be influenced by factors different from those that affect the trading price of our common stock on Nasdaq and may be influenced by arbitrage activities. In addition, holders of common stock, including shares sold in this offering, may deliver those shares to CHESS Depositary Nominees Pty Ltd (“the Depositary Nominee”) for the CDIs in exchange for our CDIs. If a significant number of the shares of our common stock that are sold in this offering are exchanged for our CDIs, it may have a material adverse effect on the liquidity and trading price of our common stock on Nasdaq. Trading in our securities on these markets will take place in different currencies (U.S. dollars on Nasdaq and Australian dollars on the ASX) and at different times (resulting from different time zones, trading days and public holidays in the United States and Australia). The trading prices of our securities on these two markets may differ due to these and other factors, including the fact that Nasdaq and the ASX have different criteria for trading halts as well as different listing rules and disclosure requirements. Any decrease in the price of our CDIs on the ASX could cause a decrease in the trading price of our common stock on Nasdaq.

Investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering may not be able to freely sell those shares in Australia during the 12 months after the issue date of those shares in this offering and therefore will not be able to take advantage of any liquidity that may be available for CDIs traded on the ASX during that period, unless an exception applies or the Company is able to rely on applicable legislative relief and lodges a cleansing notice in accordance with Australian regulatory requirements with the ASX.

Although we expect that our shares of common stock will be listed on Nasdaq, the shares sold in this offering may not be freely tradable in Australia during the 12 months after their issue date in this offering. In general, shares purchased in this offering may be resold in Australia during that period only to certain “sophisticated investors” and “professional investors” (as defined in the Australian Corporations Act) and certain persons associated with us under Section 708(12) of the Australian Corporations Act, and any subsequent resale of those shares will also be subject to the same restrictions during the 12 months after their issue date in this offering.

So long as those restrictions are in effect, to the extent that investors who purchase shares in this offering are able to resell those shares in Australia, the price they receive may be different than the market price of our common stock. Likewise, while investors purchasing shares in this offering will be entitled to exchange those shares for our CDIs, sales of those newly issued CDIs in Australia will be subject to the same restrictions that are applicable to the underlying shares of our common stock as described above. Although we expect that the majority of the shares of common stock outstanding immediately after this offering will be represented by our CDIs that are traded on the ASX, investors purchasing shares in this offering may not be able to freely sell those shares, or the CDIs representing those shares, in Australia during the 12 months after the issue date of those shares in this offering. To the extent those newly issued CDIs are not freely tradeable, investors may not be able to take advantage of any liquidity which may be available for our CDIs traded on the ASX during that period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”) has granted the ASIC Corporations (Offers of CHESS Depositary Interests) Instrument 2025/180 (the “Instrument”), which permits the issue and on sale of our CDIs within the first 12 months of issue provided that the Company has lodged a cleansing notice on the ASX within applicable time limits after those CDIs are issued. Accordingly, if the Company is able to rely on the Instrument and has lodged a cleansing notice in respect to such CDIs, those CDIs that have been issued on conversion of the Company’s common stock, including common stock that is issued in this offering, may be freely tradable on the ASX.

41


Table of Contents

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include statements about:

•
our expectations regarding financial results and performance, including revenue growth and margin expansion, operating leverage, our operational and financial targets, key metrics;
•
the sufficiency of our cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities to meet our liquidity needs, including our ability to continue as a going concern and our cash runway;
•
our expectations regarding supply chain risk, policy developments, and other industry trends;
•
our ability to benefit from and address industry trends, including supply chain risk and U.S. policy initiatives;
•
our ability to position ourselves in the market, price our products competitively, and access and meet demand in the U.S. defense and aerospace industry;
•
our ability to manage our manufacturing operations, scale our production capacity, and expand our manufacturing expertise;
•
the size of the market opportunity for our products;
•
our expectations regarding the growth of our PM-HIP manufacturing business;
•
our ability to complete qualification and certification programs necessary to secure production contracts;
•
our ability to execute under our commercial contracts and unlock additional growth opportunities across industries;
•
our expectations regarding our argon recycling system, including implementation plans, timeline, cost savings, and the impact on our cost structure and competitive positioning;
•
our ability to develop new product offerings;
•
our expectations regarding the macroeconomic environment, including rising inflation and interest rates and geopolitical conflicts, and uncertainty in the global banking and financial services markets;
•
our ability to effectively manage costs;
•
our expectations regarding the effects of existing and developing laws and regulations and our ability to comply with such laws and regulations, including U.S. government contracting and national security requirements;
•
our expectations regarding the benefits of our Redomiciliation, including anticipated access to U.S. capital markets, Foreign Ownership, Control, and Influence (“FOCI”) mitigation, and eligibility for classified defense contracts;
•
our expectations and management of future growth, including the projections regarding the expansion of our production capacity and the commissioning timeline of our fourth EIGA Premium atomizer;

42


Table of Contents

 

•
our ability to maintain, protect, and enhance our intellectual property;
•
our ability to obtain additional capital and maintain cash flow or obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us;
•
our plans with respect to the dual listing of our securities on Nasdaq and the ASX, including the potential future delisting from the ASX;
•
our ability to obtain waivers from ASIC with respect to resale restrictions applicable to shares of our common stock issued in this offering, and the effect of any such restrictions on the liquidity of our securities in Australia;
•
our expectations regarding future dividends, including our current intention not to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future and to retain future earnings to finance our operations and growth;
•
our expectations regarding the identified material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, including our remediation plans, the timing and cost of remediation, and our ability to remediate it and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting;
•
the increased expenses associated with being a public company;
•
the future trading prices of our common stock; and
•
our anticipated uses of net proceeds from this offering.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

Neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. Moreover, the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. You should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

43


Table of Contents

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $ million (or approximately $ million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is exercised in full) from the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on , 2026, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on , 2026, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial public offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our use of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time when we need to seek additional capital.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock, facilitate future access to the U.S. public equity markets by us, our employees and our stockholders, and increase our visibility in the marketplace. We intend to use up to approximately $ million of the net proceeds of this offering to purchase capital equipment over the next 12 months with the remaining proceeds to be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and research and development. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or investments at this time.

Although we believe that the estimated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through at least the one-year period from the date of this prospectus, this belief is based on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Changing circumstances, some of which may be beyond our control, could cause us to consume capital significantly faster than we currently anticipate, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned.

Because we expect to use the remaining net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, we intend to invest the net proceeds that are not used as described above in capital-preservation investments, including short-term interest-bearing debt instruments or bank deposits.

44


Table of Contents

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors subject to applicable laws and will depend upon, among other factors, our operating results, financial condition, contractual restrictions and capital requirements. Our future ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock is limited by the terms of the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement and may be limited by any of our future debt instruments or preferred securities.

45


Table of Contents

 

CAPITALIZATION

The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents, as well as our capitalization, as of June 30, 2026:

•
on an actual basis; and
•
on a pro forma basis to reflect the issuance and sale by us of shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on , 2026, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

 

As of June 30, 2026(1)

 

Actual

 

 

Pro Forma

(in thousands except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

13,589

 

 

 $

Long-term debt, net

 

 

19,573

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value per share, 15,000,000 shares authorized
   and no shares issued or outstanding, actual and pro forma

 

 

—

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, 150,000,000 shares
   authorized, 23,833,180 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 150,000,000
   shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

 

 

—

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

124,161

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(75,481

)

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(614

)

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

 

48,066

 

 

 

Total capitalization

 

$

67,639

 

 

 $

 

(1)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on , 2026, would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $ million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $ million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 23,833,180 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, and excludes:

•
2,082,218 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.03 per share;
•
483,307 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the Plan as of June 30, 2026, which number of shares was added to the shares of our common stock reserved under the 2026 Plan upon its effectiveness, at which time we ceased granting awards under our Plan;

46


Table of Contents

 

•
4,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan; and
•
642,049 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase CDIs convertible into shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.56 per share.

The 2026 Plan provides for annual automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved thereunder, and the 2026 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares of our common stock that may be granted thereunder based on shares underlying the awards granted under the 2026 Plan that expire, are forfeited or are repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

47


Table of Contents

 

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding. We have no goodwill or other intangible assets as of June 30, 2026. Our total tangible assets equal our total assets as presented on the condensed consolidated balance sheets less deferred offering costs of $0.8 million, which reflect deferred charges related to this offering that will be applied against the gross proceeds of this offering upon its completion. Our historical net tangible book value as of June 30, 2026 was $47.3 million, or $1.98 per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2026 was $ million, or $ per share, based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026.

After giving effect to the sale by us of shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on , 2026, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2026 would have been $ million, or $ per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $ per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $ per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Historical net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2026

 

$

1.98

 

 

 

 

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to
   investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors
   in this offering

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on , 2026, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma net tangible book value per share by approximately $ , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering by $ , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of our common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma net tangible book value by approximately $ per share and increase or decrease, as applicable, the dilution to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering by $ per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

If the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $ per share, the increase in the pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $ per share and the pro forma dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $ per share, in each case assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on , 2026, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

48


Table of Contents

 

The following table presents, on a pro forma basis to give effect to this offering, as of June 30, 2026, the differences between the existing stockholders and the new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on , 2026, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

 

Shares Purchased

 

Total Consideration

 

Average
Price Per

 

 

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

Share

 

Existing stockholders before this offering

 

 

 

%

 

$

 

 

 

%

 

$

 

 

Investors participating in this offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

%

 

$

 

 

 

%

 

$

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on , 2026, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and the total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $ million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders, by approximately $ million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the total number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be reduced to % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the total number of shares of common stock held by investors purchasing shares of common stock in the offering would be increased to % of the total number of shares outstanding after this offering.

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 23,833,180 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, and excludes:

•
2,082,218 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.03 per share;
•
483,307 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the Plan, as of June 30, 2026, which number of shares was added to the shares of our common stock reserved under the 2026 Plan upon its effectiveness, at which time we ceased granting awards under the Plan;
•
4,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan; and
•
642,049 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase CDIs convertible into shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.56 per share.

The 2026 Plan provides for annual automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved thereunder, and the 2026 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares of our common stock that may be granted thereunder based on shares under the Plan that expire, are forfeited or are repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

To the extent that any outstanding options to purchase our common stock are exercised or new awards are granted under our equity compensation plans, or additional shares of our common stock are issued, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

49


Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements, such as those relating to our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions, and beliefs, which involve risks and uncertainties. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. You should read the “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” sections of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a leading U.S.-based producer of high-value refractory and titanium alloy spherical metal powders for additive manufacturing (“AM”) and advanced manufacturing, and a pioneer in Powder Metallurgy Hot Isostatic Pressing (“PM-HIP”) manufacturing of large near-net-shape components. With manufacturing and corporate headquarters in Tennessee, we occupy a strategically critical position at the intersection of U.S. national security priorities, AM technology, and the domestic reshoring of imperative U.S. supply chains.

Our core technology platform centers on the Electrode Induction Melting Inert Gas Atomizer (“EIGA”), an advanced crucible-free gas atomization technology designed for the production of high-purity titanium and refractory alloy powders (“EIGA Premium”). Because the molten metal resulting from the EIGA process does not contact other materials during the melting process, the EIGA helps minimize contamination and produces metal powders with a high level of purity and consistency. To our knowledge, our EIGA Premium configuration is the only such system operating in the United States. We produce high-purity spherical metal powders specifically engineered for laser powder bed fusion (“LPBF”) 3D printing of mission-critical components — particularly for hypersonic weapons systems, satellite propulsion, strategic missiles, aerospace, and medical applications. Our powder portfolio encompasses niobium, tungsten, tantalum, molybdenum, rhenium, zirconium and titanium alloy powders.

Through our PM-HIP manufacturing process, we produce large, complex, near-net-shape powder metallurgy parts with forged-equivalent material properties and microstructure, providing a technically mature and scalable alternative to the strained domestic supply chain for large-scale castings and forgings. This capability is particularly relevant to the U.S. Navy’s submarine industrial base, where capacity constraints for large components represent a critical bottleneck to shipbuilding program objectives.

We have built a strong reputation for delivering mission-critical materials and parts on time and to customer specification with leading organizations in defense, aerospace, and advanced manufacturing. We have entered into exclusive or preferred supplier arrangements and long-term supply and strategic development agreements with organizations such as ADDMAN Group, one of the largest U.S. domestic metal additive manufacturers, Velo3D, a “Made in USA” leader in AM technology, and Titomic Limited, a global leader in cold spray AM technology, among others.

Following a three-year capital investment program of approximately $45.0 million, we believe we are at an inflection point as our business transitions from onshoring our manufacturing facilities to revenue growth and margin expansion.

Redomiciliation

On June 22, 2026, we completed a redomiciliation of our parent company from Australia to the State of Delaware in the United States by way of two schemes of arrangement, which were interconditional, whereby Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation, replaced Amaero Ltd, an Australian incorporated entity, as our parent company. To effect the Redomiciliation, the shareholders in Amaero Ltd received the equivalent of one CHESS Depositary Interest (“CDI”) for each ordinary share they owned in Amaero Ltd. CDIs can be converted at the holder’s option into a share of our common stock on a 40-for-1 basis, and each share of our common stock can be converted into 40 CDIs. The Redomiciliation has been accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control on a carryover basis. Accordingly, the historical consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this prospectus reflect the operations of Amaero Ltd and its subsidiaries, as our accounting predecessor, for all periods presented.

50


Table of Contents

 

Known Trends, Demands, Commitments, Events, or Uncertainties Impacting Our Business

We believe that our performance and future success depends on several factors that present significant opportunities for us but also pose risks and challenges, including those discussed below and in the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Reshoring and Expansion of Production Capacity in the United States.

Over several decades, U.S. manufacturers shifted production of advanced materials and components offshore and adopted asset-light, just-in-time operating models, contributing to a contraction of the domestic industrial base for high-value metal powders, castings, and forgings. More recently, heightened geopolitical tension, the supply disruptions experienced during the COVID-19 pandemic and the conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East, and a shift in U.S. trade and industrial policy have prompted a reprioritization of domestic manufacturing and changes in supply-chain strategy. Federal policy has increasingly relied on a combination of incentives and trade measures, including tariffs, domestic procurement preferences, and government-backed financing, to encourage the relocation of manufacturing and procurement to the United States.

In light of the shifting macroeconomic environment, in 2023, we relocated our manufacturing and corporate headquarters to the United States, signing a 15-year lease with two 5-year renewal options on a 100,000 square-foot facility in McDonald, Tennessee, supported by state and local economic incentives. Since then, we have commissioned three Premium Electrode Induction Melting Inert Gas Atomizers (“EIGA”), including commissioning our third EIGA in June 2026. We also placed a binding order for our fourth EIGA in December 2025, which is expected to be commissioned in June 2027, and have executed a binding contract for an argon gas recycling system, with commissioning expected during the first quarter of 2027. Through June 30, 2026, we had invested an aggregate of approximately $48.3 million in property, plant and equipment to stand up our domestic manufacturing operations, of which approximately $2.3 million had been incurred but not yet paid and was reflected in accounts payable and accrued liabilities as of June 30, 2026 (see the supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities in our condensed consolidated statements of cash flows). We expect to invest an additional approximately $16.5 million to complete the current build-out of our production capacity, consisting of approximately $3.3 million to complete and commission our fourth EIGA, approximately $2.2 million to commission our argon gas recycling system, and approximately $11.0 million for powder processing equipment, PM-HIP component manufacturing equipment, and leasehold improvements. Of this amount, approximately $7.9 million was subject to binding purchase commitments as of June 30, 2026 (see Note 13 — Liabilities, Commitments and Contingencies). As a result of this continual build out of our production capacity, our powder production capacity increased materially through the second half of 2025 and it further increased when our third EIGA was commissioned in June 2026. Our capacity will further increase once our fourth EIGA comes online, and the argon recycling system is expected to reduce recurring argon consumption by at least 77%. We expect to fund these capital investment projects with a combination of borrowings under our Export-Import Bank of the United States (“EXIM Bank”) credit facility (the “EXIM Bank Credit Agreement”) and cash on hand, including the expected proceeds from this offering.

As we transition from a period of build-out into increased commercial operations, we expect our revenues to increase. We also expect to continue to incur significant capital expenditures through the completion of these ongoing projects and beyond such periods. Our ability to achieve commercial scale revenues will depend on our ability to successfully optimize our production processes, strengthen our supplier and customer relationships, and achieve uninterrupted operations with high production yields. Delays or technical failures in the commissioning of our fourth EIGA Premium atomizer or any unanticipated cost overruns in completing our facility build-out could materially affect our capital position and ability to achieve consistent growth.

Furthermore, the benefits we derive from the onshoring trend depend on the continuation of the supportive U.S. trade and industrial policy being advanced by the current U.S. presidential administration, which is subject to change with political and economic conditions and is outside our control. The same trade measures that favor domestic producers may also increase our costs as a portion of our titanium bar feedstock supply chain is exposed to tariffs and global pricing and we have at times increased inventory purchases to mitigate trade and tariff risk. A reversal or moderation of reshoring policy, the loss of government-backed financing, or sustained increases in input costs could adversely affect demand for our products or our margins.

51


Table of Contents

 

Business Development Activities

In conjunction with the recent and expected increased production capacity, we have entered into the following commercial arrangements:

•
In September 2024, we completed qualification of our Niobium C103 (“C103”) powder with Castheon, Inc., a subsidiary of ADDMAN Group, triggering the offtake provisions of our five-year preferred supplier agreement under which we serve as the primary supplier of C103, refractory alloy, and titanium alloy powders to ADDMAN Group and its subsidiaries, including Castheon and Keselowski Advanced Manufacturing.
•
In December 2024, we entered into a three-year supply agreement with The Perryman Company under which Perryman serves as our preferred and primary supplier of U.S.-melt and forged titanium bar feedstock for our atomization of spherical titanium powders.
•
In April 2025, we signed a five-year exclusive supply agreement with Velo3D (OTC: VLDX) for Niobium C103 and other refractory alloy powders and a preferred supplier agreement for titanium alloy powders. Velo3D satisfied its qualification condition following Auburn NCAME testing of our C103 and Ti-64 powders in July 2025.
•
In September 2025, we entered into a five-year exclusive supplier and development agreement with Titomic Limited (ASX: TTT) (“Titomic”), under which we serve as Titomic’s sole supplier of refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders for cold spray applications. The agreement was accompanied by an initial $3.0 million refractory powder purchase order.
•
In September 2025, we signed a five-year exclusive supplier agreement for titanium powders and a strategic development agreement with Knust-Godwin, LLC, an integrated additive manufacturer and precision machining firm.
•
In December 2025, we received a Letter of Support from the Maritime Industrial Base Program Office of the Department of the Navy validating PM-HIP manufacturing as a viable and technically ready alternative to castings and forgings for the Maritime Industrial Base.
•
In April 2026, we executed a three-year exclusive Master Purchasing Agreement with United Performance Metals, LLC (“UPM”), which is a leading distributor of specialty metals and advanced alloy powders to defense, aerospace, and space customers and will act as our distribution partner. We are the exclusive supplier of titanium powders to UPM. The agreement is supported by an initial 4,000 kg purchase order and a contracted minimum inventory of 4,000 kg with ongoing replenishment orders.
•
In July 2026, we entered into a thirteen-month research and development contract with the U.S. Department of War (the “DoW”) valued at approximately $4.5 million for the development of affordable alternative refractory powders. Under the agreement we, in consultation with the DoW, U.S. national laboratories, and defense and space prime contractors, will select, atomize, and test manufacturing parts for two alternative high-temperature development refractory alloys.

The growth of our business is dependent on our ability to continue to meet delivery requirements under our existing commercial arrangements, enter into additional commercial arrangements and complete the build-out of our production capacity. Furthermore, many of our supply agreements establish preferred-supplier status or minimum volumes but do not guarantee that customers will purchase at expected levels.

Bolstering Supply Chain Resilience Within the Defense Industrial Base

The DoW has identified the resilience of the defense industrial base as a national security priority and, in its National Defense Industrial Strategy, has emphasized investment in domestic advanced manufacturing. The DoW has identified castings and forgings as an area of particular concern, reflecting consolidation of suppliers, long lead times, and limited domestic capacity for large, complex, mission-critical components.

52


Table of Contents

 

Our PM-HIP business aims to help bridge this gap. PM-HIP produces large, near-net-shape parts with forged-equivalent material properties and shorter lead times than conventional castings and forgings, offering a domestically produced alternative for high-mix, low-volume components. Near-net-shape components are metal parts that have been manufactured using processes that allow for their initial form to closely approximate the final shape needed for the finished component; they require only minimal machining or finishing before they are incorporated into an end product. PM-HIP enables manufacturers to produce these complex, near-net-shape components that require less machining than parts made from solid metal stock, reducing material waste and manufacturing time. The process also produces components with consistent material properties, high strength and durability, making them well suited for demanding applications in industries such as aerospace, defense, energy and industrial manufacturing. We expect our PM-HIP business to involve longer sales and qualification cycles than our powder business, but to grow as a share of our revenue over time. Realizing this opportunity depends on factors largely outside our control, including the level and timing of U.S. government defense spending and appropriations, procurement priorities, and our ability to complete additional lengthy qualification and certification programs. Under our July 2026 research and development contract with the DoW, we will utilize PM-HIP to manufacture test parts and provide our results and findings to the DoW.

Commercial Tailwinds Within the Aerospace and Defense Sectors

Adoption of additive and advanced manufacturing continues to expand across the defense, aerospace and space sectors, driven by the technology’s ability to reduce buy-to-fly ratios, shorten production timelines, enable more complex geometries, and improve material properties for low-volume, high-value parts. In aerospace and defense, additive manufacturing is increasingly used for flight- and mission-critical components and for sustainment and maintenance, repair, and overhaul applications. Our high-value refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders are used as feedstocks for these applications.

These tailwinds have driven the early-stage ramp of our powder business. Our exposure to certain of these end markets, including semiconductor capital equipment, is currently limited and largely indirect through our powder customers. The pace of additive manufacturing adoption, customer qualification timelines, end-market demand, competition from other powder producers, and pricing for both our products and our raw material inputs are uncertain and could differ materially from our expectations.

Impact of Raw Material Prices and Product Mix

We value most of our inventory utilizing the first in first out (“FIFO”) inventory costing methodology. Under the FIFO inventory costing method, changes in the cost of raw materials and production activities are recognized in cost of sales in the current period even though these materials may have been acquired at potentially significantly different values due to the length of time from the acquisition of the raw materials to the sale of the processed finished goods to the customers. In periods of rising raw material costs, the FIFO inventory valuation generally results in lower cost of sales. Conversely, in periods of decreasing raw material costs, the FIFO inventory valuation generally results in higher cost of sales.

Regulatory Landscape

We operate in an industry that is subject to many regulations related to national security, environmental, land use, workplace health and safety and other matters, and such regulations have generally become more stringent over time. If we fail to comply with existing and future laws and regulations we may be subject to fines, litigation, criminal charges, sanctions by regulators, or other liabilities. Due to the uncertainty of future regulations, we are unable to estimate the impact of such regulations on our business.

Global Economic Conditions

Unfavorable economic conditions in the United States and globally may adversely impact our business growth and operating results. Macroeconomic factors such as inflation, higher interest rates, tariffs, banking disruptions, geopolitical tensions and conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East have contributed to increased economic uncertainty and market volatility. Recent policy actions by the U.S. government, including changes to trade policy, tariffs on key imports and shifts in industrial and environmental regulations, may further impact global supply chains and business investment decisions. These effects may not be fully reflected in our financial performance until future periods. Additionally, adverse conditions could limit our ability to secure financing on acceptable terms, or at all. Ongoing

53


Table of Contents

 

geopolitical instability and related sanctions may further disrupt global financial markets, including in the United States, potentially resulting in a material impact on our operations.

Backlog

Growth in backlog is a key measure of our business. Our backlog supports predictable revenue expansion and enables forward revenue visibility. Our backlog has expanded during the periods presented, growing from $0.4 million as of December 31, 2024 to $6.9 million as of December 31, 2025, to $10.0 million as of June 30, 2026, and to $15.3 million as of July 31, 2026, reflecting continued execution of new and existing contracts across both our metal powders and PM-HIP product lines.

Our backlog represents the portion of legally binding contracts that are expected to result in future revenue within the next twelve months and supports predictable revenue expansion and facilitates forward revenue visibility. Backlog may also include change orders for any contracts that have been formally contracted. Our backlog consists of firm orders for metal powder, which are not subject to any customer right of termination for convenience, and orders for PM-HIP components. Certain of our PM-HIP component contracts permit the customer to terminate for convenience. In those cases, we are generally entitled to payment for work performed and costs incurred, subject to other adjustments, through the termination date, determined under the applicable contract’s terms. The composition of our backlog between metal powder and PM-HIP components as of December 31, 2024, December 31, 2025, and June 30, 2026 is set forth in the table below. The growth in backlog over the presented periods was primarily attributable to our execution of new contracts, and expansion of existing contracts, each related to ramp of commercialization within the metal powders and PM-HIP product offerings. Our backlog increased further to $10.0 million as of June 30, 2026, reflecting continued execution of new and existing contracts across both product lines.

 

 

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

 

December 31, 2024

 

Metal powders

 

$

8,997

 

 

$

5,984

 

 

$

163

 

PM-HIP components

 

 

1,016

 

 

 

889

 

 

 

276

 

Total

 

$

10,013

 

 

$

6,873

 

 

$

439

 

 

Key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to the financial information prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), we provide a non-GAAP financial measure. We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as net income (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, further adjusted to remove the impact of stock-based compensation, and costs related to the Redomiciliation, this offering and preparation for this offering. We use Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with other GAAP measures to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, make strategic decisions, and communicate with our board of directors and investors concerning our financial performance. We use this non-GAAP financial measure to assess our financial performance because it allows us to compare our operating performance on a consistent basis across periods by removing the effects of our capital structure (such as varying levels of interest expense and income), asset base (such as depreciation and capital expenditures) and other items (such as non-recurring or non-cash costs) that impact the comparability of financial results from period to period. We believe that the presentation of this non-GAAP financial measure will provide useful information to investors and analysts in assessing our financial performance and results of operations across reporting periods by excluding items we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. Net loss is the GAAP measure most directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA. Our non-GAAP financial measure should not be considered as an alternative to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. You are encouraged to evaluate each of these adjustments and the reasons management considers them appropriate for supplemental analysis. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in such presentation. Our presentation of this non-GAAP financial measure should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. There can be no assurance that we will not modify the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA in the future, and any such modification may be material. Adjusted EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider this non-GAAP financial measure in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our operating results as reported under GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA may be defined differently by other companies in our industry and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other

54


Table of Contents

 

companies, thereby diminishing their utility. The table below presents our Adjusted EBITDA, reconciled to our Net income (loss), for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 and for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Six Months ended June 30,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(18,378

)

 

$

(12,725

)

 

$

(13,433

)

 

$

(8,731

)

Interest income

 

 

715

 

 

 

373

 

 

 

389

 

 

 

235

 

Interest expense

 

 

(454

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(697

)

 

 

(38

)

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Depreciation & amortization

 

 

(1,200

)

 

 

(365

)

 

 

(935

)

 

 

(384

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

(2,449

)

 

 

(2,366

)

 

 

(1,694

)

 

 

(1,064

)

IPO-related costs(1)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(1,984

)

 

 

—

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

(14,990

)

 

$

(10,365

)

 

$

(8,512

)

 

$

(7,480

)

 

(1)
Represents non-ordinary course costs incurred related to the Redomiciliation and preparation for and costs related to this offering.

Key Performance Indicators

We focus on a variety of key performance indicators and a non-GAAP financial measure to plan, measure and evaluate our business and financial performance, identify key trends affecting our business, inform our strategic business decisions, and develop operational goals for managing our business. We believe that these key performance indicators and the non-GAAP financial measure provide useful information to investors and others by allowing for transparency with respect to key metrics used by management in our financial and operational decision-making. These metrics may be used by investors in understanding and evaluating our operating results and enhancing the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects. Our calculation of key performance indicators and the non-GAAP financial measure may be different than or otherwise not comparable to similarly named metrics used by other companies. The following table presents a summary of our key performance indicators and the non-GAAP financial measure for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 and for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 (in thousands).

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Key Performance Indicators

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Backlog (1)

 

$

6,873

 

 

$

439

 

 

$

10,013

 

 

$

3,175

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(18,378

)

 

$

(12,725

)

 

$

(13,433

)

 

$

(8,731

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(18,361

)

 

$

(11,342

)

 

$

(12,903

)

 

$

(6,985

)

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

 

$

(14,990

)

 

$

(10,365

)

 

$

(8,512

)

 

$

(7,480

)

 

(1)
See “—Backlog” for more information
(2)
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. For definitions of Adjusted EBITDA, as well as reconciliation to net loss, its most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.

Components of Results

The following describes the principal components of our results of continuing operations. For a description of our discontinued operations, see “Discontinued Operations” below.

55


Table of Contents

 

Revenue

We generate revenue from two product offerings: metal powders and PM-HIP components.

Revenue from sales of metal powders is recognized at a point in time, when control of the product transfers to the customer, which typically occurs upon shipment or delivery in accordance with the terms of the applicable customer arrangement. Pricing is established under master purchasing agreements and individual purchase orders, with payment terms generally consistent with industry practice for advanced materials suppliers.

Revenue from PM-HIP components is recognized over time as production progresses for arrangements that meet the criteria of ASC 606 for over-time recognition, based on customer-specific manufacturing arrangements where the products produced have no alternative use and we have an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date. For arrangements that do not meet the over-time recognition criteria, revenue is recognized at a point in time upon delivery. In each of 2024 and 2025, our PM-HIP revenue consisted principally of qualification and first-article components manufactured to customer-specific technical specifications.

We also recognize service and research revenue from time to time in connection with development arrangements. Substantially all of our revenue in each of the periods presented was generated in the United States.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists of variable production costs and fixed production costs. Variable production costs consist principally of raw material inputs (including electrodes, third-party powder feedstock, argon gas, and electricity for our metal powders products, and third-party hot isostatic pressing processing, materials used in canister design and fabrication, and feedstock for our PM-HIP components products) and direct hourly production labor. Fixed production costs consist principally of plant salaried labor and overhead, depreciation on manufacturing equipment and leasehold improvements, operating lease expense for our Tennessee facility, and consumables and other warehouse supplies. Cost of revenue also includes share-based compensation expense allocable to direct production labor and plant overhead personnel. Because production volumes during the periods presented were below our installed atomization capacity, a substantial portion of fixed production costs was recognized as a period cost in cost of revenue rather than absorbed into inventory.

General and Administrative Expense

General and administrative expense consists principally of salaries, benefits, and share-based compensation for our corporate, finance, legal, and executive personnel; outside professional fees, including consulting, audit, tax, legal, and investor relations costs; insurance; technology and information systems costs; and other general corporate overhead. As we prepare to be a public company, we are implementing additional procedures and processes to address the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur additional annual expenses related to these steps and, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, costs to comply with reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, costs for hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal expenses and other related costs. We anticipate these additional expenses to be a significant increase from our past general and administrative expenditures. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Laws and Regulations—We will incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company with securities listed on exchanges in both the United States and Australia, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance initiatives.”

Research and Development Expense

Research and development (“R&D”) expense consists principally of third-party services and internal materials consumed in research and development activities, and, in periods in which we have dedicated R&D personnel, the related compensation costs. R&D personnel costs were incurred in 2024 at our former El Segundo, California operations, which were wound down in 2024. No internal R&D personnel costs were incurred in 2025. Research and development activities have included university-led powder optimization research, internal refractory alloy atomization trials, and third-party research and development supporting our PM-HIP products.

56


Table of Contents

 

Other Income, Net

Other income, net consists primarily of income recognized on state and local economic development grants tied to headcount and capital investment milestones at our Tennessee facility, together with miscellaneous other items.

Interest Income

Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents, which are held in interest-bearing cash accounts and a money market fund.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of the coupon interest accruing on borrowings under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement at the stated rate of 5.36% per annum, commitment fees on the unused portion of our committed facility, and amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs using the effective interest method over the term of the loan.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

We are subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes and, with respect to certain of our subsidiaries, foreign income taxes. We maintain valuation allowances against all of our deferred tax assets, reflecting management’s assessment that it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Discontinued Operations

Income from discontinued operations reflects the residual results of our former Australian and United Arab Emirates operations, the cessation of which was approved by resolution of our board of directors in October 2023. For periods following the substantial completion of those wind-downs, income from discontinued operations consists primarily of refundable R&D cash tax incentives received under the Australian Government R&D Tax Incentive program related to qualifying R&D expenditures incurred by our former Australian operations in prior years.

57


Table of Contents

 

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated results of continuing operations for the periods presented (in thousands). The discussion that follows compares our results of continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 to the year ended December 31, 2024. Income from discontinued operations is discussed at the end of this section, and additional information regarding our discontinued operations is included in Note 21 — Discontinued Operations in our consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change

 

Year ended December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Revenue

 

$

6,305

 

 

$

1,317

 

 

$

4,988

 

 

 

379

%

Cost of revenue

 

 

11,468

 

 

 

4,160

 

 

 

7,308

 

 

 

176

%

Gross loss

 

 

(5,163

)

 

 

(2,843

)

 

 

(2,320

)

 

 

82

%

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

13,400

 

 

 

10,540

 

 

 

2,860

 

 

 

27

%

Research and development expenses

 

 

397

 

 

 

541

 

 

 

(144

)

 

 

-27

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

13,797

 

 

 

11,081

 

 

 

2,716

 

 

 

25

%

Loss from operations

 

 

(18,960

)

 

 

(13,924

)

 

 

(5,036

)

 

 

36

%

Other income, net

 

 

151

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

-5

%

Interest income

 

 

715

 

 

 

373

 

 

 

342

 

 

 

92

%

Interest expense

 

 

(454

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(452

)

 

N/M

 

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

412

 

 

 

530

 

 

 

(118

)

 

 

-22

%

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

(18,548

)

 

 

(13,394

)

 

 

(5,154

)

 

 

38

%

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

(18,548

)

 

 

(13,394

)

 

 

(5,154

)

 

 

38

%

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

170

 

 

 

669

 

 

 

(499

)

 

 

-75

%

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(18,378

)

 

$

(12,725

)

 

$

(5,653

)

 

 

44

%

 

N/M = not meaningful

Revenue

Revenue increased $5.0 million from $1.3 million in 2024 to $6.3 million in 2025. This growth reflects the progressive ramp of our Tennessee manufacturing operations as customers completed qualification programs and began drawing on contracted volumes.

 

 

 

 

Change

 

December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Major Product line

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Metal powders

 

$

5,277

 

 

$

678

 

 

$

4,599

 

 

 

678

%

PM-HIP components

 

 

1,028

 

 

 

639

 

 

 

389

 

 

 

61

%

Total revenues from contracts with customers

 

$

6,305

 

 

$

1,317

 

 

$

4,988

 

 

 

379

%

 

Metal powders revenue increased $4.6 million from $0.7 million in 2024 to $5.3 million in 2025. The increase reflects the early-stage ramp of our atomization capacity following the commissioning of EIGA #1 in June 2024 and EIGA #2 in June 2025.

PM-HIP components revenue increased $0.4 million from $0.6 million in 2024 to $1.0 million in 2025. PM-HIP revenue in both periods was generated from qualification and first-article components manufactured to customer-specific technical specifications, principally for U.S. defense, aerospace, space, and naval propulsion customers.

58


Table of Contents

 

Customer Concentration

In 2025, Continuum Powders Corporation represented 48% of our revenue and Velo3D, Inc. represented 25% of our revenue. In 2024, three customers each individually accounted for more than 10% of our revenue. Two of these customers, each a prime contractor to the DoW and its programs, represented 37% and 32% of our revenue, respectively, and Castheon, Inc. represented 15% of our revenue. Together, these three customers represented 84% of our revenue. No other customer represented more than 10% of our revenue in 2025 or 2024. See the section titled “Business—Customers and Key Agreements” for additional information regarding agreements with our customers.

Customer concentration is a known risk to our results of operations. The loss of any 10%-or-greater customer, or a material reduction in orders from such a customer, could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, results of operations, and cash flows. Our top customers in 2024 and 2025 were not the same customers in both periods. As we are in the early stages of scaling our manufacturing operations, we expect our customer base to continue evolving as we expand powder production capacity and convert additional PM-HIP qualification and first-article work into production contracts.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

Cost of revenue increased $7.3 million from $4.2 million in 2024 to $11.5 million in 2025. Gross loss was $5.2 million in 2025, compared to a gross loss of $2.8 million in 2024.

The increase in cost of revenue in 2025 reflected the scale-up of our Tennessee manufacturing operations, with EIGA #1 in operation for the full year following its commissioning in June 2024 and EIGA #2 commencing operations following its commissioning in June 2025. For our metal powders products, variable production costs consist principally of raw material electrodes, electricity, argon gas, and direct hourly labor. For our PM-HIP components products, variable production costs consist principally of third-party powder, third-party hot isostatic pressing processing, materials used in canister design and fabrication, and direct hourly labor. Variable production costs increased approximately $4.8 million in 2025. Direct input costs increased $3.5 million, consistent with the growth in total revenue. Direct hourly labor increased $1.3 million, reflecting revenue growth and the continued scale-up of our hourly production workforce, including the first year of meaningful commercial powder sales, at headcount levels above then-current capacity and demand to support EIGA #3 capacity coming online in June 2026. Fixed production costs consist principally of plant salaried labor and overhead, depreciation on manufacturing equipment and leasehold improvements, and operating lease expense for our Tennessee facility. Fixed production costs also increased as we continued to build out our manufacturing capability, principally reflecting a $0.8 million increase in depreciation primarily attributable to manufacturing equipment placed in service in 2024 and 2025, a $0.6 million increase in plant salaried labor and overhead, and a $1.0 million increase in consumables and other warehouse supplies. Because production volumes during the periods presented were below our installed atomization capacity, a substantial portion of fixed production costs was recognized as a period cost in cost of revenue rather than absorbed into inventory.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

Selling, general and administrative expense increased $2.9 million from $10.5 million in 2024 to $13.4 million in 2025. The increase principally reflected: (i) a $1.3 million increase in consulting and professional fees, principally reflecting increased investor relations costs, executive search fees in connection with the build-out of our senior leadership team, technical, operational, and quality advisory engagements supporting our continued operational scale-up, and government relations advisory engagements supporting our commercial efforts; (ii) a $1.2 million increase in salaries and benefits, primarily reflecting continued headcount additions throughout 2024 contributing a full twelve months of compensation in 2025, as well as additional hires during 2025 to support the continued scale-up of our operations; and (iii) a $0.3 million increase in qualification services and related fees.

Research and Development Expense, Net

Research and development expense decreased $0.1 million from $0.5 million in 2024 to $0.4 million in 2025. The decrease primarily reflects the non-recurrence of approximately $0.2 million of R&D personnel costs incurred in the first half of 2024 at our former El Segundo, California operations, which were wound down in 2024. R&D expense in 2025 consisted entirely of third-party services and internal materials consumed in R&D activities, with no internal R&D personnel costs. R&D activities in 2025 included university-led powder optimization research, internal refractory alloy atomization trials, and third-party research and development supporting our PM-HIP product offerings.

59


Table of Contents

 

Other Income and Expense

Other income, net was $0.2 million in each of 2024 and 2025.

Interest income

Interest income increased from $0.4 million in 2024 to $0.7 million in 2025, primarily reflecting higher average cash balances during the last four months of 2025 as we invested the proceeds from our equity financings. Excess cash is held in interest-bearing cash accounts and a money market fund.

Interest expense

Interest expense was $0.5 million in 2025, comprising $0.3 million of coupon interest and $0.2 million of amortization of debt discount and issuance costs on our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, which bears a stated rate of 5.36%.

Discontinued Operations

Income from discontinued operations was $0.2 million in 2025 and $0.7 million in 2024. In October 2023, our board of directors resolved to cease operations in Australia and the United Arab Emirates to focus resources on our Tennessee operations. The wind-down of our United Arab Emirates operations was substantially complete by December 31, 2023, and the wind-down of our Australian operations was substantially complete by June 30, 2024. Income from discontinued operations in 2025 and 2024 primarily reflects refundable R&D cash tax incentives received under the Australian Government R&D Tax Incentive program ($0.2 million in 2025 and $0.8 million in 2024) related to qualifying R&D expenditures incurred by our former Australian operations in prior years. See Note 21 — Discontinued Operations for additional information.

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025 (unaudited)

The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated results of continuing operations for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025 (in thousands). Income (loss) from discontinued operations is presented separately below.

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Revenue

 

$

7,397

 

 

$

1,219

 

 

$

6,178

 

 

 

506.8

%

Cost of revenue

 

 

10,474

 

 

 

4,496

 

 

 

5,978

 

 

 

133.0

%

Gross loss

 

 

(3,077

)

 

 

(3,277

)

 

 

200

 

 

 

(6.1

%)

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

9,963

 

 

 

5,816

 

 

 

4,147

 

 

 

71.3

%

Research and development expenses

 

 

63

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

55

 

 

N/M

 

Loss on dispositions and impairment

 

 

108

 

 

—

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

100.0

%

Total operating expenses

 

$

10,134

 

 

$

5,824

 

 

$

4,310

 

 

 

74.0

%

Loss from operations

 

 

(13,211

)

 

 

(9,101

)

 

 

(4,110

)

 

 

45.2

%

Other income, net

 

 

86

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

83

 

 

N/M

 

Interest income

 

 

389

 

 

 

235

 

 

 

154

 

 

 

65.5

%

Interest expense

 

 

(697

)

 

 

(38

)

 

 

(659

)

 

N/M

 

Total other income (expense), net

 

$

(222

)

 

$

200

 

 

$

(422

)

 

N/M

 

Loss from continuing operations before income
   taxes

 

 

(13,433

)

 

 

(8,901

)

 

 

(4,532

)

 

 

50.9

%

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

(13,433

)

 

 

(8,901

)

 

 

(4,532

)

 

 

50.9

%

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net
   of tax

 

—

 

 

 

170

 

 

 

(170

)

 

 

(100.0

%)

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(13,433

)

 

$

(8,731

)

 

$

(4,702

)

 

 

53.9

%

 

N/M = not meaningful

60


Table of Contents

 

Revenue

Revenue increased $6.2 million from $1.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 to $7.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026. This growth reflects the progressive ramp of our Tennessee manufacturing operations as customers completed qualification programs and began drawing on contracted volumes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Metal powders

 

$

6,195

 

 

$

858

 

 

$

5,337

 

 

 

622

%

PM-HIP components

 

 

1,202

 

 

 

361

 

 

 

841

 

 

 

233

%

Total revenue from contracts with customers

 

$

7,397

 

 

$

1,219

 

 

$

6,178

 

 

 

507

%

 

Metal powders revenue increased $5.3 million from $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 to $6.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026. The increase reflects the fulfillment of an initial $3.0 million refractory powder purchase order from Titomic Limited, continued ramp of our atomization capacity following the commissioning of our second EIGA Premium in June 2025, and expansion of new and existing customer relationships.

PM-HIP components revenue increased $0.8 million from $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 to $1.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026. PM-HIP revenue in both periods was generated from qualification and first-article components manufactured to customer-specific technical specifications, principally for the U.S. defense, aerospace, space, and naval propulsion customers.

Customer Concentration

For the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, revenue from Continuum Powders Corporation represented 27% and 47% of our total revenue, respectively. The decrease in revenue percentage from this customer reflects growth in our total revenue rather than a decline in sales to this customer. Revenue from Titomic Limited represented 41% of our total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2026. For the six months ended June 30, 2025, revenue from Castheon, Inc. and from a prime contractor to the DoW and its programs represented 11% and 13% of our total revenue, respectively. The loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, any of these customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Customer concentration is a known risk to our results of operations. The loss of any 10%-or-greater customer, or a material reduction in orders from such a customer, could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, results of operations, and cash flows. Our top customers for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2026 were not the same customers, except for Continuum Powders Corporation. As we are in the early stages of scaling our manufacturing operations, we expect our customer base to continue evolving as we expand powder production capacity and convert additional qualification and first-article work into production contracts.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

Cost of revenue increased $6.0 million from $4.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 to $10.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026. Gross loss was $3.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 compared to $3.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025.

The increase in cost of revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2026 reflected the continued scale-up of our Tennessee manufacturing operations, with EIGA #1 and EIGA #2 in operation during the period compared to only EIGA #1 in the six months ended June 30, 2025. For our metal powders products, variable production costs consist principally of raw material electrodes, electricity, argon gas, and direct hourly labor. For our PM-HIP components products, variable production costs consist principally of third-party powder, third-party hot isostatic pressing processing, materials used in canister design and fabrication, and direct hourly labor. Variable production costs increased $3.5 million from $2.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 to $5.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026. Direct input costs increased $2.4 million on higher production volumes, while decreasing as a percentage of revenue, reflecting improved production yields and better pricing realization on our PM-HIP contracts and powder orders. In the prior-year period, we were in the early stages of commercial production. Direct hourly labor increased $1.1 million, reflecting revenue growth and the continued scale-up of our hourly production workforce, at headcount levels above

61


Table of Contents

 

then-current capacity and demand to support EIGA #3 capacity coming online in June 2026. Fixed production costs consist principally of plant salaried labor and overhead, depreciation on manufacturing equipment and leasehold improvements, and operating lease expense for our Tennessee facility. Fixed production costs increased $2.5 million, primarily reflecting the continued build out our manufacturing capability. The increase consisted of $0.7 million in plant salaried labor, share-based compensation and related overhead; $0.7 million in consumables, spare parts, and other warehouse supplies; $0.5 million in depreciation, primarily attributable to incremental manufacturing equipment placed in service since July 2025; and $0.5 million in repairs and maintenance. The increase in repairs and maintenance was primarily attributable to costs incurred in connection with May 2026 flash fire indents affecting our powder processing operations, including clean-up and restoration costs. Restoration and clean-up activities were substantially complete as of June 30, 2026, and we do not expect to incur material additional costs related to these incidents. Because production volumes during the periods were below our installed atomization capacity, a substantial portion of fixed production costs was recognized as a period cost in cost of revenue rather than absorbed into inventory.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

Selling, general and administrative expense increased $4.2 million from $5.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 to $10.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026. The increase principally reflected: (i) a $2.0 million increase in professional fees, consisting of $1.4 million of primarily legal fees incurred in connection with our redomiciliation and $0.6 million of primarily audit fees incurred in connection with our preparation to become a U.S. public company, in each case not directly attributable to this offering and expensed as incurred; (ii) a $1.0 million increase in salaries and benefits, reflecting a full six months of compensation in 2026 for employees hired during the first six months of 2025, together with additional hires from July 2025 through June 2026 to support the continued scale-up of our operations; (iii) a $0.3 million increase in consulting fees, primarily process safety consulting services; (iv) a $0.3 million increase in insurance premiums, primarily attributable to additional property and equipment placed in service; (v) a $0.2 million increase in employee relocation costs; (vi) a $0.2 million increase in share-based compensation primarily attributable to increased headcount; and (vii) a $0.2 million increase in other individually immaterial increases.

Research and Development Expense, Net

Research and development expenses were $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to a de minimis amount for the six months ended June 30, 2025.

Loss on Dispositions and Impairment

During the six months ended June 30, 2026, we recorded a $0.1 million impairment on construction in progress. There was no comparable item in the six months ended June 30, 2025.

Other Income, net

Other income, net was $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 primarily consisting of Tennessee government grant income recognized based on achievement of capital investment and employment milestones.

Interest income

Interest income increased $0.2 million from $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 to $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, primarily reflecting higher average cash balances. Excess cash is held in interest-bearing cash accounts and a money market fund.

Interest expense

Interest expense was $0.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, comprising $0.5 million of coupon interest and $0.2 million of amortization of debt discount and issuance costs on our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, which bears a stated rate of 5.36%.

Discontinued Operations

Income from discontinued operations was $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025,with the wind-down of our Australian operations substantially completed. Income from discontinued operations reflects refundable

62


Table of Contents

 

R&D cash tax incentives received under the Australian Government R&D Tax Incentive program related to qualifying R&D expenditures incurred by our former Australian operations.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table summarizes our selected unaudited quarterly results of operations (in thousands). The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as our audited annual consolidated financial statements and reflects, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for these periods. This data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year or any other period.

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

March 31,
2025

 

 

June 30,
2025

 

 

September 30,
2025

 

 

December 31,
2025

 

 

March 31,
2026

 

 

June 30,
2026

 

Net loss

 

$

(3,914

)

 

$

(4,817

)

 

$

(4,096

)

 

$

(5,551

)

 

$

(6,561

)

 

$

(6,872

)

Interest income

 

 

123

 

 

 

112

 

 

 

169

 

 

 

311

 

 

 

229

 

 

 

160

 

Interest expense

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(36

)

 

 

(132

)

 

 

(284

)

 

 

(307

)

 

 

(390

)

Income tax (benefit)
   expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Depreciation &
   amortization

 

 

(184

)

 

 

(200

)

 

 

(369

)

 

 

(447

)

 

 

(452

)

 

 

(483

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

(521

)

 

 

(543

)

 

 

(692

)

 

 

(693

)

 

 

(927

)

 

 

(767

)

IPO-related costs(1)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

(714

)

 

 

(1,270

)

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

(3,330

)

 

$

(4,150

)

 

$

(3,072

)

 

$

(4,438

)

 

$

(4,390

)

 

$

(4,122

)

Revenue

 

 

354

 

 

 

865

 

 

 

3,050

 

 

 

2,036

 

 

 

1,880

 

 

 

5,517

 

 

(1)
Represents non-ordinary course costs incurred related to the Redomiciliation and preparation for and costs related to this offering.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary historical sources of liquidity have been cash on hand, proceeds from equity placements and borrowings under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement. Our principal historical liquidity requirements have been funding leasehold improvements for the build-out of our Tennessee facility, funding capital expenditures to support our metal powders and PM-HIP product offerings, and meeting working capital needs.

As of June 30, 2026, we had cash and cash equivalents of $13.6 million comprising $4.7 million held in interest-bearing cash accounts and $8.9 million held in money market funds. We also had $3.3 million in available borrowing capacity under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, representing net cash proceeds available to us after giving effect to the EXIM Bank exposure fee of 12.56% applied at each drawdown. In June 2026, our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement was amended to, among other things, increase the total commitments from $22.8 million to $26.1 million, providing an additional $2.9 million in net cash proceeds to us, net of the EXIM Bank exposure fee, bringing total remaining capacity under the facility, as amended, to approximately $8.1 million. The amended facility was fully drawn subsequent to December 2025.

We have historically incurred losses from operations and used cash in operations while making substantial capital investments to build and scale our production infrastructure, reflecting our early stage of commercialization and production volumes that have remained below our installed atomization capacity. For the year ended December 31, 2025, we incurred a net loss from continuing operations of $18.5 million and used $18.4 million of net cash in operating activities. For the six months ended June 30, 2026, we incurred a net loss from continuing operations of $13.4 million and used $12.9 million of net cash in operating activities. We expect these conditions to continue in the near term, along with further capital investment, as we increase utilization of our fixed-cost production base toward installed capacity.

63


Table of Contents

 

Over the next 12 months, we expect our principal liquidity requirements to consist of (i) continued investment in operations during the commercialization ramp, with operating losses expected to decrease as revenue scales over our largely complete fixed-cost base; (ii) working capital investment to support our projected revenue growth, principally in inventory (to support production volumes ahead of customer orders) and accounts receivable (reflecting the customary lag between shipment and collection); (iii) capital expenditures under our remaining contracted commitments, principally relating to our fourth EIGA Premium and our argon recycling system; and (iv) debt service under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, including the initial deferred cash interest payment due September 30, 2026, the commencement of quarterly cash interest payments due thereafter and the commencement of quarterly principal payments on September 30, 2027.

We have evaluated our liquidity position, capital resources, and projected cash flows in accordance with ASC 205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern. Based on this evaluation, and excluding the effects of any potential proceeds from this offering or other future financing transactions that are not committed or probable, we have concluded that our existing cash and available financing would not be sufficient to fund our operations through the end of the one-year look-forward period from the date our financial statements are issued. Accordingly, substantial doubt exists about our ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date our financial statements were issued. See Note 3 — Going Concern to our consolidated financial statements and the section titled “Risk Factors—We have substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern if this offering is not completed.” for additional information.

Our principal plan to address our liquidity needs is the completion of this offering, the net proceeds of which we intend to use, together with cash on hand, to fund our planned operations, working capital investment, and capital expenditures as we continue to scale our business. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information regarding the anticipated uses of proceeds from this offering. If we consummate this offering, we believe that our available cash will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least the one-year period from the date of this prospectus.

Indebtedness

As of June 30, 2026, our total indebtedness was $19.6 million, consisting solely of loans under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement due June 30, 2034, none of which was classified as current. This carrying amount was net of $2.2 million of unamortized debt discount and $0.6 million of unamortized debt issuance costs, reflecting gross indebtedness of $22.4 million.

In February 2025, our wholly owned subsidiary, Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc. (the “Borrower”), entered into the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, providing for our senior secured equipment financing facility. The facility provided an initial gross commitment of $22.8 million, of which $2.5 million represented the EXIM Bank exposure fee deducted pro rata from each drawdown, resulting in $20.3 million of net cash proceeds available to us under the original commitment. The EXIM Bank Credit Agreement is guaranteed by Amaero Inc. and certain of our other subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”).

The facility bears interest at a fixed rate of 5.36% per annum, which was set five business days prior to the first disbursement based on the published U.S. Commercial Interest Reference Rate, with interest accruing on outstanding disbursements from the date of each draw. Cash interest payments are deferred until September 30, 2026, on which date all interest accrued from the date of each draw through that date becomes payable, with quarterly cash interest payments due thereafter. Principal repayments commence on September 30, 2027 and are payable in 28 equal quarterly installments, with the facility maturing on June 30, 2034. We also pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum on the undrawn and uncancelled portion of the facility.

The facility is secured by the Borrower’s equipment and related assets that are financed with the disbursements under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement and by a pledged collateral account. Until we demonstrate compliance with the financial covenants described below for two consecutive fiscal quarters, the Borrower is required to maintain funds in the pledged collateral account equal to at least 20% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all disbursements under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, which funds are classified as restricted cash on our consolidated balance sheet. The pledged collateral account balance was $4.0 million and $3.3 million as of December 31, 2025 and June 30, 2026, respectively. Once we demonstrate compliance with the financial covenants described below for two consecutive fiscal quarters, the funds in the pledged collateral account may be used solely to service the principal and interest payments under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement.

64


Table of Contents

 

The EXIM Bank Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on indebtedness, liens, fundamental changes (including mergers, consolidations, and changes of control), restricted payments (including dividends and other distributions), investments, transactions with affiliates, asset dispositions, and changes in the nature of our business or accounting policies, as well as three financial covenants tested quarterly: (i) a leverage ratio not to exceed 1.75 to 1.00, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2027; (ii) minimum liquidity of not less than $4.2 million, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2027; and (iii) a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2028. The financial covenants are not tested prior to these dates.

The EXIM Bank Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, breaches of covenants and representations, cross-defaults to other indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency events, and a change in control. Upon the occurrence and continuation of an event of default, EXIM Bank may suspend further disbursements, cancel undrawn commitments, and accelerate all outstanding obligations.

Draws under the facility are made upon satisfaction of equipment commissioning milestones. As of December 31, 2025, we had drawn $15.0 million in cumulative net cash proceeds, with $5.2 million of net cash proceeds remaining available under the original commitment. The effective interest rate on the facility, after giving effect to the EXIM Bank exposure fee and other debt issuance costs amortized over the term of the loan, is approximately 7.97%.

In June 2026, the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement was amended to, among other things, (i) increase the total commitment from $22.8 million to $26.1 million (an increase of $3.3 million, providing an additional $2.9 million in net cash proceeds available to us after giving effect to the EXIM Bank exposure fee), (ii) join us following the June 2026 Redomiciliation, as an additional guarantor, and (iii) extend the testing commencement date for the fixed charge coverage ratio financial covenant from September 30, 2027 to September 30, 2028. The remaining undrawn capacity under the amended facility was $3.3 million on June 30, 2026, which has been fully drawn. See Note 14 — Indebtedness and Note 22 — Subsequent Events for additional information.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our consolidated cash flows for the years ended (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change

 

Year ended December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(18,361

)

 

$

(11,342

)

 

$

(7,019

)

 

 

62

%

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(20,135

)

 

 

(13,320

)

 

 

(6,815

)

 

 

51

%

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

61,472

 

 

 

28,794

 

 

 

32,678

 

 

 

113

%

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents,
   and restricted cash

 

 

22,976

 

 

 

4,132

 

 

 

18,844

 

 

 

456

%

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end
   of period

 

$

35,185

 

 

$

12,109

 

 

$

23,076

 

 

 

191

%

 

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $18.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, driven primarily by a net loss of $18.4 million, a net working capital change of $3.0 million, and a $0.9 million change in other non-current operating balances, partially offset by non-cash adjustments to net loss of $3.9 million. Non-cash adjustments to net loss consisted of share-based compensation expense of $2.4 million, depreciation expense of $1.2 million, and non-cash operating lease expense of $0.2 million. The change in net working capital reflected an increase in inventories of $4.6 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $0.8 million, an increase in prepaid expenses of $0.6 million, and an increase in other current receivables (presented within other current assets) of $0.4 million, partially offset by an increase in accrued liabilities of $1.1 million, an increase in accounts payable of $1.0 million, a $0.8 million net inflow from other current assets, an increase in accrued interest of $0.3 million, and an increase in unearned revenue of $0.1 million. Although the change in net working capital reflects an increase in accounts payable, total accounts payable on the consolidated balance sheets was substantially unchanged from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025, as an increase in trade payables was substantially offset by a decrease in capital-expenditure-related payables, which declined from approximately $1.2 million at December 31, 2024 to approximately $0.2 million at December 31, 2025 and are presented within the supplemental non-cash investing and financing disclosures (property, plant, and equipment acquired but not yet paid).

65


Table of Contents

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, driven primarily by a net loss of $12.7 million and a net working capital change of $2.1 million, partially offset by non-cash adjustments to net loss of $3.0 million and a $0.6 million change in other non-current operating balances. Non-cash adjustments to net loss primarily consisted of share-based compensation expense of $2.4 million, depreciation expense of $0.4 million, and non-cash operating lease expense of $0.2 million. The change in net working capital reflected an increase in inventories of $1.3 million, an increase in other current assets of $1.0 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $0.4 million, and a decrease in operating lease liabilities of $0.2 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of $0.8 million and an increase in accrued liabilities of $0.2 million.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $20.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, driven by purchases of property, plant and equipment to support the continued build-out of our Tennessee facility, including the addition of machinery and equipment and leasehold improvements to expand our metal powders and PM-HIP production capacity.

Net cash used in investing activities was $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, driven by purchases of property, plant and equipment to support the initial build-out of our Tennessee facility, including the addition of machinery and equipment and leasehold improvements to establish our metal powders and PM-HIP production capacity.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $61.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, driven by net proceeds from equity capital raises and drawdowns under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement. We received gross proceeds from equity capital raises of $46.7 million, gross proceeds from warrant exercises of $2.6 million, and gross proceeds from employee stock option exercises of $0.1 million. “Warrants” refers to the instruments originally issued as listed or unlisted options on the ASX, each entitling the holder to subscribe for one newly issued CDI (including in the form of its underlying shares of common stock) at the applicable exercise price. We use the term “warrant” to align with GAAP and SEC disclosure conventions; it refers to the same instruments described as “listed options” or “unlisted options” under their original Australian terms of issue. The warrants are not currently listed or publicly traded on ASX. These cash inflows were partially offset by share issuance transaction costs of $2.9 million. We also received $15.0 million in gross proceeds from drawdowns under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, partially offset by debt issuance transaction costs of $0.2 million. The 2025 equity capital raises consisted of the:

•
February 2025 placement, in which we issued the equivalent of an aggregate of approximately 1.8 million shares of common stock at $7.47 per share across two tranches, raising aggregate gross proceeds of $13.7 million. The first tranche of the equivalent of approximately 1.7 million shares of common stock settled in February 2025, resulting in gross proceeds of $12.7 million, and the second tranche of the equivalent of approximately 0.1 million shares of common stock settled in April 2025 following shareholder approval and resulted in gross proceeds of $1.0 million; and
•
August 2025 placement and Share Purchase Plan, in which we issued the equivalent of 3.1 million shares of common stock at $10.53 per share in an institutional placement that settled in August 2025, raising gross proceeds of $32.7 million, and a follow-on Share Purchase Plan in October 2025 where we issued the equivalent of an additional approximately 29,000 shares of common stock at the same $10.53 price per share, raising additional gross proceeds of $0.3 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $28.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, driven by net proceeds from equity capital raises. We received gross proceeds from equity capital raises of $30.2 million and gross proceeds from warrant exercises of $0.5 million. These cash inflows were partially offset by share issuance transaction costs of $1.9 million. The 2024 equity capital raises consisted of the:

•
March 2024 placement, in which we issued the equivalent of 1.5 million shares of common stock at $8.61 per share, raising gross proceeds of $13.1 million; and

66


Table of Contents

 

•
September 2024 placement, in which we issued the equivalent of an aggregate of approximately 1.8 million shares of common stock at $9.59 per share across two tranches, raising aggregate gross proceeds of $17.1 million. The first tranche of the equivalent of approximately 1.4 million shares of common stock settled in September 2024, resulting in gross proceeds of $13.6 million, and the second tranche of the equivalent of approximately 0.4 million shares settled in October 2024 following shareholder approval and resulted in gross proceeds of $3.5 million.

Cash Flows — Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 (unaudited)

The following table summarizes our condensed consolidated cash flows for the six months ended June 30 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(12,903

)

 

$

(6,985

)

 

$

(5,918

)

 

 

85

%

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(9,513

)

 

 

(9,417

)

 

 

(96

)

 

 

1

%

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

4,744

 

 

 

16,826

 

 

 

(12,082

)

 

 

-72

%

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents,
   and restricted cash

 

 

(17,672

)

 

 

424

 

 

 

(18,096

)

 

 

-4268

%

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end
   of period

 

$

17,586

 

 

$

12,588

 

 

$

4,998

 

 

 

40

%

 

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $12.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, driven primarily by a net loss of $13.4 million, a net working capital change of $1.4 million, and a $1.2 million change in other non-current operating balances, partially offset by non-cash adjustments to net loss of $3.1 million. Non-cash adjustments to net loss consisted of share-based compensation expense of $1.7 million, depreciation expense of $0.9 million, amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs of $0.2 million, impairment and loss on disposal of assets of $0.1 million, and non-cash operating lease expense of $0.1 million. The change in net working capital reflected an increase in accounts receivable of $2.0 million, an increase in inventories of $0.6 million, an increase in contract assets of $0.6 million, a decrease in accrued liabilities of $0.5 million, and a decrease in contract liabilities of $0.1 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of $1.9 million and an increase in accrued interest of $0.5 million. The changes in accounts payable and accrued liabilities reflected in the change in net working capital exclude capital-expenditure-related payables and accruals, deferred offering costs, and debt issuance costs incurred but not yet paid, each of which was non-cash

Net cash used in operating activities was $7.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, driven primarily by a net loss of $8.7 million and a $0.1 million net change in other non-current operating balances, partially offset by non-cash adjustments to net loss of $1.6 million and a $0.3 million net working capital change. Non-cash adjustments consisted of share-based compensation expense of $1.1 million, depreciation expense of $0.4 million, and non-cash operating lease expense of $0.1 million. The change in net working capital primarily reflected an increase in accounts payable of $1.6 million, an increase in accrued liabilities of $1.2 million, and a decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.8 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $0.3 million and an increase in inventories of $3.2 million.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $9.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to $9.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025. In both periods, investing activities consisted primarily of purchases of property, plant and equipment to support the continued build-out of our Tennessee facility, including the addition of machinery and equipment and leasehold improvements to expand our metal powders and PM-HIP production capacity.

67


Table of Contents

 

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $4.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, driven by drawdowns under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement. We received $4.8 million in gross proceeds from drawdowns under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, partially offset by debt issuance transaction costs of $0.2 million. We also received gross proceeds from warrant exercises of $0.1 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $16.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, driven by net proceeds from equity capital raises and drawdowns under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement. We received gross proceeds from equity capital raises of $14.0 million, gross proceeds from warrant exercises of $0.1 million, and gross proceeds from employee stock option exercises of $0.1 million. These cash inflows were partially offset by share issuance transaction costs of $0.7 million. We also received $3.5 million in gross proceeds from drawdowns under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, partially offset by debt issuance transaction costs of $0.2 million.

The effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and restricted cash was $0.1 million in each of the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, reflecting movements in the AUD/USD exchange rate during the period.

Material Cash Commitments

Our material cash commitments as of June 30, 2026 consist of (i) principal payments under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, (ii) operating lease payments under our Tennessee manufacturing and corporate headquarters lease, (iii) contractual payments under executed capital equipment purchase contracts, (iv) inventory purchase commitments entered into in the ordinary course of business, and (v) minimum take-or-pay payments under our argon recovery services agreement. For additional information regarding our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, see “Indebtedness” above and Note 14 — Indebtedness and for additional information regarding our Tennessee lease, see Note 11 — Leases.

Our inventory purchase commitments at June 30, 2026 totaled $3.6 million, consisting of noncancelable purchase orders for electrode feedstock, the principal raw material consumed in our metal powder atomization process, entered into in the ordinary course of business, all of which are due within one year.

Our contracted capital equipment purchase commitments at June 30, 2026 totaled $7.9 million, consisting primarily of (i) remaining milestone payments of $2.7 million for EIGA #4, with commissioning scheduled for June 2027; (ii) milestone payments of $2.2 million for our argon gas recycling system, with commissioning expected in the first quarter of 2027; (iii) $1.4 million for powder blending, screening and classification equipment; (iv) $0.9 million for PM-HIP production equipment; and (v) various other contracted commitments for leasehold improvements and ancillary plant equipment.

In connection with the argon gas recycling system, we entered into a long-term argon recovery services agreement under which, following final acceptance and commissioning of the system (expected in the first quarter of 2027), we are obligated to pay monthly recovery service fees over a noncancelable initial term of 15 years. The monthly fee is equal to the greater of a usage-based charge, based on the volume of argon recovered, or a minimum take-or-pay amount of $24,500 per month, in each case subject to a 1.0% annual escalation. Our aggregate minimum take-or-pay commitment under this agreement is approximately $4.7 million over the initial term. Because amounts payable in excess of the minimum depend on future recovered gas volumes, only the minimum take-or-pay amount is reflected in the table below.

68


Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes our material cash commitments as of June 30, 2026 (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

 

Inventory
purchase
commitments

 

 

Capital
commitments

 

 

Operating
leases

 

 

Indebtedness

 

 

Argon
recovery
services
minimum

 

 

Total

 

2026 (remaining portion)

 

$

3,621

 

 

$

6,108

 

 

$

494

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

10,223

 

2027

 

 

 

 

 

1,777

 

 

 

1,008

 

 

 

1,598

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

4,579

 

2028

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,028

 

 

 

3,195

 

 

 

296

 

 

 

4,519

 

2029

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,049

 

 

 

3,195

 

 

 

299

 

 

 

4,543

 

2030

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,070

 

 

 

3,195

 

 

 

302

 

 

 

4,567

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

23,366

 

 

 

11,184

 

 

 

3,639

 

 

 

38,189

 

Total

 

$

3,621

 

 

$

7,885

 

 

$

28,015

 

 

$

22,367

 

 

$

4,732

 

 

$

66,620

 

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses, as well as the related disclosures. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. The following critical accounting estimates involve the most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and are the most impactful to our reported financial results.

Revenue Recognition

PM-HIP Components — Over-Time Recognition. We recognize revenue from PM-HIP contract manufacturing over time using the cost-to-cost input method. We measure revenue in each period as total estimated contract price multiplied by the ratio of costs incurred to date over total estimated contract costs. Because PM-HIP components are highly engineered to customer-specific technical specifications and we cannot readily redirect to another customer without significant loss of value, they have no alternative use to us. Our contracts also provide an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date in the event the customer terminates for reasons other than our failure to perform. Both criteria under ASC 606-10-25-27(c) are therefore met, supporting over-time recognition.

Certain PM-HIP contracts with U.S. government agencies include title-transfer clauses that grant the government a legal ownership interest in work-in-progress during production. We have evaluated these provisions and concluded that, notwithstanding the legal title transfer, we retain physical possession and practical production control throughout the manufacturing process and that the government does not have the practical ability to direct the use of, or obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from, the asset during production. Accordingly, we base our revenue recognition for these contracts on Criterion 3 (ASC 606-10-25-27(c)) rather than Criterion 2.

Customer contracts include milestone billing provisions, with milestone amounts structured to approximate the value delivered at each stage of production. Revenue recognized may differ from milestone billings in any given period — giving rise to contract assets (revenue recognized in excess of amounts billed) or contract liabilities (amounts billed or received in advance of completion).

The most significant judgment in PM-HIP revenue recognition is the estimate of total contract costs to complete. An increase in total estimated contract costs reduces the percentage of completion and therefore reduces revenue and gross profit recognized to date. Changes in total estimated contract costs are recognized in the period the change is identified on a cumulative catch-up basis. If a contract is projected to result in a loss, the full anticipated loss is recognized immediately.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure stock-based compensation expense at the grant-date fair value of stock option awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The grant-date fair value calculation requires us to make subjective assumptions, the most significant of which are expected volatility and expected term. We estimate expected volatility based on the historical volatility of our common stock, measured over a look-back period that management believes is representative of expected future volatility, and expected term is estimated using the simplified method. Changes in these assumptions

69


Table of Contents

 

can have a material effect on the grant-date fair value of awards and, therefore, on the amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized over the requisite service period. A higher assumed volatility or a longer assumed expected term would result in a higher grant-date fair value, and vice versa. We recognize stock-based compensation expense within the consolidated statements of operations over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award, and is not subsequently adjusted for changes in the inputs used to determine grant-date fair value. See Note 16 — Stock-Based Compensation for the assumptions used to determine the grant-date fair value of awards granted during 2025 and 2024 and for additional information regarding stock-based compensation expense recognized during the periods presented.

Lease Accounting

We account for our operating lease for the Tennessee manufacturing facility under ASC 842. The most significant judgment in lease accounting is the determination that the two five-year renewal options are reasonably certain to be exercised, resulting in a total expected lease term of 25 years. A different conclusion regarding the renewal options would result in a materially different right-of-use asset and lease liability and a different pattern of lease cost recognition.

Emerging Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and have elected to take advantage of the benefits of the extended transition period for new or revised financial accounting standards. As long as we remain an emerging growth company, we expect to continue to take advantage of the benefits of the extended transition period, although we may decide to early adopt such new or revised accounting standards to the extent permitted by such standards. This may make it difficult or impossible to compare our financial results with the financial results of another public company that is either not an emerging growth company or is an emerging growth company that has chosen to not take advantage of the extended transition period exemptions because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements and Note 4 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for recent accounting pronouncements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

Our EXIM Bank debt bears a fixed stated interest rate of 5.36% and matures on June 30, 2034. Accordingly, we have no direct exposure to interest rate fluctuations on our outstanding borrowings. We hold cash primarily in money market funds ($8.9 million as of June 30, 2026), which are subject to money market fund rates. A 1% decrease (increase) in money market rates would reduce (increase) annual interest income by approximately $0.1 million.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our revenues and the majority of our costs are denominated in U.S. dollars. We are listed on the ASX and certain corporate administrative costs are incurred in Australian dollars. Currency translation adjustments of $0.1 million were recognized in other comprehensive income in the six months ended June 30, 2026. We do not hedge foreign currency exposure and do not believe our current exposure is material. Our AUD-denominated cost exposure is expected to decrease in future periods as a result of the Redomiciliation.

Raw Materials and Commodity Price Risk

Our primary raw material inputs are niobium (for C103 powder) and titanium alloy (for Ti-64 powder). Titanium feedstock pricing is partially mitigated through our three-year supply agreement with The Perryman Company. We do not currently use derivative instruments to hedge commodity price risk. Current U.S. tariff policy provides for a 35% tariff on imported electrode raw materials, but U.S. tariff policy has changed and may continue to change significantly. Our argon gas recycling system contracted for commissioning in the first quarter of 2027 is expected to materially reduce our argon input cost exposure upon commissioning.

70


Table of Contents

 

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading U.S.-based producer of high-value refractory and titanium alloy spherical metal powders for additive manufacturing (“AM”) and advanced manufacturing, and a pioneer in Powder Metallurgy Hot Isostatic Pressing (“PM-HIP”) manufacturing of large near-net-shape components. With manufacturing and corporate headquarters in Tennessee, we occupy a strategically critical position at the intersection of U.S. national security priorities, AM technology, and the domestic reshoring of imperative U.S. supply chains.

Our core technology platform centers on the Electrode Induction Melting Inert Gas Atomizer (“EIGA”), an advanced crucible-free gas atomization technology designed for the production of high-purity titanium and refractory alloy powders (“EIGA Premium”). To our knowledge, our EIGA Premium configuration is the only such system operating in the United States. We produce high-purity spherical metal powders specifically engineered for laser powder bed fusion (“LPBF”) 3D printing of mission-critical components — particularly for hypersonic weapons systems, satellite propulsion, strategic missiles, aerospace, and medical applications. Our powder portfolio encompasses niobium, tungsten, tantalum, molybdenum, rhenium, zirconium, and titanium alloy powders.

Through our PM-HIP manufacturing process, we produce large, complex, near-net-shape powder metallurgy parts with forged-equivalent material properties and microstructure, providing a technically mature and scalable alternative to the strained domestic supply chain for large-scale castings and forgings. This capability is particularly relevant to the U.S. Navy’s submarine industrial base, where capacity constraints for large components represent a critical bottleneck to shipbuilding program objectives.

We have built a strong reputation for delivering mission-critical materials and parts on time and to customer specification with leading organizations in defense, aerospace, and advanced manufacturing. We have entered into exclusive or preferred supplier arrangements and long-term supply and strategic development agreements with organizations such as ADDMAN Group, one of the largest U.S. domestic metal additive manufacturers, Velo3D, a “Made in USA” leader in AM technology, and Titomic Limited, a global leader in cold spray AM technology, among others.

Following a three-year capital investment program of approximately $45.0 million, we believe we are at an inflection point as our business transitions from onshoring our manufacturing facilities to revenue growth and margin expansion.

Industry and Market Background

The Strategic Imperative for Domestic Advanced Materials

The U.S. defense industrial base faces a structural vulnerability that has developed over several decades: a pronounced reliance on foreign sources — particularly China and other potentially adversarial nations — for critical minerals and the advanced materials derived from them. This vulnerability extends to the processing, atomization, and qualification of high-performance metal powders essential for next-generation weapons systems, propulsion platforms, and space technologies.

Refractory alloys occupy a particularly sensitive position within the U.S. aerospace and defense supply chains. For example, Niobium C103 (“C103”) is a refractory alloy used in rocket nozzles, satellite thrusters, hypersonic components, and jet engine afterburner flaps due to its unique combination of properties, including its high melting point, low density, strength retention at elevated temperatures, ductility at room temperature, and weldability. Prior to our commissioning of domestic C103 powder production capacity, qualified domestic sources of C103 additive manufacturing powder were limited, creating potential supply-chain risks for critical aerospace and defense programs.

Titanium alloys are similarly essential to the U.S. aerospace and defense supply chains. Titanium is indispensable for aircraft structures, jet engine components, missile systems, ordnance, and medical implants due to its strength-to-weight ratio, corrosion resistance, high-temperature performance, and biocompatibility. The adoption of additive manufacturing for titanium components has accelerated substantially, as AM reduces the traditional buy-to-fly ratio, dramatically lowering material waste, lead times, and total unit costs. The United States is highly dependent on imports of titanium alloys, and we believe we add a critical source of domestic supply to help address significant existing supply chain risks.

71


Table of Contents

 

We believe recent policy developments have created an environment that is primed to catalyze investment in domestic AM capability. These policy developments include, among others, the identification of AM and domestic advanced material production as priorities by the National Defense Industrial Strategy (“NDIS”); the passage of the 2026 National Defense Authorization Act, requiring the Department of War (“DoW”) to develop advanced manufacturing guidance; and the implementation of the Make More in America (“MMIA”) initiative by the U.S. Export-Import Bank (“EXIM Bank”) to address long-term weaknesses in U.S. supply chains caused by decades of underinvestment and offshoring.

U.S.-based purchasers of advanced materials are increasingly including U.S.-only sourcing clauses, and reshoring has been a priority of the Trump administration, which is expected to benefit domestic powder producers and PM-HIP manufacturers who can fill supply chain gaps previously served by non-U.S. suppliers. For PM-HIP, investment and interest are being driven by the aerospace and energy sectors that are themselves beneficiaries of the Trump administration’s push to strengthen the domestic defense and industrial base, which is expected to result in U.S.-based PM-HIP manufacturers realizing significant benefits from the broader policy direction, even as the sector navigates near-term input cost volatility.

When taken together with the several executive orders promoting advancement of domestic AM capability and other initiatives by the Trump administration, including improved regulatory mitigation and targeted tariff policies, we believe that establishing industrial policy and supply chain sovereignty are national security priorities and economic objectives.

Addressing the Castings and Forgings Bottleneck through PM-HIP

The limited availability of U.S. domestic large-scale casting and forging is an additional structural vulnerability that has negatively impacted the U.S. defense industrial base in recent years. In particular, the domestic forging and casting base for stainless steel, nickel superalloy, and specialty metal components, which is essential to manufacturing naval propulsion and submarine components, has contracted significantly over the past several decades due, in part, to offshoring. The limited domestic supply chain presents a direct threat to the Navy’s submarine production targets, which are central to the NDIS.

We believe our PM-HIP manufacturing offers a technically mature and scalable solution that has the potential to meaningfully alleviate the structural vulnerability posed by the limited availability of U.S. domestic large-scale casting and forging. By consolidating metal powder within precision-engineered tooling under simultaneous high temperature and isostatic pressure, PM-HIP produces fully dense, near-net-shape components with forged-equivalent material properties and microstructure, meaning a higher performance in quality and structural integrity. The process eliminates internal voids and maintains a fine microstructure through plastic deformation, creep, and diffusion bonding — achieving mechanical properties that are in many cases superior to conventional cast equivalents, while enabling complex geometries not achievable by traditional forging.

Market Opportunity

We evaluate our total U.S. addressable market by reviewing the estimated current and future U.S. addressable markets of the three product categories we directly serve—titanium additive manufacturing powder, refractory additive manufacturing powder, and PM-HIP components—each of which is expected to grow due to, among other things, rising defense spending, accelerating adoption of additive manufacturing, and reshoring of critical supply chains:

•
Titanium powder: The U.S. addressable market for titanium additive manufacturing powder is estimated to be approximately $464.8 million in 2026, growing to approximately $803.5 million by 2030, representing a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of approximately 14.7% from 2026 to 2030, according to a July 2026 Straits Research report. We believe growth is being driven by the accelerating adoption of additive manufacturing across defense, aerospace, medical device manufacturing and civilian firearms—including for aircraft structures, jet engine components, missile systems, ordnance and medical implants—and by the ability of additive manufacturing to reduce the traditional buy-to-fly ratio.
•
Refractory powder: The U.S. addressable market for refractory additive manufacturing powder is estimated to be approximately $191.8 million in 2026, growing to approximately $242.6 million by 2030, representing a CAGR of approximately 6.0% from 2026 to 2030, according to a July 2026 Dataintelo

72


Table of Contents

 

report. We believe growth is being driven by demand for high-performance refractory alloys used in rocket nozzles, satellite thrusters, hypersonic components and jet engine afterburner flaps, and by additive manufacturing increasingly displacing conventional fabrication in aerospace and defense.
•
PM-HIP components: Based on management’s estimates, we believe the U.S. PM-HIP market we serve—the near-net-shape PM-HIP components market, a distinct subset of the broader total hot isostatic pressing (HIP) market—to be approximately $80 million in 2026, growing to approximately $450 million by 2030, representing a CAGR of approximately 54.0% from 2026 to 2030. We believe growth is being driven by defense and energy customers seeking to overcome the persistent shortage of large-scale domestic casting and forging capacity, particularly across the U.S. naval and maritime industrial base; PM-HIP directly addresses this bottleneck by producing fully dense, near-net-shape components with forged-equivalent material properties, on shortened production cycles and in geometries not achievable through traditional forging.

In aggregate, we estimate the total U.S. addressable market for these three categories at approximately $736.6 million in 2026, growing to approximately $1,496.1 million by 2030, representing a CAGR of approximately 19.4% from 2026 to 2030.

 

Our Solution

We aim to address critical gaps in the supply chain by building resilient, integrated, and scalable U.S.-domestic industrial production and supply chains. Fragmented supply chains introduce variability at each step, from feedstock mining to powder atomization to component production, causing inconsistent performance and higher scrap rates for original equipment manufacturers in regulated sectors. As industries are pushed to integrate more advanced alloys, the lack of fully integrated suppliers is expected to result in costly bottlenecks and limit commercialization.

We offer the following products:

•
Specialty Metal Powder Production: The production and sale of high-purity, spherical refractory, and titanium alloy powders for additive manufacturing and advanced manufacturing applications in defense, aerospace, space, medical, and consumer sectors.
•
PM-HIP Manufacturing: The production and sale of large, near-net-shape powder metallurgy components with forged-equivalent material properties for demanding, critical applications in defense, aerospace, space, energy, and industrial sectors.

These two product categories are strategically complementary: powder production establishes us as a leading domestic source of critical alloy feedstock for AM, while PM-HIP manufacturing leverages our powder metallurgy expertise and customer relationships to provide manufacturing capacity capable of addressing the current lack of U.S. domestic large-scale casting and forging.

We believe we are well positioned at the intersection of materials science and manufacturing, with scaled U.S. production of high-value refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders and differentiated PM-HIP capability for near-net-shape parts.

Our Strategy

We expect to drive stockholder value based on our strategic position as a critical U.S. domestic supplier of high-value refractory and titanium alloy powders and producer of near-net-shape powder metallurgy components to the U.S. defense, aerospace, space, medical, consumer, energy, and industrial sectors.

We believe we are well positioned to benefit from the powerful macro-trends of U.S. re-industrialization and the strengthening of domestic supply chains. This “onshoring” is a vital response to increasing geopolitical instability and the vulnerabilities exposed by recent global disruptions, such as military conflict in the Middle East and tariffs and trade restrictions. The U.S. government and key industries are actively seeking to reduce reliance on foreign supply chains to ensure national security and maintain operational resilience, with the goal of safeguarding the continuous

73


Table of Contents

 

supply of mission-critical materials and components, particularly within the defense and aerospace sectors, which are essential for national security.

Our advanced materials and manufacturing capabilities directly address this imperative. We possess premium technology, including, to our knowledge, the only EIGA Premium system configuration of its kind currently operating in the United States, and PM-HIP. By expanding our production capacity and utilizing this differentiated technology, we believe we are positioned to become a critical contributor to the U.S. defense industrial base. With an experienced leadership team guiding us toward commercial production, we believe we are poised to capitalize on the strong demand for domestically sourced, high-performance materials and large, complex, near-net-shape powder metallurgy parts.

The key elements of our strategy are:

Target High-Margin Growth with Specialized Materials

Our strategy is to achieve resilient, high-margin growth by focusing on two complementary revenue streams: (i) the production of ultra-clean, high-purity refractory and titanium alloy powders, and (ii) high-value manufacturing of large, near-net-shape components with our PM-HIP capabilities. Our goal is to continue to operate the largest U.S. domestic production capacity for refractory and titanium spherical powders with full feedstock traceability and to further expand our capacity to meet market opportunities.

We have strategically prioritized refractory and titanium alloy powder as a core driver of our expected growth, as such powder is vital for extreme-temperature applications like hypersonic missiles, missile defense, space, and energy applications that are becoming more prevalent. We believe our strategic advantage as an agile, lower cost U.S. domestic producer of refractory and titanium alloy powders will enable us to maximize our share of this market demand and address critical supply chain needs.

Align with U.S. Re-industrialization and Defense Requirements

A core element of our strategy is to align our operations with the U.S. government’s initiative to onshore critical manufacturing capabilities. Amid geopolitical tensions and supply chain vulnerabilities, we have and intend to continue to focus on expanding our ability to deliver domestically sourced and manufactured high-performance refractory and alloy powders, filling a vital gap in the U.S. domestic supply chain for mission-critical programs like hypersonic and strategic missiles, while also continuing to source cost-effective raw materials across the global supply chain, including the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”). Our goal in relocating to the United States in July 2023 was to move ahead of larger multinational companies that are only now seeking to re-establish their U.S. manufacturing capabilities. To our knowledge, we are the only manufacturer currently operating a gas atomizer dedicated to supplying refractory and titanium alloy powders in the United States, which both advances U.S. priorities to reduce reliance on China and Russia for critical materials and is consistent with our strategy to align our operations with the DoW’s re-industrialization policies.

Leverage Commercial Scale Operations

We have pursued and achieved full commercial-scale production, a pivotal transition that allows us to develop improved costs and margin economics as volume demand increases. With over $100.0 million raised since May 2022 and approximately $89.1 million in tangible assets, including $17.6 million of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, each as of June 30, 2026, we believe that we are well-capitalized to continue to scale production. The commissioning of our third advanced atomizer in Tennessee in June 2026, which is dedicated solely to titanium alloy powder production, doubles our titanium powder production capacity and represents a key step in our strategic pursuit of increasing our high-value powder production capacity. Our first atomizer is dedicated to refractory alloy powders, while our second and third atomizers are dedicated to titanium alloy powders. Our fourth atomizer, which has been ordered and is expected to be commissioned in June 2027, is also expected to be dedicated to titanium alloy powder production. We intend to deploy the additional titanium capacity to capture a greater share of the high-margin titanium powder market, capitalize on superior pricing and meet increasing U.S. defense and aerospace demand.

74


Table of Contents

 

Pursue Long-term Commercial Agreements

Our expansion strategy is to secure key agreements that de-risk the commercialization phase by providing a tangible demand pipeline. Our expansion has included a multi-year exclusive supply agreement with Velo3D, a five-year preferred supplier agreement with ADDMAN Group and its subsidiaries, including Castheon and Keselowski Advanced Manufacturing where we are their primary supplier of C103 and refractory AM powder, a five-year exclusive supplier agreement for refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders with Titomic, a leader in cold spray production of critical components, a three-year exclusive distribution agreement with United Performance Metals, and a five-year supply agreement with Knust-Godwin. As of July 31, 2026, our backlog under these agreements and others was $15.3 million across 26 unique customers. We believe that successfully executing under our existing commercial contracts and pursuing additional agreements will further validate our operational abilities through demonstrated performance and unlock additional growth opportunities, including in the aerospace, defense, and medical applications.

Maintain Technological Advantage

We believe our early adoption of EIGA Premium atomizers provides us with advanced technical manufacturing capabilities not available to other U.S. producers.

Our technological advantage is validated by organizations such as NASA Glenn Research Center and the Air Force Research Laboratory, which have determined that only EIGA technology is capable of the qualification and scaled production of C103 and refractory alloys due to their high melting temperatures. Our EIGA Premium capabilities provide both the high purity and scalability necessary to meet the demanding requirements of the U.S. defense sector. As new technologies and methods arrive and become available, we intend to evaluate their ability to provide us cost-efficient products in the AM and advanced manufacturing industries.

Furthermore, we plan to continue to expand our expertise in PM-HIP allowing us to produce large, near-net-shape components with properties equivalent to “traditional forgings, alleviating major supply chain bottlenecks for large-scale parts.

Competitive Strengths

First-Mover Advantage and Scale Position

We have spent approximately $45.0 million over the past three years to establish the only U.S. domestic atomization capacity specifically dedicated to refractory alloys and the largest total domestic capacity for spherical refractory and titanium alloy powders. In connection with our expansion efforts, we have realized net losses from continuing operations of $13.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, and $18.5 million and $13.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. As of June 30, 2026, our total indebtedness was $19.6 million and our cash and cash equivalents were $13.6 million.

 

We have acquired and commissioned three EIGA Premium atomizers and are currently contracted for and expect to commission a fourth in June 2027. Our current annual production capacity of 680 metric tons, with a maximum capacity of 720 metric tons based on product mix, represents greater scale than any other known domestic competitor, and our annual planned production capacity is expected to increase to 920 metric tons, with a maximum capacity of 960 metric tons, when our fourth atomizer is commissioned. In addition to the significant investments we made to build out our production capacity, we have obtained significant expertise and know-how relating to the optimization and calibration of our EIGA Premium systems, which we believe results in meaningful cost and production advantages beyond the underlying equipment specifications and would take substantial time for competitors to replicate if they chose to commission the same equipment. We believe our first-mover position is reinforced by the significant time, capital, and customer qualification requirements associated with establishing competitive atomization capacity. In aerospace and defense applications, qualification programs can require multiple years of testing and validation, creating substantial barriers to entry for new market participants.

Superior Technology: EIGA Premium Advantage

Based on performance specifications published by the manufacturer of our gas atomizers, EIGA Premium technology is designed to provide approximately twice the usable powder yield using half the gas when compared to conventional EIGA atomizers. This efficiency delivers a structural cost advantage over manufacturers that deploy

75


Table of Contents

 

conventional EIGA atomizers and compounds as production volumes increase. We expect our cost savings to further increase as our argon recycling system becomes operational, with estimated argon gas costs estimated to decrease by at least 77% over the first year. The combination of EIGA Premium technology and our argon recycling is expected to make our unit cost structure among the most competitive in the allied world for high-quality refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders.

Qualification Moat and Technical Barriers

Aerospace and defense customers require extensive material qualification before they can incorporate materials into their products. Obtaining these qualifications requires a multi-year process involving intensive technical collaboration between the producer of the materials and either the end-user or the Tier 1 manufacturer. We have completed qualification of our C103 powder with ADDMAN/Castheon and Auburn University’s National Center for Additive Manufacturing Excellence (“NCAME”), our Ti-64 powder with Velo3D. In our PM-HIP components business, we have collaborated with Bechtel Plant Machinery, Inc. (“BPMI”), a DoW prime contractor, and the U.S. Navy for over two years across development, demonstration and first-article programs, and we have been awarded a low-rate-initial-production contract to produce components in support of the U.S. submarine industrial base, and we intend to continue to qualify additional PM-HIP components with BPMI. These qualifications represent years of collaborative technical investment, and replacement would require high transition costs and significant time.

Strategic Government and Customer Relationships

EXIM Bank’s MMIA loan to us—the sixth MMIA loan approved and the first to support advanced materials and AM—provides not only non-dilutive capital but represents a U.S. government endorsement of our strategic role. We believe the U.S. Navy’s Letter of Support for the development of our PM-HIP manufacturing provides a similarly significant endorsement of our strategic importance to the U.S. defense industrial base. These government endorsements, combined with our proximity to Oak Ridge National Laboratory and our Special Advisor relationship with Lieutenant General (ret.) H.R. McMaster, provide us with critical insight and access to the U.S. defense ecosystem.

Domestic Supply Chain Sovereignty

U.S. defense procurement policy has progressively resulted in domestic sourcing preferences for critical materials, with congressional action and DoW acquisition policies creating increasing barriers to foreign-sourced specialty metals and advanced materials. Our titanium bar feedstock is sourced and processed in compliance with Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (“DFARS”), with full traceability from raw material through finished powder. We believe these same attributes position our titanium powders as a DFARS-compliant domestic source of supply, because our domestic atomization independently qualifies our titanium powders as “produced” in the United States, regardless of where the titanium bar feedstock is sourced. See “—Regulatory—Defense Procurement.” Our Tennessee manufacturing facility operates entirely within the United States, and our powders and PM-HIP components are produced, tested, and being qualified domestically. Our feedstock traceability, domestic manufacturing base, and AS9100D quality certification position us favorably relative to foreign competitors seeking to access the U.S. market. As FOCI mitigation requirements are applied with increasing frequency to defense contractors and their supply chains, our structure as a U.S.-incorporated, U.S.-operating entity reduces the ownership and control risks that continue to complicate procurement relationships involving foreign suppliers.

Specialized Technical Talent and Process Know-How

Producing commercially viable reactive metal powders and qualifying PM-HIP components for defense and aerospace applications requires deep, specialized expertise in powder metallurgy, atomization process tuning, metallurgical modeling, and PM-HIP can design. Our technical team includes senior leaders with prior experience at leading metal and powder producers, national laboratories, and aerospace research institutions. We believe the limited number of qualified professionals and the multi-year process necessary to assemble and integrate a team with similar technical expertise represents a significant barrier to competitive entry that complements the qualification barrier and significant capital investment requirements described above.

76


Table of Contents

 

Alignment of Interests

Our directors and executive officers, including Hank J. Holland, our Chief Executive Officer, Eric Bono, our Chief Technology Officer, and Brett Paduch, our Chief Financial Officer, beneficially owned an aggregate of approximately 35.4% of the shares of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering, based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of August 27, 2026. We believe this ownership structure creates meaningful economic alignment among our directors and management team and our stockholders, incentivizing our directors and management team to optimize outcomes for our investors.

Our Products

Specialty Metal Powder Production

Technology: The EIGA Premium

Our EIGA Premium technology employs proprietary modifications and operating parameters and represents an industry leading method for producing high-purity, spherical metal powders, designed to meet the most demanding applications. This advanced system operates on a crucible-free, non-contact melting process, designed to ensure that the resulting powders are exceptionally pure and free from contaminants. Unlike conventional methods such as vacuum induction melting inert gas atomization (“VIGA”), the absence of refractory materials in EIGA’s crucible-free melting process is designed to eliminate the risk of contamination from atmospheric gases like oxygen and nitrogen, a common occurrence with traditional techniques. This superior purity significantly increases usable production yield, enabling our EIGA atomizers to achieve a higher yield than older atomization models, while ensuring exceptional material quality for high-performance applications.

Both NASA Glenn and the Air Force Research Laboratory have noted that conventional atomization methods may introduce contamination levels beyond tolerable limits for refractory metals. This is particularly important for alloys such as C103, which has extremely high melting temperatures that make high-purity powder production technically challenging and differentiate EIGA from conventional atomization approaches. Our use of EIGA technology provides a critical differentiator of our powders. As stated by Dr. Mark Benedict, Senior Scientist at the Air Force Research Laboratory, in a June 2025 report, “non-contact EIGA is the industry standard for reactive and refractory materials.”

The benefits of our customized EIGA technology extend beyond purity and contamination control. The process yields powders with superior sphericity and uniform particle size, which critically improves powder flowability and packing density, two essential factors for successful AM. Metal powders with greater sphericity and particle size uniformity correlate with fewer defects, superior component performance and reduced material waste.

77


Table of Contents

 

The graphic below illustrates the EIGA process and atomization of a 100mm Ti-6A1-4V electrode:

 

img46380473_1.jpg

 

An important advantage of our EIGA Premium atomizer is its production efficiency, delivering a higher yield compared to standard EIGA technologies. This efficiency is achieved through enhanced control over atomization parameters, resulting in a finer and more consistent particle size distribution. By minimizing off-specification powders and maximizing the usable fraction, we not only reduce material loss but also significantly lower conversion costs and argon gas consumption, lowering our operational costs. Based on performance specifications published by the equipment manufacturer, our EIGA Premium atomizers are designed to produce approximately twice the usable powder yield while using approximately 50% less argon gas than standard EIGA atomization. This improved yield and product purity make high-quality metal powders more economically viable, which in turn supports the large-scale adoption of AM. We believe our premium EIGA atomizers are currently the only custom-designed and manufactured advanced atomizers operational in the United States. This unique design offers flexibility, enabling seamless switching between alloys within a material family, making it an ideal solution for diverse applications from aerospace to medical devices.

Atomizer Installation and Commissioning Schedule

We have executed a disciplined, phased atomizer commissioning program. The table below shows the timeline and status of our EIGA Premium atomizers:

 

Atomizer

Status

Key Milestone

EIGA #1

Commissioned

June 2024 — First known EIGA Premium commissioned in U.S. and second globally

EIGA #2

Commissioned

June 2025

EIGA #3

Commissioned

June 2026

EIGA #4

Ordered; Commissioning June 2027

Order placed December 2025

Our Tennessee facility has physical capacity for up to five EIGA Premium atomizers in the refractory and titanium production areas. We have acquired and commissioned three atomizers with annual maximum production capacity of approximately 720 metric tons and a planned annual production capacity of 680 metric tons, based on

78


Table of Contents

 

expected product mix. We are currently contracted for and expect to commission a fourth atomizer by June 2027 and expect to have an annual maximum powder production capacity of approximately 960 metric tons. The current capacity makes us the largest U.S. domestic producer for refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders.

Product Portfolio

We produce spherical powders for AM processes, specifically engineered for the highest-demand, highest-value applications in defense, aerospace, space, medical devices, and industrial manufacturing. Our primary powder products listed below include refractory and titanium alloy powders:

 

Alloy

Properties

Applications

Tungsten Heavy Alloy (“WHA”)

Extremely high melting point (over 3,000°C), very high density and excellent thermal stability

Munitions, radiation shielding, high-temperature furnace components, and semiconductor equipment

Titanium-Zirconium-Molybdenum (“TZM”)

A molybdenum alloy offering an excellent compromise of strength, weight, and machinability at temperatures below molybdenum’s melting point

High-temperature tooling, nuclear applications, and aerospace

Niobium

Superconducting properties at cryogenic temperatures, good ductility, and strong corrosion resistance

Superconducting accelerators, nuclear fuel assemblies, and semiconductor processing equipment

Molybdenum

High melting point, high strength, corrosion resistance

Aerospace, electronics, and energy

Rhenium

Extremely high melting point (over 3,000°C), exceptional strength and creep resistance at high temperatures, and good ductility that it retains even after recrystallization

Nickel-based superalloys for jet engine turbine blades

Tantalum

Corrosion-resistant with unique biocompatibility

Medical implants, surgical instruments, cardiovascular devices, and capacitors

Zirconium

High corrosion resistance in acidic and alkaline environments, and low thermal neutron absorption

Nuclear reactor fuel assemblies (low neutron absorption), aerospace alloys, and chemical processing equipment

 

Our agile production capability for high-value refractory alloy powders is a differentiated competitive advantage. High temperature niobium, tungsten, tantalum, molybdenum, rhenium and zirconium alloys have exceptional high-temperature strength retention, excellent ductility, and outstanding weldability, making them uniquely suited for propulsion and thermal protection systems.

Ti-64 is the most widely used titanium alloy in aerospace and defense manufacturing due to its strength-to-weight ratio, corrosion resistance, and biocompatibility. We produce Grade 5 and Grade 23 titanium alloy powders. Grade 23 has reduced oxygen, nitrogen, and iron content relative to Grade 5, providing improved ductility and fracture toughness for fatigue-critical applications including medical implants and specialized aerospace components.

Feedstock

We have entered into long-term supply agreements for certain critical inputs, including argon and other industrial gases and a portion of our titanium bar feedstock that we source from a domestic supplier. However, we do not have long-term agreements covering many of our feedstocks. In particular, due to the cost efficiencies, we currently source the majority of our titanium bar feedstock from suppliers located in the PRC on a purchase-order basis, without the protection of a long-term supply agreement. Certain of our customers may require us to source certain feedstocks from solely domestic suppliers in compliance with the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement.

79


Table of Contents

 

Commercial Progress

As of June 30, 2026, we have active advanced materials contracts with 20 different customers. Specifically:

•
ADDMAN Group: We serve as the preferred supplier of C103 and refractory alloy AM powder to ADDMAN Group, one of the largest U.S. domestic metal additive manufacturers.
•
Velo3D: We have entered into a five-year exclusive supply agreement to provide C103 and other refractory alloy powders to Velo3D, where we also serve as preferred supplier of titanium alloy powders.
•
Titomic: We have a five-year exclusive supplier and development agreement with Titomic Limited, under which we are the sole supplier of refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders.
•
Knust-Godwin: We have a five-year supply and strategic development agreement for titanium alloy powders with Knust-Godwin, which is planning a 52,000 square foot expansion of its additive manufacturing operations.
•
Continuum Powders Corporation: We have a one-year master purchasing agreement, renewable by mutual agreement, under which we supply titanium alloy powder to Continuum Powders Corporation, with a binding minimum purchase commitment.

In addition, as of June 30, 2026, we have 18 development contracts for near-net-shape parts in the defense, aerospace and industrial sectors.

PM-HIP Manufacturing

We believe our PM-HIP manufacturing capability positions us as a technically mature and scalable solution that has the potential to meaningfully alleviate the structural vulnerability posed by the limited availability of U.S. domestic large-scale casting and forging for large, complex, near-net-shape components in defense and aerospace applications.

PM-HIP is a process in which metal powder is loaded into precision-engineered canisters, which is then subjected to simultaneous high temperature and isostatic pressure in a hot isostatic pressing unit, which is a high-temperature furnace inside a pressure vessel. The simultaneous application of heat and pressure eliminates internal voids and microporosity through a combination of plastic deformation, creep, and diffusion bonding, producing a fully dense component with forged-equivalent mechanical properties. Near-net-shape tooling design using computational modeling minimizes post-process machining, reducing costs and cycle times. The graphic below provides an illustration of the PM-HIP process:

 

img46380473_2.gif

 

PM-HIP offers substantial benefits over alternative manufacturing methods by directly addressing critical supply chain vulnerabilities and enhancing component performance. PM-HIP dramatically reduces lead times, with complex components achievable in three to four months compared to six to 18 months for forgings, and even as short as six weeks in some instances. This process provides greater access to high-quality, complex, large components and offers additional flexibility for design modifications and quantities, even for bespoke or small lots. Key advantages include isotropic and fine microstructures, high-quality material properties, and reduced welding, which minimizes associated failure modes, inspections, and heat treatment problems. PM-HIP also provides improved inspectability, domestic fabrication of large, complex components with internal cavities, increased material utilization, and reduced scrap for enhanced sustainability. It also relieves demand on the capacity-constrained casting and forging supply chain for high-mix, low-volume components, and allows the use of a broader range of metal alloys without the alloy limitations inherent in those traditional processes. The process accommodates increased component size and complexity, handling

80


Table of Contents

 

thick and thin sections simultaneously, and can produce parts as large as 63x104 inches and weighing up to 20,000 pounds efficiently in a single heating process, a scale often not feasible with AM.

PM-HIP produces materials with high-quality properties, often superior to castings and comparable to forgings, due to the small grains established during powder production. This allows for precise control of grain size, enabling properties such as enhanced strength and fracture toughness with smaller grains, or improved creep strength and ductility with longer holds or higher temperatures. Nearly any material can be produced, including notoriously crack-prone hot work tool steels and oxygen-sensitive or reactive materials like titanium alloys and aluminum composites, without the material compromises often required by other AM methods like LPBF. Furthermore, PM-HIP enables the manufacture of components to near-net-shape, dramatically reducing the need for extensive post-processing machining and minimizing material scrap, thereby maximizing material utilization and contributing to cost-effective and timely production.

We are a leader in this field, integrating significant program management with partner organizations to deliver final functional components in virtually any metal alloy and production volume. We believe our adoption of PM-HIP is crucial for alleviating domestic supply chain constraints impacting large-scale castings and forgings and directly supports the onshoring of critical manufacturing capabilities to the United States. This establishes us as a viable domestic manufacturing alternative for lower volumes and higher mixes of parts, providing precision and material quality, which translates into shorter production cycles and reduced lead times. Critically, components produced using our PM-HIP process are designed to be interchangeable with existing components and designs, supporting seamless integration into current systems. In addition, in December 2025, the Maritime Industrial Base Program Office of the United States Department of the Navy issued a formal Letter of Support recognizing our PM-HIP manufacturing process as a viable alternative to traditional casting and forging supply chains within the maritime and defense industrial bases, following an 18-month technical collaboration with the Navy and industry partners. The Navy’s letter specifically recognized our demonstrated technical capability in PM-HIP of large near-net-shape components, including our progress in material behavior modeling, geometric precision, and process understanding, and noted that our planned expansion of PM-HIP and related manufacturing capabilities in Tennessee presents an opportunity to strengthen a domestic supply chain that is critical to defense and national security. PM-HIP manufacturing is supported by an established framework of published military and industry specifications, including nickel alloy powder and parts, stainless steel powder and parts, Class 1 components produced by PM-HIP using 316L, and hot isostatically pressed stainless steel and alloy steel flanges, fittings, valves and parts for high-temperature service.

Our EIGA atomizers currently have over 720 metric tons of annual maximum capacity of U.S. powder production, and further production expansion plans are projected to increase our current maximum capacity to 960 metric tons, creating an integrated value chain where high-purity EIGA powders enhance the efficiency and final mechanical properties of PM-HIP components. We also plan to expand our powder production to include specialty maritime alloy powders that are utilized in PM-HIP manufacturing of components for the submarine industrial base. We believe this vertical integration provides a significant advantage through stringent quality control from feedstock to finished part, ensuring material traceability, end-to-end quality control, and faster research and development cycles for custom-engineered solutions.

Commercial Progress

As of June 30, 2026, we had active PM-HIP contracts with nine different customers spanning defense, aerospace, industrial, and energy sectors. We recently announced as a result of our two years of development with BPMI, a prime defense contractor, and the U.S. Navy, we have been awarded a low-rate-initial-production contract to produce components in support of the U.S. submarine industrial base, and we intend to continue to qualify additional PM-HIP components with BPMI. Additionally, we recently announced that as part of our research and development agreement with the DoW, we will test and manufacture PM-HIP parts to provide results and findings that we believe will help further shape the commercial viability of PM-HIP for defense needs.

81


Table of Contents

 

Manufacturing

Our manufacturing and corporate headquarters is located in Bradley County, Tennessee. The facility currently encompasses approximately 100,000 square feet of primary manufacturing space and would support approximately 30,000 square feet of expansion. Key facility characteristics include:

•
Location: McDonald, Tennessee, adjacent to Chattanooga — a strategically important aerospace and defense manufacturing hub with proximity to major defense contractors, research laboratories (including Oak Ridge National Laboratory), and a highly skilled manufacturing workforce.
•
Argon Gas Recycling: We are installing an argon gas recycling system, which is expected to reduce recurring argon gas consumption expense by at least 77% when commissioned in the first quarter of 2027.
•
Capacity: Current physical capacity for up to 5 EIGA Premium atomizers in dedicated refractory and titanium powder production areas.
•
Quality Certification: AS9100D certification for metal powder manufacturing, testing, and PM-HIP production, which is required for qualification as a supplier to aerospace and defense programs.
•
Lease: 15-year lease with option to extend for up to an additional 10 years, providing long-term facility security.
•
Government Support: $0.6 million grant from the State of Tennessee received in July 2023.

The facility is organized into dedicated production areas for refractory alloy powder production, titanium alloy powder production, PM-HIP manufacturing, post-processing and screening, analytical testing and quality control, and administrative and engineering functions.

Following significant capital investment, we believe we are positioned as the largest-capacity domestic producer of spherical refractory and titanium alloy powders in the United States, which helps insulate us from competitive pressure, as building similar functionality would require substantial capital expenditure and multi-year qualification timelines.

Markets

End-Use Applications

The advanced materials and components produced using our high-purity powders are critical for industries operating under extreme conditions, where material performance directly impacts safety and operational success. Our diversified market strategy focuses on these high-value, high-growth sectors, ensuring a stable and resilient path for growth.

Aerospace & Defense

The aerospace and defense sectors represent a primary target for us of our products due to the stringent requirements for lightweight, high-strength, and high-temperature-resistant materials. Refractory metals, like Niobium and Tungsten, and titanium alloys are essential for mission-critical components.

Our materials are vital for manufacturing components subjected to extreme environments, such as:

•
Rocket Nozzles and Satellite Thrusters: These components must withstand intense heat and pressure during launch and operation.
•
Hypersonic Missile Systems: The extreme speeds generate intense temperatures, requiring materials that maintain structural integrity without significant deformation.
•
Advanced Military Aircraft: Components like engine parts, structural frames, and landing gear require high strength-to-weight ratios and exceptional durability under harsh conditions.

82


Table of Contents

 

The purity of our powders is crucial in these sectors. Contamination in aerospace materials can lead to premature failure, making our low-contamination powders a preferred option for ensuring the reliability and safety of high-stakes defense and aerospace systems.

Medical

The medical sector relies on specialized metal powders for biocompatible implants and instruments, where material purity and mechanical properties are crucial for patient safety and long-term functionality. Specific applications include:

•
Biocompatible Implants: Titanium and certain refractory metals are highly valued for implants such as orthopedic components and dental implants due to their excellent biocompatibility.
•
Prosthetics and Surgical Instruments: High-strength, corrosion-resistant materials are used to ensure the longevity and sterilizability of surgical tools.

We can produce high-purity, spherical metal powders suitable for AM and PM-HIP, which allows for the creation of complex, customized implants tailored to individual patient anatomy, significantly improving outcomes and reducing recovery times. The superior mechanical properties of components derived from our powders ensure the durability required for long-term implants.

Energy

The energy sector, particularly in advanced nuclear applications and high-temperature heat exchange, demands materials capable of performing under extreme thermal and corrosive conditions. Specific applications include:

•
Nuclear Reactor Components: Advanced nuclear reactors, including next-generation systems, require materials resistant to radiation damage, high temperatures, and corrosive coolants. Refractory metals are essential for structural components and fuel cladding.
•
High-Temperature Heat Exchangers: These components are critical for transferring heat in industrial processes and advanced power generation. They must withstand extreme thermal gradients and aggressive environments.
•
Advanced Turbine Parts: Used in power generation, these components benefit from the high temperature resistance of refractory metals to improve efficiency and reduce maintenance.

The properties of our refractory metal powders, high melting points, strength at elevated temperatures, and resistance to creep and corrosion, make them ideal for these demanding energy applications, supporting the transition to more efficient and resilient energy systems. Our product portfolio, encompassing high-purity refractory metals and titanium alloys, is meticulously engineered to meet the rigorous demands of these high-value, high-growth industries. By strategically addressing these diverse sectors, we mitigate reliance on any single market’s economic fluctuations, establishing a stable and resilient growth trajectory.

Consumer

In the consumer sector, additive manufacturing enables premium, differentiated products with material properties and finishes that distinguish them from mass-produced alternatives. Manufacturers of premium consumer goods increasingly value titanium for its strength-to-weight ratio, corrosion resistance, and durability. Specific applications include:

•
Suppressors: Titanium powder is an ideal choice for suppressors because of its ability to utilize additive manufacturing to produce the intricate features required for the suppressor to function and the material’s exceptional strength-to-weight ratio, corrosion resistance, and thermal performance. Titanium powder for suppressors represents one of the fastest-growing niche applications due to the adoption of additive manufacturing by the firearms industry, strong demand for lightweight precision systems among civilian gun owners, and recent reforms to regulations making ownership more viable.

83


Table of Contents

 

•
Consumer Electronics and Device Enclosures: Titanium’s strength-to-weight ratio, rigidity, and premium surface finish make it an increasingly sought-after material for lightweight, durable enclosures and housings for portable consumer electronics, where additive manufacturing supports thin-walled, structurally robust designs that differentiate premium devices.
•
Premium Cutlery and Edged Products: High-strength, wear- and corrosion-resistant alloys are valued in premium consumer cutlery and edged products, where our PM-HIP process can produce billets with the dense, uniform microstructure and material properties that support edge retention and durability.

Industrial

Our PM-HIP manufacturing capability enables us to produce dense, high-performance components for industrial equipment that must operate reliably under demanding mechanical, thermal, and wear conditions. Specific applications include:

•
Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment: We produce PM-HIP components for semiconductor manufacturing equipment, including parts used in wafer processing.
•
Industrial Machinery: We produce PM-HIP components for industrial machinery, including build plates supplied to an original equipment manufacturer of metal additive manufacturing systems.

This capability also allows us to produce large, near-net-shape industrial components with forged-equivalent material properties, helping to address the limited availability of domestic large-scale casting and forging capacity for demanding industrial applications.

Customers and Key Agreements

We have established a portfolio of long-term exclusive and preferred supplier agreements with leading participants in the additive manufacturing and defense supply chain ecosystem: Our key agreements with customers and suppliers are summarized below. Our PM-HIP contracts and our defense-related contracts and subcontracts are generally subject to termination for convenience clauses, while our powder purchase orders generally do not contain termination for convenience rights.

ADDMAN Group / Castheon / Keselowski Advanced Manufacturing

In September 2024, we completed qualification of our C103 AM powder in accordance with ADDMAN Group and Castheon’s technical specifications, which triggered ADDMAN’s offtake obligation under the agreement. Under the resulting five-year preferred supplier agreement, we are the primary supplier of C103 and refractory alloy AM powder to ADDMAN Group and its subsidiaries, including Castheon and Keselowski Advanced Manufacturing. This contract does not contain termination for convenience rights for either party. ADDMAN is a leading market participant among Tier 1 additive manufacturers for defense and space sectors, with combined production capacity exceeding 300,000 square feet across multiple U.S. locations and more than 50 3D printing machines actively supporting DoW-funded programs, including space launch systems, satellites, and hypersonic and strategic missiles.

We began to make initial deliveries under the agreement in 2025. In October 2025, we completed a joint material improvement collaboration with ADDMAN that further enhanced C103 mechanical properties to achieve wrought-like material performance. We continue to collaborate with ADDMAN on advancing sovereign capabilities for propulsion and thermal protection systems in hypersonic weapons. space, and satellite applications.

Velo3D

In April 2025, we signed a five-year exclusive supply agreement with Velo3D, Inc., a leading U.S.-based metal additive manufacturing equipment manufacturer whose Sapphire family of printers is deployed at SpaceX, Aerojet Rocketdyne, Lockheed Martin, Ursa Major, Honeywell, and General Motors.

Under the agreement, which cannot be terminated for convenience, we are the exclusive supplier to Velo3D for C103 and other refractory alloy powders including molybdenum, tantalum, tungsten, rhenium, and zirconium alloys and a preferred supplier for titanium alloy powders. Velo3D has developed proprietary print parameters exclusively for our

84


Table of Contents

 

powders on all Velo3D Sapphire family printers and will provide these print parameters with 3D printing machine licensing at no additional cost to customers. In July 2025, we satisfied Velo3D’s qualification condition following certification by NCAME of conformance with ASTM F3635 (C103) and AMS7015/ASTM F3001 (Ti-64) standards.

Titomic

In September 2025, we entered a five-year exclusive supplier and development agreement with Titomic Limited for refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders, which cannot be terminated for convenience. Titomic is a pioneer in cold spray manufacturing technology, and the agreement positions us as Titomic’s exclusive source of spherical powders for cold spray applications in defense, space, and aerospace.

In December 2025, we received a purchase order from Titomic for $3.0 million of refractory alloy powders, with shipments scheduled across the second half of 2026 to support a Titomic development program with a leading DoW prime contractor. In conjunction with this order, we agreed to contribute $1.5 million toward development expenses for the program.

Knust-Godwin

In September 2025, we executed a five-year supply and strategic development agreement for titanium alloy powders with Knust-Godwin, a leading additive manufacturing and precision machining company operating a 240,000 square foot facility near Houston, Texas. This contract does not contain termination for convenience rights for either party.

United Performance Metals

In the second quarter of 2026, we entered a three-year exclusive master purchasing agreement with United Performance Metals, an affiliate of O’Neal Industries, which reported $3.4 billion in revenue in 2025. Under the agreement, United Performance Metals appointed us as exclusive supplier of titanium powders and committed to maintaining minimum inventory of 4,000 kg. The agreement adds a scaled distribution channel with immediate revenue contribution and recurring volume potential. This contract does not contain termination for convenience rights for either party.

Continuum Powders Corporation

In April 2026, we signed a Master Purchasing Agreement with Continuum Powders Corporation, a private equity-backed manufacturing technology and advanced materials business, to supply them titanium alloy powder, which agreement cannot be terminated for convenience. The agreement includes a minimum commitment of $5.5 million for titanium alloy powder shipments from July 2026 through June 2027.

The Perryman Company

In December 2024, we entered into a three-year supply agreement with The Perryman Company for titanium alloy (Ti-6Al-4V ELI) billet, a titanium feedstock. The agreement runs through December 31, 2027, cannot be terminated for convenience, and provides pricing stability and supply visibility through fixed annual base pricing, subject to a raw-material surcharge indexed to the Argus market price for Ti-6/4 ingot above a contractual floor. Our purchase volumes are governed by non-binding rolling forecasts and purchase orders, and we have no minimum purchase or take-or-pay obligation under the agreement. The agreement specifies annual target volumes that, if not met in a given calendar year, give the supplier a right to terminate, which is the supplier’s sole remedy for any volume shortfall.

The Boeing Company

In July 2025, we commenced a development collaboration with The Boeing Company, leveraging our pioneering experience in PM-HIP manufacturing of large near-net-shape parts and Boeing’s manufacturing and materials experience to advance next-generation aerospace applications.

85


Table of Contents

 

Bechtel Plant Machinery

In July 2026, we announced our collaboration with Bechtel Plant Machinery, Inc. (“BPMI”), a DoW prime contractor, and the U.S. Navy for over two years across development, demonstration and first-article programs, and we have been awarded a low-rate-initial-production contract to produce components in support of the U.S. submarine industrial base, and we intend to continue to qualify additional PM-HIP components with BPMI.

U.S. Department of War

In July 2026, we entered into a thirteen-month research and development contract with the DoW valued at approximately $4.5 million for the development of affordable alternative refractory powders. Under the agreement we, in consultation with the DoW, U.S. national laboratories, and defense and space prime contractors, will select, atomize, and test manufacturing parts for two alternative high-temperature development refractory alloys.

Argon Gas Recycling

In December 2025, we entered into an agreement with industrial gas supplier Arencibia Holdings, LLC to purchase a centralized argon gas recovery system, to be commissioned in the first quarter of 2027, secured by performance guarantees. As part of the agreement, we have arranged for Arencibia Holdings, LLC to provide recovery and operational support services and 24/7 monitoring of our argon recycling system for an initial period of fifteen years, and we have a unilateral right to terminate for convenience under certain conditions.

Broader Pipeline

Beyond our contracted customer base, we maintain an active pipeline of commercial development programs across defense, aerospace, space, medical, consumer, energy, and industrial markets. As of early 2026, our representative pipeline of opportunities includes:

•
Non-Government Defense: Additive manufacturing is being leveraged by non-government defense manufacturers as an alternative to traditional manufacturing, including the use of titanium alloys and AM in production of suppressors.
•
Medical: AM allows for the design, development, and delivery of complex geometries that are difficult to execute through traditional manufacturing.
•
Nuclear Power: AM may assist in the next generation of less expensive and more productive energy systems. AM has been leveraged to make micro modular reactors, bypassing the difficulties associated with technical ceramics.
•
Oil & Gas: There has been an increase in usage of AM by energy companies to create geometrically complex, cost-effective parts use for replacement and maintenance. AM has been leveraged to reduce the time and production timeframe for 3D- printed heat exchanger parts.

Competition

The market for high-value refractory and titanium alloy spherical metal powders for additive manufacturing is characterized by high technical barriers to entry, including the requirement for specialized atomization technology, multi-year qualification programs with end customers, and AS9100D or equivalent quality certifications.

Our major domestic competitors for refractory and titanium alloy powders include ATI Inc., Linde Advanced Material Technologies, Inc., Elmet Technologies, and Carpenter Technology Corporation. Our PM-HIP component competitors include Bodycote Thermal Processing, Inc., a subsidiary of Bodycote plc, ATI Inc., and Synertech PM Inc. Additionally, we face competition for U.S. customers from Canada-based companies such as AP&C (a subsidiary of GE Aerospace), Tekna Holding ASA and PyroGenesis Inc., despite additional tariff and supply-chain security barriers.

We expect to remain competitive primarily on the unit economics and scale of our powder production: our EIGA Premium technology, which employs proprietary modifications and operating parameters, produces high-purity spherical metal powder with full feedstock traceability and, we believe, achieves materially higher usable-powder yields

86


Table of Contents

 

than conventional gas-atomization methods, enabling lower per-unit costs, and our dedicated production capacity is designed to supply refractory and titanium alloy powder at commercial scale. We further differentiate through our position as a U.S.-based producer with full feedstock traceability.

The specialty metal powder market has attracted investor and commercial interest given significant expected growth. However, the barriers to competitive entry are substantial: a greenfield EIGA atomization facility requires two to three years to build, equip, qualify, and reach commercial production; requires significant capital investment (e.g., our investment exceeded $45 million for a single facility); requires proprietary process know-how for reactive alloys; requires multi-year qualification with key customers; and must achieve AS9100D certification. Our first-mover advantage, existing qualifications, strategic customer agreements, and cost structure create a competitive moat that we believe new entrants would find difficult to replicate within the relevant planning horizon for defense procurement programs.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures, contractual commitments and other legal rights to establish and protect our intellectual property. As of June 30, 2026, we have one pending U.S. patent application for utility application for our electrode assembly and method for generation powder by atomization that was filed on May 8, 2026 and no registered trademarks. We continually review our development efforts to assess the existence and patentability of new intellectual property. We intend to continue to file additional patent applications with respect to our proprietary technologies and trademark applications with respect to our brands, trade names, and logos.

We currently rely on certain unregistered trademarks in our brands, trade names, and logos, as appropriate, to market our brands and to build and maintain brand recognition.

In addition to patents and trademarks, we rely substantially on trade secrets, proprietary know-how, and accumulated process expertise to develop and maintain our competitive position. Our technical know-how includes proprietary commissioning, retrofit customization, and process tuning of our EIGA Premium atomizers, which we believe are important to our ability to produce commercially viable reactive metal powders from this equipment platform; metallurgical modeling and PM-HIP can design methodologies that enable the near-net-shape production of large, complex PM-HIP components; and qualification data accumulated through multi-year collaboration with end customers and Tier 1 manufacturers. We seek to protect our proprietary information, in part, by using confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with commercial partners, collaborators, employees and consultants. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information and, in the case of the invention assignment agreements, to assign to us ownership of any developed technologies or other intellectual property.

Intellectual property laws, procedures, and restrictions only provide limited protection, and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed, or misappropriated. Furthermore, the laws of certain countries do not protect intellectual property and proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States and Australia, and therefore, in certain jurisdictions we may not be able to fully protect our intellectual property, trade secrets, proprietary know-how, and accumulated process expertise. For further information on risks related to our intellectual property, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Technology and Our Intellectual Property Rights.”.

Regulatory Environment

Our business is subject to regulation in a number of areas. Changes in government, monetary policies and laws and regulations, among other things, can have a significant impact on our assets, operations, financial performance and, ultimately, the value of our company and our common stock. Changes may occur in the United States or any other country in which we may operate in the future. Such changes are likely to be beyond our control and may affect the industries in which we operate generally, our specific business, or both. Non-compliance with changing laws and regulations may expose us to legal risk via investigations or litigious proceedings from regulators, counterparties or consumers. This section sets forth a summary of the principal laws and regulations relevant to our business.

87


Table of Contents

 

Corporations Act and ASX Listing Rules

As a company with securities listed on the ASX, we are regulated by both ASIC, the country’s corporate regulator, and the ASX. Accordingly, we must comply with all relevant Australian requirements, including the Listing Rules maintained by ASX. Upon the closing of this offering, we expect that the primary trading market for our shares will be the Nasdaq Capital Market and, as confirmed in communication with ASX, we will largely be able to satisfy our financial reporting obligations with the ASX by complying with our reporting obligations under the Exchange Act in respect of the reporting requirements of the ASX Listing Rules. Changes to these rules and requirements may have an impact on our assets, operations, financial performance, value or other matters. Breaches of these rules and regulations may give rise to regulatory action from ASIC or ASX or litigious proceedings initiated by other stakeholders.

Defense Procurement

We have indirect contracts as a subcontractor with the U.S. government, primarily the DoW. These contracts may be subject to U.S. government contracting regulations (Federal Acquisition Regulation (“FAR”) and DFARS). These regulations impose stringent cybersecurity, supply chain, critical minerals, and national security requirements. Failure to comply could result in suspension of payments, termination of contracts, civil or criminal penalties, or exclusion from future government contracting opportunities. We have compliance programs in place to adhere to these requirements. For additional information, please refer to “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—A portion of our revenue is derived from the sale of defense-related products through various contracts and subcontracts that are subject to risks related to the U.S. government. These contracts may be suspended, canceled, conditioned, or delayed, which could have an adverse impact on our revenues.”

In addition, our titanium powders are incorporated into items delivered under U.S. government contracts that are subject to the specialty-metal and covered-material sourcing restrictions of the DFARS. With respect to our titanium and titanium alloy powders, which are specialty metals under the DFARS, we believe our domestic atomization satisfies the requirement that such metals be “melted or produced” in the United States, because the applicable regulations define “produce” to include atomization. We believe these attributes position our domestically atomized titanium powders as a compliant source of materials for mission-critical defense programs.

Our redomiciliation to the State of Delaware, which was completed in June 2026, is expected to help mitigate any FOCI issues, which may help us be eligible for a facility security clearance and access classified defense contracts. Redomiciliation to the United States and mitigating FOCI is expected to broaden our eligibility for classified defense programs and strengthen our positioning in classified defense procurement competitions. Our inability to obtain a facility clearance and access classified contract opportunities may have an adverse impact on operations and financial performance.

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring us to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Export Control

Certain of our products and technical information are be subject to U.S. export control regulations, including the Export Administration Regulations (“EAR”) and International Traffic in Arms Regulations (“ITAR”). We maintain compliance programs designed to ensure adherence to applicable export control requirements.

Environmental, Health and Safety

Our facilities and operations are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety (“EHS”) laws and regulations which require significant capital investment on an ongoing basis and could give rise to unforeseen liability, including as a result of a governmental enforcement action or obligations to remediate contaminated sites, including third-party contaminated sites where we have sent waste for treatment or disposal. EHS laws or their enforcement may become more stringent over time, which could increase our operating costs and subject us to additional liabilities.

88


Table of Contents

 

Human Capital Resources

We have a strong team of dedicated employees who are essential to our success. As of June 30, 2026 we had 53 full-time employees, with substantially all of our workforce located at our headquarters and manufacturing facility in McDonald, Tennessee. In addition, we engage outside consultants and service providers, as needed, for specialized functions, including engineering and technical consulting, research and development, information technology, and environmental, health and safety.

We offer a comprehensive benefits package to our full-time employees, including medical, dental and vision insurance, life insurance, short-term and long-term disability insurance, and an employer-sponsored 401(k) plan with an employer matching contribution. In addition, all new-hire employees receive a grant of stock options upon joining the Company, and our employees are eligible for an annual incentive bonus payable in a combination of cash and equity, with equity awards granted under our equity plans.

We have not experienced any work stoppages due to employee disputes, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered under a collective bargaining agreement.

Properties

Our manufacturing and corporate headquarters is located in McDonald, Tennessee, on the premises of Spring Branch Industrial Park. The facility is subject to a 15-year lease with an option to extend it for an additional 10 years. The facility encompasses approximately 100,000 square feet of primary manufacturing space, with the opportunity for approximately 30,000 square feet of expansion.

Our principal fixed assets at the Tennessee facility include: three commissioned EIGA Premium atomizers, a fourth EIGA Premium atomizer contracted for commissioning in June 2027, PM-HIP manufacturing systems, including a hot isostatic pressing unit and ancillary powder consolidation equipment, comprehensive powder post-processing and quality control equipment, and the underlying facility improvements and infrastructure.

Legal Proceedings

As of the date of this prospectus, we are not a party to, nor aware of, any material threatened or pending legal, governmental, or regulatory proceedings that we believe, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

89


Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of August 28, 2026:

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position(s)

Executive Officers

 

 

 

 

Hank J. Holland

 

60

 

Chief Executive Officer, President, and Executive Chairman

Eric Bono

 

52

 

Chief Technology Officer

Brett Paduch

 

44

 

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors

 

 

 

 

Omer Granit(1)

 

50

 

Director

Tim Johnson(2)(3)

 

59

 

Director

Robert Latta(1)(2)(3)

 

72

 

Director

Erik Levy(1)(2)(3)

 

52

 

Director

 

(1)
Member of the compensation committee.
(2)
Member of the audit committee.
(3)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Hank J. Holland. Mr. Holland has served as our Executive Director, Chairman, and Chief Executive Officer since October 2022 and as our President since June 2026. Mr. Holland has also served as a Founder and Managing Member of Pegasus Growth Capital (“Pegasus”), a private equity firm based in the U.S., since February 2019. Prior to 2019, he previously held senior roles at First Republic Investment Management, Merrill Lynch, and Sanford C. Bernstein & Co. Mr. Holland has served as a Senior Advisor and a member of the board of directors of OneTrust Home Loans, a private mortgage company, since April 2020. He previously served as a member of the board of directors of Trifecta, a private direct-to-consumer food delivery service company, from December 2017 to August 2026. He has also previously served on the board of directors of multiple private companies, including LogicSource, W Motors, and DYLN. Mr. Holland holds a Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering from Southern Methodist University and a Master of Agriculture in Agricultural Sciences from Colorado State University. We believe Mr. Holland is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience he brings as our Chief Executive Officer, his engineering education, his deep understanding of our business and strategy, and his extensive experience in business development and strategic partnerships in the manufacturing, defense, space, and aviation industries.

Eric Bono. Mr. Bono has served as our Chief Technology Officer since August 2023. He previously served as a member of our board of directors and as our President from August 2023 to June 2026. From October 2020 to August 2023, he served as VP Sales and Development at 6K Additive, a private advanced materials manufacturing company, which went public on the ASX in 2025. Before that, he served as Commercial Lead, Additive Manufacturing at Carpenter Technology Corporation (NYSE: CRS) from March 2017 to October 2020 and at Puris, LLC, a private titanium powder manufacturer, from March 2014 to March 2017. Mr. Bono holds a Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering, a Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering, Solid Mechanics from the University of Pittsburgh, and a Master of Business Administration from Carnegie Mellon University with concentrations in Entrepreneurship and Marketing.

Brett Paduch. Mr. Paduch joined Amaero in July 2025 as our Chief Financial Officer, and since June 2026, he has also served as our Secretary. Prior to that, Mr. Paduch served as Chief Financial Officer of Telestream, a private equity-backed technology company, from April 2023 to January 2025. Mr. Paduch previously worked as Senior Vice President of Finance at iTrade Network, a private supply chain management company, from March 2019 until May 2022, and as Director of Accounting at Roper Technologies, Inc. (NASDAQ: ROP), from October 2016 to February 2019. Mr. Paduch began his career at PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, where he served in various roles from January 2002 to May 2014, including as an Associate, Manager, and Senior Manager. Mr. Paduch holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration with an Accounting Concentration from The Citadel. Mr. Paduch is a Certified Public Accountant.

90


Table of Contents

 

Non-Employee Directors

Omer Granit. Omer Granit joined our board of directors in November 2022. Mr. Granit has been a Partner at EnPar Capital (“EnPar Capital”) and the Founder and the Managing Partner of June Seventy Sixers, both private investment firms, since September 2022. Mr. Granit was also the Founder of West 4 Capital, a London-based hedge fund, since February 2017, where he served as Managing Partner from February 2017 to February 2021. He previously served as a Partner at Infinity Ventures, a private venture capital firm, from December 2021 to December 2024 and as a co-Founder and co-CEO of Mixer Global, a private co-working company, from October 2016 to July 2020. He has served on the board of directors and as the Executive Chairman of Bluglass Ltd., a publicly traded ASX company, since September 2025. Mr. Granit is a member of the NY and Israel Bar Associations. He previously served as an Associate at White & Case LLP from 2007 to 2009. Mr. Granit holds a Bachelor of Laws and a Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration from Reichman University and a Master of Laws in Corporate Law from New York University School of Law where he was valedictorian. We believe Mr. Granit is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in investing, corporate and securities law as well as finance and in the U.S. technology and defense industries.

Tim Johnson. Mr. Johnson joined our board of directors in June 2026. He previously served as Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of Victoria’s Secret & Company (NYSE: VSXY) from June 2021 until his retirement in May 2025. Before that, he served as Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of Big Lots Incorporated (NYSE: BIG) from 2015 to 2019, and Chief Financial Officer from 2012 to 2015, and held various other executive roles from 2000 to 2012. Earlier in his career, he held senior level roles at The Limited, Inc. and he began his career in public accounting as a Certified Public Accountant for Coopers & Lybrand. Mr. Johnson currently serves on the board of directors of multiple publicly listed companies, including Dollar Tree, Inc. (NASDAQ: DLTR) since February 2025, Brinker International, Inc. (NYSE: EAT) since February 2025, and Driven Brands, Inc. (NASDAQ: DRVN) since January 2026. He also previously served on the board of directors of The Aaron’s Company, Inc. (NYSE: AAN) from April 2021 until it was acquired in October 2024. Mr. Johnson has been the Managing Director of his consulting firm, Fairway Consulting LLC, since 2020. Mr. Johnson graduated in 1989 with Bachelor of Science in Business, Accounting from Miami University and completed the Uniform CPA Examination in August 1991. We believe Mr. Johnson is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his broad-based business perspective, the financial experience he brings as a director and executive officer of publicly traded companies, and his extensive experience as a Chief Financial Officer leading organizations and matters of strategy.

Robert Latta. Mr. Latta joined our board of directors in September 2023. Mr. Latta was a Senior Partner at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, a law firm, from 1979 until 2019, and then Senior Of Counsel at the firm from 2019 until his retirement in September 2024. During that time, he served on the firm’s Executive, Policy, Compensation and WS Investments Committees. Mr. Latta has also served on the board of directors of Western Alliance Bancorporation (NYSE: WAL) since 2015. Mr. Latta holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics and a Juris Doctor from Stanford University. We believe Mr. Latta’s extensive legal experience advising public and private companies qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Erik Levy. Mr. Levy has served on our board of directors since March 2023. He has been a Managing Partner of EnPar Capital since February 2022 and, prior to that, he was Founding Partner and Managing Director of BlackRock’s Direct Private Equity business from November 2018 to February 2022. He has also previously served on the board of directors of multiple private companies, including Skype, Informatica, Acelity, and Suddenlink. Mr. Levy holds a Bachelor of Science in Actuarial Mathematics from Concordia University and a Master of Business Administration in Finance from the University of Toronto Rotman School of Management. We believe Mr. Levy is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive management and investing experience.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

91


Table of Contents

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors intends to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions, as well as our contractors, consultants and agents. Following this offering, the full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations page on our website at https://amaeroinc.com/. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on our website identified above, or in filings under the Exchange Act.

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of five directors.

After this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Each of our current directors will continue to serve as a director until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Classified Board

Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our current directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

•
the Class I directors will be Hank J. Holland and Robert Latta, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2027;
•
the Class II directors will be Omer Granit and Erik Levy, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2028; and
•
the Class III director will be Tim Johnson, and his term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2029.

At each annual meeting of stockholders, upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, the successor to each such director in the class will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following his or her election and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, in accordance with our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The classification of our board of directors with staggered three-year terms may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws.”

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that Omer Granit, Tim Johnson, Robert Latta, and Erik Levy, representing four of our five directors, do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is an “independent director” as defined under the listing standards of Nasdaq. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”, as well as Mr. Latta’s and Mr. Johnson’s passive, non-controlling interest in our largest stockholder, Pegasus.

92


Table of Contents

 

Lead Independent Director

Our board of directors intends to adopt corporate governance guidelines that will provide that one of our independent directors may serve as our lead independent director at any time when the chairperson of our board of directors is not independent, including when our chief executive officer serves as the chairperson of our board of directors. Because Mr. Holland is our Executive Chairman and also our chief executive officer, our board of directors has appointed Erik Levy to serve as our lead independent director. As lead independent director, Mr. Levy will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between our chairperson and our independent directors and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

Board Committees

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities as described below. Members will serve on these committees until the earlier of their resignation or removal by our board of directors in its discretion.

Audit Committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of our audit committee will be Tim Johnson, Robert Latta, and Erik Levy, with Mr. Johnson serving as chairperson, each of whom meets the requirements for independence under the rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq applicable to audit committee members. Each member of our audit committee also meets the financial literacy requirements of the listing standards of Nasdaq. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Johnson is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. Following completion of this offering, our audit committee will, among other things:

•
select, retain, compensate, evaluate, oversee and, where appropriate, terminate our independent registered public accounting firm;
•
review and approve the scope and plans for the audits and the audit fees and approve all non-audit and tax services to be performed by the independent auditor;
•
evaluate the independence and qualifications of our independent registered public accounting firm;
•
review our financial statements, and discuss with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the quarterly reviews;
•
review and discuss with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the quality and adequacy of our internal controls and our disclosure controls and procedures;
•
discuss with management our procedures regarding the presentation of our financial information, and review earnings press releases and guidance;
•
oversee the design, implementation and performance of our internal audit function, if any;
•
set hiring policies with regard to the hiring of employees and former employees of our independent auditor and oversee compliance with such policies;
•
review, approve and monitor related party transactions;
•
adopt and oversee procedures to address complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing matters, including confidential, anonymous submissions by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

93


Table of Contents

 

•
review and discuss with management and our independent auditor the adequacy and effectiveness of our legal, regulatory and ethical compliance programs; and
•
review and discuss with management and our independent auditor our guidelines and policies to identify, monitor and address enterprise risks, including major financial risk exposures and risks and exposures associated with cybersecurity, information security and privacy matters.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Compensation Committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of our compensation committee will be Omer Granit, Robert Latta, and Erik Levy, with Mr. Granit serving as chairperson, each of whom meets the requirements for independence under the rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq applicable to compensation committee members. Each member of our compensation committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Following completion of this offering, our compensation committee will, among other things:

•
review, approve or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the compensation for our executive officers, including our chief executive officer;
•
review, approve and administer our employee benefit and equity incentive plans;
•
establish and review the compensation plans and programs of our employees, and ensure that they are consistent with our general compensation strategy;
•
make recommendations to our board of directors regarding non-employee director compensation;
•
monitor compliance with any stock ownership guidelines; and
•
approve or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the creation or revision of any clawback policy.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be Robert Latta, Erik Levy, and Tim Johnson, with Mr. Levy serving as chairperson, each of whom meets the requirements for independence under the listing standards of Nasdaq. Following completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will, among other things:

•
review and assess and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding desired qualifications, expertise and characteristics sought of board members;
•
identify, evaluate, select or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding nominees for election to our board of directors;
•
develop policies and procedures for considering stockholder nominees for election to our board of directors;
•
review our succession planning process for our chief executive officer and any other members of our executive management team;

94


Table of Contents

 

•
review and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition, organization and governance of our board of directors and its committees;
•
review and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding our corporate governance guidelines and corporate governance framework;
•
oversee director orientation for new directors and continuing education for our directors;
•
oversee the evaluation of the performance of our board of directors and its committees;
•
review and monitor compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, and review conflicts of interest of our board members and officers other than related party transactions reviewed by our audit committee; and
•
administer policies and procedures for communications with the non-management members of our board of directors.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Upon the effectiveness of the registration of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of our compensation committee will be Omer Granit, Robert Latta, and Erik Levy, none of whom is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for their service as directors. The compensation received by Mr. Holland as an employee is set forth in the section titled “Executive Compensation.” The following table sets forth information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2025 for their service on our board of directors.

 

Name

 

Fees Paid
or Earned
in Cash
($)

 

 

Option
Awards
($)
(1)

 

 

All Other
Compensation ($)

 

 

Total
($)

 

Alistair Cray(2)

 

 

48,339

 

 

 

44,888

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

93,226

 

Omer Granit

 

 

48,339

 

 

 

44,888

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

93,226

 

Tim Johnson(3)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Robert Latta

 

 

48,339

 

 

 

44,888

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

93,226

 

Erik Levy(4)

 

 

58,006

 

 

 

44,888

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

102,894

 

Jamie Levy(2)

 

 

48,339

 

 

 

44,888

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

93,226

 

 

(1)
The amount in the “Option Awards” column reflects the aggregate grant-date fair value of the options granted during 2025 and calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid or realized by the non-employee director. The assumptions used to calculate the value of our option awards are the same as those provided in Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus with respect to the value of the options.
(2)
Mr. Cray and Mr. J. Levy resigned as directors of the Company effective August 4, 2026.

95


Table of Contents

 

(3)
Mr. Johnson joined our board in June 2026.
(4)
Includes $9,607 for Mr. E. Levy’s service as the chairman of the audit and risk committee of Amaero Ltd.

The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by non-employee directors as of December 31, 2025 (after giving effect to the Redomiciliation as if it had been completed on January 1, 2024):

 

Name

 

Number of Shares
Underlying
Outstanding
Stock
Awards

 

 

Number of
Shares
Underlying
Outstanding
Options
(1)

 

Alistair Cray(2)

 

 

—

 

 

 

30,000

 

Omer Granit

 

 

—

 

 

 

55,000

 

Tim Johnson(3)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Robert Latta

 

 

—

 

 

 

55,000

 

Erik Levy

 

 

—

 

 

 

55,000

 

Jamie Levy(2)

 

 

—

 

 

 

42,500

 

 

(1)
Each equity award reflects an option to purchase CDIs, which each reflect a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a share of our common stock. The number of shares underlying outstanding options reflects the number of shares of common stock underlying the number of CDIs subject to each equity grant.
(2)
Mr. Cray and Mr. J. Levy resigned as directors of the Company effective August 4, 2026.
(3)
Mr. Johnson joined our board in June 2026.

Historically, we have not maintained a formal policy with respect to compensation payable to our non-employee directors for service as directors, though compensation to non-employee directors is reviewed annually by our board of directors.

In August 2026, the board of directors and our stockholders approved the following cash compensation for each of our non-employee directors:

•
$115,000 per year for service as a non-employee director;
•
$25,000 per year for service as chair of the audit committee; and
•
$20,000 per year for service as chair of the compensation committee.

In addition, the board of directors and our stockholders set the maximum aggregate annual cash fee pool from which our non-employee directors may be paid for their services as members of the Board to $600,000. These cash fees to our non-employee directors will be paid annually.

In August 2026, the board of directors also approved in each fiscal year during the three year period following stockholder approval, an annual grant of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) covering a number of shares equal to $115,000 divided by the volume weighted average market price of our common stock trading on Nasdaq over the five trading days immediately before the relevant date of grant. Each RSU will be scheduled to vest in full on the one-year anniversary of the grant date, subject to continued services through the applicable vesting date. Each RSU will be granted under the 2026 Plan (or its successor plan, as applicable) and form of award agreement under such plan.

96


Table of Contents

 

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors and certain of our officers for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). In addition, if the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors or officers of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors and officers will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the DGCL.

In addition, our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees, agents and any other persons, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Our bylaws also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.

Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. These indemnification agreements require us to, among other things, indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also generally require us to advance all expenses reasonably and actually incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to our directors and officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors or officers, or is or was one of our directors or officers serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

97


Table of Contents

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers, consisting of our principal executive officer and the two most highly compensated executive officers (other than our principal executive officer), as of December 31, 2025, were:

•
Hank J. Holland, our Chief Executive Officer and current President (as of June 2026);
•
Brett Paduch, our Chief Financial Officer and current Secretary (as of June 2026); and
•
Eric Bono, our Chief Technology Officer and former President (prior to June 2026).

Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal 2025

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025:

 

Name and Principal
Position

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

 

Bonus
($)

 

 

Stock Awards
($)

 

 

Option Awards
($)(1)

 

 

All Other
Compensation
($)(2)

 

 

Total
($)

 

Hank J. Holland
   Director, Chairman, and
   Chief Executive Officer

 

2025

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

125,000

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

44,888

 

 

 

167,440

 

 

 

837,328

 

Eric Bono
   President and Chief
   Technology Officer

 

2025

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

125,000

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

44,888

 

 

 

75,912

 

 

 

745,800

 

Brett Paduch
   Chief Financial Officer

 

2025

 

 

191,667

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,177,101

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,368,768

 

 

(1)
The amount in the “Option Awards” column reflects the aggregate grant-date fair value of the options granted during 2025 and calculated in accordance with FASB, ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid or realized by the non-employee director. The assumptions used to calculate the value of our option awards are the same as those provided in Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus with respect to the value of the options.
(2)
The reported amount of all other compensation consists of: (1) for Mr. Holland, $14,000 in connection with 401(k) company matching contributions, $67,561 in connection with relocation expenses, $27,245 in connection with the reimbursement of travel expenses, and $58,365 in connection with his service as a director and chairman of our board, and (2) for Mr. Bono, $27,049 in connection with 401(k) company matching contributions, and $48,863 in connection with his service as a director.

98


Table of Contents

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2025 Year-End

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2025 (after giving effect to the Redomiciliation as if it had been completed on January 1, 2024):

 

Name

 

Grant Date

 

Number of
shares
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
(1)

 

 

 

Number of
shares
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
(1)

 

 

 

Option
exercise
price ($)
(2)

 

 

Option
expiration
date

Hank J. Holland
   Director, Chairman, and
   Chief Executive Officer

 

10/31/2023

 

12,500

 

(3)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

6.95

 

 

10/31/2033

 

10/31/2023

 

12,500

 

(4)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

5.32

 

 

10/31/2033

 

10/29/2024

 

15,000

 

(5)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

9.75

 

 

11/8/2027

 

11/25/2025

 

 

—

 

 

 

15,000

 

(6)

 

 

6.46

 

 

11/22/2028

Eric Bono
   President and Chief
   Technology Officer

 

10/31/2023

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

100,000

 

(7)

 

 

5.21

 

 

10/31/2033

 

10/29/2024

 

15,000

 

(5)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

9.75

 

 

11/8/2027

 

11/25/2025

 

 

—

 

 

 

15,000

 

(6)

 

 

6.46

 

 

11/22/2028

Brett Paduch
   Chief Financial Officer

 

7/22/2025

 

 

11,750

 

 

 

47,000

 

(8)

 

 

13.45

 

 

7/22/2035

 

11/25/2025

 

 

13,250

 

 

 

53,000

 

(9)

 

 

6.58

 

 

11/25/2035

 

12/18/2025

 

 

11,010

 

 

 

44,040

 

(10)

 

 

7.28

 

 

12/18/2035

 

(1)
All of the outstanding equity awards were granted under and subject to the terms of the Plan. Each grant reflects an option to purchase CDIs, which each reflect a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a share of our common stock. The number of shares underlying unexercised options reflect the number of shares of common stock underlying the number of CDIs subject to each equity grant.
(2)
The option awards were granted with the equivalent of a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by our board of directors based on third-party valuations of our common stock.
(3)
One hundred percent (100%) of the shares subject to the option vested on October 31, 2024.
(4)
One hundred percent (100%) of the shares subject to the option vested on October 31, 2023.
(5)
One hundred percent (100%) of the shares subject to the option vested on October 29, 2025.
(6)
One hundred percent (100%) of the shares subject to the option vest on November 18, 2026.
(7)
Twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vested on October 31, 2023, twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vested on the one-year anniversary of the date Mr. Bono’s employment began, and twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vest each year thereafter on the same date, subject to Mr. Bono’s continuing employment with the Company on each such vesting date.
(8)
Twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vested on July 22, 2025, twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vested on July 14, 2026, and twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vest each year thereafter on the same date, subject to Mr. Paduch’s continuing employment with the Company on each such vesting date.

99


Table of Contents

 

(9)
Twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vested on November 25, 2025, and twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vest each year thereafter on the same date, subject to Mr. Paduch’s continuing employment with the Company on each such vesting date.
(10)
Twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vested on December 18, 2025, and twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vest each year thereafter on the same date, subject to Mr. Paduch’s continuing employment with the Company on each such vesting date.

Named Executive Officer Employment Arrangements

We have entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Holland, Paduch and Bono, providing for the terms set forth below.

Hank J. Holland

Mr. Holland entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with us in August 2026. The employment agreement has an initial four-year term, ending June 30, 2030, and provides that if Mr. Holland continues as an employee thereafter, it will be on an at-will basis. If Mr. Holland transitions from the role of Chief Executive Officer to the role of Executive Chairman during the term and on or following July 1, 2028, the terms of his employment agreement, including the compensation arrangements, will remain unchanged.

The employment agreement provides that Mr. Holland will receive an annual base salary of $750,000 with an annual housing allowance of $200,000. The agreement provides that Mr. Holland will be eligible to receive a short-term incentive cash performance bonus targeted at 100% of his annual base salary with the maximum payout capped at 200%. Our board of directors will establish annual performance criteria that include financial operating metrics and individual performance metrics. Each performance criterion is assessed independently and weighted; a minimum threshold of 75% of a criterion must be achieved before any bonus attributable to that criterion is earned, and the bonus is determined on a straight-line interpolated basis between the threshold and the maximum performance level, up to the 200% cap.

During the term of the employment agreement, the Company will establish and maintain a key-man life insurance of $10,000,000 on Mr. Holland’s life.

In connection with and contingent upon our U.S. initial public offering, Mr. Holland will receive a cash bonus of $750,000 payable within 30 days of the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with this offering.

Additionally, the agreement provides that Mr. Holland will receive the following equity awards:

•
an award of RSUs of 30,000,000 CDIs with each CDI representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a share of our common stock as of July 1, 2026. This award will vest in equal annual installments over four years from the grant date. The RSUs are exchangeable for our common stock.
•
an award of performance-based RSUs (“PSUs”) of 30,000,000 CDIs with each CDI representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a share of our common stock as of July 1, 2026, The PSUs are exchangeable for our common stock. The PSUs are earned based on the achievement of share price hurdles, measured as a 20-day volume-weighted average price of the CDIs. A total of 10,000,000 CDIs are earned if the 20-day VWAP equals or exceeds A$0.50; a further 10,000,000 CDIs are earned if the 20-day VWAP equals or exceeds A$0.75; and a further 10,000,000 CDIs are earned if the 20-day VWAP equals or exceeds A$1.00. Following the offering, the number of CDIs and share price hurdles will be proportionally adjusted for shares of our common stock and our common stock price. Each tranche that is earned is subject to vesting, with 50% vesting upon achievement of the applicable share price hurdle and 50% vesting on the later of the second anniversary of the grant date or the date of achievement, subject to Mr. Holland’s continued service. Any portion of the PSU eligible to vest after the date the employment agreement expires will continue to be eligible to vest for up to one year following the expiration date, as long as Mr. Holland continues to comply with his non-competition agreement he is entering into in connection with the execution of this employment agreement. Further upon a change in control of the Company, the PSU tranche(s) are eligible to vest if the change in control price equals or exceeds the applicable share price hurdle. In addition, if the

100


Table of Contents

 

change of control price is between share price hurdles, a pro-rated number of the next additional PSU tranche will vest upon the change in control of the Company determined based on linear interpolation.
•
contingent upon the completion of this offering, and effective as of the effective date of the first S-8 registration statement filed after the date this offering is completed, an award of RSUs with a value of $750,000, calculated based on the per share public offering price in this offering, vesting annually over two years from the closing of this offering, with each such award subject to Mr. Holland’s continued employment through such date.

 

Subject to certain conditions, to the extent the Company’s stockholders are required to approve the equity awards under applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which our securities are listed, each award will be effective upon the earlier of (i) such approval by the stockholders, to the extent so required, or (ii) the first trading day following the date on which stockholder approval of the awards is not so required. In the event one or more of the equity awards are not granted within thirty (30) days of the effective date of the employment agreement, then, where applicable, the vesting of the award will be determined by reference to the effective date of the employment agreement instead of by reference to the grant date. In the event one or more of the equity awards are not granted prior to the second anniversary of the effective date of the employment agreement, the Company and Mr. Holland may mutually agree to adjust the cash compensation paid to Mr. Holland in lieu of granting such equity compensation.

Upon a change in control of the Company, all then-unvested time-based equity awards held by Mr. Holland will vest in full on a single-trigger basis, consistent with the ASX Listing Rules. We reserve the right to apply a “double trigger” arrangement during the term of the employment agreement in accordance with its terms.

Either party may terminate at any time without a minimum notice period. If the Company terminates Mr. Holland without cause or Mr. Holland resigns for good reason, Mr. Holland is entitled to accrued entitlements, full accelerated vesting of all then-outstanding and unvested time-based equity awards, subject to his execution of a release of claims.

In addition, if any of the payments or benefits provided for under the employment agreement or otherwise payable to Mr. Holland would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and could be subject to the related excise tax, Mr. Holland will receive either full payment of such payments and benefits or such lesser amount that would result in no portion of the payments and benefits being subject to the excise tax, whichever results in the greater amount of after-tax benefits to him.

Brett Paduch

Mr. Paduch entered into an employment agreement with us dated June 27, 2025. The employment agreement does not have a specific term and provides that Mr. Paduch is an at-will employee. The employment agreement provides that Mr. Paduch will receive an annual base salary of $325,000, increasing to $350,000 on the first anniversary of his employment. The agreement provides that Mr. Paduch will be eligible to receive an option grant to purchase 2,350,000 company shares, scheduled to vest as to one-fifth of the shares on the grant date and an additional one-fifth of the shares each anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Paduch’s continued employment through each vesting date. In addition, the agreement provides that Mr. Paduch will be eligible to receive an annual option grant, subject to board approval, to purchase a number of Company shares having a grant-date value equal to 25% of his base salary and vesting in full on the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to Mr. Paduch’s continued employment through such date. Mr. Paduch’s employment agreement was amended to increase his annual base salary to $450,000, effective November 14, 2025.

Additionally, on August 6, 2026, the Board approved, in connection with and contingent upon the closing of this offering, a cash bonus of $450,000, payable within 30 days of the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with this offering subject to Mr. Paduch’s continued employment through such date, and, effective as of the effective date of the first S-8 registration statement filed after the date this offering is completed, an award of RSUs with a value of $450,000, calculated based on the initial public offering share price, vesting 50% on the first anniversary of the closing of this offering and 50% on the second anniversary of the closing of this offering, in each case subject to Mr. Paduch’s continued employment through such date.

101


Table of Contents

 

Eric Bono

Mr. Bono entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with us dated August 21, 2023. The employment agreement does not have a specific term and provides that Mr. Bono is an at-will employee. The employment agreement provides that Mr. Bono will receive an annual base salary of $500,000. The agreement provides that Mr. Bono will be eligible to receive the option to purchase 10,000,000 company shares, scheduled to vest as to one-fifth of the shares subject to the option on the grant date and an additional one-fifth of the shares each anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Bono’s continued employment through each such date. Mr. Bono is also entitled to receive a cash bonus equal to 12.5% of the amount of Gross Profit (as defined in Mr. Bono’s employment agreement) that we receive from HIP manufacturing of near net shape parts, so long as our Gross Profit exceeds 40%, subject to the limitations and qualifications set forth in Mr. Bono’s employment agreement. In the event of a change in control of the company, the option shall accelerate as to 50% of the unvested shares. Additionally, if Mr. Bono’s employment is terminated involuntarily without “cause”, as defined in his employment agreement, vesting of the option shall accelerate as to 50% of the unvested shares, subject to Mr. Bono’s execution of a release of claims agreement. In addition, the agreement provides that Mr. Bono will be eligible to receive an annual option grant, subject to board approval, to purchase a number of company shares having a grant-date value equal to 25% of his base salary and vesting in full on the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to Mr. Bono’s continued employment through such date.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2026 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted and our stockholders have approved our 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2026 Plan”). Our 2026 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, RSUs, stock appreciation rights, performance awards to our employees, directors, and consultants, and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. Our Plan terminated immediately prior to effectiveness of the 2026 Plan with respect to the grant of future awards.

Authorized Shares

A total of 4,000,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2026 Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2026 Plan also includes a number of shares of common stock equal to the number of shares subject to stock options, RSUs or similar awards granted under our Plan that, on or after the date our board of directors approved our 2026 Plan, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full, are tendered to or withheld by us for payment of an exercise price or for satisfying tax withholding obligations, or are forfeited to or repurchased by us due to failure to vest (provided that the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be added to our 2026 Plan pursuant to this sentence is 2,132,218 shares). The number of shares available for issuance under our 2026 Plan also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with fiscal 2027, equal to the least of:

•
6,000,000 shares of common stock;
•
5% of the outstanding shares of capital stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or
•
such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

If an award granted under the 2026 Plan expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program or, with respect to restricted stock, RSUs, or performance awards, is forfeited or repurchased due to failure to vest, then the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) will become available for future grant or sale under the 2026 Plan. With respect to stock appreciation rights, only the net shares actually issued will cease to be available under the 2026 Plan and all remaining shares under stock appreciation rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the 2026 Plan. Shares that have actually been issued under the 2026 Plan under any award will not be returned to the 2026 Plan; provided, however, that if shares issued pursuant to awards of restricted stock, RSUs, or performance awards are repurchased or forfeited, such shares will become available for future grant under the 2026 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award will become available for future grant or sale under the 2026 Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not result in a reduction in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2026 Plan.

102


Table of Contents

 

Plan Administration

Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors will administer our 2026 Plan. The compensation committee is expected to administer our 2026 Plan. In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under our 2026 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, such transactions will be structured with the intent that they satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2026 Plan (and while the Company is listed on the ASX, the ASX Listing Rules), the administrator has the power to administer our 2026 Plan and make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the 2026 Plan, including, but not limited to, the power to determine the fair market value of our common stock, select the service providers to whom awards may be granted, determine the number of shares covered by each award, approve forms of award agreements for use under the 2026 Plan, determine the terms and conditions of awards (including, but not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times at which the awards may be exercised, any vesting acceleration or waiver or forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any award or the shares relating thereto), construe and interpret the terms of our 2026 Plan and awards granted under it, prescribe, amend, and rescind rules relating to our 2026 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and modify or amend each award, including, but not limited to, the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of awards (provided that no option or stock appreciation right will be extended past its original maximum term), and to allow a participant to defer the receipt of payment of cash or the delivery of shares that would otherwise be due to such participant under an award. The administrator also has the authority to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price and/or different terms, awards of a different type, and/or cash, or by which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced (and while the Company is listed on the ASX, subject to compliance with the ASX Listing Rules). The administrator’s decisions, interpretations, and other actions are final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options

Stock options may be granted under our 2026 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2026 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed ten years. With respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares, or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, the option will remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. An option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2026 Plan (and while the Company is listed on the ASX, the ASX Listing Rules), the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2026 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding ten years. After the termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her stock appreciation rights agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if termination is due to death or disability, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for twelve months. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2026 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant.

103


Table of Contents

 

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock may be granted under our 2026 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director, or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2026 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units

RSUs may be granted under our 2026 Plan. RSUs are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2026 Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of RSUs, including the vesting criteria and the form and timing of payment. The administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned RSUs in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any vesting requirements will be deemed satisfied.

Performance Awards

Performance Awards may be granted under our 2026 Plan. Performance awards will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish performance objectives or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance awards to be paid out to participants. The administrator may set performance objectives based on the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. After the grant of a performance award, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance awards.

Non-Employee Directors

Our 2026 Plan provides that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under our 2026 Plan. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to implement a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive equity awards under our 2026 Plan. In order to provide a maximum limit on the awards that can be made to our non-employee directors, our 2026 Plan provides that in any given fiscal year, a non-employee director will not be paid cash retainers or granted awards having a grant-date fair value greater than $750,000, but this limit is increased to $1,000,000 in connection with his or her initially joining the board of directors (in each case, excluding awards granted to him or her as a consultant or employee). The grant-date fair values will be determined according to GAAP. The maximum limits do not reflect the intended size of any potential grants or a commitment to make grants to our non-employee directors under our 2026 Plan in the future.

Non-Transferability of Awards

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2026 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime. If the administrator makes an award transferrable, such award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the administrator deems appropriate.

104


Table of Contents

 

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2026 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2026 Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in our 2026 Plan.

Dissolution or Liquidation

In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control

Our 2026 Plan provides that in the event of our merger with or into another corporation or entity or a change in control (as defined in our 2026 Plan), each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the 2026 Plan and, while the Company is listed on the ASX, compliance with the ASX Listing Rules), including, without limitation, that (i) awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a participant, that the participant’s awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or change in control; (iii) outstanding awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or change in control, and, to the extent the administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or change in control; (iv) (A) the termination of an award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such award or realization of the participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such award or realization of the participant’s rights, then such award may be terminated by us without payment), or (B) the replacement of such award with other rights or property selected by the administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. The administrator will not be obligated to treat all awards, all awards a participant holds, or all awards of the same type, similarly.

If a successor (or an affiliate thereof) does not assume, substitute for or continue an award (or portion thereof), then such award (or its applicable portion) will fully vest, all restrictions on such award (or its applicable portion) will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award (or its applicable portion) will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award (or its applicable portion) will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period before the transaction, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable award agreement or other written agreement with the participant authorized by the administrator. In addition, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable award agreement or other written agreement with the participant authorized by the administrator, if an option or stock appreciation right (or a portion of such award) is not assumed, substituted or continued, the administrator will notify the participant that such option or stock appreciation right (or its applicable portion) will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator in its sole discretion and the option or stock appreciation right (or its applicable portion) will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

Awards granted to our outside directors will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock and RSUs will lapse and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

Clawback

Awards will be subject to any clawback policy that we are required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which our stock is listed or as otherwise required by applicable laws, and the administrator also may specify in an award agreement that the participant’s rights, payments, and/or benefits with respect to an award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, and/or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events. Our board of directors may require a participant to forfeit, return, or reimburse us all or a portion of the award and/or shares issued under the award, any amounts paid under the award, and any payments or proceeds paid or provided upon disposition of the shares issued under the award in order to comply with such clawback policy or applicable laws.

105


Table of Contents

 

Amendment and Termination

The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2026 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2026 Plan will continue in effect until terminated by the administrator. However, no incentive stock options may be granted after 10 years from the date the 2026 Plan is adopted by our Board and the evergreen feature of the 2026 Plan will terminate 10 years from the date the 2026 Plan is adopted by our Board.

Employee Incentive Plan

On October 18, 2019, the Amaero Ltd board of directors adopted and the Amaero Ltd stockholders approved our Employee Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan was assumed by Amaero Inc. on June 22, 2026 and terminated in connection with the adoption of our 2026 Plan. However, the Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder.

The Plan permitted awards of shares, performance rights and options with respect to our ordinary shares quoted on the ASX prior to the Redomiciliation. The Plan permitted the grant of incentive stock options to our employees or any employees of our parent or subsidiary corporations and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and the award or sale of restricted shares of our common stock to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations. As of June 30, 2026, options covering 2,082,218 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the Plan.

Plan Administration

Our board of directors or any committee designated by our board of directors in accordance with the Plan administers our Plan. Our administrator has full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, including but not limited to the authority and discretion to determine: (i) the purchase price and the exercise price of options or other awards, (ii) the term of an option, (iii) whether all or any installment of an option is to become exercisable, (iv) whether to provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of a liquidity event or other events, and (v) the payment method of the exercise price, including the acceptance of cash, cash equivalents, stock, past or future services, promissory notes, sale proceeds, and pledges. In addition, our administrator may modify, extend or renew outstanding options and accept the cancelation of outstanding options, whether or not granted under the Plan, in return for the grant of new options for the same or a different number of shares or exercise price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an option shall, without the consent of the optionee, materially impair the optionee’s rights or increase the optionee’s obligations under such option. The administrator’s decisions, interpretations, and any other actions are final and binding on all participants.

Options

Stock options may be granted under our Plan. Each option granted under our Plan shall be evidenced by a stock option agreement between the optionee and the Company. Each such option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to additional terms and conditions imposed by the administrator as set forth in the applicable stock option agreement, provided that such terms and conditions are not inconsistent with the Plan.

Each stock option agreement shall specify the number of shares that are subject to the option, a per share exercise price for the option, the term of the option, the date when all or any installment of the option is to become exercisable, and whether the option is intended to be an incentive stock option or nonstatutory stock option. The administrator shall determine the per share exercise price of an option in its sole discretion, provided that no option shall have an exercise price per share of less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the date of grant and that an incentive stock option issued to a stockholder who holds 10% or more of our common stock (a “10% stockholder”) shall not have a per share exercise price less than 110% of the fair market value of a share on the date of grant. The administrator shall determine the term of an option in its sole discretion, provided that the term of an option shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant and that the term of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder shall not exceed 5 years from the date of grant.

Each option shall be exercisable in accordance with the applicable stock option agreement. The administrator may in its discretion provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of a change in control or other event. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash or cash equivalents, and, at the discretion of the administrator, other types of consideration permitted under the Plan.

106


Table of Contents

 

Following the termination of an optionee’s service, such optionee shall have the right to exercise his or her option as set forth in the applicable stock option agreement. If the optionee’s service is terminated under circumstances that constitute a bad leaver, the stock option agreement may provide that the optionee’s right to exercise terminates immediately on the effective date of the optionee’s termination. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Our Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of options other than by beneficiary designation, will, or the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of an optionee, his or her options shall be exercisable only by such optionee or such optionee’s guardian or legal representative. However, in the administrator’s sole discretion, the holder of a nonstatutory stock option may transfer such option to a revocable trust, to one or more family members, or to a trust established for the benefit of such optionee and/or one or more family members to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Performance Rights

Performance Rights may be granted under the Plan. A performance right is a right to be issued a company share subject to the satisfaction of performance criteria determined by the administrator.

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, the administrator will adjust the number of shares available for future awards under our Plan, the number and exercise price of shares covered by each outstanding option, and/or the price of shares subject to the Company’s right of repurchase.

Change in Control

Our Plan provides that in the event of a reconstruction of the company or amalgamation with any other company or companies, which, if implemented, would result in a change in control of the company, subject to the agreement of merger, consolidation, or sale, Plan participants will be entitled to exercise all or any of their options and the board will determine in its discretion the number (if any) of performance rights that shall vest and provide that number of shares to the participant.

Amendment, Termination

Our administrator has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan. An amendment will not be subject to Company stockholder approval unless it increases the number of shares available under the Plan or materially changes the class of persons eligible to be participants under the Plan. As noted above, our Plan has been terminated, and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

In August 2026, our board of directors adopted our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Incentive Compensation Plan”). Our Incentive Compensation Plan allow us to provide cash incentive awards to employees selected by our board of directors or the compensation committee (the “administrator”), including our named executive officers, based upon performance goals established by the administrator. Under the Incentive Compensation Plan, the administrator, in its sole discretion, will establish a target award for each participant and a bonus pool, with actual awards payable from such bonus pool, with respect to the applicable performance period.

Under our Incentive Compensation Plan, the administrator will determine the performance goals applicable to any award, which goals may include, without limitation, goals related to: attainment of research and development milestones; sales bookings; business divestitures and acquisitions; capital raising; cash flow; cash position; contract awards or backlog; corporate transactions; customer renewals; customer retention rates from an acquired company, subsidiary, business unit or division; earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net taxes); earnings per share; expenses; financial milestones; gross margin; growth in stockholder value relative to

107


Table of Contents

 

the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or another index; internal rate of return; leadership development or succession planning; license or research collaboration arrangements; market share; net income; net profit; net sales; new product or business development; new product invention or innovation; number of customers; operating cash flow; operating expenses; operating income; operating margin; overhead or other expense reduction; patents; procurement; product defect measures; product release timelines; productivity; profit; regulatory milestones or regulatory-related goals; retained earnings; return on assets; return on capital; return on equity; return on investment; return on sales; revenue; revenue growth; sales results; sales growth; savings; stock price; time to market; total stockholder return; working capital; unadjusted or adjusted actual contract value; unadjusted or adjusted total contract value; and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

The administrator may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, and/or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at, or above a participant’s target award, in the discretion of the administrator. The administrator may determine the amount of any increase, reduction or elimination on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum only after they are earned, which usually requires continued employment through the date the actual award is paid. The administrator reserves the right to settle an actual award with a grant of an equity award under our then-current equity compensation plan, which equity award may have such terms and conditions as the administrator determines, subject to applicable law and the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed. Payment of awards occurs as soon as administratively practicable after they are earned, but no later than the dates set forth in our Incentive Compensation Plan.

Our board of directors and our compensation committee will have the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate our Incentive Compensation Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned awards.

 

Compensation Recovery Policy

Prior to the closing of this offering, we expect to adopt an executive compensation clawback policy (the “Clawback Policy”), applicable to our current and future former executive officers in compliance with the requirements under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act as implemented by SEC rules and regulations and Nasdaq listing standards. The Clawback Policy will provide for the non-discretionary recovery of excess incentive-based compensation from current and former executive officers in the event of an accounting restatement, whether or not the executive officer was at fault for the restatement. As will be described in more detail in the Clawback Policy, excess compensation generally is incentive-based compensation that exceeds the amount a covered executive otherwise would have received had the compensation been determined based on the restated amounts. Excess compensation generally will be covered by the Clawback Policy if received by an individual following the effective date of the policy and during the three completed fiscal years immediately prior to the date it is determined that an accounting restatement is required, such amounts were received after the individual became an executive officer and such individual was an executive officer at any time during the applicable performance period.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for the benefit of our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under the 401(k) plan, eligible employees may elect to defer a portion of their compensation, within the limits prescribed by the Code, on a pre-tax or after-tax (Roth) basis, through contributions to the 401(k) plan. The 401(k) plan permits us to make certain matching contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, pre-tax contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those pre-tax contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and earnings on Roth contributions are not taxable when distributed from the 401(k) plan.

108


Table of Contents

 

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2023, and each currently proposed transaction, in which:

•
we have been or are to be a participant;
•
the amount involved will exceed the lesser of (i) $120,000 and (ii) 1% of the average of our total assets as of the end of the last two completed fiscal years; and
•
any of our directors, executive officers, or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

ASX Financings

In November 2023 and December 2023, we issued and sold the equivalent of an aggregate of 1,562,500 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price of approximately $4.24 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $6.6 million. For each share issued, we issued an option to purchase the equivalent of one share of our common stock, at a common stock equivalent exercise price of $0.16. The following table summarizes purchases of equivalent common stock by related persons in this transaction:

 

Stockholder

 

Affiliated
Director(s)

 

Equivalent
Common
Stock

 

 

Shares of
Common
Stock Subject
to Option

 

 

Total
Purchase
Price

 

Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I, L.P.(1)

 

Hank J. Holland;
Tim Johnson;
Robert Latta

 

 

625,000

 

 

 

625,000

 

 

$

 

2,673,074

 

Eric Bono

 

—

 

 

12,019

 

 

 

12,019

 

 

$

 

51,405

 

June Seventy Sixers LLC

 

Omer Granit;
Erik Levy
(2)

 

 

60,096

 

 

 

60,096

 

 

$

 

257,026

 

Entities affiliated with Alistair Cray

 

Alistair Cray(3)

 

 

10,938

 

 

 

10,938

 

 

$

 

45,443

 

 

(1)
Holder of more than 5% of a class of our outstanding capital stock.
(2)
Mr. E. Levy has a passive, non-controlling interest in June Seventy Sixers LLC.
(3)
Mr. Cray resigned as director of the Company effective August 4, 2026.

In April 2024, we issued and sold the equivalent of an aggregate of 1,515,152 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price of approximately $8.60 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $13.0 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our ordinary shares by related person in this transaction:

 

Stockholder

 

Affiliated
Director(s)

 

Shares of
Equivalent
Common
Stock

 

 

Total
Purchase
Price

 

FIL Investment Management (Hong Kong) Limited(1)

 

—

 

 

757,575

 

 

$

 

6,511,650

 

Entities affiliated with Alistair Cray

 

Alistair Cray(2)

 

 

8,100

 

 

$

 

69,623

 

 

(1)
Holder of more than 5% of a class of our outstanding capital stock.
(2)
Mr. Cray resigned as director of the Company effective August 4, 2026.

109


Table of Contents

 

In September 2024 and November 2024, we issued and sold the equivalent of an aggregate of 1,785,714 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price of approximately $9.41 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $16.8 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our ordinary shares by related persons in this transaction:

 

Stockholder

 

Affiliated
Director(s)

 

Shares of
Equivalent
Common
Stock

 

 

Total
Purchase
Price

 

FIL Investment Management (Hong Kong) Limited(1)

 

—

 

 

457,143

 

 

$

 

4,299,933

 

 

(1)
Holder of more than 5% of a class of our outstanding capital stock.

In February 2025 and April 2025, we issued and sold the equivalent of an aggregate of 1,833,333 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price of approximately $7.56 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $13.8 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our ordinary shares by related persons in this transaction:

 

Stockholder

 

Affiliated
Director(s)

 

Shares of
Equivalent
Common
Stock

 

 

Total
Purchase
Price

 

Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I, L.P.(1)

 

Hank J. Holland;
Tim Johnson;
Robert Latta

 

 

104,166

 

 

$

 

784,796

 

Eric Bono

 

—

 

 

625

 

 

$

 

4,709

 

June Seventy Sixers LLC

 

Omer Granit;
Erik Levy
(2)

 

 

6,250

 

 

$

 

47,088

 

Entities affiliated with Alistair Cray

 

Alistair Cray(3)

 

 

11,875

 

 

$

 

89,467

 

Jamie Levy(3)

 

—

 

 

2,083

 

 

$

 

15,696

 

FIL Investment Management (Hong Kong) Limited(1)

 

—

 

 

120,507

 

 

$

 

910,779

 

 

(1)
Holder of more than 5% of a class of our outstanding capital stock.
(2)
Mr. E. Levy has a passive, non-controlling interest in June Seventy Sixers LLC.
(3)
Mr. Cray and Mr. J. Levy resigned as directors of the Company effective August 4, 2026.

In July 2025, Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I, L.P. exercised options to purchase the equivalent of 466,837 shares of common stock using the cashless exercise mechanism, resulting in the issuance of the equivalent of 4,404 shares of common stock, with the remaining equivalent 462,432 shares subject to the option lapsing in consideration for the exercise.

In August 2025, Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I, L.P. exercised options to purchase the equivalent of 3,779,451 shares of common stock using the cashless exercise mechanism, resulting in the issuance of the equivalent of 2,293,320 shares of common stock, with the remaining equivalent 1,486,131 shares subject to the option lapsing in consideration for the exercise.

In August 2025, June Seventy Sixers LLC exercised options to purchase the equivalent of 210,051 shares of common stock using the cashless exercise mechanism, resulting in the issuance of the equivalent of 124,306 shares of common stock, with the remaining equivalent 85,745 shares subject to the option lapsing in consideration for the exercise.

In November 2025, entities affiliated with Alistair Cray exercised options to purchase the equivalent of 23,654 shares of common stock using the cash exercise mechanism.

110


Table of Contents

 

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our certificate of incorporation and amended and bylaws. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering generally require us to indemnify our directors, executive officers and certain controlling persons to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See the section of this prospectus titled “Management—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors” for additional information.

Consulting Agreement with Tim Johnson

We entered into a Consulting Agreement with Tim Johnson, dated March 16, 2026, under which Mr. Johnson agreed to provided general strategic and business advisory services to our board of directors (excluding any involvement in the preparation of our financial statements) during the pendency of his director application with the ASX. The agreement provided for a consulting fee of $4,120 per month, plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, which reflected an amount equivalent to the cash compensation that Mr. Johnson would have been received had he served as a non-employee director during the director application process. This fee was payable monthly in arrears. The agreement terminated on June 1, 2026, when Mr. Johnson was appointed as a non-executive director of the Company. We paid Mr. Johnson an aggregate of $12,360 under the agreement.

Registration Rights Agreement

We have entered into a registration rights agreement with Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I, L.P. in connection with this offering, which may require us to register the offer and sale of their shares, or to include their shares in any registration statement we file.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

We intend to adopt a formal, written policy regarding related person transactions, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. This written policy regarding related person transactions will provide that a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we are a participant and in which a related person has, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest and in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or 1% of the average of our total assets for the last two completed fiscal years. Our policy will also provide that a related person means any of our executive officers and directors (including director nominees), in each case at any time since the beginning of our last fiscal year, or holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities and any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, any of the foregoing persons. Our audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving related person transactions (and while the Company is listed on the ASX, all related person transactions will be subject to compliance with the ASX Listing Rules). In addition to our policy, our audit committee charter that will be in effect upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part will provide that our audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related person transactions.

All related person transactions described in this section occurred prior to adoption of the formal, written policy described above, and therefore these transactions were not subject to the approval and review procedures set forth in the policy.

111


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock (including shares of common stock underlying all of our issued and outstanding CDIs) as of August 27, 2026 by:

•
each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;
•
each of our named executive officers;
•
each of our directors as of the date of this prospectus; and
•
all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and thus it represents sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in the table have sole voting power and sole investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Section 13(d) and 13(g) of the Exchange Act.

The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to the offering shown in the table is based upon 23,833,180 shares of common stock outstanding as of August 27, 2026. The percentage of beneficial ownership after the offering shown in the table is based on shares of common stock outstanding after the closing of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The table below excludes any potential purchases in this offering by the beneficial owners identified below.

We have deemed shares of our common stock subject to stock options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of August 27, 2026, to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the stock option or warrant for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o Amaero Inc., 130 Innovation Drive SW, McDonald, Tennessee 37353.

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Number of
Shares

 

 

Percentage

 

 

Number of
Shares

 

Percentage

Greater than 5% Stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I LP(1)

 

 

7,459,232

 

 

 

31.30

%

 

 

 

 

Affiliates of FIL Limited(2)

 

 

1,534,410

 

 

 

6.44

%

 

 

 

 

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hank J. Holland(3)

 

 

7,499,232

 

 

 

31.41

%

 

 

 

 

Eric Bono(4)

 

 

239,663

 

 

 

1.00

%

 

 

 

 

Brett Paduch(5)

 

 

82,001

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

Omer Granit(6)

 

 

686,259

 

 

 

2.87

%

 

 

 

 

Tim Johnson

 

 

—

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Latta(7)

 

 

52,500

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

Erik Levy(8)

 

 

44,722

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

All directors and executive officers as a
   group (7 persons)
(9)

 

 

8,604,377

 

 

 

35.43

%

 

 

 

 

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

112


Table of Contents

 

(1)
Consists of 7,459,232 shares of common stock underlying CDIs, which includes the purchase of CDIs representing 254,217 shares of common stock since June 30, 2026. Hank J. Holland is the Managing Member of Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I LP and holds sole voting and investment power over the above-referenced shares. Tim Johnson and Robert Latta each hold passive, non-controlling interests in Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I LP and are not deemed to have any beneficial ownership or reportable pecuniary interest in such shares.
(2)
Address is Pembroke Hall, 42 Crow Lane, Pembroke, HM 19, Bermuda. All information is based on the ASX Form 604 filed by FIL Limited and an equity report prepared for us by MUFG Corporate Markets IR Pty Ltd. as of July 31, 2026. Consists of 1,034,335 shares of common stock underlying CDIs held by Fidelity Fund SICAV - Pacific Fund, 286,916 shares of common stock underlying CDIs held by NEF Pacific Equity, and 213,159 shares of common stock underlying CDIs held by Helaba Invest KAG MBH.
(3)
Consists of 7,459,232 shares of common stock underlying CDIs held by Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I LP, which includes the purchase of CDIs representing 254,217 shares of common stock since June 30, 2026, and options to purchase CDIs exchangeable for 40,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of August 27, 2026. Hank J. Holland is the Managing Member of Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I LP and holds sole voting and investment power over the securities held by Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I LP.
(4)
Consists of 12,644 shares of common stock underlying CDIs, warrants to purchase CDIs exchangeable for 12,019 shares of common stock, and options to purchase CDIs exchangeable for 215,000 shares of common stock, each exerciseable within 60 days of August 27, 2026.
(5)
Consists of 30,363 shares of common stock underlying CDIs, which includes the purchase of CDIs representing 6,587 shares of common stock since June 30, 2026, and options to purchase CDIs exchangeable for 51,638 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of August 27, 2026.
(6)
Consists of 595,520 shares of common stock underlying CDIs held by June Seventy Sixers LLC, 50,730 shares of common stock underlying CDIs held by Granit Management LLC, and options to purchase CDIs exchangeable for 40,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of August 27, 2026. Omer Granit is the Managing Member of June Seventy Sixers LLC and the Director of Granit Management LLC and holds sole voting and investment power over the securities held by June Seventy Sixers LLC and Granit Management LLC.
(7)
Consists of 12,500 shares of common stock underlying CDIs, which includes the purchase of CDIs representing 5,000 shares of common stock since June 30, 2026, and options to purchase CDIs exchangeable for 40,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of August 27, 2026.
(8)
Consists of 4,722 share of common stock underlying CDIs, which includes the purchase of CDIs representing 3,750 shares of common stock since June 30, 2026, and options to purchase CDIs exchangeable for 40,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of August 27, 2026.
(9)
Consists of the following beneficially owned by our directors and executive officers: (i) 8,153,700 shares of common stock underlying CDIs, which includes the purchase of CDIs representing 269,555 shares of common stock since June 30, 2026, (ii) warrants to purchase CDIs exchangeable for 12,019 shares of common stock, and (iii) options to purchase CDIs exchangeable for 438,658 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of August 27, 2026.

 

113


Table of Contents

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes certain important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the closing of this offering. This description also summarizes certain provisions included in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this section titled “Description of Capital Stock,” you should refer to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Our authorized capital stock consists of 165,000,000 shares of capital stock, $0.00001 par value per share, consisting of 150,000,000 shares of common stock and 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

As of June 30, 2026, there were 23,833,180 shares of our common stock outstanding, all of which are held by CHESS Depositary Nominees Pty Limited (CDN), a wholly owned subsidiary of ASX Limited, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding.

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” for more information.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Voting Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held as of the applicable record date on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

Our stockholders do not have the ability to cumulate votes for the election of directors. As a result, the holders of a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose. With respect to matters other than the election of directors, at any meeting of the stockholders at which a quorum is present or represented, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, our governing documents or the rules of the stock exchange on which our securities are listed. The holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote as of the applicable record date, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of approximately equal size, each serving staggered three‑year terms. Only the directors in one class will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the directors in the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three‑year terms.

Liquidation Rights

If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

114


Table of Contents

 

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

In connection with this offering, our legal counsel will opine that the shares of our common stock to be issued in this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors has the authority, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue shares of authorized but unissued preferred stock in one or more series, and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. These powers, rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price(s) and liquidation preferences, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control or other corporate action. As of the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding.

Options

As of June 30, 2026, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 2,082,218 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.03 per share, under our Plan.

CHESS Depositary Interests

In connection with the Redomiciliation, the shareholders in Amaero Ltd received the equivalent of one CHESS Depositary Interest (“CDI”) for each share they owned in Amaero Ltd. Each CDI represents a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a share of our common stock. Accordingly, 40 of our CDIs can be converted at the holder’s option into one share of our common stock, and each share of common stock can be converted into 40 CDIs.

We delivered the shares of our common stock represented by the CDIs to the Depositary Nominee, a wholly owned subsidiary of the ASX. The Depositary Nominee is the registered holder of those shares of common stock held for the benefit of our CDI holders. Holders of our CDIs do not hold the legal title to the underlying shares of our common stock to which our CDIs relate, as the legal title will be held by the Depositary Nominee. However, the holders of the CDIs are the beneficial owners of, and are entitled to exchange their CDIs for, the underlying shares of our common stock held by the Depositary Nominee. Holders of our CDIs must contact our transfer agent for instructions on how to exchange their CDIs for shares of our common stock. In addition, holders of our CDIs are generally entitled to exercise the same voting and other rights as holders of our common stock, although they are required to exercise those rights indirectly through the Depositary Nominee unless they request the Depositary Nominee to grant them a proxy to vote directly or exchange their CDIs for the underlying shares of our common stock. Each holder of our CDIs will, however, have a beneficial interest in the underlying shares of our common stock, and each holder of our CDIs that elects to vote at a stockholder meeting will be entitled to one vote for every one CDI held by such holder.

In order to vote at a stockholder meeting, a holder of our CDIs may:

•
instruct the Depositary Nominee, as legal owner of the shares of our common stock underlying the holders CDIs, to vote the common stock represented by their CDIs in a particular manner. A voting instruction form will be sent to holders of our CDIs and must be completed and returned to the share registry for our CDIs prior to a record date fixed for the relevant stockholder meeting, which is notified to our CDI holders in the voting instructions included in a notice of meeting; and
•
inform us that they wish to appoint themselves or a third party as the Depositary Nominee’s proxy with respect to the shares of our common stock underlying the holder’s CDIs for the purposes of attending and voting at the stockholder meeting. The instruction form must be completed and returned to the share registry for our CDIs prior to the voting instruction receipt time fixed for the relevant stockholder meeting, which is notified to our CDI holders in the voting instructions included in a notice of meeting.

115


Table of Contents

 

Nonetheless, holders of our CDIs have substantially the same economic, voting and other rights as holders of our common stock and our CDIs therefore should be considered as the functional equivalents of shares of our common stock. In addition, holders of shares of our common stock, including shares sold in this offering, are permitted to deliver those shares to the Depositary Nominee in exchange for our CDIs.

The purpose of our CDIs is to facilitate trading, settlement and clearance of interests in our shares of common stock in Australia by our stockholders. Because our common stock will not be listed on a securities exchange in Australia, Australian residents wishing to trade our common stock would be required to do so through Nasdaq in transactions settled in U.S. dollars, which may be inconvenient due to time zone and currency differences, among other factors. However, because the CDIs are listed on the ASX, our CDI holders are able to trade their CDIs on the ASX in transactions settled in Australian dollars.

Investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering will not be able to freely resell those shares, or our CDIs representing those shares, in Australia during the 12 months after the issue date of those shares in this offering and therefore will not be able to take advantage of any liquidity that may be available for our CDIs traded on the ASX during that period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”) has granted the ASIC Corporations (Offers of CHESS Depositary Interests) Instrument 2025/180 (the “Instrument”), which permits the issue and on sale of our CDIs within the first 12 months of issue provided that the Company has lodged a cleansing notice on the ASX within applicable time limits after those CDIs are issued. Accordingly, if the Company is able to rely on the Instrument and has lodged a cleansing notice in respect to such CDIs, those CDIs that have been issued on conversion of the Company’s common stock, including common stock that is issued in this offering, may be freely tradable on the ASX. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Common Stock —Investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering will not be able to freely sell those shares, or CDIs representing those shares, in Australia during the 12 months after the issue date of those shares in this offering and therefore will not be able to take advantage of any liquidity that may be available for CDIs traded on the ASX during that period, unless an exception applies or the Company is able to rely on applicable legislative relief and lodges a cleansing notice in accordance with regulatory requirements under the ASX.”

Our CDIs are quoted on the ASX under the ticker symbol “3DA.”

Conversion of our CDIs to shares of our common stock

Holders of our CDIs may at any time convert their CDIs to a holding of shares of our common stock by instructing the share registry for our CDIs, either:

•
directly in the case of CDIs held on the issuer sponsored sub-register operated by the Company (in this case, holders of our CDIs will be provided with a CDI issuance request form to return to the share registry for our CDIs); or
•
through their “sponsoring participant” (usually their broker) in the case of CDIs which are held on the CHESS sub-register (in this case, the sponsoring broker will arrange for completion of the relevant form and its return to the share registry for our CDIs).

In both cases, once the share registry for our CDIs has been notified of the conversion request, it will arrange the transfer of the relevant number of shares of our common stock from the Depositary Nominee into the name of the CDI holder in book entry form or, if requested, deliver the relevant shares of our common stock to their Depository Trust Company participant in the U.S. Central Securities Depositary. Holding shares of our common stock will, however, prevent a person from selling their shares of our common stock on the ASX, as only our CDIs are currently traded on that market.

Conversion of our shares of common stock to our CDIs

Shares of our common stock may be converted into our CDIs and traded on the ASX. Holders of our shares of common stock may at any time convert those shares to our CDIs by contacting our transfer agent. The underlying shares of our common stock will be transferred to the Depositary Nominee, and CDIs (and a holding statement for the corresponding CDIs) will be issued to the relevant security holder. No trading in our CDIs may take place on the ASX until this conversion has taken place.

116


Table of Contents

 

Warrants

As of June 30, 2026, we had outstanding warrants to purchase CDIs, which are convertible into an aggregate of 642,049 shares of our common stock in accordance with the terms of the CDIs (as described above under “—CHESS Depositary Interests”), as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.56 per share.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, under our registration rights agreement with Pegasus Growth Capital (“Pegasus”), Pegasus will have the right to require us to register the offer and sale of their shares, or to include their shares in any registration statement we file, in each case as described below.

Demand Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, Pegasus will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, Pegasus can request that we file a registration statement on Form S‑1 to register the offer and sale of their shares. We are only obligated to effect one such registration. The request for registration must cover securities the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which, net of certain selling expenses, is at least $25.0 million. These demand registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances. If we determine that it would be materially detrimental to us to effect such a demand registration, then we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12‑month period, for a period of not more than 120 days.

Form S‑3 Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, Pegasus will be entitled to certain Form S‑3 registration rights. At any time beginning 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, Pegasus can request that we register the offer and sale of their shares of our common stock on a registration statement on Form S‑3 so long as the request covers securities the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which, net of certain selling expenses, is at least $25.0 million. We are obligated to effect up to three such registrations. These Form S‑3 registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances. If we determine that it would be materially detrimental to us to effect such a registration, then we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12‑month period, for a period of not more than 120 days.

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, Pegasus will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights. If we propose to register the offer and sale of our common stock under the Securities Act, Pegasus can request that we include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration statement under certain circumstances. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (1) a registration relating to any employee benefit, incentive or similar plan, (2) a registration relating to a transaction covered by Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act, (3) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the registrable securities or (4) a registration in which the only stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities also being registered, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain limitations, to include their shares in the registration.

Expenses of Registration

We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes) of the holders of the shares to be offered and sold pursuant to the registrations described above, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel chosen by the holders of the shares included in such registrations.

117


Table of Contents

 

Termination

The registration rights terminate upon the earliest of (1) a deemed liquidation event (as defined in our registration rights agreement) and (2) as to a given holder of registration rights, when such holder of registration rights can sell all of such holder’s registrable securities without limitation in a three‑month period pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws

Certain provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, which are summarized below, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of us. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We will be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 of the DGCL generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” (as described below) with any “interested stockholder” (defined generally as any person who, together with such person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns or has the right to acquire 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation) for a period of three years after the time of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder of such corporation, unless:

•
the business combination or transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder was approved by the board of directors prior to the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder;
•
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (1) by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
•
at or subsequent to the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 and 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

•
mergers or consolidations involving the corporation, or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation, and the interested stockholder or any other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder;
•
any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transferor other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the corporation, involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation;
•
subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation, or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation, of any stock of the corporation or such subsidiary to the interested stockholder;

118


Table of Contents

 

•
subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation, or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation, that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation or such subsidiary owned by the interested stockholder; or
•
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing changes in control of our company.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws Provisions

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our board of directors or management. Among other things, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws:

•
permit our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock, with any powers, rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate;
•
provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;
•
provide that all vacancies and newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, our governing documents or resolution of our board of directors, and subject to the rights of holders of our preferred stock, only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;
•
divide our board of directors into three classes, each of which stands for election once every three years;
•
for so long as our board of directors is classified, and subject to the rights of holders of our preferred stock, provide that a director may only be removed from the board of directors by the stockholders for cause;
•
require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;
•
provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner, and also meet specific requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;
•
not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);
•
provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board of directors, our chief executive officer or president; and
•
provide that stockholders will be permitted to amend certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws only upon receiving at least two‑thirds of the voting power of the then outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class.

119


Table of Contents

 

Exclusive Forum

Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, stockholders, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (4) any other action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, another State court in Delaware or the federal district court for the District of Delaware), except for, as to each of (1) through (4) above, any claim as to which such court determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of such court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of such court within ten days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than such court or for which such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction. This provision would not apply to any action brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Our bylaws also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States will be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding or owning (or continuing to hold or own) any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing bylaw provisions. Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder as a result of our exclusive forum provisions.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “AMRO.”

120


Table of Contents

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market in the U.S. for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of shares of our common stock (including CDIs representing our shares of common stock) in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of our common stock in the public market or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, based on the shares of our capital stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, we will have shares of our common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, the shares of our common stock sold in this offering and an additional shares of our common stock will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased or held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

As a result of the lock‑up agreements described below and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

•
beginning on the date of this prospectus (i) all shares of our common stock sold in this offering and (ii) an additional shares of our common stock held by our existing stockholders directly or indirectly through CDIs will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and
•
beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to the terms of the lock‑up agreements described below, all remaining shares will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-up Agreements

We, our directors and officers and Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I LP, which collectively beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, an aggregate of 8,604,377 shares of our common stock, which reflected 35.4% of our outstanding shares of common stock as of August 27, 2026, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell or transfer any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, as representative of the several underwriters of this offering. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated may, in their sole discretion, release any of the securities subject to the lock-up agreements with the underwriters at any time. These agreements are described below under the section of this prospectus titled “Underwriting.”

After this offering, the stockholders subject to such lock-up restrictions may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

121


Table of Contents

 

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements and market standoff provisions described above, within any three‑month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

•
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; and
•
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 a person who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the effective date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Redomiciliation Securities

Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act is an exemption from registration for offers and sales of securities in specified exchange transactions, subject to certain requirements, including obtaining approval from a court or authorized governmental entity that the exchange is fair to the security holders participating in the exchange. In connection with the Redomiciliation, the issuance of CDIs was effected pursuant to a share scheme of arrangement under Australian law and was approved by the shareholders of Amaero Ltd and the Federal Court of Australia following a court hearing as to the fairness of the share scheme of arrangement, to which our shareholders had a the right to appear, and at which the court was advised that we would rely on Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act for the issuance of the CDIs under the share scheme of arrangement. The shares of our Common Stock issued upon the exchange of CDIs (as described in the section above under “Description of Capital Stock–CHESS Depositary Interests”) will be exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, as an exchange where (i) the issuer of the shares will be the same as the issuer of the CDIs, (ii) the exchange will be made exclusively with an existing securityholder, (iii) no additional consideration from the securityholder will be needed for issuance of the shares underlying the CDIs, and (iv) no commission or other remuneration is paid or given directly or indirectly for soliciting such exchange. Such shares will be freely tradeable, subject to the limitations applicable to affiliates under Rule 144.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to our registration rights agreement, upon the completion of this offering, Pegasus Growth Capital, or certain permitted transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act. These registration rights are described under the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Upon the effectiveness of a registration statement covering these shares, the shares would become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market.

122


Table of Contents

 

Registration Statement on Form S‑8

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S‑8 under the Securities Act promptly after the completion of this offering to register shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding, as well as reserved for future issuance, under our equity compensation plans. The registration statement on Form S‑8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable market standoff provisions and lock‑up agreements. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for a description of our equity compensation plans.

123


Table of Contents

 

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON‑U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by a “non-U.S. holder” (as defined below) but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based on the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed or be subject to differing interpretations, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax considerations different from those set forth below. We have not sought, and do not intend to seek, any ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any U.S. state or local or non-U.S. jurisdiction or under other U.S. federal tax laws, such as gift and estate tax rules, or the effect, if any, of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

•
banks, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts or other financial institutions;
•
persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;
•
tax-exempt or governmental organizations;
•
pension plans and tax-qualified retirement plans;
•
controlled foreign corporations, foreign controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;
•
entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other pass-through entities (or owners of such entities or arrangements);
•
brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;
•
traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting for their securities holdings;
•
persons who own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);
•
U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;
•
persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction,” or other risk reduction transaction;
•
persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any option or otherwise as compensation;
•
persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment);
•
persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code; or
•
persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our common stock being taken into account in an “applicable financial statement” as defined in Section 451(b) of the Code.

124


Table of Contents

 

In addition, if a partnership (or other entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other pass-through entities holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner or owner in the partnership or pass-through entity generally will depend on the status of the partner or owner and upon the activities of the partnership or pass-through entity. Partnerships or pass-through entities holding our common stock and the partners or owners in such partnerships or pass-through entities should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to them.

This discussion is for general informational purposes only and does not constitute legal or tax advice. You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal gift or estate tax rules or under the laws of any U.S. state or local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a “non-U.S. holder” if you are a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is neither a partnership nor:

•
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
•
a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof, or otherwise treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
•
an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
•
a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and that has one or more United States persons (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) that has made a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any such dividends on our common stock following the completion of this offering. However, if we do make cash distributions (or distributions of property other than our common stock) on our common stock, those distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your adjusted tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as capital gain from the sale of stock as described below under “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.”

Subject to the discussions below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us or the applicable withholding agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. Under applicable Treasury Regulations, we may withhold up to 30% of the gross amount of the entire distribution even if the amount constituting a dividend, as described above, is less than the gross amount. You may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If you hold our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or the applicable withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

125


Table of Contents

 

Dividends received by you that are treated as effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States) are generally exempt from the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and FATCA withholding. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us or the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, generally are taxed at the U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, including the application of any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and FATCA withholding, you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

•
the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States);
•
you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or
•
our common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the remainder of this discussion so assumes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our U.S. and worldwide real property interests plus our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business, there can be no assurance that we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, your common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually (directly or indirectly) and/or constructively hold more than five percent of our regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

Gain described in the first bullet above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons. A corporate non-U.S. holder also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses for the year, provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS any distributions on our common stock paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any, regardless of whether such distributions constitute dividends. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

126


Table of Contents

 

Payments of dividends on or of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers made to you may be subject to backup withholding at the applicable statutory rate unless you certify your non-U.S. status, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or the applicable withholding agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Additional Withholding Requirements under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

FATCA, including Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and other official IRS guidance issued thereunder, generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on, and (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed in this section) the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of, our common stock, paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the accounts of such institution held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” (each as specially defined under these rules) or otherwise establishes an exemption. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on, and (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed in this section) the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the “substantial United States owners” (as specially defined under these rules) of the entity, certifies that it does not have any substantial United States owners, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on gross proceeds of the sale or other disposition of our common stock (but not on payments of dividends). They may be relied upon by taxpayers until final Treasury Regulations are issued or until such proposed Treasury Regulations are rescinded. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States may be subject to different rules. You should consult with your own tax advisors regarding the application of FATCA withholding to your investment in, and ownership and disposition of, our common stock.

The preceding discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice to investors in their particular circumstances. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax considerations of purchasing, owning and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

127


Table of Contents

 

UNDERWRITING

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement, dated the date of this prospectus, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters named below has, severally and not jointly, agreed to purchase from us the aggregate number of shares of common stock shown opposite their respective names below:

 

Name

 

Number of
Shares

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

 

 

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

 

 

Lake Street Capital Markets, LLC

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of our shares of common stock (other than those covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock described below) sold under the underwriting agreement. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering our shares of common stock, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares of common stock, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share of common stock. After this offering, the public offering price, concession or any other terms of this offering may be changed by the underwriters.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting commissions and discounts, and proceeds, before expenses, payable to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

The estimated expenses of this offering payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting commissions and discounts, are approximately $ . We will reimburse the underwriters for certain reasonable accountable out-of-pocket expenses, including those related to background checks, blue-sky laws and the review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) of the terms of sale of the shares of common stock offered hereby, up to an amount of $ .

 

 

Per Share

 

Without
Option

 

With Option

Public offering price

 

$

 

$

 

$

Underwriting discounts and commissions

 

$

 

$

 

$

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

128


Table of Contents

 

Over-Allotment Option

We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to an aggregate of additional shares of common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting commissions and discounts. The underwriters may exercise this option at any time or from time to time for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any over-allotments.

Indemnification of Underwriters

We will indemnify the underwriters against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of our representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities. We have also agreed to indemnify the underwriters for losses if the shares (other than those purchased pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) are not delivered to the underwriters’ accounts on the initial settlement date.

No Sales of Similar Securities

Prior to the completion of this offering, we, our directors, executive officers, and Pegasus Growth Capital (each such person, a “lock-up party”) will enter into lock-up agreements with the representatives pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, have agreed with the underwriters not to offer, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with shares of common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representatives. Specifically, we and these other persons will agree, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

(1)
offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any shares of common stock;
(2)
sell any option or contract to purchase any shares of common stock;
(3)
purchase any option or contract to sell any shares of common stock;
(4)
grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any shares of common stock;
(5)
lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of common stock;
(6)
file or cause to be filed any registration statement related to the shares of common stock; or
(7)
enter into any swap hedging, collar or other agreement that can be reasonably expected to transfer, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any shares of common stock whether any such swap hedging, collar or other agreement is to be settled by delivery of shares of common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with shares of common stock. It also applies to shares of common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

The restrictions above do not apply, subject in certain cases to various restrictions:

(a)
to transfers that are of bona fide gifts, charitable contributions, or transfers for bona fide estate planning purposes;
(b)
to transfers upon death or by will, testamentary document or intestate succession;
(c)
to transfers (1) to an immediate family member or any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the stockholder or immediate family member thereof or (2) not involving a change in beneficial ownership;

129


Table of Contents

 

(d)
to transfers or distributions of shares of common stock or other securities by a stockholder that is a trust to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust;
(e)
if a business entity, (1) to transfers or distributions to current or former partners, members, managers, beneficiaries, stockholders or holders of similar equity interests in the entity, or to the estates of any of the foregoing or (2) to transfers or distributions to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, or other business entity that is an affiliate of the entity, or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the entity or affiliates of the entity; or
(f)
to transfers by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement or other court order;
(g)
to (1) shares received upon the exercise, vesting, or settlement of options, restricted stock units, or other equity awards granted under an equity incentive plan or other equity award arrangement, or the exercise or conversion of warrants, convertible securities or other shares of convertible capital stock or (2) transfers of shares of common stock or other securities for the purposes of exercising or settling on a “net exercise” or “cashless” basis options, restricted stock units, or other rights to purchase shares of common stock under such plans or arrangements;
(h)
to transfers to us of shares of common stock or other securities in connection with the repurchase of such securities pursuant to arrangements under which we have the option to repurchase, or a right of first refusal on, such securities;
(i)
to transfers of shares of common stock or other securities in connection with a change in control after the initial public offering date that has been approved by the board of directors;
(j)
to establishing or facilitating the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock or other securities; or
(k)
with respect to Pegasus Growth Capital only, to transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this initial public offering.

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated may release any of the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part subject to the below considerations. When determining whether or not to release common stock from lock-up agreements, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated will consider, among other factors, the stockholders’ reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of common stock for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time. However, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated have informed us that, as of the date of this prospectus, there are no agreements between them and any party that would allow such party to transfer any common stock, nor do they have any intention at this time of releasing any of the common stock subject to the lock-up agreements, prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “AMRO.” To meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters will undertake to sell a minimum number of shares of our common stock to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

Determination of Offering Price

The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters by reference to the last reported trading price of our CDIs on the ASX prior to the pricing date, subject to certain restrictions under the ASX Listing Rules. On      , 2026, the last reported sales price of the CDIs was A$      per CDI (equivalent to approximately $      per CDI or $      per share of common stock, based on the exchange rate of A$    per $1.00, the noon buying rate in effect on      , 2026 as quoted by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York in the United States).

130


Table of Contents

 

In addition to prevailing market conditions and the closing price of the CDIs on the last ASX trading date prior to the pricing date, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

•
the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters;
•
the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;
•
our financial information;
•
the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;
•
the ability of our management;
•
an assessment of our past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;
•
the present state of our development;
•
the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours; and
•
other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop or, if developed, be maintained or be liquid. It is also possible that after this offering our common stock will not trade in the public market at or above the public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the common stock in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of our common stock is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the shares of common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of our common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option or purchasing common stock in the open market. In determining the source of our common stock to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of our common stock available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase our common stock through the option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing our common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the underwriters have repurchased common stock sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

131


Table of Contents

 

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have in the past provided, and may in the future from time to time provide, investment banking and other financing and banking services to us, for which they have in the past received, and may in the future receive, customary fees and reimbursement for their expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments, including bank loans, for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

No action may be taken in any jurisdiction other than the United States that would permit a public offering of the common stock or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither the prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the common stock may be distributed or published in or from any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with any applicable laws, rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with ASIC in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the common stock may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investor” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the common stock without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

132


Table of Contents

 

The common stock applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring common stock must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area, each a “Member State,” no ordinary shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the ordinary shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of ordinary shares may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

1.
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;
2.
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or
3.
in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation;

provided that no such offer of our shares shall result in a requirement for the Company or any of the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or a supplemental prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any of our shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each of the representatives and the Company that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of Article 2 of the EU Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any of our shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 1(4) of the EU Prospectus Regulation, each financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed that our shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any of our shares to the public, other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, warranties and agreements. Notwithstanding the above, a person who is not a “qualified investor” and who has notified the representatives of such fact in writing may, with the prior consent of the representatives, be permitted to acquire our shares in the offer.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any of our shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any of our shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any of our shares, and the expression “EU Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

133


Table of Contents

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

An offer to the public of any of our shares may not be made in the United Kingdom, except that an offer to the public in the United Kingdom of any of our shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the UK Prospectus Regulation:

1.
to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation;
2.
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
3.
in any other circumstances falling within section 86 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended, “FSMA”),

provided that no such offer of our shares shall result in a requirement for the Company or any Representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to section 85 of the FSMA or a supplemental prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any of our shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each of the representatives and the Company that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any of our shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 1(4) of the UK Prospectus Regulation, each financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed that our shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any of our shares to the public, other than their offer or resale in the United Kingdom to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus are being distributed only to, and are directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined under Article 2 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (“Order”), and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares of common stock in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the FSMA.

The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, warranties and agreements. Notwithstanding the above, a person who is not a “qualified investor” and who has notified the representatives of such fact in writing may, with the prior consent of the representatives, be permitted to acquire our shares in the offer.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any of our shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any of our shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any of our shares.

This prospectus supplement is only being distributed to and is only directed at: (A) persons who are outside the United Kingdom; or (B) qualified investors who are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”), or (ii) high net worth companies, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons falling within (1)-(3) together being referred to as “relevant persons”). Our shares are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire our shares will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this Prospectus or any of its contents.

134


Table of Contents

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The ordinary shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ordinary shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the ordinary shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of ordinary shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of ordinary shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of ordinary shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance”) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Securities and Futures Ordinance”), (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an

135


Table of Contents

 

accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (“Regulation 32”).

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal, that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this offering memorandum (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

136


Table of Contents

 

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Austin, Texas, which is acting as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. Investment funds associated with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, hold CDIs convertible into 35,925 shares of our common stock and options to purchase CDIs convertible into 35,925 shares of our common stock, which together represent less than 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Paul Hastings LLP, Washington, D.C., is acting as counsel for the underwriters.

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS

On January 29, 2026, we engaged BDO USA, P.C. as our primary independent registered public accounting firm, in addition to our existing accounting firm RSM Australia Partners, who previously served, and will continue to serve, as our primary independent accounting firm for reporting on ASX. We engaged BDO USA, P.C. to audit our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2025. Our engagement of BDO USA, P.C. was primarily due to the Redomiciliation and our need to prepare financial statements in compliance with GAAP for this offering and not any disagreement as that term is used in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions to Item 304, or a reportable event as that term is used in Item 304(a)(1)(v) and the related instructions to Item 304.

From January 1, 2024 through January 29, 2026, we did not consult with BDO USA, P.C. on matters involving the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction (completed or proposed), the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the financial statements, or any other matter that was the subject of a disagreement or reportable event.

 

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Amaero Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 and for the years then ended, included in this Prospectus and in the Registration Statement have been so included in reliance on the reports of BDO USA, P.C., an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The report on the consolidated financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

137


Table of Contents

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S‑1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus constitutes only a part of the registration statement. Some items are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or document referred to are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC also maintains an Internet website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC.

Immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We also maintain a website at https://amaeroinc.com/. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

138


Table of Contents

 

F-1


Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Shareholders and Board of Directors

Amaero Inc.

McDonald, Tennessee

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Amaero Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Substantial Doubt About the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has stated that substantial doubt exists about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 3. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ BDO USA, P.C.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2026.

Atlanta, Georgia

July 10, 2026

F-2


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share numbers)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

2025

 

2024

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

31,852

 

$

12,109

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

1,333

 

 

499

 

Inventories

 

5,884

 

 

1,323

 

Prepaid expenses

 

985

 

 

404

 

Other current assets

 

662

 

 

1,088

 

Total current assets

 

40,716

 

 

15,423

 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

 

35,433

 

 

17,460

 

Operating lease, right-of-use assets

 

10,097

 

 

10,294

 

Other non-current assets

 

1,268

 

 

507

 

Restricted cash

 

3,333

 

 

—

 

Total assets

$

90,847

 

$

43,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

2,536

 

 

2,535

 

Accrued liabilities

 

1,588

 

 

414

 

Accrued interest

 

256

 

 

—

 

Contract liabilities

 

119

 

 

—

 

Operating lease liabilities, current

 

988

 

 

969

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

5,487

 

 

3,918

 

Long-term debt, net

 

14,936

 

 

—

 

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

 

9,715

 

 

9,688

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

1,043

 

 

1,198

 

Total liabilities

 

31,181

 

 

14,804

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $0.00001; 150,000,000 shares authorized; 23,814,555
   and 15,380,476 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and
   December 31, 2024, respectively

 

—

 

 

—

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

122,388

 

 

73,326

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(62,048

)

 

(43,670

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(674

)

 

(776

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

59,666

 

 

28,880

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

90,847

 

$

43,684

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

F-3


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

2025

 

 

2024

 

Revenue

$

6,305

 

 

$

1,317

 

Cost of revenue

 

11,468

 

 

 

4,160

 

Gross loss

 

(5,163

)

 

 

(2,843

)

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

13,400

 

 

 

10,540

 

Research and development expenses

 

397

 

 

 

541

 

Total operating expenses

 

13,797

 

 

 

11,081

 

Loss from operations

 

(18,960

)

 

 

(13,924

)

Other income, net

 

151

 

 

 

159

 

Interest income

 

715

 

 

 

373

 

Interest expense

 

(454

)

 

 

(2

)

Total other income (expense), net

 

412

 

 

 

530

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

 

(18,548

)

 

 

(13,394

)

Income tax benefit (expense)

—

 

 

—

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

(18,548

)

 

 

(13,394

)

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

170

 

 

 

669

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

$

(18,378

)

 

$

(12,725

)

Basic and diluted net loss per share - continuing operations

$

(0.96

)

 

$

(0.98

)

Basic and diluted net income per share - discontinued operations

$

0.01

 

 

$

0.05

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

$

(0.95

)

 

$

(0.93

)

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic and diluted

 

19,296,038

 

 

 

13,610,166

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

F-4


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(18,378

)

 

$

(12,725

)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $ —

 

 

102

 

 

 

(214

)

Comprehensive loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(18,276

)

 

$

(12,939

)

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

F-5


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except for share data)

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

Additional
paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Accumulated
other
comprehensive

 

 

Total
stockholders'

 

 

 

Shares (a)

 

 

Amount (b)

 

 

capital

 

 

deficit

 

 

loss

 

 

equity

 

Balance at January 1, 2024

 

 

11,983,660

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

42,160

 

 

$

(30,945

)

 

$

(562

)

 

$

10,653

 

Net (loss)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(12,725

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(12,725

)

Other comprehensive income
   (loss), net of tax

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(214

)

 

 

(214

)

Share-based compensation

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,366

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,366

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

3,300,866

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

30,303

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

30,303

 

Issuance costs

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(1,994

)

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(1,994

)

Exercise of warrants

 

 

81,336

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

491

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

491

 

Vesting of restricted stock
   units

 

 

14,614

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Balance at December 31,
   2024

 

 

15,380,476

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

73,326

 

 

$

(43,670

)

 

$

(776

)

 

$

28,880

 

Net (loss)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(18,378

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(18,378

)

Other comprehensive income
   (loss), net of tax

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

102

 

 

 

102

 

Share-based compensation

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,449

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,449

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

4,987,708

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

46,873

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

46,873

 

Issuance costs

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(2,935

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(2,935

)

Exercise of warrants

 

 

3,390,245

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,594

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,594

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

53,846

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

81

 

Vesting of restricted stock
   units

 

 

2,280

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Balance at December 31,
   2025

 

 

23,814,555

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

122,388

 

 

$

(62,048

)

 

$

(674

)

 

$

59,666

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

(a)
Share data has been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the Share Consolidation. See Note 2 — Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation.
(b)
The Company’s common stock has a par value of $0.00001 per share. Because par-value amounts round to zero when presented in thousands, no corresponding amount is presented in the Common Stock (Amount) column. See Note 17 — Common Stock.

F-6


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(18,378

)

 

$

(12,725

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

1,200

 

 

 

365

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

2,449

 

 

 

2,366

 

Non-cash portion of operating lease expense

 

 

224

 

 

 

249

 

Non-cash portion of interest expense

 

 

136

 

 

 

—

 

Impairment

 

 

—

 

 

 

(3

)

Changes in assets & liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

(834

)

 

 

(425

)

Inventories

 

 

(4,561

)

 

 

(1,282

)

Other current assets

 

 

(134

)

 

 

(1,195

)

Other non-current assets

 

 

(761

)

 

 

(98

)

Accounts payable

 

 

1,003

 

 

 

806

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

1,183

 

 

 

126

 

Accrued interest

 

 

256

 

 

 

—

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

119

 

 

 

—

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

28

 

 

 

(197

)

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

(291

)

 

 

671

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(18,361

)

 

 

(11,342

)

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for property, plant, and equipment

 

 

(20,135

)

 

 

(13,320

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(20,135

)

 

 

(13,320

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from borrowings

 

 

15,036

 

 

 

—

 

Transaction costs for borrowings

 

 

(177

)

 

 

(6

)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

46,873

 

 

 

30,086

 

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

 

 

2,594

 

 

 

491

 

Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options

 

 

81

 

 

 

—

 

Transaction costs from issuance of common stock

 

 

(2,935

)

 

 

(1,777

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

61,472

 

 

 

28,794

 

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

 

22,976

 

 

 

4,132

 

Effects of exchange rates changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

100

 

 

 

(27

)

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of year

 

 

12,109

 

 

 

8,004

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of year

 

$

35,185

 

 

$

12,109

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

F-7


Table of Contents

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets to the total of the same amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows:

 

 

2025

 

2024

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

31,852

 

$

12,109

 

Restricted cash

 

3,333

 

—

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

$

35,185

 

$

12,109

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

2025

 

2024

 

Cash paid for interest

$

65

 

$

—

 

Cash paid for income taxes

$

—

 

$

—

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

2025

 

2024

 

Property, plant, and equipment acquired but not
   yet paid

$

224

 

$

1,227

 

Transaction costs from issuance of common stock
   settled in equity

$

—

 

$

217

 

 

The consolidated statements of cash flows include cash flows from both continuing and discontinued operations. See Note 21 — Discontinued Operations for the operating, investing, and financing cash flows attributable to discontinued operations for each period presented.

F-8


Table of Contents

 

Amaero Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. Organization and Description of Business

Amaero Inc. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation. The Company operates two product lines: (i) the production and sale of high-purity, spherical refractory and titanium alloy powders for additive and advanced manufacturing applications, and (ii) the production and sale of large, near-net-shape powder metallurgy components manufactured through Powder Metallurgy Hot Isostatic Pressing (“PM-HIP”). The Company’s products serve customers in the defense, aerospace, and space sectors. The Company’s operations are conducted at its AS9100D-certified manufacturing facility located in McDonald, Tennessee, and all of the Company’s revenue is generated in the United States. The Company operates as a single reportable segment.

On June 22, 2026 (the “Implementation Date”), subsequent to the Company’s latest reported balance sheet date as of December 31, 2025, the Company became the ultimate parent of Amaero Ltd and its subsidiaries pursuant to two schemes of arrangement under the Australian Corporations Act 2001 that were dependent upon each other (collectively, the “Scheme”), replacing Amaero Ltd (formerly Amaero International Ltd) as the ultimate parent entity. The Scheme did not result in any change in the underlying operations, assets, liabilities, or ultimate economic ownership of the Amaero group. The Scheme is expected to support the Company’s ability to complete an initial public offering in the U.S. and to support the Company’s eligibility for U.S. classified defense contracts by aligning the Company’s corporate structure with U.S. Foreign Ownership, Control, and Influence requirements. See Note 2 — Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation for the accounting treatment of the Scheme, Note 17 — Common Stock for information regarding the Share Consolidation effected through the Scheme, and Note 22 — Subsequent Events for additional information regarding the consummation of the redomiciliation and the related option modification analysis.

The Company’s principal operating subsidiary is Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc., a Tennessee corporation.

Note 2. Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. All dollar amounts are presented in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share amounts, unless otherwise noted.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Amaero Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions, including any unrealized gains and losses arising from intercompany transactions, have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company consolidates entities in which it has a controlling financial interest, which is generally determined through ownership of a majority of the voting interests of the entity. The Company does not have any variable interest entities or unconsolidated subsidiaries.

The Scheme, Redomiciliation, and Predecessor Accounting

As described in Note 1, on June 22, 2026 (the “Implementation Date”), the Company became the ultimate parent of Amaero Ltd by way of the Scheme, thereby effecting the redomiciliation of Amaero and its subsidiaries from Australia to the State of Delaware and replacing Amaero Ltd as the prior ultimate parent entity. The Scheme has been accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control on a carryover basis in accordance with ASC 805-50. Because there was no change in the underlying operations, assets, liabilities, or ultimate economic ownership of Amaero, the historical consolidated financial statements presented herein reflect the operations of the predecessor consolidated group (Amaero Ltd and its subsidiaries) for all periods presented, all of which precede the Implementation Date. The Company’s first reporting period as the successor entity will commence on the Implementation Date.

F-9


Table of Contents

 

Under the Scheme, each outstanding ordinary share of Amaero Ltd was exchanged for one CHESS Depositary Interest (“CDI”) of the Company, with each CDI representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a share of the Company’s common stock (the “Share Consolidation”). The Company’s CDIs are quoted on the Australian Securities Exchange under the ticker symbol “3DA.” In addition, each outstanding stock option to purchase an ordinary share of Amaero Ltd was exchanged for one stock option of the Company exercisable into CDIs on substantially the same terms as the original award. See Note 16 — Stock-Based Compensation and Note 22 — Subsequent Events for additional information. In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 4.C, share and per-share information presented in these consolidated financial statements, including weighted-average shares outstanding and loss per share, has been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the capital structure of Amaero Inc., giving effect to the Share Consolidation, as if the Scheme had occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented. See Note 17 — Common Stock for additional information regarding the Share Consolidation.

Change in Fiscal Year-End

In connection with the redomiciliation, the Company changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to December 31, effective for the year ended December 31, 2025. The consolidated financial statements presented herein have been prepared on the basis of a December 31 fiscal year-end for all periods presented. The annual periods presented herein do not correspond to Amaero Ltd’s historical reporting periods, which were prepared on the basis of a June 30 fiscal year-end. Accordingly, the financial information presented in these consolidated financial statements is not directly comparable to Amaero Ltd’s previously issued annual financial statements.

Note 3. Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.

The Company has historically incurred losses from operations and used cash in operating activities, and has made substantial capital investments to build and scale its production infrastructure. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company reported a net loss from continuing operations of $18.5 million, a gross loss of $5.2 million, and net cash used in operating activities of $18.4 million. The Company has an accumulated deficit of $62.4 million as of December 31, 2025. These conditions reflect the Company’s capital investment in production infrastructure during the early stage of commercialization, with production volumes during the periods presented below installed atomization capacity. As the Company continues to scale production toward its installed capacity, it expects to make further capital investments to support its planned growth.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $31.9 million, working capital excluding cash and cash equivalents of $3.1 million, and approximately $5.2 million of remaining capacity under its credit facility with the Export-Import Bank of the United States (“EXIM Bank”). In June 2026, the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement was amended to provide an additional $2.9 million of net cash proceeds, bringing total remaining availability under the facility to approximately $8.1 million.

In accordance with ASC 205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern, management has evaluated whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the date these financial statements are issued. Based on its evaluation of forecasted cash flows, current cash resources, and available financing — and excluding the receipt of any potential proceeds from the Company’s planned initial public offering or other future financing transactions that are not committed or probable, management has concluded that the Company’s existing cash and available financing would not be sufficient to fund its operations through the end of the one-year look-forward period. The principal conditions and events giving rise to this conclusion include the Company’s recurring net losses from operations, negative cash flows from operating activities, and the expectation that the Company’s cash position would become negative within the look-forward period absent additional financing. Accordingly, these conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date these financial statements are issued. The projection that the Company’s cash position would become negative within the look-forward period reflects both continued operating losses during the early commercialization phase, the capital investment required to bring installed production capacity into full commercial operations, and the working capital investment required to support the Company’s projected revenue growth.

F-10


Table of Contents

 

Management has evaluated whether its plans, considered in the aggregate, alleviate the substantial doubt. Management’s principal plan is to complete an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock in the United States, the registration statement on Form S-1 for which has been submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission following the issuance of these financial statements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the completion of the planned initial public offering and the implementation of certain of the other plans described above are subject to factors that are not within the Company’s sole control, including market conditions, regulatory clearance, investor demand, and pricing. Under ASC 205-40, management’s plans alleviate substantial doubt only when it is probable that the plans will be effectively implemented within one year after the date the financial statements are issued and probable that the plans, when implemented, will mitigate the conditions or events giving rise to substantial doubt. Plans that depend on factors not within the entity’s control do not alleviate substantial doubt unless they are probable of being effectively implemented. Accordingly, management has concluded that its plans do not alleviate the substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, and substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern exists as of the date these financial statements are issued.

The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Note 4. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to: yield assumptions and the determination of conversion rates used in the absorption of production costs into inventory; net realizable value assessments for inventory; the estimated useful lives and recoverability of property, plant and equipment; the determination of the incremental borrowing rate used to measure operating lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities; the credit-adjusted risk-free rate, expected settlement date, and expected future cash flows used to measure asset retirement obligations; the measurement of revenue recognized over time under the cost-to-cost input method for PM-HIP contracts, including estimates of total contract costs and the costs incurred to date; the fair value of stock-based compensation awards, including assumptions for expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate, and expected dividend yield used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model; the determination of functional currency for the Company’s foreign subsidiaries; the realizability of deferred tax assets and the related valuation allowance; the assessment of indicators of impairment of long-lived assets; and the estimated expected lifetime credit losses on accounts receivable. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with financial institutions and money market funds with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase. Money market funds are valued at the published net asset value per unit and are classified as Level 1 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. Cash and cash equivalents are held with major financial institutions and, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of cash balances that are contractually or legally restricted as to withdrawal or use. The Company presents restricted cash separately on the consolidated balance sheets and includes restricted cash with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling beginning and ending balances within the consolidated statements of cash flows, in accordance with ASC 230.

F-11


Table of Contents

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses representing its current estimate of expected lifetime credit losses on its accounts receivable in accordance with ASC 326, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses. The allowance is determined based on historical loss experience, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts, customer-specific risk factors, and the aging of outstanding balances. Account balances are written off against the allowance when management determines that collection is not probable. Recoveries of receivables previously written off are recorded as a reduction of credit loss expense when received.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash deposits with major financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. The Company’s accounts receivable are primarily from U.S. defense, aerospace, and space-industry customers, including prime contractors and government-related entities. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Inventories consist of the following categories:

•
Raw materials — metal alloy electrodes used as feedstock in the atomization process.
•
Work-in-process — atomized powder that has not yet been sieved and classified.
•
Finished goods — atomized powder that has been sieved and classified by particle size distribution.

Costs include direct material, direct labor, and applicable manufacturing overhead. The term net realizable value is defined as estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Powder produced through the atomization process that does not currently meet customer particle size specifications is not assigned inventory value, and the associated production costs are absorbed into the cost of saleable powder, consistent with the absorption of normal production losses under ASC 330.

The Company evaluates inventories on a quarterly basis to identify carrying values that exceed estimated net realizable value. The calculation of a resulting write-down, if any, is recognized as an expense in the period in which the need for the write-down is identified. It is the Company’s general policy to write down to scrap value any inventory identified as slow-moving or obsolete.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. The cost of property, plant and equipment includes the purchase price, freight, installation, and other costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for its intended use. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives: machinery and equipment 12–20 years; laboratory equipment 3–10 years; and information technology and office equipment 3–7 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term, including renewal periods that are reasonably certain to be exercised. Construction in progress is not depreciated until placed in service. The Company reviews estimated useful lives and depreciation methods at each reporting period, and changes in estimates are recognized prospectively. Upon retirement or disposal of property, plant and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

F-12


Table of Contents

 

Leases

The Company determines whether an arrangement contains a lease at contract inception. Operating lease right-of-use (ROU) assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the expected lease term, discounted using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term. The Company has no finance leases. The Company classifies a lease as a finance lease when it meets any of the criteria in ASC 842-10-25-2 and as an operating lease otherwise. The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, and the ROU asset is measured at the amount of the lease liability, adjusted for any lease incentives received, prepaid or accrued lease payments, and initial direct costs incurred. Because the rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date, determined with reference to the term and economic environment of the lease and the Company’s credit standing. The lease term includes renewal options when the Company is reasonably certain to exercise them; the Company concluded that the two five-year renewal options under its Tennessee facility lease are reasonably certain of exercise given the strategic importance of the facility to its operations. Lease liabilities are presented as current and non-current operating lease liabilities, and ROU assets are presented as operating lease right-of-use assets, on the consolidated balance sheets. Operating lease cost is presented within cost of revenue and selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations based on the use of the leased asset. The Company has elected the practical expedient not to separate lease and non-lease components and does not recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities for leases with an initial term of 12 months or less.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and operating lease right-of-use assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by its use and eventual disposition. If the carrying amount exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds fair value. Fair value is determined using discounted cash flow analyses or other appropriate valuation techniques.

Asset Retirement Obligations

Asset retirement obligations (AROs) are recognized at fair value when incurred. The fair value is determined by discounting expected future cash flows using a credit-adjusted risk-free rate (CARFR). The corresponding asset retirement cost (ARC) is capitalized to the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset (or ROU asset) and amortized over the asset’s remaining useful life. The ARO liability is subsequently accreted to the estimated settlement amount using the effective interest method. Accretion expense is classified as cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

Government Grants

The Company receives government grants based on the achievement of capital investment and employment milestones at its Tennessee manufacturing facility. Grant amounts received are recorded as deferred grant income when received or when reasonable assurance exists that the conditions attached will be met, and are recognized as other income upon satisfaction of the milestones specified in each grant agreement.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company measures certain financial assets at fair value on a recurring basis. ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, establishes a three-level hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value:

•
Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
•
Level 2 — Inputs other than Level 1 quoted prices that are directly or indirectly observable.

F-13


Table of Contents

 

•
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity that are significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company also discloses the fair value of financial instruments that are not measured at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets in accordance with ASC 825-10-50.

Debt

Debt is recorded at the principal amount outstanding, less any unamortized debt discount and unamortized debt issuance costs.

Debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the Company’s debt obligations are deferred and presented as a direct reduction of the carrying amount of the related debt liability on the consolidated balance sheets, in accordance with ASC 835-30-45-1A.

Debt discount, representing the difference between the face amount of the debt and the cash proceeds received at issuance, is recorded as a reduction of the carrying amount of the related debt liability on the consolidated balance sheets.

Debt discount and debt issuance costs are amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt using the effective interest method.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Revenue is recognized when control is transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive.

The Company’s revenue is primarily generated from the sale of metal powders and the manufacture of near-net-shape components using PM-HIP processes.

Powder Products

Revenue from the sale of spherical refractory and titanium alloy powders is generally recognized at a point in time when control of the product transfers to the customer which generally occurs upon shipment.

Powder products are manufactured to specified technical parameters, such as density, particle size distribution, and oxygen content. However, these products are not uniquely customized for a specific customer and may be sold to multiple customers. Accordingly, the products have alternative use, and the Company does not have an enforceable right to payment prior to shipment.

PM-HIP Components

PM-HIP contract manufacturing revenue is recognized over time using the cost-to-cost input method. The highly customized near-net-shape components are designed to meet customer-specific technical specifications and have no alternative use to the Company, and the Company has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date in accordance with ASC 606-10-25-27(c).

Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities

Contract assets represent PM-HIP revenue recognized in excess of amounts billed to customers. Contract liabilities represent advance payments received from customers in advance of the Company satisfying its performance obligations.

F-14


Table of Contents

 

Shipping and Handling

Shipping and handling activities that occur after the customer obtains control of the goods are treated as fulfillment activities rather than separate performance obligations. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of revenue.

Warranties

The Company provides assurance-type warranties that its products will conform to agreed-upon specifications at the time of delivery. These warranties do not represent separate performance obligations.

Taxes Collected from Customers

Taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are both imposed on and concurrent with revenue-producing transactions and collected from customers, including sales and use taxes, are excluded from the transaction price and the measurement of revenue and are presented on a net basis. The Company has elected the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-32-2A to exclude all such taxes from the transaction price.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred in accordance with ASC 730, Research and Development. Research and development costs consist primarily of personnel costs (including salaries, benefits, and stock-based compensation) for engineers, metallurgists, and technicians; materials and consumables, including metal powders and canister materials used in development trials; outside services, including third-party testing and contract research; and qualification and material characterization costs. These costs are associated with PM-HIP component capabilities, including proof-of-concept work performed in support of customer programs across multiple domains including defense, aerospace, and space.

Stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation. Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant-date fair value of the award and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of each separately vesting portion of the award, which is generally the vesting period of the award. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.

The Company grants stock options to employees, non-employee directors, and other non-employee service providers under its equity incentive plans. Stock options are subject to service-based vesting conditions and generally have a contractual term of up to 10 years.

The fair value of stock options is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The determination of the grant-date fair value requires the use of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the option, expected volatility of the Company’s common stock, risk-free interest rate, and expected dividend yield.

Expected term — The expected term represents the period that stock options are expected to be outstanding and is estimated using the simplified method, which calculates the expected term as the midpoint between the vesting date and the contractual termination date of the award.

Expected volatility — Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock (and, for periods prior to the Implementation Date (as defined in Note 22), the historical volatility of Amaero Ltd ordinary shares, the Company’s predecessor parent), measured over a look-back period that management believes is representative of expected future volatility over the expected term of the award.

Risk-free interest rate — The risk-free interest rate is based on term-matched government bond yields in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of the option. For options granted prior to the Implementation Date, the risk-free interest rate was based on Australian Commonwealth Government Bond yields published by the Reserve Bank of Australia, reflecting the Australian dollar-denominated exercise prices of those grants. For options granted on or after the Implementation Date, the risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury constant maturity yields published by the Federal Reserve, reflecting the Company’s United States dollar functional currency following the redomiciliation.

F-15


Table of Contents

 

Expected dividend yield — The Company has not historically paid dividends and does not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero.

All share, per-share, and per-option amounts presented in these consolidated financial statements have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the 40-to-1 Share Consolidation effected by the Scheme completed on June 22, 2026. See Note 22 — Subsequent Events for further information.

Warrants

The Company has issued warrants to purchase common stock in connection with capital raising transactions. The Company evaluates the terms of each warrant issuance to determine the appropriate classification as either equity or a liability in accordance with ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, including the indexation and equity classification guidance in ASC 815-40.

Warrants that meet the criteria for equity classification are recorded in additional paid-in capital at their fair value on the issuance date and are not subsequently remeasured. Warrants that do not meet the criteria for equity classification are recorded as liabilities at fair value on the issuance date and are subsequently remeasured to fair value at each reporting date, with changes in fair value recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

The fair value of warrants is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model or other valuation techniques appropriate to the specific terms of the warrant. Inputs to the valuation include the Company’s common stock price, the warrant exercise price, the remaining contractual term, expected volatility of the Company’s common stock, the risk-free interest rate, and expected dividend yield.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method in accordance with ASC 740. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

The Company evaluates the realizability of its deferred tax assets at each reporting date and establishes a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including historical operating results, projected future taxable income, the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, and available tax planning strategies.

The Company recognizes the financial statement effect of an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, are recognized as a component of income tax expense.

Foreign Currency Translation

The reporting currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of each subsidiary is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the subsidiary operates. The functional currency of the Company’s U.S. subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar; the functional currency of the Company’s Australian subsidiaries is the Australian dollar; and the functional currency of the Company’s United Arab Emirates subsidiary is the UAE dirham.

For subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates in effect during the reporting period. Translation adjustments arising from these translations are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss within stockholders’ equity. Upon the substantial liquidation or sale of a foreign subsidiary, the related cumulative translation adjustment is reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to the consolidated statements of operations.

F-16


Table of Contents

 

Foreign currency transaction gains and losses, which arise from transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the entity in which they are recorded, are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

The effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash represents the difference between cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash translated at opening-period exchange rates and translated at closing-period exchange rates, including the effect of exchange rate changes on cash flows denominated in foreign currencies during the period.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period, including stock options, warrants, and other convertible securities, using the treasury stock method or the if-converted method, as applicable. Potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share when their effect would be anti-dilutive. As the Company has reported net losses for all periods presented, basic and diluted loss per share are the same, as the inclusion of potentially dilutive securities would be anti-dilutive.

In connection with the Scheme, the historical share counts and per-share amounts presented herein have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the capital structure of Amaero Inc. for all periods presented.

Segment Reporting

The Company operates as a single reportable segment. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), who reviews financial information on a consolidated basis. The CODM does not receive, nor does the Company prepare, discrete financial information regarding gross profit, operating income or loss, or assets disaggregated by product line for purposes of making operating decisions. While the Company has two product lines, the Company manages and evaluates these activities on an enterprise-wide basis without allocating costs, assets, or capital between product lines. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates as a single operating segment.

Discontinued Operations

The Company evaluates whether disposal activities meet the criteria for presentation as discontinued operations in accordance with ASC 205-20, Presentation of Financial Statements — Discontinued Operations. A discontinued operation is a component of an entity or group of components that has been disposed of, or is classified as held for sale, and represents a strategic shift that has or will have a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results.

The results of operations and cash flows of components classified as discontinued operations are presented separately from continuing operations for all periods presented. Components classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Upon the substantial liquidation of a foreign subsidiary classified as a discontinued operation, the related cumulative translation adjustment is reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to the gain or loss on disposal recognized within discontinued operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company classified Amaero Engineering Pty Ltd, its Australian predecessor operating subsidiary, as a discontinued operation. See Note 21 - Discontinued Operations for additional information.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss consists of net loss and other comprehensive income (loss), which includes foreign currency translation adjustments. Comprehensive loss is reported in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

F-17


Table of Contents

 

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an “emerging growth company” (“EGC”) as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). The JOBS Act provides that an EGC may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows for a delay in the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. The Company has elected to take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act and, as a result, will not be required to comply with new or revised accounting standards on the dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies that are not EGCs until those standards apply to private companies.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which replaced the previous incurred-loss impairment model for trade receivables and other financial assets with an expected credit loss model that requires an entity to estimate expected credit losses over the contractual life of the asset. As an EGC that has elected the extended transition period, the Company adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2023, using the modified retrospective transition method. The adoption of ASU 2016-13 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. As an EGC that has elected the extended transition period, the Company adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2024. The Company applied the modified retrospective method of adoption. The adoption of ASU 2020-06 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segments Disclosures, which requires public entities to provide additional disclosures about significant segment expenses and other segment-related information. The Company operates as a single reportable segment, and the significant segment expenses regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker are the expense line items presented on the face of the consolidated statements of operations. The adoption of ASU 2023-07 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which requires public entities to provide additional disaggregated information in the rate reconciliation and disclose income taxes paid by jurisdiction. As an EGC that elected the extended transition period, the guidance was effective for the Company for annual periods beginning January 1, 2026. The Company early adopted this guidance prospectively, effective January 1, 2025, and the adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement — Reporting Comprehensive Income — Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40), which requires public entities to provide disaggregated disclosure of certain expense categories in the notes to the financial statements. As an EGC that has elected the extended transition period, the guidance is effective for the Company for annual periods beginning January 1, 2028. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

Note 5. Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, as presented in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period.

The weighted-average number of common shares outstanding reflects the timing of common stock issuances during the period, including shares issued in connection with capital raises and equity compensation arrangements.

F-18


Table of Contents

 

Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, adjusted to give effect to potentially dilutive securities. Potentially dilutive securities include stock options and warrants outstanding during the period, calculated using the treasury stock method.

For all periods presented in which the Company incurred a net loss, diluted EPS is equal to basic EPS because the inclusion of potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive.

The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted EPS (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

Year ended December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Net (loss) attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(18,378

)

 

$

(12,725

)

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

19,296

 

 

 

13,610

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (1)

 

 

19,296

 

 

 

13,610

 

Basic (loss) per share

 

$

(0.95

)

 

$

(0.93

)

Diluted (loss) per share

 

$

(0.95

)

 

$

(0.93

)

 

(1)
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding exclude the impact of unexercised stock options and other potential common shares because inclusion would be anti-dilutive for each period presented.

The following table represents potential common shares that were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings/(loss) per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive (shares in thousands).

 

Year ended December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Stock options

 

 

1,693

 

 

 

1,280

 

Warrants

 

 

677

 

 

 

6,837

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

—

 

 

 

3

 

Total anti-dilutive potential common shares

 

 

2,370

 

 

 

8,120

 

 

The number of potentially dilutive securities excluded from diluted EPS represents stock options, warrants, and restricted stock units outstanding during at the end of each reporting period.

All share and per-share amounts presented have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the Share Consolidation (as defined in Note 17 — Common Stock), pursuant to which each ordinary share of Amaero Ltd was converted into one-fortieth of one share of common stock of Amaero Inc.

F-19


Table of Contents

 

Note 6. Revenue from Contracts with Customers

The Company’s accounting policies for revenue recognition, including the five-step model applied under ASC 606, the distinction between point-in-time and over-time recognition, and the Company’s elections of available practical expedients, are described below and in Note 4 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. The disclosures below are presented in accordance with the quantitative and qualitative disclosure requirements of ASC 606-10-50.

(a) Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table presents revenue disaggregated by major product line, geographic region, and timing of recognition for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 (in thousands). All revenue is generated from the Company’s single reportable operating segment.

 

Year ended December 31,

2025

 

2024

 

Major Product line

 

 

 

 

Metal powders

$

5,277

 

$

678

 

PM-HIP components

$

1,028

 

$

639

 

Total revenues from contracts with customers

$

6,305

 

$

1,317

 

Geographic Region

 

 

 

 

United States

$

6,305

 

$

1,317

 

Timing of Revenue Recognition

 

 

 

 

Recognized at a point in time

$

5,277

 

$

678

 

Recognized over time

$

1,028

 

$

639

 

Total revenues from contracts with customers

$

6,305

 

$

1,317

 

 

All revenue is generated from customers located in the U.S., reflecting the Company’s current commercial focus on the U.S. defense, aerospace, and space markets. Metal powder sales are recognized at a point in time upon shipment; PM-HIP contract manufacturing revenue is recognized over time using the cost-to-cost method, as described in Note 2.

(b) Contract Balances

The following table presents the balances of contract-related assets and liabilities:

 

December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Contract assets

 

$

10

 

 

$

—

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

119

 

 

 

—

 

 

Accounts receivable represents amounts billed and currently due from customers for goods shipped or services rendered. The Company’s right to consideration becomes unconditional upon shipment of powder products or upon incurrence of cost for PM-HIP contracts, at which point the receivable or contract asset is recognized. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had contract assets of $10 thousand and contract liabilities of $119 thousand, arising from differences between PM-HIP revenue recognized over time and contractual milestone billings. There were no contract assets or contract liabilities as of December 31, 2024.

(c) Remaining Performance Obligations

The Company’s revenue contracts are principally in the form of discrete purchase orders, each representing a single performance obligation to deliver a specified quantity of metal powder or a manufactured PM-HIP component, satisfied at shipment/delivery or over the manufacturing period, respectively.

The Company has elected the practical expedient under ASC 606-10-50-14 and does not disclose the aggregate transaction price allocated to unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) performance obligations as of the balance sheet date. This election applies because: (i) the original expected duration of each individual contract (purchase order) is one year or less; or (ii) the Company’s right to consideration corresponds directly to the value delivered to the customer for performance completed to date. Substantially all performance obligations outstanding at any balance sheet date are

F-20


Table of Contents

 

expected to be satisfied and revenue recognized within 12 months. Individual purchase orders issued under multi-year master supply, preferred supplier, or exclusive distribution framework agreements are each evaluated independently as separate contracts with expected durations of one year or less.

(d) Significant Judgments

The following judgments in applying the Company’s revenue recognition policies have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in these financial statements:

Identification of Contract and Performance Obligations

The Company’s commercial arrangements include both standalone purchase orders and purchase orders issued under multi-year master supply, preferred supplier, and exclusive distribution agreements. Management evaluates whether each individual purchase order constitutes a separate contract or is part of a broader arrangement with a longer duration. In all periods presented, individual purchase orders are treated as the operative contract for revenue recognition, as each specifies the product, quantity, price, and delivery terms on a stand-alone basis, and the customer has no unconditional obligation to place future orders unless a specific minimum purchase commitment has been triggered. This judgment is significant and affects the assessment of contract duration, timing of revenue recognition, and the application of the practical expedient for remaining performance obligations.

Over-Time Recognition for PM-HIP — Criteria and Measure of Progress

The Company recognizes PM-HIP contract manufacturing revenue over time. The determination that over-time recognition is appropriate requires judgment as to whether the performance obligation meets one or more of the criteria under ASC 606-10-25-27. Management has concluded that PM-HIP contracts satisfy the over-time criteria because: (i) the components are manufactured to customer-proprietary specifications and have no alternative commercial use to the Company; and (ii) the Company has an enforceable right to payment for costs incurred plus a reasonable margin upon any customer-initiated termination. The cost-to-cost method is used to measure progress, and management’s estimates of total contract costs — which determine the percentage-of-completion and the revenue recognized in each period — require significant judgment and are subject to revision as work progresses. Changes in estimated contract costs are recognized in the period the change is determined.

Transfer of Control — Metal Powder Sales

For metal powder sales, the Company recognizes revenue at the point in time when control transfers to the customer. The determination of when control transfers requires judgment with respect to applicable shipping terms. The Company reviews the delivery terms of each purchase order to determine the appropriate point of recognition. For substantially all powder sales in the periods presented, control transfers upon shipment from the Company’s Tennessee facility.

Variable Consideration and Constraint

Certain supply agreements include pricing provisions that may vary based on raw material indices or agreed-upon escalators. The Company applies the most likely amount method to estimate such provisions and applies the variable consideration constraint to ensure that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue will not occur. Variable consideration was not material in either of the periods presented.

Major Customer Concentration

During the year ended December 31, 2025, two customers individually accounted for more than 10% of total revenue, comprising approximately 48% and 25% of revenue, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2024 three customers accounted for approximately 37%, 32%, and 15% of revenue, respectively. The concentration of revenue among a limited number of customers reflects the Company’s early commercial stage and the qualification and program development cycles typical of the defense, aerospace, and space powder supply and advanced manufacturing markets.

F-21


Table of Contents

 

Note 7. Income Taxes

The components of loss before income taxes from continuing operations were as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ended December 31,

2025

 

2024

 

United States

$

(13,531

)

$

(9,277

)

Foreign

 

(5,017

)

 

(4,117

)

$

(18,548

)

$

(13,394

)

 

There is no income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate for continued operations is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ended December 31,

2025

 

 

2024

 

U.S. Federal Statutory Tax Rate

$

(3,896

)

 

21.0

%

 

$

(2,812

)

 

21.0

%

Current State and Local Income Taxes

 

—

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

—

 

 

0.0

%

Deferred State and Local Income Taxes

 

(326

)

 

1.8

%

 

 

(350

)

 

2.6

%

Foreign Tax Effects

 

—

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

—

 

 

0.0

%

Australia

 

(253

)

 

1.3

%

 

 

9

 

 

(0.1

%)

UAE

 

—

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

(259

)

 

1.9

%

Tax Credits

 

(40

)

 

0.2

%

 

 

(16

)

 

0.1

%

Nontaxable or Nondeductible

 

—

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

—

 

 

0.0

%

Changes in valuation allowances

 

4,576

 

 

(24.7

%)

 

 

3,451

 

 

(25.8

%)

Other

 

(61

)

 

0.3

%

 

 

(23

)

 

0.2

%

Effective Tax Rate

$

—

 

 

0.0

%

 

$

—

 

 

0.0

%

 

Deferred tax assets at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 are related to the following (in thousands):

 

December 31,

2025

 

2024

 

Intangible Assets

$

914

 

$

988

 

Accrued Expenses

 

448

 

 

54

 

Lease Liability

 

2,661

 

 

2,665

 

Capitalized Expenses

 

660

 

 

761

 

Deferred Revenue

 

130

 

 

13

 

Research & Development

 

—

 

 

81

 

Unrealized Exchange Gain/Loss

 

76

 

 

75

 

Net Operating Loss

 

12,699

 

 

7,940

 

R&D Credits

 

56

 

 

16

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

$

17,644

 

$

12,593

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less valuation allowance

 

(14,360

)

 

(9,783

)

Total deferred tax assets

$

3,284

 

$

2,810

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Assets

 

(774

)

 

(235

)

ROU Asset

 

(2,510

)

 

(2,575

)

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

$

(3,284

)

$

(2,810

)

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

$

—

 

$

—

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

 

In assessing the realizability of the net deferred tax assets, the Company considers all relevant positive and negative evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred income tax will not be realized. The realization of the gross deferred tax assets is dependent on several factors, including the generation of sufficient taxable income prior to expiration of the net operation loss carryforwards. At December 31, 2025 and 2024 the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets of approximately $14.4 million and $9.8 million respectively. The change in the valuation allowance during the year ended 2025 was approximately $4.6 million.

At December 31, 2025, the Company had federal net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of approximately $29.6 million for the US and $21.4 million for Australia. The federal net operating loss carryforwards generated in 2018 or later of $29.6 million will carry forward indefinitely for the US and $21.4 million for Australia will carry forward indefinitely. The Company has $22.5 million of state NOLs that will begin to expire in 2044. At December 31, 2025, the Company had federal research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $56,000. The federal credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2044. Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 subject the future utilization of net operating losses and certain other tax attributes, such as research and experimental tax credits, to an annual limitation in the event of certain ownership changes, as defined. The Company may be subject to the net operating loss utilization provision of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The effect of an ownership change would be the imposition of an annual limitation of the use of NOL carryforwards attributable to periods before the change. The amount of the annual limitation depends upon the value of the Company immediately before the change, changes to the Company’s capital during a specified period prior to the change, and the federal published interest rate. Although the Company has not completed an analysis under Section 382 of the Code, it is likely that the utilization of the NOLs will be limited.

Entities are also required to evaluate, measure, recognize and disclose any uncertain income tax provisions taken on their income tax returns. The Company has analyzed its tax positions and has concluded that as of December 31, 2025 there were no uncertain positions. The Company’s U.S. federal and state net operating losses have occurred since its inception and as such, tax years subject to potential tax examination could apply from that date. This is because the utilization of net operating losses from prior years subjects the relevant year to audit by the IRS and/or state taxing authorities. Interest and penalties, if any, as they relate to income taxes assessed, are included in the income tax provision. The Company did not have any unrecognized tax benefits and has not accrued any interest or penalties for the 12 months ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

On July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (“OBBBA”) was signed into law. The OBBBA includes significant provisions, such as the permanent extension of certain expiring provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, modifications to the international tax framework and the restoration of favorable tax treatment for certain business provisions. The legislation has multiple effective dates, with certain provisions effective in 2025 and others implemented through 2027. The OBBBA did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025.

Note 8. Accounts Receivable, net

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, accounts receivable (gross) with customers were $1,367 and $531, respectively.

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s allowance for credit losses during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 (in thousands):

 

December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Beginning balance

 

$

(31

)

 

$

—

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(31

)

Write-offs

 

—

 

 

—

 

Recoveries

 

—

 

 

—

 

Ending balance

 

$

(34

)

 

$

(31

)

 

F-23


Table of Contents

 

Note 9. Inventories

Inventories at December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31,

2025

 

2024

 

Raw materials

$

2,227

 

$

1,323

 

Work-in-process

 

277

 

—

 

Finished goods

 

3,380

 

—

 

Total inventories

$

5,884

 

$

1,323

 

 

Note 10. Property, Plant and Equipment Net

Property, plant and equipment at December 31 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Machinery & equipment

 

$

12,260

 

 

$

4,723

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

19,021

 

 

 

8,625

 

Construction in progress

 

 

5,588

 

 

 

4,367

 

Property, plant and equipment, gross

 

 

36,869

 

 

 

17,715

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

 

(1,436

)

 

 

(255

)

Property, plant, and equipment, net

 

$

35,433

 

 

$

17,460

 

 

Depreciation expense was $1.2 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Note 11. Leases

The Company has a single operating lease for its manufacturing and corporate headquarters facility in McDonald, Tennessee. The lease has an initial term of 15 years, commenced on July 12, 2023, and includes two optional renewal periods of five years each that management is reasonably certain to exercise. The total expected lease term is 25.5 years, with the lease expected to end on December 31, 2048. The discount rate used to calculate the present value of lease payments was the Company’s incremental borrowing rate of 9.59% at the lease commencement date. The Company has no variable lease costs or sublease income for the periods presented.

The components of operating lease cost and supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (in thousands, except lease term and discount rate):

 

Year ended December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Operating lease cost

 

$

1,193

 

 

$

1,193

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement
   of lease liabilities

 

$

969

 

 

$

950

 

Remaining lease term (years)

 

 

23.0

 

 

 

24.0

 

Discount rate

 

 

9.59

%

 

 

9.59

%

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities at December 31, 2025 and 2024 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Operating lease, right-of-use assets

 

 

10,097

 

 

 

10,294

 

Operating lease liabilities, current

 

 

988

 

 

 

969

 

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

 

 

9,715

 

 

 

9,688

 

Total operating lease liabilities

 

$

10,703

 

 

$

10,657

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

 

The future minimum lease payments under the operating lease at December 31, 2025 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

 

Operating leases

 

2026

 

$

988

 

2027

 

 

1,008

 

2028

 

 

1,028

 

2029

 

 

1,049

 

2030

 

 

1,070

 

Thereafter

 

 

23,366

 

Total undiscounted operating lease payments

 

 

28,509

 

Less: imputed interest

 

 

(17,806

)

Present value of operating lease liabilities

 

$

10,703

 

 

Note 12. Asset Retirement Obligation

The Company has a legal obligation under its Tennessee Lease to remove Company-installed production equipment (including atomizers, post-processing equipment, and related production infrastructure) and restore the premises at the end of the lease term (December 31, 2048). The Company recognizes this obligation as an asset retirement obligation under ASC 410-20.

The ARO is discounted to present value using a credit-adjusted risk-free rate of 5.58%. Accretion expense was less than $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, classified within cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. No revisions to estimated cash flows were recognized during 2025 or 2024.

The following table presents a roll-forward of the ARO for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

526

 

 

$

—

 

Initial recognition (January 1, 2024)

 

 

—

 

 

 

497

 

Accretion expense

 

 

30

 

 

 

29

 

Balance, end of year

 

$

556

 

 

$

526

 

 

Note 13. Liabilities, Commitments and Contingencies

Material cash commitments as of December 31, 2025 consist of (i) principal payments under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement (as defined in Note 14 — Indebtedness), (ii) operating lease payments under our Tennessee manufacturing and corporate headquarters lease, (iii) contractual payments under executed capital equipment purchase contracts, and (iv) inventory purchase commitments entered into in the ordinary course of business, and (v) minimum take-or-pay payments under our argon recovery services agreement. For additional information regarding our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, see “Indebtedness” above and Note 14 — Indebtedness. For additional information regarding our Tennessee lease, see Note 11 — Leases.

Our inventory purchase commitments at December 31, 2025 totaled $2.2 million, consisting of noncancelable purchase orders for electrode feedstock, the principal raw material consumed in our metal powder atomization process, entered into in the ordinary course of business, all of which are due within one year.

Our contracted capital equipment purchase commitments at December 31, 2025 totaled $10.0 million, consisting primarily of (i) remaining milestone payments of $1.0 million for EIGA (electrode induction gas atomization) #3; (ii) milestone payments of $4.2 million for EIGA #4, with commissioning scheduled for June 2027; (iii) milestone payments of $3.0 million for an argon gas recycling system, with commissioning expected in the first quarter of 2027; and (iv) various other contracted commitments for processing equipment, leasehold improvements, and ancillary plant equipment.

F-25


Table of Contents

 

In connection with the argon gas recycling system, we entered into a long-term argon recovery services agreement under which, following final acceptance and commissioning of the system (expected in the first quarter of 2027), we are obligated to pay monthly recovery service fees over a noncancelable initial term of 15 years. The monthly fee is equal to the greater of a usage-based charge, based on the volume of argon recovered, or a minimum take-or-pay amount of $24,500 per month, in each case subject to a 1.0% annual escalation. Our aggregate minimum take-or-pay commitment under this agreement is approximately $4.7 million over the initial term. Because amounts payable in excess of the minimum depend on future recovered gas volumes, only the minimum take-or-pay amount is reflected in the table below.

The following table summarizes open purchase and service commitments as of December 31, 2025 (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

Inventory Purchase Commitments

 

Capital Commitments

 

Argon Recovery Services Minimum

 

Total

 

2026

$

2,168

 

$

8,235

 

$

-

 

$

10,403

 

2027

 

-

 

 

1,777

 

 

196

 

 

1,973

 

2028

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

296

 

 

296

 

2029

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

299

 

 

299

 

2030

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

302

 

 

302

 

Thereafter

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

3,639

 

 

3,639

 

Total

$

2,168

 

$

10,012

 

$

4,732

 

$

16,912

 

 

Deferred Grant Income

The Company has received government economic development grants related to its Tennessee manufacturing facility, with proceeds conditioned on the achievement of capital investment and employment milestones at the facility. Grant amounts received are recorded as deferred grant income within Other non-current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and recognized as other income upon satisfaction of the milestones specified in each grant agreement. Deferred grant income balances at December 31, 2025 and 2024 were $0.5 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

Note 14. Indebtedness

In February 2025, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc. (the “Borrower”), entered into a credit agreement (the “EXIM Bank Credit Agreement”) with EXIM Bank providing for a senior secured equipment financing facility with an initial total commitment of $22.8 million, of which $2.5 million represents the EXIM Bank exposure fee deducted from each disbursement. The net cash proceeds available to the Company under the original commitment were $20.3 million. The EXIM Bank Credit Agreement is guaranteed by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries and is secured by substantially all of the assets of the borrower and guarantor entities.

The EXIM Bank Credit Agreement bears interest at a fixed rate of 5.36% per annum, which was set five business days prior to the first disbursement based on the published U.S. Commercial Interest Reference Rate. Interest accrues on outstanding disbursements from the date of each draw. Cash interest payments are deferred until September 30, 2026, on which date all interest accrued from the date of each draw through that date becomes payable, with quarterly cash interest payments thereafter. Principal repayments commence on September 30, 2027, and are payable in 28 equal quarterly installments through the facility’s final maturity date of June 30, 2034. The Company also pays a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum on the undrawn and uncanceled portion of the facility.

The facility is secured by the Borrower’s equipment and related assets that are financed with the disbursements under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement and by a pledged collateral account. Until the Company demonstrates compliance with the financial covenants described below for two consecutive fiscal quarters, the Borrower is required to maintain funds in the pledged collateral account equal to at least 20% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all disbursements under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, which funds are classified as restricted cash on the consolidated balance sheet. The pledged collateral account balance was $3.3 million as of December 31, 2025. Once the Company demonstrates compliance with the financial covenants described below for two consecutive fiscal quarters, the funds in the pledged collateral account may be used solely to service the principal and interest payments under the EXIM

F-26


Table of Contents

 

Bank Credit Agreement. The EXIM Bank Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on indebtedness, liens, fundamental changes (including mergers, consolidations, and changes of control), restricted payments (including dividends and other distributions), investments, transactions with affiliates, asset dispositions, and changes in the nature of the business or accounting policies. The EXIM Bank Credit Agreement also contains three financial covenants tested quarterly: (i) a maximum leverage ratio of 1.75 to 1.00, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2027; (ii) minimum liquidity of not less than $4.2 million, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2027; and (iii) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.25 to 1.00, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2028. As of December 31, 2025, no financial covenants were applicable and the Company was in compliance with all other covenants under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement.

The EXIM Bank Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, breaches of covenants and representations, cross-defaults to other indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency events, and a change of control. Upon the occurrence and continuation of an event of default, EXIM Bank may suspend further disbursements, cancel undrawn commitments, and accelerate all outstanding obligations.

Disbursements under the facility are made upon satisfaction of equipment commissioning milestones. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had drawn $15.0 million in cumulative net cash proceeds (representing $16.9 million in gross principal), with $5.2 million of net cash proceeds remaining available under the original commitment. The effective interest rate on the facility, reflecting amortization of the EXIM Bank exposure fee and other debt issuance costs over the term of the loan using the effective interest method, is approximately 7.97%.

In June 2026, the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement was amended to, among other things, (i) increase the total commitment from $22.8 million to $26.1 million (an increase of $3.3 million, providing $2.9 million in additional net cash proceeds available to the Company after giving effect to the EXIM Bank exposure fee), (ii) join the Company following the June 2026 Redomiciliation as an additional guarantor, and (iii) extend the testing commencement date for the fixed charge coverage ratio financial covenant from September 30, 2027 to September 30, 2028. See Note 22 — Subsequent Events for additional information.

The carrying value of the loan reflects the principal amount outstanding, net of unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs. These amounts are amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the loan.

Debt at December 31 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2025

 

 

 

2024

 

Debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.36% EXIM bank loan- due 2034 (net of unamortized
   discount and issuance costs)

 

$

14,936

 

 

 

$

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total debt

 

 

14,936

 

 

 

 

—

 

Carrying value of debt includes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unamortized discount

 

 

(1,764

)

 

 

 

—

 

Unamortized debt issuance cost

 

 

(226

)

 

 

 

—

 

Gross borrowings

 

$

16,926

 

 

 

$

—

 

 

There was no current portion of long-term debt at December 31, 2025 or 2024.

F-27


Table of Contents

 

Scheduled principal payments for debt for the next five years are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

Indebtedness

 

2026

$

—

 

2027

 

1,209

 

2028

 

2,418

 

2029

 

2,418

 

2030

 

2,418

 

Thereafter

 

8,463

 

Total

$

16,926

 

 

Note 15. Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest incurred on outstanding borrowings, commitment fees, and the amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, total interest expense was approximately $0.5 million.

Interest incurred for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was (in thousands):

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

5.36% EXIM loan due 2034 - coupon interest

 

$

254

 

 

$

—

 

5.36% EXIM loan due 2034 - amortization of
   debt discount

 

 

125

 

 

 

—

 

5.36% EXIM loan due 2034 - amortization of
   debt issuance cost

 

 

10

 

 

 

—

 

5.36% EXIM loan due 2034 - commitment fees

 

 

65

 

 

 

—

 

Interest expense on outstanding debt

 

$

454

 

 

$

—

 

 

Note 16. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant-date fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period of each separately vesting portion of the award, which is generally the vesting period of the award.

This Note 16 addresses stock options granted to employees, directors, and consultants under the Company’s equity incentive plans, which are accounted for as share-based payment awards under ASC 718. Options issued to non-employee advisors, brokers, and underwriters as direct and incremental consideration for services rendered in connection with specific equity offerings are accounted for under SAB Topic 5.A and ASC 340-10-S99-1, reducing the net proceeds credited to additional paid-in capital rather than being recognized as compensation expense. Accordingly, these awards are not included in the disclosures presented in this Note 16. See Note 17 — Common Stock for further information regarding these instruments.

All option counts, exercise prices, and per-option fair value amounts presented in this Note 16 have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the 40-to-1 Share Consolidation effected by the Scheme completed on June 22, 2026. See Note 2 — Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation for the basis of presentation and the accounting treatment of the Scheme as a reorganization of entities under common control, and Note 22 — Subsequent Events for the Company’s evaluation of the option exchange as a modification of share-based payment awards under ASC 718-20-35-3 and the conclusion that no incremental compensation cost was required to be recognized.

The Company grants stock options to employees, directors, and consultants under its equity incentive plans. Stock options are generally subject to service-based vesting conditions and have a contractual term of up to 10 years.

F-28


Table of Contents

 

The fair value of stock options is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The determination of the grant-date fair value requires the use of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the option, expected volatility of the Company’s common stock, risk-free interest rate, and expected dividend yield.

Expected term — The expected term represents the period that stock options are expected to be outstanding and is estimated using the simplified method.

Expected volatility — Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock, measured over a look-back period that management believes is representative of expected future volatility over the expected term of the award.

Risk-free interest rate — The risk-free interest rate for options granted during the periods presented was based on term-matched Australian Commonwealth Government bond yields published by the Reserve Bank of Australia and in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of the option. See Significant Accounting Policies — Stock-based compensation for a discussion of the risk-free interest rate methodology applicable to options granted on or after the Implementation Date (as defined in Note 22).

Expected dividend yield — The Company has not historically paid dividends and does not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of each separately vesting portion of awards with only service-based vesting conditions.

The following table presents stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Stock-based compensation

 

$

2,449

 

 

$

2,366

 

Tax benefit recognized in net earnings

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

The weighted-average fair value of options granted in 2024 and 2025 was calculated using the following weighted average assumptions:

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Weighted-average fair value ($)

 

$

5.74

 

 

$

5.98

 

Risk-free interest rate (%)

 

 

4.37

%

 

 

3.93

%

Expected option life (years)

 

 

5.49

 

 

 

4.05

 

Expected volatility (%)

 

 

90.00

%

 

 

90.00

%

Expected dividend yield (%)

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

Number of
Options

 

 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

 

 

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

 

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2024

 

 

870,075

 

 

$

5.26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

438,760

 

 

$

8.96

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(29,000

)

 

$

8.89

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2024

 

 

1,279,835

 

 

$

6.45

 

 

 

7.91

 

 

$

1,222,844

 

Granted

 

 

684,470

 

 

$

7.65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(102,500

)

 

$

5.26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(168,665

)

 

$

6.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2025

 

 

1,693,140

 

 

$

7.04

 

 

 

7.42

 

 

$

1,520,748

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2025

 

 

751,655

 

 

$

6.43

 

 

 

6.43

 

 

$

805,359

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2025, holders exercised options to purchase an aggregate of 102,500 shares of common stock, of which a portion were settled in cash and a portion were settled on a cashless (net share settlement) basis pursuant to the cashless exercise feature of the Employee Incentive Plan. The Company issued an aggregate of 53,846 shares of common stock in respect of these exercises and received aggregate cash proceeds of $0.1 million. Options surrendered by holders to satisfy the aggregate exercise price under the cashless exercise feature are included within the 102,500 options reflected as exercised in the table above. There were no stock option exercises during the year ended December 31, 2024.

Unrecognized Compensation Expense

As of December 31, 2025, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense was $3.4 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.58 years.

Note 17. Common Stock

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had 150,000,000 shares of common stock authorized, par value $0.00001 per share, of which 23,814,555 shares and 15,380,476 shares were issued and outstanding, respectively. Par-value amounts are reflected within additional paid-in capital on the consolidated balance sheets and statements of changes in stockholders’ equity given that the par value rounds to zero when presented in thousands. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had no shares of preferred stock authorized, issued, or outstanding.

Changes in share balances are presented on the Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, the Company’s predecessor parent, Amaero Ltd, completed four equity capital raises totaling approximately $76.9 million in aggregate gross proceeds. Share counts and per-share prices in this section are presented on a post-Share-Consolidation basis, reflecting the equivalent shares of common stock of Amaero Inc. into which the Amaero Ltd ordinary shares issued at the time of each placement were converted. Each ordinary share of Amaero Ltd was converted into one-fortieth of one share of common stock of Amaero Inc. pursuant to the Scheme (as defined in Note 2 — Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation). The 40-to-1 conversion ratio effected by the Scheme is referred to herein as the “Share Consolidation.” U.S. dollar equivalents in this section are translated from Australian dollars at the average exchange rate for the month in which each respective placement was completed and are provided for the convenience of the reader only. Such translations should not be construed as representations that the Australian dollar amounts have been, could have been, or could in the future be converted into U.S. dollars at the rates indicated or at any other rate. The Company’s equity capital raises during this period consisted of:

•
March 2024 placement. In March 2024, Amaero Ltd issued the equivalent of 1.5 million shares of common stock at $8.61 per share, raising gross proceeds of approximately $13.1 million.
•
September 2024 placement. In September 2024, Amaero Ltd issued the equivalent of an aggregate of approximately 1.8 million shares of common stock at $9.59 per share across two tranches, raising gross proceeds of approximately $17.1 million. The placement was completed in two tranches, with the second tranche representing approximately $3.5 million of the total proceeds issued in October 2024 following shareholder approval.
•
February 2025 placement. In February 2025, Amaero Ltd issued the equivalent of an aggregate of approximately 1.8 million shares of common stock at $7.47 per share, raising gross proceeds of approximately $13.7 million. The placement was completed in two tranches, with the second tranche representing approximately $1.0 million of the total proceeds issued in April 2025 following shareholder approval.
•
August 2025 placement and Share Purchase Plan. In August 2025, Amaero Ltd issued the equivalent of 3.1 million shares of common stock at $10.53 per share, raising gross proceeds of approximately $32.7 million. In October 2025, Amaero Ltd issued the equivalent of an additional approximately 29 thousand shares of common stock at the same $10.53 price per share under a follow-on Share Purchase Plan, raising additional gross proceeds of approximately $0.3 million.

F-30


Table of Contents

 

Equity-Settled Issuance Costs

In connection with two separate private placements of ordinary shares completed during the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company’s predecessor parent, Amaero Ltd, issued options to purchase ordinary shares of Amaero Ltd to the lead manager of each placement as direct and incremental consideration for services rendered in connection with the capital raise. In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5.A and ASC 340-10-S99-1, the grant-date fair value of these options, measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, was recorded as a direct and incremental cost of the related placement, reducing the net proceeds credited to additional paid-in capital rather than being recognized as compensation expense. The aggregate grant-date fair value of these awards was approximately $0.2 million and is included within issuance costs presented on the consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity for the year ended December 31, 2024, and is separately disclosed as a non-cash financing activity in the consolidated statements of cash flows for that year.

The options were fully vested at issuance and remained outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2025. Because these awards were accounted for under SAB Topic 5.A as direct and incremental costs of the related offerings, they are not included in the disclosures presented in Note 16 — Stock-Based Compensation.

There were no equity-settled issuance costs during the year ended December 31, 2025.

Note 18. Warrants and Restricted Stock Units

The Company has issued warrants to purchase CDIs (including in the form of its underlying shares of common stock) issued in the legal form of listed options or unlisted options under the ASX Listing Rules and Australian law, and referred to herein as “warrants”) to investors who concurrently subscribed for CDIs (including in the form of its underlying shares of common stock) in private placements (see Note 17 — Common Stock). The warrants were issued to investors in their capacity as holders of equity instruments and are outside the scope of ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation; accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized. The Company accounts for the warrants as equity-classified instruments in accordance with ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. All warrants were fully vested at issuance and are exercisable at any time prior to expiration. Holders are not entitled to dividends or voting rights prior to exercise. The warrants are not currently listed or publicly traded on ASX.

During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company also issued unlisted options to purchase CDIs (including in the form of its shares of common stock) to non-employee advisors and brokers as consideration for capital-raise advisory and broker services rendered in connection with the private placements described in Note 17 — Common Stock. Because those instruments were issued as direct and incremental costs of the related capital-raise transactions, the grant-date fair value of those instruments was recorded as a reduction of the proceeds from the related placements (issuance cost) rather than as share-based compensation expense, in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5.A and ASC 340-10-S99-1. The related activity is presented in Note 17 — Common Stock.

The exercise prices of all warrants outstanding during the periods presented are denominated in Australian dollars (A$). U.S. dollar equivalents disclosed below are translated at the AUD/USD exchange rate published by the Reserve Bank of Australia on the issuance date of each warrant tranche. All share and per-warrant amounts presented have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the Share Consolidation (as defined in Note 17 — Common Stock).

The warrant agreements permit holders to exercise on either a cash basis or, at the holder’s election, a cashless (net share settlement) basis. Under the cashless exercise feature, holders receive a reduced number of shares of common stock in lieu of paying the exercise price in cash.

F-31


Table of Contents

 

A summary of warrant activity for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 is as follows:

 

 

July
2022
Warrants

 

August
2022
Warrants

 

December
2022
Warrants

 

December
2023
Warrants

 

Total
Warrants
Outstanding

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Exercise Price (USD)

$

11.48

 

$

11.69

 

$

4.91

 

$

6.56

 

 

 

 

 

Expiration Date

July 4, 2025

 

August 1, 2025

 

December 2, 2025

 

December 27, 2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2024

 

188,011

 

 

466,837

 

 

4,701,463

 

 

1,562,500

 

 

6,918,811

 

$

5.92

 

Granted

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

Exercised — Cash

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(14,648

)

 

(66,688

)

 

(81,336

)

$

6.26

 

Exercised — Cashless

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

Expired

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2024

 

188,011

 

 

466,837

 

 

4,686,815

 

 

1,495,812

 

 

6,837,475

 

$

5.91

 

Granted

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

Exercised — Cash

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(481,721

)

 

(48,698

)

 

(530,419

)

$

5.06

 

Exercised — Cashless

 

—

 

 

(466,837

)

 

(4,157,229

)

 

(770,168

)

 

(5,394,234

)

$

5.73

 

Expired

 

(188,011

)

 

—

 

 

(47,865

)

 

—

 

 

(235,876

)

$

10.15

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2025

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

676,946

 

 

676,946

 

$

6.56

 

 

Note: Exercise prices presented in U.S. dollars represent the contractual Australian dollar exercise price of each tranche, as adjusted for the Share Consolidation, translated to U.S. dollars at the AUD/USD exchange rate published by the Reserve Bank of Australia on the issuance date of the respective tranche. The contractual A$ exercise prices, as adjusted for the Share Consolidation, are A$16.80 (July 2022 and August 2022 Warrants), A$7.20 (December 2022 Warrants), and A$9.60 (December 2023 Warrants).

Year Ended December 31, 2024

During the year ended December 31, 2024, all warrant exercises were settled in cash. The Company received aggregate exercise proceeds of US$0.5 million, translated at the AUD/USD rates prevailing on the respective exercise settlement dates) in connection with the exercise of 81,336 warrants.

Year Ended December 31, 2025

During the year ended December 31, 2025, holders exercised an aggregate of 5,924,653 warrants, of which 530,419 were settled in cash and 5,394,234 were settled on a cashless basis. The 5,924,653 warrants exercised during the year resulted in the issuance of an aggregate of 3,390,245 shares of common stock, comprising 530,419 shares issued in respect of cash exercises and 2,859,826 shares issued in respect of cashless exercises (the difference of 2,534,408 warrants representing warrants surrendered by holders to satisfy the aggregate exercise price). The Company received aggregate cash exercise proceeds of US$2.6 million, translated at the AUD/USD rates prevailing on the respective exercise settlement dates. The cashless exercises generated no cash proceeds.

In addition, 235,876 warrants expired unexercised during the year ended December 31, 2025, comprising all 188,011 outstanding July 2022 Warrants and 47,865 December 2022 Warrants. These warrants had a weighted-average exercise price of US$10.15 and were out-of-the-money at their respective expiration dates.

Warrants Outstanding at December 31, 2025

At December 31, 2025, all 676,946 warrants outstanding consisted of December 2023 Warrants with a contractual exercise price of US$6.56, translated at the AUD/USD rate prevailing on the issuance date, expiring on December 27, 2026. The weighted-average remaining contractual life of warrants outstanding at December 31, 2025 was approximately 1.0 year. All warrants outstanding at December 31, 2025 were exercisable.

F-32


Table of Contents

 

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock unit (“RSU”) grant, vest, and forfeiture activity during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025 was not material to the consolidated financial statements. Activity is presented on the consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity.

Note 19. Fair Value Measurements

The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of the inputs used to determine fair value. Level 1 refers to fair values determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. Level 2 refers to fair values estimated using significant other observable inputs, and Level 3 includes fair values estimated using significant unobservable inputs. The following table presents our assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and are categorized using the fair value hierarchy.

 

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

 

December 31, 2024

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

27,347

 

 

$

27,347

 

 

$

10,499

 

 

$

10,499

 

Total Assets

 

$

27,347

 

 

$

27,347

 

 

$

10,499

 

 

$

10,499

 

 

The Company did not have any liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024.

Money market funds are valued using a market approach based on the quoted market prices or broker/dealer quotes of identical or comparable instruments.

Fair Value Disclosures

The fair values and related carrying values of financial instruments that are not required to be remeasured at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2025 was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying Amount

 

 

Total Fair Value

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt, net of issuance costs

 

$

(14,936

)

 

$

(15,226

)

 

—

 

—

 

$

(15,226

)

 

The company did not have any assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2025.

The Company’s Debt is not traded in the secondary market, the fair value is classified as Level 3 and is based on our indicative borrowing cost derived from dealer quotes or discounted cash flows. The Company had no debt outstanding at December 31, 2024; accordingly, no fair value disclosure for debt is presented as of that date. With regard to other financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk, it is not practicable to estimate the fair value of our indemnifications and financing commitments because the amount and timing of those arrangements are uncertain. Items not included in the above disclosures include cash, restricted cash, time deposits and other deposits, Accounts receivable, Unbilled receivables, Other current assets, Accounts payable and long-term payables. The carrying values of those items, as reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, approximate their fair value at December 31, 2025 and 2024. The fair value of assets and liabilities whose carrying value approximates fair value is determined using Level 2 inputs, with the exception of cash (Level 1).

Note 20. Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company may be party to routine legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2025, there were no pending legal proceedings that management believes would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

F-33


Table of Contents

 

Note 21. Discontinued Operations

Description

In October 2023, the Company’s Board resolved to cease the operations conducted through its Australian subsidiaries — Amaero Engineering Pty Ltd and Amaero Alloys Pty Ltd, together with their 45% interest in the joint venture Strategic Alloys Pty Ltd — in order to focus executive and capital resources on its Tennessee manufacturing operations. This decision followed the Company’s July 2023 announcement of its strategic relocation to Spring Branch Industrial Park, McDonald, Tennessee. Strategic Alloys Pty Ltd was deregistered on July 29, 2024. Management concluded that the cessation represented a strategic shift that has, or will have, a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results, and accordingly classified the results of these operations as discontinued operations under ASC 205-20.

The wind-down was substantially complete by June 30, 2024, with residual administrative activities concluding through 2025. No material gain or loss on disposal was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024. There were no assets or liabilities classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024.

Financial Results of Discontinued Operations

The following table summarizes the major classes of line items constituting income from discontinued operations, net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 (in thousands):

 

 

2025

 

2024

 

Revenue

$

—

 

$

—

 

Cost of revenue

 

—

 

 

—

 

Gross loss

 

—

 

 

—

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

(26

)

 

(143

)

Research and development expenses

 

—

 

 

—

 

Total operating expenses

 

(26

)

 

(143

)

Research and development tax incentive income

 

198

 

 

795

 

Other income, net

 

(2

)

 

17

 

Total other income (expense), net

 

196

 

 

812

 

Income before income taxes

 

170

 

 

669

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

—

 

 

—

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

$

170

 

$

669

 

 

Research and development tax incentive income consists of credits received from the Australian government in respect of eligible R&D expenditure incurred by the discontinued operations prior to wind-down. Amounts are recognized upon receipt, when all conditions of the incentive scheme have been confirmed and the amount has been collected.

No income tax expense or benefit was recognized in respect of the discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. Taxable losses generated by the discontinued component have been fully offset by valuation allowances against deferred tax assets, and residual current tax positions in respect of prior periods have been settled and reflected within Research and development tax incentive income on a net basis.

F-34


Table of Contents

 

Cash Flows of Discontinued Operations

The following table presents the operating, investing and financing cash flows of the discontinued operations included in the consolidated statements of cash flows (in thousands):

 

 

2025

 

2024

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

$

149

 

$

601

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

—

 

—

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

—

 

—

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
   from discontinued operations

$

149

 

$

601

 

 

Operating cash inflows in 2024 and 2025 primarily reflect Australian government research and development tax incentive credits received in respect of eligible expenditure incurred prior to wind-down, partially offset by residual administrative cash outflows. Intercompany funding activity between the discontinued component and continuing operations has been eliminated in consolidation. There were no significant non-cash operating or investing items attributable to the discontinued operations during the years ended December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024.

Earnings Per Share

Basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to discontinued operations were $0.01 and $0.05 for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Refer to Note 5 — Earnings Per Share for further detail.

Note 22. Subsequent Events

The following material events occurred after December 31, 2025:

Redomiciliation to the United States. In June 2026, the Company completed its redomicile from Australia to the State of Delaware in the U.S. through the Scheme, with Amaero Inc., a newly incorporated Delaware corporation (“Amaero Inc.”), becoming the ultimate parent of Amaero Ltd.

The Scheme was implemented on June 22,2026 (the “Implementation Date”). Pursuant to the Scheme, (i) each ordinary share of Amaero Ltd was exchanged for one CHESS Depositary Interest (“CDI”) of Amaero Inc., with each Amaero Inc. CDI representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of one share of common stock of Amaero Inc. (the “Share Consolidation”), and (ii) each outstanding stock option over Amaero Ltd ordinary shares was exchanged for one stock option of Amaero Inc. exercisable into Amaero Inc. CDIs on substantially the same terms as the original Amaero Ltd option, with the exercise price converted from Australian dollars to United States dollars at the prevailing AUD/USD spot exchange rate of 0.7004 on the Implementation Date as published by the Reserve Bank of Australia. The option exchange did not alter the number of options, vesting conditions, contractual term, or any other substantive terms of the awards. Amaero Inc. CDIs are quoted on the Australian Securities Exchange under the ticker symbol 3DA.

Authorized Preferred Stock. In connection with the redomiciliation, on June 22, 2026, Amaero Inc. adopted a certificate of incorporation that authorizes 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share. The board of directors is authorized, without further stockholder approval, to issue the preferred stock from time to time in one or more series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, rights, and limitations of each series. No shares of preferred stock have been issued or are outstanding as of the date these consolidated financial statements were issued.

Accounting treatment of the share exchange (Basis of Presentation). The Scheme has been accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control on a carryover basis in accordance with ASC 805-50, and in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 4.C the share and per-share information presented in these consolidated financial statements has been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the 40-to-1 Share Consolidation, including all option counts, exercise prices, and per-option fair value amounts disclosed in Note 16 — Stock-Based Compensation. See Note 2 — Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation for additional information regarding the basis of presentation of the consolidated financial statements following the Scheme.

F-35


Table of Contents

 

Accounting treatment of the option exchange. The Company evaluated the option exchange as a modification of share-based payment awards in accordance with ASC 718-20-35-3. The fair value of the modified awards was calculated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, applying consistent assumptions immediately before and immediately after the modification, with the pre-modification calculation using Australian dollar-denominated inputs and the post-modification calculation using United States dollar-denominated inputs converted at the spot exchange rate on the Implementation Date. The Company determined that the fair value of the modified awards did not exceed the fair value of the original awards for any of the affected grants. Accordingly, no incremental compensation cost was recognized in connection with the Scheme, and the Company continues to recognize the original grant-date fair value of unvested awards over each tranche’s remaining requisite service period.

The Company also evaluated the classification of the modified awards under ASC 718-10-25-15 and determined that equity classification is preserved on the basis that the United States dollar-denominated exercise price following the modification matches both (a) the functional currency of the employer (Amaero Inc., whose functional currency is the United States dollar) and (b) the currency in which substantially all of the Company’s employees are compensated. Accordingly, no reclassification of the awards from equity to liability was required.

EXIM Bank Credit Agreement — Remaining Draws. Subsequent to December 31, 2025, the Company drew $8.1 million in net cash proceeds under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, consisting of (i) approximately $5.2 million of net cash proceeds remaining available under the original commitment as of December 31, 2025, and (ii) approximately $2.9 million in net cash proceeds available under the June 2026 amendment to the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement. See Note 14 — Indebtedness for additional information regarding the June 2026 amendment.

April 2026 Master Purchasing Agreement. On April 8, 2026, the Company entered into a Master Purchasing Agreement with Continuum Powders Corporation for the supply of spherical titanium alloy powders, which was amended on May 8, 2026. The agreement has an initial one-year term and includes a minimum purchase commitment. At contracted pricing, the minimum purchase commitment represents approximately $5.5 million in contracted revenue over the initial term. The customer may submit additional purchase orders above the minimum commitment up to a 100% increase from the minimum, which the Company has agreed to prioritize for production. The agreement may be terminated by either party upon 30 days’ prior written notice if the other party fails to cure a material breach.

United Performance Metals Distribution Partnership. In April 2026, United Performance Metals (UPM), an affiliate of the privately-held O’Neal Industries, appointed the Company as its exclusive supplier of titanium powders under a three-year Master Purchasing Agreement under which UPM will act as a distribution partner. UPM received an initial purchase order of 4,000 kg and has committed to maintaining a minimum inventory of 4,000 kg with ongoing replenishment orders.

Other than the events described above, the Company did not identify any other subsequent events after December 31, 2025 and through July 10, 2026, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, that would require adjustment or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

F-36


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of June 30, 2026 and for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

June 30,
2026

 

 

December 31,
2025

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

13,589

 

 

$

31,852

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

3,325

 

 

 

1,333

 

Contract assets, net

 

 

564

 

 

 

10

 

Inventories

 

 

6,504

 

 

 

5,884

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

925

 

 

 

985

 

Deferred offering costs

 

 

760

 

 

—

 

Other current assets

 

 

617

 

 

 

652

 

Total current assets

 

$

26,284

 

 

$

40,716

 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

 

 

45,926

 

 

 

35,433

 

Operating lease, right-of-use assets

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

10,097

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

2,361

 

 

 

1,268

 

Restricted cash

 

 

3,997

 

 

 

3,333

 

Total assets

 

$

88,568

 

 

$

90,847

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

6,611

 

 

 

2,536

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

1,817

 

 

 

1,588

 

Accrued interest

 

 

796

 

 

 

256

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

2

 

 

 

119

 

Operating lease liabilities, current

 

 

998

 

 

 

988

 

Total current liabilities

 

$

10,224

 

 

$

5,487

 

Long-term debt, net

 

 

19,573

 

 

 

14,936

 

Operating lease liabilities, noncurrent

 

 

9,721

 

 

 

9,715

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

984

 

 

 

1,043

 

Total liabilities

 

$

40,502

 

 

$

31,181

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $0.00001; 150,000,000 shares authorized;
   23,833,180 and 23,814,555 shares issued and outstanding as of
   June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

124,161

 

 

 

122,388

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(75,481

)

 

 

(62,048

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(614

)

 

 

(674

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

$

48,066

 

 

$

59,666

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

88,568

 

 

$

90,847

 

 

See accompanying notes to these condensed consolidated financial statements

F-38


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Revenue

 

$

7,397

 

 

$

1,219

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

10,474

 

 

 

4,496

 

Gross loss

 

 

(3,077

)

 

 

(3,277

)

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

9,963

 

 

 

5,816

 

Research and development expenses

 

 

63

 

 

 

8

 

Loss on dispositions and impairment

 

 

108

 

 

 

—

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

10,134

 

 

 

5,824

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(13,211

)

 

 

(9,101

)

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income, net

 

 

86

 

 

 

3

 

Interest income

 

 

389

 

 

 

235

 

Interest expense

 

 

(697

)

 

 

(38

)

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

(222

)

 

 

200

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

(13,433

)

 

 

(8,901

)

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

(13,433

)

 

 

(8,901

)

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

—

 

 

 

170

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(13,433

)

 

$

(8,731

)

Basic and diluted net loss per share — continuing operations

 

$

(0.56

)

 

$

(0.53

)

Basic and diluted net income per share — discontinued operations

 

$

—

 

 

$

0.01

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

 

$

(0.56

)

 

$

(0.52

)

Weighted-average shares outstanding — basic and diluted

 

 

23,819,934

 

 

 

16,733,583

 

 

See accompanying notes to these condensed consolidated financial statements

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

 

Six months ended June 30,

2026

 

 

2025

 

Net loss

$

(13,433

)

 

$

(8,731

)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

60

 

 

 

200

 

Comprehensive loss

$

(13,373

)

 

$

(8,531

)

 

See accompanying notes to these condensed consolidated financial statements

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional
paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Accumulated
other
comprehensive

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Shares (a)

 

 

Amount (b)

 

 

capital

 

 

deficit

 

 

loss

 

 

equity

 

Balance at December 31, 2025

 

 

23,814,555

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

122,388

 

 

$

(62,048

)

 

$

(674

)

 

$

59,666

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc.
   stockholders

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(13,433

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(13,433

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

60

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,694

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,694

 

Exercise of warrants and stock options

 

 

18,624

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

79

 

Shares issued in lieu of fractional entitlement

 

 

1

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Balance at June 30, 2026

 

 

23,833,180

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

124,161

 

 

$

(75,481

)

 

$

(614

)

 

$

48,066

 

Balance at December 31, 2024

 

 

15,380,476

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

73,326

 

 

$

(43,670

)

 

$

(776

)

 

$

28,880

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc.
   stockholders

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(8,731

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(8,731

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

200

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,064

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,064

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

1,833,333

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

13,870

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

13,870

 

Issuance costs

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(661

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(661

)

Exercise of warrants and stock options

 

 

52,957

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

196

 

Balance at June 30, 2025

 

 

17,266,766

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

87,795

 

 

$

(52,401

)

 

$

(576

)

 

$

34,818

 

 

See accompanying notes to these condensed consolidated financial statements

(a)
Share data has been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the 40-to-1 Share Consolidation effected by the Scheme completed on June 22, 2026. See Note 2 — Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation.
(b)
The Company’s common stock has a par value of $0.00001 per share. Because par-value amounts round to zero when presented in thousands, no corresponding amount is presented in the Common Stock (Amount) column. See Note 17 — Common Stock.

F-41


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(13,433

)

 

$

(8,731

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

935

 

 

 

384

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

1,694

 

 

 

1,064

 

Non-cash portion of operating lease expense

 

 

102

 

 

 

112

 

Amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs

 

 

196

 

 

 

—

 

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

 

 

16

 

 

 

—

 

Impairment and loss on disposal of assets

 

 

108

 

 

 

—

 

Changes in assets & liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

(1,991

)

 

 

(260

)

Contract assets, net

 

 

(554

)

 

 

—

 

Inventories

 

 

(620

)

 

 

(3,186

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(28

)

 

 

834

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

(1,093

)

 

 

(50

)

Accounts payable

 

 

1,948

 

 

 

1,650

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(532

)

 

 

1,209

 

Accrued interest

 

 

540

 

 

 

—

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

(117

)

 

 

—

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

—

 

 

 

11

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

(74

)

 

 

(22

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(12,903

)

 

$

(6,985

)

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for property, plant, and equipment

 

 

(9,513

)

 

 

(9,417

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

$

(9,513

)

 

$

(9,417

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from borrowings

 

 

4,835

 

 

 

3,511

 

Transaction costs for borrowings

 

 

(166

)

 

 

(177

)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

—

 

 

 

13,957

 

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

 

 

75

 

 

 

115

 

Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options

 

 

—

 

 

 

81

 

Transaction costs from issuance of common stock

 

 

—

 

 

 

(661

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

$

4,744

 

 

$

16,826

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

$

(17,672

)

 

$

424

 

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

73

 

 

 

55

 

Cash, cash equivalents, & restricted cash at beginning of period

 

 

35,185

 

 

 

12,109

 

Cash, cash equivalents, & restricted cash at end of period

 

$

17,586

 

 

$

12,588

 

 

See accompanying notes to these condensed consolidated financial statements

The change in deferred offering costs is substantially non-cash and is excluded from operating activities — from the change in prepaid expenses and other current assets and from the changes in accounts payable and accrued liabilities — and is presented in the supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities. Substantially all of the deferred offering costs were unpaid at June 30, 2026. The amount paid in cash during the period was not material and no separate financing caption is presented. See Note 4 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

F-42


Table of Contents

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the condensed consolidated balance sheets to the total of the same amounts shown in the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows:

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

13,589

 

 

$

11,798

 

Restricted cash

 

 

3,997

 

 

 

790

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

$

17,586

 

 

$

12,588

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

—

 

 

$

38

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Property, plant, and equipment acquired but not yet paid

 

$

2,260

 

 

$

3,866

 

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

$

760

 

 

$

—

 

EXIM Bank exposure fees financed and added to gross loan principal

 

$

607

 

 

$

441

 

Debt issuance costs incurred but not yet paid

 

$

104

 

 

$

—

 

Non-cash reclassification of prepaid expenses to debt issuance costs

 

$

87

 

 

$

—

 

Transaction costs from issuance of common stock settled in equity

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 1. Organization and Description of Business

Amaero Inc. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation. The Company operates two product lines: the production and sale of high-purity, spherical refractory and titanium alloy powders for additive and advanced manufacturing applications, and the production and sale of large, near-net-shape powder metallurgy components manufactured through Powder Metallurgy Hot Isostatic Pressing (“PM-HIP”). There have been no changes in the Company’s organization or in the nature of its business from those described in Note 1 — Organization and Description of Business to the audited consolidated financial statements, other than the redomiciliation described in Note 2 below.

Note 2. Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for interim financial information and the rules and regulations of the SEC applicable to interim financial statements. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2026 and its results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025. Results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

On June 22, 2026, the Company completed its redomiciliation from Australia to the United States pursuant to a scheme of arrangement, under which Amaero Inc. became the parent company of the group. The redomiciliation was accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control on a carryover basis, with Amaero Ltd as the accounting predecessor. In connection with the redomiciliation, shareholders received one share of common stock for every 40 CDIs or ordinary shares held (the “Share Consolidation”); all share and per-share amounts in these condensed consolidated financial statements have been retrospectively adjusted for the Share Consolidation for all periods presented. The exercise prices of outstanding options were redenominated into U.S. dollars at the Implementation Date at a rate of US$0.7004 per A$1.00; this redenomination is reflected prospectively from the Implementation Date (see Note 16).

Reclassifications. Contract assets, net of $10 thousand as of December 31, 2025, previously included within other current assets in the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, are presented as a separate caption in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets to conform to the presentation as of June 30, 2026, at which date the caption is material. This reclassification had no effect on total current assets, total assets, total liabilities, stockholders’ equity, net loss or net cash flows for any period presented.

Note 3. Going Concern

The Company incurred a net loss of $13.4 million and used $12.9 million of cash in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2026, and had an accumulated deficit of $75.5 million, cash and cash equivalents of $13.6 million and restricted cash of $4.0 million at June 30, 2026. These conditions, combined with the capital requirements of the continued build-out of the Company’s Tennessee facility, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date these condensed consolidated financial statements are issued. Management’s plans are described in Note 3 to the audited consolidated financial statements and include this offering, availability under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement and management of discretionary spending. The condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Note 4. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The Company’s significant accounting policies are described in Note 4 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the audited consolidated financial statements. There have been no material changes to those policies during the six months ended June 30, 2026, other than the adoption of the accounting standards update described below and the policy for deferred offering costs, which was not applicable in prior periods.

F-44


Table of Contents

 

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements. In July 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-05, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses for Accounts Receivable and Contract Assets, which provides a practical expedient permitting an entity to assume that the conditions existing as of the balance sheet date do not change for the remaining life of current accounts receivable and current contract assets arising from transactions accounted for under Topic 606, in place of developing a reasonable and supportable forecast of future economic conditions. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2025, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and provides no separate effective date for entities other than public business entities; the extended transition period the Company has elected under the JOBS Act therefore does not defer its application. The Company adopted ASU 2025-05 effective January 1, 2026 on a prospective basis and has elected the practical expedient, which it applies consistently to all current accounts receivable and current contract assets. The adoption did not have a material effect on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Deferred offering costs. Deferred offering costs are the specific incremental costs directly attributable to the Company’s proposed initial public offering of common stock in the United States, consisting principally of legal, printing, filing and other professional fees. In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5.A, codified in ASC 340-10-S99-1, these costs are deferred and, upon completion of the offering, will be charged against the gross proceeds of the offering as a reduction of additional paid-in capital. Costs that are not specific incremental costs directly attributable to the offering, including audit and accounting advisory related fees, the costs of the redomiciliation described in Note 2 and general corporate and administrative costs, are expensed as incurred and are presented in selling, general and administrative expenses. If the offering is abandoned, or is postponed for more than 90 days, the deferred costs will be charged to expense in the period that determination is made.

Deferred offering costs of $0.8 million are presented as a separate current asset caption on the condensed consolidated balance sheets at June 30, 2026 (there were no deferred offering costs at December 31, 2025). The change in deferred offering costs is substantially non-cash and is excluded from operating activities in the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows — from the change in prepaid expenses and other current assets and from the changes in accounts payable and accrued liabilities — and is instead presented in the supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities. Substantially all of the amount deferred at June 30, 2026 was unpaid and was included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheet. The amount paid in cash during the six months ended June 30, 2026 was not material. The balance also reflects currency translation on costs incurred by the Company’s Australian subsidiaries.

 

Note 5. Earnings Per Share

The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(13,433

)

 

$

(8,731

)

Weighted-average shares outstanding — basic & diluted

 

 

23,819,934

 

 

 

16,733,583

 

Basic & diluted loss per share

 

$

(0.56

)

 

$

(0.52

)

 

All outstanding stock options and warrants were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would have been antidilutive; 2,082,218 options and 642,049 warrants were outstanding at June 30, 2026.

F-45


Table of Contents

 

Note 6. Revenue from Contracts with Customers

The following table presents the disaggregation of revenue by major product line and by timing of revenue recognition (in thousands):

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Metal powders

 

$

6,195

 

 

$

858

 

PM-HIP components

 

 

1,202

 

 

 

361

 

Total revenue from contracts with customers

 

$

7,397

 

 

$

1,219

 

Timing of revenue recognition

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized at a point in time

 

$

6,195

 

 

$

858

 

Recognized over time

 

 

1,202

 

 

 

361

 

Total

 

$

7,397

 

 

$

1,219

 

 

The following table presents the Company’s contract balances (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

Contract assets

 

$

564

 

 

$

10

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

2

 

 

 

119

 

 

Contract assets of $0.6 million at June 30, 2026, arising where revenue is recognized in advance of the contractual right to invoice.

During the six months ended June 30, 2026, the Company recognized revenue of $0.1 million that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period. No revenue was recognized during the six months ended June 30, 2025 that had been included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of that period, as the Company had no contract liabilities at December 31, 2024. The decrease of $0.1 million in contract liabilities from December 31, 2025 to June 30, 2026 reflects revenue recognized from substantially all of the opening balance as the related performance obligations were satisfied during the six months ended June 30, 2026, with no material new customer advances received during the period.

Note 7. Income Taxes

The Company recorded no income tax benefit for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025. The Company computes its interim income tax provision under ASC 740-270 using an estimated annual effective tax rate, which was zero for both periods as the Company maintains a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets.

Note 8. Accounts Receivable, net

As of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, accounts receivable (gross) with customers were $3.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

There was no allowance for credit losses at June 30, 2026 and an allowance of less than $0.1 million at December 31, 2025. The decrease reflects derecognition on the wind-down of the discontinued operation rather than a release of the allowance to income.

In measuring expected credit losses, the Company applies the practical expedient elected on adoption of ASU 2025-05 and assumes that the conditions existing as of the balance sheet date do not change for the remaining life of its current accounts receivable and current contract assets. Receivables and contract assets are current as of June 30, 2026; no write-offs were recorded in any period presented. On that basis, no allowance for credit losses was considered necessary as of June 30, 2026.

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

 

Note 9. Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

Raw materials

 

$

2,033

 

 

$

2,227

 

Work-in-process

 

 

536

 

 

 

277

 

Finished goods

 

 

3,935

 

 

 

3,380

 

Total inventories

 

$

6,504

 

 

$

5,884

 

 

Note 10. Property, Plant and Equipment Net

Property, plant and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

Property, plant and equipment, gross

 

$

48,257

 

 

$

36,869

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

 

(2,331

)

 

 

(1,436

)

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

$

45,926

 

 

$

35,433

 

 

Depreciation expense was $0.9 million and $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively, including amortization of the asset-retirement-cost component of the right-of-use asset.

Note 11. Leases

There have been no material changes to the Company’s leases from those described in the audited consolidated financial statements.

Note 12. Asset Retirement Obligation

There have been no material changes to the Company’s asset retirement obligation from that described in Note 12 — Asset Retirement Obligation to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Note 13. Liabilities, Commitments and Contingencies

There have been no material changes to the Company’s liabilities, commitments and contingencies from those described in Note 13 — Liabilities, Commitments and Contingencies to the audited consolidated financial statements, other than the movements in open purchase and service commitments set out below.

Our inventory purchase commitments at June 30, 2026 totaled $3.6 million, consisting of noncancelable purchase orders for electrode feedstock, the principal raw material consumed in our metal powder atomization process, entered into in the ordinary course of business, all of which are due within one year.

Our contracted capital equipment purchase commitments at June 30, 2026 totaled $7.9 million, consisting primarily of (i) remaining milestone payments of $2.7 million for EIGA #4, with commissioning scheduled for June 2027; (ii) milestone payments of $2.2 million for our argon gas recycling system, with commissioning expected in the first quarter of 2027; (iii) $1.4 million for powder blending, screening and classification equipment; (iv) $0.9 million for PM-HIP production equipment; and (v) various other contracted commitments for leasehold improvements and ancillary plant equipment.

In connection with the argon gas recycling system, we remain obligated under a long-term argon recovery services agreement to pay monthly recovery service fees over a noncancelable initial term of 15 years following final acceptance and commissioning of the system, which is expected in the first quarter of 2027. The monthly fee is the greater of a minimum take-or-pay of $24,500, escalating 1.0% annually, and a usage-based charge.

F-47


Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes open purchase and service commitments as of June 30, 2026 (in thousands), which reflects the minimum fee only and does not include variable incremental amounts:

 

Year ending December 31,

Inventory
purchase
commitments

 

Capital
commitments

 

Argon recovery
services
minimum

 

Total

 

2026 (six months)

$

3,621

 

$

6,108

 

$

—

 

$

9,729

 

2027

 

 

 

1,777

 

 

196

 

 

1,973

 

2028

 

 

 

—

 

 

296

 

 

296

 

2029

 

 

 

—

 

 

299

 

 

299

 

2030

 

 

 

—

 

 

302

 

 

302

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

—

 

 

3,639

 

 

3,639

 

Total

$

3,621

 

$

7,885

 

$

4,732

 

$

16,238

 

 

Note 14. Indebtedness

Long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

December 31,
2025

 

EXIM Bank loan (gross principal)

 

$

22,367

 

 

$

16,926

 

Unamortized debt discount

 

 

(2,238

)

 

 

(1,764

)

Unamortized debt issuance costs

 

 

(556

)

 

 

(226

)

Total debt, net (carrying value)

 

$

19,573

 

 

$

14,936

 

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2026, the Company received $4.8 million of gross cash proceeds from loan disbursements under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, partially offset by debt issuance costs of $0.2 million. The change in unamortized debt issuance costs from December 31, 2025 primarily reflects debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the June 2026 amendment to the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, partially offset by amortization of debt issuance costs to interest expense. See Note 14 — Indebtedness to the audited consolidated financial statements for the terms of the facility, including the fixed interest rate, the EXIM Bank exposure fee, the guarantees and security, the financial covenants and the principal repayment schedule, and for the terms of the June 2026 amendment. There have been no other material changes to the Company’s indebtedness during the period.

See Note 19 — Fair Value Measurements for the estimated fair value of the EXIM term loan.

Note 15. Interest Expense

Interest expense was $0.7 million and less than $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. Interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2026 comprised contractual interest on the EXIM Bank term loan of $0.5 million and amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs of $0.2 million.

Note 16. Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense was as follows for the six months ended June 30 (in thousands):

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

$

1,694

 

 

$

1,064

 

Incremental expense recognized in connection with the Scheme

 

—

 

 

—

 

Tax benefit recognized in net earnings

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

 

The following table presents stock option activity for the six months ended June 30, 2026:

 

 

 

Number of
options

 

 

Weighted-
average
exercise
price

 

 

Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
term

 

 

Aggregate
intrinsic
value

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2026

 

 

1,693,140

 

 

$

7.04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

410,776

 

 

$

8.63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(1,275

)

 

$

7.42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled / forfeited

 

 

(20,423

)

 

$

7.48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of redomiciliation currency conversion (grant-date
   historical rates → 0.7004)

 

—

 

 

$

0.45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2026

 

 

2,082,218

 

 

$

8.03

 

 

 

6.59

 

 

$

976,750

 

Exercisable at June 30, 2026

 

 

878,204

 

 

$

8.02

 

 

 

5.93

 

 

$

565,640

 

 

On June 22, 2026, in connection with the redomiciliation, the exercise price of each outstanding option was converted from Australian dollars into U.S. dollars at the prevailing exchange rate of US$0.7004 per A$1.00 on the implementation date (presented as a separate line in the table above). No other terms of the awards, including the number of options, vesting conditions and contractual expiration dates, were modified.

The Company evaluated this currency conversion as a modification of share-based payment awards in accordance with ASC 718-20-35-3. The fair value of the modified awards was calculated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, applying consistent assumptions immediately before and immediately after the modification, with the pre-modification calculation using Australian dollar-denominated inputs and the post-modification calculation using United States dollar-denominated inputs converted at the spot exchange rate on the Implementation Date. The Company determined that the fair value of the modified awards did not exceed the fair value of the original awards for any of the affected grants. Accordingly, no incremental compensation cost was recognized in connection with the Scheme, and the Company continues to recognize the original grant-date fair value of unvested awards over each tranche’s remaining requisite service period.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2026 was $5.44 per option ($5.74 per option for the six months ended June 30, 2025). The Company estimated the fair value of these options using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, applying the same methodology described in Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025, with assumptions relating to share price, expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate, and expected dividend yield determined by reference to the grants made in each period.

As of June 30, 2026, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense was $3.9 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.88 years.

Options to acquire 50,000 shares of common stock issued to the Company’s lead manager in connection with capital raises remain outstanding at June 30, 2026 (exercise price of $14.01 per share, expiring in 2027) and are excluded from the table above; their grant-date fair value was recognized as a reduction of the related issuance proceeds.

Note 17. Common Stock

Common stock. As of June 30, 2026, the Company had 150,000,000 shares of common stock authorized and 23,833,180 shares issued and outstanding, par value $0.00001 per share. The Company’s shares trade on the ASX in the form of CHESS Depositary Interests (“CDIs”), with 40 CDIs representing one share of common stock. CDIs are held through CHESS Depositary Nominees Pty Ltd (“CDN”), which holds the underlying shares as nominee for CDI holders.

Fractional shares. Because Delaware law does not permit the issuance of fractional shares, the Company issued an additional 38 CDIs on the implementation date of the scheme of arrangement undertaken by the Company’s predecessor (Amaero Ltd) with its shareholders to a fractional holder account maintained by the Company, given such shareholders’ entitlements resulting from the 40-to-1 CDI-to-share ratio would have otherwise produced a fractional

F-49


Table of Contents

 

share. As a result, of the 953,327,200 CDIs issued and outstanding, 953,327,162 are held by the Company’s shareholders and 38 are held by the Company (representing 0.95 of one share held by CDN).

Note 18. Warrants and Restricted Stock Units

At June 30, 2026, 642,049 warrants were outstanding. During the six months ended June 30, 2026, 34,897 warrants were exercised on both a cash and a cashless (net) basis, resulting in the issuance of 18,390 shares of common stock. The cash exercises generated $0.1 million of cash proceeds. The cashless exercises resulted in the net issuance of shares and generated no cash proceeds.

No restricted stock units, whether vested or unvested, remained outstanding at December 31, 2025 or June 30, 2026. All previously granted restricted stock units had vested and settled or been forfeited prior to December 31, 2025. No restricted stock units were granted during the six months ended June 30, 2026. Restricted stock unit activity in prior periods was not material to the financial statements (see Note 18 — Warrants and Restricted Stock Units to the audited consolidated financial statements).

Note 19. Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents the Company’s assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

December 31,
2025

 

Assets

 

Fair Value
(Level 1)

 

 

Fair Value
(Level 1)

 

Money market funds

 

$

8,885

 

 

$

27,347

 

Total assets

 

$

8,885

 

 

$

27,347

 

 

The following table presents the carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s debt as of June 30, 2026 (in thousands):

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

 

Fair
Value

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt, net of issuance costs

 

$

(19,573

)

 

$

(19,552

)

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

(19,552

)

 

The following table presents the carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s debt as of December 31, 2025 (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2025

 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

 

Fair
Value

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt, net of issuance costs

 

$

(14,936

)

 

$

(15,226

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

$

(15,226

)

 

The fair value of the EXIM term loans was estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis of the remaining contractual cash flows at an 8.0% market-participant discount rate and is classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The Company had no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs at June 30, 2026 or December 31, 2025, and there were no transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy during the six months ended June 30, 2026 or 2025. The only assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis are money market funds, which are classified within Level 1. The EXIM term loan is carried at amortized cost and is not measured at fair value; the Level 3 classification above relates only to the fair value disclosed for that instrument.

F-50


Table of Contents

 

Note 20. Segment Information

The Company operates as a single reportable segment. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), and the measure of segment profit or loss regularly reviewed by the CODM is consolidated net loss. There have been no changes from the audited consolidated financial statements in the Company’s determination of its single operating and reportable segment, the identity of the CODM, the measure of segment profit or loss, the significant segment expenses reviewed by the CODM (which are the expense line items presented on the face of the condensed consolidated statements of operations), or the measure of segment assets (total assets). See Note 4 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

For the six months ended June 30, 2026, the measure of segment profit or loss (consolidated net loss) of $13.4 million equaled consolidated loss from continuing operations before income taxes, as there was no income tax expense or benefit and no discontinued operations in the period. For the six months ended June 30, 2025, consolidated net loss of $8.7 million reconciles to consolidated loss from continuing operations before income taxes of $8.9 million by $0.2 million of income from discontinued operations, net of tax. There was no income tax expense or benefit in that period.

Note 21. Discontinued Operations

The following table presents the results of discontinued operations (in thousands):

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

$

—

 

 

$

170

 

 

No assets, liabilities, revenues, or operating activities remain associated with the discontinued operations as of June 30, 2026.

Note 22. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through August 28, 2026, the date these condensed consolidated financial statements were issued and has identified no matters requiring disclosure, other than as described elsewhere in these notes and the following:

EXIM Bank Credit Agreement. In July 2026, the Company drew the remaining approximately $3.3 million in gross proceeds available under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, as amended, and as of July 31, 2026 the facility was fully drawn (see Note 14).

U.S. Department of War. In July 2026, we entered into a thirteen-month research and development contract with the U.S. Department of War (the “DoW”) valued at approximately $4.5 million for the development of affordable alternative refractory powders. Under the agreement we, in consultation with the DoW, U.S. national laboratories, and defense and space prime contractors, will select, atomize, and test manufacturing parts for two alternative high-temperature development refractory alloys.

F-51


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Through and including , 2026 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

shares

img46380473_3.jpg

AMAERO INC.

Common Stock

PROSPECTUS

 

Joint Lead Bookrunning Managers

 

Stifel

Baird

 

 

Co-Manager

Lake Street

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us in connection with this registration statement and the listing of our common stock, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

 

Amount Paid or
to be Paid

 

SEC registration fee

 

$

 

6,905

 

FINRA filing fee

 

 

 

8,000

 

Stock exchange listing fee

 

 

*

 

Printing and engraving expenses

 

 

*

 

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

*

 

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

*

 

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

 

 

*

 

Miscellaneous expenses

 

 

*

 

Total

 

$

*

 

 

* To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

Our certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors and certain of our officers for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Consequently, neither our directors nor officers will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors or officers, to the fullest extent permitted by law, except liability for the following:

•
any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;
•
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
•
for our directors, unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL;
•
any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit; or
•
for our officers, any action by or in the right of the corporation.

Any amendment, repeal or elimination of these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment, repeal or elimination. If the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors or officers of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors and officers will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the DGCL.

In addition, our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees, agents and any other persons, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Our bylaws also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.

II-1


Table of Contents

 

Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. These indemnification agreements require us to, among other things, indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also generally require us to advance all expenses reasonably and actually incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the indemnification agreements that we have entered into or will enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors or officers, or is or was one of our directors or officers serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non‑employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or otherwise.

II-2


Table of Contents

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since January 1, 2023, we have issued the following unregistered securities:

On June 22, 2026, we completed the Redomiciliation, in which, pursuant to the Scheme:

•
each shareholder in Amaero Ltd received the equivalent of one CDI for each ordinary share they owned in Amaero Ltd in exchange for the Company acquiring 100% of the ordinary shares of Amaero Ltd, resulting in the Company issuing a total of 953,327,200 CDIs, representing an aggregate of 23,833,180 shares of the Company’s common stock; and
•
each outstanding option and warrant to purchase an ordinary share in Amaero Ltd was cancelled in exchange for the Company granting an option or warrant to purchase a CDI in the Company on a one-for-one basis, resulting in the Company granting 110,970,672 options or warrants to purchase CDIs representing an aggregate of 2,774,267 shares of common stock pursuant to the Plan.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering under the Securities Act. We believe the offers, sales and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder) by virtue of (i) Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act because such securities were issued in exchange for outstanding securities, where the terms and conditions of such issuance and exchange are approved, after a fairness hearing or (ii) in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

II-3


Table of Contents

 

Item 16. Exhibits

(a) Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signature page hereto for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S‑1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the accompanying notes.

Item 17. Undertakings

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post‑effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

Description

1.1*

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant, as currently in effect and to be in effect upon completion of this offering

3.2

Bylaws of the registrant, as currently in effect and to be in effect upon completion of this offering

4.1

Registration Rights Agreement by and between the registrant and Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I, L.P., dated August 10, 2026

4.2

Scheme Implementation Deed, dated February 23, 2026, as amended

4.3

Description of the Terms of the Non-Listed Options (Warrants)

5.1

Form of Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation

10.1

Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement

10.2

2026 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements

10.3

Amaero Inc. Employee Incentive Plan, as amended, and related form agreements

10.4

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

10.5

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between the registrant and Hank J. Holland, dated August 28, 2026

10.6

Offer Letter between Amaero Advanced Materials and Manufacturing, Inc. and Eric Bono, dated August 21, 2023

10.7

Employment Letter between Amaero Advanced Materials and Manufacturing, Inc. and Brett Paduch, dated June 27, 2025, as amended

10.8

Amaero Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

10.9^

Credit Agreement, by and among Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing Inc., Export-Import Bank of the United States, and the registrant’s subsidiaries as guarantors, dated February 25, 2025, as amended by the First Amendment, Consent, Waiver, and Joinder to Credit Agreement, dated June 11, 2026

10.10^

Commercial/Industrial Building Lease, between Amaero Advanced Material & Manufacturing Inc. and Spring Branch, LLC, dated July 12 2023, as amended

10.11^

 

Master Purchasing Agreement by and between Amaero Advanced Materials and Manufacturing, Inc. and Continuum Powders Corporation, dated April 8, 2026, as amended by Amendment No. 1 on May 8, 2026

16.1

Change in Certifying Accountant Letter

21.1

List of subsidiaries of the registrant

23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2*

Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 to this registration statement)

24.1

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this registration statement)

107

Filing Fee Table

 

* To be filed by amendment.

^ Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(10)(iv) of Regulation S-K.

II-5


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of McDonald, State of Tennessee, on August 28, 2026.

 

AMAERO INC.

 

By:

  /s/ Hank J. Holland

 

Hank J. Holland

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Hank J. Holland and Brett Paduch, and each one of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

             /s/ Hank J. Holland

 

Chief Executive Officer, President, and Executive

 

 August 28, 2026

Hank J. Holland

 

Chairman

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Brett Paduch

 

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

 August 28, 2026

Brett Paduch

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Omer Granit

 

Director

 

 August 28, 2026

Omer Granit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Tim Johnson

 

Director

 

 August 28, 2026

Tim Johnson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Latta

 

Director

 

 August 28, 2026

Robert Latta

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Erik Levy

 

Director

 

 August 28, 2026

Erik Levy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II-6


Exhibit 3.1

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

AMAERO INC.

a Delaware corporation

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Amaero Inc. (the “Company”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

Section 1. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, to be designated, respectively, Common Stock and Preferred Stock. The total number of shares of stock that the Company shall have authority to issue is 165,000,000 shares, of which 150,000,000 shares are Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, and 15,000,000 shares are Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value per share.

Section 2. Each share of Common Stock outstanding as of the applicable record date shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on any matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.

Section 3. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any series of Preferred Stock, including, without limitation, authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing. The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in this Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. Except as may be otherwise specified by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, if the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock is so decreased, then the Company shall take all such steps as are necessary to cause the shares constituting such decrease to resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 


 

Section 4. Except as otherwise required by law or provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

Section 5. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the class or classes the number of authorized shares of which are being increased or decreased, unless a vote of any holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

ARTICLE V

The name and mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

Hank Holland

130 Innovation Drive SW

McDonald, Tennessee 37353

ARTICLE VI

Section 1. Subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, the number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the Company shall be fixed only by resolution of the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. For the purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directorships whether or not there exist any vacancies or other unfilled seats in previously authorized directorships. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the Company shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal; except that if any such meeting shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders’ meeting called and held in accordance with the DGCL.

Section 2. From the effectiveness of the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation (the “Effective Time”) through the time that the Company becomes subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (such time, the “Trigger Event”), the directors of the Company (other than any who may be elected by holders of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances) shall be in a single class. From and after the Trigger Event, the directors of the Company (other than any who may be elected by holders of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances) shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Directors already in office shall be assigned to each class at the time such classification becomes effective in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the Trigger Event, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Trigger Event, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Trigger Event, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of

2


 

three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. If the number of directors is changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned hereafter among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

ARTICLE VII

Section 1. Prior to the Trigger Event, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors. From and after the Trigger Event, only for so long as the Board of Directors is classified and subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Section 2. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of ARTICLE IV hereof in relation to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances or except as otherwise provided by resolution of a majority of the Whole Board, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, created in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Bylaws”), and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

ARTICLE VIII

Section 1. The Company is to have perpetual existence.

Section 2. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Company.

Section 3. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Whole Board shall be required in order for the Board of Directors to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Company’s Bylaws. The Company’s Bylaws may also be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the Company. Notwithstanding the above or any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Company may not be amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the Company except in accordance with the provisions of the Bylaws relating to amendments to the Bylaws. No Bylaw hereafter legally adopted, amended, altered or repealed shall invalidate any prior act of the directors or officers of the Company that would have been valid if such Bylaw had not been adopted, amended, altered or repealed.

3


 

Section 4. The election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Company shall so provide.

Section 5. No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

ARTICLE IX

Section 1. From and after the Trigger Event and subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Company must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

Section 2. Subject to the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of stockholders of the Company may be called only by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting.

Section 3. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE X

Section 1. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director or officer of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of a director or officer of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Section 2. Subject to any provisions in the Bylaws of the Company related to indemnification of directors of the Company, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director of the Company who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Company shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. The Company shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any officer, employee or agent of the Company who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

4


 

Section 4. Neither any amendment, elimination nor repeal of any Section of this ARTICLE X, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company inconsistent with this ARTICLE X, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE X in respect of any matter occurring, or any Proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this ARTICLE X, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, elimination, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE XI

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside of the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Company may be kept (subject to any provision of applicable law) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places or in such manner or manners as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE XII

The Company reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote, but in addition to the vote of any holders of any class or series of the stock of the Company required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board and the affirmative vote of 66 2/3% of the voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the amendment, repeal or modification of the provisions of Section 3 of ARTICLE IV, ARTICLE VI, ARTICLE VII, ARTICLE VIII, ARTICLE IX, or this ARTICLE XII of this Certificate of Incorporation.

I, the undersigned, as the sole incorporator of the Company, have signed this Certificate of Incorporation on February 20, 2026.

 

By:

/s/ Hank Holland

 

Hank Holland, Incorporator

 

5


Exhibit 3.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BYLAWS OF

AMAERO INC.

(initially adopted on February 20, 2026)

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

 

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

1

1.1

 

REGISTERED OFFICE

1

1.2

 

OTHER OFFICES

1

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1

2.1

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS

1

2.2

 

ANNUAL MEETING

1

2.3

 

SPECIAL MEETING

1

2.4

 

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

2

2.5

 

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

9

2.6

 

QUORUM

9

2.7

 

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

10

2.8

 

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

10

2.9

 

VOTING

10

2.10

 

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

11

2.11

 

RECORD DATES

11

2.12

 

PROXIES

12

2.13

 

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

12

2.14

 

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

12

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

13

3.1

 

POWERS

13

3.2

 

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

13

3.3

 

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

13

3.4

 

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

14

3.5

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

14

3.6

 

REGULAR MEETINGS

14

3.7

 

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

14

3.8

 

QUORUM; VOTING

15

3.9

 

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

15

3.10

 

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

16

3.11

 

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

16

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

16

4.1

 

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

16

4.2

 

COMMITTEE MINUTES

16

4.3

 

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

17

4.4

 

SUBCOMMITTEES

17

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

17

5.1

 

OFFICERS

17

5.2

 

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

18

5.3

 

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

18

5.4

 

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

18

5.5

 

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

18

5.6

 

REPRESENTATION OF SECURITIES OF OTHER ENTITIES

18

5.7

 

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

18

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page

 

ARTICLE VI - STOCK

19

6.1

 

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

19

6.2

 

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

19

6.3

 

LOST CERTIFICATES

20

6.4

 

DIVIDENDS

20

6.5

 

TRANSFER OF STOCK

20

6.6

 

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

20

6.7

 

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

20

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

21

7.1

 

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

21

7.2

 

NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

21

7.3

 

NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

21

7.4

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE

21

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION

22

8.1

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings

22

8.2

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the COMPANY

22

8.3

 

Successful Defense

22

8.4

 

Indemnification of Others

23

8.5

 

Advanced Payment of Expenses

23

8.6

 

Limitation on Indemnification

24

8.7

 

Determination; Claim

24

8.8

 

Non-Exclusivity of Rights

25

8.9

 

Insurance

25

8.10

 

Survival

25

8.11

 

Effect of Repeal or Modification

25

8.12

 

Certain Definitions

25

ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS

26

9.1

 

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

26

9.2

 

FISCAL YEAR

26

9.3

 

SEAL

26

9.4

 

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

26

9.5

 

FORUM SELECTION

26

9.6

 

ASX LISTING

27

9.7

 

SMALL HOLDINGS SALE FACILITY

27

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

28

-ii-


 

BYLAWS OF AMAERO INC.

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of Amaero Inc. (the “Company”) shall be fixed in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “certificate of incorporation”).

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The Company may at any time establish other offices.

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at a place, if any, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”). The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any successor legislation (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year. The Board of Directors shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business, brought in accordance with Section 2.4 of these bylaws, may be transacted. The Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled annual meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders. For the purposes of these bylaws, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directorships whether or not there exist any vacancies or other unfilled seats in previously authorized directorships.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(a) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than as required by statute, may be called at any time by (i) the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, (ii) the chairperson of the Board of Directors, (iii) the chief executive officer or (iv) the president, but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied. The Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

- 1 -


 

(b) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of a majority of the Whole Board, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the president. Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(i) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors or the proposal of other business to be transacted by the stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders may be made only (1) pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto); (2) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof that has been formally delegated authority to nominate such persons or propose such business pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board; (3) as may be provided in the certificate of designations for any class or series of preferred stock; or (4) by any stockholder of the Company who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice contemplated by Section 2.4(a)(ii); (B) is a stockholder of record on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the annual meeting; (C) is a stockholder of record on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting; (D) is a stockholder of record at the time of the annual meeting; and (E) complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(a).

(ii) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders by a stockholder pursuant to clause (4) of Section 2.4(a)(i), the stockholder must have given timely notice in writing to the secretary of the Company (the “Secretary”) and any such nomination or proposed business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company no earlier than 8:00 a.m., Eastern time, on the 120th day and no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the 90th day prior to the day of the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders as first specified in the Company’s notice of such annual meeting (without regard to any adjournment, rescheduling, postponement or other delay of such annual meeting occurring after such notice was first sent). However, if no annual meeting of stockholders was held in the preceding year, or if the date of the annual meeting for the current year has been changed by more than 25 days from the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, then to be timely such notice must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company no earlier than 8:00 a.m., Eastern time, on the 120th day prior to the day of the annual meeting and no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the later of the 90th day prior to the day of the annual meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is less than 100 days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting was first made by the Company. In no event will the adjournment, rescheduling, postponement or other delay of any annual meeting, or any announcement thereof, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. In no event may a stockholder provide notice with respect to a greater number of director candidates than there are director seats subject to election by stockholders at the annual meeting. If the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least 10 days before the last day that a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination pursuant to the foregoing provisions, then a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.4(a)(ii) will also be considered timely, but only with respect to any nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made. “Public

- 2 -


 

announcement” means disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) pursuant to Section 13, Section 14 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended and inclusive of rules and regulations thereunder, the “1934 Act”) or by such other means as is reasonably designed to inform the public or stockholders of the Company in general of such information, including, without limitation, posting on the Company’s investor relations website.

(iii) A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director:

(A) such person’s name, age, business address, residence address and principal occupation or employment;

(B) the class or series and number of shares of the Company that are held of record or are beneficially owned by such person and any (i) Derivative Instruments (as defined below) held or beneficially owned by such person, including the full notional amount of any securities that, directly or indirectly, underlie any Derivative Instrument; and (ii) other agreement, arrangement or understanding that has been made the effect or intent of which is to create or mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of such person with respect to the Company’s securities;

(C) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for the contested election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act;

(D) such person’s written consent (x) to being named as a nominee of such stockholder, (y) to being named in the Company’s form of proxy pursuant to Rule 14a‑19 under the 1934 Act (“Rule 14a-19”) and (z) to serving as a director of the Company if elected;

(E) any direct or indirect compensatory, payment, indemnification or other financial agreement, arrangement or understanding that such person has, or has had within the past three years, with any person or entity other than the Company (including, without limitation, the amount of any payment or payments received or receivable thereunder), in each case in connection with candidacy or service as a director of the Company (such agreement, arrangement or understanding, a “Third-Party Compensation Arrangement”); and

(F) a description of any other material relationships between such person and such person’s respective affiliates and associates, or others with whom such person is acting in concert, on the one hand, and such stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert with them, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such stockholder, beneficial owner, affiliate or associate were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and such person were a director or executive officer of such registrant;

- 3 -


 

(2) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting:

(A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting;

(B) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, if applicable, the text of any proposed amendment to these bylaws);

(C) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting;

(D) any material interest in such business of such stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert with them; and

(E) all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder; and

(3) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made:

(A) the name and address of such stockholder (as they appear on the Company’s books), of such beneficial owner, and of their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them;

(B) for each class or series, the number of shares of stock of the Company that are, directly or indirectly, held of record or are beneficially owned by such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them;

(C) any agreement, arrangement or understanding between such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them in connection with the proposal of such nomination or other business;

(D) any (i) agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, without limitation and regardless of the form of settlement, any derivative, long or short positions, profit interests, forwards, futures, swaps, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them with respect to the Company’s securities (any of the foregoing, a “Derivative Instrument”) including the full notional amount of any securities that, directly or indirectly, underlie any Derivative Instrument; and (ii) other agreement, arrangement or understanding that has been made the effect or intent of which is to create or mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them with respect to the Company’s securities;

- 4 -


 

(E) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Company;

(F) any rights to dividends on the Company’s securities owned beneficially by such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them that are separated or separable from the underlying security;

(G) any proportionate interest in the Company’s securities or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner of such general or limited partnership;

(H) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of the Company’s securities or Derivative Instruments, including, without limitation, any such interests held by members of the immediate family of such persons sharing the same household;

(I) any significant equity interests or any significant Derivative Instruments in any principal competitor (as defined below) of the Company that are held by such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them;

(J) any direct or indirect interest of such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them in any contract with the Company, any affiliate of the Company or any principal competitor of the Company (in each case, including, without limitation, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement);

(K) any material pending or threatened legal proceeding in which such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them is a party or material participant involving the Company or any of its officers, directors or affiliates;

(L) any material relationship between such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, on the one hand, and the Company or any of its officers, directors or affiliates, on the other hand;

(M) a representation and undertaking that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Company as of the date of submission of the stockholder’s notice and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such nomination or other business before the annual meeting;

(N) a representation and undertaking as to whether such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them intends, or is part of a group that intends, to (x) deliver a proxy statement or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or to elect each such nominee (which representation and undertaking must include a

- 5 -


 

statement as to whether such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them intends to solicit the requisite percentage of the voting power of the Company’s stock under Rule 14a‑19); or (y) otherwise solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination;

(O) any other information relating to such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, or director nominee or proposed business, that, in each case, would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies in support of such nominee (in a contested election of directors) or proposal pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act; and

(P) such other information relating to any proposed item of business as the Company may reasonably require to determine whether such proposed item of business is a proper matter for stockholder action.

For purposes of this Section 2.4, “principal competitor” shall mean any entity that develops or provides products or services that compete with or are alternatives to the principal products developed or produced or services provided by the Company or its affiliates.

(iv) In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.4, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice (and any additional information submitted to the Company in connection therewith) must further be updated and supplemented (1) if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct as of the record date(s) for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the annual meeting and as of the date that is 10 business days prior to the annual meeting or any adjournment, rescheduling, postponement or other delay thereof; and (2) to provide any additional information that the Company may reasonably request. Any such update and supplement or additional information (including, if requested pursuant to Section 2.4(a)(iii)(3)(P)) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company (A) in the case of a request for additional information, promptly following a request therefor, which response must be received by the Secretary not later than such reasonable time as is specified in any such request from the Company; or (B) in the case of any other update or supplement of any information, not later than five business days after the record date(s) for the annual meeting (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of the record date(s)), and not later than eight business days prior to the date for the annual meeting or any adjournment, rescheduling, postponement or other delay thereof (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of 10 business days prior to the annual meeting or any adjournment, rescheduling, postponement or other delay thereof). No later than five business days prior to the annual meeting or any adjournment, rescheduling, postponement or other delay thereof, a stockholder nominating individuals for election as a director will provide the Company with reasonable evidence that such stockholder has met the requirements of Rule 14a‑19. The failure to timely provide such update, supplement, evidence or additional information shall result in the nomination or proposal no longer being eligible for consideration at the annual meeting. If the stockholder fails to comply with the requirements of Rule 14a‑19 (including because the stockholder fails to provide the Company with all information or notices required by Rule 14a‑19), then the director nominees proposed by such stockholder shall be ineligible for election at the annual meeting and any votes or proxies in respect of such nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that such proxies may have been received by the Company and counted for the purposes of determining quorum. For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update and supplement, or provide additional information or evidence, as set forth in these bylaws shall not limit the Company’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any notice provided by a stockholder, extend any applicable deadlines pursuant to these bylaws or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted notice pursuant to these bylaws to amend or update any nomination or to submit any new nomination. No disclosure pursuant to these bylaws will be required with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial

- 6 -


 

bank, trust company or other nominee who is the stockholder submitting a notice pursuant to this Section 2.4 solely because such broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee has been directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Except to the extent required by the DGCL, and subject to Section 2.3(a), special meetings of stockholders may be called only in accordance with the certificate of incorporation and these bylaws. Only such business will be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as has been brought before the special meeting pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting. If the election of directors is included as business to be brought before a special meeting in the Company’s notice of meeting, then nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at such special meeting may be made by any stockholder who (i) is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice contemplated by this Section 2.4(b); (ii) is a stockholder of record on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the special meeting; (iii) is a stockholder of record on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting; (iv) is a stockholder of record at the time of the special meeting; and (v) complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(b). For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder before a special meeting pursuant to this Section 2.4(b), the stockholder’s notice must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company no earlier than 8:00 a.m., Eastern time, on the 120th day prior to the day of the special meeting and no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the special meeting was first made. In no event will any adjournment, rescheduling, postponement or other delay of a special meeting or any announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must comply with the applicable notice requirements of Section 2.4(a)(iii), with references therein to “annual meeting” deemed to mean “special meeting” for the purposes of this final sentence of this Section 2.4(b).

(c) Other Requirements and Procedures.

(i) To be eligible to be a nominee of any stockholder for election as a director of the Company, the proposed nominee must provide to the Secretary, in accordance with the applicable time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 2.4(a)(ii) or Section 2.4(b):

(1) a signed and completed written questionnaire (in the form provided by the Secretary at the written request of the nominating stockholder, which form will be provided by the Secretary within 5 business days of receiving such request) containing information regarding such nominee’s background and qualifications and such other information as may reasonably be required by the Company to determine the eligibility of such nominee to serve as a director of the Company or to serve as an independent director of the Company;

(2) a written representation and undertaking that, unless previously disclosed to the Company, such nominee is not, and will not become, a party to any voting agreement, arrangement, commitment, assurance or understanding with any person or entity as to how such nominee, if elected as a director, will vote on any issue;

(3) a written representation and undertaking that, unless previously disclosed to the Company, such nominee is not, and will not become, a party to any Third-Party Compensation Arrangement;

- 7 -


 

(4) a written representation and undertaking that, if elected as a director, such nominee would be in compliance, and will continue to comply, with the Company’s corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading guidelines, and other policies and guidelines applicable to directors and in effect during such person’s term in office as a director (and, if requested by any candidate for nomination, the Secretary will provide to such proposed nominee all such policies and guidelines then in effect); and

(5) a written representation and undertaking that such nominee, if elected, intends to serve a full term on the Board of Directors.

(ii) At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a director must furnish to the Secretary the information that is required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice of nomination pertaining to such nominee.

(iii) No person will be eligible to be nominated by a stockholder for election as a director of the Company, or to be seated as a director of the Company, unless nominated and elected in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4. No business proposed by a stockholder will be conducted at a stockholder meeting except in accordance with this Section 2.4.

(iv) The chairperson of the applicable meeting of stockholders will, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws or that other proposed business was not properly brought before the meeting. If the chairperson of the meeting should so determine, then the chairperson of the meeting will so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination will be disregarded or such business will not be transacted, as the case may be.

(v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.4, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear in person at the meeting to present a nomination or other proposed business, such nomination will be disregarded or such business will not be transacted, as the case may be, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nomination or business may have been received by the Company and counted for purposes of determining a quorum. For purposes of this Section 2.4, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting, and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting.

(vi) Without limiting this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4, it being understood that (1) any references in these bylaws to the 1934 Act are not intended to, and will not, limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 2.4; and (2) compliance with clause (4) of Section 2.4(a)(i) and with Section 2.4(b) are the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than as provided in Section 2.4(c)(vii)).

(vii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.4, the notice requirements set forth in these bylaws with respect to the proposal of any business pursuant to this Section 2.4 will be deemed to be satisfied by a stockholder if (1) such stockholder has submitted a proposal to the Company in compliance with Rule 14a‑8 under the 1934 Act; and (2) such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Company to solicit proxies for the meeting of

- 8 -


 

stockholders. Subject to Rule 14a‑8 and other applicable rules and regulations under the 1934 Act, nothing in these bylaws will be construed to permit any stockholder, or give any stockholder the right, to include or have disseminated or described in the Company’s proxy statement any nomination of a director or any other business proposal.

2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a notice of the meeting shall be given in accordance with Section 232 of the DGCL, and such notice shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders, unless otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed.

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (a) the chairperson of the meeting, or (b) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

Unless these bylaws otherwise require, when a meeting is adjourned to another time or place (including an adjournment taken to address a technical failure to convene or continue a meeting using remote communication), notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are (i) announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, (ii) displayed, during the time scheduled for the meeting, on the same electronic network used to enable stockholders and proxy holders to participate in the meeting by means of remote communication or (iii) set forth in the notice of meeting given in accordance with Section 222(a) of the DGCL. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors

- 9 -


 

shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business and discussion as seem to the chairperson in order. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the Board of Directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, if any, or the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson of the Board of Directors) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the Board of Directors and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the Company, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date or time, whether or not a quorum is present.

2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder as of the applicable record date that has voting power upon the matter in question.

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares cast affirmatively or negatively shall be the act of the stockholders. Broker non-votes and abstentions will be considered for purposes of establishing a quorum at the meeting but will not be considered as votes cast for or against a proposal. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series.

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and subject to the rights of holders of preferred stock of the Company, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Company must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

- 10 -


 

2.11 RECORD DATES

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent, may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by a document or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The authorization of a person to act as a proxy may be documented, signed and delivered in accordance with Section 116 of the DGCL; provided that such authorization shall set forth, or be delivered with information enabling the Company to determine, the identity of the stockholder granting such authorization. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The Company shall prepare, no later than the tenth day before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each

- 11 -


 

stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of ten days ending on the day before the meeting date: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company.

2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Company shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The Company may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.

Such inspectors shall:

(a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each;

(b) determine the shares represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots;

(c) count all votes and ballots;

(d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; and

(e) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots.

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are multiple inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the Whole Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

- 12 -


 

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the Company shall be divided into three classes.

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws or permitted in the specific case by resolution of the Board of Directors, and subject to the rights of holders of preferred stock of the Company, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and not by stockholders. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so chosen to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until such person’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

- 13 -


 

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president, or the Secretary or by a majority of the Whole Board; provided that the person(s) authorized to call a special meeting of the Board of Directors may authorize another person or persons to send notice of such meeting.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(a) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(b) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(c) sent by facsimile;

(d) sent by electronic mail; or

(e) otherwise given by electronic transmission (as defined in Section 232 of the DGCL),

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number, electronic mail address or other contact for notice by electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile, (iii) sent by electronic mail or (iv) otherwise given by electronic transmission, it shall be delivered, sent or otherwise given to each director, as applicable, at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice of the time and place of the meeting may be communicated to the director in lieu of written notice if such notice is communicated at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting, unless required by statute.

3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

The affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein or therein and denoted with the phrase “notwithstanding the final paragraph of Section 3.8 of the bylaws” or language to similar effect, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

- 14 -


 

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, (i) any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and (ii) a consent may be documented, signed and delivered in any manner permitted by Section 116 of the DGCL. Any person (whether or not then a director) may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that a consent to action will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made and such consent shall be deemed to have been given for purposes of this Section 3.9 at such effective time so long as such person is then a director and did not revoke the consent prior to such time. Any such consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors, or the committee thereof, in the same paper or electronic form as the minutes are maintained.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. For so long as the Company is admitted to the official list of ASX and is subject to ASX Listing Rule 10.17, the maximum aggregate annual cash fee pool from which non-executive Directors may be paid for their service as a member of the Board of Directors, exclusive of expense reimbursement, genuine “special exertion” fees paid in accordance with these bylaws and equity grants, shall not exceed the sum approved by the stockholders at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders from time to time.

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office by stockholders of the Company in the manner specified in the certificate of incorporation and applicable law. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the Whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (a) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (b) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

- 15 -


 

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee and subcommittee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Unless otherwise specified by the Board of Directors, meetings and actions of committees and subcommittees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(a) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(b) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(c) Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

(d) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(e) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

(f) Section 7.4 (waiver of notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee or subcommittee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members. However, (i) the time and place of regular meetings of committees or subcommittees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee or subcommittee; (ii) special meetings of committees or subcommittees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors or the committee or the subcommittee; and (iii) notice of special meetings of committees and subcommittees shall also be given to all alternate members who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee or subcommittee. The Board of Directors or a committee or subcommittee may also adopt other rules for the government of any committee or subcommittee.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the Company shall be a president and a secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chairperson of the Board of Directors, a vice chairperson of the Board of Directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant

- 16 -


 

secretaries and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The Board of Directors shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The Board of Directors, or any duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof, may appoint, or empower any officer to appoint, such other officers as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors or, for the avoidance of doubt, any duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof or by any officer who has been conferred such power of determination.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors or, for the avoidance of doubt, any duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof or by any officer who has been conferred such power of removal.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice, in writing or by electronic transmission, to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board of Directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SECURITIES OF OTHER ENTITIES

The chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of the Company or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer, the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares or other securities of, or interests in, or issued by, any other entity or entities, and all rights incident to any management authority conferred on the Company in accordance with the governing documents of any entity or entities, standing in the name of the Company, including the right to act by written consent. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

- 17 -


 

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

Each officer of the Company shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or, for the avoidance of doubt, any duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof or by any officer who has been conferred such power of designation and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to such office, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI - STOCK

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of, the Company by any two officers of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the registered owner thereof shall be given a notice, in writing or by electronic transmission, containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Section 6.2 or Sections 151, 156, 202(a), 218(a) or 364 of the DGCL or with respect to this Section 6.2 a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations

- 18 -


 

of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 LOST CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 DIVIDENDS

The Board of Directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation. The Board of Directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, subject to Section 6.3 of these bylaws, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes or series owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The Company:

(a) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and notices and to vote as such owner; and

(b) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

- 19 -


 

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner set forth in the DGCL.

7.2 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice. This Section 7.2 shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.4 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether

- 20 -


 

civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

8.2 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the COMPANY

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

8.3 Successful Defense

To the extent that a present or former director or officer (for purposes of this Section 8.3 only, as such term is defined in Section 145(c)(1) of the DGCL) of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. The Company may indemnify any other person who is not a present or former director or officer of the Company against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person to the extent he or she has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein.

8.4 Indemnification of Others

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents, or any other persons, to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate to any person or persons identified in subsections (1) through (4) of Section 145(d) of the DGCL the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

- 21 -


 

8.5 Advanced Payment of Expenses

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the Company or by persons serving at the request of the Company as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) referenced in Section 8.6(b) or 8.6(c) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to Section 8.8, no advance shall be made by the Company to an officer of the Company (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the Company, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (a) by a vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (b) by a committee of such directors designated by the vote of the majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (c) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

8.6 Limitation on Indemnification

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Company, in either case as required under any clawback or compensation recovery policy adopted by the Company, applicable securities exchange and association listing requirements, including, without limitation, those adopted in accordance with Rule 10D-1 under the 1934 Act and/or the 1934 Act (including, without limitation, any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

- 22 -


 

(d) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board of Directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(e) if prohibited by applicable law.

8.7 Determination; Claim

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of such person’s entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The Company shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Company under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

8.8 Non-Exclusivity of Rights

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

8.9 Insurance

The Company may purchase and maintain insurance to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

8.10 Survival

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

- 23 -


 

8.11 Effect of Repeal or Modification

A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to or repeal or elimination of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the Proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

8.12 Certain Definitions

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting entity, any constituent entity (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent entity, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent entity as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving entity as such person would have with respect to such constituent entity if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS

9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, or employee or employees, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Company; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, agent or employee, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Company by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.

9.3 SEAL

The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board of Directors. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

- 24 -


 

9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, and a natural person. Any reference in these bylaws to a section of the DGCL shall be deemed to refer to such section as amended from time to time and any successor provisions thereto.

9.5 FORUM SELECTION

Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, another State court in Delaware or the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, stockholder, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (c) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time) or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (a) through (d) above, any claim as to which such court determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of such court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of such court within 10 days following such determination).

Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, against any person in connection with any offering of the Company’s securities, including, without limitation and for the avoidance of doubt, any auditor, underwriter, expert, control person or other defendant.

Any person or entity purchasing, holding or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 9.5. This provision shall be enforceable by any party to a complaint covered by the provisions of this Section 9.5.

9.6 ASX LISTING

If the Company is admitted to the official list of ASX, the following clauses apply:

(a) Notwithstanding anything contained in these bylaws, if the Listing Rules of ASX and any other rules of ASX that are applicable while the Company is admitted to the official list of ASX, each as amended or replaced from time to time, except to the extent of any express waiver by ASX (the “Listing Rules”), prohibit an act being done, the act shall not be done.

(b) Nothing contained in these bylaws prevents an act being done that the Listing Rules require to be done.

(c) If the Listing Rules require an act to be done or not to be done, authority is given for that act to be done or not to be done (as the case may be).

(d) If the Listing Rules require these bylaws to contain a provision and they do not contain such a provision, these bylaws are deemed to contain that provision.

- 25 -


 

(e) If the Listing Rules require these bylaws not to contain a provision and they contain such a provision, these bylaws are deemed not to contain that provision.

(f) If any provision of these bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with the Listing Rules, these bylaws are deemed not to contain that provision to the extent of the inconsistency.

9.7 SMALL HOLDINGS SALE FACILITY

(a) In this Section 9.7:

“CDI” means a CHESS Depositary Interest, being a unit of beneficial ownership in 1/25th of a share of common stock of the Company or such other ratio as may be adopted by the Company from time to time.

“CDI holder” means a holder of the Company’s CDIs.

“Marketable Parcel” means a number of CDIs equal to a marketable parcel as defined in the ASX Listing Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules, calculated on the day before the Company gives notice under Section 9.7(b).

“takeover” means a takeover bid (as that term is defined in section 9 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)) or a similar bid under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction outside of Australia.

(b) For so long as the Company is admitted to the official list of the ASX, the Company may sell the CDI holding of a CDI holder who holds less than a Marketable Parcel of CDIs, provided that the Company complies with each of the following:

(i) the Company may do so only once in any 12-month period;

(ii) the Company must notify the CDI holder in writing of its intention to sell such CDIs in accordance with this Section 9.7;

(iii) the CDI holder must be given at least six weeks from the date the notice is sent in which to tell the Company that the CDI holder wishes to retain its CDI holding;

(iv) if the CDI holder tells the Company in accordance with Section 9.7(b)(iii) that the CDI holder wishes to retain its CDI holding, the Company will not sell the holding;

(v) the power to sell lapses following the announcement of a takeover but the procedure may be started again after the close of the offers made under the takeover;

(vi) the Company or the purchaser must pay the costs of the sale; and

(vii) the proceeds of the sale will not be distributed until the Company has received any certificate relating to the CDIs (or is satisfied that the certificate has been lost or destroyed).

(c) The Company may, before a sale is effected under this Section 9.7, revoke a notice given or suspend or terminate the operation of this Section 9.7 either generally or in specific cases.

(d) If a CDI holder is registered in respect of more than one parcel of securities (whether CDIs or shares of common stock), the Company may treat the CDI holder as a separate CDI holder in respect of each of those parcels so that this Section 9.7 will operate as if each parcel was held by different CDI holders.

- 26 -


 

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, altered, amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities of the Company, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the Company to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any bylaw inconsistent with, the following provisions of these bylaws: Article II, Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.11 of Article III, Article VIII, Section 9.5 of Article IX or this Article X (including, without limitation, any such Article or Section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal, or adoption of any other bylaw). The Board of Directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; provided, however, that a bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

- 27 -


Exhibit 4.1

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of August 10, 2026 (the “Effective Date”), is made and entered into by and between Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I LP (“Holder”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company intends to sell shares of Common Stock in an initial public offering in the United States (the “IPO”); and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the Company and the Holder desire to set forth certain understandings with respect to registration rights with respect to the Common Stock held by the Holder (including Common Stock issuable upon other securities of the Company held by the Holders) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and certain other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms and variations thereof have the meanings set forth below:

“Adverse Disclosure” shall mean any public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure, in the good faith judgment of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company, after consultation with outside counsel to the Company, (i) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement or Prospectus in order for the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein (in the case of any Prospectus and any preliminary prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, (ii) would not be required to be made at such time if the Registration Statement were not being filed, and (iii) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for not making such information public.

“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Business Day” shall mean a day other than Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks in Delaware are authorized or required by law to close.

“Commission” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Common Stock” shall mean the common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of Company.

“Deemed Liquidation Event” shall mean:

(a)
a merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer of the Company, domestication, or continuance in which (i) the Company is a constituent party or (ii) a subsidiary of the Company is a constituent party and the Company issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer of the Company, domestication, or continuance, except any such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer of the Company, domestication, or continuance involving the Company or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer of the Company, domestication, or continuance continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock or other equity interests that represent, immediately following such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer of the Company, domestication, or continuance, a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock or other equity interests of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or entity; or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation or entity is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation or entity immediately following such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer of the Company, domestication, or continuance, the parent corporation or entity of such surviving or resulting corporation or entity; or

 


 

(b)
(i) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (ii) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition (whether by merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer of the Company, domestication, continuance or otherwise, and whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of one or more subsidiaries of the Company if substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it may be amended from time to time.

“Form S-1” shall mean a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or any comparable successor form or forms thereto.

“Form S-3” shall mean a Registration Statement on Form S-3 or any comparable successor form or forms thereto.

“Misstatement” shall mean an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated in a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or necessary to make the statements in a Registration Statement or Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

“Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, as supplemented by any and all prospectus supplements, as amended by any and all post-effective amendments, and including all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

“Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) any outstanding Common Stock or any other equity securities (including Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of any other equity securities, or upon conversion or exchange of any other securities or instruments) of the Company held by a Holder, and (ii) any other equity securities of the Company issued or issuable with respect to any such Common Stock by way of a share dividend or share split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or reorganization; provided, however, that, as to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when: (a) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of, or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement; (b) such securities shall have been otherwise transferred, new certificates or book entries for such securities not bearing a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company to the transferee, and subsequent public distribution of such securities shall not require registration under the Securities Act; (c) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding; (d) such securities may be sold without registration pursuant to Rule 144 within a three-month period without registration (but with no volume or other restrictions or limitations including as to manner or timing of sale or current public information requirements); (e) with respect to Holder, such securities, together with all other Registrable Securities held by such Holder, represent less than 5% of the then-outstanding Common Stock; or (f) such securities have been sold to, or through, a broker, dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or other public securities transaction.

“Registration” shall mean a registration effected by preparing and filing a Registration Statement or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such Registration Statement being declared effective by the Commission.

“Registration Expenses” shall mean the out-of-pocket expenses of a Registration or Underwritten Offering, including, without limitation, the following:

(a) all registration, listing and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and any securities exchange on which the Common Stock are then listed);

2


 

(b) reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holder participating in the applicable Registration or Underwritten Offering, chosen by the Holder;

(c) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including any reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with any blue sky qualifications of Registrable Securities);

(d) printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses;

(e) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company;

(f) reasonable fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of the Company incurred specifically in connection with such Registration or Underwritten Offering;

(g) transfer agent fees, costs of establishing or maintaining DTC eligibility; and

(h) fees and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” presentations.

“Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement that covers the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus included therein, amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements (including prospectus supplements) thereto all exhibits thereto, and all material incorporated by reference therein.

“Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule promulgated thereafter by the Commission).

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

“Underwriter” shall mean a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal in an Underwritten Offering and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.

“Underwritten Offering” shall mean a Registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an Underwriter in a firm commitment underwriting for distribution to the public.

ARTICLE II
REGISTRATION

Section 2.1. Demand Registration.

2.1.1
Request for Registration. Subject to the other provisions hereof, at any time beginning 180 days after the effective date of the Registration Statement for the IPO, Holder (the “Demanding Holder”), may make a written demand (a “Demand Notice”) for Registration of the sale of all or part of its Registrable Securities on Form S-3 (or, if Form S-3 is not available to be used by the Company at such time, on Form S-1 or another appropriate form permitting Registration of the resale of such Registrable Securities by such Demanding Holder) (such Registration, a “Demand Registration”), which Demand Notice shall describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such Registration and the intended method(s) of distribution thereof; provided, however, that the Registrable Securities subject to the registration statement must have an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Registration Expenses, of at least $25.0 million. Upon receipt by the Company of any such Demand Notice, such Demanding Holder shall be entitled to have its Registrable Securities included in such Demand Registration, and the Company shall effect, as soon thereafter as practicable, but not more than 60 days immediately following the Company’s receipt of the Demand Notice, the Registration of all Registrable Securities requested by the Demanding Holder pursuant to such Demand Registration. Subject to subsection 2.1.2 below, under no circumstances shall the Company be obligated to effect more than an aggregate of (i) three Demand Registrations pursuant to this subsection 2.1.1 on a Form S-3 and (ii) one Demand Registration pursuant to this subsection 2.1.1 on a Form S-1.

3


 

2.1.2
Effective Registration. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 2.1.1 above or any other part of this Agreement, a Demand Registration initiated pursuant to subsection 2.1.1 above shall not count for such purposes unless and until (i) the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Demand Registration has been declared effective by the Commission, and (ii) the Company has complied with all of its obligations under this Agreement with respect thereto; provided, however, that, if after such Registration Statement has been declared effective, an offering of Registrable Securities under such Registration Statement is subsequently interfered with by any stop order or injunction of the Commission, any federal or state court or any other governmental agency, such Registration Statement with respect to such Demand Registration shall be deemed not to have been declared effective for purposes of counting Demand Registrations under subsection 2.1.1 above unless and until (a) such stop order or injunction is removed, rescinded or otherwise terminated, and (b) the Demanding Holder initiating such Demand Registration thereafter affirmatively elects to continue with such Demand Registration and accordingly notifies the Company in writing, but in no event later than five (5) days, of such election; provided, further, however, that the Company shall not be obligated or required to file another Registration Statement until the Registration Statement that has been previously filed with respect to a Demand Registration has been declared effective by the Commission or has been terminated.
2.1.3
Underwritten Offering. Subject to the provisions of subsection 2.1.4 and Section 2.3 hereof, a Demanding Holder may demand, as part of such Demand Registration, that the offering of the Registrable Securities pursuant to such Demand Registration be in the form of an Underwritten Offering, and in such event, the right of the Demanding Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such Demand Registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such Underwritten Offering and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such Underwritten Offering to the extent provided herein; provided, that no Underwritten Offering may be demanded unless such Underwritten Offering is for the sale of at least $25.0 million in gross proceeds of Registrable Securities. All such Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through an Underwritten Offering under this subsection 2.1.3 shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter(s) selected for such Underwritten Offering by the Company, which Underwriter(s) must be reasonably acceptable to the Demanding Holder.
2.1.4
Reduction of Underwritten Offering. If the managing Underwriter(s) in an Underwritten Offering pursuant to a Demand Registration, in good faith, advises the Company and the Demanding Holder in writing that the dollar amount or number of (a) the Registrable Securities that the Demanding Holder desires to sell, (b) all other Common Stock or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell, and (c) the Common Stock, if any, as to which a Registration has been requested pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights held by any other shareholders who desire to sell, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of equity securities that can be sold in such Underwritten Offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such Underwritten Offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of such equity securities, as applicable, the “Maximum Number of Securities”), then the Company shall include in such Underwritten Offering, as follows: (i) first, the Registrable Securities of the Demanding Holder; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), Common Stock or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), Common Stock or other equity securities of other shareholders that the Company is obligated to register in a Registration pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with such shareholders (Pro Rata, based on the respective number of equity securities that each such shareholder has requested be included in such Underwritten Offering and the aggregate number of equity securities that such shareholders have requested be included in such Underwritten Offering) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities.
2.1.5
Demand Registration Withdrawal. The Demanding Holder initiating a Demand Registration under subsection 2.1.1 hereof shall have the right to withdraw from such Demand Registration for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to the Company and the Underwriter(s) (if any) of their intention to withdraw their Registrable Securities from such Demand Registration prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Demand Registration. Subject to Section 2.1.2 hereof, if the Demanding Holder initiating a Demand Registration withdraws from a Demand Registration pursuant to this Section 2.1.5, then such registration shall not count as a Demand Registration provided for in Section 2.1.1 hereof.

4


 

Section 2.2. Piggyback Registration.

2.2.1
Piggyback Rights. If, at any time after the closing of the IPO, the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, equity securities, for its own account or for the account of shareholders of the Company, other than a Registration Statement (i) filed in connection with any employee benefit, incentive or plan, (ii) a registration relating to a transaction covered by Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act, (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or (iv) a registration in which the only stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities also being registered, then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but not less than five (5) days before the anticipated filing date of such Registration Statement, which notice shall (a) describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing Underwriter(s), if any, for such offering, and (b) offer to each of the Holders of Registrable Securities the opportunity to register the sale of such number of Registrable Securities as such Holders may request in writing within three (3) days after receipt of such written notice (such Registration a “Piggyback Registration”). The Company shall, in good faith, cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such Piggyback Registration, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing Underwriter(s) of a proposed Underwritten Offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested by such Holders pursuant to this subsection 2.2.1 to be included in such Piggyback Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company included in such Registration and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. All such Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through an Underwritten Offering under this subsection 2.2.1 shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter(s) selected for such Underwritten Offering by the Company.
2.2.2
Reduction of Piggyback Registration. If the managing Underwriter(s) in an Underwritten Offering that is to be a Piggyback Registration, in good faith, advises the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities participating in such Piggyback Registration in writing that the dollar amount or number of (a) the Common Stock that the Company desires to sell, (b) the Common Stock, if any, as to which Registration has been demanded pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with shareholders of the Company other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, (c) the Registrable Securities as to which Registration has been requested pursuant to Section 2.2.1 hereof, and (d) the Common Stock, if any, as to which Registration has been requested pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other shareholders of the Company, exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, then:
(i)
If the Registration is undertaken for the Company’s account, the Company shall include in any such Registration (A) first, the Common Stock or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to subsection 2.2.1 hereof (Pro Rata, based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested be included in such Underwritten Offering and the aggregate number of Registrable Securities that such Holders have requested be included in such Underwritten Offering), which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Common Stock, if any, as to which Registration has been requested pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other shareholders of the Company (Pro Rata, based on the respective number of Common Stock that each such shareholder has requested be included in such Underwritten Offering and the aggregate number of Common Stock that such shareholders have requested be included in such Underwritten Offering), which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and

5


 

(ii)
Piggyback Registration Withdrawal. Any Holder of Registrable Securities shall have the right to withdraw from a Piggyback Registration for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to the Company and the Underwriter(s) (if any) of such Holder’s intention to withdraw from such Piggyback Registration prior to (i) in the case of a Piggyback Registration not involving an Underwritten Offering, the effectiveness of the applicable Registration Statement, or (ii) in the case of a Registration Statement involving an Underwritten Offering, the pricing of such Underwritten Offering.
2.2.3
Unlimited Piggyback Registration Rights. For purposes of clarity, (i) any Registration effected pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall not be counted as a Demand Registration effected under Section 2.1.1 hereof, and (ii) there shall be no limit on the number of Piggyback Registrations.
2.2.4
Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any Registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Registration Statement, whether or not any Holder of Registrable Securities has elected to include any Registrable Securities in such Registration.

Section 2.3. Legends. In connection with any sale or other disposition of any Registrable Securities by a Holder pursuant to Rule 144 and upon compliance by the Holder with the requirements of this Section 2.4, if requested by the Holder, the Company shall, within two (2) trading days of any such request therefor from such Holder, (i) cause the transfer agent for the Registrable Securities (the “Transfer Agent”) to (a) remove any restrictive legends related to the book entry position evidencing such Registrable Securities, and (b) make a new, unlegended book entry for such Registrable Securities sold or disposed of without restrictive legends, and (ii) if required by the Transfer Agent, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause an opinion of the Company’s counsel to be provided, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Transfer Agent, to the effect that the removal of such restrictive legends in such circumstances may be effected under the Securities Act, following the earliest of such time as such Registrable Securities (A) have been sold pursuant to an effective Registration Statement or (B) have been sold pursuant to Rule 144; provided that the Company and the Transfer Agent have timely received from the Holder customary representations and other documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Transfer Agent in connection therewith. If restrictive legends are no longer required for such Registrable Securities pursuant to the foregoing, the Company shall, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.5 and within two (2) trading days of any request therefor from a Holder accompanied by such customary and reasonably acceptable representations and other documentation referred to above establishing that restrictive legends are no longer required, deliver to the Transfer Agent irrevocable instructions that the Transfer Agent shall make new, unlegended book entry positions evidencing such Registrable Securities. The Company shall be responsible for the fees of its Transfer Agent, its legal counsel and all DTC fees associated with such issuance.

Section 2.4. Restrictions on Registration Rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated to (but may, at its sole option) file a Registration Statement pursuant to a Demand Notice made under Section 2.1.1 hereof during the period starting on the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of the filing of, and ending on a date 120 days after the effective date of, a Company initiated Registration Statement; provided, that (i) the Company has delivered written notice to the Holders prior to receipt of a Demand Notice made pursuant to subsection 2.1.1 hereof, and (ii) the Company continues to actively employ, in good faith, all reasonable efforts to cause the applicable Company initiated Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission; provided, however, that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than three (3) times in any 12-month period.

ARTICLE III
COMPANY PROCEDURES

Section 3.1. General Procedures. In connection with any Registration of the sale of Registrable Securities, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such Registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended plan of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

6


 

3.1.1
prepare and file with the Commission as soon as practicable a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold;
3.1.2
prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement, and such supplements to the Prospectus, as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of Registrable Securities or any Underwriter(s), or as may be required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the form of Registration Statement used by the Company or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder to keep such Registration Statement effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement are sold in accordance with the intended plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement, Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto;
3.1.3
prior to filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, (i) furnish without charge to the Underwriter(s) and their counsel, if any, the Holders of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration, and such Holders’ legal counsel, copies of (a) any comment letters from the Commission related to such Registration Statement to the extent such comments relate to disclosures regarding the Holders, (b) such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, (c) each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), (d) the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus), and (e) such other documents as the Underwriters and their counsel, if any, the Holders of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration, or the legal counsel for any such Holders may request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holders, and (ii) provide the Underwriters and their counsel, if any, the Holders of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration, or the legal counsel for any such Holders, a reasonable amount of time and opportunity to review and comment on such applicable document, which comments the Company shall consider in good faith;
3.1.4
prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities, use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Holders of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may request, (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company, and (iii) do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the Holders of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify or take any action to which it would be subject to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then otherwise so subject;
3.1.5
cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;
3.1.6
provide a transfer agent or warrant agent, as applicable, and registrar for all Registrable Securities no later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;
3.1.7
advise each seller of such Registrable Securities, promptly after the Company receives notice or obtains knowledge thereof, of the issuance of any stop order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and promptly use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should be issued;
3.1.8
advise each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission or a supplement to any Prospectus forming a part of such Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission;

7


 

3.1.9
at least five (5) days prior to the filing of any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus, furnish a copy thereof to each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus or its counsel;
3.1.10
notify the Holders at any time when a Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes a Misstatement, and then to correct such Misstatement as set forth in Section 3.4 hereof;
3.1.11
permit a representative of the Holders, the Underwriter(s), if any, and any attorney or accountant retained by such Holders or Underwriter(s) to participate, at each such person’s own expense, in the preparation of the Registration Statement, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, Underwriter(s), attorney or accountant in connection with the Registration, including, without limitation, making available senior executive officers of the Company to participate in any due diligence sessions that may be reasonably requested by the Underwriter(s) in any Underwritten Offering; provided, however, that such representatives or Underwriter(s) enter into a confidentiality agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, prior to the release or disclosure of any such information;
3.1.12
obtain a “cold comfort” letter from the Company’s independent registered public accountants in the event of an Underwritten Offering, in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters as the managing Underwriter(s) may reasonably request, and reasonably satisfactory to such managing Underwriter(s) and to the participating Holder;
3.1.13
on the date the Registrable Securities are delivered for sale pursuant to such Registration, obtain an opinion, dated such date, of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such Registration, addressed to the Holders, the placement agent(s) or sales agent(s), if any, and the Underwriter(s), if any, covering such legal matters with respect to such Registration in respect of which such opinion is being given as the Holders, placement agent(s), sales agent(s), or Underwriter(s) may reasonably request and as are customarily included in such opinions;
3.1.14
in the event of any Underwritten Offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing Underwriter(s) of such offering;
3.1.15
make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least 12 months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the Registration Statement which satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any successor rule promulgated thereafter by the Commission);
3.1.16
if a Registration, including an Underwritten Offering, involves the Registration of Registrable Securities involving gross proceeds in excess of $50.0 million, use its reasonable efforts to make available senior executives of the Company to participate in customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the Underwriter(s) in any Underwritten Offering; and
3.1.17
otherwise, in good faith, cooperate reasonably with, and take such customary actions as may reasonably be requested by the Holders, in connection with such Registration.

Section 3.2. Registration Expenses. In connection with any Registration hereunder (whether or not such Registration is consummated), all Registration Expenses shall be borne by the Company. It is acknowledged by the Holders that the Holders shall bear all incremental selling expenses relating to the sale of Registrable Securities, such as Underwriters’ commissions and discounts, brokerage fees, Underwriter marketing costs, and, other than as set forth in the definition of “Registration Expenses,” all reasonable fees and expenses of any legal counsel representing the Holders.

8


 

Section 3.3. Requirements for Participation in Underwritten Offerings. No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Offering of equity securities of the Company pursuant to a Registration initiated by the Company hereunder unless such Holder (i) agrees to sell such Holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Company, and (ii) completes and executes all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, lock-up agreements, underwriting agreements and other customary documents as may be reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

Section 3.4. Suspension of Sales; Adverse Disclosure. The Company shall promptly notify each of the Holders in writing if a Registration Statement or Prospectus contains a Misstatement, and, upon receipt of such written notice from the Company, each of the Holders shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities until such Holder has received a supplemented or amended Prospectus correcting the Misstatement, and the Company hereby covenants to promptly prepare and file any required supplement or amendment correcting any Misstatement promptly after the time of such notice and, if necessary, to have it be declared effective promptly thereafter. If the filing, initial effectiveness, or continued use of a Registration Statement or Prospectus included in any Registration Statement at any time (a) would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, (b) would require the inclusion in such Registration Statement of financial statements that are unavailable to the Company for reasons beyond the Company’s control, or (c) in the good faith judgment of the Board (which judgment shall be documented in writing and provided to the Holders in the form of a written certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board) would be materially detrimental to the Company, the Company shall have the right to defer the filing, initial effectiveness, or continued use of any Registration Statement pursuant to (a), (b) or (c) of this sentence for a period of not more than 120 days, but the Company shall not defer any such filing, initial effectiveness, or use of a Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 3.4 more than once in any 12-month period.

Section 3.5. Reporting Obligations. As long as any Holder owns any Registrable Securities, the Company, at all times while it is a reporting company under the Exchange Act, covenants to file timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Sections 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and to promptly furnish the Holders with true and complete copies of all such filings upon request. The Company further covenants that it shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply, and to direct its outside counsel and the Transfer Agent to comply, with any reasonable request from any Holder to facilitate sales of any Registrable Securities by such Holder under Rule 144; provided, that, such Holder has provided the Company (or such counsel or the Transfer Agent) all reasonably requested certificates and/or letters of representation. Upon the request of any Holder, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written certification of a duly authorized officer of the Company as to whether the Company has complied with the current public information requirements set forth under Rule 144.

Section 3.6. Limitations on Registration Rights. The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement, and in the event of any conflict between any such agreement or agreements and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

ARTICLE IV
INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

Section 4.1. Indemnification

4.1.1
The Company agrees to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each Holder of Registrable Securities, its officers and directors and each person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) caused by any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder expressly for use therein.

9


 

4.1.2
In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Securities is participating, such Holder shall furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or Prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Company, its directors and officers and each person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act) the Company against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) resulting from any untrue statement of material fact contained in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Holder expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the obligation to indemnify shall be several, not joint and several, among such Holders of Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Holder of Registrable Securities shall be in proportion to and limited to the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.
4.1.3
Any person entitled to indemnification herein shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided, however, that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any person’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not materially prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which (a) cannot be settled in all respects by the payment of money (and such money is so paid by the indemnifying party pursuant to the terms of such settlement), (b) includes a statement or admission of fault and culpability on the part of such indemnified party, or (c) does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.
4.1.4
The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities. The Company and each Holder of Registrable Securities participating in an offering also agrees to make such provisions as are reasonably requested by any indemnified party for contribution (pursuant to subsection 4.1.5 below) to such party in the event the Company’s or such Holder’s indemnification is unavailable for any reason.
4.1.5
If the indemnification provided under Section 4.1 hereof from the indemnifying party is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, was made by, or relates to information supplied by or on behalf of, such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the indemnifying party’s and indemnified party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action; provided, however, that the liability of any Holder under this subsection 4.1.5 shall be limited to the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder in such offering giving rise to such liability. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses or other liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in subsections 4.1.1, 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 above, any legal or other fees, charges or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection 4.1.5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation, which does not take account of the equitable

10


 

considerations referred to in this subsection 4.1.5. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution pursuant to this subsection 4.1.5 from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

ARTICLE V
TERMINATION

Section 5.1. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the date Holder ceases to hold any Registrable Securities, or (ii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event.

ARTICLE VI
GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 6.1. Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by e-mail or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses or e-mail addresses (or at such other address or email address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 6.1):

If to the Company, to it at:

Amaero Inc.

130 Innovation Drive SW

McDonald, Tennessee 37353

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
900 S Capital of Texas Hwy

Austin, TX 78746

Attention: Robert Suffoletta; Austin March
 

If to a Holder, to the address or email address set forth on such Holder’s signature page hereto.

Section 6.2. Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

Section 6.3. Entire Agreement; Assignment. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, among the parties hereto, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall not be assigned (whether pursuant to a merger, by operation of law or otherwise) by any Holder without the prior express written consent of the Company; provided, that, a Holder may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement in connection with a transfer of Registrable Securities to any of the following (each, a “Permitted Transferee”): (a) any transferee as part of a pro rata distribution to the direct or indirect partners, members,

11


 

stockholders or other equity holders of such Holder; or (b) any person or entity approved in writing by the Company; provided, further, that, no assignment by any party hereto of such party’s rights, duties and obligations hereunder shall be binding upon or obligate the Company unless and until the Company shall have received (i) written notice of such assignment and (ii) the written agreement of the assignee to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement (which may be accomplished by an addendum or joinder to this Agreement). Any transfer or assignment made other than as provided in this Section 6.3 shall be null and void.

Section 6.4. Parties in Interest. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto (and its respective successors and permitted assigns, including any Permitted Transferees), and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 6.5. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that State. All legal actions and proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be heard and determined exclusively in any federal court or Delaware state court located in the city of Delaware. The parties hereto hereby (a) irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts for themselves and with respect to their respective properties for the purpose of any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement brought by any party hereto, and (b) agree not to commence any action relating thereto except in the courts described above in Delaware, other than actions in any court of competent jurisdiction to enforce any judgment, decree or award rendered by any such court in Delaware as described herein. Each of the parties hereto further agrees that notice as provided herein shall constitute sufficient service of process and the parties hereto further waive any argument that such service is insufficient. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion or as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, (a) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the courts in Delaware as described herein for any reason, (b) that it or its property is exempt or immune from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise), and (c) that (i) the action in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum, (ii) the venue of such action is improper, or (iii) this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by such courts.

Section 6.6. Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties hereto hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law any right it may have to a trial by jury with respect to any litigation directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement. Each of the parties hereto (i) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce that foregoing waiver and (ii) acknowledges that it and the other parties hereto have been induced to enter into this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, as applicable, by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 6.6.

Section 6.7. Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings contained in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If any ambiguity or question of intent arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, use of the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neutral genders and vice versa, and the definitions of terms contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms. The words “includes” or “including” shall mean “including without limitation.” The words “hereof,” “hereby,” “herein,” “hereunder” and similar terms in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not any particular section or article in which such words appear, the word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends and such phrase shall not mean simply “if.” Any reference to a law shall include any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and shall mean such law as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented. References herein to

12


 

any contract (including this Agreement) mean such contract as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Section 6.8. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile or portable document format (pdf) transmission) in counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 6.9. Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event any provision of this Agreement was not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties hereto shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof, in addition to any other remedy at law or in equity. Each of the parties hereto hereby further waives (a) any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate and (b) any requirement under any applicable law to post security or a bond as a prerequisite to obtaining equitable relief.

Section 6.10. Expenses. Except as otherwise provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such costs and expenses, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated.

Section 6.11. Amendment and Waiver. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed by (i) the Company and (ii) the Holder. At any time, the Company may (a) extend the time for the performance of any obligation or other act of any Holder, (b) waive any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of any Holder contained herein or in any document delivered by such Holder pursuant hereto, or (c) waive compliance with any agreement of any Holder or any condition to its own obligations contained herein. At any time, the Holder may (A) extend the time for the performance of any obligation or other act of the Company, (B) waive any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein or in any document delivered by the Company pursuant hereto, or (C) waive compliance with any agreement of the Company or any condition to their own obligations contained herein. Any such extension or waiver shall be valid if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party or parties to be bound thereby. No course of dealing between any Holder or the Company and any other party hereto or any failure or delay on the part of a Holder or the Company in exercising any rights or remedies under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any rights or remedies of any Holder or the Company, as applicable. No single or partial exercise of any rights or remedies under this Agreement by a party hereto shall operate as a waiver or preclude the exercise of any other rights or remedies hereunder or thereunder by such party.

Section 6.12. Further Assurances. At the request of the Company, in the case of any Holder, or at the request of any Holder, in the case of the Company, and without further consideration, each party hereto shall execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered such additional documents and instruments and take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 6.13. No Strict Construction. The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

(Next Page is Signature Page)

13


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:

AMAERO INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brett Paduch

 

Name: Brett Paduch

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

A-1


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

 

Name:

Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I LP

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

Name: Hank J. Holland

 

Title: Managing Member

 

Address:

 

 

 

A-2


Exhibit 4.2

 

img58173329_0.jpg

Dated 23 February 2026

Scheme Implementation Deed

Parties

Amaero Ltd

ACN 633 541 634

Amaero Inc.

File Number 10505946

Norton Rose Fulbright

Level 5, 60 Martin Place

Sydney, Australia 2000

Tel: +61 2 9330 8000

nortonrosefulbright.com

Our ref: 4087304

 

 


 

Contents

1

Interpretation

1

1.1

Definitions

1

1.2

Interpretation

7

1.3

Construction

7

1.4

Knowledge

8

1.5

Payments

8

1.6

Best and reasonable endeavours

8

2

Agreement to propose and implement the Schemes

8

2.1

Amaero to propose the Schemes

8

2.2

Agreement to implement the Schemes

8

3

Conditions Precedent

9

3.1

Conditions Precedent to implementation of the Share Scheme

9

3.2

Conditions Precedent to implementation of the Option Scheme

10

3.3

Reasonable endeavours to satisfy Conditions Precedent

11

3.4

Waiver of Conditions Precedent

11

3.5

Certificates in relation to Conditions Precedent

12

3.6

Consultation on failure of a Condition Precedent

12

3.7

Failure to agree

12

3.8

Notices in relation to Conditions Precedent

13

4

Transaction steps in relation to the Share Scheme

13

4.1

Share Scheme

13

4.2

No amendment to the Share Scheme without consent

13

4.3

Entitlement to Share Scheme Consideration

13

4.4

Provision of Share Scheme Consideration

14

4.5

Amaero US HoldCo CDIs – registration and notices

14

4.6

Ineligible Foreign Holders

15

4.7

Status of Amaero US HoldCo Shares

15

4.8

Share Scheme Deed Poll

16

5

Transaction steps in relation to the Option Scheme

16

5.1

Option Scheme

16

5.2

No amendment to the Option Scheme without consent

16

5.3

Entitlement to Option Scheme Consideration

16

5.4

Provision of Option Scheme Consideration

16

5.5

Terms of Amaero US HoldCo Options

16

5.6

Scrip for scrip roll-over relief

17

6

Implementation of the Schemes

17

6.1

General obligations

17

6.2

Amaero obligations

17

i


 

6.3

Amaero US HoldCo obligations

22

6.4

Timetable

24

6.5

Form of recommendation

24

6.6

Scheme Booklet

24

7

Representations and warranties

25

7.1

Representations and warranties

25

7.2

Nature of representations and warranties

25

7.3

No other warranties or reliance

26

7.4

Release

26

8

Termination rights

26

8.1

Termination events

26

8.2

Notice of breach

27

8.3

Termination right

27

8.4

Effect of termination

27

8.5

Disclosure on termination of deed

27

8.6

Termination rights

28

9

Public announcements

28

9.1

Announcement of the Proposed Transaction

28

9.2

Public announcements

28

9.3

Statements on termination

28

10

Notices

29

10.1

Manner of giving notice

29

10.2

When notice given

29

10.3

Proof of service

29

10.4

Documents relating to legal proceedings

30

11

General

30

11.1

Amendments

30

11.2

Assignments

30

11.3

Release

30

11.4

Costs

30

11.5

GST

30

11.6

Rights cumulative

31

11.7

Consents and approvals

31

11.8

Counterparts

31

11.9

Exercise and waiver of rights

31

11.10

Further assurances

31

11.11

Entire agreement

31

11.12

No merger

32

ii


 

11.13

Severability

32

11.14

No partnership or agency

32

11.15

Indemnities

32

11.16

Governing law and jurisdiction

32

Schedule 1 – Share Scheme of Arrangement

33

Schedule 2 – Option Scheme of Arrangement

35

Schedule 3 – Share Scheme Deed Poll

36

Schedule 4 – Option Scheme Deed Poll

37

Execution Page

38

iii


 

Deed dated 23 February 2026

 

Parties

Amaero Ltd ACN 633 541 634

of Level 37, 180 George Street, Sydney NSW 2000

Email:

Attention: Brett Paduch

(Amaero)

 

 

 

Amaero Inc. File Number 10505946

of 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801

Email:

Attention: Hank Holland

(Amaero US HoldCo)

 

Introduction

A.
Amaero Ltd (Amaero) is a public limited liability company listed on the ASX. Amaero was incorporated on 17 May 2019 in South Australia, Australia under the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia and is regulated by Australian law, including the Corporations Act.
B.
Amaero Inc. (Amaero US HoldCo) is a company incorporated in the State of Delaware. Amaero US HoldCo was incorporated on 20 February 2026 under the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL) for the purpose of re-domiciling the parent company of Amaero Group from Australia to the United States.
C.
Amaero wishes to effect a re-domiciliation of Amaero Group from Australia to the United States through Amaero US HoldCo acquiring all of the ordinary shares in Amaero by way of a scheme of arrangement between Amaero and its shareholders (Amaero Shareholders) under Part 5.1 of the Corporations Act.
D.
Amaero US HoldCo will acquire all of the Scheme Shares in consideration for Amaero US HoldCo issuing Amaero US HoldCo CDIs (Share Scheme) pursuant to this deed, the Share Scheme and the Share Scheme Deed Poll.
E.
All Scheme Options will be cancelled in consideration for Amaero US HoldCo issuing Amaero US HoldCo Options (Option Scheme) pursuant to this deed, the Option Scheme and the Option Scheme Deed Poll.
F.
This deed is entered into by the parties to record and give effect to the terms and conditions upon which Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo propose to implement the Schemes.

It is agreed

1.
Interpretation
1.1.
Definitions

In this deed, the following terms shall bear the following meanings:

(1)
Affiliate means, in relation to any specified person (other than a natural person), any other person (which shall include a natural person) directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by such specified person or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person;

1


 

(2)
Agreed Public Announcement means an announcement of Amaero, in a form agreed between Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo prior to execution of this deed, to be released by Amaero on the ASX pursuant to clauses 6.2(1) and 9;
(3)
Amaero means Amaero Ltd ACN 633 541 634;
(4)
Amaero Board means the board of Amaero Directors from time to time;
(5)
Amaero Director means a director of Amaero from time to time;
(6)
Amaero Group means, collectively, Amaero and each of its Related Bodies Corporate other than Amaero US HoldCo;
(7)
Amaero Information means all information included in the Scheme Booklet other than the Amaero US HoldCo Information and the Independent Expert Report;
(8)
Amaero Option means an unlisted option to acquire an Amaero Share issued by Amaero pursuant to the Employee Incentive Plan (if applicable) or otherwise pursuant to a contractual arrangement between Amaero and the Amaero Option Holder;
(9)
Amaero Option Holder means the holder of an Amaero Option, from time to time;
(10)
Amaero Option Register means the register of Amaero Option Holders maintained by or on behalf of Amaero in accordance with the Corporations Act
(11)
Amaero Share means a fully paid ordinary share issued in the capital of Amaero;
(12)
Amaero Shareholder means a person who is registered in the Amaero Share Register as the holder of one or more Amaero Shares, from time to time;
(13)
Amaero Share Register means the register of Amaero Shareholders maintained by or on behalf of Amaero in accordance with the Corporations Act;
(14)
Amaero US HoldCo means Amaero Inc., a company incorporated in the State of Delaware, United States with file number 10505946 and whose registered office is located at 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801;
(15)
Amaero US HoldCo Board means the board of directors of Amaero US HoldCo;
(16)
Amaero US HoldCo CDI means a CDI representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of an Amaero US HoldCo Share;
(17)
Amaero US HoldCo CDI Register means the register of Amaero US HoldCo holders maintained by or on behalf of Amaero US HoldCo;
(18)
Amaero US HoldCo Information means the information that Amaero US HoldCo provides to Amaero under clause 6.3(2) for inclusion in the Scheme Booklet;
(19)
Amaero US HoldCo Option means an unlisted option to acquire a US HoldCo Share (including in the form of Amaero US HoldCo CDIs);
(20)
Amaero US HoldCo Share means a share of common stock of Amaero US HoldCo;
(21)
Amaero US HoldCo Shareholder means a person who is registered in the Amaero US HoldCo Share Register as the holder of one or more Amaero US HoldCo Shares, from time to time;

2


 

(22)
Amaero US HoldCo Share Register means the register of Amaero US HoldCo Shareholders maintained by or on behalf Amaero US HoldCo in accordance with the DGCL;
(23)
ASIC means the Australian Securities and Investments Commission;
(24)
ASX means ASX Limited (ABN 98 008 624 691) or the Australian Securities Exchange, as the context requires;
(25)
ASX Settlement means ASX Settlement Pty Ltd ABN 49 008 504 532;
(26)
ASX Settlement Rules means ASX Settlement Operating Rules of ASX Settlement;
(27)
ATO means the Australian Taxation Office;
(28)
ATO Class Ruling means the class ruling that Amaero has sought from the ATO to the effect that:
(a)
Australian resident Share Scheme Participants who hold their Amaero Shares on capital account and who make a capital gain from the exchange of their Amaero Shares for Amaero US HoldCo CDIs under the Share Scheme will be eligible for scrip-for-scrip roll-over relief under the relevant Australian tax laws; and
(b)
Australian resident Option Scheme Participants who hold their Amaero Options on capital account and who make a capital gain from the exchange of their Amaero Options for Amaero US HoldCo Options under the Option Scheme will be eligible for scrip-for-scrip roll-over relief under the relevant Australian tax laws.
(29)
Business Day means a business day as defined in the Listing Rules;
(30)
CDI means a CHESS depositary interest, being a unit of beneficial ownership in an Amaero US HoldCo Share that is registered in the name of CDN, or beneficial ownership is held by CDN, in accordance with the ASX Settlement Rules and CDIs mean a number of them;
(31)
CDN means CHESS Depositary Nominees Pty Ltd ACN 071 346 506;
(32)
CHESS means the clearing house electronic sub-register system of security transfers operated by ASX Settlement;
(33)
Conditions Precedent means the conditions precedent to the Share Scheme set out in clause 3.1 and the conditions precedent to the Option Scheme set out in clause 3.2;
(34)
Control has the meaning given to that term in section 50AA of the Corporations Act and Controlling and Controlled have the corresponding meaning;
(35)
Corporations Act means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), as amended from time to time;
(36)
Corporations Regulations means the Corporations Regulations 2001 (Cth), as amended from time to time;
(37)
Court means the Supreme Court of New South Wales, the Federal Court of Australia or such other court of competent jurisdiction under the Corporations Act agreed to by Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo;

3


 

(38)
Depositary Nominee has the meaning given to it in the ASX Settlement Rules;
(39)
DGCL means the Delaware General Corporation Law (Title 8 of the Delaware Code), as amended from time to time.
(40)
Effective means, when used in relation to the Schemes, the order of the Court made under section 411(4)(b) of the Corporations Act in relation to the Schemes taking effect pursuant to section 411(10) of the Corporations Act, but in any event at no time before an office copy of the order of the Court is lodged with ASIC;
(41)
Effective Date means, when used in relation to the Schemes, the date on which the Schemes become Effective;
(42)
Employee Incentive Plan means Amaero’s employee incentive plan approved by the Amaero Board and Amaero Shareholders on 18 October 2019;
(43)
Encumbrance means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect, including any “security interest” as defined in section 12(1) and (2) of the Personal Property Securities Act 2009 (Cth), and includes any agreement to create any of them or allow them to exist;
(44)
End Date means 5:00pm on 1 November 2026, or such later date as agreed to in writing between the parties;
(45)
Execution Date means the date of this deed;
(46)
Explanatory Statements means the statements pursuant to section 412 of the Corporations Act, which will be registered by ASIC in relation to the Schemes, copies of which will be included in the Scheme Booklet;
(47)
First Court Date means the first day on which an application is made to the Court for an order under section 411(1) of the Corporations Act approving the convening of the Scheme Meetings;
(48)
GST means the tax levied under GST Act;
(49)
GST Act means A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth), as amended from time to time;
(50)
Implementation Date means the fifth Business Day after the Record Date, or such other date agreed to in writing by the parties;
(51)
Independent Expert means McGrathNicol Transaction Advisory Pty Limited;
(52)
Independent Expert Report means the report prepared by the Independent Expert in relation to the Schemes, including any updates or amendments to this report made by the Independent Expert;
(53)
Ineligible Foreign Holder means any Share Scheme Participant whose address shown on the Amaero Share Register as at the Record Date is a place outside Australia, Estonia, Germany, Hong Kong, Italy, New Zealand, the Philippines, Portugal, Singapore, Vietnam, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom and United States and such other jurisdictions who Amaero otherwise determines (in its absolute discretion) that it would be unlawful, unduly onerous or unduly impracticable to issue the Share Scheme Consideration to such Share Scheme Participant in the relevant jurisdiction;

4


 

(54)
ITAA97 means the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth), as amended from time to time;
(55)
Listing Rules means the official listing rules of the ASX;
(56)
Option Scheme means the scheme of arrangement pursuant to Part 5.1 of the Corporations Act between Amaero and Amaero Option Holders, substantially in the form of which is contained in Schedule 2, subject to any alterations or conditions made or required by the Court under section 411(6) of the Corporations Act and approved in writing by Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo;
(57)
Option Scheme Consideration means the consideration to be provided to Option Scheme Participants under the terms of the Option Scheme for the cancellation of the Scheme Options to Amaero US HoldCo, being, one Amaero US HoldCo Option for every one Amaero Option held by the Option Scheme Participant on the Record Date as described in clause 5.4;
(58)
Option Scheme Deed Poll means the deed poll in relation to the Option Scheme to be entered into by Amaero US HoldCo, the form of which is contained in Schedule 4 or in such other form as agreed in writing between the parties;
(59)
Option Scheme Meeting means the meeting of Amaero Option Holders convened by the Court in relation to the Option Scheme pursuant to section 411(1) of the Corporations Act and includes any adjournment of that meeting;
(60)
Option Scheme Participant means each person who is an Amaero Option Holder on the Record Date;
(61)
Proposed Transaction means the proposed re-domiciliation of Amaero Group to the United States implemented by means of the Schemes;
(62)
Record Date means 7pm on the second Business Day following the Effective Date, or such other date (after the Effective Date) as the parties may agree in writing;
(63)
Regulatory Authority includes:
(a)
a government or governmental, semi-governmental, administrative, fiscal or judicial entity or authority;
(b)
a minister, department, office, commission, delegate, instrumentality, tribunal, agency, board, authority or organisation of any government;
(c)
any regulatory organisation established under statute;
(d)
any stock or securities exchange;
(e)
in particular, ASX, ASIC and FIRB; and
(f)
any representative of any of the above;
(64)
Related Body Corporate has the meaning given to that term in section 50 of the Corporations Act;
(65)
Relevant Interest has the meaning given to that term in section 9 of the Corporations Act;

5


 

(66)
Representative means, in relation to an entity:
(a)
each of the entity's Related Bodies Corporate; and
(b)
any director, officer, employee or legal, financial or other expert advisor (not including the Independent Expert).
(67)
RG 60 means Regulatory Guide 60 issued by ASIC on September 2020, as amended from time to time;
(68)
RG 112 means Regulatory Guide 112 issued by ASIC on 30 March 2011, as amended from time to time;
(69)
Sale Agent means a person to be appointed by Amaero US HoldCo to sell the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs that would otherwise be issued to or for the benefit of Ineligible Foreign Holders under the terms of the Share Scheme;
(70)
Schemes means the Share Scheme and Option Scheme.
(71)
Scheme Booklet means the information booklet to be despatched to all Amaero Shareholders and Amaero Option Holders approved by the Court which includes the Share Scheme, the Option Scheme, the explanatory statements complying with the requirements of the Corporations Act, the Independent Expert Report and the notices of meeting and proxy forms;
(72)
Scheme Meetings means the Share Scheme Meeting and the Option Scheme Meeting.
(73)
Scheme Options means all of the Amaero Options on issue on the Record Date;
(74)
Scheme Shares means all of the Amaero Shares on issue on the Record Date;
(75)
Second Court Date means the first day on which the Court hears the application for the order pursuant to section 411 (4)(b) of the Corporations Act approving the Option Scheme, or if the application is adjourned or subject to appeal for any reason, the first day on which the adjourned or appealed application is heard;
(76)
Share Scheme means the scheme of arrangement pursuant to Part 5.1 of the Corporations Act between Amaero and Amaero Shareholders, substantially in the form of which is contained in Schedule 1, subject to any alterations or conditions made or required by the Court under section 411(6) of the Corporations Act and approved in writing by Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo;
(77)
Share Scheme Consideration means the consideration to be provided to Share Scheme Participants under the terms of the Share Scheme for the transfer to Amaero US HoldCo of their Scheme Shares being one Amaero US HoldCo CDI for every Scheme Share held by a Share Scheme Participant on the Record Date as described in clause 4.4;
(78)
Share Scheme Deed Poll means the deed poll in relation to the Share Scheme to be entered into by Amaero US HoldCo, the form of which is contained in Schedule 3 or in such other form as agreed in writing between the parties;
(79)
Share Scheme Meeting means the meeting of Amaero Shareholders convened by the Court in relation to the Share Scheme pursuant to section 411(1) of the Corporations Act and includes any adjournment of that meeting;
(80)
Share Scheme Participant means each person who is an Amaero Shareholder on the Record Date; and
(81)
Trading Day means a trading day as defined in the Listing Rules.

6


 

1.2.
Interpretation

In this deed, except where the context otherwise requires:

(1)
the singular includes the plural and vice versa, and a gender includes other genders;
(2)
another grammatical form of a defined word or expression has a corresponding meaning;
(3)
a reference to a clause, paragraph, or schedule is to a clause or paragraph of, or schedule to, this deed, and a reference to this deed includes any schedule;
(4)
a reference to a document or instrument includes the document or instrument as novated, altered, supplemented or replaced from time to time;
(5)
a reference to A$, dollar, Australian dollar or $ is to Australian currency;
(6)
a reference to time is to time in Sydney, New South Wales, unless otherwise indicated;
(7)
a reference to a party is to a party to this deed, and a reference to a party to a document includes the party's executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns and substitutes;
(8)
a reference to a person includes a natural person, partnership, body corporate, association, governmental or local authority or agency or other entity;
(9)
a reference to a statute, ordinance, code or other law includes regulations and other instruments under it and consolidations, amendments, re-enactments or replacements of any of them;
(10)
a word or expression defined in the Corporations Act and not otherwise defined in this deed has the meaning given to it in the Corporations Act;
(11)
the meaning of general words is not limited by specific examples introduced by including, for example or similar expressions;
(12)
headings are for ease of reference only and do not affect the interpretation of this deed;
(13)
any agreement, representation, warranty or indemnity in favour of two or more parties (including where two or more persons are included in the same defined term) is for the benefit of them jointly and severally;
(14)
a rule of construction does not apply to the disadvantage of a party because the party was responsible for the preparation of this deed or any part of it; and
(15)
if a day on or by which an obligation must be performed or an event must occur is not a Business Day, the obligation must be performed or the event must occur on or by the next Business Day.
1.3.
Construction

This deed may not be construed adversely to a party only because that party or its legal advisors were responsible for preparing it.

7


 

1.4.
Knowledge

Where this deed makes reference to the knowledge or awareness of a party, or any similar reference, such knowledge or awareness will be taken to mean the actual knowledge and awareness of the party, but will not include any deemed or imputed knowledge of the party.

1.5.
Payments

Unless otherwise expressly provided in this deed, where an amount is required to be paid to a party (the Receiving Party) by another party under this deed, that amount must be paid:

(1)
in immediately available and irrevocable funds by electronic transfer to a bank account or accounts notified by the Receiving Party in writing on or before the due date for payment, or in other such immediately payable funds as the parties agree; and
(2)
without deduction, withholding or set-off.

In this clause 1.5, a Receiving Party does not include a Share Scheme Participant or Option Scheme Participant.

1.6.
Best and reasonable endeavours

Any provision of this deed which requires a party to use best endeavours, or reasonable endeavours, or to take all steps reasonably necessary or desirable, (including to procure that something is performed or occurs) does not include an obligation:

(1)
to pay any significant sum of money or to provide any significant financial compensation, valuable consideration or any other incentive to or for the benefit of any person, except for payment of any applicable fee for the lodgement or filing of any relevant application with any government agency or fees to any professional advisors; or
(2)
to commence any legal proceeding against any person,

except in accordance with the express terms of this deed.

2.
Agreement to propose and implement the Schemes
2.1.
Amaero to propose the Schemes
(1)
Amaero agrees to propose the Share Scheme and the Option Scheme on and subject to the terms and conditions of this deed and the Corporations Act.
(2)
Amaero US Holdco agrees to assist Amaero to propose the Share Scheme and the Option Scheme on and subject to the terms and conditions of this deed.
2.2.
Agreement to implement the Schemes

The parties agree to implement the Schemes on and subject to the terms and conditions of this deed and the Corporations Act.

8


 

3.
Conditions Precedent
3.1.
Conditions Precedent to implementation of the Share Scheme

Subject to this clause 3, the Share Scheme will not become Effective, and the respective obligations of the parties in relation to the implementation of the Share Scheme are not binding, unless each of the following Conditions Precedent are satisfied or waived to the extent and in the manner set out in this clause 3:

(1)
Share Regulatory Approvals: Before 5:00pm on the Business Day before the Second Court Date:
(a)
ASIC: ASIC has issued or provided all such reliefs, confirmations, consents, approvals, qualifications or exemptions, or does such other acts which the parties agree are reasonably necessary or desirable to implement the Share Scheme and such reliefs, waivers, confirmations, consents, approvals, qualifications or exemptions or other acts (as the case may be) have not been withdrawn, suspended, varied or revoked;
(b)
ASX: ASX has issued or provided all such reliefs, confirmations, consents, approvals, waivers or does such other acts which the parties agree are reasonably necessary to implement the Share Scheme and such reliefs, confirmations, consents, approvals, waivers or other acts (as the case may be) have not been withdrawn, suspended, varied or revoked; and
(c)
all other regulatory approvals or waivers required to implement the Share Scheme being granted or obtained and those regulatory approvals or waivers not being withdrawn, cancelled, revoked or varied in a manner that is materially adverse to the parties,

(together, the Share Regulatory Approvals);

(2)
Shareholder approval: Amaero Shareholders approve the Share Scheme at the Share Scheme Meeting by the requisite majorities under section 411(4)(a)(ii) of the Corporations Act;
(3)
Court approval of Share Scheme: The Court approves the Share Scheme in accordance with section 411(4)(b) of the Corporations Act on the Second Court Date;
(4)
Court approval of Option Scheme: The Court approves the Option Scheme in accordance with section 411(4)(b) of the Corporations Act on the Second Court Date;
(5)
Restraints: As at 8:00am on the Second Court Date, no judgement, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule of regulation, or other temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction, restraint or prohibition or other order or decision has been issued, made, entered, enacted, promulgated or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or any Regulatory Authority remains in effect that prohibits, restricts, makes illegal or restrains the completion of the Share Scheme, and there is no other legal restraint or prohibition, preventing the consummation of any aspect of the Proposed Transaction on the Implementation Date;
(6)
Independent Expert Report: The Independent Expert provides a report to Amaero that concludes that the Share Scheme is in the best interests of Amaero Shareholders on or before the time when the Scheme Booklet is registered by ASIC under the Corporations Act and the Independent Expert not withdrawing or adversely modifying that conclusion before 8:00am on the Second Court Date;

9


 

(7)
ASX listing: Prior to 8:00am on the Second Court Date, ASX approves:
(a)
the admission of Amaero US HoldCo to the official list of the ASX; and
(b)
the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs for official quotation by the ASX,

subject only to any conditions which ASX may reasonably require that are acceptable to the Amaero Board and the Amaero US HoldCo Board and to the Share Scheme becoming Effective; and

(8)
Ability to issue CDIs: Before 5:00pm on the Business Day prior to the Second Court Date, Amaero US HoldCo and Amaero doing everything necessary under the ASX Settlement Rules to enable CDN to allot and issue the Share Scheme Consideration under the Share Scheme, other than the actual allotment and issue or transfer (as applicable) of the Amaero US HoldCo Shares to CDN under the Share Scheme.
3.2.
Conditions Precedent to implementation of the Option Scheme

Subject to this clause 3, the Option Scheme will not become Effective, and the respective obligations of the parties in relation to the implementation of the Option Scheme are not binding, unless each of the following Conditions Precedent are satisfied or waived to the extent and in the manner set out in this clause 3:

(1)
Option Regulatory Approvals: Before 5:00pm on the Business Day before the Second Court Date:
(a)
ASIC: ASIC has issued or provided all such reliefs, confirmations, consents, approvals, qualifications or exemptions, or does such other acts which the parties agree are reasonably necessary or desirable to implement the Option Scheme and such reliefs, waivers, confirmations, consents, approvals, qualifications or exemptions or other acts (as the case may be) have not been withdrawn, suspended, varied or revoked;
(b)
ASX: ASX has issued or provided all such reliefs, confirmations, consents, approvals, waivers or does such other acts which the parties agree are reasonably necessary to implement the Option Scheme and such reliefs, confirmations, consents, approvals, waivers or other acts (as the case may be) have not been withdrawn, suspended, varied or revoked; and
(c)
all other regulatory approvals or waivers required to implement the Option Scheme being granted or obtained and those regulatory approvals or waivers not being withdrawn, cancelled, revoked or varied in a manner that is materially adverse to the parties,

(together, the Option Regulatory Approvals);

(2)
Option holder approval: Amaero Option Holders approve the Option Scheme at the Option Scheme Meeting by the requisite majorities under section 411(4)(a)(ii) of the Corporations Act;
(3)
Court approval of Option Scheme: The Court approves the Option Scheme in accordance with section 411(4)(b) of the Corporations Act on the Second Court Date;
(4)
Court approval of Share Scheme: The Court approves the Share Scheme in accordance with section 411(4)(b) of the Corporations Act on the Second Court Date;

10


 

(5)
Restraints: As at 8:00am on the Second Court Date, no judgement, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule of regulation, or other temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction, restraint or prohibition or other order or decision has been issued, made, entered, enacted, promulgated or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or any Regulatory Authority remains in effect that prohibits, restricts, makes illegal or restrains the completion of the Option Scheme, and there is no other legal restraint or prohibition, preventing the consummation of any aspect of the Proposed Transaction on the Implementation Date; and
(6)
Independent Expert Report: The Independent Expert provides a report to Amaero that concludes that the Option Scheme is in the best interests of Amaero Option Holders on or before the time when the Scheme Booklet is registered by ASIC under the Corporations Act and the Independent Expert not withdrawing or adversely modifying that conclusion before 8:00am on the Second Court Date.
3.3.
Reasonable endeavours to satisfy Conditions Precedent

Each of the parties will use its reasonable endeavours to procure that:

(1)
each of the Conditions Precedent are satisfied as soon as practicable after the date of this deed and continues to be satisfied at all times until the last time it is to be satisfied (as the case may require); and
(2)
there is no occurrence within the Control of Amaero or Amaero US HoldCo (as the context requires) or their Affiliates that would prevent the Conditions Precedent being satisfied.
3.4.
Waiver of Conditions Precedent
(1)
Each of the Conditions Precedent are for the mutual benefit of Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo and may only be waived with the written consent of both parties, except for the Conditions Precedent in:
(a)
clauses 3.1(1) (Share Regulatory Approvals), 3.1(2) (Shareholder approval), 3.1(3) (Court approval of Share Scheme), 3.1(4) (Court approval of Option Scheme), 3.1(5) (Restraints), 3.1(7) (ASX listing) and 3.1(8) (Ability to issue CDIs) cannot be waived;
(b)
clauses 3.2(1) (Option Regulatory Approvals) 3.2(2) (Option holder approval), 3.2(3) (Court approval of Option Scheme), 3.2(4) (Court approval of Share Scheme) and 3.2(5) (Restraints) cannot be waived; and
(c)
clauses 3.1(6) (Independent Expert Report) and 3.2(6) (Independent Expert Report) are for the sole benefit of, and any breach or non-fulfilment of such Condition Precedents may only be waived with the written consent of, Amaero.
(2)
A party entitled to waive the breach or non-fulfilment of a Condition Precedent pursuant this clause 3.4 may do so in its absolute discretion subject to the provision of written notice to the other party. Any such waiver by a party for whose benefit the relevant Condition Precedent applies must take place on or prior to 8:00am on the Second Court Date.
(3)
If a party waives the breach or non-fulfilment of a Condition Precedent, that waiver precludes the party from suing another party for any breach of this deed that resulted in the breach or non-fulfilment of the Condition Precedent.

11


 

(4)
Waiver of a breach or non-fulfilment in respect of one Condition Precedent does not constitute:
(a)
a waiver of breach or non-fulfilment of any other Condition Precedent resulting from the same event; or
(b)
a waiver of breach or non-fulfilment of that Condition Precedent resulting from any other event.
3.5.
Certificates in relation to Conditions Precedent
(1)
On the Second Court Date, Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo will provide a joint certificate to the Court confirming whether or not the Conditions Precedent have been satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms of this deed.
(2)
The parties shall use their reasonable endeavours to agree on a draft of the joint certificate referred to in clause 3.5(1) by 5:00pm on the Business Day prior to the Second Court Date.
3.6.
Consultation on failure of a Condition Precedent

If:

(1)
there is a non-fulfilment of a Condition Precedent which is not waived in accordance with this deed by the time or date specified in this deed for the satisfaction of the Condition Precedent;
(2)
there is an act, failure to act or occurrence which will prevent a Condition Precedent being satisfied by the time or date specified in this deed for the satisfaction of the Condition Precedent (and the non-fulfilment which would otherwise occur has not already been waived in accordance with this deed); or
(3)
the Schemes have not become effective by the End Date,

then the parties must consult in good faith with a view to determine whether they wish to pursue the Schemes and, if so:

(4)
the Schemes may proceed by way of alternative means or methods;
(5)
to extend the relevant time for satisfaction of the Condition Precedent or to adjourn or change the date of an application to the Court; or
(6)
to extend the End Date.
3.7.
Failure to agree

If, under clause 3.6, the parties are unable to reach agreement or do not wish to pursue the Schemes, in each case within five Business Days (or any shorter period ending on 5:00pm on the day before the Second Court Date):

(1)
subject to clause 3.8(2), either party may terminate this deed and such termination will be in accordance with clause 7; or
(2)
If a Condition Precedent may be waived by one party only, that party may only waive the Condition Precedent or terminate this deed and such termination will be in accordance with clause 7,

12


 

in each case, before 5:00pm on the day before the Second Court Date.

A party will not be entitled to terminate this deed under this clause 3.7 if the relevant Condition Precedent has not been satisfied or agreement cannot be reached as a result of a breach of this deed by that party or a deliberate act or omission of that party in breach of this deed.

3.8.
Notices in relation to Conditions Precedent

Each party must:

(1)
notice of satisfaction: promptly notify the other party of the satisfaction of a Condition Precedent and must keep the other party informed of any material development of which it becomes aware that may lead to the breach or non-fulfilment of a Condition Precedent which it is responsible for satisfying;
(2)
notice of failure: promptly give written notice to the other of a breach or non-fulfilment of a Condition Precedent which it is responsible for satisfying, or of any event which will prevent a Condition Precedent being satisfied; and
(3)
notice of waiver: upon receipt of a notice given under clause 3.8(2), give written notice to the other party as soon as possible (and in any event before 5.00pm on the day before the Second Court Date) as to whether or not it waives the breach or non-fulfilment of any Condition Precedent resulting from the occurrence of that event, specifying the Condition Precedent in question.

Failure to provide a notice required by this clause 3.8 will not give rise to the failure of a Condition Precedent or any right to terminate this deed.

4.
Transaction steps in relation to the Share Scheme
4.1.
Share Scheme
(1)
Amaero must, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Execution Date, propose the Share Scheme to Amaero Shareholders.
(2)
If the Share Scheme becomes Effective, on the Implementation Date:
(a)
all of the Scheme Shares held by Share Scheme Participants on the Record Date will be transferred to Amaero US HoldCo; and
(b)
in exchange, each Share Scheme Participant will receive the Share Scheme Consideration in accordance with the terms of this deed, the Share Scheme and the Share Scheme Deed Poll.
4.2.
No amendment to the Share Scheme without consent

Amaero must not consent to any modification of, or amendment to, or the making or imposition by the Court of any condition in respect of, the Share Scheme without the prior written consent of Amaero US HoldCo.

4.3.
Entitlement to Share Scheme Consideration

Subject to, and in accordance with this deed and the Share Scheme, each Share Scheme Participant is entitled to receive the Share Scheme Consideration in respect of each Amaero Share held by that Share Scheme Participant.

13


 

4.4.
Provision of Share Scheme Consideration
(1)
Subject to this deed and the Share Scheme, Amaero US HoldCo undertakes and warrants to Amaero (in its own right and separately as trustee or nominee on behalf of each of the Share Scheme Participants) that, in consideration of the transfer to Amaero US HoldCo of each Scheme Share held by a Share Scheme Participant under the terms of the Share Scheme, Amaero US HoldCo will (subject to the terms of this deed, the Share Scheme and the Share Scheme Deed Poll) on the Implementation Date:
(a)
accept that transfer;
(b)
in the case of a Share Scheme Participant who holds Scheme Shares (other than an Ineligible Foreign Holder):
(i)
procure CDN to issue one Amaero US HoldCo CDI for every Scheme Share held by that Share Scheme Participant on the Record Date; and
(ii)
issue to CDN (as Depository Nominee), the relevant number of Amaero US HoldCo Shares underlying such Amaero US HoldCo CDIs (being one Amaero US HoldCo Share for every 40 US Holdco CDIs); and
(c)
in the case of an Ineligible Foreign Holder, procure CDN to issue to the Sale Agent such number of Amaero US HoldCo CDIs in accordance with clause 4.6 that Ineligible Foreign Holders would otherwise have been entitled to and issue to the CDN (as Depositary Nominee) one Amaero US HoldCo Share for every 40 Amaero US HoldCo CDIs to be issued to the Sale Agent.
(2)
Amaero acknowledges that the undertaking by Amaero US HoldCo in clause 4.4(1)(c) is given to Amaero in its own right and in its capacity as trustee for each Share Scheme Participant.
4.5.
Amaero US HoldCo CDIs – registration and notices
(1)
On the Business Day prior to the Implementation Date, Amaero US HoldCo must enter in the Amaero US HoldCo Share Register the name of CDN (as Depositary Nominee) to hold the Amaero US HoldCo Shares underlying the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs to be issued in accordance with the Share Scheme.
(2)
After the satisfaction of the obligation in clause 4.5(1), Amaero US HoldCo must on the Implementation Date:
(a)
procure that CDN records in the Amaero US HoldCo CDI Register each Share Scheme Participant who is to receive Amaero US HoldCo CDIs under the Share Scheme and issues Amaero US HoldCo CDIs to the Sale Agent;
(b)
in the case of Share Scheme Participants who hold their Scheme Shares on the CHESS sub-register, procure that the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs in respect of such Share Scheme Participant's entitlement to Amaero US HoldCo Shares as Share Scheme Consideration are credited to that register;
(c)
in the case of Share Scheme Participants who hold their Scheme Shares on the issuer sponsored sub-register, procure that the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs in respect of such Share Scheme Participant's entitlement to Amaero US HoldCo Shares as Share Scheme Consideration are credited to that register; and

14


 

(d)
maintain the Amaero US HoldCo CDI Register for each Share Scheme Participant who receives Amaero US HoldCo CDIs under the Share Scheme and procures the provision of Amaero US HoldCo CDI holding statements or CHESS allotment confirmation notices to all applicable Share Scheme Participants in accordance with the Listing Rules.
4.6.
Ineligible Foreign Holders
(1)
Amaero US HoldCo will be under no obligation under this deed to allot or issue any Share Scheme Consideration (in the form of Amaero US HoldCo CDIs) in the name of any Ineligible Foreign Holder and, instead, will issue the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs to which the Ineligible Foreign Holder would have otherwise been entitled to the Sale Agent, on trust for the Ineligible Foreign Holder who is the beneficial owner thereof.
(2)
Amaero US HoldCo will:
(a)
instruct the Sale Agent, acting on behalf of the Ineligible Foreign Holders and not on the behalf of Amaero or Amaero US HoldCo, to sell all of the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs issued in the name of the Sale Agent pursuant to clause 4.6(1) in such manner, at such price and on such other terms as the Sale Agent determines in good faith, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Implementation Date; and
(b)
remit, or procure to be remitted, to the Ineligible Foreign Holder the proceeds of its sale (on an averaged basis so that all Ineligible Foreign Holders receive the same price per Amaero US HoldCo CDI, subject to rounding down to the nearest whole cent) in Australian dollars (after deducting any applicable brokerage, foreign exchange, stamp duty and other selling costs, taxes and charges).
(3)
The remittance to each Ineligible Foreign Shareholder of the sale proceeds pursuant to clause 4.6(2) is in full and final satisfaction of that Ineligible Foreign Holder's right and entitlement to the Share Scheme Consideration referable to it.
4.7.
Status of Amaero US HoldCo Shares

Amaero US HoldCo covenants in favour of Amaero (in its own right and separately as trustee or nominee on behalf of each of the Share Scheme Participants) that:

(1)
all Amaero US HoldCo Shares to be issued pursuant to the Share Scheme will:
(a)
be duly and validly authorised in accordance with the Amaero US HoldCo by-laws, articles of incorporation and the laws governing Amaero US HoldCo; and
(b)
rank equally in all respects with all other Amaero US HoldCo Shares; and
(c)
be fully paid and free from any Encumbrances (other than as provided for under the Amaero US HoldCo’s by-laws, articles of incorporation and the laws governing Amaero US HoldCo); and
(2)
it will use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that Amaero US HoldCo CDIs issued as Share Scheme Consideration will be listed for quotation on ASX with effect from the Business Day after the Implementation Date (or such later date as ASX may require).

15


 

4.8.
Share Scheme Deed Poll

Amaero US HoldCo covenants in favour of Amaero (in its own right and separately as trustee or nominee on behalf of each of the Share Scheme Participants) to execute and deliver the Share Scheme Deed Poll to Amaero before 5:00pm on the Business Day prior to the First Court Date.

5.
Transaction steps in relation to the Option Scheme
5.1.
Option Scheme
(1)
Amaero must, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Execution Date, propose the Option Scheme to Amaero Option Holders.
(2)
If the Option Scheme becomes Effective, on the Implementation Date:
(a)
all of the Amaero Options held by Amaero Option Holders on the Record Date will be cancelled; and
(b)
in exchange, each Amaero Option Holder will receive the Option Scheme Consideration in accordance with the terms of this deed, the Option Scheme and the Option Scheme Deed Poll.
5.2.
No amendment to the Option Scheme without consent

Amaero must not consent to any modification of, or amendment to, or the making or imposition by the Court of any condition in respect of, the Option Scheme without the prior written consent of Amaero US HoldCo.

5.3.
Entitlement to Option Scheme Consideration

Subject to, and in accordance with this deed and the Option Scheme, each Amaero Option Holder is entitled to receive the Option Scheme Consideration in respect of each Amaero Option held by that Amaero Option Holder.

5.4.
Provision of Option Scheme Consideration

Subject to this deed and the Option Scheme, Amaero US HoldCo undertakes and warrants to Amaero (in its own right and separately as trustee or nominee on behalf of each of the Option Scheme Participant) that, in consideration of the Option Scheme Participants agreeing to cancel their respective Amaero Options under the terms of the Option Scheme, Amaero US HoldCo will (subject to the terms of this deed, the Option Scheme and the Option Scheme Deed Poll) on the Implementation Date provide the Option Scheme Consideration.

5.5.
Terms of Amaero US HoldCo Options

Each Amaero US HoldCo Option issued as Option Scheme Consideration in accordance with the Option Scheme and the Option Scheme Deed Poll will:

(1)
have an exercise price per Amaero US HoldCo Share equal to the exercise price per Amaero Share of the relevant Amaero Option it replaces, converted from Australian dollars to US dollars at the prevailing currency exchange rate on the Implementation Date, as reasonably determined by Amaero;
(2)
have an exercise period equal to the unexpired exercise period of the relevant Amaero Option it replaces;

16


 

(3)
be vested to the same extent and have the same terms as to vesting as the relevant Amaero Option it replaces;
(4)
for Amaero Option Holders with a registered address in Australia and New Zealand on the Amaero Option Register, provide that securities issued on exercise of the Amaero US HoldCo Option will be Amaero US HoldCo CDIs by default, unless the Amaero Option Holder elects to receive Amaero US HoldCo Shares;
(5)
for Amaero Option Holders with a registered address outside of Australia and New Zealand on the Amaero Option Register, provide that securities issued on exercise of the Amaero US HoldCo Option will be Amaero US HoldCo Shares by default, unless the Amaero Option Holder elects to receive Amaero US HoldCo CDIs; and
(6)
be otherwise be on the same terms as the Amaero Option it replaces, with necessary changes due to Amaero US HoldCo being the issuer in place of Amaero.
5.6.
Scrip for scrip roll-over relief

In the event the Option Scheme Participants are eligible for scrip for scrip roll-over relief, Amaero US HoldCo acknowledges it has not made, and will not make, a choice under subsection 124.795(4) of the ITAA97.

6.
Implementation of the Schemes
6.1.
General obligations

Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo must each:

(1)
use all reasonable endeavours and commit necessary resources (including management and corporate relations resources and the resources of external advisers); and
(2)
procure that its officers and advisers act reasonably and work in a timely and co-operative fashion with the other party (including by attending meetings and by providing information),

to produce the Scheme Booklet and implement the Schemes as soon as reasonably practicable and in accordance with the timetable agreed between the parties.

6.2.
Amaero obligations

Amaero must, acting at all times in good faith, take all steps reasonably necessary to implement the Schemes in accordance with the timetable agreed between the parties and otherwise as soon as practicable and on and subject to the terms of this deed. Without limiting the foregoing, Amaero must (to the fullest extent applicable):

(1)
announce Amaero Directors’ recommendation: following execution of this deed, announce, in the form of its Agreed Public Announcement (on the basis of statements made to Amaero by each Amaero Director) that:
(a)
the Amaero Directors intend to recommend the Share Scheme to Amaero Shareholders and recommend that Amaero Shareholders vote in favour of the Share Scheme at the Share Scheme Meeting;
(b)
the Amaero Directors intend to recommend the Option Scheme to Amaero Option Holders and recommend that Amaero Option Holders vote in favour of the Option Scheme at the Option Scheme Meeting;

17


 

(c)
each Amaero Director intends to vote, or cause to be voted, all Amaero Shares in which he or she has a Relevant Interest in favour of the Share Scheme at the Share Scheme Meeting; and
(d)
each Amaero Director intends to vote, or cause to be voted, all Amaero Options in which he or she has a Relevant Interest in favour of the Option Scheme at the Option Scheme Meeting,

in each case in the absence of:

(e)
the Independent Expert concluding in the Independent Expert Report (or any update or variation to that report) that the Proposed Transaction is not in the best interests of Amaero Shareholders and the Amaero Option Holders; or
(f)
in the case of the recommendation in clauses 6.2(1)(a) and 6.2(1)(b), an Amaero Director making a determination in accordance with clause 6.5;
(2)
Independent Expert: as soon as reasonably practicable after the Execution Date, appoint the Independent Expert, in accordance with RG 112, and provide all assistance and information reasonably requested by the Independent Expert in connection with the preparation of the Independent Expert Report (and any update to any such report);
(3)
apply for ASX and ASIC relief: use its reasonable endeavours to obtain all waivers, exemptions and modifications from ASX and ASIC as may be required to facilitate the implementation of the Schemes;
(4)
preparation of Scheme Booklet: as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this deed:
(a)
prepare and despatch to Amaero Shareholders and Amaero Option Holders a Scheme Booklet (other than the Amaero US HoldCo Information and the Independent Expert Report) in accordance with all applicable laws (including the Corporations Act and Corporations Regulations), RG 60 and, subject to clause 6.3(1) include the Amaero US HoldCo Information in the Scheme Booklet; and
(b)
consult with Amaero US HoldCo as to the content and presentation of the Scheme Booklet, including providing Amaero US HoldCo with drafts of the Scheme Booklet and the factual information sections relating to Amaero US HoldCo in the Independent Expert Report, in a timely manner and, acting reasonably and in good faith, consider (and, where applicable, promptly provide to the Independent Expert in writing) all reasonable comments from Amaero US HoldCo and its representatives on those drafts when preparing revised drafts, provided that such comments are provided to Amaero in a timely manner (however in relation to the Independent Expert Report, Amaero is only responsible to ensure that the Independent Expert considers comments relating exclusively to factual accuracy);
(5)
Director’s recommendation and voting intentions in Scheme Booklet: state in the Scheme Booklet that each Amaero Director:
(a)
recommends that Amaero Shareholders vote in favour of the Share Scheme at the Share Scheme Meeting;
(b)
recommends that Amaero Option Holders vote in favour of the Option Scheme at the Option Scheme Meeting;

18


 

(c)
intends to vote, or cause to be voted, all Amaero Shares in which he or she has a Relevant Interest in favour of the Share Scheme at the Share Scheme Meeting; and
(d)
intends to vote, or cause to be voted, all Amaero Options in which he or she has a Relevant Interest in favour of the Option Scheme at the Option Scheme Meeting,

in each case in the absence of:

(e)
the Independent Expert concluding in the Independent Expert Report (or any update or variation to that report) that the Proposed Transaction is not in the best interests of Amaero Shareholders and Amaero Option Holders; or
(f)
an Amaero Director making a determination in accordance with clause 6.5.
(6)
lodgement of Regulator’s Drafts:
(a)
no later than 14 days before the First Court Date, provide a near final draft of the Scheme Booklet (Regulator’s Draft) to ASIC for its review for the purposes of section 411(2) of the Corporations Act, and provide a copy of the Regulator’s Draft to Amaero US HoldCo immediately thereafter; and
(b)
keep Amaero US HoldCo reasonably informed of any material issues raised by ASIC in relation to the Regulator’s Draft and, where practical to do so, consult with Amaero US HoldCo in good faith prior to taking any steps or actions to address any such material issues (provided that, where such issues relate to Amaero US HoldCo Information, Amaero must not take any steps to address them without Amaero US HoldCo’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld);
(7)
no objection statement: apply to ASIC for the production of:
(a)
a letter stating that it does not intend to appear at the First Court Hearing; and
(b)
a statement under section 411(17)(b) of the Corporations Act stating that ASIC has no objection to the Schemes;
(8)
First Court Hearing: apply to the Court for orders under section 411(1) of the Corporations Act directing Amaero to convene the Scheme Meetings;
(9)
due diligence and verification: undertake appropriate due diligence and verification processes in relation to the Amaero Information, and, once such processes have been completed, provide written confirmation to Amaero US HoldCo of the completion of such processes;
(10)
approval and registration of Scheme Booklet: if the Court directs Amaero to convene the Scheme Meetings request that, in accordance with section 412(6) of the Corporations Act, ASIC register the Scheme Booklet;
(11)
Amaero new information: provide to Amaero Shareholders and Amaero Option Holders any further or new information which arises after despatch of the Scheme Booklet and prior to the Scheme Meetings which is necessary to ensure that the information contained in the Scheme Booklet is not false, misleading or deceptive in any material respect (whether by omission or otherwise);
(12)
Scheme Meetings: convene and hold the Scheme Meetings in accordance with the orders made by the Court at the First Court Hearing pursuant to section 411(1) of the Corporations Act;

19


 

(13)
supplementary disclosure: if, after despatch of the Scheme Booklet, Amaero becomes aware:
(a)
that information included in the Scheme Booklet is or has become false, misleading or deceptive in any material respect (whether by omission or otherwise); or
(b)
of information that is required to be disclosed to Amaero Shareholders and Amaero Option Holders under any applicable law or having regard to RG 60 but was not included in the Scheme Booklet,

promptly disclose such information to and consult with Amaero US HoldCo in good faith as to the need for, and form of, any supplementary disclosure to Amaero Shareholders and Amaero Option Holders, the need for, the timing of, and directions to be sought at, an additional application to the Court or ASIC, and make any disclosure that it is ordered to make or considers reasonably necessary in the circumstances, having regard to orders made by the Court, applicable laws and RG 60;

(14)
ATO Class Ruling: apply to the ATO for the ATO Class Ruling;
(15)
Conditions Precedent certificate: at the Second Court Hearing, provide to the Court (through its counsel):
(a)
a certificate confirming (in respect of matters within its knowledge) whether or not the Conditions Precedent (other than the Condition Precedents in clauses 3.1(1) and 3.2(1)) have been satisfied or waived in accordance with clause 3, a draft of which certificate must be provided to Amaero US HoldCo by 5:00pm on the Business Day prior to the Second Court Date; and
(b)
any certificate provided to it by Amaero US HoldCo pursuant to clause 6.3(13);
(16)
Second Court Hearing: subject to the Conditions Precedent (other than the Condition Precedent in clauses 3.1(1) and 3.2(1)) being satisfied or waived in accordance with clause 3, apply to the Court for orders under section 411(4)(b) of the Corporations Act approving the Schemes;
(17)
Court documents: prepare the relevant court documents, provide drafts of those documents to Amaero US HoldCo in a timely manner and, acting reasonably and in good faith, take into account all reasonable comments from Amaero US HoldCo and its representatives on those drafts, provided that such comments are provided in a timely manner;
(18)
extract Court order and notify ASX: as soon as reasonably possible after conclusion of the Second Court Hearing, obtain an office copy of the orders made by the Court under section 411(4)(b) of the Corporations Act approving the Schemes and, promptly after receipt of the orders, tell ASX of Amaero’s intention to lodge the Court order with ASIC the following day;
(19)
lodgement of Court order: for the purposes of section 411(10) of the Corporations Act, lodge with ASIC an office copy of the orders made by the Court under section 411(4)(b) of the Corporations Act approving the Schemes before 5:00pm on the Business Day following the day on which it receives such office copy;
(20)
suspension of trading: apply to ASX to have:
(a)
trading in Amaero Shares suspended from the close of trading on the Effective Date; and

20


 

(b)
Amaero removed from the official list of ASX, and quotation of Amaero Shares on ASX terminated, with effect on and from the close of trading on the Trading Day immediately following, or shortly after, the Implementation Date,

or, in each case, such other dates as the parties may agree, acting reasonably, following consultation with ASX and not do anything to cause any of these things to happen before the time specified in this clause 6.2(20);

(21)
Share Scheme Consideration: facilitate the provision of the Share Scheme Consideration to Share Scheme Participants;
(22)
Option Scheme Consideration: facilitate the provision of the Option Scheme Consideration to Option Scheme Participants;
(23)
Share Scheme implementation: if the Court makes orders under section 411(4) of the Corporations Act approving the Share Scheme:
(a)
determine the identity of each Share Scheme Participant and their entitlement to the Share Scheme Consideration as at the Record Date, including by taking up-to-date copies of the Amaero Share Register current as at the Record Date;
(b)
provide to Amaero US HoldCo all information about the Share Scheme Participants that Amaero US HoldCo reasonably requires in order for Amaero US HoldCo to provide the Share Scheme Consideration to the Share Scheme Participants in accordance with the Share Scheme;
(c)
execute proper instruments of transfer of and giving effect to and registering the transfer of the Amaero US HoldCo Shares to CDN to be held on trust for Share Scheme Participants in accordance with the Share Scheme; and
(d)
do all other things contemplated by or necessary to give effect to the Share Scheme and the orders of the Court;
(24)
Option Scheme implementation: if the Court makes orders under section 411(4) of the Corporations Act approving the Option Scheme:
(a)
determine the identity of each Option Scheme Participant and their entitlement to the Option Scheme Consideration as at the Record Date, including by taking up-to-date copies of the Amaero Option Register current as at the Record Date;
(b)
provide to Amaero US HoldCo all information about the Option Scheme Participants that Amaero US HoldCo reasonably requires in order for Amaero US HoldCo to provide the Option Scheme Consideration to the Option Scheme Participants in accordance with the Option Scheme; and
(c)
subject to Amaero US HoldCo satisfying its obligations to provide the Option Scheme Consideration to the Option Scheme Participants in accordance with the Option Scheme, cancel the Scheme Options on the Implementation Date;
(25)
compliance with laws: do everything reasonably within its power to ensure that the Proposed Transaction is effected in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations and policy; and
(26)
other steps: do all other things necessary to give effect to the Schemes and the orders of the Court approving the Schemes.

21


 

6.3.
Amaero US HoldCo obligations

Amaero US HoldCo must, acting at all times in good faith, take all steps reasonably necessary to implement the Schemes in accordance with the timetable agreed between the parties and otherwise as soon as practicable and on and subject to the terms of this deed. Without limiting the foregoing, Amaero US HoldCo must (to the fullest extent applicable):

(1)
apply for ASX and ASIC relief: use its reasonable endeavours to obtain all waivers, exemptions and modifications from ASX or ASIC as may be required to facilitate implementation of the Schemes;
(2)
prepare Amaero US HoldCo Information:
(a)
as soon as reasonably practicable after the Execution Date, prepare the Amaero US HoldCo Information for inclusion in the Scheme Booklet in accordance with all applicable laws (including the Corporations Act and Corporations Regulations), RG 60 and the Listing Rules; and
(b)
provide Amaero with drafts of the Amaero US HoldCo Information in a timely manner and, acting reasonably and in good faith, take into account all reasonable comments from Amaero and its representatives on those drafts, provided that such comments are provided to Amaero US HoldCo in a timely manner;
(3)
accuracy of Amaero US HoldCo Information: before the despatch of the Scheme Booklet to Amaero Shareholders and Amaero Option Holders, verify to Amaero the accuracy of the Amaero US HoldCo Information contained in the Scheme Booklet, and consent to the inclusion of that information in the form and context in which it appears in the Scheme Booklet, in each ease subject to Amaero US HoldCo being reasonably satisfied as to those matters;
(4)
assistance with Scheme Booklet and Court documents: provide any assistance or information reasonably requested by Amaero or its representatives in connection with the preparation of the Scheme Booklet (including any supplementary disclosure to Amaero Shareholders and Amaero Option Holders) or any Court documents, including reviewing the drafts of the Scheme Booklet prepared by Amaero and provide comments in a timely manner on those drafts in good faith;
(5)
Independent Expert Report: subject to the Independent Expert agreeing to reasonable confidentiality restrictions, provide any assistance or information reasonably requested by Amaero or its representatives, or by the Independent Expert, in connection with the preparation of the Independent Expert Report (and any update or variation to any such report);
(6)
due diligence and verification: undertake appropriate due diligence and verification processes in relation to the Amaero US HoldCo Information, and, once those processes have been completed, provide written confirmation to Amaero of the completion of such processes;
(7)
confirmation of Amaero US HoldCo Information: promptly after Amaero requests that it does so, confirm in writing to Amaero that:
(a)
it consents to the inclusion of the Amaero US HoldCo Information in the Scheme Booklet, in the form and context in which the Amaero US HoldCo Information appears; and
(b)
the Amaero US HoldCo Information in the Scheme Booklet is not misleading or deceptive in any material respect (whether by omission or otherwise), and the inclusion of such Amaero US HoldCo Information, in that form and context, has been approved by the Amaero US HoldCo Board;

22


 

(8)
Share Scheme Deed Poll: before 5:00pm on the Business Day prior to the First Court Date, on the date this deed is signed, enter into the Share Scheme Deed Poll and deliver it to Amaero, and, if the Share Scheme becomes Effective, fully comply with its obligations under the Share Scheme Deed Poll;
(9)
Option Scheme Deed Poll: before 5:00pm on the Business Day prior to the First Court Date, on the date this deed is signed, enter into the Option Scheme Deed Poll and deliver it to Amaero, and, if the Option Scheme becomes Effective, fully comply with its obligations under the Option Scheme Deed Poll;
(10)
United States legal opinion: deliver to Amaero an opinion from its United States legal counsel, in a form satisfactory to Amaero (acting reasonably), that the Share Scheme Deed Poll and Option Scheme Deed Poll are legally binding on and enforceable against Amaero US HoldCo under the laws of the State of Delaware;
(11)
authorised nominee: appoint CDN to receive under the Share Scheme and hold Amaero US HoldCo Shares for the benefit of Share Scheme Participants who are to receive Amaero US HoldCo CDIs and execute (or procure the execution of) proper instruments of transfer of those securities to Amaero US HoldCo in accordance with the Share Scheme;
(12)
update Amaero US HoldCo Information: promptly advise Amaero in writing if it becomes aware:
(a)
of information which should have been but was not included in the Amaero US HoldCo Information in the Scheme Booklet (including if known at the time), and promptly provide Amaero with the omitted information; or
(b)
that the Amaero US HoldCo Information in the Scheme Booklet is or has become misleading or deceptive in any material respect (whether by omission or otherwise), and promptly provide Amaero with any information required to correct the misleading or deceptive statements;
(13)
Conditions Precedent certificate: before 8:00am on the Second Court Date, provide to Amaero for provision to the Court at the Second Court Hearing a signed counterpart of the certificate referred to in clause 3.5 confirming (in respect of matters within its knowledge) whether or not the Conditions Precedent (other than the Condition Precedent in clauses 3.1(3), 3.1(4), 3.2(2) and 3.2(3)) have been satisfied or waived in accordance with clause 3, a draft of which certificate must be provided to Amaero by 5:00pm on the Business Day prior to the Second Court Date;
(14)
Share Scheme Consideration: if the Share Scheme becomes Effective, provide or procure the provision of the Share Scheme Consideration in the manner and in the amount contemplated by clause 4 of this deed, the terms of the Share Scheme and the Share Scheme Deed Poll;
(15)
Option Scheme Consideration: if the Option Scheme becomes Effective, provide or procure the provision of the Option Scheme Consideration in the manner and in the amount contemplated by clause 4 of this deed, the terms of the Option Scheme and the Option Scheme Deed Poll;
(16)
share transfer: if the Share Scheme becomes Effective, accept a transfer of the Scheme Shares as contemplated by clause 4.1 and execute (or procure the execution of) proper instruments of transfer in respect of the Scheme Shares in accordance with the Share Scheme;
(17)
Amaero US HoldCo CDIs: apply to ASX to list and for the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs, to be issued as Share Scheme Consideration, to be quoted on ASX (subject to the Share Scheme becoming Effective), and to trade on ASX as soon as practicable after the Implementation Date;

23


 

(18)
issue of Amaero US HoldCo CDIs: do all things necessary to issue the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs in accordance with the Share Scheme and this deed;
(19)
rollover election: do all things necessary to enable Australian resident Amaero Shareholders and Amaero Option Holders who become holders of Amaero US HoldCo CDIs to obtain capital gains tax rollover relief including (where applicable) by choosing rollover relief and not choosing to deny rollover relief under section 124-795(4) of the ITAA97;
(20)
compliance with laws: do everything reasonably within its power to ensure that the Proposed Transaction is effected in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations and policy;
(21)
issue of Amaero US HoldCo CDIs: do all things necessary under the ASX Settlements Rules to enable the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs to be issued in accordance with the Share Scheme and this deed (including confirm to ASX Settlement that the Amaero US HoldCo Shares underlying the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs have been issued to CDN in accordance with the ASX Settlement Rules); and
(22)
other steps: do all other things necessary to give effect to the Schemes and the orders of the Court approving the Schemes.
6.4.
Timetable

Each of Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo must use its reasonable endeavours to perform its obligations (and procure its representatives to assist in that performance) under this deed substantially in accordance with the timetable agreed between the parties.

6.5.
Form of recommendation

Clause 6.2(5) is qualified to the extent that, after first obtaining written advice from independent senior counsel, an Amaero Director reasonably determines that he or she should not provide or continue to maintain any recommendation because that Amaero Director has an interest in the Share Scheme or Option Scheme that renders it inappropriate for him or her to maintain any such recommendation.

6.6.
Scheme Booklet
(1)
If the parties are unable to agree on the form or content of a particular part of the Scheme Booklet, then:
(a)
if the relevant part of the Scheme Booklet is Amaero US HoldCo Information, Amaero will make such amendments to that part of the Scheme Booklet as required by Amaero US HoldCo (acting reasonably and in good faith); and
(b)
in any other case, Amaero (acting reasonably and in good faith) will decide the form and content of that part of the Scheme Booklet.
(2)
The parties agree that the Scheme Booklet will contain a responsibility statement to the effect that:
(a)
Amaero is responsible for the Amaero Information contained in the Scheme Booklet;
(b)
Amaero US HoldCo is responsible for the Amaero US HoldCo Information contained in the Scheme Booklet; and

24


 

(c)
the Independent Expert is responsible for the Independent Expert Report, and none of Amaero, Amaero US HoldCo or their respective directors or officers assumes any responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Independent Expert Report or any other report or letter issued to Amaero by a third party in connection with the Independent Expert Report.
(3)
Each party must undertake appropriate verification processes for the information supplied by that party for the Scheme Booklet.
(4)
Amaero must take all reasonable steps to ensure that the Amaero Information is not misleading or deceptive in any material respect (whether by omission or otherwise (as at the date it is despatched to Amaero Shareholders and Amaero Option Holders).
(5)
Amaero US HoldCo must take all reasonable steps to ensure that the Amaero US HoldCo Information is not misleading or deceptive in any material respect (whether by omission or otherwise (as at the date it is despatched to Amaero Shareholders and Amaero Option Holders).
7.
Representations and warranties
7.1.
Representations and warranties

Each party represents and warrants to the other party that each of the following statements is true and correct in all material respects as at the date of this deed and as at 5.00pm on the Business Day immediately prior to the Second Court Date (except that where any statement is expressed to be made only at a particular date it is given only at that date):

(1)
Status: it is a validly existing corporation registered under the laws of its place of incorporation;
(2)
Power: it has full capacity, corporate power and lawful authority to execute, deliver and perform this deed;
(3)
no contravention: the entry by it into, its compliance with its obligations and the exercise of its rights under, this deed do not and will not conflict with:
(a)
its constituent documents or cause a limitation on its powers or the powers of its directors to be exceeded; or
(b)
any law binding on or applicable to it or its assets;
(4)
authorisations: other than any matter which is the subject of a Condition Precedent, it has in full force and effect each authorisation necessary for it to enter into this deed, to comply with its obligations and exercise its rights under it, and to allow them to be enforced;
(5)
validity of obligations: its obligations under this deed are valid and binding and are enforceable against it in accordance with its terms; and
(6)
insolvency: it is not insolvent.
7.2.
Nature of representations and warranties

Each representation and warranty in clause 7.1:

(1)
is severable;
(2)
will survive termination of this deed; and
(3)
is given with the intent that liability under it is not confined to breaches that are discovered before the date of termination of this deed.

25


 

7.3.
No other warranties or reliance
(1)
Each party acknowledges that no other party (nor any person acting on that other party’s behalf) has made any warranty, representation or other inducement to it to enter into this deed, except for the representations and warranties expressly set out in this deed.
(2)
Each party acknowledges and confirms that it does not enter into this deed in reliance on any warranty, representation or other inducement by or on behalf of any other party, except for any warranty or representation expressly set out in this deed.
7.4.
Release
(1)
Subject to applicable law, each party:
(a)
releases its rights against, and will not make any claim against, any past, current or future Representative of any other party in relation to anything done or purported to be done in connection with the Schemes, any transaction contemplated by or warranty given in this deed, any information provided to it by another party or in relation to its execution or delivery of this deed except when the relevant Representative has not acted in good faith or has not engaged in any wilful misconduct or fraud; and
(b)
holds the releases in clause 7.4(1)(a) to the extent it relates to each of its Representatives on behalf of each of them.
(2)
Nothing in clause 7.4(1)(a) excludes any liability that may arise from wilful misconduct or bad faith on the part of any person.
8.
Termination rights
8.1.
Termination events

Without limiting any other provision of this deed:

(1)
either party (non-defaulting party) may terminate this deed by notice in writing to the other party:
(a)
if the End Date has passed before the Proposed Transaction has been implemented (other than as a result of a breach by the terminating party of its obligations under this deed);
(b)
if each of the following has occurred:
(i)
the other party (defaulting party) is in breach of a material provision of this deed at any time prior to 8:00am on the Second Court Date;
(ii)
the non-defaulting party has given notice to the defaulting party setting out the relevant circumstances of the breach and stating an intention to terminate this deed; and
(iii)
the relevant circumstances have continued to exist five Business Days (or any shorter period ending at 8:00am on the Second Court Date) from the time the notice in clause 8.1(1)(b)(ii) is given;
(c)
if the required majorities of Amaero Shareholders do not approve the Share Scheme at the Share Scheme Meeting;
(d)
if the required majorities of Amaero Option Holders do not approve the Option Scheme at the Option Scheme Meeting

26


 

(e)
if any of the Conditions Precedent in clauses 3.1 or 3.2 are incapable of being satisfied or fulfilled (other than as a result of a breach by the terminating party of its obligations under this deed); or
(f)
if a Court or other Regulatory Authority has issued an order, decree or ruling or taken other action that permanently restrains or prohibits the Proposed Transaction and that order, decree, ruling or other action has become final and cannot be appealed;
(2)
Amaero US HoldCo may terminate this deed by notice in writing to Amaero if an Amaero Director:
(a)
fails to recommend, recommends against, withdraws or adversely modifies or qualifies their recommendation of the Share Scheme, Option Scheme or the Proposed Transaction; or
(b)
makes any public statement to the effect that the Share Scheme or the Option Scheme is not, or is no longer, recommended; and
(3)
either party may terminate this agreement if the other party consents to do so and both parties confirm it in writing.
8.2.
Notice of breach

Each party must give notice to the other as soon as practicable after it becomes aware of a breach by it of this deed.

8.3.
Termination right
(1)
Any right to terminate this deed under clauses 8.1(1), 8.1(2) or 8.1(3) that arises before the Second Court Date ceases at 8:00am on the Second Court Date.
(2)
Subject to clause 8.3(1), any right to terminate this deed ceases when the Schemes become Effective.
8.4.
Effect of termination
(1)
If a party terminates this deed, each party will be released from all further obligations under this deed other than under clauses 1, 9 and 11 (other than clause 11.10).
(2)
Subject to any rights or obligations arising under or pursuant to clauses that are expressed to survive termination (including by virtue of this clause 8.4, on termination of this deed, no party shall have any rights against or obligations to any other party under this deed except for those rights and obligations which accrued prior to termination.
8.5.
Disclosure on termination of deed

The parties agree that, if this deed is terminated under this clause 8, any party may disclose:

(1)
the fact that this deed has been terminated to ASIC and the Court; and
(2)
information that is required to be disclosed as a matter of law or in any proceedings.

27


 

8.6.
Termination rights

Except for the express right of termination contained in clauses 3.7 and 8, no party has any right to terminate this deed and the parties waive their rights (if any) to annul, rescind, dissolve, withdraw from, cancel or terminate this deed in any circumstances.

9.
Public announcements
9.1.
Announcement of the Proposed Transaction

Immediately after execution of this deed, Amaero must release the Agreed Public Announcement.

9.2.
Public announcements
(1)
Subject to clause 9.2(2), no public announcement or disclosure in relation to the Proposed Transaction or any subject matter thereof, or any other transaction the subject of this deed or the Schemes (including any staff or client announcements or presentations) may be made other than in a form approved by each party (acting reasonably), but each party must use all reasonable endeavours to provide such approval as soon as practicable.
(2)
Where Amaero US HoldCo, Amaero or any of their Affiliates is required by law and/or ASX, ASIC or the Listing Rules to make any announcement or make any filing or disclosure in relation to the Proposed Transaction or any other transaction the subject of this deed or the Schemes, it may do so only after it has given as much notice as possible to, and has consulted (to the fullest extent reasonable in the circumstances) with the other party prior to making the relevant disclosure.
(3)
Amaero US HoldCo and Amaero agree to consult with each other in advance in relation to:
(a)
overall communication plans;
(b)
approaches to Amaero Shareholders and Amaero Option Holders;
(c)
approaches to the media;
(d)
proxy solicitations; and
(e)
written presentations,

including to provide each other a reasonable advance opportunity to comment, to ensure that the information used in clauses 9.2(3)(a) to 9.2(3)(e) above is consistent with the information in the Scheme Booklet.

9.3.
Statements on termination

The parties must act in good faith and use all reasonable endeavours to issue agreed statements in respect of any termination of this deed and, to that end but without limitation, clause 9.2 applies to any such statements or disclosures.

28


 

10.
Notices
10.1.
Manner of giving notice

Any notice or other communication to be given under this deed must be in writing (which includes email) and may be delivered or sent by post or email to the party to be served as follows:

(1)
to Amaero at:

Address

Level 37, 180 George Street, Sydney NSW 2000

Email

 

Attention

Brett Paduch

(2)
to Amaero US HoldCo at:

Address

1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801

Email

 

Attention

Hank Holland

or at any such other address or email address notified for this purpose to the other parties under this clause. Any notice or other communication sent by post must be sent by prepaid ordinary post (if the country of destination is the same as the country of origin) or by airmail (if the country of destination is not the same as the country of origin).

10.2.
When notice given

Any notice or other communication is deemed to have been given:

(1)
if delivered by hand, on the date of delivery; or
(2)
if sent by post, on the third day after it was put into the post (for post within the same country) or on the fifth day after it was put into the post (for post sent from one country to another); or
(3)
if sent by email, on the earlier of the sender receiving an automated message confirming delivery or, provided no automated message is received stating that the email has not been delivered, three hours after the time the email was sent by the sender, such time to be determined by reference to the device from which the email was sent,

but if the notice or other communication would otherwise be taken to be received after 5:00pm or on a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in the place of receipt then the notice or communication is taken to be received at 9:00am on the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday.

10.3.
Proof of service

In proving service of a notice or other communication, it shall be sufficient to prove that delivery was made or that the envelope containing the communication was properly addressed and posted either by prepaid post or by prepaid airmail or that the email was properly addressed and transmitted by the sender's server into the network and there was no apparent error in the operation of the sender's email system, as the case may be.

29


 

10.4.
Documents relating to legal proceedings

This clause 10 does not apply in relation to the service of any claim form, notice, order, judgment or other document relating to or in connection with any proceedings, suit or action arising out of or in connection with this deed.

11.
General
11.1.
Amendments

This deed may only be amended in writing and where such amendment is signed by all the parties.

11.2.
Assignments

None of the rights or obligations of a party under this deed may be assigned, encumbered, transferred or otherwise dealt with without the prior written consent of the other party.

11.3.
Release

Each party agrees with the other, and declares and covenants in favour of each party’s officers and employees, as follows:

(1)
subject to applicable laws (including section 199A of the Corporations Act) and clause 11.3(1), no officer or employee of a party is liable for anything done or purported to be done in connection with implementation of the Schemes;
(2)
clause 11.3(1) does not exclude an officer or employee from any liability which may arise from wilful misconduct or bad faith on the part of that person; and
(3)
this clause 11.3 operates as a deed poll in favour of and for the benefit of each officer and each employee of each party and may be relied on and enforced by each such officer or employee in accordance with its terms even though the officer or employee is not named as a party to this deed.
11.4.
Costs

Amaero must pay the costs and expenses of each party in connection with the preparation, execution and performance of this deed and the proposed, attempted or actual implementation of this deed and the Schemes, except that Amaero US HoldCo must pay any stamp duties, brokerage costs (incurred in connection with the appointment of the Sale Agent) and similar charges (if any) payable under Australian law in connection with the transfer of the Scheme Shares to Amaero US HoldCo or a nominee of Amaero US HoldCo.

11.5.
GST
(1)
In this clause 11.5, a word or expression defined in the GST Act which is not otherwise defined in this deed has the meaning given to it in that Act.
(2)
All consideration provided under this deed is exclusive of GST unless it is specifically expressed to be GST inclusive. If a party (Supplier) makes a taxable supply to another party (Recipient) under or in connection with this agreement in respect of which GST is payable, the Recipient must pay the Supplier an additional amount equal to the GST payable on the supply (unless the consideration for the taxable supply was specified to include GST). The additional amount must be paid by the Recipient by the later of the date when any consideration for the taxable supply is first paid or provided and the date when the Supplier issues a tax invoice to the Recipient.

30


 

(3)
Subject to an express provision in this deed to the contrary, any payment, reimbursement or indemnity required to be made to a party (the Payee) under this deed which is calculated by reference to an amount paid or payable by the Payee to a third party (Outgoing) will be calculated by reference to that Outgoing inclusive of GST, less the amount of any input tax credit which the Payee is entitled to claim on that Outgoing.
11.6.
Rights cumulative

Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this deed or as permitted by law, the rights, powers and remedies provided in this deed are cumulative and do not exclude any other rights, powers or remedies provided by law independently of this deed.

11.7.
Consents and approvals

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this deed, a party may give or withhold its consent or approval to any matter referred to in this deed in its absolute discretion. A party that gives its consent or approval to any matter referred to in this deed is not taken to have made any warranty or representation as to any matter or circumstance connected with the subject matter of that consent or approval.

11.8.
Counterparts

This deed may be executed in a number of counterparts (including by email), which taken together must constitute one and the same agreement, and any party (including any duly authorised representative of a party) may enter into this deed by executing a counterpart.

11.9.
Exercise and waiver of rights

The rights of each party under this deed:

(1)
may be exercised as often as necessary;
(2)
except as otherwise expressly provided by this deed, are cumulative and not exclusive of rights and remedies provided by law; and
(3)
may be waived only in writing and specifically,

and delay in exercising or non-exercise of any such right is not a waiver of that right.

11.10.
Further assurances

Each party must do, and procure that its employees and agents promptly do, all things necessary, including signing documents, to give full effect to this deed and the transactions contemplated by it.

11.11.
Entire agreement

To the extent permitted by law, in relation to the subject matter of this deed, this deed:

(1)
embodies the entire understanding of the parties and constitutes the entire terms agreed on between the parties; and
(2)
supersedes any prior agreement (whether or not in writing) between the parties.

31


 

11.12.
No merger

Each of the rights, obligations, warranties and undertakings set out in this deed (excluding any obligation which is fully performed at the Implementation Date) do not merge on completion of any transaction contemplated under this deed. They survive the execution and delivery of any assignment or other document entered into to implement any transaction contemplated under this deed, and must continue in force after the Implementation Date.

11.13.
Severability
(1)
Any provision of this deed which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction is ineffective as to that jurisdiction to the extent of the prohibition or unenforceability.
(2)
The provisions contained in each clause and sub clause of this deed shall be enforceable independently of each of the others and their validity shall not be affected if any of the others is invalid.
11.14.
No partnership or agency

Nothing in this deed is to be treated as creating a partnership and, except as expressly set out in this deed, no party may act as agent or in any way to bind another party to any obligation.

11.15.
Indemnities

The indemnities in this deed are continuing obligations, independent from the other obligations of the parties under this deed and continue after this deed ends. It is not necessary for a party to incur expense or make payment before enforcing a right of indemnity under this deed.

11.16.
Governing law and jurisdiction
(1)
This deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it is governed by the law applying in New South Wales.
(2)
The courts having jurisdiction in New South Wales have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this deed (including a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this deed) and each party irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts having jurisdiction in New South Wales and waives, without limitation, any claim or objection based on absence of jurisdiction or inconvenient forum.

32


 

Schedule 1 – Share Scheme of Arrangement

 

Share Scheme of Arrangement

Parties

Amaero Ltd

ACN 633 541 634

Each person who is registered as a holder of Amaero Shares in the Amaero Register as at the Record Date

 

Norton Rose Fulbright

Level 5, 60 Martin Place

Sydney, Australia 2000

Tel: +61 2 9330 8000

nortonrosefulbright.com

Our ref: 4087304

 

33


 

Contents

 

1

Defined terms & interpretation

1

1.1

Defined terms

1

1.2

Interpretation

4

2

Preliminary

5

2.1

Amaero

5

2.2

Amaero US HoldCo

5

2.3

Effect of the Share Scheme

5

2.4

Agreement to implement this Share Scheme

6

2.5

Share Scheme Deed Poll

6

3

Conditions Precedent

6

3.1

Conditions Precedent

6

3.2

Certificate

7

3.3

Effective Date

7

3.4

End Date

7

4

Implementation

7

4.1

Lodgement of Court orders with ASIC

7

4.2

Transfer of Scheme Shares

7

4.3

Timing

8

4.4

Entitlement to Share Scheme Consideration

8

4.5

Sequence of transactions

8

5

Share Scheme Consideration

8

5.1

Provision of Share Scheme Consideration

8

5.2

Amaero US HoldCo CDIs – registration and notices

9

5.3

Ineligible Foreign Holders

9

5.4

Joint holders

11

5.5

Orders of a Court or Regulatory Authority

11

5.6

Status of Amaero US HoldCo Shares

12

6

Dealings in Scheme Shares

12

6.1

Determination of Share Scheme Participants

12

6.2

Amaero Share Register

13

6.3

Quotation of Amaero Shares

13

7

General Scheme provisions

13

7.1

Share Scheme alterations and conditions

13

7.2

Agreements and consents of Share Scheme Participants

14

7.3

Warranty by Share Scheme Participants

14

7.4

Title to and rights in Scheme Shares

14

i


 

7.5

Appointment of Amaero as agent and attorney

15

7.6

Instructions, notifications or elections

15

7.7

Appointment of sole proxy

16

7.8

Share Scheme binding

16

8

General

16

8.1

Consent

16

8.2

Notices

16

8.3

Further assurances

17

8.4

No liability when acting in good faith

17

8.5

Withholding

17

8.6

Enforcement of Share Scheme Deed Poll

17

8.7

Costs and stamp duty

17

8.8

Governing law and jurisdiction

18

ii


 

Share Scheme of Arrangement

This share scheme of arrangement is made under section 411 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

 

Parties

Amaero Ltd ACN 633 541 634
of Level 37, 180 George Street, Sydney NSW 2000
(
Amaero)

 

 

 

Each person who is registered as a holder of Amaero Shares in the
Amaero Register as at the Record Date
(Share Scheme Participants)

 

It is agreed

1.
Defined terms & interpretation
1.1.
Defined terms

In this Share Scheme, except where the context otherwise requires:

(1)
Amaero means Amaero Ltd ACN 633 541 634.
(2)
Amaero Group means, collectively, Amaero and each of its Related Bodies Corporate other than Amaero US HoldCo.
(3)
Amaero Share means a fully paid ordinary share in the capital of Amaero.
(4)
Amaero Share Register means the register of Amaero Shareholders maintained by or on behalf of Amaero in accordance with the Corporations Act.
(5)
Amaero Share Registry means Automic Pty Ltd ABN 27 152 260 814.
(6)
Amaero Shareholder means a person who is registered in the Amaero Share Register as the holder of one or more Amaero Shares, from time to time.
(7)
Amaero US HoldCo means Amaero Inc., a company incorporated in the State of Delaware, United States with file number 10505946 and whose registered office is at 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801.
(8)
Amaero US HoldCo CDI means a CDI representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of an Amaero US HoldCo Share.
(1)
Amaero US HoldCo CDI Register means the register of Amaero US HoldCo CDI Holders maintained by or on behalf of Amaero US HoldCo in accordance with the ASX Settlement Rules.
(2)
Amaero US HoldCo Share means a share of common stock of Amaero US HoldCo.
(3)
Amaero US HoldCo Shareholder means a person who is registered in the Amaero US HoldCo Share Register as the holder of one or more Amaero US HoldCo Shares, from time to time.
(4)
Amaero US HoldCo Share Register means the register of Amaero US HoldCo Shareholders maintained by or on behalf Amaero US HoldCo maintained in accordance with the DGCL.


 

(5)
ASIC means the Australian Securities and Investments Commission.
(6)
ASX means ASX Limited (ABN 98 008 624 691) or the Australian Securities Exchange, as the context requires.
(7)
ASX Settlement means ASX Settlement Pty Ltd ABN 49 008 504 532.
(8)
ASX Settlement Rules means ASX Settlement Operating Rules of ASX Settlement.
(9)
Business Day means a business day as defined in the Listing Rules.
(10)
CDI means a CHESS depositary interest, being a unit of beneficial ownership in an Amaero US HoldCo Share that is registered in the name of CDN, or beneficial ownership is held by CDN, in accordance with the ASX Settlement Rules and CDIs mean a number of them.
(11)
CDN means CHESS Depositary Nominees Pty Ltd ACN 071 346 506.
(12)
CHESS means the clearing house electronic sub-register system of security transfers operated by ASX Settlement.
(13)
Conditions Precedent means the conditions precedent to the Share Scheme set out in clause 3.1 of the Scheme Implementation Deed.
(14)
Corporations Act means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), as amended from time to time.
(15)
Court means the Supreme Court of New South Wales, the Federal Court of Australia or such other court of competent jurisdiction under the Corporations Act agreed to by Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo.
(16)
DGCL means the Delaware General Corporation Law (Title 8 of the Delaware Code), as amended from time to time.
(17)
Depositary Nominee has the meaning given to it in the ASX Settlement Rules.
(18)
Effective means, when used in relation to the Share Scheme, the order of the Court made under section 411(4)(b) of the Corporations Act in relation to the Share Scheme taking effect pursuant to section 411(10) of the Corporations Act, but in any event at no time before an office copy of the order of the Court is lodged with ASIC.
(19)
Effective Date means the date on which the Share Scheme becomes Effective.
(20)
Encumbrance means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect, including any “security interest” as defined in section 12(1) and (2) of the Personal Property Securities Act 2009 (Cth), and includes any agreement to create any of them or allow them to exist.
(21)
End Date means 5:00pm on 1 November 2026, or such later date as agreed to in writing between Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo.
(22)
Explanatory Statement means the statement pursuant to section 412 of the Corporations Act, which will be registered by ASIC in relation to the Share Scheme, a copy of which will be included in the Scheme Booklet.

2


 

(23)
Implementation Date means the fifth Business Day after the Record Date, or such other date agreed to in writing by Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo.
(24)
Independent Expert means McGrathNicol Transaction Advisory Pty Limited ABN 47 456 678 565.
(25)
Independent Expert Report means the report prepared by the Independent Expert in relation to the Share Scheme including any updates or amendments to this report made by the Independent Expert.
(26)
Ineligible Foreign Holder means any Share Scheme Participant whose address shown on the Amaero Share Register as at the Record Date is a place outside Australia, Estonia, Germany, Hong Kong, Italy, New Zealand, the Philippines, Portugal, Singapore, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, United States and Vietnam and such other jurisdictions who Amaero otherwise determines (in its absolute discretion) that it would be unlawful, unduly onerous or unduly impracticable to issue the Share Scheme Consideration to such Share Scheme Participant in the relevant jurisdiction.
(27)
Listing Rules means the official listing rules of the ASX.
(28)
Record Date means 7pm on the second Business Day following the Effective Date, or such other date (after the Effective Date) as Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo may agree in writing.
(29)
Regulatory Authority includes:
(a)
a government or governmental, semi-governmental, administrative, fiscal or judicial entity or authority;
(b)
a minister, department, office, commission, delegate, instrumentality, tribunal, agency, board, authority or organisation of any government;
(c)
any regulatory organisation established under statute;
(d)
in particular, ASX and ASIC; and
(e)
any representative of any of the above.
(30)
Related Body Corporate has the meaning given to that term in section 50 of the Corporations Act.
(31)
Sale Agent means a person to be appointed by Amaero US HoldCo to sell the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs that would otherwise be issued to or for the benefit of Ineligible Foreign Holders under the terms of the Share Scheme.
(32)
Sale Facility means the facility to be made available to Ineligible Foreign Holders under which Ineligible Foreign Holders will have their Share Scheme Consideration sold on their behalf by the Sale Agent and have the net proceeds of sale remitted to them.
(33)
Scheme Booklet means the information booklet to be despatched to all Amaero Shareholders and approved by the Court in connection with the Share Scheme, the Explanatory Statement, the Independent Expert Report and the notice of meeting.
(34)
Scheme Implementation Deed means the Scheme Implementation Deed dated on or around 23 February 2026 between Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo, as amended or varied from time to time.

3


 

(35)
Scheme Shares means all of the Amaero Shares on issue on the Record Date.
(36)
Second Court Date means the first day on which the application made to the Court for an order pursuant to section 411(4)(b) of the Corporations Act approving the Share Scheme is heard or, if the application is adjourned for any reason, the first day on which the adjourned application is heard.
(37)
Share Scheme means this scheme of arrangement pursuant to Part 5.1 of the Corporations Act proposed between Amaero and Share Scheme Participants as set out in this document, together with any alterations or conditions made or required by the Court under section 411(6) of the Corporations Act and approved in writing by Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo.
(38)
Share Scheme Consideration means such number of Amaero US HoldCo CDIs for every Scheme Share held by the Share Scheme Participants on the Record Date.
(39)
Share Scheme Deed Poll means the deed poll to be executed by Amaero US HoldCo substantially in the form of Schedule 3 to the Scheme Implementation Deed, or in such other form as agreed in writing between Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo.
(40)
Share Scheme Meeting means the meeting of Amaero Shareholders convened by the Court in relation to the Share Scheme pursuant to section 411(1) of the Corporations Act and includes any adjournment of that meeting.
(41)
Share Scheme Participant means each person who is an Amaero Shareholder on the Record Date.
(42)
Share Scheme Transfer means, for each Share Scheme Participant, a duly completed and executed proper instrument of transfer of the Scheme Shares held by that Scheme Participant for the purposes of section 1071B of the Corporations Act, which may be a master transfer for all Scheme Shares.
(43)
Subsidiary has the meaning given to that term in Division 6 of Part 1.2 of the Corporations Act.
(44)
Trading Day means a trading day as defined in the Listing Rules.
1.2.
Interpretation

In this Share Scheme:

(1)
the singular includes the plural and vice versa, and a gender includes other genders;
(2)
another grammatical form of a defined word or expression has a corresponding meaning;
(3)
a reference to a clause, paragraph, or schedule is to a clause or paragraph of, or schedule to, this agreement, and a reference to this document includes any schedule;
(4)
a reference to a document or instrument includes the document or instrument as novated, altered, supplemented or replaced from time to time;
(5)
a reference to A$, dollar, Australian dollar or $ is to Australian currency;
(6)
a reference to time is to time in Sydney, New South Wales time, unless otherwise noted;

4


 

(7)
a reference to a party is to a party to this agreement, and a reference to a party to a document includes the party's executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns and substitutes;
(8)
a reference to a person includes a natural person, partnership, body corporate, association, governmental or local authority or agency or other entity;
(9)
a reference to a statute, ordinance, code or other law includes regulations and other instruments under it and consolidations, amendments, re-enactments or replacements of any of them;
(10)
a word or expression defined in the Corporations Act and not otherwise defined in this agreement has the meaning given to it in the Corporations Act;
(11)
the meaning of general words is not limited by specific examples introduced by including, for example or similar expressions;
(12)
any agreement, representation, warranty or indemnity in favour of two or more parties (including where two or more persons are included in the same defined term) is for the benefit of them jointly and severally;
(13)
a rule of construction does not apply to the disadvantage of a party because the party was responsible for the preparation of this document or any part of it;
(14)
if a day on or by which an obligation must be performed or an event must occur is not a Business Day, the obligation must be performed or the event must occur on or by the next Business Day; and
(15)
a listing rule or business rule of a financial market will be regarded as a law, and a reference to such a rule is to be taken to be subject to any waiver or exemption granted to the compliance of those rules by a party.
2.
Preliminary
2.1.
Amaero
(1)
Amaero Ltd (Amaero) is a public limited liability company incorporated in Australia. Amaero is admitted to the official list of ASX and its shares are officially quoted on the securities market conducted by ASX. Amaero was incorporated on 17 May 2019 in South Australia under the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia and is regulated by Australian law, including the Corporations Act. Amaero's registered office is located at Level 37, 180 George Street, Sydney NSW 2000 and its principal place of business is located at 130 Innovation Drive, McDonald, Tennessee 37353 United States.
(2)
As at the date of the Scheme Implementation Deed, 952,582,206 Amaero Shares were on issue and officially quoted on the ASX.
2.2.
Amaero US HoldCo

Amaero Inc. (Amaero US HoldCo) is a company incorporated in the State of Delaware. Amaero US HoldCo was incorporated on 20 February 2026 under the DGCL for the purpose of re-domiciling the parent company of Amaero Group to the United States. Its registered office address is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801.

2.3.
Effect of the Share Scheme

If this Share Scheme becomes Effective:

(1)
all of the Scheme Shares (together with all rights and entitlements attaching to the Scheme Shares) will be transferred to Amaero US HoldCo and Amaero will become a Subsidiary of Amaero US HoldCo on the Implementation Date;

5


 

(2)
in consideration of the transfer to Amaero US HoldCo of each Scheme Share held by a Share Scheme Participant, Amaero US HoldCo will, on the Implementation Date, provide or procure the provision to each Share Scheme Participant the Share Scheme Consideration in accordance with the terms of the Scheme Implementation Deed, this Share Scheme and the Share Scheme Deed Poll;
(3)
Amaero will enter the name of Amaero US HoldCo in the Amaero Share Register as the holder of all the Scheme Shares;
(4)
subject to the terms of this Share Scheme, the Share Scheme Consideration will be provided in the form of CDIs and the interests of Share Scheme Participants in the Amaero US HoldCo Shares underlying the CDIs will be held through CDN, a subsidiary of ASX; and
(5)
it will bind Amaero and all Share Scheme Participants, including those who do not attend the Share Scheme Meeting, those who do not vote at the Share Scheme Meeting and those who vote against this Share Scheme at the Share Scheme Meeting.
2.4.
Agreement to implement this Share Scheme

Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo have agreed, by executing the Scheme Implementation Deed, to implement the terms of this Share Scheme and the steps contemplated to follow the implementation of this Share Scheme, to the extent those steps are required to be done by each of them.

2.5.
Share Scheme Deed Poll
(1)
This Share Scheme attributes actions to Amaero US HoldCo but does not itself impose an obligation on Amaero US HoldCo to perform those actions. Amaero US HoldCo has undertaken in favour of each Share Scheme Participant, by executing the Share Scheme Deed Poll, that it will fulfil its obligations under the Scheme Implementation Deed and do all acts and things necessary or desirable on its part to give full effect to this Share Scheme, including to issue to each Share Scheme Participant the Share Scheme Consideration for each Scheme Share held by the Share Scheme Participant.
(2)
Amaero undertakes in favour of each Share Scheme Participant to enforce the Share Scheme Deed Poll against Amaero US HoldCo on behalf of and as agent and attorney for the Share Scheme Participants.
3.
Conditions Precedent
3.1.
Conditions Precedent

This Share Scheme is conditional on, and will have no force or effect until, the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(1)
Satisfaction of Conditions Precedent: all of the Conditions Precedent being satisfied or waived (other than the condition in clause 3.1(3) (Court Approval of the Share Scheme)) in accordance with the Scheme Implementation Deed by the times set out in the Scheme Implementation Deed;
(2)
Scheme Implementation Deed and Share Scheme Deed Poll: neither the Scheme Implementation Deed nor the Share Scheme Deed Poll have been terminated in accordance with their terms before 8.00am on the Second Court Date;

6


 

(3)
Court Approval: approval of the Share Scheme by the Court pursuant to section 411(4)(b) of the Corporations Act and if applicable, Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo having accepted in writing any modification or condition made or required by the Court under section 411(6) of the Corporations Act; and
(4)
Court Order: the coming into effect, pursuant to section 411(10) of the Corporations Act, of the orders of the Court made under section 411(4)(b) of the Corporations Act (and, if applicable, section 411(6) of the Corporations Act) in relation to this Share Scheme.
3.2.
Certificate
(1)
Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo will provide to the Court on the Second Court Date a certificate signed by Amaero US HoldCo and Amaero, or such other evidence as the Court requests, confirming (in respect of matters within their knowledge) whether or not all of the conditions precedent set out in clause 3.1 have been satisfied or waived as at 8:00am on the Second Court Date.
(2)
The certificate referred to in this clause 3.2 will constitute conclusive evidence of whether such conditions precedent have been satisfied, waived or taken to be waived.
3.3.
Effective Date

Subject to clause 3.4, this Share Scheme will come into effect pursuant to section 411(10) of the Corporations Act on and from the Effective Date.

3.4.
End Date

Without limiting any rights under the Scheme Implementation Deed, this Share Scheme will lapse and be of no further force or effect (and Amaero US HoldCo is released from any obligations and any liability in connection with this Share Scheme or the Share Scheme Deed Poll) if:

(1)
the Effective Date has not occurred on or before the End Date; or
(2)
the Scheme Implementation Deed or Share Scheme Deed Poll is terminated in accordance with its terms,

unless Amaero or Amaero US HoldCo otherwise agree in writing (and, if required, as approved by the Court).

4.
Implementation
4.1.
Lodgement of Court orders with ASIC

Amaero must lodge with ASIC in accordance with section 411(10) of the Corporations Act an office copy of the Court order approving this Share Scheme as soon as reasonably practicable after the Court approves the Share Scheme, and in any event by no later than 5:00pm on the first Business Day after the date on which the Court approves this Share Scheme or such later time as may be agreed by Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo.

4.2.
Transfer of Scheme Shares

Subject to this Share Scheme becoming Effective, on the Implementation Date:

(1)
subject to the provision of the Share Scheme Consideration in accordance with clause 5, the Scheme Shares, together with all rights and entitlements attaching to the Scheme Shares at the Implementation Date, will be transferred to Amaero US HoldCo, without the need for any further act by any Share Scheme Participant (other than acts performed by Amaero as agent and attorney of the Share Scheme Participants under clause 7.5 or otherwise), by:

7


 

(a)
Amaero delivering to Amaero US HoldCo a duly completed Share Scheme Transfer, executed on behalf of the Share Scheme Participants by Amaero; and
(b)
Amaero US HoldCo executing that Share Scheme Transfer, attending to the stamping of the Share Scheme Transfer (if required) and delivering it to Amaero for registration;
(2)
immediately after receipt of the Share Scheme Transfer in accordance with clause 4.2(1)(b), but subject to the stamping of the Share Scheme Transfer (if required), Amaero must enter the name of Amaero US HoldCo in the Amaero Share Register in respect of the Scheme Shares transferred to Amaero US HoldCo in accordance with the Share Scheme; and
(3)
to the extent permitted by law, the Scheme Shares will be transferred to Amaero US HoldCo free from all Encumbrances.
4.3.
Timing

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Share Scheme, while Amaero US HoldCo CDIs forming the Share Scheme Consideration must be issued (and the Amaero US HoldCo CDI Register updated to record their issuance) on the Implementation Date, any requirements under clause 5 for the sending of holding statements or allotment advices (or equivalent) may be satisfied as soon as practicable after the Implementation Date.

4.4.
Entitlement to Share Scheme Consideration

Subject to this Share Scheme becoming Effective, in consideration of the transfer of the Scheme Shares to Amaero US HoldCo, and subject to the other terms and conditions of this Share Scheme, on the Implementation Date:

(1)
each Share Scheme Participant (who is not an Ineligible Foreign Holder) will be issued the Share Scheme Consideration in respect of the Scheme Shares held by them on the Record Date in accordance with clause 5 of this Share Scheme; and
(2)
the Sale Agent will be issued the Share Scheme Consideration by CDN (as Depository Nominee for Amaero US HoldCo) in respect of the Scheme Shares held by all Ineligible Foreign Holders on the Record Date in accordance with clause 5 of this Share Scheme.
4.5.
Sequence of transactions

Subject to the provisions of clause 6 of this Share Scheme, the transactions which form part of this Share Scheme will be implemented in the following sequence on the Implementation Date:

(1)
each Share Scheme Participant will receive the Share Scheme Consideration for the Scheme Shares held by that Share Scheme Participant on the Record Date; and
(2)
in exchange, all Scheme Shares will be transferred to Amaero US HoldCo.
5.
Share Scheme Consideration
5.1.
Provision of Share Scheme Consideration
(1)
Subject to the terms of this Share Scheme, the Share Scheme Consideration will be in the form of CDIs.

8


 

(2)
No later than one Business Day after the Record Date, Amaero will give to Amaero US HoldCo a notice specifying the persons to whom Amaero US HoldCo CDIs are to be issued pursuant to clause 4.4 and the number of Amaero US HoldCo CDIs to which they are entitled (including the number to be issued to the Sale Agent).
(3)
On the Implementation Date, Amaero US HoldCo must issue to each Share Scheme Participant the Share Scheme Consideration for each Scheme Share transferred to Amaero US HoldCo on the Implementation Date by that Share Scheme Participant.
(4)
The obligation of Amaero US HoldCo to issue the Share Scheme Consideration under this Share Scheme will be satisfied by Amaero US HoldCo:
(a)
in the case of a Share Scheme Participant who holds Scheme Shares (other than an Ineligible Foreign Holder):
(i)
procuring CDN to issue one Amaero US HoldCo CDI for every Scheme Share held by that Share Scheme Participant on the Record Date; and
(ii)
issuing to CDN (as Depository Nominee) the relevant number Amaero US HoldCo Shares underlying such Amaero US HoldCo CDIs (being one Amaero US HoldCo Share for every one Amaero US HoldCo CDI); and
(b)
in the case of an Ineligible Foreign Holder, issuing the Sale Agent such number of Amaero US HoldCo CDIs in accordance with clause 5.3 that Ineligible Foreign Holders would otherwise have been entitled to and issue to CDN (as Depositary Nominee) one Amaero US HoldCo Share for every one Amaero US HoldCo CDI to be issued to the Sale Agent.
5.2.
Amaero US HoldCo CDIs – registration and notices
(1)
On the Business Day prior to the Implementation Date, Amaero must procure that Amaero US HoldCo enters in its Amaero US HoldCo Share Register the name of CDN (as Depositary Nominee) to hold the Amaero US HoldCo Shares underlying the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs to be issued in accordance with the Share Scheme.
(2)
After the satisfaction of the obligation in clause 5.2(1), Amaero must procure that Amaero US HoldCo:
(a)
on the Implementation Date, procures that CDN records in the Amaero US HoldCo CDI Register each Share Scheme Participant who is to receive Amaero US HoldCo CDIs under the Share Scheme; and
(b)
as soon as is reasonably practical, despatches, or causes to be despatched, to each Share Scheme Participant who is to receive Amaero US HoldCo CDIs under the Share Scheme, a holding statement or confirmation advice in the name of that Share Scheme Participant representing the number of Amaero US HoldCo CDIs issued to that Share Scheme Participant.
5.3.
Ineligible Foreign Holders
(1)
Amaero US HoldCo has no obligation under this Share Scheme to issue any Share Scheme Consideration in the name of an Ineligible Foreign Holder under the Share Scheme.
(2)
The Amaero US HoldCo CDIs that would but for clause 5.3(1) have been issued in the name of an Ineligible Foreign Holder as Share Scheme Consideration, must be issued by Amaero US HoldCo to the Sale Agent and Amaero US HoldCo must:

9


 

(a)
enter the name and registered address of the Sale Agent into the Amaero US HoldCo CDI Register on the Implementation Date in respect of the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs required to be issued to it under clause 4.4(2); and
(b)
a holding statement is sent to the registered address of the Sale Agent, representing the number of Amaero US HoldCo CDIs issued to it.
(3)
Amaero US HoldCo must:
(a)
procure that the Sale Agent:
(i)
as soon as reasonably practicable after the Implementation Date, sell all the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs issued to the Sale Agent pursuant to clause 5.3(2) in such manner at such price and other terms as the Sale Agent determines in good faith for the benefit of the Ineligible Foreign Holders; and
(ii)
promptly after receiving the proceeds in respect of the sale of all of the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs referred to in clause 5.3(iii), account to the Ineligible Foreign Holders for the proceeds of the sale of all of the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs (after deduction of any applicable brokerage, stamp duty and other costs, taxes and charges) (Proceeds); and
(iii)
as soon as reasonably practicable, remit to each Ineligible Foreign Holder the amount 'A' calculated in accordance with the following formula and rounded down to the nearest cent:

A = (B ÷ C) x D

where

B = the number of Amaero US HoldCo CDIs that would otherwise have been issued to that Ineligible Foreign Holder had it not been an Ineligible Foreign Holder and which were issued to the Sale Agent;

C = the total number of Amaero US HoldCo CDIs which would otherwise have been issued to all Ineligible Foreign Holders and which were issued to the Sale Agent; and

D = the Proceeds, by:

(A)
making a deposit in Australian dollars into a bank account notified by the Ineligible Foreign Holder to Amaero and recorded in the Amaero Share Register on the Record Date; or
(B)
dispatching, or procuring the dispatch of, a cheque for the relevant amount in Australian dollars drawn in the name of the Ineligible Foreign Holder (or in the case of joint holders, in accordance with clause 5.4) by ordinary pre-paid post to the address of that Ineligible Foreign Holder appearing in the Amaero Share Register on the Record Date.
(4)
In the event that the Sale Agent believes, after consultation with Amaero, that an Ineligible Foreign Holder is not known at its address appearing in the Amaero Share Register on the Record Date, the Sale Agent may credit the amount payable to that Ineligible Foreign Holder to a separate bank account of Amaero US HoldCo to be held until the Ineligible Foreign Holder claims the amount or the interest is

10


 

dealt with in accordance with unclaimed money legislation, and Amaero US HoldCo must hold the amount in trust but any amount accruing from the amount will be to the benefit of Amaero US HoldCo. An amount credited to the account is to be treated as having been paid to the Ineligible Foreign Holder. Amaero US HoldCo must maintain records of the amounts paid, the people who are entitled to the amounts and any transfers of the amounts.
(5)
Payment by the Sale Agent or Amaero US HoldCo of the amount calculated in accordance with clause 5.3(3)(a)(iii) to an Ineligible Foreign Holder in accordance with this clause 5.3 satisfies in full the Ineligible Foreign Holder's right to the Share Scheme Consideration.
(6)
Each Ineligible Foreign Holder acknowledges that none of Amaero US HoldCo, Amaero or the Sale Agent gives any assurance as to the price that will be achieved for the sale of the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs described in this clause 5, and the sale of the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs under this clause 5 will be at the risk of the Ineligible Foreign Holder.
(7)
Each Ineligible Foreign Holder appoints Amaero as its agent to take any necessary or appropriate actions, or to receive on its behalf any financial services guide or other notice which may be given by the Sale Agent to the Ineligible Foreign Holder, in connection with its appointment or sales.
(8)
Amaero US HoldCo, in complying with the terms of clause 5.3 in respect of an Ineligible Foreign Holder, will be taken to have satisfied and discharged its obligations to the Ineligible Foreign Holders under the Share Scheme. An Ineligible Foreign Holder will have no claim against Amaero US HoldCo for any entitlement they would have had to the CDIs but for the terms of this Share Scheme.
5.4.
Joint holders

In the case of Scheme Shares held in joint names:

(1)
the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs to be issued under this Share Scheme will be issued to and registered in the names of the joint holders and entry in the Amaero US HoldCo register must take place in the same order as the holders' names appear in the Amaero Share Register;
(2)
any other document required to be sent under this Share Scheme will be forwarded to the registered address recorded in the Amaero Share Register as at the Record Date; and
(3)
in respect of any Ineligible Foreign Holder, any cheque required to be paid to Share Scheme Participants will be payable to the joint holders and will be sent to either, at the discretion of Amaero, the registered address of the holder whose name is recorded on the Amaero Share Register on the Record Date or to the joint holders.
5.5.
Orders of a Court or Regulatory Authority

If written notice is given to Amaero (or the Amaero Share Registry) or Amaero US HoldCo (or Amaero US HoldCo’s share registry) of an order or direction made by a court of competent jurisdiction or by another Regulatory Authority that:

(1)
requires consideration to be provided to a third party (either through payment of a sum or the issuance of a security) in respect of Scheme Shares held by a particular Share Scheme Participant, which would otherwise be payable or required to be issued to that Share Scheme Participant by Amaero or Amaero US HoldCo in accordance with this clause 5, then Amaero or Amaero US HoldCo shall be entitled to procure that provision of that consideration is made in accordance with that order or direction; or

11


 

(2)
prevents Amaero or Amaero US HoldCo from providing consideration to any particular Share Scheme Participant in accordance with this clause 5, or the payment or issuance of such consideration is otherwise prohibited by applicable law, Amaero or Amaero US HoldCo shall be entitled to (as applicable) retain an amount, in Australian dollars, equal to the number of Scheme Shares held by that Share Scheme Participant multiplied by the Share Scheme Consideration and/or direct CDN or Amaero US HoldCo not to issue, or to issue to a trustee or nominee, the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs (as applicable) that Share Scheme Participant would otherwise be entitled to under clause 5.1, until such time as provision of the Share Scheme Consideration in accordance with this clause 5 is permitted by that (or another) order or direction or otherwise by law.
5.6.
Status of Amaero US HoldCo Shares

Subject to the Share Scheme becoming Effective, Amaero US HoldCo must:

(1)
ensure that each Amaero US HoldCo Share is duly and validly authorised in accordance with the articles of incorporation and constituent documents of Amaero US HoldCo and the laws governing Amaero US HoldCo;
(2)
issue the Amaero US HoldCo Shares required to be issued by it under this Share Scheme on terms such that each such Amaero US HoldCo Shares will rank equally in all respects with each other such Amaero US Holdco Shares;
(3)
ensure that each Amaero US Hold Share is fully paid and free from any Encumbrances (other than as provided for under the articles of incorporation and constituent documents of Amaero US HoldCo and the laws governing Amaero US HoldCo); and
(4)
use reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs issued as Share Scheme Consideration will be listed for quotation on the official list of ASX in accordance with the terms of the Scheme Implementation Deed.
6.
Dealings in Scheme Shares
6.1.
Determination of Share Scheme Participants

To establish the identity of Share Scheme Participants, dealings in Amaero Shares or other alterations of the Amaero Share Register will only be recognised if:

(1)
in the case of dealings of the type to be effected using CHESS, the transferee is registered in the Amaero Share Register as the holder of the relevant Amaero Shares on or before the Record Date; and
(2)
in all other cases, registrable transmission applications or transfers in registrable form in respect of those dealings or valid requests in respect of other alterations are received on or before the Record Date at the place where the Amaero Share Register is kept,

and Amaero must not accept for registration, nor recognise for any purpose (except a transfer to Amaero US HoldCo pursuant to this Share Scheme and any subsequent transfer by Amaero US HoldCo or its successors in title), any transfer or transmission application or other request received after such times, or received prior to such times but not in registrable or actionable form, as appropriate.

12


 

6.2.
Amaero Share Register
(1)
Amaero must register any registrable transmission applications or transfers of the Scheme Shares received in accordance with clause 6.1 on or before the Record Date, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this clause 6.2(1) requires Amaero to register a transfer that would result in an Amaero Shareholder holding a parcel of Amaero Shares that is less than a ‘marketable parcel’ (for the purposes of this clause 6.2(1), ‘marketable parcel’ has the meaning given in the ASX Settlement Rules).
(2)
If the Share Scheme becomes Effective, each Share Scheme Participant (and any person claiming through that holder) must not dispose of, or purport or agree to dispose of, any Scheme Shares or any interest in them after the Record Date otherwise than pursuant to the Share Scheme and any attempt to do so will have no effect and Amaero shall be entitled to disregard any such disposal.
(3)
For the purpose of determining entitlements to the Share Scheme Consideration, Amaero will, until the Share Scheme Consideration has been issued to Share Scheme Participants, maintain or procure the maintenance of the Amaero Share Register in accordance with this clause 6.2. The Amaero Share Register in this form will solely determine entitlements to the Share Scheme Consideration.
(4)
All statements of holding in respect of Amaero Shares (other than statements in favour of Amaero US HoldCo) will cease to have effect after the Record Date as documents of title in respect of those shares. After the Record Date, each entry current on the Amaero Share Register on the Record Date (other than entries in respect of Amaero US HoldCo and its successors in title) will cease to have effect except as evidence of entitlement to the Share Scheme Consideration in respect of the Amaero Shares relating to that entry.
(5)
As soon as practicable after the Record Date, and in any event within one Business Day of the Record Date, Amaero will ensure that details of the names, registered addresses and holdings of Amaero Shares for each Share Scheme Participant, as shown in the Amaero Share Register on the Record Date, are available to Amaero US HoldCo in such form as Amaero US HoldCo reasonably requires.
6.3.
Quotation of Amaero Shares
(1)
Amaero will apply to ASX to suspend trading in Amaero Shares with effect from the close of trading on ASX on the Effective Date.
(2)
With effect on and from the close of trading on the Trading Day immediately following, or shortly after, the Implementation Date, Amaero will apply:
(a)
for termination of the official quotation of Amaero Shares on ASX; and
(b)
to have itself removed from the official list of the ASX.
7.
General Share Scheme provisions
7.1.
Share Scheme alterations and conditions

If the Court proposes to approve this Share Scheme subject to any conditions or alterations under section 411(6) of the Corporations Act:

(1)
Amaero may, by its counsel on behalf of all persons concerned consent to those conditions or alterations to this Share Scheme to which Amaero US HoldCo has consented, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and
(2)
each Share Scheme Participant agrees to any such alterations or conditions which Amaero has consented to.

13


 

7.2.
Agreements and consents of Share Scheme Participants

Each Share Scheme Participant:

(1)
irrevocably agrees to the transfer of their Scheme Shares, together with all rights and entitlements attaching to those Scheme Shares, to Amaero US HoldCo in accordance with the terms of the Share Scheme;
(2)
agrees to the variation, cancellation or modification (if any) of the rights attached to its Amaero Shares constituted by or resulting from the Share Scheme;
(3)
agrees to, on the direction of Amaero US HoldCo, destroy any holding statements or share certificates relating to their Amaero Shares;
(4)
agrees to the Share Scheme Consideration being issued to them, or to the Sale Agent in the case of Ineligible Foreign Holders, to have accepted the Amaero US HoldCo CDIs issued to that holder under this Share Scheme subject to, and to be bound by, terms of the CDIs and the articles of incorporation and constituent documents of Amaero US HoldCo;
(5)
acknowledges and agrees that this Share Scheme binds Amaero and all Share Scheme Participants (including those who do not attend the Share Scheme Meeting and those who do not vote, or vote against this Share Scheme, at the Share Scheme Meeting); and
(6)
irrevocably consents to Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo doing all things and executing all deeds, instruments, transfers or other documents as may be necessary or desirable to give full effect to the terms of the Share Scheme and the transactions contemplated by it,

without the need for any further act by that Share Scheme Participant.

7.3.
Warranty by Share Scheme Participants

Each Share Scheme Participant warrants to Amaero US HoldCo and is deemed to have authorised Amaero to warrant to Amaero US HoldCo as agent and attorney for the Share Scheme Participant by virtue of this clause 7.3, that to the extent permitted by law:

(1)
all their Scheme Shares (including any rights and entitlements attaching to those shares) transferred to Amaero US HoldCo under the Share Scheme will, at the date of transfer, be fully paid and free from all Encumbrances and interests of third parties of any kind, whether legal or otherwise, and restrictions on transfer of any kind; and
(2)
they have full power and capacity to sell and to transfer their Scheme Shares (together with any other rights and entitlements attaching to those shares) to Amaero US HoldCo under the Share Scheme.
7.4.
Title to and rights in Scheme Shares
(1)
To the extent permitted by law, the Scheme Shares (including all rights and entitlements attaching to the Scheme Shares) transferred under this Share Scheme to Amaero US HoldCo will, at the time of the transfer of them to Amaero US HoldCo, vest in Amaero US HoldCo free from all Encumbrances and interests of third parties of any kind, whether legal or otherwise, and free from any restrictions on transfer of any kind.

14


 

(2)
Immediately upon the provision of the Share Scheme Consideration to each Share Scheme Participant in the manner contemplated by clause 5 of this Share Scheme, Amaero US HoldCo will be beneficially entitled to the Scheme Shares to be transferred to it under the Share Scheme pending registration by Amaero of Amaero US HoldCo in the Amaero Share Register as the holder of the Scheme Shares.
7.5.
Appointment of Amaero as agent and attorney

On this Share Scheme becoming Effective, each Share Scheme Participant, without the need for any further act, is deemed to have irrevocably appointed Amaero and all of its directors and officers (jointly and severally) as its attorney and agent for the purposes of:

(1)
enforcing the Share Scheme Deed Poll against Amaero US HoldCo;
(2)
in the case of Scheme Shares in a CHESS holding:
(a)
causing a message to be transmitted to ASX Settlement in accordance with the ASX Settlement Rules so as to transfer the Scheme Shares held by the Share Scheme Participant from the CHESS sub-register of Amaero to the issuer sponsored sub-register operated by Amaero or the Amaero Share Registry at any time after Amaero US HoldCo has provided the Share Scheme Consideration which is due under this Share Scheme to Share Scheme Participants; and
(b)
completing and signing on behalf of Share Scheme Participants any required form of transfer of Scheme Shares;
(3)
in the case of Scheme Shares registered in the issuer sponsored sub-register operated by Amaero or the Amaero Share Registry, completing and signing on behalf of Share Scheme Participants any required form of transfer; and
(4)
doing all things and executing any deeds, agreements, instruments, transfers or other documents as may be necessary or desirable to give full effect to this Share Scheme and the transactions contemplated by it, including the effecting of a valid transfer or transfers (or the execution and delivery of any Share Scheme Transfers) as contemplated by clause 4.2,

and Amaero accepts such appointment. Amaero as attorney and agent of each Share Scheme Participant, may sub-delegate its functions, authorities or powers under this clause 7.5 to all or any of its directors and officers (jointly, severally or jointly and severally).

7.6.
Instructions, notifications or elections

If not prohibited by law (and including where permitted or facilitated by relief granted by a Regulatory Authority), all instructions, notifications or elections given by an Amaero Shareholder to Amaero that are binding or deemed binding between the Amaero Shareholder and Amaero relating to Amaero or Amaero Shares including instructions, notifications or elections relating to:

(1)
whether dividends are to be paid by cheque or into a specific bank account;
(2)
payments of dividends on Amaero Shares, including participation in any dividend reinvestment plan; and
(3)
notices or other communications from Amaero (including by email),

will be deemed from the Implementation Date (except to the extent determined otherwise by Amaero US HoldCo in its sole discretion), by reason of the Share Scheme, to be made by the Share Scheme Participant to Amaero US HoldCo and to be a binding instruction, notification or election to, and accepted by, Amaero US HoldCo in respect of the Amaero

15


 

US HoldCo CDIs issued to that Share Scheme Participant until that instruction, notification or election is revoked or amended in writing by the Amaero Shareholder in writing addressed to Amaero US HoldCo at its registered address.

7.7.
Appointment of sole proxy

Immediately from the provision of the Share Scheme Consideration to each Share Scheme Participant (or to the Sale Agent in the case of the Ineligible Foreign Holders) in the manner contemplated by clause 5, and until Amaero registers Amaero US HoldCo in the Amaero Share Register as the holder of the Scheme Shares, each Share Scheme Participant:

(1)
is deemed to have appointed Amaero US HoldCo as attorney and agent (and directed Amaero US HoldCo in each such capacity) to appoint any director, officer, secretary or agent nominated by Amaero US HoldCo as its sole proxy and, where applicable or appropriate, its corporate representative to attend shareholder meetings of Amaero, exercise the votes attaching to the Scheme Shares registered in the name of the Share Scheme Participant and sign any shareholders resolution or document;
(2)
undertakes not to otherwise attend or vote at any such meetings or sign any such resolutions, whether in person, by proxy or by corporate representative (other than pursuant to clause 7.7(1));
(3)
must take all other actions in the capacity of a registered holder of Scheme Shares as Amaero US HoldCo reasonably directs; and
(4)
acknowledges and agrees that in exercising the powers referred to in clause 7.7(1), Amaero US HoldCo and any director, officer, secretary or agent nominated by Amaero US HoldCo may act in the best interests of Amaero US HoldCo as the intended registered holder of the Scheme Shares.
7.8.
Share Scheme binding

This Share Scheme binds Amaero and all of the Share Scheme Participants from time to time (including those who do not attend the Share Scheme Meeting, those who do not vote at that meeting or vote against this Share Scheme) and, to the extent of any inconsistency, overrides the constitution of Amaero.

8.
General
8.1.
Consent

Each of the Share Scheme Participants consents to Amaero doing all things necessary for or incidental to, or to give effect to, the implementation of this Share Scheme, whether on behalf of the Share Scheme Participants, Amaero or otherwise.

8.2.
Notices
(1)
Where a notice, transfer, transmission application or other communication referred to in this Share Scheme is sent by post to Amaero, it will not be deemed to be received in the ordinary course of post or on a date other than the date (if any) on which it is actually received at Amaero's registered office or at the office of the Amaero Share Register.
(2)
The accidental omission to give notice of the Share Scheme Meeting to any Amaero Shareholders, or the non-receipt of such a notice by any Amaero Shareholders, will not, unless ordered by the Court, invalidate this Share Scheme or the proceedings at the Share Scheme Meeting.

16


 

8.3.
Further assurances

Each party must, at its own expense, whenever requested by the other party, promptly do or, to the extent reasonably practicable, arrange for others to do everything, including executing any documents, reasonably necessary to give full effect to this Share Scheme and the transactions contemplated by this Share Scheme.

8.4.
No liability when acting in good faith

Each Share Scheme Participant agrees that neither Amaero, Amaero US HoldCo nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents is liable for anything done or omitted to be done in the performance of this Share Scheme or the Share Scheme Deed Poll in good faith.

8.5.
Withholding

If Amaero US HoldCo considers that it must pay an amount to the Commissioner of Taxation (Commissioner) under Subdivision 14-D of Schedule 1 of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (Cth) (TAA) in relation to the acquisition of the Scheme Shares from a Share Scheme Participant, Amaero US HoldCo will:

(1)
determine the amount to be paid to the Commissioner (Withholding Amount) being 12.5% (or a lesser rate approved by the Commissioner) of the Share Scheme Consideration otherwise payable to the Share Scheme Participant or Sale Agent, as appropriate;
(2)
withhold the Withholding Amount from the Share Scheme Consideration (by issuing such lesser number of Amaero US HoldCo CDIs to the Share Scheme Participant or Sale Agent, as appropriate for the Withholding Amount) and remit the Withholding Amount to the Commissioner within the timeframe required under the TAA (and issued of the reduced number of Amaero US HoldCo CDIs shall be taken to be full payment of the Share Scheme Consideration for the purposes of this Share Scheme); and
(3)
if requested in writing by the relevant Share Scheme Participant, provide a receipt or other appropriate evidence of payment of the Withholding Amount to the Commissioner (or procure the provision of such receipt or other evidence) to the relevant Share Scheme Participant.
8.6.
Enforcement of Share Scheme Deed Poll

Amaero undertakes in favour of each Share Scheme Participant that it will enforce the Share Scheme Deed Poll against Amaero US HoldCo on behalf of and as agent and attorney for the Share Scheme Participants.

8.7.
Costs and stamp duty

All duty (including stamp duty), and any related fines, penalties and interest, payable in connection with the transfer by Share Scheme Participants of the Scheme Shares to Amaero US HoldCo pursuant to the Share Scheme will be payable by Amaero US HoldCo.

17


 

8.8.
Governing law and jurisdiction
(1)
This Share Scheme is governed by and will be construed according to the laws of New South Wales.
(2)
Each party irrevocably:
(a)
submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of New South Wales and of the courts competent to determine appeals from those courts, with respect to any proceedings that may be brought at any time relating to this Share Scheme; and
(b)
waives any objection it may now or in the future have to the venue of any proceedings, and any claim it may now or in the future have that any proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum.

18


 

Schedule 2 – Option Scheme of Arrangement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option Scheme of Arrangement

Parties

Amaero Ltd

ACN 633 541 634

The holders of options to acquire fully paid ordinary shares in Amaero Ltd as at the Record Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Norton Rose Fulbright Australia

Level 5, 60 Martin Place

Sydney, NSW 2000

Tel: +61 2 9330 8000

nortonrosefulbright.com

Our ref: 4087304

 


 

Contents

 

1

 

Definitions and interpretation

1

 

1.1

Definitions

1

 

1.2

Interpretation

3

2

 

Preliminary

4

 

2.1

Amaero

4

 

2.2

Amaero US HoldCo

5

 

2.3

Effect of the Option Scheme

5

 

2.4

Agreement to implement this Option Scheme

5

 

2.5

Option Scheme Deed Poll

5

3

 

Conditions Precedent

5

 

3.1

Conditions Precedent

5

 

3.2

Certificate

6

 

3.3

Effective Date

6

 

3.4

End Date

6

4

 

Implementation

6

 

4.1

Lodgement of Court orders with ASIC

6

 

4.2

Cancellation of Scheme Options

6

5

 

Option Scheme Consideration

7

 

5.1

Provision of Option Scheme Consideration

7

 

5.2

Amaero US HoldCo Options – registration and notices

7

 

5.3

Terms of Amaero US HoldCo Options

7

 

5.4

Obligations of Option Scheme Participants

7

 

5.5

Joint holders

8

 

5.6

Orders of a Court or Governmental Authority

8

6

 

Dealings in Scheme Options

8

 

6.1

Determination of Option Scheme Participants

8

 

6.2

Transfers after the Record Date

9

 

6.3

Maintenance of Amaero Option Register

9

 

6.4

Effect of certificates and holding statements

9

 

6.5

Information to be made available to Amaero US HoldCo

9

7

 

General Scheme provisions

9

 

7.1

Option Scheme alterations and conditions

9

 

7.2

Agreements and consents of Option Scheme Participants

10

 

7.3

Warranty by Option Scheme Participants

10

 

7.4

Appointment of Amaero as agent and attorney

10

 

7.5

Instructions, notifications or elections

11

 

7.6

Option Scheme binding

11

i


 

8

 

General

11

 

8.1

Consent

11

 

8.2

Notices

11

 

8.3

Further assurances

11

 

8.4

No liability when acting in good faith

11

 

8.5

Enforcement of Option Scheme Deed Poll

11

 

8.6

Costs and stamp duty

12

 

8.7

Governing law and jurisdiction

12

ii


Option Scheme of Arrangement dated 23 March 2026

This option scheme of arrangement is made under section 411 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

 

Parties

 

Amaero Ltd ACN 633 541 634

of Level 37, 180 George Street, Sydney NSW 2000

(Amaero)

 

 

 

 

 

Each person who is registered as a holder of options issued by Amaero to acquire fully paid ordinary shares in Amaero as at the Record Date

(Option Scheme Participants)

 

It is agreed

1.
Definitions and interpretation
1.1.
Definitions

In this Option Scheme, except where the context otherwise requires:

(1)
Amaero means Amaero Ltd ACN 633 541 634.
(2)
Amaero Board means the Amaero Directors from time to time.
(3)
Amaero Directors means a director of Amaero from time to time.
(4)
Amaero Group means, collectively, Amaero and each of its Related Bodies Corporate other than Amaero US HoldCo.
(5)
Amaero Option means an unlisted option to acquire an Amaero Share issued by Amaero pursuant to the Employee Incentive Plan (if applicable) or otherwise pursuant to a contractual arrangement between Amaero and the Amaero Option Holder.
(6)
Amaero Option Holder means the holder of an Amaero Option, from time to time.
(7)
Amaero Option Register means the register of Amaero Option Holders maintained by or on behalf of Amaero in accordance with the Corporations Act.
(8)
Amaero Option Registry means Automic Pty Ltd ABN 27 152 260 814.
(9)
Amaero Share means a fully paid ordinary share in the capital of Amaero.
(10)
Amaero US HoldCo means Amaero Inc., a company incorporated in the State of Delaware, United States with file number 10505946 and whose registered office is located at 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801.
(11)
Amaero US HoldCo CDI means a CDI representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of an Amaero US HoldCo Share.
(12)
Amaero US HoldCo Option means an unlisted option to acquire a Amaero US HoldCo Share (including in the form of Amaero US HoldCo CDIs).
(13)
Amaero US HoldCo Option Register means the register of Amaero US HoldCo Option Holders maintained by or on behalf of Amaero US HoldCo in accordance with the DGCL.
(14)
Amaero US HoldCo Share means a share of common stock of Amaero US HoldCo.

1


(15)
ASIC means the Australian Securities and Investments Commission.
(16)
ASX means ASX Limited (ABN 98 008 624 691) or the Australian Securities Exchange, as the context requires.
(17)
ASX Settlement means ASX Settlement Pty Ltd ABN 49 008 504 532.
(18)
ASX Settlement Rules means the ASX Settlement Operating Rules of ASX Settlement.
(19)
Business Day means a business day as defined in the Listing Rules.
(20)
CDI means a CHESS depositary interest, being a unit of beneficial ownership in an Amaero US HoldCo Share that is registered in the name of CDN, or beneficial ownership is held by CDN, in accordance with the ASX Settlement Rules and CDIs mean a number of them.
(21)
CDN means CHESS Depositary Nominees Pty Ltd ACN 071 346 506.
(22)
CHESS means the clearing house electronic sub-register system of security transfers operated by ASX Settlement. 
(23)
Conditions Precedent means the conditions precedent to the Option Scheme set out in clause 3.2 of the Scheme Implementation Deed.
(24)
Corporations Act means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), as amended from time to time.
(25)
Court means the Supreme Court of New South Wales, the Federal Court of Australia or such other court of competent jurisdiction under the Corporations Act agreed to by Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo.
(26)
DGCL means the Delaware General Corporation Law (Title 8 of the Delaware Code), as amended from time to time.
(27)
Effective means, when used in relation to the Option Scheme, the order of the Court made under section 411(4)(b) of the Corporations Act in relation to the Option Scheme taking effect pursuant to section 411(10) of the Corporations Act, but in any event at no time before an office copy of the order of the Court is lodged with ASIC.
(28)
Effective Date means the date on which the Option Scheme becomes Effective.
(29)
Employee Incentive Plan means Amaero’s employee incentive plan approved by the Amaero Board and Amaero Shareholders on 18 October 2019.
(30)
Encumbrance means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect, including any “security interest” as defined in section 12(1) and (2) of the Personal Property Securities Act 2009 (Cth), and includes any agreement to create any of them or allow them to exist.
(31)
End Date means 5:00pm on 1 November 2026, or such later date as agreed to in writing between Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo.
(32)
Implementation Date means the fifth Business Day after the Record Date, or such other date agreed to in writing by Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo.
(33)
Listing Rules means the official listing rules of the ASX.

2


(34)
Option Scheme means this scheme of arrangement pursuant to Part 5.1 of the Corporations Act proposed between Amaero and Option Share Participants as set out in this document, together with any alterations or conditions made or required by the Court under section 411(6) of the Corporations Act and approved in writing by Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo.
(35)
Option Scheme Consideration means the consideration to be provided to Option Scheme Participants under the terms of the Option Scheme for the cancellation of their Scheme Options, being one Amaero US HoldCo Option for every one Scheme Option.
(36)
Option Scheme Deed Poll means the deed poll to be executed by Amaero US HoldCo substantially in the form of Schedule 4 to the Scheme Implementation Deed, or in such other form as agreed in writing between Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo.
(37)
Option Scheme Meeting means the meeting of Amaero Option Holders convened by the Court in relation to the Option Scheme pursuant to section 411(1) of the Corporations Act and includes any adjournment of that meeting.
(38)
Record Date means 7pm on the second Business Day following the Effective Date, or such other date (after the Effective Date) as Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo may agree in writing.
(39)
Regulatory Authority includes:
(a)
a government or governmental, semi-governmental, administrative, fiscal or judicial entity or authority;
(b)
a minister, department, office, commission, delegate, instrumentality, tribunal, agency, board, authority or organisation of any government;
(c)
any regulatory organisation established under statute;
(d)
in particular, ASX and ASIC; and
(e)
any representative of any of the above.
(40)
Scheme Implementation Deed means the Scheme Implementation Deed dated on or around 23 February 2026 between Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo, as amended or varied from time to time.
(41)
Scheme Options means all of the Amaero Options on issue on the Record Date.
(42)
Second Court Date means the first day on which the Court hears the application for the order pursuant to section 411 (4)(b) of the Corporations Act approving the Option Scheme, or if the application is adjourned or subject to appeal for any reason, the first day on which the adjourned or appealed application is heard.
1.2.
Interpretation

In this Option Scheme:

(1)
the singular includes the plural and vice versa, and a gender includes other genders;
(2)
another grammatical form of a defined word or expression has a corresponding meaning;

3


(3)
a reference to a clause, paragraph, or schedule is to a clause or paragraph of, or schedule to, this agreement, and a reference to this document includes any schedule;
(4)
a reference to a document or instrument includes the document or instrument as novated, altered, supplemented or replaced from time to time;
(5)
a reference to A$, dollar, Australian dollar or $ is to Australian currency;
(6)
a reference to time is to time in Sydney, New South Wales time, unless otherwise noted;
(7)
a reference to a party is to a party to this agreement, and a reference to a party to a document includes the party's executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns and substitutes;
(8)
a reference to a person includes a natural person, partnership, body corporate, association, governmental or local authority or agency or other entity;
(9)
a reference to a statute, ordinance, code or other law includes regulations and other instruments under it and consolidations, amendments, re-enactments or replacements of any of them;
(10)
a word or expression defined in the Corporations Act and not otherwise defined in this agreement has the meaning given to it in the Corporations Act;
(11)
the meaning of general words is not limited by specific examples introduced by including, for example or similar expressions;
(12)
any agreement, representation, warranty or indemnity in favour of two or more parties (including where two or more persons are included in the same defined term) is for the benefit of them jointly and severally;
(13)
a rule of construction does not apply to the disadvantage of a party because the party was responsible for the preparation of this document or any part of it;
(14)
if a day on or by which an obligation must be performed or an event must occur is not a Business Day, the obligation must be performed or the event must occur on or by the next Business Day; and
(15)
a listing rule or business rule of a financial market will be regarded as a law, and a reference to such a rule is to be taken to be subject to any waiver or exemption granted to the compliance of those rules by a party.
2.
Preliminary
2.1.
Amaero
(1)
Amaero Ltd (Amaero) is a public limited liability company incorporated in Australia. Amaero is admitted to the official list of ASX and its shares are officially quoted on the securities market conducted by ASX. Amaero was incorporated on 17 May 2019 in South Australia under the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia and is regulated by Australian law, including the Corporations Act. Amaero's registered office is located at Level 37, 180 George Street, Sydney NSW 2000 and its principal place of business is located at 130 Innovation Drive, McDonald, Tennessee 37353 United States.
(2)
Amaero Options are not quoted on the ASX.
(3)
As at the date of the Scheme Implementation Deed, there are 106,347,733 Amaero Options on issue.

4


2.2.
Amaero US HoldCo

Amaero Inc. (Amaero US HoldCo) is a company incorporated in the State of Delaware. Amaero US HoldCo was incorporated on 20 February 2026 under the DGCL for the purpose of re-domiciling the parent company of Amaero Group to the United States. Its registered office address is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801.

2.3.
Effect of the Option Scheme

If this Option Scheme becomes Effective:

(1)
Amaero will procure the issue of the Option Scheme Consideration to Option Scheme Participants in accordance with the terms of this Option Scheme; and
(2)
subject to provision of the Option Scheme Consideration to Option Scheme Participants, all of the Scheme Options will be cancelled.
2.4.
Agreement to implement this Option Scheme

Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo have agreed, by executing the Scheme Implementation Deed, to implement the terms of this Option Scheme and the steps contemplated to follow the implementation of this Option Scheme, to the extent those steps are required to be done by each of them.

2.5.
Option Scheme Deed Poll
(1)
This Option Scheme attributes actions to Amaero US HoldCo but does not itself impose an obligation on Amaero US HoldCo to perform those actions. Amaero US HoldCo has undertaken in favour of each Option Scheme Participant, by executing the Option Scheme Deed Poll, that it will fulfil its obligations under the Scheme Implementation Deed and do all acts and things necessary or desirable on its part to give full effect to this Option Scheme, including to issue to each Option Scheme Participant the Option Scheme Consideration for each Scheme Option held by the Option Scheme Participant.
(2)
Amaero undertakes in favour of each Option Scheme Participant to enforce the Option Scheme Deed Poll against Amaero US HoldCo on behalf of and as agent and attorney for the Option Scheme Participants.
3.
Conditions Precedent
3.1.
Conditions Precedent

This Option Scheme is conditional on, and will have no force or effect until, the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(1)
Satisfaction of Conditions Precedent: all of the Conditions Precedent being satisfied or waived (other than the condition in clause 3.2(3) (Court Approval of the Option Scheme)) in accordance with the Scheme Implementation Deed by the times set out in the Scheme Implementation Deed;
(2)
Scheme Implementation Deed and Option Scheme Deed Poll: neither the Scheme Implementation Deed nor the Option Scheme Deed Poll having been terminated in accordance with their terms before 8.00am on the Second Court Date;
(3)
Court Approval: approval of the Option Scheme by the Court pursuant to section 411(4)(b) of the Corporations Act and if applicable, Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo having accepted in writing any modification or condition made or required by the Court under section 411(6) of the Corporations Act; and

5


(4)
Court Order: the coming into effect, pursuant to section 411(10) of the Corporations Act, of the orders of the Court made under section 411(4)(b) of the Corporations Act (and, if applicable, section 411(6) of the Corporations Act) in relation to this Option Scheme.
3.2.
Certificate
(1)
Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo will provide to the Court on the Second Court Date a certificate signed by Amaero US HoldCo and Amaero, or such other evidence as the Court requests, confirming (in respect of matters within their knowledge) whether or not all of the Conditions Precedent set out in clause 3.1 have been satisfied or waived as at 8:00am on the Second Court Date.
(2)
The certificate referred to in this clause 3.2 will constitute conclusive evidence of whether such Conditions Precedent have been satisfied, waived or taken to be waived.
3.3.
Effective Date

Subject to clause 3.4, this Option Scheme will come into effect pursuant to section 411(10) of the Corporations Act on and from the Effective Date.

3.4.
End Date

Without limiting any rights under the Scheme Implementation Deed, this Option Scheme will lapse and be of no further force or effect (and Amaero US HoldCo is released from any obligations and any liability in connection with this Option Scheme or the Option Scheme Deed Poll) if:

(1)
the Effective Date has not occurred on or before the End Date; or
(2)
the Scheme Implementation Deed or Option Scheme Deed Poll is terminated in accordance with its terms,

unless Amaero or Amaero US HoldCo otherwise agree in writing (and, if required, as approved by the Court).

4.
Implementation
4.1.
Lodgement of Court orders with ASIC

Amaero must lodge with ASIC in accordance with section 411(10) of the Corporations Act an office copy of the Court order approving this Option Scheme as soon as reasonably practicable after the Court approves the Option Scheme, and in any event by no later than 5:00pm on the first Business Day after the date on which the Court approves this Option Scheme or such later time as may be agreed by Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo.

4.2.
Cancellation of Scheme Options

Subject to this Option Scheme becoming Effective and the provision of the Option Scheme Consideration in accordance with clause 5.1, on the Implementation Date the Scheme Options, together with all rights and entitlements attaching to them as at the Implementation Date, will be cancelled without the need for any further act by any Option Scheme Participant, and Amaero must update the Amaero Option Register accordingly.

6


5.
Option Scheme Consideration
5.1.
Provision of Option Scheme Consideration
(1)
Amaero must use its best endeavours to procure that, on the Implementation Date, Amaero US HoldCo provides the Option Scheme Consideration to each Option Scheme Participant by issuing one Amaero US HoldCo Option for every one Scheme Option held by that Option Scheme Participant.
(2)
Subject to the remaining provisions of this clause 5, the transactions which form part of this Option Scheme will be implemented in the following sequence on the Implementation Date:
(a)
each Option Scheme Participant will receive the Option Scheme Consideration for the Scheme Options held by that Option Scheme Participant on the Record Date; and
(b)
in exchange, all Scheme Options will be cancelled.
5.2.
Amaero US HoldCo Options – registration and notices

The obligation to issue Amaero US HoldCo Options under clause 5.1 will be satisfied by Amaero US HoldCo, on the Implementation Date, procuring the entry into the Amaero US HoldCo Option Register the name of each person who is to receive Amaero US HoldCo Options.

5.3.
Terms of Amaero US HoldCo Options

Each Amaero US HoldCo Option will:

(1)
have an exercise price per Amaero US HoldCo Share or Amaero US HoldCo CDI equal to the exercise price per Amaero Share of the relevant Amaero Option it replaces, converted from Australian dollars to US dollars at the prevailing currency exchange rate on the Implementation Date, as reasonably determined by Amaero;
(2)
have an exercise period equal to the unexpired exercise period of the relevant Amaero Option it replaces;
(3)
be vested to the same extent and have the same terms as to vesting as the relevant Amaero Option it replaces;
(4)
for Amaero Option Holders with a registered address in Australia and New Zealand on the Amaero Option Register, provide that securities issued on exercise of the Amaero US HoldCo Option will be Amaero US HoldCo CDIs by default, unless the Amaero Option Holder elects to receive Amaero US HoldCo Shares;
(5)
for Amaero Option Holders with a registered address outside of Australia and New Zealand on the Amaero Option Register, provide that securities issued on exercise of the Amaero US HoldCo Option will be Amaero US HoldCo Shares by default, unless the Amaero Option Holder elects to receive Amaero US HoldCo CDIs; and
(6)
otherwise be on the same terms as the Amaero Option it replaces, with necessary changes due to Amaero US HoldCo being the issuer in place of Amaero.
5.4.
Obligations of Option Scheme Participants

Each Option Scheme Participant who will be issued Amaero US HoldCo Options under this Scheme agrees:

(1)
to become an option holder of Amaero US HoldCo (without the need for any further action on its part);

7


(2)
to have their name and address entered into the Amaero US HoldCo Option Register; and
(3)
to be bound by the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of Amaero US HoldCo in force from time to time in respect of the Amaero US HoldCo Options.
5.5.
Joint holders

In the case of Scheme Options held in joint names:

(1)
any Option Scheme Consideration to be issued under this Option Scheme will be issued to and registered in the names of the joint holders and entry in the Amaero US HoldCo Option Register must take place in the same order as the holders' names appear in the Amaero Option Register;
(2)
any other document required to be sent under this Option Scheme will be forwarded to the registered address recorded in the Amaero Option Register as at the Record Date; and
(3)
any cheque required to be paid to Option Scheme Participants will be payable to the joint holders and will be sent to either, at the discretion of Amaero, the registered address of the holder whose name is recorded on the Amaero Option Register on the Record Date or to the joint holders.
5.6.
Orders of a Court or Governmental Authority

If written notice is given to Amaero (or the Amaero Option Registry) or Amaero US HoldCo (or Amaero US HoldCo’s option registry) of an order or direction made by a court of competent jurisdiction or by another Regulatory Authority that:

(1)
requires consideration to be provided to a third party (either through payment of a sum or the issuance of a security) in respect of Scheme Options held by a particular Option Scheme Participant, which would otherwise be payable or required to be issued to that Option Scheme Participant by Amaero or Amaero US HoldCo in accordance with this clause 5, then Amaero or Amaero US HoldCo shall be entitled to procure that provision of that consideration is made in accordance with that order or direction; or
(2)
prevents Amaero or Amaero US HoldCo from providing consideration to any particular Option Scheme Participant in accordance with this clause 5, or the payment or issuance of such consideration is otherwise prohibited by applicable law, Amaero or Amaero US HoldCo shall be entitled to (as applicable) retain an amount, in Australian dollars, equal to the number of Scheme Options held by that Option Scheme Participant multiplied by the Option Scheme Consideration and/or direct Amaero US HoldCo not to issue, or to issue to a trustee or nominee, such number of Amaero US HoldCo Options as that Option Scheme Participant would otherwise be entitled to under this clause 5, until such time as payment or provision of the consideration in accordance with this clause 5 is permitted by that order or direction or otherwise by law.
6.
Dealings in Scheme Options
6.1.
Determination of Option Scheme Participants
(1)
Each Option Scheme Participant will be entitled to participate in this Option Scheme.
(2)
Amaero must issue, and register the relevant Amaero Option Holder as the holder of, Amaero Shares resulting from the valid exercise of an Amaero Option which is received on or before 12:00pm (Sydney time) on the Business Day prior to the Record Date.

8


(3)
Amaero will not accept for registration or recognise for any purpose any exercise of an Amaero Option received after 12:00pm (Sydney time) on the Business Day prior to the Record Date and, after such time, the Amaero Options will not be capable of exercise notwithstanding the terms on which the Amaero Options were issued or granted.
6.2.
Transfers after the Record Date
(1)
If this Option Scheme becomes Effective, an Amaero Option Holder (and any person claiming through that holder) must not dispose of, or purport or agree to dispose of, any Amaero Options or any interest in them after the Record Date.
(2)
Amaero will not accept for registration, nor recognise for any purpose, any transfer or transmission application in respect of Amaero Options received after the Record Date.
6.3.
Maintenance of Amaero Option Register

For the purpose of determining entitlements to the Option Scheme Consideration, Amaero will, until the Option Scheme Consideration has been issued to Option Scheme Participants, maintain or procure the maintenance of the Amaero Option Register in accordance with this clause 6. The Amaero Option Register in this form will solely determine entitlements to the Option Scheme Consideration.

6.4.
Effect of certificates and holding statements
(1)
Any statements of holding in respect of Scheme Options will cease to have effect after the Record Date as documents of title in respect of those options.
(2)
After the Record Date, each entry current on the Option Register as at the Record Date will cease to have effect except as evidence of entitlement to the Option Scheme Consideration.
6.5.
Information to be made available to Amaero US HoldCo

As soon as reasonably practicable after the Record Date and in any event at least two Business Days before the Implementation Date, Amaero will give to Amaero US HoldCo or as it directs or procure that Amaero US HoldCo be given or as it directs, details of the name, address and number of Scheme Options held by each Option Scheme Participant as shown in the Amaero Option Register at the Record Date in the form Amaero US HoldCo reasonably requires.

7.
General Scheme provisions
7.1.
Option Scheme alterations and conditions

If the Court proposes to approve this Option Scheme subject to any conditions or alterations under section 411(6) of the Corporations Act:

(1)
Amaero may, by its counsel on behalf of all persons concerned consent to those conditions or alterations to this Option Scheme to which Amaero US HoldCo has consented, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and
(2)
each Option Scheme Participant agrees to any such alterations or conditions which Amaero has consented to.

9


7.2.
Agreements and consents of Option Scheme Participants

Each Option Scheme Participant:

(1)
irrevocably agrees to the cancellation of its Scheme Options together with all rights and entitlements attaching to those Scheme Options in accordance with the terms of this Scheme;
(2)
agrees to the variation, cancellation or modification (if any) of the rights attached to its Amaero Options constituted by or resulting from the Option Scheme;
(3)
agrees to, on the direction of Amaero US HoldCo, destroy any holding statements or option certificates relating to their Amaero Options;
(4)
acknowledges and agrees that this Option Scheme binds Amaero and all Option Scheme Participants (including those who do not attend the Option Scheme Meeting and those who do not vote, or vote against this Option Scheme, at the Option Scheme Meeting); and
(5)
irrevocably consents to Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo doing all things and executing all deeds, instruments, transfers or other documents as may be necessary or desirable to give full effect to the terms of the Option Scheme and the transactions contemplated by it,

without the need for any further act by that Option Scheme Participant.

7.3.
Warranty by Option Scheme Participants

Each Option Scheme Participant warrants to Amaero US HoldCo and is deemed to have authorised Amaero to warrant to Amaero US HoldCo as agent and attorney for the Option Scheme Participant by virtue of this clause 7.3, that to the extent permitted by law:

(1)
all of its Scheme Options (including all rights and entitlements attaching to those options) cancelled under this Option Scheme will, on the date of the cancellation, be fully paid and free from all Encumbrances and interests of third parties of any kind, whether legal or otherwise, and restrictions on transfer of any kind; and
(2)
they have full power and capacity to deal with their Scheme Options (together with any other rights and entitlements attaching to them) under the Option Scheme.
7.4.
Appointment of Amaero as agent and attorney

On this Option Scheme becoming Effective, each Option Scheme Participant, without the need for any further act, is deemed to have irrevocably appointed Amaero and all of its directors and officers (jointly and severally) as its attorney and agent for the purposes of:

(1)
enforcing the Option Scheme Deed Poll against Amaero US HoldCo; and
(2)
doing all things and executing any deeds, agreements, instruments, transfers or other documents as may be necessary or desirable to give full effect to this Option Scheme and the transactions contemplated by it,

and Amaero accepts such appointment. Amaero as attorney and agent of each Option Scheme Participant, may sub-delegate its functions, authorities or powers under this clause 7.1 to all or any of its directors and officers (jointly, severally or jointly and severally).

10


7.5.
Instructions, notifications or elections

To the maximum extent permitted by law, all instructions, notifications or elections by an Option Scheme Participant to Amaero that are binding or deemed binding between the Option Scheme Participant and Amaero relating to Amaero or Amaero Options, including instructions, notifications or elections relating to notices or other communications from Amaero (including by email), will be deemed from the Implementation Date (except to the extent determined otherwise by Amaero US HoldCo in its sole discretion), by reason of this Option Scheme, to be made by the Option Scheme Participant to Amaero US HoldCo and to be a binding instruction, notification or election to, and accepted by, Amaero US HoldCo until that instruction, notification or election is revoked or amended in writing addressed to Amaero US HoldCo at its registered address.

7.6.
Option Scheme binding

This Option Scheme binds Amaero and all of the Option Scheme Participants from time to time (including those who do not attend the Option Scheme Meeting, those who do not vote at that meeting or vote against this Option Scheme) and, to the extent of any inconsistency, overrides the constitution of Amaero.

8.
General
8.1.
Consent

Each of the Option Scheme Participants consents to Amaero doing all things necessary for or incidental to, or to give effect to, the implementation of this Option Scheme, whether on behalf of the Option Scheme Participants, Amaero or otherwise.

8.2.
Notices
(1)
Where a notice, transfer, transmission application or other communication referred to in this Option Scheme is sent by post to Amaero, it will not be deemed to be received in the ordinary course of post or on a date other than the date (if any) on which it is actually received at Amaero's registered office or at the office of the Amaero Option Register.
(2)
The accidental omission to give notice of the Option Scheme Meeting to any Amaero Option Holders, or the non-receipt of such a notice by any Amaero Option Holders, will not, unless ordered by the Court, invalidate this Option Scheme or the proceedings at the Option Scheme Meeting.
8.3.
Further assurances

Each party must, at its own expense, whenever requested by the other party, promptly do or, to the extent reasonably practicable, arrange for others to do everything, including executing any documents, reasonably necessary to give full effect to this Option Scheme and the transactions contemplated by this Option Scheme.

8.4.
No liability when acting in good faith

Each Option Scheme Participant agrees that neither Amaero, Amaero US HoldCo nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents is liable for anything done or omitted to be done in the performance of this Option Scheme or the Option Scheme Deed Poll in good faith.

8.5.
Enforcement of Option Scheme Deed Poll

Amaero undertakes in favour of each Option Scheme Participant that it will enforce the Option Scheme Deed Poll against Amaero US HoldCo on behalf of and as agent and attorney for the Option Scheme Participants.

11


8.6.
Costs and stamp duty

All duty (including stamp duty), and any related fines, penalties and interest, payable in connection with the cancellation of the Scheme Options pursuant to the Option Scheme will be payable by Amaero US HoldCo.

8.7.
Governing law and jurisdiction
(1)
This Option Scheme is governed by and will be construed according to the laws of New South Wales.
(2)
Each party irrevocably:
(a)
submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of New South Wales and of the courts competent to determine appeals from those courts, with respect to any proceedings that may be brought at any time relating to this Option Scheme; and
(b)
waives any objection it may now or in the future have to the venue of any proceedings, and any claim it may now or in the future have that any proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum.

12


Schedule 3– Share Scheme Deed Poll

 

 

 

 

 

Dated 23 March 2026

 

 

 

Share Scheme Deed Poll

 

 

 

Parties

 

 

Amaero Inc. in favour of each Share Scheme Participant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Norton Rose Fulbright Australia

Level 5, 60 Martin Place

Sydney NSW 2000

Tel: +61 2 9330 8000

nortonrosefulbright.com

Our ref: 4087304

 

 


 

Contents

 

1

Definitions and interpretation

1

1.1

Definitions

1

1.2

Interpretation

2

1.3

Time for performance

2

2

Nature of Share Scheme Deed Poll

2

3

Condition precedent and termination

3

3.1

Condition precedent

3

3.2

Termination

3

3.3

Consequences of termination

3

4

Share Scheme obligations

3

5

Representations and warranties

4

6

Continuing obligations

4

7

Notices

5

8

General

5

8.1

Stamp duty

5

8.2

Operation of this Share Scheme Deed Poll

6

8.3

Assignment

6

8.4

Cumulative rights

6

8.5

Further assurances

6

8.6

Governing law

6

8.7

Costs

7

8.8

Variation

7

8.9

Waiver

7

8.10

Consent

8

8.11

Severability

8

 

i


 

Share Scheme Deed Poll dated

 23 March

 2026

 

 

Parties

 

Amaero Inc. File Number 10505946

of 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801

Email:

Attention: Hank Holland

(Amaero US HoldCo)

 

In favour of

Each person registered as a holder of ordinary shares in Amaero Ltd ACN 633 541 634 (Amaero) in the Amaero Share Register on the Record Date (Share Scheme Participants).

 

Introduction

A.
Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo have entered into the Scheme Implementation Deed.
B.
Under the Scheme Implementation Deed, Amaero has agreed that it will propose and implement the Share Scheme in accordance with the Scheme Implementation Deed, pursuant to which Amaero US HoldCo will acquire all of the Scheme Shares.
C.
Under the Scheme Implementation Deed, Amaero US HoldCo has agreed to take all steps reasonably necessary to assist Amaero with proposing and implementing the Share Scheme in accordance with the Scheme Implementation Deed.
D.
Amaero US HoldCo is entering into this Share Scheme Deed Poll for the purpose of:
(1)
covenanting in favour of the Share Scheme Participants to perform certain of its obligations under the Scheme Implementation Deed;
(2)
covenanting in favour of the Share Scheme Participants to perform certain steps attributed to it under the Share Scheme; and
(3)
ensuring that the Share Scheme Consideration is provided to the Share Scheme Participants.
E.
The effect of the Share Scheme will be that the Scheme Shares, together with all rights and entitlements attaching to them, will be transferred to Amaero US HoldCo in exchange for the Share Scheme Consideration.

It is agreed

1.
Definitions and interpretation
1.1.
Definitions

In this Share Scheme Deed Poll:

(1)
Amaero has the meaning given to the term in the 'Details' section of this Share Scheme Deed Poll;
(2)
Scheme Implementation Deed means the scheme implementation deed between Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo dated on or about 23 February 2026, as amended from time to time;

 


 

(3)
Share Scheme means the scheme of arrangement between Amaero and Share Scheme Participants under which all of the Scheme Shares will be transferred to Amaero US HoldCo under Part 5.1 of the Corporations Act in consideration for the Share Scheme Consideration, the form of which is contained in Annexure C of the Scheme Booklet, together with any alterations or conditions made or required by the Court under section 411(6) of the Corporations Act and approved in writing by Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo;
(4)
Share Scheme Deed Poll means this Share Scheme Deed Poll;
(5)
Share Scheme Participants has the meaning given to the term in the 'Details' section of this Share Scheme Deed Poll; and
(6)
words and phrases defined in the Scheme Implementation Deed or the Share Scheme have the same meanings in this Share Scheme Deed Poll unless the context requires otherwise.
1.2.
Interpretation
(1)
Clause 1.2 of the Schare Scheme applies to the interpretation of this Share Scheme Deed Poll, except references to "this Share Scheme" in that clause are to be read as references to "this Share Scheme Deed Poll".
(2)
Clause headings in this Share Scheme Deed Poll do not affect the interpretation of this Share Scheme Deed Poll.
1.3.
Time for performance

In this Share Scheme Deed Poll:

(1)
if the day on or by which a payment or an act is to be done is not a Business Day, that act must be done on the next Business Day;
(2)
if a period occurs from, after or before a day or the day of an act or event, it excludes that day;
(3)
a reference to a day is to be interpreted as the period of time commencing at midnight and ending 24 hours later; and
(4)
a reference to time is a reference to Sydney, Australia time.
2.
Nature of Share Scheme Deed Poll

Amaero US HoldCo acknowledges that:

(1)
this Share Scheme Deed Poll may be relied on and enforced by any Share Scheme Participant in accordance with its terms, even though the Share Scheme Participants are not party to it; and
(2)
under the Share Scheme, each Share Scheme Participant irrevocably appoints Amaero and each of its directors, officers and secretaries (jointly and each of them severally) as its agent and attorney to enforce this Share Scheme Deed Poll against Amaero US HoldCo.

2


 

3.
Condition precedent and termination
3.1.
Condition precedent

The obligations of Amaero US HoldCo under this Share Scheme Deed Poll are subject to the Share Scheme becoming Effective.

3.2.
Termination

The obligations of Amaero US HoldCo under this Share Scheme Deed Poll to the Share Scheme Participants will automatically terminate and the terms of this Share Scheme Deed Poll will be of no further force or effect if and only if:

(1)
the Scheme Implementation Deed is terminated in accordance with its terms prior to the occurrence of the Effective Date of the Share Scheme; or
(2)
the Share Scheme does not become Effective on or before the End Date or any later date as the Court, with the consent of Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo, may order, unless Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo otherwise agree in writing.
3.3.
Consequences of termination

If this Share Scheme Deed Poll is terminated under clause 3.2, then in addition and without prejudice to any other rights, powers or remedies available to it:

(1)
Amaero US HoldCo is released from its obligations to further perform this Share Scheme Deed Poll except for any obligations which, by their nature, survive termination; and
(2)
each Share Scheme Participant retains the rights, powers and remedies they have against Amaero US HoldCo in respect of any breach of this Share Scheme Deed Poll which occurs before it is terminated.
4.
Share Scheme obligations

Subject to clause 3, Amaero US HoldCo undertakes in favour of each Share Scheme Participant to:

(1)
provide, or procure the provision of, the Scheme Consideration to each Share Scheme Participant (or to the Sale Agent on behalf of the Share Scheme Participant in accordance with the Share Scheme in respect of Ineligible Foreign Holders) in accordance with the terms of the Share Scheme;
(2)
that the Amaero US HoldCo Shares (including those issued in connection with the Amaero Holdco CDIs) to be issued to the Share Scheme Participants in accordance with the terms of the Share Scheme will, upon their issue:
(a)
rank equally in all respects with all other Amaero US HoldCo Shares; and
(b)
be duly issued, fully paid and free from any Encumbrances and interests of third parties of any kind, whether legal or otherwise, or restriction on transfer of any kind other than as provided for in the articles of incorporation and constituents documents of Amaero US HoldCo; and

3


 

(3)
to undertake all other actions attributed to it under, and otherwise comply with its obligations in, the Share Scheme and do all acts and things necessary or desirable on its part to give full effect to the Share Scheme as if it were a party to the Share Scheme,

subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Share Scheme and the Scheme Implementation Deed.

5.
Representations and warranties

Amaero US HoldCo represents and warrants to each Share Scheme Participant that:

(1)
(status) it has been incorporated or formed in accordance with the laws of its place of incorporation or formation, is a corporation validly existing under those laws and has power and authority to own its assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted;
(2)
(power) it has the corporate power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Share Scheme Deed Poll and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Share Scheme Deed Poll and exercise its rights under it;
(3)
(corporate authorisations) it has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise its entry into this Share Scheme Deed Poll and has taken, or will take, all necessary corporate action to authorise the performance of this Share Scheme Deed Poll and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Share Scheme Deed Poll, and allow them to be enforced;
(4)
(validity of Share Scheme Deed Poll) this Share Scheme Deed Poll has been duly and validly executed and delivered by it and is valid, binding on and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;
(5)
(no contravention) the entry by it into, its compliance with its obligations and the exercise of its rights under, this Share Scheme Deed Poll and each transaction contemplated by this Share Scheme Deed Poll do not and will not violate in any respect a provision of:
(a)
a law, judgement, ruling, order or decree binding on or applicable to it or its assets;
(b)
its constitution or other constituent documents or cause a limitation on its powers of its directors to be exceeded; or
(c)
any encumbrance or document binding on or applicable to it; and
(6)
(solvency) it is not insolvent.
6.
Continuing obligations

This Share Scheme Deed Poll is irrevocable and, subject to clause 3, remains in full force and effect until the earlier of:

(1)
Amaero US HoldCo having fully performed its obligations under this Share Scheme Deed Poll; and
(2)
the termination of this Share Scheme Deed Poll under clause 3.2.
7.
Notices

Any notice or other communication to Amaero US HoldCo under or in connection with this Share Scheme Deed Poll must be in legible writing in English and:

4


 

(1)
sent to Amaero US HoldCo at the address or email address set out below:

 

Address:

 

1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Hank Holland

 

 

 

E-mail:

 

 

 

(or as otherwise notified by Amaero US HoldCo to Amaero from time to time);

 

(2)
must be signed by the party making the communication or by a person duly authorised by that party or, in the case of email, set out the full name and position or title of the duly authorised sender;
(3)
must be delivered or posted by prepaid post (airmail if to or from a place outside Australia); and
(4)
without limiting any other means by which a party may be able to prove that a notice has been received by Amaero US HoldCo, will be considered to have been given:
(a)
if delivered by hand, when left at the address of Amaero US HoldCo; or
(b)
if sent by prepaid post, 3 Business Days (for post within the same country) or 10 Business Days (for post sent from one country to another) after the date of posting; or
(c)
if sent by email, on the earlier of the sender receiving an automated message confirming delivery or, provided no automated message is received stating that the email has not been delivered, three hours after the time the email was sent by the sender, such time to be determined by reference to the device from which the email was sent,

but if the notice or other communication would otherwise be taken to be received after 5:00pm (Amaero US HoldCo’s local time) on a Business Day or on a day that is not a Business Day, then the notice or communication is taken to be received at 9:00am (Amaero US HoldCo’s local time) on the next Business Day.

8.
General
8.1.
Stamp duty

Amaero US HoldCo:

(1)
must pay all stamp duty (if any) and any related fines, penalties and interest in respect of the Share Scheme and this Share Scheme Deed Poll, the performance of this Share Scheme Deed Poll and each transaction effected by or made under this Share Scheme Deed Poll; and
(2)
indemnifies each Share Scheme Participant on demand against any liability arising from failure to comply with clause 8.1(1).
8.2.
Operation of this Share Scheme Deed Poll
(1)
The rights created by this Share Scheme Deed Poll are personal to Amaero US HoldCo and each Share Scheme Participant under this Share Scheme Deed Poll and cumulative with, and do not exclude, any other rights, powers or remedies provided by law independently of this Share Scheme Deed Poll.

5


 

(2)
Any provision of this Share Scheme Deed Poll that is void, illegal or unenforceable:
(a)
in a particular jurisdiction does not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction or of the remaining provisions of this Share Scheme Deed Poll in that or any other jurisdiction; and
(b)
is, where possible, to be severed to the extent necessary to make this Share Scheme Deed Poll valid, legal or enforceable, unless this would materially change the intended effect of this Share Scheme Deed Poll.
8.3.
Assignment
(1)
The rights and obligations of Amaero US HoldCo and each Share Scheme Participant under this Share Scheme Deed Poll are personal and cannot be assigned, encumbered or otherwise dealt with at law or in equity without the prior consent of Amaero US HoldCo and Amaero.
(2)
Any purported dealing in contravention of clause 8.3(1) is invalid.
8.4.
Cumulative rights

The rights, powers and remedies of Amaero US HoldCo and each Share Scheme Participant under this Share Scheme Deed Poll are cumulative and do not exclude any rights, powers or remedies provided by law independently of this Share Scheme Deed Poll.

8.5.
Further assurances

Amaero US HoldCo must, at its own expense, whenever requested by Amaero, promptly do or, to the extent reasonably practicable, arrange for others to do everything, including executing any documents, reasonably necessary to give full effect to this Share Scheme Deed Poll and the transactions contemplated by it.

8.6.
Governing law
(1)
This Share Scheme Deed Poll is governed by and will be construed according to the laws of New South Wales.
(2)
Amaero US HoldCo irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a)
submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of New South Wales and of the courts competent to determine appeals from those courts, with respect to any proceedings that may be brought at any time relating to this Share Scheme Deed Poll; and
(b)
waives any objection it may now or in the future have to the venue of any proceedings, and any claim it may now or in the future have that any proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum. 
8.7.
Costs

Amaero US HoldCo must bear its own costs arising out of the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Share Scheme Deed Poll.

8.8.
Variation
(1)
A provision of this Share Scheme Deed Poll may not be varied, altered or otherwise amended unless:
(a)
before the Second Court Date, the variation, alteration or amendment is agreed to in writing by Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo (which such

6


 

agreement may be given or withheld without reference to or approval by any Amaero Shareholder); or
(b)
on or after the Second Court Date, the variation, alteration or amendment is agreed to in writing by Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo and the Court indicates that such variation, alteration or amendment would not of itself preclude approval of the Share Scheme (which such agreement may be given or withheld without reference to or approval by any Amaero Shareholder).
(2)
A variation, alteration or amendment which complies with this clause is effective when Amaero US HoldCo enters into a further deed poll in favour of each Share Scheme Participant giving effect to such variation, alteration or amendment.
8.9.
Waiver
(1)
A provision of or right under this Share Scheme Deed Poll may not be waived except in writing signed by the person granting the waiver.
(2)
A failure or delay in exercise, or partial exercise, of:
(a)
a right arising from a breach of this Share Scheme Deed Poll; or
(b)
a right, power, authority, discretion or remedy created or arising upon default under this Share Scheme Deed Poll,

does not in any way preclude or operate as a waiver of any exercise or enforcement or further exercise or enforcement of that or any other right, power, authority, discretion or remedy provided by law under the Share Scheme Deed Poll.

(3)
Amaero US HoldCo is not entitled to rely on a delay in the exercise or non-exercise of a right, power, authority, discretion or remedy arising from a breach of this Share Scheme Deed Poll or on a default under this Share Scheme Deed Poll as constituting a waiver of that right, power, authority, discretion or remedy.
(4)
Amaero US HoldCo may not rely on any conduct of another person as a defence to the exercise of a right, power, authority, discretion or remedy by that other person.
(5)
No waiver of a breach of any term of this Share Scheme Deed Poll will operate as a waiver of another breach of that term or of a breach of any other term of this Share Scheme Deed Poll.
(6)
Nothing in this Share Scheme Deed Poll obliges a party to exercise a right to waive any conditional term of this Share Scheme Deed Poll that may be in its power.
8.10.
Consent

Amaero US HoldCo consents to Amaero producing this Share Scheme Deed Poll to the Court.

8.11.
Severability

If the whole or any part of a provision of this Share Scheme Deed Poll is void, unenforceable or illegal in a jurisdiction it is severed for that jurisdiction. The remainder of this Share Scheme Deed Poll has full force and effect and the validity or enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction is not affected. This clause 8.11 has no effect if the severance alters the basic nature of this Share Scheme Deed Poll or is contrary to public policy.

7


 

Executed as a deed poll.

 

Executed by an authorised signatory of

Amaero Inc. in the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Amanda Phillips

 

/s/ Hank J. Holland

Signature of witness

 

Signature of authorised person

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMANDA PHILLIPS

 

HANK J. HOLLAND

Name of witness

(BLOCK LETTERS)

 

Name of authorised person

(BLOCK LETTERS)

 

8


 

Schedule 4 – Option Scheme Deed Poll

 

Dated 23 March 2026

 

 

 

 

 

Option Scheme Deed Poll

 

 

Parties

 

 

 

Amaero Inc.

 

 

In favour of the holders of options to acquire fully paid ordinary shares in Amaero Ltd as at the Record Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Norton Rose Fulbright Australia

Level 5, 60 Martin Place

SYDNEY NSW 2000

Tel: +61 2 9330 8000

nortonrosefulbright.com

Our ref: 4087304

 

9


 

Contents

 

1

Definitions and interpretation

1

1.1

Definitions

1

1.2

Interpretation

2

1.3

Time for Performance

2

2

Nature of Deed Poll

2

3

Conditions precedent and termination

2

3.1

Conditions precedent

2

3.2

Termination

2

3.3

Consequences of termination

3

4

Option Scheme obligations

3

5

Representations and warranties

3

6

Continuing obligations

4

7

Notices

4

8

General

5

8.1

Stamp duty

5

8.2

Operation of this Deed Poll

5

8.3

Assignment

5

8.4

Cumulative rights

5

8.5

Further assurances

6

8.6

Governing law and jurisdiction

6

8.7

Costs

6

8.8

Variation

6

8.9

Waiver

7

8.10

Consent

7

8.11

Severability

7

 

 


 

Option Scheme Deed Poll dated 23 March 2026

 

Parties

Amaero Inc. File Number 10505946

 

of 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801

 

Email:

 

Attention:

Hank Holland

 

(Amaero US HoldCo)

 

In favour of

Each person registered as a holder of options to acquire fully paid ordinary shares in Amaero Ltd ACN 633 541 634 (Amaero) as at the Record Date (Option Scheme Participant).

Introduction

A.
Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo have entered into the Scheme Implementation Deed.
B.
Amaero US HoldCo is entering into this Option Scheme Deed Poll for the purpose of covenanting in favour of Option Scheme Participants to perform certain of its obligations under the Scheme Implementation Deed and certain steps attributed to it under the Option Scheme, including ensuring that the Option Scheme Consideration is issued to Option Scheme Participants.
C.
The effect of the Option Scheme will be that the Scheme Options, together with all rights and entitlements attaching to them, will be cancelled in consideration for Amaero US HoldCo issuing the Option Scheme Consideration.

It is agreed

1.
Definitions and interpretation
1.1.
Definitions

In this Option Scheme Deed Poll, unless the contrary intention appears:

(1)
Amaero has the meaning given to the term in the 'Details' section of this Option Scheme Deed Poll;
(2)
Option Scheme means the scheme of arrangement between Amaero and the Option Scheme Participants under which all of the Scheme Options will be cancelled under Part 5.1 of the Corporations Act as described in the Option Scheme, in consideration for Amaero US HoldCo issuing the Option Scheme Consideration, subject to any amendments or conditions made or required by the Court pursuant to section 411(6) of the Corporations Act to the extent they are approved in writing by Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo in accordance with the Option Scheme;
(3)
Option Scheme Deed Poll means this deed poll;
(4)
Option Scheme Participants has the meaning given to the term in the 'Details' section of this Option Scheme Deed Poll;
(5)
Scheme Implementation Deed means the scheme implementation deed between Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo dated on or about 23 February 2026, as amended from time to time; and
(6)
words and phrases defined in the Scheme Implementation Deed or the Option Scheme have the same meanings in this Option Scheme Deed Poll unless the context requires otherwise.

 


 

1.2.
Interpretation
(1)
Clause 1.2 of the Option Scheme applies to the interpretation of this Option Scheme Deed Poll except that references to “this document” in that clause are to be read as references to “this Option Scheme Deed Poll”.
(2)
Clause headings in this Option Scheme Deed Poll do not affect the interpretation of this Option Scheme Deed Poll.
1.3.
Time for Performance

In this Option Scheme Deed Poll:

(1)
if the day on or by which a payment or an act is to be done is not a Business Day, that act must be done on the next Business Day;
(2)
if a period occurs from, after or before a day or the day of an act or event, it excludes that day;
(3)
a reference to a day is to be interpreted as the period of time commencing at midnight and ending 24 hours later; and
(4)
a reference to time is a reference to Sydney, Australia time.
2.
Nature of Option Scheme Deed Poll

Amaero US HoldCo acknowledges that:

(1)
this Option Scheme Deed Poll may be relied on and enforced by any Option Scheme Participant in accordance with its terms, even though the Option Scheme Participants are not a party to it; and
(2)
under the Option Scheme, each Option Scheme Participant irrevocably appoints Amaero and each of the directors and officers of Amaero (jointly and severally) as its agent and attorney to enforce this Option Scheme Deed Poll against Amaero US HoldCo.
3.
Conditions precedent and termination
3.1.
Conditions precedent

Amaero US HoldCo’s obligations under this Option Scheme Deed Poll are subject to the Option Scheme becoming Effective.

3.2.
Termination

Amaero US HoldCo’s obligations under this Option Scheme Deed Poll to the Option Scheme Participants will automatically terminate and the terms of this Option Scheme Deed Poll will have no further force or effect if and only if:

(1)
the Scheme Implementation Deed is terminated in accordance with its terms prior to the occurrence of the Effective Date of the Option Scheme; or
(2)
the Option Scheme does not become Effective on or before the End Date or at any later date as the Court, with the consent of Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo, may order,

unless Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo otherwise agree in writing.

2


 

3.3.
Consequences of termination

If this Option Scheme Deed Poll is terminated under clause 3.2, then, in addition and without prejudice to any other rights, powers or remedies available to it:

(1)
Amaero US HoldCo is released from its obligations to further perform this Option Scheme Deed Poll, except for any obligations which by their nature survive termination; and
(2)
each Option Scheme Participant retains the rights they have against Amaero US HoldCo in respect of any breach of this Option Scheme Deed Poll which occurs before it is terminated.
4.
Option Scheme obligations

Subject to clause 3, Amaero US HoldCo undertakes to each Option Scheme Participant:

(1)
to provide, or procure the provision of, the Option Scheme Consideration to each Option Scheme Participant (other than Ineligible Foreign Option Holders) in accordance with the terms of the Option Scheme; and
(2)
to undertake all other actions attributed to it under, and otherwise comply with its obligations in, the Option Scheme and do all acts and things necessary or desirable on its part to give full effect to the Option Scheme as if it were a party to the Option Scheme,

subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Option Scheme and the Scheme Implementation Deed.

5.
Representations and warranties

Amaero US HoldCo represents and warrants that:

(1)
(status) it has been incorporated or formed in accordance with the laws of its place of incorporation or formation, is validly existing under those laws and has power and authority to own its assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted;
(2)
(power) it has the corporate power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Option Scheme Deed Poll and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Option Scheme Deed Poll and exercise its rights under it;
(3)
(corporate authorisations) it has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise its entry into this Option Scheme Deed Poll and has taken, or will take, all necessary corporate action to authorise the performance of this Option Scheme Deed Poll and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Option Scheme Deed Poll, and to allow them to be enforced;
(4)
(validity of Option Scheme Deed Poll) this Option Scheme Deed Poll has been duly and validly executed and delivered by it and is valid, binding on and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;
(5)
(no contravention) the entry by it into, its compliance with its obligations and the exercise of its rights under, this Option Scheme Deed Poll and each transaction contemplated by this Option Scheme Deed Poll do not and will not violate in any respect a provision of:
(a)
any law, judgment, ruling, order or decree binding on or applicable to it or its assets; or

3


 

(b)
its constitution or other constituent documents or cause a limitation on its powers or of its directors to be exceeded;
(c)
any encumbrance or document binding on or applicable to it; and
(6)
(solvency) it is not insolvent.
6.
Continuing obligations

This Option Scheme Deed Poll is irrevocable and, subject to clause 3, remains in full force and effect until the earlier of:

(1)
Amaero US HoldCo having fully performed its obligations under this Option Scheme Deed Poll; or
(2)
the termination of this Option Scheme Deed Poll under clause 3.2.
7.
Notices

Any notice or other communication given to Amaero US HoldCo under or in connection with this Option Scheme Deed Poll must be in legible writing and in English and;

(1)
sent to Amaero US HoldCo at the address or email address set out below:

 

Address:

 

1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Hank Holland

 

 

 

Email:

 

 

 

(or as otherwise notified by Amaero US HoldCo to Amaero from time to time);

(2)
must be signed by the party making the communication or by a person duly authorised by that party or, in the case of email, set out the full name and position or title of the duly authorised sender; and
(3)
must be delivered or posted by prepaid post (airmail if to or from a place outside Australia); and
(4)
without limiting any other means by which a party may be able to prove that a notice has been received by Amaero US HoldCo, a notice will be considered to have been received:
(a)
if delivered by hand, when left at the address of Amaero US HoldCo; or
(b)
if sent by pre-paid post, 3 Business Days (for post within the same country) or 10 Business Days (for post sent from one country to another) after the date of posting; or
(c)
if sent by email, on the earlier of the sender receiving an automated message confirming delivery or, provided no automated message is received stating that the email has not been delivered, three hours after the time the email was sent by the sender, such time to be determined by reference to the device from which the email was sent,

4


 

but if a notice is or other communication would otherwise be taken to be received after 5.00 pm (Amaero US HoldCo’s local time) on a Business Day or on a day that is not a Business Day, then the notice or communication is taken to have been received at 9.00 am (Amaero US HoldCo’s local time) on the next Business Day.

8.
General
8.1.
Stamp duty

Amaero US HoldCo:

(1)
must pay all stamp duty (if any) and any related fines, penalties and interest in respect of the Option Scheme and this Option Scheme Deed Poll, the performance of this Option Scheme Deed Poll and each transaction effected by or made under this Option Scheme Deed Poll; and
(2)
indemnifies each Option Scheme Participant on demand against any liability arising from failure to comply with clause 8.1(1).
8.2.
Operation of this Option Scheme Deed Poll
(1)
The rights created by this Option Scheme Deed Poll are personal to Amaero US HoldCo and each Option Scheme Participant under this Option Scheme Deed Poll and cumulative with, and do not exclude, any other rights, powers or remedies provided by law independently of this Option Scheme Deed Poll.
(2)
Any provision of this Option Scheme Deed Poll that is void, illegal or unenforceable:
(a)
in a particular jurisdiction does not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction or of the remaining provisions of this Option Scheme Deed Poll in that or any other jurisdiction; and
(b)
is, where possible, to be severed to the extent necessary to make this Option Scheme Deed Poll valid, legal or enforceable, unless this would materially change the intended effect of this Option Scheme Deed Poll.
8.3.
Assignment
(1)
The rights and obligations of Amaero US HoldCo and of each Option Scheme Participant under this Option Scheme Deed Poll are personal and cannot be assigned, encumbered or otherwise dealt with at law or in equity without the prior consent of Amaero US HoldCo and Amaero.
(2)
Any purported dealing in contravention of clause 8.3(1) is invalid.
8.4.
Cumulative rights

The rights, powers and remedies of Amaero US HoldCo and of each Option Scheme Participant under this Option Scheme Deed Poll are cumulative and do not exclude any other rights, powers or remedies provided by law independently of this Option Scheme Deed Poll.

5


 

8.5.
Further assurances

Amaero US HoldCo must, at its own expense, whenever requested by Amaero, promptly do or, to the extent reasonably practicable, arrange for others to do everything, including executing any documents, reasonably necessary to give full effect to this Option Scheme Deed Poll and the transactions contemplated by this Option Scheme Deed Poll.

8.6.
Governing law and jurisdiction
(1)
This Option Scheme Deed Poll is governed by and will be construed according to the laws of New South Wales.
(2)
Amaero US HoldCo irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a)
submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of New South Wales and of the courts competent to determine appeals from those courts, with respect to any proceedings that may be brought at any time relating to this Option Scheme Deed Poll; and
(b)
waives any objection it may now or in the future have to the venue of any proceedings, and any claim it may now or in the future have that any proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum.
8.7.
Costs

Amaero US HoldCo must bear its own costs arising out of the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Option Scheme Deed Poll.

8.8.
Variation
(1)
A provision of this Option Scheme Deed Poll may not be varied, altered or otherwise amended unless:
(a)
before the Second Court Date, the variation, alteration or amendment is agreed to in writing by Amaero US HoldCo and Amaero (which such agreement may be given or withheld without reference to or approval by any Amaero Shareholder); or
(b)
on or after the Second Court Date, the variation, alteration or amendment is agreed to in writing by Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo and the Court indicates that such variation, alteration or amendment would not of itself preclude approval of the Option Scheme (which such agreement may be given or withheld without reference to or approval by any Amaero Shareholder).
(2)
A variation, alteration or amendment which complies with this clause is effective when Amaero US HoldCo enters into a further deed poll in favour of each Option Scheme Participant giving effect to the variation, alteration or amendment.

6


 

8.9.
Waiver
(1)
A provision of or right under this Option Scheme Deed Poll may not be waived except in writing signed by the person granting the waiver.
(2)
A failure or delay in exercise, or partial exercise, of:
(a)
a right arising from a breach of this Option Scheme Deed Poll; or
(b)
a right, power, authority, discretion or remedy created or arising upon default under this Option Scheme Deed Poll,

does not in any way preclude, or operate as a waiver of any exercise or enforcement or further exercise or enforcement of that or any other right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Option Scheme Deed Poll.

(3)
Amaero US HoldCo is not entitled to rely on a delay in the exercise or non-exercise of a right, power, authority, discretion or remedy arising from a breach of this Option Scheme Deed Poll or on a default under this Option Scheme Deed Poll as constituting a waiver of that right, power, authority, discretion or remedy.
(4)
Amaero US HoldCo may not rely on any conduct of another person as a defence to the exercise of a right, power, authority, discretion or remedy by that other person.
(5)
No waiver of a breach of any term of this Option Scheme Deed Poll will operate as a waiver of another breach of that term or of a breach of any other term of this Option Scheme Deed Poll.
(6)
Nothing in this Option Scheme Deed Poll obliges a party to exercise a right to waive any conditional term of this Option Scheme Deed Poll that may be in its power.
8.10.
Consent

Amaero US HoldCo consents to Amaero producing this Option Scheme Deed Poll to the Court.

8.11.
Severability

If the whole or any part of a provision of this Option Scheme Deed Poll is void, unenforceable or illegal in a jurisdiction it is severed for that jurisdiction. The remainder of this Option Scheme Deed Poll has full force and effect and the validity or enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction is not affected. This clause 8.11 has no effect if the severance alters the basic nature of this Option Scheme Deed Poll or is contrary to public policy.

7


 

Executed as a deed poll.

 

Executed by an authorised signatory of Amaero Inc. in the presence of:

 

 

 

/s/ Amanda Phillips

 

/s/ Hank J. Holland

Signature of witness

 

Signature of authorised person

 

AMANDA PHILLIPS

 

 

HANK J. HOLLAND

Name of witness
(BLOCK LETTERS)

 

Name of authorised person
(BLOCK LETTERS)

 

8


 

 

Execution Page

Executed as a deed.

 

Executed by Amaero Ltd ACN 633 541 634 in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):

 

 

/s/ Erik Levy

 

/s/ Omer Granit

Director

 

Director/secretary

ERIK LEVY

 

OMER GRANIT

Name of director
(BLOCK LETTERS)

 

Name of director/company secretary
(BLOCK LETTERS)

 

Executed by an authorised signatory of Amaero Inc. in the presence of:

 

 

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

/s/ Amanda Phillips

Authorised person

 

Witness

HANK J. HOLLAND

 

AMANDA PHILLIPS

Name of authorised person
(BLOCK LETTERS)

 

Name of witness
(BLOCK LETTERS)

 

9


img58173329_1.jpg

Dated 23 March 2026

Amendment Deed

Parties

Amaero Ltd

ACN 633 541 634

Amaero Inc.

File Number 10505946

 

Norton Rose Fulbright

Level 5, 60 Martin Place

Sydney, Australia 2000

Tel: +61 2 9330 8000

nortonrosefulbright.com

Our ref: 4087304

 

 


 

Contents

1

Interpretation

1

1.1

Definitions

1

1.2

Interpretation

1

2

Amendment of the Scheme Implementation Deed

1

2.1

Amendment

1

2.2

References

2

3

Effect of Amendments

2

3.1

Ratification

2

3.2

Conflict

2

4

General

2

4.1

Notices

2

4.2

Amendments

2

4.3

Counterparts

2

4.4

Supplemental

2

4.5

Governing law and jurisdiction

2

 

i


 

 

Deed dated

23 March 2026

 

Parties

Amaero Ltd ACN 633 541 634

 

of Level 37, 180 George Street, Sydney NSW 2000

 

Email:

 

 

Attention:

Brett Paduch

 

(Amaero)

 

 

Amaero Inc. File Number 10505946

 

of 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801

 

Email:

 

 

Attention:

Hank Holland

 

(Amaero US HoldCo)

 

Introduction

A.
The parties entered into the scheme implementation deed dated 23 February 2026 (Scheme Implementation Deed).
B.
The parties now wish to amend the Scheme Implementation Deed in accordance with the terms set out in this deed.

It is agreed

1.
Interpretation
1.1.
Definitions

Unless otherwise defined, defined terms in the Scheme Implementation Deed have the same meaning as in this deed.

1.2.
Interpretation

Clause 1.2 (Interpretation) of the Scheme Implementation Deed applies to this deed as if set out in full.

2.
Amendment of the Scheme Implementation Deed
2.1.
Amendment

On and from the date of this deed, the parties agree in accordance with clause 11.1 (Amendments) of the Scheme Implementation Deed that the Scheme Implementation Deed is amended to read as follows:

(1)
deleting the definition of Amaero US HoldCo Option at clause 1.1(19) (Definitions) and clause 1.1(12) (Definitions) of Schedule 2 (Option Scheme of Arrangement) of the Scheme Implementation Deed and replacing it with the following:

“Amaero US HoldCo Option means an unlisted option to acquire an Amaero US HoldCo CDI.”

(2)
deleting the definition of Option Scheme under clause 1.1(34) (Definitions) of Schedule 2 (Option Scheme of Arrangement) of the Scheme Implementation Deed and replacing it with the following:

“Option Scheme means this scheme of arrangement pursuant to Part 5.1 of the Corporations Act proposed between Amaero and Option Scheme Participants as set out in this document, together with any alterations or conditions made or required by the Court under section 411(6) of the Corporations Act and approved in writing by Amaero and Amaero US HoldCo.”

1


 

2.2.
References

On and from the date of this deed, any reference in any document (other than this deed) to the Scheme Implementation Deed is a reference to the Scheme Implementation Deed as amended under clause 2.1 of this deed.

3.
Effect of Amendments
3.1.
Ratification
(1)
The amendments to the Scheme Implementation Deed do not affect:
(a)
the validity or enforceability of the Scheme Implementation Deed; or
(b)
any accrued rights or liabilities of either party under the Scheme Implementation Deed.
(2)
Each party is bound by, and ratifies and confirms, the Scheme Implementation Deed as amended by this deed.
3.2.
Conflict

If there is a conflict between the Scheme Implementation Deed and this deed, the terms of this deed prevail.

4.
General
4.1.
Notices

Any notice or other communication to be given under this deed must be given in accordance with clause 10 (Notices) of the Scheme Implementation Deed.

4.2.
Amendments

This deed may only be amended in writing and where such amendment or variation is signed by all the parties.

4.3.
Counterparts

This deed may be executed in a number of counterparts (including by email), which taken together must constitute one and the same agreement, and any party (including any duly authorised representative of a party) may enter into this deed by executing a counterpart

4.4.
Supplemental

This deed is supplemental to the Scheme Implementation Deed.

4.5.
Governing law and jurisdiction
(1)
This deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it is governed by the law applying in New South Wales.
(2)
The courts having jurisdiction in New South Wales have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this deed (including a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this deed) and each party irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts having jurisdiction in New South Wales and waives, without limitation, any claim or objection based on absence of jurisdiction or inconvenient forum.

2


 

 

Execution Page

Executed as a deed.

 

Executed by Amaero Ltd ACN 633 541 634 in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):

 

 

/s/ Erik Levy

 

/s/ Omer Granit

Director

 

Director/secretary

ERIK LEVY

 

OMER GRANIT

Name of director
(BLOCK LETTERS)

 

Name of director/company secretary
(BLOCK LETTERS)

 

Executed by an authorised signatory of Amaero Inc. in the presence of:

 

 

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

Amanda Phillips

Authorised person

 

Witness

HANK J. HOLLAND

 

AMANDA PHILLIPS

Name of authorised person
(BLOCK LETTERS)

 

Name of witness
(BLOCK LETTERS)

 

3


img58173329_2.jpg

Dated 7 May 2026

Second Amendment Deed

Parties

Amaero Ltd

ACN 633 541 634

Amaero Inc.

File Number 10505946

 

Norton Rose Fulbright

Level 5, 60 Martin Place

Sydney, Australia 2000

Tel: +61 2 9330 8000

nortonrosefulbright.com

Our ref: 4087304

 

1


 

Contents

1

Interpretation

1

1.1

Definitions

1

1.2

Interpretation

1

2

Amendment of the Scheme Implementation Deed

1

2.1

Amendment

1

2.2

References

2

3

Effect of Amendments

2

3.1

Ratification

2

3.2

Conflict

2

4

General

2

4.1

Notices

2

4.2

Amendments

2

4.3

Counterparts

2

4.4

Supplemental

2

4.5

Governing law and jurisdiction

2

 

i


 

 

Deed dated

7 May 2026

 

Parties

Amaero Ltd ACN 633 541 634

 

of Level 37, 180 George Street, Sydney NSW 2000

 

Email:

 

 

Attention:

Brett Paduch

 

(Amaero)

 

 

Amaero Inc. File Number 10505946

 

of 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801

 

Email:

 

 

Attention:

Hank Holland

 

(Amaero US HoldCo)

 

Introduction

A.
The parties entered into a scheme implementation deed dated 23 February 2026, which was amended by the parties on 23 March 2026 (Scheme Implementation Deed).
B.
The parties now wish to further amend the Scheme Implementation Deed in accordance with the terms set out in this deed.

It is agreed

1.
Interpretation
1.1.
Definitions

Unless otherwise defined, defined terms in the Scheme Implementation Deed have the same meaning as in this deed.

1.2.
Interpretation

Clause 1.2 (Interpretation) of the Scheme Implementation Deed applies to this deed as if set out in full.

2.
Amendment of the Scheme Implementation Deed
2.1.
Amendment

On and from the date of this deed, the parties agree in accordance with clause 11.1 (Amendments) of the Scheme Implementation Deed that the Scheme Implementation Deed is amended to read as follows:

(1)
deleting clause 5.5(1) of the Scheme Implementation Deed and replacing it with the following:

“have an exercise price per Amaero US HoldCo CDI equal to the exercise price per Amaero Share of the relevant Amaero Option it replaces, converted from Australian dollars to US dollars at the prevailing currency exchange rate on the Implementation Date, as reasonably determined by Amaero;”

(2)
deleting clause 5.3(1) of Schedule 2 (Option Scheme of Arrangement) of the Scheme Implementation Deed and replacing it with the following:

“have an exercise price per Amaero US HoldCo CDI equal to the exercise price per Amaero Share of the relevant Amaero Option it replaces, converted from Australian dollars to US dollars at the prevailing currency exchange rate on the Implementation Date, as reasonably determined by Amaero;”

1


 

2.2.
References

On and from the date of this deed, any reference in any document (other than this deed) to the Scheme Implementation Deed is a reference to the Scheme Implementation Deed as amended under clause 2.1 of this deed.

3.
Effect of Amendments
3.1.
Ratification
(1)
The amendments to the Scheme Implementation Deed do not affect:
(a)
the validity or enforceability of the Scheme Implementation Deed; or
(b)
any accrued rights or liabilities of either party under the Scheme Implementation Deed.
(2)
Each party is bound by, and ratifies and confirms, the Scheme Implementation Deed as amended by this deed.
3.2.
Conflict

If there is a conflict between the Scheme Implementation Deed and this deed, the terms of this deed prevail.

4.
General
4.1.
Notices

Any notice or other communication to be given under this deed must be given in accordance with clause 10 (Notices) of the Scheme Implementation Deed.

4.2.
Amendments

This deed may only be amended in writing and where such amendment or variation is signed by all the parties.

4.3.
Counterparts

This deed may be executed in a number of counterparts (including by email), which taken together must constitute one and the same agreement, and any party (including any duly authorised representative of a party) may enter into this deed by executing a counterpart.

4.4.
Supplemental

This deed is supplemental to the Scheme Implementation Deed.

4.5.
Governing law and jurisdiction
(1)
This deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it is governed by the law applying in New South Wales.
(2)
The courts having jurisdiction in New South Wales have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this deed (including a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this deed) and each party irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts having jurisdiction in New South Wales and waives, without limitation, any claim or objection based on absence of jurisdiction or inconvenient forum.

2


 

 

Execution Page

Executed as a deed.

 

Executed by Amaero Ltd ACN 633 541 634 in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):

 

 

/s/ Robert Latta

 

/s/ Laura Newell

Director

 

Director/secretary

ROBERT LATTA

 

LAURA NEWELL

Name of director
(BLOCK LETTERS)

 

Name of director/company secretary
(BLOCK LETTERS)

 

Executed by an authorised signatory of Amaero Inc. in the presence of:

 

 

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

/s/ Brett Paduch

Authorised person

 

Witness

HANK J. HOLLAND

 

BRETT PADUCH

Name of authorised person
(BLOCK LETTERS)

 

Name of witness
(BLOCK LETTERS)

 

3


Exhibit 4.3

Description of Terms of Non-Listed Options (Warrants)

 

The Options have the following terms:

(a)
Each Option entitles the holder to one Share.
(b)
The Options may be exercised at any time prior to 5.00pm AEDT on the date that is three (3) years after the date of issue of the Options (Expiry Date).
(c)
The exercise price of the Options is AUD$ 0.24 each (Exercise Price).
(d)
The Options will be unlisted.
(e)
The Options are transferable, subject at all times to the requirements of the Corporations Act, the ASX Listing Rules and any other applicable law or regulation.
(f)
The Options may be exercised in whole or in part before the Expiry Date by:
(i)
notice in writing to the Company specifying the number of Options being exercised (Notice of Exercise); and
(ii)
(A) payment of the Exercise Price for each Option being exercised in Australian currency by electronic funds transfer or other means of payment acceptable to the Company; or (B) via the Net Issue Exercise process described in Section (p) below.
(g)
A Notice of Exercise is only effective on and from the later of the date of receipt of the Notice of Exercise and the date of receipt of the payment of the Exercise Price (or the issue of Shares through the Net Issue Exercise process) for each Option being exercised in cleared funds (Exercise Date).
(h)
As soon as practicable after the Exercise Date, the Company will: issue the number of Shares required under these terms in respect of the number of Options specified in the Notice of Exercise and for which cleared funds have been received by the Company (or the number of Shares required as a result of the Net Issue Exercise process).
(i)
All Shares issued upon the exercise of the Options will rank equally in all respects with the Company's then issued Shares.
(j)
The Company will not apply for quotation of the Options on ASX. However, the Company will apply to ASX for quotation of all Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the Options.
(k)
In the event of a bonus issue or a Deeply Discounted Issue, the number of Shares over which the Option is exercisable will be increased by the number of Shares which the Option holder would have received if the Option had been exercised before the record date for the bonus issue or the Deeply Discounted Issue.
(l)
In the event of any reorganisation of the capital of the Company (including consolidation, subdivisions, reduction or return) the rights of an Option holder will be changed in a manner consistent with the Corporations Act and to extent necessary to comply with the ASX Listing Rules applying to a reorganisation of the capital at the time of the reorganisation.
(m)
Holders of Options have no voting rights until the Options are exercised and Shares issued on exercise of those Options.
(n)
There will be no change to the applicable Exercise Price of an Option or the number of Shares over which an Option is exercisable in the event of the Company making a pro rata issue of Shares or other securities to the holders of Shares (other than for a bonus issue in Section (k) or a Deeply Discounted Issue).

 


Exhibit 4.3

(o)
(a) Subject to paragraph (b), there are no participating rights or entitlements inherent in the Options and an Option holder will not be entitled to participate in new issues of capital offered to the Company’s shareholders during the term of the Option without exercising the Options and unless Shares have been allotted in respect of the Options before the record date for determining entitlements to the issue. The Company will ensure that for purposes of determining entitlements to any such issue, the record date will be at least 3 business days after the issue is announced. This will give the holder of the Options the opportunity to exercise the Options prior to the date for determining entitlements to participate in any such issue.
(b)
For the purposes of paragraph (a), ‘new issues of capital offered to the Company’s shareholders during the term of the Option' means a new issue with a minimum issue price of the new shares that is no less than 75% of the trading price (i.e. a maximum 25% discount, based on the previous 15-day volume weighted average price). An issue at a greater discount than this is referred to in these terms as a Deeply Discounted Issue.
(p)
Net Issue Exercise. In lieu of exercising the Options in the manner provided above in Section (f), the holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of the Options (or the portion thereof being exercised) by surrender of the Option to the Company together with notice of such election on a purchase/exercise form provided by the Company, duly executed by or on behalf of the holder, in which event the Company will issue to holder a number of Shares computed using the following formula:

X = Y (A - B)

A

Where X = The number of Shares to be issued to the holder.

Y = The number of Shares purchasable under the Option (at the date of such calculation).

A = The fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation).

B = The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

For the purpose of this Section (p), the fair market value of one Share on the date of calculation will mean:

(i)
where the Company is admitted to the official list of the ASX, the fair market value per share shall be equal to the average of the closing price of the Company’s Shares quoted on the ASX, for the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value;
(ii)
if the exercise is in connection with an initial public offering of the Company’s Shares, and if the Company’s registration statement relating to such public offering has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the fair market value of Shares shall be the initial “Price to Public” per share of the Company’s common stock specified in the final prospectus with respect to the offering multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a share of common stock is then convertible;
(iii)
if the exercise is in connection with an offer for the Shares made by a third party on arm’s length commercial terms, which is accepted by shareholders owning more than 50.1% of the Shares on issue, then the fair market value of Shares shall be the price per Share accepted by those shareholders; or
(iv)
if paragraphs (i), (ii) or (iii) are not applicable, the fair market value shall be at the highest price per share which the Company could obtain on the date of calculation from a willing buyer (not a current employee or director) for Shares sold by the Company, from authorised but unissued shares, as determined in good faith by the Board.

 


Exhibit 5.1

img139447121_0.gif

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
Professional Corporation

900 South Capital of Texas Highway
Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor
Austin, Texas 78746-5546

o: 512.338.5400
f: 866.974.7329

 

, 2026

Amaero Inc.
130 Innovation Drive SW
McDonald, TN 37353

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333- ), as amended (the “Registration Statement”), filed by Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) in connection with the registration pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), of up to shares (including up to shares issuable upon exercise of an option granted to the underwriters by the Company) of the Company’s common stock, $0.00001 par value per share (the “Shares”), to be issued and sold by the Company. We understand that the Shares are to be sold to the underwriters for resale to the public as described in the Registration Statement and pursuant to an underwriting agreement, substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be entered into by and among the Company and representatives of the several underwriters named therein (the “Underwriting Agreement”).

We are acting as counsel for the Company in connection with the sale of the Shares by the Company. In such capacity, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such instruments, documents, certificates and records that we have deemed relevant and necessary for the basis of our opinions hereinafter expressed. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied on certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company. In our examination, we have assumed: (a) the authenticity of original documents and the genuineness of all signatures; (b) the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies; (c) the truth, accuracy and completeness of the information, representations and warranties contained in the instruments, documents, certificates and records we have reviewed; and (d) the legal competence of all signatories to such documents.

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the statutory provisions and all applicable judicial decisions interpreting those laws) and the federal laws of the United States of America.

On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when such Shares are issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

* * *

austin boston BOULDER brussels hong kong london los angeles new york palo alto
SALT LAKE CITY san diego san francisco seattle shanghai washington, dc wilmington, de

 


img139447121_1.gif

 

Amaero Inc.

, 2026

Page 2

 

We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the above-referenced Registration Statement, and we consent to the use of our name wherever it appears in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement, and in any amendment or supplement thereto. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules or regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

 

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

Professional Corporation

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.1

AMAERO INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of [insert date], and is between Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [insert name of indemnitee] (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

A.
Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.
B.
Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.
C.
Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.
D.
In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.
E.
This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1.
Definitions.
(a)
A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:
(i)
Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 15% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;
(ii)
Change in Board Composition. During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;
(iii)
Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving

 


 

entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;
(iv)
Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and
(v)
Other Events. Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1)
“Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “Person” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.
(2)
“Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “Beneficial Owner” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.
(b)
“Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.
(c)
“DGCL” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
(d)
“Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.
(e)
“Enterprise” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.
(f)
“Expenses” include all reasonable and actually incurred attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

-2-


 

(g)
“Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.
(h)
“Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.
(i)
Reference to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.
2.
Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
3.
Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction

-3-


 

to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
4.
Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
5.
Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.
6.
Additional Indemnification.
(a)
Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.
(b)
For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:
(i)
the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and
(ii)
the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.
7.
Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):
(a)
for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;
(b)
for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

-4-


 

(c)
for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, in either case as required under any clawback or compensation recovery policy adopted by the Company, applicable securities exchange and association listing requirements, including, without limitation, those adopted in accordance with Rule 10D-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and/or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including, without limitation, any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);
(d)
initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or
(e)
if prohibited by applicable law.
8.
Advances of Expenses. The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding prior to its final disposition, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 90 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.
9.
Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.
(a)
Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.
(b)
If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect that may be applicable to the Proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

-5-


 

(c)
In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel to the extent (i) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations or (iv) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.
(d)
Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.
(e)
The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
(f)
The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) in a manner that imposes any penalty or liability on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
10.
Procedures upon Application for Indemnification.
(a)
To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.
(b)
Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing

-6-


 

to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.
(c)
In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).
(d)
The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel.
11.
Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.
(a)
In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption.
(b)
The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

-7-


 

(c)
Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.
12.
Remedies of Indemnitee.
(a)
Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(d) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(d) of this Agreement, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.
(b)
Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.
(c)
To the fullest extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially

-8-


 

misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
(d)
To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 90 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8.
(e)
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.
13.
Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.
14.
Non-exclusivity. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
15.
Primary Responsibility. The Company acknowledges that, to the extent Indemnitee has or may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by sources other than the Company (collectively, the “Secondary Indemnitors”). The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitors, the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations. To the extent not in contravention of any insurance policy or policies providing liability or other insurance for the Company or any director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, the Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against the Secondary Indemnitors with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 15. In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitors of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement,

-9-


 

the Secondary Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid; provided, however, that the foregoing sentence will be deemed void if and to the extent that it would violate any applicable insurance policy. The Secondary Indemnitors are express third-party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 15.
16.
No Duplication of Payments. Except as provided in Section 15, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
17.
Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position.
18.
Subrogation. Except as provided in Section 15, in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
19.
Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof. [Indemnitee acknowledges that Indemnitee serves as an officer of the Company. Indemnitee consents to be identified as an officer of the Company for purposes of Section 3114(b) of the DGCL. Indemnitee acknowledges that (a) Indemnitee is deemed to have consented to the appointment of the registered agent of the Company (or, if there is none, the Delaware Secretary of State) as an agent upon whom service of process may be made in all civil actions or proceedings brought in the State of Delaware, by or on behalf of, or against the Company, in which Indemnitee is a necessary or proper party, or in any action or proceeding against Indemnitee for violation of a duty in Indemnitee’s capacity as an officer of the Company, whether or not Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer at the time suit is commenced; and (b) Indemnitee’s acceptance of appointment, or Indemnitee’s service, as an officer of the Company shall be a signification of Indemnitee’s consent that any process when so served shall be of the same legal force and validity as if served upon Indemnitee within

-10-


 

the State of Delaware and such appointment of the registered agent of the Company (or, if there is none, the Delaware Secretary of State) shall be irrevocable.]1
20.
Duration. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.
21.
Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
22.
Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
23.
Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.
24.
Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.

1 Note to Form: Include if Indemnitee is an officer of the Company.

-11-


 

25.
Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
26.
Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:
(a)
if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or
(b)
if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 130 Innovation Drive SW, McDonald, Tennessee 37353, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Robert Suffoletta, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 900 S. Capital of Texas Highway, Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor, Austin, TX 78746.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

27.
Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

-12-


 

28.
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
29.
Captions. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

(signature page follows)

-13-


 

The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

AMAERO INC.

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

(Print name)

 

 

 

(Title)

 

 

 

[INSERT INDEMNITEE NAME]

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

(Print name)

 

 

 

(Street address)

 

 

 

(City, State and ZIP)

 

Signature page to Amaero Inc. Indemnification Agreement


Exhibit 10.2

AMAERO INC.

2026 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1.
Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of the Plan are:
•
to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,
•
to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and
•
to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Performance Awards.

2.
Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions will apply:
2.1
“Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.
2.2
“Applicable Laws” means the legal and regulatory requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards, including but not limited to the related issuance of shares of Common Stock (including in the form of CDIs), including but not limited to, under U.S. federal and state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted (including, while the Company is listed on the ASX, the ASX Listing Rules) and the applicable laws of any non-U.S. country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.
2.3
“ASX” means ASX Limited ABN 98 008 624 691, or the securities market which it operates, as the context requires.
2.4
“ASX Listing Rules” means the official listing rules, market rules and operating rules of the ASX.
2.5
“Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Performance Awards.
2.6
“Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
2.7
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 


 

2.8
“CDI” means a CHESS depositary interest representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a Share, or any other ratio determined by the Administrator acting reasonably, registered in the name of CDN, or beneficial ownership is held by CDN, and “CDIs” means a number of them.
2.9
“CDN” means CHESS Depositary Nominees Pty Ltd ACN 071 346 506.
2.10
“Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(a)
Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; provided, further, that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board also will not be considered a Change in Control. Further, if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or of the ultimate parent entity of the Company, such event will not be considered a Change in Control under this subsection (a). For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership will include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or
(b)
Change in Effective Control of the Company. If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (b), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or
(c)
Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (c), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (i) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (ii)

-2-


 

a transfer of assets by the Company to: (A) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (B) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (C) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (D) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (c)(ii)(C). For purposes of this subsection (c), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2.6, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A.

Further, and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (x) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, (y) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction or (z) the Change in Control occurs by virtue of: (1) any direct or indirect acquisition of additional securities of the Company or voting power with respect thereto by Growth Capital and affiliated funds (collectively, “Pegasus”), or (2) any direct or indirect acquisition or disposition of shares of securities of the Company by Pegasus or change in the total direct or indirect voting power of the capital stock of the Company held by Pegasus.

2.11
“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or other formal guidance of general or direct applicability promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.
2.12
“Committee” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by a duly authorized committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.
2.13
“Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.
2.14
“Company” means Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

-3-


 

2.15
“Consultant” means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or any of its Parent or Subsidiaries to render bona fide services to such entity, provided the services (a) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and (b) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities, in each case, within the meaning of Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act, and provided further, that a Consultant will include only those persons to whom the issuance of Shares may be registered under Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act.
2.16
“Director” means a member of the Board.
2.17
“Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.
2.18
“Employee” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.
2.19
“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
2.20
“Exchange Program” means a program under which (a) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (b) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (c) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion, provided that while the Company is listed on the ASX, no Exchange Program may be implemented to the extent it would contravene the ASX Listing Rules.
2.21
“Fair Market Value” means, as of any date and unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:
(a)
If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or, if no closing sales price was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last Trading Day such closing sales price was reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
(b)
If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or,

-4-


 

if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last Trading Day such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
(c)
For purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Common Stock; or
(d)
In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.
2.22
“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.
2.23
“Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
2.24
“Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
2.25
“Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
2.26
“Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
2.27
“Outside Director” means a Director who is not an Employee.
2.28
“Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).
2.29
“Participant” means the holder of an outstanding Award.
2.30
“Performance Awards” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be cash- or stock-denominated and may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing under Section 10.
2.31
“Performance Period” means Performance Period as defined in Section 10.1.
2.32
“Period of Restriction” means the period (if any) during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.
2.33
“Plan” means this 2026 Equity Incentive Plan.

-5-


 

2.34
“Registration Date” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.
2.35
“Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.
2.36
“Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.
2.37
“Rule 16b‑3” means Rule 16b‑3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b‑3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.
2.38
“Section 16(b)” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.
2.39
“Section 409A” means Code Section 409A and the U.S. Treasury Regulations and guidance thereunder, and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be promulgated, amended or modified from time to time.
2.40
“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
2.41
“Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.
2.42
“Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 15 of the Plan.
2.43
“Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.
2.44
“Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).
2.45
“Trading Day” means a day that the primary stock exchange, national market system, or other trading platform, as applicable, upon which the Common Stock is listed (or otherwise trades regularly, as determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion) is open for trading.
2.46
“U.S. Treasury Regulations” means the Treasury Regulations of the Code. Reference to a specific Treasury Regulation or Section of the Code will include such Treasury Regulation or Section, any valid regulation promulgated under such Section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such Section or regulation.

-6-


 

3.
Stock Subject to the Plan.
3.1
Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 15, the automatic increase set forth in Section 3.2, and while the Company is listed on the ASX, compliance with the ASX Listing Rules, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan will be equal to (a) 4,000,000 Shares, plus (b) any Shares subject to stock options, restricted stock units, or similar awards granted under the Company’s Employee Incentive Plan that, on or after the Registration Date, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full, are tendered to or withheld by the Company for payment of an exercise price or for tax withholding obligations, or are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clause (b) equal to 2,132,218 Shares. In addition, Shares may become available for issuance under Sections 3.2 and 3.3. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.
3.2
Automatic Share Reserve Increase. Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 15 and while the Company is listed on the ASX, compliance with the ASX Listing Rules, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2027 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the least of (a) 6,000,000 Shares, (b) 5% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, or (c) such number of Shares determined by the Board no later than the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year.
3.3
Lapsed Awards. If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Performance Awards is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Performance Awards are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax liabilities or withholdings related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 15, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3.1, plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3.2 and 3.3.

-7-


 

3.4
Share Reserve. The Company, during the term of the Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
4.
Administration of the Plan.
4.1
Procedure.
4.1.1
Multiple Administrative Bodies. Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.
4.1.2
Rule 16b-3. To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.
4.1.3
Other Administration. Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.
4.2
Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion (provided that the Administrator may not take any actions, nor grant any Awards, that would violate any Applicable Law):
(a)
to determine the Fair Market Value;
(b)
to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;
(c)
to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;
(d)
to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;
(e)
to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto (including but not limited to, temporarily suspending the exercisability of an Award if the Administrator deems such suspension to be necessary or appropriate for administrative purposes or to comply with Applicable Laws, provided that such suspension must be lifted prior to the expiration of the maximum term and post-termination exercisability period of an Award), based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;
(f)
to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program, including, subject to Section 20.3, to unilaterally implement an Exchange Program without the consent of the applicable Award holder;

-8-


 

(g)
to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;
(h)
to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable non‑U.S. laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable non‑U.S. laws;
(i)
to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 20.3, and while the Company is listed on the ASX, compliance with the ASX Listing Rules), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right (subject to Sections 6.4 and 7.5);
(j)
to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 16;
(k)
to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;
(l)
to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and
(m)
to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.
4.3
Effect of Administrator’s Decision. The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards and will be given the maximum deference permitted by Applicable Laws.
5.
Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, and Performance Awards may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.
6.
Stock Options.
6.1
Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, and while the Company is listed on the ASX. compliance with the ASX Listing Rules, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. While the Company is listed on the ASX and subject to the ASX Listing Rules, the Administrator may not grant Options if to do so would result in there being more Options issued and outstanding than underlying Shares in the Company, except as permitted under the ASX Listing Rules.
6.2
Amendment or Cancellation of Options. While the Company is listed on the ASX and subject to the ASX Listing Rules:

-9-


 

(a)
under no circumstances may the terms of any outstanding Option be amended or modified so as to have any of the following effects, unless the amendment or modification is made to comply with the ASX Listing Rules or unless otherwise permitted by the ASX Listing Rules or by a waiver granted by the ASX: (i) reducing the exercise price of an Option, (ii) increasing the period for exercise of an Option, or (iii) increasing the number of Shares received on exercise of an Option. Further, any other amendment or modification to the terms of any Option may only be made with stockholder approval or on the provision of a waiver granted by ASX from the ASX Listing Rules;
(b)
under no circumstances may any amendment or modification be made to the terms of an Option which has the effect of cancelling the Option unless: (i) stockholder approval has been obtained for the cancellation of the Option, (ii) no consideration is provided to the Participant in connection with the cancellation of the Option, or (iii) the amendment or modification is made to comply with the ASX Listing Rules; and
(c)
the per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option and/or the number of Shares over which an Option can be exercised may be changed in accordance with the ASX Listing Rules.
6.3
Option Agreement. Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.
6.4
Limitations. Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6.4, Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and the U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
6.5
Term of Option. The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.
6.6
New Issue of Shares. While the Company is listed on the ASX and subject to the ASX Listing Rules, no Participant shall have the right to participate in new issues of Shares to existing holders of Shares (e.g. a “rights offering”) with respect to the Shares subject to their Options unless the Participant has exercised such Options and is registered as the holder of the

-10-


 

underlying Shares to such Options prior to the record date for the determination of entitlements to participate in the new issue of Shares.
6.7
Option Exercise Price and Consideration.
6.7.1
Exercise Price. The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.7.1, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).
6.7.2
No Options over Percentages. While the Company is listed on the ASX and subject to the ASX Listing Rules, no Option may be exercisable over a percentage of the Company’s capital.
6.7.3
Waiting Period and Exercise Dates. At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.
6.7.4
Form of Consideration. The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (a) cash (including cash equivalents); (b) check; (c) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (d) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (e) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (f) by net exercise; (g) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (h) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.
6.8
Exercise of Option.
6.8.1
Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder. Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

-11-


 

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (a) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (b) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

6.8.2
Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination, within three (3) months of termination, or such shorter or longer period of time, as is specified in the Award Agreement or in writing by the Administrator, in each case, in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.
6.8.3
Disability of Participant. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within twelve (12) months of termination, or such longer or shorter period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement or in writing by the Administrator (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.
6.8.4
Death of Participant. If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within twelve (12) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer or shorter period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement or in writing by the Administrator (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the

-12-


 

Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form (if any) acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution (each, a “Legal Representative”). If the Option is exercised pursuant to this Section 6.8.4, Participant’s designated beneficiary or Legal Representative shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement, including but not limited to the restrictions on transferability and forfeitability applicable to the Service Provider. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.
6.8.5
Tolling Expiration. A Participant’s Award Agreement may also provide that:
(a)
if the exercise of the Option following the cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would result in liability under Section 16(b), then the Option will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option set forth in the Award Agreement, or (ii) the tenth (10th) day after the last date on which such exercise would result in liability under Section 16(b); or
(b)
if the exercise of the Option following the cessation of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider (other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of Shares would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option or (ii) the expiration of a period of thirty (30) days after the cessation of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements.
7.
Stock Appreciation Rights.
7.1
Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, and while the Company is listed on the ASX, compliance with the ASX Listing Rules, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.
7.2
Number of Shares. The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.
7.3
Exercise Price and Other Terms. The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7.6 will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

-13-


 

7.4
Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.
7.5
Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6.5 relating to the maximum term and Section 6.7 relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.
7.6
Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:
(a)
The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times
(b)
The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

8.
Restricted Stock.
8.1
Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.
8.2
Restricted Stock Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction (if any), the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.
8.3
Transferability. Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.
8.4
Other Restrictions. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.
8.5
Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such

-14-


 

other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.
8.6
Voting Rights. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.
8.7
Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid, the dividends or distributions will be held back in escrow on the Service Provider’s behalf until the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which the dividend or distribution is paid are vested or, if paid in Shares, will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.
8.8
Return of Restricted Stock to Company. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.
9.
Restricted Stock Units.
9.1
Grant. Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.
9.2
Vesting Criteria and Other Terms. The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.
9.3
Earning Restricted Stock Units. Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.
9.4
Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made at the time(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.
9.5
Cancellation. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

-15-


 

10.
Performance Awards.
10.1
Award Agreement. Each Performance Award will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify any time period during which any performance objectives or other vesting provisions will be measured (“Performance Period”), and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator determines. Each Performance Award will have an initial value that is determined by the Administrator on or before its date of grant.
10.2
Objectives or Vesting Provisions and Other Terms. The Administrator will set any objectives or vesting provisions that, depending on the extent to which any such objectives or vesting provisions are met, will determine the value of the payout for the Performance Awards. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.
10.3
Earning Performance Awards. After an applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of a Performance Award will be entitled to receive a payout for the Performance Award earned by the Participant over the Performance Period. The Administrator, in its discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Award.
10.4
Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Performance Awards will be made at the time(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Performance Awards in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.
10.5
Cancellation of Performance Awards. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Awards will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.
11.
Compliance With Section 409A. Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to be exempt from or meet the requirements of Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent (including with respect to any ambiguities or ambiguous terms), except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Section 409A. In no event will the Company or any of its Parent or Subsidiaries have any responsibility, liability, or obligation to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless a Participant (or any other person) in respect of Awards, for any taxes, penalties or interest that may be imposed on, or other costs incurred by, Participant (or any other person) as a result of Section 409A.

-16-


 

12.
Outside Director Limitations. No Outside Director may be paid, issued, or granted, in any Fiscal Year, equity awards (including any Awards issued under the Plan) with an aggregate value (the value of which will be based on their grant date fair value determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) and any other compensation (including without limitation any cash retainers or fees) that, in the aggregate, exceed $750,000 (with the limit increased to $1,000,000 for the initial year of service) , and while the Company is listed on the ASX, subject in each case to compliance with the ASX Listing Rules. Any Awards or other compensation paid or provided to an individual for his or her services as an Employee, or for his or her services as a Consultant (other than as an Outside Director), will not count for purposes of the limitation under this Section 12. The Administrator may make exceptions to the limitations in this Section 12 in extraordinary circumstances as the Administrator may determine in its discretion, provided that the Outside Director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other contemporaneous compensation decisions involving Outside Directors.
13.
Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise or as otherwise required by Applicable Laws, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (a) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (b) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any of its Subsidiaries. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
14.
Limited Transferability of Awards. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (which, for purposes of clarification, shall be deemed to include through a beneficiary designation if available in accordance with Section 6.8), and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.
15.
Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control.
15.1
Compliance with ASX Listing Rules. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, while the Company is listed on the ASX and subject to the ASX Listing Rules, the rights of a person holding Options and the terms of any such Options (and, to the extent required by the ASX Listing Rules, the rights of a recipient of other Awards and the terms of any other Awards) must be amended by the Company to the extent necessary to comply with the ASX Listing Rules applying to a reorganization of capital at the time of the reorganization, and each Option holder and recipient of any other Award by participating in the Plan is deemed to have consented to any such amendments. To the extent that the terms of the relevant Option or other Award do not permit the Option or Award to be treated in accordance with the ASX Listing Rules, the terms of

-17-


 

that Option or Award must be amended so that the Option or other Award can be treated in accordance with the ASX Listing Rules.
15.2
Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, reclassification, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs (other than any ordinary dividends or other ordinary distributions), the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares of stock that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares of stock covered by each outstanding Award, and numerical Share limits in Section 3. While the Company is listed on the ASX and subject to the ASX Listing Rules, the Administrator shall make such adjustments as are necessary and in accordance with the ASX Listing Rules to the number, class or type of securities that are subject to the Award, the exercise price or purchase price of the Award and such other adjustments as are appropriate in the discretion of the Board and in accordance with the ASX Listing Rules.
15.3
Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.
15.4
Merger or Change in Control. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, and while the Company is listed on the ASX, compliance with the ASX Listing Rules and Section 15.6 below) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (a) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (b) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (c) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (d) (i) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (ii) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (e) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this Section 15.4, the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, all Awards of the same type, or all portions of Awards, similarly.

-18-


 

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (or portions thereof) not assumed or substituted for, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, and Performance Awards (or portions thereof) not assumed or substituted for will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting (or portions thereof) not assumed or substituted for, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met, in each case, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable. In addition, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right (or portion thereof) is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right (or its applicable portion) will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right (or its applicable portion) will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this Section 15.4 and Section 15.5 below, an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, or Performance Award, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 15.4 to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent, in all cases, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 15.4 to the contrary, and unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, if an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out under an Award Agreement is subject to Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the

-19-


 

Award Agreement (or other agreement related to the Award, as applicable) does not comply with the definition of “change in control” for purposes of a distribution under Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Section 409A.

15.5
Outside Director Awards. With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director, the Outside Director will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which otherwise would not be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Parent or Subsidiaries, as applicable.
15.6
Termination Benefit Limitation. Notwithstanding anything in Section 15.4 or Section 15.5 to the contrary, while the Company is listed on the ASX and subject to the ASX Listing Rules, no benefit under Section 15.4 or Section 15.5 may be provided to an officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent it would constitute a ‘termination benefit’ within the meaning of the ASX Listing Rules, unless the provision of that benefit is permitted under, and otherwise complies with, the ASX Listing Rules.
16.
Tax Withholding.
16.1
Withholding Requirements. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholdings are due, the Company (or any of its Parent, Subsidiaries, or affiliates employing or retaining the services of a Participant, as applicable) will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company (or any of its Parent, Subsidiaries, or affiliates, as applicable) or a relevant tax authority, an amount sufficient to satisfy U.S. federal, state, local, non‑U.S., and other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld or paid with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).
16.2
Withholding Arrangements. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax liability or withholding obligation, in whole or in part by such methods as the Administrator shall determine, including, without limitation, (a) paying cash, check or other cash equivalents, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld or such greater amount as the Administrator may determine if such amount would not have adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, (c) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld or such greater amount as the Administrator may determine, in each case, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, (d) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may

-20-


 

determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld or paid or such greater amount as the Administrator may determine; provided in each case that the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, (e) such other consideration and method of payment for the meeting of tax liabilities or withholding obligations as the Administrator may determine to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (f) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined or such greater amount as the Administrator may determine if such amount would not have adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion. The fair market value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.
17.
No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company or its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the right of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.
18.
Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.
19.
Term of Plan. Subject to Section 23 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective as of one business day prior to the Registration Date. The Plan will continue in effect until terminated under Section 20, but (a) no Options that qualify as incentive stock options within the meaning of Code Section 422 may be granted after ten (10) years from the earlier of the Board or stockholder approval of the Plan and (b) Section 3.2 relating to automatic share reserve increases will operate only until the ten (10) year anniversary of the earlier of the Board or stockholder approval of the Plan.
20.
Amendment and Termination of the Plan.
20.1
Amendment and Termination. The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan, provided that while the Company is listed on any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, the Company and the Administrator must not make any amendments to the Plan or any Award or issue any Awards or take any other action unless such action complies with the relevant listing rules of such securities exchange (including, while the Company is listed on the ASX, the ASX Listing Rules).
20.2
Stockholder Approval. The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

-21-


 

20.3
Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will materially impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.
21.
Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.
21.1
Legal Compliance. Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. No Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable, no Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit or Performance Award shall be granted or settled, no Award shall be amended in any way, no Shares shall be issued, no certificates for Shares shall be delivered and no payment shall be made under the Plan except in compliance with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations and the rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted (including, while the Company is listed on the ASX, the ASX Listing Rules). The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any Shares under the Plan or take any other action until the Company has obtained such consent, waiver or approval as the Administrator may deem advisable from regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over such matters (including, while the Company is listed on the ASX, any consent, waiver or approval required under the ASX Listing Rules).
21.2
Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.
22.
Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any U.S. state or federal law or non‑U.S. law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.
23.
Stockholder Approval. The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

-22-


 

24.
Forfeiture Events. The Administrator may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award will be subject to the reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, recoupment, reimbursement, or reacquisition upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary under the Plan, an Award shall be subject to the Company’s clawback policy as may be established and/or amended from time to time to comply with Applicable Laws (including without limitation pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as may be required by the Dodd‑Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) (the “Clawback Policy”). The Administrator may require a Participant to forfeit, return or reimburse the Company all or a portion of the Award and any amounts paid thereunder pursuant to the terms of the Clawback Policy or as necessary or appropriate to comply with Applicable Laws. Unless this Section 24 specifically is mentioned and waived in an Award Agreement or other document, no recovery of compensation under a Clawback Policy or otherwise will constitute an event that triggers or contributes to any right of a Participant to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.
25.
Governing Law. The Plan and all grants and awards and actions taken hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Delaware.

-23-


 

ADDENDUM –

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AUSTRALIAN SERVICE PROVIDERS

Pursuant to Section 4.2(h) of the Amaero Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), this Addendum shall apply to all Awards granted to Service Providers who are Australian citizens or permanent residents (an “Australian Participant”). This Addendum shall supplement the Plan, and, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, will otherwise supersede any conflicting provisions of the Plan, regarding any Australian Participant. Capitalized terms used in this Addendum and not defined herein shall have the meanings provided to such terms in the Plan.

1.
ARTICLE I. ADVICE
1.1
Advice. There may be legal and tax consequences associated with participation in the Plan. Australian Participants should ensure that they understand these consequences before accepting an invitation to participate in the Plan. Any advice given by or on behalf of the Company is general advice only and Australian Participants should consider obtaining their own financial product advice from an independent person who is licensed by ASIC to give such advice.
2.
ARTICLE II. GRANT OF AWARDS TO AUSTRALIAN PARTICIPANTS
2.1
Form of Award Agreement. An offer of an Award to an Australian Participant must be in writing and be subject to any terms or restrictions determined by the Administrator.
2.2
Content of Award Agreement. An Award Agreement to an Australian Participant must include the following information to the extent applicable:
(a)
the name and address of the Australian Participant to whom the Award is being made;
(b)
the number of Awards being offered or the method by which the number of Awards being offered will be calculated;
(c)
the type or types of Awards being granted;
(d)
the period or periods during which Awards may vest;
(e)
any applicable Vesting Conditions;
(f)
whether an Award is a Vesting Award or an Exercisable Award;
(g)
the dates or circumstances in which Awards may lapse;
(h)
any Exercise Price or the method by which that Exercise Price will be calculated, and any applicable Exercise Conditions for an Exercisable Award;

-24-


 

(i)
the period or periods in which an Exercisable Award may be exercised;
(j)
the amount (if any) that will be payable by the Australian Participant upon the grant of an Award;
(k)
whether an Award may be settled in cash, securities or a combination thereof; (l) the circumstances (if any) in which Awards or Securities Allocated to the Australian Participant may be forfeited;
(l)
any restrictions applicable to the Award;
(m)
the closing date for acceptance of the Award;
(n)
any other matters required by either the Corporations Act or, while the Company is Listed, the ASX Listing Rules, to be specified in an offer of securities for issue by the Company; and
(o)
any other terms or conditions to be attached to the Award granted to the Australian Participant.

 

2.3
Right to Nominate.
(a)
Unless otherwise expressly permitted in the Award Agreement, an Australian Participant may only accept an Award in the Australian Participant's name and not on behalf of any other person.
(b)
If an Australian Participant is permitted in the Award Agreement, they may, by notice in writing to the Administrator, nominate a Nominated Party in whose favour the Australian Participant wishes to renounce the Award.
(c)
The Administrator may in its discretion resolve not to allow a renunciation of an Award in favour of a Nominated Party without giving any reason for that decision.
(d)
If the Administrator resolves to allow a renunciation of an Award Agreement in favour of a Nominated Party: (i) the Administrator may impose any conditions that it thinks fit in respect of that renunciation, and (ii) the Australian Participant must procure that the Nominated Party accepts the Award and that both the Australian Participant and the Nominated Party agree to be bound by the Plan and execute any documents required by the Company in order to receive the Award and to give effect to the Plan.
(e)
If Awards are granted to a Nominated Party, then to the extent necessary to give effect to the intent of the Plan, the Australian Participant will continue to be treated as the participant.

-25-


 

2.4
CDIs to be Allocated to Australian Participants.
(a)
Subject to clause 2.4(b), while the Company is Listed and subject to the ASX Listing Rules, each Award may entitle an Australian Participant to the issue of CDIs unless the Administrator determines otherwise.
(b)
Australian Participants may, by written notice to the Company, request to receive shares of common stock in the Company on the vesting or exercise of an Award in lieu of CDIs (as applicable) and approval of this request shall be in the Company’s sole discretion.
3.
ARTICLE III. CASHLESS EXERCISE OF OPTIONS
3.1
Cashless Exercise of Options. While the Company is Listed and subject to the ASX Listing Rules, at any time during the Exercise Period in respect of an Australian Participant’s vested options, the Australian Participant may exercise any or all of those vested Options by:
(a)
paying the Exercise Price to the Company in the manner directed by the Administrator and providing the Company with a completed exercise notice in the form determined by the Administrator; or
(b)
in lieu of paying the cash Exercise Price, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit an Australian Participant to elect to receive, without payment of a cash Exercise Price, the number of Securities determined in accordance with the following formula:

Where:

 

A =

 

the number of Securities to be issued to the Australian Participant;

B =

 

the number of Securities otherwise issuable upon the Options being exercised

C =

 

the Market Value of one Security determined as of the date of delivery of the exercise notice; and

D =

 

the Exercise Price.

 

Worked example:

For example, if an Australian Participant intended to exercise 100 vested options where each Option had an Exercise Price of A$1.00 and gave an entitlement to 1 CDI, and the current Market Value of a CDI was A$1.25, then:

 

B =

 

100

C =

 

A$1.25

D =

 

A$1.00

and the formula described above would be applied as follows:

-26-


 

A =

 

100 (1.25 – 1.00)

1.25

 

“A” would equal 20, and therefore the Australian Participant, on cashless exercise would be issued 20 CDIs.

4.
ARTICLE IV. TAXATION ADMINISTRATION
4.1
Withholding. If a Group Company is obliged, or reasonably believes it may have an obligation, as a result of or in connection with:
(a)
the grant of an Award to an Australian Participant, or the vesting or exercise of an Award;
(b)
the payment of any cash amount to an Australian Participant; or
(c)
the Allocation of Securities to, or on behalf of, an Australian Participant to account for income tax or employment taxes under any wage, withholding or other arrangements or for any other tax, social security contributions or levy or charge of a similar nature (the “Tax Liability”),

then the Group Company is entitled, at their election, to: (i) withhold such amounts and make such arrangements as it considers necessary, or (ii) be reimbursed by the Australian Participant, for the amount or amounts so paid or payable.

4.2
Reimbursement of Tax Liability. Where clause 4.1 applies, the Group Company is not obliged to grant the Award, pay the relevant amount or Allocate the relevant Securities to the Australian Participant unless the Group Company is satisfied that arrangements have been made for withholding, payment or reimbursement of the Tax Liability. Those arrangements may include, at the Group Company’s election:
(a)
the Australian Participant forgoing their entitlement to an equivalent number of Securities that would otherwise be Allocated to them;
(b)
a reduction in any amount that is otherwise payable to the Australian Participant; or
(c)
the sale, on behalf of the Australian Participant, of Securities Allocated or otherwise to be Allocated to them.

Where this happens, the Australian Participant will also reimburse the costs of the sale, including any stamp duty or brokerage, in addition to the Tax Liability.

4.3
Tax Information. Australian Participants acknowledge that the Company may have reporting obligations in relation to participation in the Plan. Australian Participants authorise the Company to provide information regarding their participation in the Plan to any tax

-27-


 

authority or other person to the extent required by law or by the official policy of the tax authority or a government agency.
4.4
Transfers Outside Australia. If an Australian Participant is transferred to work for a Group Company outside Australia and, as a result of that transfer, would:
(a)
suffer a tax disadvantage in relation to their Awards which is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Administrator; or
(b)
become subject to restrictions on their ability to deal with the Awards, or to hold or deal in the Securities or the proceeds of the Securities acquired on vesting or exercise, because of the laws of the country to which they are transferred,

then, if the Australian Participant continues to hold an office or employment with a Group Company, the Administrator may decide that the Awards will vest or, in the case of Exercisable Awards, may be exercised on a date the Administrator determines before or after the transfer takes effect. The Awards will vest to, or on behalf of, the Australian Participant to the extent permitted by the Administrator and will not lapse as to the balance. The Exercisable Awards may be exercised to the extent permitted by the Administrator.

5.
ARTICLE V. AWARDS FOR MONETARY CONSIDERATION
5.1
Division 1A of Part 7.12 of the Corporations Act. If Division 1A of Part 7.12 of the Corporations Act and any amending instrument is relied on by the Company for the issue of Awards to Australian Participants for Monetary Consideration under the Plan, then the Administrator shall not invite an Australian Participant to participate in the Plan if the total number of Securities issued would exceed the issue cap specified in the Company Bylaws (if any) or, if the Company Bylaws do not specify an issue cap, the percentage prescribed in section 1100V(2) of the Corporations Act.
6.
ARTICLE VI. RESALE RESTRICTIONS
6.1
Resale Restrictions. Following the exercise of an Award and the Allocation of CDIs, if the Company is unable to give ASX a notice that complies with section 708A(5)(e) of the Corporations Act, or such a notice for any reason is not effective to ensure that an offer for sale of the CDIs does not require disclosure to investors, CDIs issued on exercise of an Award may not be traded until 12 months after their issue unless the Company, at its sole discretion, elects to issue a prospectus pursuant to section 708A(11) of the Corporations Act. The Company is authorised by the holder to apply a holding lock on the relevant CDIs during the period of such restriction from trading.
7.
ARTICLE VII. FORFEITURE OF AWARDS
7.1
Termination of Service. Where an Australian Participant who holds Awards becomes a Leaver, all unvested Awards will automatically be forfeited by the participant, unless the Administrator determines in its sole discretion that Special Circumstances apply. “Special Circumstances” for the purposes of this clause 7.1 may include a Participant becoming a Leaver

-28-


 

due to death, redundancy, permanent disability, mental incapacity, retirement or any other circumstances the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion.
7.2
Fraudulent or Dishonest Actions. Where the Administrator determines that an Australian Participant has:
(a)
acted fraudulently or dishonestly;
(b)
breached his or her duties or obligations to any Group Company; or
(c)
done an act which brings any Group Company into disrepute,

the Administrator will deem all unvested Awards held by that participant to have been forfeited.

7.3
Failure to Satisfy Vesting Conditions. Unless otherwise stated in the Award Agreement or determined by the Administrator, an Award which has not yet vested will be forfeited immediately on the date that the Administrator determines (acting reasonably and in good faith) that any applicable Vesting Condition has not been met or cannot be met by the relevant date.
7.4
Insolvency. Unless otherwise stated in the Award Agreement or determined by the Administrator, an Award held by an Australian Participant in accordance with the Plan will be forfeited immediately in the event the participant becomes bankrupt or insolvent (as applicable).
7.5
Other Forfeiture Events. Unless the Administrator otherwise determines, or as otherwise set out in the Plan, any Award which has not yet vested will be automatically forfeited on the Expiry Date.
7.6
Voluntary Forfeiture. An Australian Participant may by written notice to the Company voluntarily forfeit their Awards for no consideration.
7.7
Effect of Forfeiture. Where an Award has been forfeited in accordance with the Plan:
(a)
the Award will automatically lapse;
(b)
the participant or their agent or attorney must sign any transfer documents required by the Company to effect the forfeiture of that Award; and
(c)
the Company will not be liable for any damages or other amounts to the participant in respect of that Award.
8.
ARTICLE VIII. APPLICABLE LAW
8.1
Applicable Law. The entitlements of Australian Participants under the Plan and this Addendum are subject to the Applicable Law. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Addendum, no Award or corresponding Security may be offered, issued, assigned,

-29-


 

transferred, sold, purchased or otherwise dealt with under the Plan to Australian Participants if to do so would contravene:
(a)
the Corporations Act or instruments of relief issued by ASIC from time to time relating to employee incentive schemes which the Company is relying on; or
(b)
while the Company is Listed, the ASX Listing Rules.
8.2
Bylaws. The entitlements of Australian Participants under the Plan, including this Addendum, are subject to the Bylaws of the Company. In the event of any inconsistency between this Addendum and the Bylaws, the terms of the Bylaws will prevail.
8.3
Inconsistencies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Engagement Arrangement with an Australian Participant, if there is any inconsistency between this Addendum and an Engagement Arrangement, this Addendum prevails.
8.4
Governing Law. The Rules and the rights of Australian Participants under this Addendum are governed by and must be construed according to the law applying New South Wales, Australia.
9.
ARTICLE IX. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Capitalised terms in this Addendum have the meaning given to them in the Plan unless otherwise defined.

“Allocate” means: (a) the issue of a Security for the benefit of, or (b) procuring the transfer of a Security (pursuant to a purchase on-market or an off-market transfer) to or for the benefit of, an Australian Participant (or their Personal Representative).

“Applicable Law” means any one or more or all, as the context requires: (a) the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth); (b) the ASX Listing Rules; (c) the Company’s Bylaws; (d) the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (Cth) and the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth); (e) any relevant practice note, policy statement, regulatory guide, class order, regulatory relief, declaration, guideline, policy, procedure, ruling, judicial interpretation or other guidance note made to clarify, expand or amend (a), (b), or (d) above; (f) any other legal requirement (including, without limitation, the rules of the general law, including common law and equity, and any judgment, order, decree, declaration or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction or government agency binding on a person or the assets of that person) that applies to the Plan, and (g) in respect of acquisition or disposals of any Securities, any formal policy relating to dealings in securities adopted by the Administrator from time to time, including any security trading policy.

“ASX” means ASX Limited ABN 98 008 624 691, or the securities market which it operates, as the context requires.

“ASX Listing Rules” means the official listing rules, market rules and operating rules of the ASX.

“ASIC” means the Australian Securities and Investment Commission.

-30-


 

“Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units, or Performance Awards.

“Award for Monetary Consideration” means an Award for the issue, sale or transfer of Securities where either or both the following apply: (a) the Securities are offered for issue or sale in return for monetary consideration, and the Securities will be acquired by the Australian Participant who pays for the securities, or (b) monetary consideration is to be provided on the exercise of an Award.

“CDI” means a CHESS depositary interest representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a Share, or any other ratio determined by the Administrator acting reasonably, registered in the name of CDN, or beneficial ownership is held by CDN, and CDIs means a number of them.

“CDN” means CHESS Depositary Nominees Pty Ltd ACN 071 346 506.

“Corporations Act” means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

“Engagement Arrangement” means in respect of: (a) an employee of a member of the Group, the terms under which the relevant member of the Group has employed that person; (b) a director of a member of the Group that is not also an employee, the terms under which that director has been appointed, or (c) a contractor or consultant or other service provider to a member of the Group, the terms under which the relevant member of the Group has engaged that contractor, consultant or service provider which the relevant member of the Group has appointed that director to their office.

“Exercisable Award” means an Award which is required to be exercised for an Australian Participant to be entitled to be Allocated a Security.

“Exercise Condition” means one or more conditions which must be satisfied or circumstances which must exist before an Exercisable Award is exercisable.

“Exercise Price” means the price to be paid (if any) when exercising that Award as specified in the Award Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Exercise Price for an Award may be nil.

“Exercise Period” means, in respect of an Award, the period during which the Award can be exercised being the period commencing on the Vesting Date (or such later date specified in the Award Agreement) and ending on the Expiry Date.

“Expiry Date” means, in relation to an Award, the expiry date which is specified in the Award Agreement (if any).

“Group” means the Company and each Group Company.

“Group Company” means the Company and each of its Subsidiaries.

“Leaver” means an Australian Participant who ceases to be a Service Provider.

“Listed” means the Company being and remaining admitted to the official list of the ASX.

-31-


 

“Market Value” means, at any given date, the volume weighted average price per CDI traded on the ASX or Share traded on the NASDAQ (as applicable) over the five (5) trading days during which Securities are actually traded immediately preceding that given date, unless otherwise specified in an Award Agreement.

“Nominated Party” means, in respect of an Australian Participant who is a ‘primary participant’ as defined in section 1100L(1)(a) of the Corporations Act, another person on behalf of that primary participant, who is: (a) a spouse, parent, child or sibling of the Australian Participant; (b) another body corporate controlled by the Australian Participant or a person mentioned in paragraph (a); (c) a body corporate that is the trustee of a self-managed superannuation fund (within the meaning of the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993) where the Australian Participant is a director of the body corporate; or (d) a person prescribed in relation to the Australian Participant by the Regulations for the purposes of section 1100L(b)(iv) of the Corporations Act.

“NASDAQ” means the Nasdaq Stock Market.

“Option” means a stock option granted to an Australian Participant pursuant to the Plan and subject to the terms of this Addendum.

“Performance Right” means a right granted to an Australian Participant under this Addendum to acquire one or more Security by transfer or allotment as set out in the relevant Award Agreement.

“Personal Representative” means the legal personal representative, executor or administrator of the estate of a deceased person.

“Rules” means the terms and conditions set out in this Addendum as amended from time to time.

“Securities” means CDIs or Shares (as applicable).

“Share” means a share of common stock in the Company.

“Vesting Award” means an Award which is not required to be exercised for an Australian Participant to be entitled to be Allocated a Security or receive a payment.

“Vesting Condition” means one or more conditions which must be satisfied or circumstances which must exist before an Award vests under the Plan.

-32-


 

AMAERO INC.

2026 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Amaero Inc. 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement which includes the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (the “Notice of Grant”), the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A, and all other exhibits, appendices, and addenda attached hereto (the “Award Agreement”).

Participant Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number:

 

Date of Grant:

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

Total Number of

Restricted Stock Units:

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock Units will be scheduled to vest in accordance with the following schedule:

[Insert vesting schedule, e.g.: Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Restricted Stock Units will vest on the one (1)-year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one sixteenth (1/16th) of the Restricted Stock Units will vest on each Quarterly Vesting Date (as defined below) thereafter, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

A “Quarterly Vesting Date” is [January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1].

-1-


 

In the event of cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will terminate immediately, unless specifically provided otherwise in this Award Agreement or other written agreement between Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of Amaero Inc. (the “Company”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A, and all other exhibits, appendices, and addenda attached hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan or this Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

AMAERO INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Title

Address:

 

 

 

-2-


Exhibit 10.2

EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

1.1
Grant of Restricted Stock Units. The Company hereby grants to the individual (“Participant”) named in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant of this Award Agreement (the “Notice of Grant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock Units, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 20 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.
1.2
Company’s Obligation to Pay. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Sections 3 or 4, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company. For any Participant who is subject to the Addendum to the Plan applicable to Australian Service Providers, the settlement of Restricted Stock Units (including whether such Restricted Stock Units are settled in Shares or CDIs) will be determined in accordance with, and subject to, the Australian Addendum.
1.3
Vesting Schedule. Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each applicable vesting date.
1.4
Payment after Vesting.
1.4.1
General Rule. Subject to Section 8, any Restricted Stock Units that vest will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her properly designated beneficiary or estate) in whole Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b), such vested Restricted Stock Units will be paid in whole Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within sixty (60) days following the vesting date. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year of payment of any Restricted Stock Units payable under this Award Agreement.
1.4.2
Acceleration.
(a)
Discretionary Acceleration. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator. If Participant is a U.S. taxpayer, the payment of Shares vesting pursuant to this Section 4(b) will in all cases be paid at a time or in a manner that is exempt from, or complies with, Section 409A. The prior sentence may be superseded in a future agreement or amendment to this Award Agreement only by direct and specific reference to such sentence.

-1-


 

(b)
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement or any other agreement (whether entered into before, on or after the Date of Grant), if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with the cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Administrator), other than due to Participant’s death, and if (x) Participant is a U.S. taxpayer and a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following the cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, unless Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death.
1.4.3
Section 409A. It is the intent of this Award Agreement that it and all payments and benefits to U.S. taxpayers hereunder be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment payable under this Award Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). However, in no event will the Company or any of its Parent or Subsidiaries have any liability or obligation to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless Participant for any taxes, penalties, and interest that may be imposed, or other costs that may be incurred, as a result of Section 409A.
1.5
Forfeiture Upon Termination as a Service Provider. Unless specifically provided otherwise in this Award Agreement or other written agreement between Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, if Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason, the then-unvested Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will thereupon be forfeited at no cost to the Company and Participant will have no further rights thereunder.
1.6
Tax Consequences. Participant has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement. With respect to such matters, Participant relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) will be solely responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement.
1.7
Death of Participant. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

-2-


 

1.8
Tax Obligations.
(a)
Responsibility for Taxes. Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Participant’s employer (the “Employer”) or any Parent or Subsidiary to which Participant is providing services (together, the “Service Recipients”), the ultimate liability for any tax and/or social insurance liability obligations and requirements in connection with the Restricted Stock Units, including, without limitation, (i) all federal, state, and local taxes (including Participant’s Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligations) that are required to be withheld by any Service Recipient or other payment of tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant; (ii) Participant’s and, to the extent required by any Service Recipient, the Service Recipient’s fringe benefit tax liability, if any, associated with the grant, vesting, or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units or sale of Shares; and (iii) any other Service Recipient taxes the responsibility for which Participant has, or has agreed to bear, with respect to the Restricted Stock Units (or settlement thereof or issuance of Shares thereunder) (collectively, the “Tax Obligations”), is and remains Participant’s sole responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the applicable Service Recipient(s). Participant further acknowledges that no Service Recipient (A) makes any representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax Obligations in connection with any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such settlement and the receipt of any dividends or other distributions, and (B) makes any commitment to and is under any obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax Obligations or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges that the applicable Service Recipient(s) (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required Tax Obligations hereunder at the time of the applicable taxable event, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares.
(b)
Tax Withholding and Default Method of Tax Withholding. When Shares are issued as payment for vested Restricted Stock Units, Participant generally will recognize immediate U.S. taxable income if Participant is a U.S. taxpayer. If Participant is a non-U.S. taxpayer, Participant will be subject to applicable taxes in his or her jurisdiction. The minimum amount of Tax Obligations which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to this Award (“Tax Withholding Obligation”) will be satisfied by Shares being sold on Participant’s behalf at the prevailing market price pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, including through a broker-assisted arrangement (it being understood that the Shares to be sold must have vested pursuant to the terms of this Award Agreement and the Plan). The proceeds from the sale will be used to satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation arising with respect to this Award. In addition to Shares sold to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation, additional Shares will be sold to satisfy any associated broker or other fees. Only whole Shares will be sold to satisfy any Tax Withholding Obligation. Any proceeds from the sale of Shares in excess of the Tax Withholding Obligation and any associated broker or other fees will be paid to Participant in accordance with procedures the Company may specify from time to time. By accepting this Award, Participant expressly consents to the sale of Shares to cover the Tax Withholding Obligations (and any associated broker or other fees) and agrees and acknowledges that Participant may not satisfy them by any means

-3-


 

other than such sale of Shares, unless required to do so by the Administrator or pursuant to the Administrator’s express written consent.
(c)
Administrator Discretion. If the Administrator determines that Participant cannot satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation through the default procedure described in Section 8(b) or the Administrator otherwise determines to allow Participant to satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation by a method other than through the default procedure set forth in Section 8(b), it may permit or require Participant to satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation), if permissible by applicable local law, by (i) paying cash in U.S. dollars; (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a value equal to the minimum amount statutorily required to be withheld (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences); (iii) having the amount of such Tax Withholding Obligation withheld from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the applicable Service Recipient(s); (iv) delivering to the Company Shares that Participant owns and that have vested with a fair market value equal to the minimum amount statutorily required to be withheld (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences); or (v) such other means as the Administrator deems appropriate.
(d)
No Representations. Participant has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement. With respect to such matters, Participant relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) will be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement.
(e)
Company’s Obligation to Deliver Shares. For clarification purposes, in no event will the Company issue Participant any Shares unless and until arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator have been made for the payment of Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of such Tax Withholding Obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 or Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligations otherwise become due, Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Stock Units to which Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation relates and any right to receive Shares thereunder and such Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.
1.9
Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares (which may be in book entry form) will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant (including through electronic delivery to a brokerage account). After such issuance, recordation, and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

-4-


 

1.10
No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER, WHICH UNLESS PROVIDED OTHERWISE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW IS AT THE WILL OF THE APPLICABLE SERVICE RECIPIENT AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF ANY SERVICE RECIPIENT TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER, SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAW, WHICH TERMINATION, UNLESS PROVIDED OTHERWISE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, MAY BE AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.
1.11
Grant is Not Transferable. Except to the limited extent provided in Section 7, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.
1.12
Nature of Grant. In accepting this Award of Restricted Stock Units, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:
1.12.1
the grant of the Restricted Stock Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Restricted Stock Units, or benefits in lieu of Restricted Stock Units, even if Restricted Stock Units have been granted in the past;
1.12.2
all decisions with respect to future Restricted Stock Units or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Administrator;
1.12.3
Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;
1.12.4
the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;
1.12.5
the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement, or welfare benefits or similar payments;
1.12.6
the future value of the Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted;

-5-


 

1.12.7
for purposes of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Award Agreement (including by reference in the Notice of Grant to other arrangements or contracts) or determined by the Administrator, Participant’s right to vest in the Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any, unless Participant is providing bona fide services during such time); the Administrator will have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of the Restricted Stock Units grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence and consistent with local law);
1.12.8
unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Administrator in its discretion, the Restricted Stock Units and the benefits evidenced by this Award Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Restricted Stock Units or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and
1.12.9
the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the United States:
(a)
the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose;
(b)
Participant acknowledges and agrees that no Service Recipient will be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Restricted Stock Units or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the settlement of the Restricted Stock Units or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon settlement; and
(c)
no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages will arise from forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Units resulting from the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Restricted Stock Units to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against any Service Recipient, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases each Service Recipient from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant will be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

-6-


 

1.13
No Advice Regarding Grant. The Company is not providing any tax, legal, or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal, and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.
1.14
Data Privacy. Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Award Agreement and any other Restricted Stock Unit grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Service Recipients for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and the Service Recipient may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Restricted Stock Units or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan.

Participant understands that Data may be transferred to a stock plan service provider, as may be selected by the Company in the future, assisting the Company with the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company, any stock plan service provider selected by the Company, and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering, and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain, and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering, and managing his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her status as a Service Provider and career with the Service Recipient will not be adversely affected. The only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant Restricted Stock Units or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

-7-


 

1.15
Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Amaero Inc., at their corporate headquarters or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.
1.16
Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or require Participant to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.
1.17
No Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Award Agreement will not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Award Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and will not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.
1.18
Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Award Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Award Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Award Agreement will be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Award Agreement may be assigned only with the prior written consent of the Company.
1.19
Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification, or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange (including, while the Company is listed on the ASX, the ASX listing rules) or under any state, federal or non-U.S. law, the tax code, and related regulations or under the rulings or regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body or the clearance, consent, or approval of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, clearance, consent, or approval will have been completed, effected, or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Subject to the terms of the Award Agreement and the Plan, the Company will not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for (or make any entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company of) the Shares hereunder prior to the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of vesting of the Restricted Stock Units as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.
1.20
Language. If Participant has received this Award Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.
1.21
Interpretation. The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited

-8-


 

to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company, and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.
1.22
Captions. Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.
1.23
Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan. By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read, and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended, or terminated by the Administrator at any time.
1.24
Modifications to the Award Agreement. This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection with this Award of Restricted Stock Units.
1.25
Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Award Agreement (including the appendices and exhibits reference herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Award Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of the State of Delaware.
1.26
Country Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock Unit grant will be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in an appendix (if any) to this Award Agreement for any country whose laws are applicable to Participant and this Award of Restricted Stock Units (as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion) (the “Country Addendum”). Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Country Addendum (if any), the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country Addendum (if any) constitutes a part of this Award Agreement.

* * *

-9-


 

AMAERO INC.

2026 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

COUNTRY ADDENDUM

Terms and Conditions

This Country Addendum includes additional terms and conditions that govern the Award of Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Amaero Inc. 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement to which this Country Addendum is attached (the “Restricted Stock Unit Agreement”) to the extent the individual to whom the Restricted Stock Units were granted (“Participant”) resides in one of the countries listed below.

Notifications

This Country Addendum also includes information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to his or her participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of [DATE]. Such laws often are complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Participant not rely on the information in this Country Addendum as the only source of information relating to the consequences of Participant’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time Participant vests in or receives or sells the Shares covered by the Restricted Stock Units.

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of any particular result. Accordingly, Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws of Participant’s country may apply to his or her situation.

Finally, if Participant is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which Participant currently is working or transfers to another country after the grant of the Restricted Stock Units, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the information contained herein may not be applicable to Participant in the same manner. In addition, the Company, in its discretion, will determine the extent to which the terms and conditions contained herein will apply to Participant under these circumstances.

 


 

All Countries Outside the United States

1)
Nature of Grant. By accepting the Restricted Stock Units, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:
a)
the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;
b)
no Parent or Subsidiary (including, but not limited to, the Service Recipient) has any obligation to make any payment of any kind to Participant under the Award Agreement and any rights Participant may have under the Award Agreement may be raised only against the Company and not any Parent or Subsidiary (including, but not limited to, the Service Recipient);
c)
the Restricted Stock Units are exceptional, voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of restricted stock units, or benefits in lieu of restricted stock units, even if restricted stock units have been granted in the past;
d)
all decisions with respect to future Restricted Stock Units or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;
e)
the grant of the Restricted Stock Units and Participant’s participation in the Plan will not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming or amending an employment or service contract with the Company or the Service Recipient, and will not interfere with the right of the Company or the Service Recipient, as applicable, to terminate Participant’s status as a Service Provider;
f)
Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;
g)
the Restricted Stock Units and any Shares subject acquired under the Plan, and the income from and value of same, are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;
h)
the Restricted Stock Units and any Shares acquired under the Plan, and the income from and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including but not limited to, the calculation of any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, holiday pay, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar mandatory payments;
i)
unless otherwise agreed with the Company in writing, the Restricted Stock Units and the underlying Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units, and the income from and value of same, are not granted as consideration for, or in connection with, the service Participant may provide as a director of a Parent or Subsidiary;
j)
the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;

-11-


 

k)
no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from (i) forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Units resulting from the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment or labor laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and/or (ii) from the application of any clawback or recoupment policy adopted by the Company or imposed by Applicable Law;
l)
for purposes of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company, the Service Recipient or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment or labor laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and such date will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Participant’s period of employment or service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment or labor laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any); the Company shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of the Restricted Stock Units (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence); and
m)
neither the Company, the Service Recipient nor any Parent or Subsidiary will be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the U.S. dollar that may affect the value of the Restricted Stock Units or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units and the acquisition of Shares or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon vesting.
2)
Language. Participant acknowledges and represents that Participant is sufficiently proficient in the English language, or has consulted with an advisor who is sufficiently proficient in the English language, so as to enable Participant to understand the provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan. If Participant has received this document or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control, unless otherwise required by Applicable Law.
3)
Foreign Asset/Account, Exchange Control and Tax Reporting. Participant acknowledges that, depending on Participant’s country, there may be certain foreign asset and/or account reporting requirements or exchange control restrictions which may affect Participant’s ability to acquire the Restricted Stock Units or the Shares or cash received from participating in the Plan (including proceeds from the sale of Shares and dividends paid on Shares) in a brokerage or bank account outside Participant’s country. Participant may be required to report such accounts, assets or related transactions to the tax or other authorities in Participant’s country. Participant also may be required to repatriate sale proceeds or other funds received as a result of participating in the Plan to Participant’s country through a designated bank or broker and/or within a certain time after receipt. Participant acknowledges

-12-


 

that Participant is responsible for ensuring compliance with any applicable foreign asset/account, exchange control and tax reporting requirements and should consult with a personal legal and tax advisors on this matter.
4)
Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws. Participant may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws in applicable jurisdictions, including but not limited to the United States and Participant’s country, which may affect Participant’s ability to accept, acquire, sell or otherwise dispose of Shares, rights to Shares (e.g., the Restricted Stock Units) or rights linked to the value of Shares during such times as Participant is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in applicable jurisdictions). Local insider trading laws and regulations may prohibit the cancellation or amendment orders Participant placed before Participant possessed inside information. Furthermore, Participant could be prohibited from (i) disclosing the inside information to any third party, and (ii) “tipping” third parties or causing them otherwise to buy or sell securities. Participant should keep in mind third parties includes fellow employees and service providers. Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable insider trading policy of the Company. Participant acknowledges that it is his or her responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions and Participant should speak with a personal legal advisor on this matter.
5)
Venue. For purposes of any action, lawsuit or other proceedings brought to enforce the Award Agreement, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Delaware, and no other courts, where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

-13-


 

Country-Specific Provisions

AUSTRALIA

Notifications

Securities Law Information. This offer of Restricted Stock Units is being made pursuant to Division 1A, Part 7.12 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

Tax Information. The Plan is a plan to which Subdivision 83A-C of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth) (the “Act”) applies (subject to the conditions in such Act).

Exchange Control Information. Exchange control reporting is required for cash transactions exceeding AUD 10,000 and international fund transfers. The Australian bank assisting with the transaction may file the report. If there is no Australian bank involved in the transfer, Participant will have to file the report. Participant should consult with a personal advisor to ensure that Participant is properly complying with applicable reporting requirements in Australia.

-14-


 

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee Incentive
Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amaero International Ltd

ACN 633 541 634

 

 

 

Approved by Board and Shareholders on 18 October 2019, as amended 29 August 2023

 


 

CONTENTS

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1

2.

PURPOSE

8

3.

COMMENCEMENT

8

4.

MAXIMUM ALLOCATION

8

5.

ELIGIBILITY AND GRANT

8

6.

OPERATION OF PLAN

11

7.

OPTION TERMS

12

8.

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

14

9.

EMPLOYEE SHARE TRUST

14

10.

PERFORMANCE RIGHT TERMS

14

11.

EXERCISE OF PERFORMANCE RIGHTS

15

12.

PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

15

13.

QUOTATION

16

14.

LAPSE OF OPTIONS AND PERFORMANCE RIGHTS

16

15.

DEFERRED TAXATION

18

16.

ISSUE OF SHARES

18

17.

EMPLOYEE LOAN

19

18.

REPAYMENT OF EMPLOYEE LOAN

20

19.

RIGHTS ATTACHING TO PLAN SHARES

20

20.

DISPOSAL RESTRICTIONS ON PLAN SHARES

21

21.

HOLDING PERIOD

21

22.

NOMINEE

21

23.

GOOD LEAVER

22

24.

BAD LEAVER

22

25.

FORFEITURE

22

26.

BUY-BACK

23

27.

BUY-BACK PRICE FOR SHARES

23

28.

CANCELLATION

24

29.

CAPITAL RECONSTRUCTIONS

24

30.

TAKEOVERS AND RECONSTRUCTIONS

24

31.

CONTRAVENTION OF APPLICABLE LAWS

25

32.

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

26

33.

PLAN AMENDMENT

27

34.

TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION

28

35.

NO EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT

28

36.

ASIC RELIEF

28

37.

NON-EXCLUSIVITY

29

38.

GENERAL

29

SCHEDULE 1: PRO-FORMA OFFER LETTER OPTIONS

30

SCHEDULE 2: PRO-FORMA OFFER LETTER - PERFORMANCE RIGHTS

37

 


 

SCHEDULE 3: PRO-FORMA OFFER LETTER - SHARES

44

SCHEDULE 4: PRO-FORMA EMPLOYEE LOAN AGREEMENT

50

1.

DEFINITIONS and interpretation

1

2.

LOAN

2

3.

SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES

3

4.

CEASING TO BE A PARTICIPANT

4

5.

MISCELLANEOUS

5

6.

INTERPRETATION

6

SCHEDULE 5: U.S. APPENDIX

8

 


 

1.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Definitions

1.1.
In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms and expressions will have the following meanings:

Applicable Law means any one or more or all, as the context requires of:

(a)
the Corporations Act;
(b)
the Listing Rules (as applicable);
(c)
the Constitution;
(d)
the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (Cth) and the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (Cth), each as amended from time to time;
(e)
any practice note, policy statement, regulatory guide, class order, declaration, guideline, policy, procedure, ruling, judicial interpretation or other guidance note made to clarify, expand or amend the items in the above sub-paragraphs; and
(f)
any other legal requirement that applies to the Plan;

Application means an application by an Eligible Employee to participate in the Plan made in response to an Offer;

ASIC means the Australian Securities and Investments Commission;

ASX means ASX Limited (ABN 98 008 624 691) trading as the Australian Securities Exchange;

Bad Leaver means, unless otherwise determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion, a Leaver who ceases employment or office with the Company as a result of the lawful termination of the Leaver’s employment for cause or the Leaver’s dismissal by the Company, including for any of the following reasons:

(a)
the Leaver has committed any serious or persistent breach of the provisions of any employment contract entered into by the Leaver with the Company;
(b)
the Leaver being guilty of fraudulent or dishonest conduct in the performance of the Leaver’s duties, which in the reasonable opinion of the Company effects the Leaver’s suitability for employment with the Company, or brings the Leaver or the Company into disrepute;
(c)
the Leaver has been convicted of any criminal offence which involves fraud or dishonesty;
(d)
the Leaver has committed any wrongful or negligent act or omission which has caused the Company substantial liability;
(e)
the Leaver has become disqualified from managing corporations in accordance with Part 2D.6 of the Corporations Act or has committed any act that, pursuant to the Corporations Act, may result in the Leaver being banned from managing a corporation; or

1


 

(f)
the Leaver has committed serious or gross misconduct, wilful disobedience or any other conduct justifying termination of employment without notice; or
(g)
the Leaver has breached any term of the Employee Loan Agreement (if applicable), or who is otherwise not a Good Leaver as determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion;

Board means the board of directors of the Company, a committee appointed by the board of directors of the Company as constituted from time to time, or any person who is provided with delegated authority by the board from time to time;

Buy-Back means the buy-back by the Company of Shares, pursuant to clause 26, and Brought-Back has a similar meaning;

Buy-Back Period means, with respect to any Share and any Participant that becomes a Former Participant, the period of 90 days from the date the Participant ceases to be an Employee;

Buy-Back Price means the price at which Shares are to be Bought-Back as determined under clause 27.1;

Cancel means the cancellation of Options and/or Performance Rights by the Company for payment of any consideration to the relevant participant as required under clause 28.1 and Cancellation and Cancelled has a similar meaning;

Company means Amaero International Ltd (ACN 633 541 634);

Competitor means any person which carries on a business that is the same as, or similar to, the Company’s business or a part of the Company’s business, and that person is determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion to be a Competitor of the Company;

Control has the meaning given in section 50AA of the Corporations Act and Controlled has a corresponding meaning;

Constitution means the constitution of the Company, as amended from time to time;

Contractor means:

(a)
an individual with whom a Group Company has entered into a contract for the provision of services under which the individual performs work for a Group Company; or
(b)
a company with whom a Group Company has entered into a contract for the provision of services under which an individual, who is a director of the company or their spouse, performs work for a Group Company;

Corporation Act means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), as amended from time to time;

Director means a director of any member of the Company;

2


 

Dispose means in relation to Shares, Options, Performance Rights and/or Plan Shares means:

(a)
sell, assign, buy-back, redeem, transfer, convey, grant an option over, grant or allow a Security Interest to be granted over;
(b)
enter into any swap arrangement, any derivative arrangements or other similar arrangement; or
(c)
otherwise directly or indirectly Dispose of a legal, beneficial or economic interests in the Share, Option or Performance Right,

and Disposal has a corresponding meaning.

Eligible Employee means:

(a)
Directors and Employees (whether full time, part time or casual) who are declared by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion to be eligible to receive grants of Shares, Options or Performance Rights under the Plan;
(b)
any other person including any Contractor, who is declared by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion to be eligible to receive grants of Shares, Options or Performance Rights under the Plan; or
(c)
any person, being a person to whom an Offer is made but who can only accept the offer if an arrangement has been entered into that will result in the person becoming an Eligible Employee under paragraphs (a) or (b) above;

Employee means an employee of any Group Company or director of a Group Company or other consultants to the Company;

Employee Loan has the meaning given to that term in clause 17;

Employee Loan Agreement means an agreement between the Company and an Employee with respect to an Employee Loan, substantially in the form set out in SCHEDULE 4:

Employee Loan Repayment Notice has the meaning given to that term in clause 18.3;

Exercise Period means the period up to the Expiry Date during which a vested Option or Performance Right may be exercised, and as determined by the Board;

Exercise Price means the exercise price payable (if any) by a Participant to acquire a Plan Share upon the exercise of an Option as specified by the Board in the Offer in its sole and absolute discretion;

Expiry Date means, with respect to any Option or Performance Right, the earlier of:

(a)
the date 15 years from the Grant Date of those Options or Performance Rights; and
(b)
any other date determined by the Board and as specified in the Offer with respect to those Options or Performance Right;

Fee means any fee payable by a Participant on the grant of an Option to them, and as determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion;

3


 

Forfeiture Conditions means any criteria, requirements or conditions as determined by the Board and as specified in the Offer or under these Rules with respect to any Shares, Options, Performance Rights and/or Plan Shares which, if they occur (notwithstanding the satisfaction or waiver of any applicable Performance Criteria and Vesting Conditions) will result in a Participant forfeiting such Shares, Options, Performance Rights and/or Plan Shares (as applicable);

Former Participant means a Participant who ceases to be an Employee;

Good Leaver means a Leaver who ceases employment or office with the Company in any of the following circumstances:

(a)
as a result of resignation because the Leaver has taken absence from his or her employment in excess of three months (whether in one continuous period or otherwise) for compassionate reasons resulting from personal tragedy or ill health;
(b)
retirement at the applicable statutory age; or
(c)
if the Leaver is made redundant by the Company,or whom the Board otherwise determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, to be a Good Leaver for the purposes of these Rules.

Grant Date means the date on which Options or Performance Rights are granted to a Participant following the acceptance of an Application;

Group Company means the Company and its Related Bodies Corporate;

Issue Date means the date on which Shares are issued to a Participant following the acceptance of an Application;

Issue Price means, with respect to a Share, the price per Share paid by the Participant pursuant to the relevant Offer;

Leaver means a Participant who ceases employment or office with the Company.

Liquidity Event means:

(a)
a sale of all of the ordinary shares in the Company; or
(b)
a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;

Listing Rules means the listing rules, market rules or operating rules of a financial market in respect of which the Company’s shares are quoted or are the subject of an application for quotation, including but not limited to, the official listing rules of the ASX (as relevant);

Market Value means a value determined by application of a valuation methodology approved by the Board;

Notice of Exercise means a notice of exercise of Options and Performance Rights in the form determined by the Board from time to time;

Offer means an offer to an Eligible Employee to apply for the grant of Shares, Options or Performance Rights under the Plan, in each case substantially in the respective forms set out as Schedules to this Plan pursuant to clause 5.6 or as otherwise approved by the Board in their sole and absolute discretion;

4


 

Offer Conditions has the meaning given to that term in clause 5.4.2;

Offer Letter means a letter or document containing an Offer to an Eligible Employee that sets out the terms and conditions of the Offer;

Option means an option granted under this Plan to subscribe for, acquire and/or be allocated (as determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion) one Plan Share subject to the satisfaction of any Vesting Conditions, and payment of the relevant Exercise Price;

Participant means an Eligible Employee who has been offered Options, Shares, Plan Shares, Performance Rights and/or any other securities under this Plan and who has returned a corresponding Application to the Company that has been accepted by the Company pursuant to these Rules, or that Eligible Employee’s Related Party nominated in accordance with clause 22. For the avoidance of doubt, where the context requires, a Participant includes a Former Participant;

Performance Criteria means any minimum performance requirements (as specified in the Offer Letter and determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion) which must be met prior to Performance Rights, Options or Shares (as applicable) vesting and becoming eligible to be exercised into Plan Shares (as applicable);

Performance Period means the period in which the Performance Criteria must be satisfied in respect of a Performance Right, Share or Option;

Performance Right means a right granted under this Plan to be issued a Plan Share subject to the satisfaction of any Performance Criteria;

Plan means the employee incentive plan established in accordance with these Rules;

Plan Administrator means a person or entity appointed to administer the Plan;

Plan Share means any Share issued or transferred to a Participant upon exercise of an Option or Performance Right;

Reconstruction has the meaning given under clause 30.2;

Reconstruction Notice means written notice of a Reconstruction;

Related Body Corporate has the meaning given in section 9 of the Corporations Act;

Related Party in relation to an Eligible Employee means:

(a)
an immediate family member;
(b)
a trustee of a trust, in respect of which the Eligible Employee or an immediate family member of the Eligible Employee is the trustee or the Eligible Employee or an immediate family member of the Eligible Employee Controls a body corporate which is the trustee, but always excluding a self- managed superannuation fund (within the meaning of the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993); or
(c)
a body corporate Controlled by such Eligible Employee or an immediate family member of such Eligible Employee.

5


 

Relevant Person means:

(a)
in respect of an Eligible Employee, that person; and
(b)
in respect of a Related Party of an Eligible Employee, that Eligible Employee;

Restricted Shares are those Shares subject to Restrictions;

Restrictions means a requirement that Participant must not:

(a)
Dispose, sell, transfer or otherwise deal with the Shares, Options, Performance Rights and/or Plan Shares; or
(b)
grant a Security Interest in or over the Shares, Options, Performance Rights and/or Plan Shares, and must comply with any other restriction as determined by the Board in its absolute discretion and set out in an Offer;

Restriction Period means such period that shall apply to any Restrictions as the Board may determine at its absolute discretion. In the absence of any provision expressly providing for a Restriction Period, the Restriction Period shall be the Term;

Rules means these rules in respect of the operation of the Plan, as amended from time to time;

Security Interest means an interest or power:

(a)
reserved in or over an interest in any asset including any retention of title; or
(b)
created or otherwise arising in or over any interest in any asset under a security agreement, a bill of sale, mortgage, charge, lien, pledge, trust or power, by way of, or having similar commercial effect to, security for the payment of a debt, any other monetary obligation or the performance of any other obligation, and includes, but is not limited to:
(c)
any agreement to grant or create any of the above; and
(d)
a security interest within the meaning of section 12 of the Personal Property Securities Act 2009 (Cth).

Share means a fully paid ordinary share in the capital of the Company;

Share Trading Policy means any share trading policy applicable to the Company as amended from time to time;

Takeover means any holder of a Share;

Takeover Notice has the meaning given under clause 31,1;

Tax Act means written notice of a Takeover;

Tax Act means the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth).

Term means the period commencing on the Grant Date and ending on the Expiry Date (inclusive);

Transfer has the meaning given to that term in the Constitution.

6


 

Vesting Conditions means any time or performance based requirement or condition (as specified in the Offer and determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion) which must be met prior to Options vesting or Performance Rights becoming eligible to convert into Plan Shares; and

Vesting Notification means a notice to a Participant informing the Participant that the Participant’s Options or Performance Rights have vested and are exercisable.

Interpretation

1.2.
In these Rules, unless otherwise stated or the contrary intention appears:
1.2.1.
the singular includes the plural and vice versa;
1.2.2.
a gender includes all genders;
1.2.3.
a reference in this Agreement to a business day means a day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which banks are open for business generally in Melbourne, Victoria;
1.2.4.
If the day on which any act, matter or thing is to be done under this Agreement is not a business day, the act, matter or thing must be done on the next business day;
1.2.5.
a reference to any legislation includes any modification or replacement of it and all regulations and statutory instruments issued under it and a reference to any provision of any legislation includes any modification or substitution of it;
1.2.6.
a reference to these Rules means these Rules as amended from time to time and includes all recitals, annexures, addendums and schedules to these Rules;
1.2.7.
a reference to a person includes a reference to the person’s executors, administrators and successors or a body corporate including any person taking by way of novation and, in the case of a trustee, includes any substituted or additional trustee; and
1.2.8.
in these Rules any reference to include means to include without limitation

Applicable Laws

1.3.
These Rules, the offering and granting of any Options, the issuing and/or transferring of any Plan Shares, and the rights attaching to or interests in the Options and Plan Shares, will at all times be subject to all Applicable Laws.

Sharing Trading Policy

1.4.
A Participant must comply with any Share Trading Policy at all times.

Rounding

1.5.
Where any calculation or adjustment to be made pursuant to these Rules produces a fraction of a cent or a fraction of an Option or a Plan Share, the fraction will be eliminated by rounding to the nearest whole number.

Headings

1.6.
Headings are inserted in these Rules for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of these Rules.

7


 

Constitution

1.7.
The entitlements of Eligible Employees and Participants under these Rules are subject to the Constitution.
1.8.
In the event of any inconsistency between these Rules and either the Constitution, the terms of the Constitution will prevail to the extent of that inconsistency.
2.
PURPOSE
2.1.
The purpose of the Plan is to:
2.1.1.
assist in the reward, retention and motivation of Eligible Employees;
2.1.2.
link the reward of Eligible Employees to Shareholder value creation; and
2.1.3.
align the interests of Eligible Employees with Shareholders by providing an opportunity to Eligible Employees to earn rewards via an equity interest in the Company based on creating Shareholder value.
3.
COMMENCEMENT
3.1.
The Plan will commence on a date determined by resolution of the Board (and if no date is specified, on the date the Plan is approved by the Board).
4.
MAXIMUM ALLOCATION
4.1.
The Company must not make an Offer for Shares, Options or Performance Rights under this Plan if, immediately afterwards, the sum of:
4.1.1.
the total number of unissued Shares which may be acquired pursuant to the Offer (for avoidance of doubt, including pursuant to Options or Performance Rights which may be applied for as part of the Offer); plus
4.1.2.
the total number of unissued Shares over which Options have been granted or Performance Rights issued during the preceding three years under this Plan and any other employee incentive scheme applicable to the Company for the preceding three years of this Plan; plus
4.1.3.
the total number of Shares (not being Plan Shares) issued during the preceding three years under this Plan and any other employee incentive scheme applicable to the Company for the preceding three years of this Plan,would exceed 10% of the total number of Shares and options on issue in the Company at the time of the proposed issue.
5.
ELIGIBILITY AND GRANT

Participation

5.1.
The Board may from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion determine that an Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan.

Selection

5.2.
Following determination that an Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan, the Board may at any time, and from time to time, make an Offer to the Eligible Employee.

8


 

Offer

5.3.
Subject to clause 5.4, the manner, form, content, timing and frequency of Offers will be as determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion.
5.4.
An Offer must be set out in an Offer Letter delivered to the Eligible Employee and specify:
5.4.1.
the number of Shares, Options or Performance Rights offered to the Eligible Employee under the Offer;
5.4.2.
the conditions on the Offer (Offer Conditions);
5.4.3.
the Fee (if any);
5.4.4.
the Performance Criteria (if any);
5.4.5.
the Vesting Conditions (if any);
5.4.6.
the Exercise Price (if any);
5.4.7.
the Exercise Period (if applicable);
5.4.8.
the Expiry Date and Term (if applicable);
5.4.9.
the Forfeiture Conditions (if any);
5.4.10.
any Restrictions attaching to the Shares, Plan Shares, Options and/or Performance Rights together with the Restriction Period;
5.4.11.
the terms of any Employee Loan to be made by the Company to the Employee in accordance with this Plan to fund the purchase of Shares offered (if applicable); and
5.4.12.
the date by which an Offer must be accepted (Closing Date)
5.5.
An Offer must be accompanied by an Application and a copy of this Plan. To the extent of any inconsistency between the Offer and these Rules, the terms of the Offer will prevail but only to the extent that the inconsistency does not adversely affect the validity, legality or tax effectiveness of the Plan.
5.6.
Pro-forma Offers and pro-forma Applications are attached as Schedules of this Plan, respectively.

Application and Acceptance

5.7.
Unless otherwise determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion, an Eligible Employee that wishes to apply to participate in the Plan in response to an Offer must, on or before the period of time allowed for acceptance of the Offer, give an Application:
5.7.1.
to the person specified in the Offer Letter; and
5.7.2.
in accordance with any instructions or conditions set out in the Offer Letter.
5.8.
An Eligible Employee may apply for less than the total number of Shares, Options or Performance Rights provided in an Offer.

9


 

5.9.
Once that Application is given and accepted by the Company, a contract is formed under which an Eligible Employee:
5.9.1.
becomes bound by the terms and conditions of the Offer Letter, this Plan and the Company’s Constitution; and
5.9.2.
agrees to the issue of the Shares, Options or Performance Rights in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Eligible Employee’s Application.
5.10.
In accordance with the Company’s reporting obligations under Australian and other tax legislation, each participant consents to the disclosure of information about this Plan and its participants to the Australian Tax Office or another tax authority.

Multiple Offers

5.11.
Unless otherwise determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion, the Board may make any number of issues to Eligible Employees, as set out in any Offer, notwithstanding that an issue or issues may have been previously made to any Eligible Employee.

Right to reject Applications

5.12.
The Board is entitled to reject any Application by an Eligible Employee to participate in this Plan without giving any reason.
5.13.
The Board must promptly notify an applicant if an Application has been rejected, in whole or in part.

Grant of Options

5.14.
Once the Board has received and accepted a duly signed and completed Application for Options, the Company must, provided the Eligible Employee to whom the Offer was made remains an Eligible Employee, promptly grant Options to the applicant, upon the terms set out in the Offer, the Application and the Plan and upon such additional terms and conditions as the Board determines.
5.15.
The Company will, within a reasonable period after the Grant Date of the Options, issue the applicant with a certificate evidencing the grant of the Options.
6.
OPERATION OF PLAN
6.1.
This Plan is administered by the Board, which has power to:
6.1.1.
determine appropriate procedures for administration of this Plan consistent with this Plan;
6.1.2.
resolve conclusively all questions of fact or interpretation in connection with this Plan;
6.1.3.
appoint a person to be the Plan Administrator;
6.1.4.
delegate to any persons (including, without limitation, a Plan Administrator) for such period and on such terms as it sees fit the exercise of any of its powers or discretions under this Plan; and
6.1.5.
take and rely on independent professional or expert advice in or in relation to the exercise of any of its powers or discretions under this Plan.

10


 

6.2.
Where the Board is to make a determination, decision, approval or give any opinion under this Plan, the Board or the Company may do so in its absolute discretion.
6.3.
Any power or discretion which is conferred on the Board or the Company by this Plan may be exercised by the Board in the interests, or for the benefit, of the Company and the Board is not, in exercising any such power or discretion, under any fiduciary or other obligation to any other person including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Eligible Employee or any Participant.

Data Protection

6.4.
By participating in the Plan, a Participant consents to the holding and processing of personal data provided by the Participant to the Company for all purposes relating to the operation of the Plan, including
6.4.1.
administering and maintaining Participant records;
6.4.2.
providing information to the Company, registrars, brokers and third party administrators of the Plan; and
6.4.3.
providing information to future purchasers of the Company or its business.
7.
OPTION TERMS

Option entitlements

7.1.
Subject to the Board determining otherwise prior to an Offer, each vested Option entitles the Participant holding the Option to subscribe for, or to be transferred, one Plan Share on payment of the Exercise Price (if any).

Participant rights

7.2.
A Participant who holds Options is not entitled to:
7.1.1.
notice of, or to vote or attend at, a meeting of the Shareholders;
7.1.2.
receive any dividends declared by the Company; or
7.1.3.
participate in any new issues of securities offered to Shareholders during the term of the Options, unless and until the Options are exercised and the Participant holds Plan Shares.

Conditions for vesting and exercise

7.3.
The Board will determine prior to an Offer being made and specify in the Offer any Performance Criteria and/or Vesting Conditions attaching to the Options.
7.4.
Options will only vest and be exercisable if the applicable Performance Criteria and/or Vesting Conditions (if any) have been satisfied, waived by the Board, or are deemed to have been satisfied under these Rules.
7.5.
In the event of a Liquidity Event, the Board in its absolute discretion may waive any Vesting Conditions or Performance Criteria in respect of some or all of the Options held by a Participant.
7.6.
Where an Option is issued under this Plan, such security cannot be exercised or converted into a Plan Share unless:

11


 

7.6.1.
a current prospectus is available to allow the relevant Plan Shares to be traded on-market without infringing section 707 of the Corporations Act;
7.6.2.
the Company complies with section 708A of the Corporations Act;
7.6.3.
the Plan Shares may be traded in accordance with proposed notional section 1100ZD (or similar or substitute provision) of the Corporations Act; or
7.6.4.
the Participant enters into terms satisfactory to the Company prohibiting the sale of the Plan Shares within 12 months of their issue.
7.7.
Where an Option is unable to be exercised due to no other circumstance other than those provided under clause 7.6, the Term applicable to an Option shall be extended until the date that is 10 Business Days after the cessation of the relevant circumstance set out in clause 7.6.

No transfer of Options

7.8.
Subject to clause 7.9, Options granted under this Plan may not be assigned, transferred, encumbered with a Security Interest in or over them, or otherwise Disposed of by a Participant, unless:
7.8.1.
the prior consent of the Board is obtained, which consent may impose such terms and conditions on such assignment, transfer, encumbrance or Disposal as the Board sees fit; or
7.8.2.
such assignment or transfer occurs by force of law upon the death of a Participant to the Participant’s legal personal representative.
7.9.
Subject to the Company satisfying the start-up company requirements in section 83A-33 of the Tax Act a legal or a beneficial interest in an Option issued under this Plan may not be Disposed of until the earlier of:
7.9.1.
the Relevant Person in respect of those Options ceasing to be an Eligible Employee;
7.9.2.
three (3) years after the date the Options are granted to the Participant;
7.9.3.
a Disposal under an arrangement which meets the requirements in section 83A-130 of the Tax Act; and
7.9.4.
such time as the Commissioner of Taxation allows in accordance with section 83A-45(5) of the Tax Act.

Options to be recorded

7.10.
Options will be recorded in the appropriate register of the Company.

Exercise Price

7.11.
The Exercise Price of each Option is to be such price as determined by the Board in its discretion when granting the Option.

12


 

Adjustment for right issue

7.12.
If the Company makes an issue of Shares pro rata to existing Shareholders (other than an issue in lieu of in satisfaction of dividends or by way of dividend reinvestment) the Exercise Price of an Option will be reduced according to the following formula:

New exercise price = O (E[P-(S+D)] divided by N+1) O = the old Exercise Price of the Option.

E = the number of underlying Shares into which one Option is exercisable.

P = average market price per Share weighted by reference to volume of the underlying Shares during the 5 trading days ending on the day before the ex rights date or ex entitlements date.

S = the subscription price of a Share under the pro rata issue.

D = the dividend due but not yet paid on the existing underlying Shares (except those to be issued under the pro rata issue).

N = the number of Shares with rights or entitlements that must be held to receive a right to one new share.

Adjustment for bonus issue of Shares

7.13.
If the Company makes a bonus issue of Shares to existing Shareholders (other than an issue in lieu, or in satisfaction, of dividends or by way of dividend reinvestment):
7.13.1.
the number of Shares which must be issued on the exercise of an Option will be increased by the number of Shares which the Participant would have received if the Participant had exercised the Option before the record date for the bonus issue; and
7.13.2.
no change will be made to the Exercise Price.
7.14.
If there is any reorganisation of the issued share capital of the Company, the rights of the Participant who holds Options or Performance Rights will be varied to comply with the Listing Rules which apply to the reorganisation at the time of the reorganisation.
8.
EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

Exercise Period for Options

8.1.
The Exercise Period for Options will be as determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion.

Method of exercise

8.2.
Following the issuing of a Vesting Notification to the Participant, the Option is exercisable by the Participant within the Exercise Period specified by the Board in the Offer, subject to the Participant delivering to the registered office of the Company or such other address as determined by the Board of:
8.1.1.
a signed Notice of Exercise; and

13


 

8.1.2.
subject to clause 8.4, a cheque or cash or such other form of payment determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion as satisfactory for the amount of the Exercise Price (if any).

No issue unless cleared funds

8.3.
Where a cheque is presented as payment of the Exercise Price on the exercise of Options, the Company will not, unless otherwise determined by the Board, allot and issue or transfer Plan Shares until after any cheque delivered in payment of the Exercise Price has been cleared by the banking system.

Cashless exercise of Options

8.4.
The Board may determine in its sole and absolute discretion that a Participant will not be required to provide payment of the Exercise Price of Options by cash, cheque or some other method acceptable to the Company, but that on exercise of the Options, the Company will only allot and issue or transfer that number of Plan Shares to the Participant that is equal in value to the difference between the Exercise Price otherwise payable in relation to the Options and the then Market Value of the Plan Shares as at the time of the exercise (with the number of Plan Shares rounded down to the nearest whole number).

Minimum Exercise

8.5.
Options must be exercised in multiples of 1,000 unless fewer than 1,000 Options are held by a Participant or the Board otherwise agrees.

Actions on exercise

8.6.
On completion of the exercise of Options, the Options will automatically lapse.
9.
EMPLOYEE SHARE TRUST
9.1.
The Board may in its sole and absolute discretion use an employee share trust or other mechanism for the purposes of holding Plan Shares for Participants under the Plan and delivering Plan Shares to Participants upon exercise of the Options or the satisfaction of Performance Criteria of a Performance Right.
10.
PERFORMANCE RIGHT TERMS

Offer of Performance Rights

10.1.
The Board may offer Performance Rights to any Eligible Employee at its sole discretion. Each Performance Right confers an entitlement to be provided with one Plan Share, credited as fully paid, at no cost, upon the full satisfaction of the Performance Criteria specified by the Board in relation to that Performance Right and exercise of the Performance Right by the Participant.

Participant rights

10.2.
A Participant who holds Performance Rights is not entitled to:
10.2.1.
notice of, or to vote or attend at, a meeting of the Shareholders; or
10.2.2.
receive any dividends declared by the Company, unless and until the Performance Rights are satisfied and the Participant holds Plan Shares.

Board may add to or vary Performance Rights

14


 

10.3.
The Board may add to or vary any Eligible Employee’s Performance Rights, in a manner that increases the overall benefit to the Eligible Employee, if the Eligible Employee is promoted, receives an increase in remuneration, or if the Eligible Employee’s professional circumstances change such that the Board considers the previous Performance Rights to be no longer appropriate.

Performance Rights subject to this Plan

10.4.
Performance Rights will be governed by this Plan until the Performance Rights:
10.4.1.
lapse; or
10.4.2.
the Performance Criteria to which the Performance Rights relate have been fully satisfied in accordance with this Plan and consequently Plan Shares have been issued on the exercise of those vested Performance Rights in accordance with clause 11.

Performance Rights not property

10.5.
A Participant’s Performance Rights are personal contractual rights granted to the Participant only and do not constitute any form of property. Performance Rights cannot be transferred to or vest in any person other than the Participant.
11.
EXERCISE OF PERFORMANCE RIGHTS

Exercise Period for Options

11.1.
The Exercise Period for Performance Rights will be as determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion.

Method of exercise

11.2.
Following the issuing of a Vesting Notification to the Participant, the Performance Rights are exercisable by the Participant within the Exercise Period specified by the Board in the Offer, subject to the Participant delivering to the registered office of the Company or such other address as determined by the Board a signed Notice of Exercise.
12.
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

Board may determine Performance Criteria

12.1.
The Board may at its sole discretion determine the Performance Criteria which will apply to any Performance Rights, Options or Shares granted under this Plan. The Performance Criteria will specify the criteria which the Eligible Employee is required to meet in the specified Performance Period in order to become entitled to receive Shares under this Plan.
12.2.
The Board will provide written notice of the Performance Criteria before the commencement of the Performance Period to which those Performance Criteria relate. However, if the Board grants Performance Rights, Options or Shares after a Performance Period has already commenced, then the Board will provide such notice no later than the time at which it grants those Performance Rights.
12.3.
The Board may vary the Performance Criteria and/or the Performance Period after the grant of those Performance Rights, Options or Shares subject to:
12.3.1.
the Company complying with any Applicable Laws.

15


 

12.3.2.
the Performance Criteria and/or the Performance Period as varied being no less favourable to the Participant than the terms upon which the Performance Rights were originally granted.
12.3.3.
the Board promptly notifying a Participant of any such variation.
12.4.
The Board will determine whether (and, where applicable, to what extent) the Participant has satisfied the Performance Criteria applicable to the Performance Period at the end of the Performance Period. As soon as practicable after making that determination the Board must inform the Participant of that determination, and of the number of Plan Shares to be provided to the Participant in respect of the Performance Rights, Options or Shares to which those Performance Criteria relate upon the exercise of the vested Performance Rights by the Participant.
12.5.
The Plan Shares provided to the Participant on the exercise of vested Performance Rights, Options or Shares may be subject to the Restrictions.
12.6.
Any Performance Rights, Options or Shares provided to a Participant in respect of a Performance Period that have not vested will immediately lapse upon expiry of the Performance Period unless the Company agrees to extend the Performance Period in writing.
13.
QUOTATION
13.1.
The Company will not seek official quotation of any Options or Performance Rights.
13.2.
Subject to clause 7.6, within 20 Business Days of receipt of the documents referred to in clause 8.2 the Company must allot and issue, or transfer, the number of Plan Shares for which the Participant is entitled to subscribe for or acquire through the exercise of the Options.
14.
LAPSE OF OPTIONS AND PERFORMANCE RIGHTS

When do Options and Performance Rights lapse?

14.1.
Subject to clause 14.2 or the Board deciding otherwise, a Participant’s Options and Performance Rights shall automatically be cancelled for no consideration on the earliest to occur of the following:
14.1.1.
the cessation of employment or office of a Participant (other than in accordance with clauses 23 and 24);
14.1.2.
where clause 25 applies;
14.1.3.
if applicable Performance Criteria and/or Vesting Conditions are not achieved by the relevant time;
14.1.4.
if the Board determines in its reasonable opinion that the applicable Performance Criteria and/or Vesting Conditions have not been met and cannot be met prior to the Expiry Date;
14.1.5.
the Expiry Date;

16


 

14.1.6.
(in the case of Performance Rights only) a determination by the Board that the Participant has not satisfied the Performance Criteria specified by the Board in respect of those Performance Rights (in which case all such Performance Rights will immediately lapse);
14.1.7.
where the Board has determined that the Participant has, by any act or omission, brought the Company into disrepute;
14.1.8.
the receipt by the Company of notice from the Participant (after a Special Circumstance has arisen with respect to the Participant) that the Participant has elected to surrender the Option or Performance Right; and `
14.1.9.
any other circumstances specified in any Offer Letter pursuant to which the Options or Performance Rights were issued.

Discretion of Board

14.2.
The Board may decide to allow a Participant to:
14.2.1.
exercise any or all of their Options, whether or not the Vesting Conditions have been satisfied, and whether or not the Options would otherwise have lapsed, provided that no Options will be capable of exercise later than the relevant Expiry Date for those Options; and
14.2.2.
retain any Performance Rights regardless of:
14.2.2.1.
the expiry of the Performance Period to which those Performance Rights relate; or
14.2.2.2.
any failure by the Participant to satisfy in part or in full the Performance Criteria specified by the Board in respect of those Performance Rights; in which case, the Board may:
14.2.2.3.
determine that any or all of those retained Performance Rights shall vest and on the exercise of these vested Performance Rights the corresponding Plan Shares shall be provided to the Eligible Employee; or
14.2.2.4.
determine a new Performance Period for those retained Performance Rights and notify the Participant of that Period as soon as practicable.

Determination whether to exercise discretion

14.3.
The Board may have regard to whatever matters it thinks reasonable when making a decision about the matters in clause 14.2 with respect to a Participant, including any of the following factors:
14.3.1.
the reason for the cessation of employment with the Company;
14.3.2.
the length of time between the date of cessation of employment and the Expiry Date;
14.3.3.
(in the case of Performance Rights only), the Participant’s reasons for any failure to satisfy any Performance Criteria;
14.3.4.
the total length of service of the person as an employee with the Company;

17


 

14.3.5.
if the cessation of employment is related to the person’s performance, then the extent to which the person has been given warning of their performance inadequacies;
14.3.6.
information provided by the person to the Board to support any claim to exercise the discretion in the person’s favour; or
14.3.7.
Applicable Law.

Effect of lapse

14.4.
All rights of a Participant under this Plan in respect of an Option or Performance Right cease upon the Option or Performance Right lapsing. No consideration or compensation will be payable to any person in relation to that lapse.
14.5.
The Company will, with respect to any Option or Performance Right that has lapsed in accordance with this clause 14:
14.5.1.
notify the Participant that the relevant Options or Performance Rights held by them have lapsed;
14.5.2.
arrange for the Participant or the Participant’s agent or attorney to sign any transfer documents as may be required to transfer or otherwise deal with the Options or Performance Rights; and
14.5.3.
not be liable for any damages, compensation or other amounts to the Participant in respect of the Options or Performance Rights.
15.
DEFERRED TAXATION
15.1.
Subdivision 83A-C of the Tax Act applies to Options or Performance Rights granted under the Plan except to the extent an Offer provides otherwise.
16.
ISSUE OF SHARES

Issue of Shares directly to Eligible Employee

16.1.
The Company will issue Shares or acquire and transfer Shares directly to the Eligible Employee where Shares are to be provided under this Plan, unless the Board determines otherwise.
16.2.
All Shares issued to a Participant will be subject to any Offer Conditions specified in the Offer and will remain Restricted Shares until all applicable Offer Conditions have been satisfied

Restrictions on Shares

16.3.
A Participant must comply with any Restrictions applicable to any Shares held by the Participant during the Restriction Period. The Company may place a holding lock or similar arrangement to give effect to the Restrictions.

Removal of Restrictions

16.4.
Subject to clause 16.5, a Participant may submit a written request to the Board at any time to remove any Restrictions applicable to Shares held by the Participant during the Restriction Period. The Board may approve such a request at its absolute discretion.

18


 

16.5.
Subject to the Company satisfying the start-up company requirements in section 83A-33 of the Tax Act a legal or a beneficial interest in a Share issued under this Plan may not be Disposed of until the earlier of:
16.5.1.
the Relevant Person in respect of those Shares ceasing to be an Eligible Employee;
16.5.2.
three (3) years after the date the Shares are issued to the Participant;
16.5.3.
a Disposal under an arrangement which meets the requirements in section 83A-130 of the Tax Act; and
16.5.4.
such time as the Commissioner of Taxation allows in accordance with section 83A-45(5) of the Tax Act.

Forfeiture of Shares

16.6.
A Participant (and any person claiming through a Participant) will forfeit any right or entitlement in any Shares under the Plan, if during the Restriction Period, that Eligible Employee has:
16.6.1.
been dismissed or removed from office for a reason which the Company is entitled to dismiss the Participant without notice or has committed any act of fraud, defalcation or gross misconduct in relation to the affairs of the Company (whether or not charged with an offence);
16.6.2.
by their act or omission, done anything which brings the Company into disrepute; or
16.6.3.
ceases to be employed by the Company and the Board directs that such Shares are to be forfeited.
16.7.
The Board must not issue and allot any Shares to a person if:
16.7.1.
the issue of the shares is prohibited under the Corporations Act without a disclosure document, product disclosure statement or similar document; or
16.7.2.
any Employee Loan included in the Offer would not be ‘exempted financial assistance’ under section 260C(4) of the Corporations Act if accepted by the Participant.
16.8.
The Company may require from the Participant a signed blank transfer in relation to those Shares or any other documentation upon the issue or transfer of Shares to a Participant. The Participant must provide such a transfer or such other documentation.
17.
EMPLOYEE LOAN
17.1.
As part of any Offer, the Board may, in its absolute discretion, offer to a Participant a limited recourse, interest free loan to be made by the Company to the Participant for an amount equal to the Issue Price for the Shares offered to the Participant pursuant to the relevant Offer (Employee Loan).
17.2.
An Employee Loan must be used for the sole purpose of paying the Company the Issue Price for Shares to be issued to the Participant on acceptance of the relevant Offer, with the amount to be advanced to the Participant under the Employee Loan applied to payment of the Issue Price for such Shares.
17.3.
In the event that the Employee Loan is repayable by the Participant to the Company, the Company’s sole recourse in the event that the Employee Loan is not repaid will be

19


 

limited to the Shares to which the Employee Loan relates and the Company may deal with those shares in accordance with clause 18.5 or 26.
18.
REPAYMENT OF EMPLOYEE LOAN
18.1.
A Participant may repay an Employee Loan in any of the following ways:
18.1.1.
by specific payments;
18.1.2.
by directing the Board to apply dividends (net of tax) from the Shares toward the repayment of the loan; or
18.1.3.
in accordance with clause 18.4 below.
18.2.
If a Participant has more than one Employee Loan and makes a specific payment without specifying to which Employee Loan the payment is directed, payments will be directed to the earliest Employee Loan.
18.3.
If a Participant ceases to be a Participant, fails to comply with any obligations under this Plan or seeks to Transfer any shares issued under this Plan other than in accordance with the terms of this Plan or the Constitution, the Board, may by written notice to the Participant, require repayment of all Employee Loans (Employee Loan Repayment Notice).
18.4.
Unless the Board, in its absolute discretion, determines otherwise, the date on which an Employee Loan must be repaid by the Participant shall be the later of the date specified by the Board in the Employee Loan Repayment Notice (if any) and:
18.4.1.
where the Company has the right to Buy-Back any Shares under this Plan, but does not exercise that right during the applicable Buy-Back Period, the date being 30 days after the expiry of the applicable Buy-Back Period; and
18.4.2.
where the Company has the right to Buy-Back any Shares under this Plan and exercises that right, the date of completion of the Buy-Back of the relevant Shares.
18.5.
If an Employee Loan is not repaid in full by the date specified by the Board for repayment, the Board may sell the relevant Shares or dispose of such number of relevant Shares for their market price as the Board determines in its absolute discretion. The Board must apply the proceeds of the sale or disposal first, towards meeting the costs of the sale or disposal, second, towards repaying the outstanding amount under the relevant Employee Loan, third, towards repaying any amount owed (on any account) to the Company by the Participant, and fourth, any amounts remaining to the Participant.
19.
RIGHTS ATTACHING TO PLAN SHARES

Shares to rank equally

19.1.
Any Plan Shares allotted, issued or transferred by the Company to a Participant under the Plan will rank equally with all existing Shares, including those Shares issued, directly, under this Plan, on and from the date of allotment, issue or transfer in respect of all rights and bonus issues, and dividends which have a record date for determining entitlements on or after the date of allotment, issue, or transfer of those Plan Shares.

20


 

20.
DISPOSAL RESTRICTIONS ON PLAN SHARES
20.1.
A Participant must comply with any Restrictions applicable to any Plan Shares held by the Participant during the Restriction Period. The Company may place a holding lock or similar arrangement to give effect to the Restrictions.

Removal of Restrictions

20.2.
Subject to clause 7.9, a Participant may submit a written request to the Board at any time to remove any Restrictions applicable to Plan Shares held by the Participant during the Restriction Period. The Board may approve such a request at its absolute discretion.
20.3.
Subject to Company satisfying the start-up company requirements in section 83A-33 of the Tax Act a legal or beneficial interest in a Plan Share issued under this Plan may not be disposed of until the earlier of:
20.3.1.
the Relevant Person in respect of those Plan Shares ceasing to be an Eligible Employee;
20.3.2.
three (3) years after the date the Plan Shares are issued to the Participant;
20.3.3.
a Disposal under an arrangement which meets the requirements in section 83A-130 of the Tax Act; and
20.3.4.
such time as the Commissioner of Taxation allows in accordance with section 83A-45(5) of the Tax Act.

Overriding restrictions on dealing with Plan Shares

20.4.
Participants must not deal with Plan Shares if to do so would contravene Applicable Laws.

Plan Shares entitlements

20.5.
A Participant’s entitlement to receive a notice of, or to vote or attend at, a meeting of the members of the Company or Shareholders, and to receive any dividends declared by the Company during the relevant Restriction Period will not be affected by the imposition of a restriction on the Plan Shares held by a Participant pursuant to clause 20.1.
21.
HOLDING PERIOD
21.1.
The Board may specify, in its absolute discretion, a specific holding period and/or Restrictions that apply to some or all of the Shares, Plan Shares, Options or Performance Rights offered to a person in any Offer (Holding Period).
22.
NOMINEE
22.1.
Unless expressly permitted in the Offer, an Eligible Employee may only submit an Application in the Eligible Employee’s name and not on behalf of any other person.
22.2.
Despite anything to the contrary in this Plan, if an Employee Loan is offered to an Eligible Employee, the Eligible Employee is not able to nominate a Related Party to hold the Shares offered to the Eligible Employee.

21


 

22.3.
If an Eligible Employee is permitted in the Offer, the Eligible Employee may nominate a Related Party to be issued the Shares, Options or Performance Rights the subject of the Offer. The nominated Related Party must execute any documents required by the Company in order to receive the grant of the Shares, Options or Performance Rights.
22.4.
The Board may, in its discretion, resolve not to allow a renunciation of an Offer in favour of a Related Party without giving any reason for that decision.
22.5.
If Shares, Options or Performance Rights are granted to a Related Party nominated by an Eligible Employee, then to the extent necessary to give effect to these Rules, the Eligible Employee will continue to be treated as the Participant.
22.6.
If a Participant ceases to Control its Related Party to whom Shares, Options, Performance Rights or Plan Shares have been granted under these Rules, then that Related Party must immediately transfer all Shares, Options, Performance Rights or Plan Shares held by it to the Participant. Each of the Participant and the Related Party will do (and hereby authorise the Company and its officers and agents to do) all things necessary, including executing all documentation necessary, to give effect to this clause.
23.
GOOD LEAVER
23.1.
Where a Participant who holds Options becomes a Good Leaver:
23.1.1.
all vested Options which have not been exercised will continue in force and remain exercisable for 90 days after the date the Participant becomes a Good Leaver, unless the Board determines otherwise in its sole and absolute discretion, after which the Options will lapse; and
23.1.2.
unless the Board determines otherwise, in its sole and absolute discretion, all unvested Options will lapse.
24.
BAD LEAVER
24.1.
Where a Participant who holds Options becomes a Bad Leaver, unless the Board determines otherwise, in its sole and absolute discretion, all vested and unvested Options will lapse.
25.
FORFEITURE

Forfeiture Conditions

25.1.
The Board may determine prior to any Offer if any Forfeiture Conditions apply in respect of Shares, Options, Performance Rights and/or Plan Shares issued under that Offer.

Where Forfeiture Occurs

25.2.
Where any Shares, Options, Performance Rights and/or Plan Shares are subject to Forfeiture Conditions and any such Forfeiture Condition(s) occur, such Shares, Options, Performance Rights and/or Plan Shares will be forfeited and the Company will:
25.2.1.
notify the Participant that the relevant Shares, Options, Performance Rights and/or Plan Shares held by them have been forfeited;
25.2.2.
arrange for the Participant’s agent or attorney to sign any transfer documents required to transfer or otherwise deal with the relevant Shares, Options, Performance Rights and/or Plan Shares; and

22


 

25.2.3.
not be liable for any damages, compensation or other amounts to the Participant in respect of the relevant Shares, Options, Performance Rights and/or Plan Shares that were subject to such forfeiture.

Fraudulent or dishonest actions

25.3.
In addition to forfeiture in accordance with the Forfeiture Conditions (if any), where, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, a Participant:
25.3.1.
acts fraudulently or dishonestly; or
25.3.2.
wilfully breaches his or her duties to the Company, then the Board may deem all Shares, Options, Performance Rights and/or Plan Shares held by the Participant will automatically be forfeited.
26.
BUY-BACK
26.1.
Subject to any provisions to the contrary in the Constitution or Applicable Law, the Company may at any time Buy-Back any Shares where:
26.1.1.
a Participant has become a Former Participant;
26.1.2.
any Performance Criteria attaching to the Shares have not, or cannot, be achieved as determined by the Board in its sole discretion; or
26.1.3.
if an Employee Loan is not repaid in full by the date specified by the Board for repayment.
26.2.
If the Company does not exercise its right to Buy-Back any Shares during the relevant Buy-Back Period, the Former Participant must repay any Employee Loan advanced to the Former Participant in respect of the purchase of such Shares in accordance with paragraph 18.4 and, subject to paragraphs 18.5 and 26.1, the Former Participant shall thereafter hold such remaining Shares in accordance with the terms of the Constitution.
26.3.
The Buy-Back of Shares under clause 26.1 may occur in one or more tranches within such time, as determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion.

Buy-Back mechanism

26.4.
Each Participant will do all acts, matters and things at any time which are necessary or desirable in the sole opinion of the Board to give effect to any Buy-Back of his or her Shares, Options, Performance Rights and/or Plan Shares.
27.
BUY-BACK PRICE FOR SHARES
27.1.
Unless determined otherwise by the Board in its absolute discretion, the price on which each Share may be Bought-Back by the Company (Buy-Back Price) shall be determined as follows:
27.1.1.
Where the Shares are Restricted Shares:
27.1.1.1.
The Buy-Back Price will be the Issue Price;
27.1.2.
Where the Shares are not Restricted Shares:
27.1.2.1.
where the Former Participant is a not a Bad Leaver, the Buy-Back Price will be the higher of the Issue Price and the Market Value of the Shares; and

23


 

27.1.2.2.
where the Former Participant is a Bad Leaver, the Buy-Back Price will be the Issue Price of the Shares.
28.
CANCELLATION

Securities may be Cancelled if Participant consents

28.1.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, if a Participant and the Board have agreed in writing that some or all of the Shares, Options, Performance Rights and/or Plan Shares granted to that Participant may be Cancelled on a specified date or on the occurrence of a particular event and any consideration related thereto, then the Board may Cancel those Shares, Options, Performance Rights and/or Plan Shares on the relevant date or on the occurrence of the particular event (as the case may be).

Cancellation of Shares, Options, Plan Shares and/or Performance Rights

28.2.
Where the Shares, Options, Performance Rights and/or Plan Shares are to be Cancelled by the Company, the Company may do such things and enter such arrangements with the Company’s share registry or otherwise as it considers necessary to enforce any Cancellation and the relevant Participant will be bound by any action by the Company under this clause 28.2.
29.
CAPITAL RECONSTRUCTIONS
29.1.
Subject to any Applicable Laws, the number of Shares, Options, Performance Rights and/or Plan Shares held by a Participant under the Plan may, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board, be determined to be such number as is appropriate and so that the Participant does not suffer any material detriment following any variation in the share capital of the Company arising from:
29.1.1.
a reduction, subdivision or consolidation of share capital;
29.1.2.
a reorganisation of share capital;
29.1.3.
a distribution of assets in specie;
29.1.4.
the payment of a dividend, otherwise than in the ordinary course, of an amount substantially in excess of the Company’s normal distribution policy; or
29.1.5.
any issue of ordinary shares or other equity securities or instruments which convert into ordinary shares by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves.
29.2.
Upon any adjustment being made pursuant to this clause, the Board will notify each Participant (or his or her legal personal representative where applicable) in writing, informing them of the number of Options and/or Plan Shares held by the relevant Participant.
30.
TAKEOVERS AND RECONSTRUCTIONS
30.1.
The Board must give a Takeover Notice to Participants if a takeover bid or other offer is made to acquire all of the issued Shares of the Company (a Takeover).

Compromise and arrangements

30.2.
The Board must give a Reconstruction Notice to Eligible Employees if, under Part 5.1 of the Corporations Act, the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement proposed for the purpose of, or in connection with, a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation

24


 

with any other company or companies which, if implemented, would result in a change in the Control of the Company (in each case, a Reconstruction).
30.3.
Participants will be entitled, upon receipt of a Takeover Notice or Reconstruction Notice:
30.3.1.
in the offer period referred to in the Takeover Notice or the notice period for the shareholders’ meeting the subject of the Reconstruction Notice, to exercise all or any of their Options for which their respective Vesting Conditions have been satisfied; and/or
30.3.2.
make a request to the Board to determine that all existing Performance Rights vest immediately and that Plan Shares in respect of all such Performance Rights be provided to the Eligible Employee, in which case:
30.3.1.1.
the Board must process such a request as soon as possible with reference to the Performance Criteria relating to those Performance Rights; and
30.3.1.2.
the Board may determine at its discretion the number (if any) of Performance Rights which shall vest in the Eligible Employee; and must provide that number of Shares to the Participant.
30.4.
The Participant shall be entitled to receive the consideration payable on acceptance of the takeover bid or offer and upon receipt of a Takeover Notice or Reconstruction Notice, all Restrictions under this Plan are deemed to have been removed.

Ability to exercise Options

30.5.
A Participant may exercise all or any of their vested Options or Performance Rights, upon receipt of a Takeover Notice or Reconstruction Notice, provided that no Option or Performance Right will be capable of exercise later than the Expiry Date. Subject to clause 14.2, a Participant may exercise 50% of their unvested Options or Performance Rights, upon receipt of a Takeover Notice or Reconstruction Notice, regardless of whether or not the Vesting Conditions or Performance Criteria have been satisfied provided that no Option or Performance Right will be capable if exercise later than the Expiry Date.

Aggregation

30.6.
For the purposes of a Takeover or Reconstruction, if a number of Options or Performance Rights are exercised simultaneously, or a number of Shares vest simultaneously, the number of Shares or fractions of Shares which are to be issued as a consequence, may be aggregated. Any fraction in that aggregate number only will be disregarded in determining the total entitlement of an Eligible Employee.

Calculations and adjustments

30.7.
For the purposes of this clause 30, the Board will make any calculations or adjustments which are required to be made, which will be final and conclusive and binding on the Participants, in the absence of manifest error.
31.
CONTRAVENTION OF APPLICABLE LAWS
31.1.
No act will be done or determination made in accordance with these Rules where to do so would be a breach of any Applicable Laws, and where any such act is done or determination made it will be considered void and to the extent possible be unwound and of no effect in respect of Shares, Options, Performance Rights and/or Plan Shares.

25


 

32.
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

Regulations

32.1.
The Board may make such regulations for the operation of the Plan as it considers necessary, provided such regulations are consistent with these Rules.

Delegation

32.2.
The Board may delegate any of its powers or discretions conferred on it by these Rules to a committee of the Board or to any one or more persons selected by it, including but not limited to the company secretary.
32.3.
Any delegation will be for such period and upon such terms and conditions as determined by the Board from time to time.

Decisions final

32.4.
Every exercise of a discretion by the Board (or its delegates) and any decision by the Board (or its delegates) regarding the interpretation, effect or application of these Rules will be final, conclusive and binding.

Attorney and agent

32.5.
Each Participant hereby authorises and appoints the company secretary holding office at the relevant time (or their delegate) as their agent or attorney with power to do all things necessary in the name of and on behalf of the Participant to give effect to these Rules, including and without limitation, signing Option, Share or Plan Share transfers, and signing all documents and doing all acts necessary to effect a Buy-Back, and accounting for the proceeds of the sale of forfeited shares, but expressly excluding the power to exercise Options granted to the Participant under the Plan.
32.6.
Each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any person acting as their agent or attorney in accordance with these Rules in respect of all costs, damages or losses of whatever nature arising from so acting, other than costs, damages or losses arising out of the agent’s or the attorney’s dishonesty, fraud or wilful breach of their duties.

Notice

32.7.
Address for service:
32.7.1.
Any notice required to be given to the Participants under the Plan will be sent to the address of the Participant as entered in the register unless delivered in person or to any email address notified by the Participant as their current email address for service. Any corporate email account issued by the Company for the exclusive use by a Participant during their tenure of employment shall be deemed to be their email address for service for the purpose of these Rules during their tenure of employment.
32.7.2.
Any notice required to be given to the Company under the Plan will be sent to the registered office of the Company or such other address as is notified to Participants from time to time.
32.8.
Delivery of notices:
32.8.1.
Any notice to be given to Participants may be delivered by hand to the Participant.

26


 

32.8.2.
Any notice to be given to the Company may be delivered by hand or by prepaid post. Notices may also be given to the Company by means of facsimile, email or other mode of electronic delivery to such address as is notified by the Company to the Participant.
32.8.3.
Notices delivered to Participants in accordance with the Constitution will be taken to be delivered in accordance with the Constitution. Notices delivered to the Company by pre-paid post will be taken to be delivered if properly addressed and stamped, 72 hours after mailing in Australia and seven days after mailing outside Australia. Notices delivered by facsimile, email or other mode of electronic delivery will be taken to be delivered on receipt of a successful transmission notice, return receipt or such other confirmation by which the sender can reasonably verify delivery.
33.
PLAN AMENDMENT

Amendment of Plan

33.1.
Subject to clause 33.2 and the Constitution, the Board may at any time amend these Rules or the terms and conditions upon which any Shares, Options or Performance Rights have been issued under the Plan.
33.2.
No amendment to these Rules or to Shares, Options or Performance Rights granted under the Plan may be made if the amendment, in the opinion of the Board, materially reduces the rights of any Participant in respect of Shares, Options or Performance Rights granted to them prior to the date of the amendment, other than:
33.2.1.
an amendment introduced primarily:
33.2.1.1.
for the purposes of complying with or conforming to present or future legislation governing or regulating the Plan or like plans;
33.2.1.2.
to correct any manifest error or mistake;
33.2.1.3.
to allow the implementation of a trust arrangement in relation to the holding of Plan Shares granted under the Plan;
33.2.1.4.
for the purpose of complying with the Applicable Laws; and/o
33.2.1.5.
to take into consideration possible adverse taxation implications in respect of the Plan including changes to applicable taxation legislation or the interpretation of that legislation by a court of competent jurisdiction or any rulings from taxation authorities administering such legislation; or
33.2.2.
to the extent that materially reduces the rights of any Participant in respect of Shares, Options or Performance Rights granted to them prior to the date of the amendment, an amendment agreed to in writing by the Participant.
33.3.
The Board may determine that any amendment to these Rules or the terms of Shares, Options or Performance Rights granted under the Plan be given retrospective effect.
33.4.
Amendment of these Rules or the terms and conditions upon which Shares, Options or Performance Rights are granted under the Plan by the Board will be of immediate effect unless otherwise determined by the Board.

27


 

33.5.
As soon as reasonably practicable after making any amendment to these Rules or the terms and conditions of Shares, Options or Performance Rights granted under the Plan, the Board will give notice of the amendment to any Participant affected by the amendment. Failure by the Board to notify a Participant of any amendment will not invalidate the amendment as it applies to that Participant.

Amendment by addendum

33.6.
Subject to any other provision of these Rules, the Board may from time to time amend the terms of this Plan as they will apply in particular jurisdictions or circumstances by means of an addendum to these Rules.
34.
TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION

Termination or suspension

34.1.
Subject to clause 34.2, the Board may at any time terminate the Plan or suspend the operation of the Plan for such period or periods as it thinks fit.

Resolution to terminate, suspend, supplement or amend

34.2.
In passing a resolution to terminate or suspend the operation of the Plan, the Board must consider and endeavour to ensure that there is fair and equitable treatment of all Participants.
35.
NO EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT
35.1.
Nothing in these Rules or the terms of any Shares, Options or Performance Rights:
35.1.1.
confers upon an Eligible Employee a right to a grant or offer of a grant of Shares, Options or Performance Rights;
35.1.2.
confers on an Eligible Employee or a Participant the right to continue as an employee or officer of the Company (as the case may be);
35.1.3.
affects the rights of the Company to terminate the employment or office of an Eligible Employee or a Participant (as the case may be);
35.1.4.
affects the rights and obligations of any Eligible Employee or Participant under the terms of their office or employment with the Company;
35.1.5.
confers any legal or equitable right on an Eligible Employee or a Participant whatsoever to take action against the Company in respect of their office or employment; or
35.1.6.
confers on an Eligible Employee or a Participant any rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of their employment or office by the Company for any reason whatsoever including ceasing to have rights under the Plan as a result of such termination.
36.
ASIC RELIEF
36.1.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, every covenant or other provisions set out in an exemption or modification granted from time to time by ASIC in respect of the Plan or which applies to the Plan pursuant to its power to exempt and modify the Corporations Act and required to be included in the Plan in order for that exemption or modification to have full effect, is deemed to be contained in the Plan. To the extent that any covenant or other provision

28


 

deemed by this clause 36 to be contained in the Plan is inconsistent with any other provision in the Plan, the deemed covenant or other provision will prevail.
37.
NON-EXCLUSIVITY

Non-exclusivity

37.1.
This Plan will not be deemed to be the exclusive method of providing incentive compensation to Eligible Employees, nor will it preclude the Company from authorising or approving other forms of incentive compensation for employees of the Company.

Relationship to other equity plans

37.2.
Participation in this Plan will not affect or be affected by any participation in any other employee equity plan operated by the Company, except as specifically provided in the terms of that other plan.
38.
GENERAL

No fiduciary capacity

38.1.
The Board may exercise any power or discretion conferred on it by these Rules in the interest or for the benefit of the Company, and in so doing the Board is not required to act in the interests of another person or as requested by another person and will not be under any fiduciary obligation to another person.

Listing Rules

38.2.
On the Company being admitted to the official list of the Australian Securities Exchange, the provisions of the ASX Listing Rules will apply to the Plan, and to the extent that the Plan and the ASX Listing Rules are inconsistent, the provisions of the ASX Listing Rules will apply.

Enforcement

38.3.
These Rules, any determination of the Board made pursuant to the Rules, and the terms of any Shares, Options or Performance Rights granted under the Plan, will be deemed to form a contract between the Company and the Participant.

Governing law

38.4.
This Plan and any Shares, Options or Performance Rights granted under it will be governed by, and must be construed according to, the laws of the Victoria and the Commonwealth of Australia.

29


 

SCHEDULE 1: PRO-FORMA OFFER LETTER OPTIONS

[ON COMPANY LETTERHEAD]

[insert participant name]

[address]

[date]

Dear [participant]

OFFER TO PARTICIPATE IN THE AMAERO INTERNATIONAL EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE PLAN

As you are aware, Amaero International Ltd (ACN 633 541 634) (Amaero International) has recently established an Employee Incentive Plan dated 31 July 2017 (“Plan”).

As a key member of the Amaero International team, the Board of Amaero International is delighted to offer you the opportunity to participate in the Plan on the terms set out in this letter (“Offer”) and in accordance with the rules of the Plan as enclosed (“Rules”).

To incentivise people important to the development prospects of Amaero International and to ensure the interests and motivations of such key persons are aligned with the interests and motivations of shareholders of Amaero International, the directors of Amaero International have elected to offer equity to some key individuals.

The offer means such key persons will have an opportunity to be personally rewarded for developing the business of Amaero International.

The Grant Date of the Employee Incentive Plan is the date on which Amaero International receives and accepts the Application Form from you.

Enclosed is a copy of the Rules. Capitalised terms which are defined in the Rules have the same meaning in this Offer Letter.

KEY TERMS OF THE OFFER

Amaero International is offering you the opportunity to acquire the following Plan Securities:

 

TYPE OF PLAN SECURITY

NUMBER OFFERED

Options to subscribe for fully paid ordinary shares in Amaero International (Options)

[insert number of options]

 

The Options will only be issued to you if you continue to be employed or engaged by Amaero International or one of its subsidiaries at the Grant Date.

Conditions

The Options to be issued shall be subject to the following conditions

30


 

CONDITION TYPE

CONDITION DESCRIPTION

Performance Criteria – Performance based conditions

[insert Performance Criteria]

Vesting Condition – Time based conditions

for the first [25]% of Options, the [12-month] anniversary of the Grant Date (i.e. one year after the Options are issued to you); and

in respect of the remaining [75]% of the Options, [1/12th each quarter] commencing from the [12-month] anniversary of the Grant Date.

Grant Price

The Grant Price of the Options is nil.

Exercise Price

The Exercise Price of the Options is $[insert exercise price] per Option.

[Note: the exercise price must be at least the current share price to obtain start-up tax treatment]

Conversion Rate

Upon exercise each Option will convert to one Ordinary Share in Amaero International.

Exercise Period

Your vested Options will be exercisable at any time before the Expiry Date.

Expiry Date

The Expiry Date of the Options is 15 years from the Grant Date

Minimum Holding Period

The Options, or Plan Shares acquired upon exercise of the Options, are not able to be transferred or otherwise Disposed of by you until the earlier of:

•
you ceasing to be employed or engaged by Amaero International; or
•
3 years from the Grant Date unless an earlier time is allowed by the Commissioner of Taxation in connection with a Liquidity Event.

[None: this Minimum Holding Period condition is only required in an Offer of Options which are eligible to obtain start-up tax treatment]

Nominee

You may nominate a Related Party to receive the Options in accordance with clause 22 of the Plan. In order to do so, you will need to include the nominee’s details in the attached Acceptance Form. The Board may, in its discretion, resolve not to allow a renunciation of an Offer in favour of a Related Party without giving any reason for that decision.

31


 

Other terms applicable to the Offer

The following are other key terms applicable to the Options offered to you:

 

•
the Options may not be Transferred by you except as provided for under the Rules;
•
you must not create any security interest or encumbrance in respect of the Options offered without the prior written consent of the Board of Amaero International;
•
the Options are issued subject to the Rules and the constitution of Amaero International;
•
Subdivision 83A-C of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997¸ which enables tax deferral on Options and Performance Rights, will apply (subject to the conditions in that Act) to Options granted to you (your Related Party) under this Offer; and
•
It is a condition of exercising your Options that you agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan Rules.

Financial and taxation consequences

This Offer does not purport to provide all of the information you may require in order to evaluate an investment in the Company. The Company in making the Offer is not giving you any financial, legal, tax or investment advice. You should make your own enquiries and evaluations as you deem necessary of the Offer (including your investment objectives, financial situation, and particular needs), and you should seek all necessary financial, legal, tax and investment advice.

In the event the Company does provide you with any advice in relation to Plan Shares, such advice does not take into account your objectives, financial situation and needs.

Risk

As with any investment in securities there can be no guarantee that the market value of the Company’s shares will not fall in the future. There is also no assurance as to future dividends or distributions since these are dependent on earnings and the financial condition of the Company.

Market Price of Shares

Before deciding whether to accept the Offer, you should refer to the current market price of the Company’s shares, which can be obtained from the financial pages of some daily newspapers, your stockbroker, your financial adviser, or the ASX. The Company will also provide you upon request, within a reasonable time, either verbally or in writing, details of the current market price (in Australian dollars) of the Company’s shares.

Please note that the market price of the Company’s shares may rise or fall between the date of this Offer and the date when the Shares are issued to you upon exercise of the Options.

Next steps

If you wish to accept the Offer and apply for Options, you must:

•
complete, sign and date the enclosed Acceptance Form; and
•
return the completed Acceptance Form to Amaero International at Level 6, 2 Russel Street, Melbourne, Victoria, 3000, Australia.

By delivering the attached application form to Amaero International, you agree to be bound by the Rules and the terms of this Offer as a Participant in the Plan, as well as giving the acknowledgments contained in the Acceptance Form.

32


 

Upon receipt of the Acceptance Form, provided you remain employed or engaged by Amaero International at that time, Amaero International will take steps to issue the Options to you and to provide you with an Options Certificate confirming the issue.

This Offer must be accepted before 5pm on the date [14] days after the date of this letter and will expire after that time

This Offer cannot be accepted until after 14 days from receiving this Offer and must be accepted before 5 pm on the date 28 days after the date of this letter and will expire after that time.

Please get in contact with me if you need more time to consider the Offer for any reason and we can discuss.

Once again, you are a very important member of the Amaero International team and we look forward to your participation in the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yours sincerely

[Director of the Company]

Encl: Acceptance form
Plan Rules

33


 

AMAERO INTERNATIONAL EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE PLAN OPTIONS

APPLICATION FORM

INSTRUCTIONS:

When completing this form, please strike out language below that is not applicable

Please provide the original application form to Amaero International at Level 6, 2 Russel Street, Melbourne, Victoria, 3000, Australia.

PERSONAL DETAILS

Name: ……………………………………………………………………….

Address: ……………………………………………………………………..

I accept the offer of Options offered to me pursuant to a Letter of Offer dated (“Offer Letter”) under the Amaero International Employee Incentive Plan (“Plan”) in full/in respect of ……………… Options.

USE OF NOMINEE

 

☐

I do not wish to nominate another person to accept my Options and apply for them personally in my own name.

 

 

☐

I wish to nominate to accept my Options and attach evidence showing that they are a Related Party.

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

By accepting the Offer and delivering this form to Amaero International, I agree and acknowledge:

1. the Options are issued pursuant to the Plan and the Rules and I agree to be bound by the Rules and the terms of the Offer as a Participant in the Plan;

2. participation in the Plan does not create a right to employment or interfere with the ability to terminate my employment or service relationship (if any), subject to applicable law;

3. the future value of the Options and any Shares is uncertain and the value may increase or decrease in value from time to time;

4. any rights acquired under the Plan are an extraordinary item of compensation, which is outside the scope of my employment agreement, if any, and are not part of ordinary compensation or salary for any purpose;

5. no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of Options under the Plan resulting from my service to Amaero International coming to an end for any reason;

6. the ultimate liability for all taxes payable in respect of my participation in the Plan and the acquisition and Disposal of Options and Shares is and remains my responsibility;

7. Amaero International may be required by law to provide information about me to Tax authorities and I will allow Amaero International to provide such information; and

8. the Offer Letter provided to me is not financial product advice and I have been advised to

34


 

consult an independent investment or taxation advisor prior to accepting Options if I have any concerns.

 

THIS APPLICATION IS HEREBY EXECUTED BY

 

:

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If a related Party is nominated, please also complete the required details below and have the related party execute:

(if related party is a trust for which you are the trustee in your personal capacity)

 

THIS APPLICATION IS HEREBY EXECUTED BY

 

 

as

trustee for the

 

Trust:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35


 

(if related party is a company you control which is the trustee of a trust)

 

Executed by

 

ACN

 

as trustee of the
Trust

 

acting by the following persons or, if the seal is affixed, witnessed by the following persons in accordance with s127 of the Corporations Act 2001:

 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Signature of director

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Signature of director/company secretary

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Name of director (print)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Name of director/company secretary (print)

 

(if related party is a company you control, not in the capacity of trustee)

 

Executed by

 

ACN

 

acting by the following persons or, if the seal is affixed, witnessed by the following persons in accordance with s127 of the Corporations Act 2001:

 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Signature of director

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Signature of director/company secretary

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Name of director (print)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Name of director/company secretary (print)

 

36


 

SCHEDULE 2: PRO-FORMA OFFER LETTER - PERFORMANCE RIGHTS

[ON COMPANY LETTERHEAD]

[insert participant name]

[address]

[date]

Dear [participant]

OFFER TO PARTICIPATE IN THE AMAERO INTERNATIONAL EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE PLAN

As you are aware, Amaero International Ltd (ACN 633 541 634) (Amaero International) has recently established an Employee Incentive Plan dated 31 July 2017 (“Plan”).

As a key member of the Amaero International team, the Board of Amaero International is delighted to offer you the opportunity to participate in the Plan on the terms set out in this letter (“Offer”) and in accordance with the rules of the Plan as enclosed (“Rules”).

To incentivise people important to the development prospects of Amaero International and to ensure the interests and motivations of such key persons are aligned with the interests and motivations of shareholders of Amaero International, the directors of Amaero International have elected to offer equity to some key individuals.

The offer means such key persons will have an opportunity to be personally rewarded for developing the business of Amaero International.

The Grant Date of the Employee Incentive Plan is the date on which Amaero International receives and accepts the Application Form from you.

Enclosed is a copy of the Rules. Capitalised terms which are defined in the Rules have the same meaning in this Offer Letter.

KEY TERMS OF THE OFFER

Amaero International is offering you the opportunity to acquire the following Plan Securities:

 

TYPE OF PLAN SECURITY

NUMBER OFFERED

A right to be issued shares in Amaero International, credited as fully paid, at no cost, subject to the satisfaction of any Performance Criteria (Performance Right)

[insert number of Performance Rights]

The Performance Right will only be issued to you if you continue to be employed or engaged by Amaero International or one of its subsidiaries at the Grant Date.

37


 

Performance Criteria

The following Performance Criteria must be met by you in order to become eligible to receive shares under this Plan.

CONDITION TYPE

CONDITION DESCRIPTION

Performance Criteria – Performance based conditions

[insert Performance Criteria]

Vesting Condition – Time based conditions

[insert Vesting Condition]

Grant Price

The Grant Price of the Performance Rights is nil.

Exercise Price

The Exercise Price of the Performance Rights is nil.

Conversion Rate

Upon exercise each vested Performance Right will convert to one Ordinary Share in Amaero International.

Expiry Date

The Expiry Date of the Performance Right is [15 years] from the Grant Date.

Nominee

You may nominate a Related Party to receive the Performance Rights in accordance with clause 22 of the Plan. In order to do so you will need to include the nominee’s details in the attached Acceptance Form. The Board may, in its discretion, resolve not to allow a renunciation of an Offer in favour of a Related Party without giving any reason for that decision.

Other terms applicable to the Offer

The following are other key terms applicable to the Performance Rights offered to you:

•
the Performance Rights may not be Transferred by you except as provided for under the Rules;
•
you must not create any security interest or encumbrance in respect of the Performance Rights offered without the prior written consent of the Board of Amaero International;
•
the Performance Rights are issued subject to the Rules and the constitution of Amaero International;
•
Subdivision 83A-C of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997¸ which enables tax deferral on Options and Performance Rights, will apply (subject to the conditions in that Act) to Performance Rights granted to you (your Related Party) under this Offer; and
•
It is a condition of exercising your Performance Rights that you agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan Rules.

38


 

Financial and taxation consequences

This Offer does not purport to provide all of the information you may require in order to evaluate an investment in the Company. The Company in making the Offer is not giving you any financial, legal, tax or investment advice. You should make your own enquiries and evaluations as you deem necessary of the Offer (including your investment objectives, financial situation, and particular needs), and you should seek all necessary financial, legal, tax and investment advice.

In the event the Company does provide you with any advice in relation to Plan Shares, such advice does not take into account your objectives, financial situation and needs.

Risk

As with any investment in securities there can be no guarantee that the market value of the Company’s shares will not fall in the future. There is also no assurance as to future dividends or distributions since these are dependent on earnings and the financial condition of the Company.

Market Price of Shares

Before deciding whether to accept the Offer, you should refer to the current market price of the Company’s shares, which can be obtained from the financial pages of some daily newspapers, your stockbroker, your financial adviser, or the ASX. The Company will also provide you upon request, within a reasonable time, either verbally or in writing, details of the current market price (in Australian dollars) of the Company’s shares.

Please note that the market price of the Company’s shares may rise or fall between the date of this Offer and the date when the Shares are issued to you upon exercise of the Options.

Next steps

If you wish to accept the Offer and apply for Performance Rights, you must:

•
complete, sign and date the enclosed Acceptance Form; and
•
return the completed Acceptance Form to Amaero International at Level 6, 2 Russel Street, Melbourne, Victoria, 3000, Australia.

By delivering the attached application form to Amaero International, you agree to be bound by the Rules and the terms of this Offer as a Participant in the Plan, as well as giving the acknowledgments contained in the Acceptance Form.

Upon receipt of the Acceptance Form, provided you remain employed or engaged by Amaero International at that time, Amaero International will take steps to issue the Performance Rights to you and to provide you with a Certificate confirming the issue.

This Offer must be accepted before 5pm on the date [14] days after the date of this letter and will expire after that time

This Offer cannot be accepted until after 14 days from receiving this Offer and must be accepted before 5 pm on the date 28 days after the date of this letter and will expire after that time.

Please get in contact with me if you need more time to consider the Offer for any reason and we can discuss.

39


 

Once again, you are a very important member of the Amaero International team and we look forward to your participation in the Plan.

 

 

 

 

Yours sincerely

[Director of the Company]

Encl: Acceptance form
Plan Rules

40


 

PRO-FORMA ACCEPTANCE FORM - PERFORMANCE RIGHTS

AMAERO INTERNATIONAL EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE PLAN
APPLICATION FORM

INSTRUCTIONS:

When completing this form, please strike out language below that is not applicable

Please provide the original application form to Amaero International at Level 6, 2 Russel Street, Melbourne, Victoria, 3000, Australia.

PERSONAL DETAILS

Name: ……………………………………………………………………….

Address: ……………………………………………………………………..

I accept the offer of Performance Rights offered to me pursuant to a Letter of Offer dated (Offer Letter) under the Amaero International Employee Incentive Plan (“Plan”) in full/in respect of ……………. Performance Rights.

USE OF NOMINEE

 

☐

 I do not wish to nominate another person to accept my Performance Rights and apply for them personally in my own name.

 

 

☐

I wish to nominate to accept my Performance Rights and attach evidence showing that they are a Related Party.

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

By accepting the Offer and delivering this form to Amaero International, I agree and acknowledge:

1. the Performance Rights are issued pursuant to the Plan and the Rules and I agree to be bound by the Rules and the terms of the Offer as a Participant in the Plan;

2. participation in the Plan does not create a right to employment or interfere with the ability to terminate my employment or service relationship (if any), subject to applicable law;

3. the future value of the Performance Rights and any Shares is uncertain and the value may increase or decrease in value from time to time;

4. any rights acquired under the Plan are an extraordinary item of compensation, which is outside the scope of my employment agreement, if any, and are not part of ordinary compensation or salary for any purpose;

5. no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of Performance Rights under the Plan resulting from my service to Amaero International coming to an end for any reason;

6. the ultimate liability for all taxes payable in respect of my participation in the Plan and the acquisition and Disposal of Performance Rights and Shares is and remains my responsibility;

7. Amaero International may be required by law to provide information about me to Tax authorities and I will allow Amaero International to provide such information; and

41


 

8. the Offer Letter provided to me is not financial product advice and I have been advised to consult an independent investment or taxation advisor prior to accepting Performance Rights if I have any concerns.

 

THIS APPLICATION IS HEREBY EXECUTED BY

 

:

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If a related Party is nominated, please also complete the required details below and have the related party execute:

(if related party is a trust for which you are the trustee in your personal capacity)

 

THIS APPLICATION IS HEREBY EXECUTED BY

 

 

as

trustee for the

 

Trust:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42


 

(if related party is a company you control which is the trustee of a trust)

 

Executed by

 

ACN

 

as trustee of the
Trust

 

acting by the following persons or, if the seal is affixed, witnessed by the following persons in accordance with s127 of the Corporations Act 2001:

 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Signature of director

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Signature of director/company secretary

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Name of director (print)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Name of director/company secretary (print)

 

(if related party is a company you control, not in the capacity of trustee)

 

Executed by

 

ACN

 

acting by the following persons or, if the seal is affixed, witnessed by the following persons in accordance with s127 of the Corporations Act 2001:

 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Signature of director

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Signature of director/company secretary

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Name of director (print)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Name of director/company secretary (print)

 

43


 

SCHEDULE 3: PRO-FORMA OFFER LETTER - SHARES

[ON COMPANY LETTERHEAD]

[insert participant name]

[address]

[date]

Dear [participant]

OFFER TO PARTICIPATE IN THE AMAERO INTERNATIONAL EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE PLAN

As you are aware, Amaero International Ltd (ACN 633 541 634) (Amaero International) has established an Employee Incentive Plan dated 31 July 2017 (“Plan”).

As a key member of the Amaero International team, the Board of Amaero International is delighted to offer you the opportunity to participate in the Plan on the terms set out in this letter (“Offer”) and in accordance with the rules of the Plan as enclosed (“Rules”).

To incentivise people important to the development prospects of Amaero International and to ensure the interests and motivations of such key persons are aligned with the interests and motivations of shareholders of Amaero International, the directors of Amaero International have elected to offer equity to some key individuals.

The Offer means such key persons will have an opportunity to be personally rewarded for developing the business of Amaero International.

The Issue Date is the date on which Amaero International receives and accepts the Application Form and signed Employee Loan Agreement from you (if applicable).

Enclosed is a copy of the Rules. Capitalised terms which are defined in the Rules have the same meaning in this Offer Letter.

KEY TERMS OF THE OFFER

Amaero International is offering you the opportunity to acquire the following Plan Securities:

 

TYPE OF PLAN SECURITY

NUMBER OFFERED

Fully paid ordinary shares in Amaero International (“Shares”)

[insert number of shares]

 

The Shares will only be issued to you if you continue to be employed or engaged by Amaero International or one of its subsidiaries at the Grant Date.

44


 

Offer Conditions and Restrictions

The below Restrictions apply to the Shares until the following Offer Conditions are satisfied:

 

Restrictions

[insert Restrictions]

 

Offer Conditions

[insert Offer Conditions]

 

Restriction Period

The Restriction Period for the Shares is from the Issue Date until the Offer Conditions are satisfied in respect of the relevant Shares.

Minimum Holding Period

The Shares are not able to be transferred or otherwise Disposed of by you until the earlier of:

•
you ceasing to be employed or engaged by Amaero International; or
•
3 years from the Issue Date unless an earlier time is allowed by the Commissioner of Taxation in connection with a Liquidity Event.

[Note: this Minimum Holding Period condition is only required in an Offer of Shares which are eligible to obtain start-up tax treatment]

Nominee

You may nominate a Related Party to receive the Shares in accordance with clause 22 of the Plan. In order to do so, you will need to include the nominee’s details in the attached Acceptance Form.

Issue Price

The Issue Price of the Shares is [$ insert issue price] per share.

[Note: Issue Price must at least 85% of the market value of the shares at the Issue Sate to obtain start-up tax treatment]

Employee loan

Amaero International is willing to provide a limited recourse, interest free loan to you for an amount equal to the Issue Price for the Shares you have been offered (“Employee Loan”) and the Employee Loan must be used for the sole purpose of paying Amaero International the Issue Price for Shares to be issued to you on acceptance of the relevant Offer. The full terms of the Employee Loan are set out in the Employee Loan Agreement provided to you with this Offer Letter.

Buy-Back of Shares

Amaero International may, in its absolute discretion, buy-back all or any of the Shares held by you based on the Buy-Back mechanism and Buy-Back Price set out in the Rules.

45


 

Other terms applicable to the Offer

The following are other key terms applicable to the Shares offered to you:

•
the Shares may not be Transferred by a Participant, while they are Restricted Shares;
•
you must not create any security interest or encumbrance in respect of the Shares offered without the prior written consent of the Board of Directors of Amaero International;
•
the Shares are issued subject to the Rules and the constitution of the Company

Financial and taxation consequences

This Offer does not purport to provide all of the information you may require in order to evaluate an investment in the Company. The Company in making the Offer is not giving you any financial, legal, tax or investment advice. You should make your own enquiries and evaluations as you deem necessary of the Offer (including your investment objectives, financial situation, and particular needs), and you should seek all necessary financial, legal, tax and investment advice.

In the event the Company does provide you with any advice in relation to Plan Shares, such advice does not take into account your objectives, financial situation and needs.

Risk

As with any investment in securities there can be no guarantee that the market value of the Company’s shares will not fall in the future. There is also no assurance as to future dividends or distributions since these are dependent on earnings and the financial condition of the Company.

Market Price of Shares

Before deciding whether to accept the Offer, you should refer to the current market price of the Company’s shares, which can be obtained from the financial pages of some daily newspapers, your stockbroker, your financial adviser, or the ASX. The Company will also provide you upon request, within a reasonable time, either verbally or in writing, details of the current market price (in Australian dollars) of the Company’s shares.

Please note that the market price of the Company’s shares may rise or fall between the date of this Offer and the date when the Shares are issued to you upon exercise of the Options.

Next steps

If you wish to accept the Offer and apply for Shares, you must:

•
complete, sign and date the enclosed Acceptance Form;
•
complete, sign and date the enclosed Employee Loan Agreement; and
•
return the completed Acceptance Form to Amaero International at Level 6, 2 Russel Street, Melbourne, Victoria, 3000, Australia.

By delivering the attached application form to Amaero International, you agree to be bound by the Rules and the terms of this Offer as a Participant in the Plan, as well as giving the acknowledgments contained in the Acceptance Form.

Upon receipt of the Acceptance Form, provided you remain employed or engaged by Amaero

46


 

International at that time, Amaero International will take steps to issue the Shares to you and to provide you with a Share Certificate confirming the issue.

This Offer cannot be accepted until after 14 days from receiving this Offer and must be accepted before 5 pm on the date 28 days after the date of this letter and will expire after that time.

Please get in contact with me though if you need more time to consider the Offer for any reason and we can discuss.

Once again, you are a very important member of the Amaero International team and we look forward to your participation in the Plan.

Yours sincerely

 

 

 

 

[Director of the Company]

Encl:

Acceptance form

Plan Rules

Employee Loan Agreement

47


 

PRO-FORMA ACCEPTANCE FORM - SHARES

AMAERO INTERNATIONAL EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE PLAN
APPLICATION FORM

INSTRUCTIONS:

When completing this form, please strike out language below that is not applicable

Please provide the original application form to Amaero International at Level 6, 2 Russel Street, Melbourne, Victoria, 3000, Australia.

PERSONAL DETAILS

Name: ……………………………………………………………………….

Address: ……………………………………………………………………..

I accept the offer of Shares offered to me pursuant to a Letter of Offer dated (Offer Letter) under the Amaero International Employee Incentive Plan (“Plan”) in full/in respect of ________ Shares.

USE OF NOMINEE

 

☐

I do not wish to nominate another person to accept my Shares and apply for them personally in my own name.

 

 

☐

I wish to nominate to accept my Shares and attach evidence showing that they are a Related Party.

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

By accepting the Offer and delivering this form to Amaero International, I agree and acknowledge:

1. the Shares are issued pursuant to the Plan and the Rules and I agree to be bound by the Rules and the terms of the Offer as a Participant in the Plan;

2. participation in the Plan does not create a right to employment or interfere with the ability to terminate my employment or service relationship (if any), subject to applicable law;

3. the future value of the Shares is uncertain and the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value from time to time;

4. any rights acquired under the Plan are an extraordinary item of compensation, which is outside the scope of my employment agreement, if any, and are not part of ordinary compensation or salary for any purpose;

5. no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of Shares under the Plan resulting from my service to Amaero International coming to an end for any reason;

6. the ultimate liability for all taxes payable in respect of my participation in the Plan and the acquisition and Disposal of Shares is and remains my responsibility;

7. Amaero International may be required by law to provide information about me to Tax authorities and I will allow Amaero International to provide such information; and

48


 

8. the Offer Letter provided to me is not financial product advice and I have been advised to consult an independent investment or taxation advisor prior to accepting shares if I have any concerns.

 

THIS APPLICATION IS HEREBY EXECUTED BY

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49


 

SCHEDULE 4: PRO-FORMA EMPLOYEE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

DATED

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE PLAN EMPLOYEE
LOAN AGREEMENT

between

 

Amaero International Ltd
(ACN 633 541 634)

and

[insert employee name]

 


 

CONTENTS

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1

 

 

 

2.

LOAN

2

 

 

 

3.

SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES

3

 

 

 

4.

CEASING TO BE A PARTICIPANT

4

 

 

 

5.

MISCELLANEOUS

5

 

 

 

6.

INTERPRETATION

6

 

 

 

 

Name of Participant

7

 

 

 

 

Address of Participant

7

 

 

 

 

Loan Amount

7

 

 

 

 

Maturity Date

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on BETWEEN:

(1)
Amaero International Ltd (ACN 633 541 634) of Level 6, 2 Russel Street, Melbourne, Victoria, 3000, Australia (Company)
(2)
[INSERT EMPLOYEE NAME] of [insert address] (Participant)

BACKGROUND:

A.
The Participant is an Employee of the Company;
B.
The Company is desirous of providing a long term incentive with respect to the Participant’s employment and aligning his/her outcomes with those of the shareholders of the Company through an Employee Incentive Plan (Plan);
C.
The Company has agreed to loan funds to the Participant. These funds will be used by the Participant to acquire Shares in the Company;
D.
The Participant agrees to borrow such funds on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

IT IS AGREED:

1.
DEFINITIONS and interpretation

Definitions

1.1.
In this Agreement the following definitions apply:

Board means the board of directors of the Company

Buy-Back-Period has the meaning given to that term in the Plan;

Dividend means the amount of dividend declared by the Company in respect of Shares from time to time;

Employee means employees of the Company and directors of the Company or other consultants to the Company;

Employee Loan Repayment Notice has the meaning given to that term in paragraph 4.1;

Loan means the Loan Amount less any repayments made from time to time;

Loan Amount means the amount as set out in the Schedule;

Maturity Date means the maturity date of the Loan as set out in the Schedule;

Offer means a written offer to an Employee of the Company to participate in the Plan;

Offer Conditions has the meaning given to that term in the Plan;

Plan means the Amaero International Employee Incentive Plan adopted by the Board on 31 July 2017;

1


 

Repayable Portion means the amount of the Loan repayable by the Participant at the Maturity Date, being the lower of:

(a) the then outstanding Loan Amount after any reductions pursuant to clause 2.5; and

(b) the market value, as determined in accordance with the Plan, of the ordinary shares in the Company as at 5.00 pm on the business day immediately prior to the Maturity Date;

Restricted Shares means Shares under the Plan to which Offer Conditions still apply;

Shares means fully paid ordinary shares in the Company;

Special Circumstances means any of the following:

(a) the death of the Participant; or

(b) the total and permanent disablement of the Participant such that the Participant is unlikely ever to engage in any occupation for which the Participant is reasonably qualified by education, training or experience;

2.
LOAN
2.1.
The Company shall lend to the Participant the Loan Amount and Participant shall borrow the Loan Amount on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.
2.2.
The Loan Amount will only be made on the time of issue of the Shares and applied in payment of the issue price for the Shares.

Purpose of Loan & acknowledgement

2.3.
The Participant acknowledges that the sole purpose of the Loan is for the acquisition of Shares in the Company under the Plan and the entire Loan Amount is to be applied for such a purpose.

No interest or charges

2.4.
No interest fees or other charges shall be payable by the Participant on the Loan Amount or on any amount outstanding under the Loan.

Repayment of Loan

2.5.
Subject to this clause 2 and the Plan, the Participant shall repay the Loan in accordance with clauses 2.5 and 4.2.2 of this Agreement, or as required by the Plan and the Offer.

Repayment at Participant’s option

2.6.
Without limiting any other provision of this Agreement but subject to the rules of the Plan and the offer to the Participant, the Participant may, at any time, make specific payments to repay part or all of the amount of the Loan.

2


 

Repayment on Maturity Date

2.7.
The Participant agrees that on the Maturity Date, the Participant must pay the Company the Repayable Portion of the Loan.
2.8.
If an Employee Loan is not repaid in full by the Maturity Date, the Board may buy back or sell the Shares or dispose of such Shares for their market price in its absolute discretion. The Board must apply the proceeds of the sale or disposal first, towards meeting the costs of the sale or disposal, second, towards repaying the Repayable Portion, and third, towards repaying any amount owed (on any account) to the Company by the Participant. Any balance remaining will be paid to the Participant.

Limited recourse

2.9.
Notwithstanding any other clause in this Agreement the Participant shall have no obligation to pay any more than the Repayable Portion of the Loan at the Maturity Date, nor shall the Company have any recourse beyond the Participant’s Shares under the Plan.
3.
SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES
3.1.
If a Special Circumstances event occurs, the Board may, in its absolute discretion:
3.1.1.
permit the sale or transfer of any Shares acquired under the Plan on such terms as the Board shall determine (including permitting the sale of Shares which are subject to restrictions on their sale under the Plan), and require the consideration received on the sale of the Shares to be applied to the benefit of the Company until such time as the Loan outstanding on those Shares is repaid); and/or
3.1.2.
waive part or all of the existing Loan attributable to any Shares acquired under the Plan.
4.
CEASING TO BE A PARTICIPANT
4.1.
If a Participant ceases to be a Participant, fails to comply with any obligations under this Plan or seeks to Transfer any shares issued under this Plan not in accordance with the terms of this Plan or the Constitution, the Board, may by written notice to the Participant, require repayment of all Loans (Employee Loan Repayment Notice).
4.2.
The date on which a Loan must be repaid shall be the later of the date specified by the Board in the Employee Loan Repayment Notice (if any) and:
4.2.1.
where the Company has the right to buy-back any Shares under this Plan, but does not exercise that right during the applicable Buy-Back Period, the date being 30 days after the expiry of the applicable Buy-Back Period;
4.2.2.
where the Company has the right to buy-back any Shares under this Plan and exercises that right, the date of completion of the buy-back of the relevant shares; and
4.2.3.
where there is any other disposal of the Shares by the Participant – the date of disposal.

3


 

5.
MISCELLANEOUS

Power of attorney

5.1.
The Participant agrees to the appointment of the Company and its respective directors as the several attorneys of the Participant with the power to sign all documents and do all other things in the name of the Participant which are reasonably necessary to effect the buyback or sale of the Shares as described in this Agreement.

Compliance with laws

5.1.
If the Plan is inconsistent with any Applicable Laws (or any other rules that apply to the Company), all Applicable Laws (or any other rules that apply to the Company) shall prevail.

Severability

5.2.
If a section or part of a section can be read in a way that makes it illegal, unenforceable or invalid, but can also be read in a way that makes it legal, enforceable and valid, it must be read in the latter way. If any clause or part of a section is illegal, unenforceable or invalid, that section or part is to be treated as removed from this document, but the rest of this document is not affected.

Governing law and jurisdiction

5.4.
This document is governed by the law of Victoria. The Company and the Participants submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of its courts.

Tax

5.5.
The Participant will be responsible for all tax consequences “(including any fringe benefits tax payable by the Company in relation to the Loan or any waiver of all or part of the Loan) arising in relation to the Loan and the Plan.
6.
INTERPRETATION
6.1.
In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:
6.1.1.
Headings are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
6.1.2.
A reference in this Agreement to a business day means a day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which banks are open for business generally in Melbourne, Victoria.
6.1.3.
If the day on which any act, matter or thing is to be done under this Agreement is not a business day, the act, matter or thing must be done on the next business day.
6.1.4.
A reference in this Agreement to ‘dollars’ or ‘$’ means Australian dollars and all amounts payable under this Agreement are payable in Australian dollars.
6.1.5.
A reference in this Agreement to any law, legislation or legislative provision includes any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment, and any subordinate legislation or regulations issued under that legislation or legislative provision.

4


 

6.1.6.
An expression importing a natural person includes any company, trust, partnership, joint venture, association, body corporate or governmental agency.
6.1.7.
Where a word or phrase is given a defined meaning, another part of speech or other grammatical form in respect of that word or phrase has a corresponding meaning.
6.1.8.
A word which indicates the singular also indicates the plural, a word which indicates the plural also indicates the singular, and a reference to any gender also indicates the other genders.
6.1.9.
A reference to the word ‘include’ or ‘including’ is to be interpreted without limitation.
6.1.10.
Any schedules and attachments form part of this Agreement.

5


 

 

EXECUTION AND DATE

Executed as a deed.

 

 

Date:

 

Executed Amaero International Ltd ACN 633

541 634 acting by the following persons or, if the seal is affixed, witnessed by the following persons in accordance with s127 of the Corporations Act 2001:

 

 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Signature of director

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Signature of director/company secretary

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Name of director (print)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Name of director/company secretary (print)

 

Signed by [Participant] in the presence of:

 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Signature of witness

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Signature of [Participant]

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Name of witness (print)

 

 

6


 

SCHEDULE: DETAILS

 

Name of Participant:

 

Address of Participant:

 

Loan Amount:

 

Maturity Date:

 

 

7


 

SCHEDULE 5: U.S. APPENDIX

U.S. APPENDIX TO
AMAERO INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
EMPLOYEE EQUITY PLAN

RULES APPLICABLE TO PARTICIPANTS RESIDENT IN THE UNITED STATES

The terms of this U.S. Appendix (the “Appendix”) apply to offers made under the Amaero International Limited Employee Equity Plan (the “Plan”) to individuals who are citizens or residents of the United States of America (a “U.S. Participant”).

Pursuant to Section 33.6 of the Plan, the Board may from time to time amend the terms of the Plan to apply in particular jurisdictions or circumstances by means of an addendum to the Plan

1.
DEFINITIONS

Any capitalized terms that are not defined in this Appendix will have the meanings given to them in the Plan.

“Award” means Shares, Options or Performance Rights offered or granted to a U.S. Participant under the terms of the Plan and this Appendix.

“California Participant” means a U.S. Participant who is a resident of the State of California.

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to a Share as of any date, the fair market value of a Share as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse, and in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A or Section 422 of the U.S. Code, as applicable.

"Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option granted to a U.S. Participant that is intended to be (as set forth in the applicable Offer Letter) and which qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the U.S. Code.

“Nonstatutory Option ’’ means an Option granted to a U.S. Participant that is not intended to be (as set forth in the applicable Offer Letter), or that otherwise does not qualify as, an Incentive Stock Option.

“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the U.S. Code.

“Section 457A” means Section 457A of the U.S. Code.

“Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Separation from Service ” means a termination of employment or other service with a Group company which constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

“U.S. Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations and administrative guidelines thereunder.

8


 

2.
GENERAL
2.1
Purpose. The purpose of this Appendix is to provide Awards to U.S. Participants that most closely resemble the awards available to Australian employees under the Plan, consistent with applicable United States law. The Plan is intended to advance the interests of the Company and its shareholders by attracting, retaining and motivating key personnel, in the United States, upon whose judgment, initiative and effort the successful conduct of the Company’s business in the United States is largely dependent. This Appendix, in addition to the Plan, shall govern and be incorporated into the Offer Letters made and Options, Performance Rights and Shares offered, granted or sold to U.S. Participants, notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary. Except as otherwise provided by this Appendix, all Awards granted to U.S. Participants will be governed by the terms of the Plan, read together with this Appendix. In any case of an irreconcilable contradiction (as determined by the Board) between the provisions of this Appendix and the Plan, the provisions of this Appendix will govern. Capitalized terms contained herein have the same meanings given to them in the Plan, unless otherwise provided by this Appendix.
2.2
Awards. Pursuant to this Appendix and the operation of Section 21.6 of the Plan, the Company may grant an Award to a U.S. Participant who is an Eligible Employee under the Plan.
3.
SHARES AUTHORIZED
3.1
Subject to Section 4 of this Appendix, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan to U.S. Participants pursuant to Awards offered under this Appendix from time to time shall not exceed the cap specified in Section 4.1 of the Plan, provided further that the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed 10% of the total number of Shares on issue as of August 29, 2023 (the “ISO Share Limit”), as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.1 of this Appendix.
4.
VARIATION OF SHARE CAPITAL
4.1
In the event of any Share split, reverse Share split, Share dividend, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or other distribution of the Company's equity securities without receipt of consideration by the Company, subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made to the number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to any Award granted to a U.S. Participant under this Appendix and to the ISO Share Limit.
4.2
Upon a variation of Share capital described in Section 4.1 above, proportionate adjustments shall be made to the Exercise Price and number of Shares subject to Options held by U.S. Participants, provided that (a) such adjustments shall be made only as permitted by Section 409A, (b) Incentive Stock Options shall be adjusted only as permitted under Section 424 of the U.S. Code, and (c) Options held by California Participants shall be adjusted as required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code and the regulations thereunder.
5.
SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL
5.1
This Appendix and each amendment to Section 4.1 of the Plan (Maximum Allocation) or the ISO Share Limit set forth in Section 7 of this Appendix shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote within a period

9


 

beginning twelve (12) months before and ending twelve (12) months after the date on which this Appendix (or any such amendment) is adopted by the Board.
6.
TERM OF APPENDIX
6.1
This Appendix shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board and shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from such date or from the date of approval of Appendix by the shareholders of the Company, whichever is earlier, unless sooner terminated under the terms of the Plan.
6.2
No Award shall be granted pursuant to this Appendix following the expiration of such ten-year term; however, any Awards granted pursuant to this Appendix shall continue to be governed by this Appendix notwithstanding the expiration of such term.
7.
RULES APPLICABLE TO OPTIONS GRANTED TO U.S. PARTICIPANTS
7.1
Grant of Options. The Board may grant to U.S. Participants Options which qualify as Incentive Stock Options and Options which do not qualify as Incentive Stock Options (“Nonstatutory Options”). An Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to a U.S. Participant who is an employee (within the meaning of Section 422 of the U.S. Code) of the Company or a corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company and ending with the corporation employing such employee in which, at the time of the grant of such Option, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns shares possessing 50 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of share capital in one of the other corporations in such chain. Nonstatutory Options may be granted to any U.S. Participant. Unless an Option granted pursuant to this Appendix is specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option at the time of grant, it will be a Nonstatutory Option. Any Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option that nevertheless fails to satisfy any of the requirements of Section 422 of the U.S. Code shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Option.
7.2
Exercise Price of Options. No Option granted to a U.S. Participant shall have an Exercise Price that is less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date that the Option is granted; provided, however, that no Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who, at the date of grant, owns shares possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting securities of a Group company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the U.S. Code (a “Ten Percent Owner") shall have an Exercise Price less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of the Incentive Stock Option.
7.3
Incentive Stock Option Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that an Incentive Stock Option granted to a U.S. Participant (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the U.S. Participant under all plans of the Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than U.S. $100,000, the portion of such Options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Options. For purposes of this Rule, Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of Shares is determined as of the date of grant of such Options. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Rule, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first.

10


 

7.4
Lapse of Incentive Stock Options. No Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the date of grant of such Option, provided that no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner shall be exercisable after the expiration of five years after the date of grant of such Option.
7.5
Effect of Termination of Employment or Leave of Absence on Incentive Stock Option. A U.S. Participant’s exercise of an Option otherwise qualifying Stock Option shall be treated as the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option only if the U.S. Participant is, at all times during the period beginning with the date of grant of such Option and ending on the date three (3) months before the date of such exercise, an employee of a corporation described in Section 7.1 above or a corporation substituting or assuming an Option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the U.S. Code applies. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, a U.S. Participant’s employment shall not be deemed to have been interrupted or terminated if the U.S. Participant takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by a Group company. However, unless otherwise provided by the Board or unless the U.S. Participant’s right to return to employment is guaranteed by statute or contract, if any such leave taken by a U.S. Participant exceeds ninety (90) days, then on the one hundred eighty-first (181st) day following the commencement of such leave an Option held by the Participant which remains outstanding shall be treated upon exercise as a Nonstatutory Option.
7.6
Notification of Disqualifying Disposition. If a U.S. Participant makes a disposition (as that term is defined in Section 424(c) of the U.S. Code) of any Shares acquired pursuant to an Incentive Stock Option within two (2) years after the date of grant of such Options or within one (1) year after the Shares acquired upon the exercise of such Option is transferred to the U.S. Participant, the U.S. Participant must notify the Company of such disposition in writing within 30 days following the disposition.
8.
RULES APPLICABLE TO PERFORMANCE CRITERIA IN RESPECT OF SHARES, OPTIONS, OR PERFORMANCE RIGHTS GRANTED TO U.S. PARTICIPANTS
8.1
Performance Criteria and Vesting of Shares and Performance Rights. At the time of the grant of Shares, Options, or Performance Rights to a U.S. Participant, the Board may impose such Performance Criteria or other conditions to the vesting of the Shares, Options, or Performance Rights as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or any Offer Letter to the contrary, once established at the time of grant, such Performance Criteria or other conditions to the vesting of such Performance Rights may not be modified in any manner than could extend the Performance Period or otherwise delay or defer the date on which such conditions to vesting could be satisfied in a manner that would constitute an extension of the period in which compensation is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of Section 409A or Section 457A, if applicable.
8.2
Time of Settlement of Performance Rights. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or any Offer Letter to the contrary and except as complies with Section 9 of this Appendix, no Performance Right granted to a U.S. Participant shall permit any payment or issuance of a Share in settlement of the Performance Right later than the 15th day of the third calendar month following the last day of the calendar year or Company fiscal year (whichever ends later) in which the Performance Right “vests” (i.e., ceases to be subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Section 409A).
9.
COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A AND SECTION 457A
9.1
Section 409A and Section 457A in General. All Shares, Options and Performance

11


 

Rights granted to U.S. Participants are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A and Section 457A (relating to the nonqualified deferred compensation plans of certain foreign corporations or partnerships). All such Shares, Options, and Performance Rights shall be administered, interpreted, and construed in a manner consistent with Section 457A and Section 409A, as determined by the Company in good faith, in particular to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A(a)(1 )(B) of the U.S. Code. It is intended that any election, payment or benefit which is made or provided pursuant to or in connection with any grant of Shares, Options, or Performance Rights that may result in deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A shall comply in all respects with the applicable requirements of Section 409A or Section 457A, if applicable.
9.2
Certain Limitations with Respect to Section 409A and Section 457A. With respect to any grant of Shares, Options, or Performance Rights that are subject to Section 409A or Section 457A, the following shall apply, as applicable:
9.2.1.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, this Appendix or any Offer Letter, in the event the Shares are publicly traded, and if a U.S. Participant of an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A is a “specified employee” as defined under Section 409A, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a Separation from Service (as defined in Section 409A without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six (6) months following the date of such U.S. Participant’s Separation from Service (unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A); any amounts so deferred that would otherwise have been payable and benefits that would otherwise have been provided pursuant to the Plan on account of, and during the six (6) month period immediately following, such U.S. Participant’s Separation from Service, shall instead be paid or provided on the first business day following the six-month anniversary of such Separation from Service (or upon the U.S. Participant’s death, if earlier).
9.2.2.
Neither any U.S. Participant nor the Company shall take any action to accelerate or delay the provision or payment of any amount or benefits under any grant of Shares, Options or Performance Rights in any manner which would not be in compliance with Section 409A or Section 457A, as applicable.
9.2.3.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, this Appendix or any Offer Letter, to the extent that any amount constituting deferred compensation subject to Section 409A would become payable to a U.S. Participant under the Plan by reason of a change in the control of the Company, such amount shall become payable only if such event would also constitute a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A.
9.2.3.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, this Appendix or any Offer Letter, to the extent that any amount constituting deferred compensation subject to Section 409A would become payable to a U.S. Participant under the Plan by reason of a change in the control of the Company, such amount shall become payable only if such event would also constitute a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A.
9.2.4.
Should any provision of the Plan, this Appendix or any Offer Letter be found not to comply with, or otherwise to be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A or Section 457A as applicable to a U.S. Participant, such provision shall be modified and given effect (retroactively if necessary), in the sole discretion of the Board, and without the consent of the holder of grant of Shares, Options or Performance Rights, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate any exemption from, Section 409A and Section 457A.

12


 

9.2.5.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor the Board shall have any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any tax or penalty upon any U. S. Participant under Section 409A or Section 457A, and neither the Company nor the Board will have any liability to any U. S. Participant for such tax or penalty.
10.
RULES APPLICABLE TO AWARDS GRANTED TO CALIFORNIA PARTICIPANTS

The following rules shall govern Awards granted under the Plan and this Appendix to any California Participant at any time required for an exemption from qualification of securities under the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968 by reason of Section 251O2(o) of the California Corporations Code, notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, this Appendix or an Offer Letter to the contrary:

10.1.
Maximum Option Exercise Period. The exercise period of any Option granted to a California Participant shall be no more than 120 months from the date of grant of the Option.
10.2
Minimum Option Post-Employment Exercise Periods. Unless employment of the California Participant is terminated for “cause” as defined by applicable law, the terms of the Plan, this Appendix or the Offer Letter, the right of the California Participant to exercise an Option in the event of termination of employment, to the extent that the California Participant is entitled to exercise the Option on the date employment terminates, will continue until the earlier of the expiration of the Option’s original term, or:
10.2.1
At least 6 months from the date of termination of employment if termination was causted by death or disability.
10.2.2
At least 30 days from the date of termination of employment if termination was caused by a reason other than death or disability.
10.3
Provision of Financial Statements. The Company will provide financial statements to each California Participant annually during the period such individual has Awards outstanding; provided, however, that the Company will not be required to provide such financial statements to California Participants when the Plan and this Appendix comply with all conditions of Rule 701 of the Securities Act.
11.
NONTRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS.

Prior to the issuance of Shares upon the exercise of an Option or in settlement of Performance Rights, no Award granted to a U.S. Participant shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the U.S. Participant or the U.S. Participant’s beneficiary, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

13


 

12.
SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE
12.1
Compliance with U.S. Securities Laws. The grant of Awards hereunder to U.S. Participants and the issuance of Shares pursuant to any Award granted hereunder to a U.S. Participant shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of United States federal and state law with respect to such securities and the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Shares may then be listed. In addition, no Award held by a U.S. Participant may be exercised or Shares issued pursuant to an Award to a U.S. Participant unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of such exercise or issuance be in effect with respect to the Shares issuable pursuant to such Award or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the Shares issuable pursuant to such Award may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Except as otherwise determined by the Board, the Company intends that securities issued pursuant to this Appendix shall be exempt from requirements of registration and qualification of such securities pursuant the exemptions afforded by Rule 701 under the Securities Act and Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code or any other applicable exemptions, and the Plan and this Appendix shall be so construed; provided, however, that an Eligible Employee that is a Contractor (as defined in the Plan), consultant, or advisor (“Amaero Contractor”) and that is a resident of the U.S. is not an Eligible Employee for the grant of Shares, an Option, or Performance Rights that may be settled in Shares if, at the time of grant, either the offer or sale of the Shares, Option, or such Performance Rights to such person is not exempt under Rule 701 of the Securities Act because such Amaero Contractor is not a natural person, the services that such Amaero Contractor is providing to the Company are in connection with a capital raising transaction or directly or indirectly serve to promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities, or because of any other provision of Rule 701 of the Securities Act, the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 of the Securities Act and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of the U.S. state of residence of the Amaero Contractor and all other applicable jurisdictions. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company's legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares pursuant to this Appendix shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to issuance of any Shares, the Company may require a U.S. Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.
12.2
Compliance with California Securities Laws. With respect to any Award granted to a California Participant, the Plan and this Appendix are intended to comply with Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code. Any provision of this Appendix which is inconsistent with Section 25102(o), including without limitation any provision of the Plan, as modified by Appendix, that is more restrictive than would be permitted by Section 25102(o) as amended from time to time, shall, without further act or amendment by the Board, be reformed to comply with the provisions of Section 25102(o). If at any time the Board determines that the delivery of Shares under the Plan to a California Participant or other U.S. Participant is or may be unlawful under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, or United States federal or state securities laws, the right to receive Shares pursuant to the applicable Awards shall be suspended until the Board determines that such delivery is lawful. In order to comply with the requirements for an exemption from the requirement of qualification under Section 25110 of the California Corporations Code provided by Section 25102(o) thereof, the Company

14


 

shall prepare and file with the Commissioner of the California Department of Business Oversight a “Notice of Issuance of Shares Pursuant to Subdivision (o) of Section 25102 of the Corporations Code” (the “Section 25102(o) Notice”) within thirty (30) days after the date of the adoption of this Appendix by the Board or such later date as may be permitted by Section 25102(o); provided, however, that the Company shall have no obligation to effect any registration or qualification of the Shares under United States federal, California or any other state laws.
13.
TAX WITHHOLDING.
13.1
In General. At the time that an Award is granted or vests, or Shares are issued to a U.S. Participant upon the exercise or settlement of an Award, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by any member of the Group, the U.S. Participant authorizes withholding from payroll or any other payment of any kind due to the U.S. Participant and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for U.S. federal, state and local taxes and any other taxes or social insurance contributions required by law to be withheld, if any, which arise in connection with the Award and the Shares. The applicable Group member may require the U.S. Participant to make a cash payment to cover any such withholding tax obligation as a condition of the grant, vesting, exercise or settlement of the Award or issuance of Shares.
13.2
Withholding in Shares. If permitted by applicable law, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the Shares issuable to a U.S. Participant upon the exercise or settlement of an Award, or to accept from a U.S. Participant the tender of, a number of whole Shares having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the tax withholding obligations of any member of the Group. The Fair Market Value of any Shares withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.
14.
ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS.

By accepting an Offer Letter under the Plan and this Appendix, the U.S. Participant (a) consents to the electronic delivery of all information with respect to the Plan, this Appendix, the U.S. Participant’s Award and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s shareholders; (b) acknowledges that the U.S. Participant may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing; (c) further acknowledges that the U.S. Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent by telephone, postal service or electronic mail; and (d) further acknowledges that the U.S. Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents.

15


 

U.S. ADDENDUM

AMAERO LTD

EQUIY INCENTIVE PLAN – OPTION AGREEMENT

PURPOSE

This Addendum (the “U.S. Addendum”) to the share option agreement (the “Option Agreement”) issued under the Amaero Ltd Equity Incentive Plan is adopted to set out those rules which, together with those provisions of the Option Agreement and the Plan, will govern the Option Agreement following the assumption of the Plan by Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the issuance of replacement options in respect of cancelled Amaero Ltd Options upon the effectiveness of the re-domiciliation of Amaero Ltd to the State of Delaware in the United States (the “Transaction”) pursuant to the terms of the Option Scheme.

DEFINITIONS

Except as set out below, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Option Agreement. In the event of any conflict between these provisions and the Option Agreement or the Plan, these provisions shall prevail.

For the purposes of this Addendum:

“AUD” means Australian dollar.

“ASX Settlement” means ASX Settlement Pty Limited.

“ASX Settlement Operating Rules” means the settlement and operating rules of the settlement facility provided by ASX Settlement.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“CDIs” means CHESS Depositary Interests representing one-fortieth of a share of Common Stock.

“CHESS Depositary Interests” has the meaning given to that term in the ASX Settlement Operating Rules.

“Company” means Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

“Common Stock” means shares of common stock of the Company.

“Option Scheme” has the meaning defined in the final Scheme Booklet dated May 7, 2026.

“Plan” means the Amaero, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan.

“Share” means a CDI.

“USD” means United States dollar.

REVISED TERMS OF OPTION

Upon the effectiveness of the Transaction, the following terms shall apply to the Option:

1. The Option shall have an exercise price per CDI equal to the exercise price per Amaero Ltd share of the relevant Amaero Ltd option it replaces, converted from AUD to USD at the prevailing currency exchange rate on June 22, 2026 (as reasonably determined by Amaero Ltd).

16


 

2. The Option shall have an exercise period equal to the remaining exercise period of the relevant Amaero Ltd option it replaces.

3. The Option shall be vested to the same extent and have the same terms as to vesting as the relevant Amaero Ltd option it replaces.

4. For Option holders with a registered address in Australia and New Zealand on the Amaero Ltd option register, the securities issued on exercise of the Company option will be CDIs by default, unless the holder elects to receive the underlying shares of Common Stock.

5. For holders with a registered address outside of Australia and New Zealand on the Amaero Ltd option register, the securities issued on exercise of the Company option will be shares of Common Stock by default, unless the holder elects to receive CDIs.

6. Except as otherwise provided herein and in the Plan, the Option Agreement shall have the same terms as the Amaero Ltd option it replaces as set forth in the Option Agreement, with necessary changes made due to the Company being the issuer in place of Amaero Ltd.

17


Exhibit 10.4

 

Amaero Inc.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

This Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (the “Policy”) sets forth the compensation to be provided to each non-employee director of the Company (each, an “Eligible Director”), unless such Eligible Director declines or waives in advance the receipt of such cash or equity compensation by written notice to the Company. This Policy supersedes any existing Company policy regarding cash compensation and grants of equity awards to its Non-Employee Directors. Each Non-Employee Director will be solely responsible for any tax obligations incurred by such Non-Employee Director as a result of any compensation such Non-Employee Director receives under this Policy.

CASH COMPENSATION

•
Annual Retainer. An annual cash retainer of $115,000 for each Eligible Director serving on the Board.
•
Additional Annual Retainers – Committee Chair. An additional annual cash retainer for serving as a chair of specified committees of the Board:
o
The chair of the Audit Committee of the Board shall receive an additional $25,000 annually; and
o
The chair of the Compensation Committee of the Board shall receive an additional $20,000 annually.

All cash compensation shall be payable quarterly in arrears, and pro-rated for the Eligible Director’s period of service on the Board or service as committee chair, as applicable.

EQUITY COMPENSATION

For each Eligible Director, an award of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) granted under the Company’s 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (or its successor equity plan) (the “Plan”) and the applicable form of Award Agreement previously approved by the Board for use under the Plan, as follows:

•
Annual Awards. Each Eligible Director who (i) serves on the Board as of the date of each annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders (an “Annual Meeting”) beginning with the 2027 Annual Meeting and (ii) will continue to serve as an Eligible Director immediately following such Annual Meeting, shall be automatically granted, on the date of such Annual Meeting, an award of RSUs in respect of a number of shares of Common Stock having a grant date fair value equal to $115,000 (the “Annual Award Grant Value”), with the number of awarded RSUs determined by dividing the Annual Award Grant Value by the volume weight average of the market price of the Common Stock for the five trading days immediately preceding the Annual Meeting and shall vest in full on the first anniversary of the grant date subject to the Eligible Director remaining a Service Provider (as defined in the Plan); and
•
Pro-Rata Awards. Each Eligible Director who is initially elected or appointed to the Board after the Effective Date and other than at an Annual Meeting, shall be granted, an award of RSUs in respect of a number of shares of Common Stock having a grant date fair value equal to a pro-rated portion of the Annual Award Grant Value determined based on a fraction, the numerator of which is (x) 365 minus (y) the number of days in the period beginning on the date of the Annual Meeting preceding such election or appointment and ending on the effective date of such Eligible Director’s election or appointment, and the denominator of which is 365 (the “Pro-Rata Award Grant Value”), with the number of awarded RSUs determined by dividing the Pro-Rata Award Grant Value by the by the volume weight average of the market price of the Common

 

Stock for the five trading days immediately preceding the effective date of the Eligible Director’s election or appointment (the “Pro-Rata Award”). Each such Pro-Rata Award shall vest in full immediately prior to the first Annual Meeting following the grant date subject to the Eligible Director remaining a Service Provider. For the avoidance of doubt, no Eligible Director shall be granted more than one Pro-Rata Award.

EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT

Reimbursement for reasonable and documented travel and related expenses associated with attendance at meetings of the Board or a committee thereof and for reasonable and documented expenses related to attendance at a director continuing education programs that are relevant to a director’s service on the Board which attendance is approved by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

SECTION 409A

In no event will cash compensation or expense reimbursement payments under this Policy be paid after the later of (a) the 15th day of the 3rd month following the end of the Company’s taxable year in which the compensation is earned or expenses are incurred, as applicable, or (b) the 15th day of the 3rd month following the end of the calendar year in which the compensation is earned or expenses are incurred, as applicable, in compliance with the “short-term deferral” exception under Section 409A. It is intended that this Policy and all payments under this Policy be exempt from or otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the compensation to be provided under this Policy will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms in this Policy will be interpreted to be so exempt or comply. In no event will the Company have any responsibility, liability, or obligation to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless a Non-Employee Director (or any other person) for any taxes imposed, or other costs incurred, as a result of Section 409A or otherwise.

EFFECTIVE DATE; AMENDMENT

This Policy shall be effective as of August 6, 2026, subject to stockholder approval (the “Effective Date”).

The Board may amend, modify or terminate this Policy at any time. Termination of this Policy will not affect the Board’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it under this Policy or the Plan with respect to awards granted before the date of such termination.


Exhibit 10.5

AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of August 28, 2026 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Hank Holland (“Executive”) (collectively, the “Parties,” and each, a “Party”). This Agreement replaces in its entirety the Executive Employment Agreement by and between Executive and Company dated as of August 6, 2026.

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to retain the services of Executive as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and to have Executive serve as Chair of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, Executive desires to continue to provide services to the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, Executive and the Company (or an affiliate of the Company) are parties to that certain offer letter dated August 24, 2023 (the “Prior Offer Letter”) and the executive employment agreement dated August 6, 2026 (the “Prior Employment Agreement”), and the Parties intend that, as of the Effective Date, this Agreement will supersede and replace the Prior Offer Letter and the Prior Employment Agreement in their entirety; and

WHEREAS, as a condition of the compensation and benefits provided under this Agreement, Executive is required to execute and comply with the Confidentiality Agreement and the Non-Competition Agreement (each as defined in Section 13 below).

A G R E E M E N T

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the Parties agree as follows:

1)
Duties and Scope of Employment.
a)
Positions and Duties. Executive currently serves as, and will continue to serve as, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”) and as Chair of the Board. Executive will report to the Board and will have the duties, responsibilities and authority commensurate with the position of CEO, together with such other duties consistent with such position as may reasonably be assigned to Executive by the Board. In performing Executive’s duties, Executive will be available for reasonable travel as the needs of the business require. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to as the “Employment Term.”
b)
Board Membership; Chair; Director Compensation. Executive currently serves as, and will continue to serve as, a member of the Board and as its Chair. For so long as Executive serves as CEO, subject to applicable law and the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, the Board (or its nominating and governance committee) will nominate Executive for reelection to the Board at each annual meeting at which Executive is subject to reelection; Executive’s service on the Board is subject to any shareholder approval required under applicable law and the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed. Executive will receive no additional compensation for his service as a member of the Board other than his compensation provided for in this Agreement. Upon the termination of Executive’s employment

 


 

for any reason, unless otherwise requested by the Board, Executive will be deemed to have resigned from the Board and each committee thereof (and from all other positions held with the Company and its affiliates) as of the end of employment, without further action, and Executive will cooperate to confirm such resignations.
c)
Other Entities. Executive agrees to serve, without additional compensation, as an officer and director of the Company’s subsidiaries and other affiliates as reasonably requested by the Company.
d)
Obligations. During the Employment Term, Executive will devote Executive’s full business efforts and time to the Company and will perform Executive’s duties faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability and will comply with the Company’s policies and codes of conduct (including any insider trading and clawback policies) as in effect from time to time. During the Employment Term, Executive will not engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration (other than receiving consulting services payments from JP Morgan through February 2027 and receiving management fees from Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I) without the prior approval of the Board (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld); provided that Executive may, without approval (but consistent with Company policy and the Non-Competition Agreement), serve with civic, educational or charitable organizations, so long as such activities do not create an actual or potential conflict of interest and do not, individually or in the aggregate, interfere with Executive’s obligations to the Company.
2)
Employment Term. The Employment Term will commence on July 1, 2026 and, unless earlier terminated in accordance with this Agreement, will continue through June 30, 2030 (the “Scheduled Expiration Date”). The Employment Term will automatically continue after the Scheduled Expiration Date, and any continued employment thereafter without a new written agreement will be “at-will.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s employment may be terminated at any time during the Employment Term, including prior to the Scheduled Expiration Date, as provided in Sections 5 through 8. If Executive transitions from the role of CEO to the role of Executive Chairman at any time after the second anniversary of the Effective Date (i.e., on or after July 1, 2028) and during the Employment Term, the terms of this Agreement, including all compensation arrangements described in this proposal, will remain unchanged and will continue in full force until the Scheduled Expiration Date.
3)
Compensation.
a)
Base Salary. During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive as compensation for Executive’s services a base salary at the rate of $750,000 per year (the “Base Salary”). The Base Salary will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and subject to required withholdings. The Base Salary will be reviewed periodically and may be adjusted from time to time by the Board or the Remuneration and Nomination Committee of the Board (the “Committee”).
b)
IPO Bonus. Executive will be eligible to receive a one-time cash bonus equal to $750,000, earned and payable within thirty (30) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed for the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO Date”), subject to Executive’s continuous employment with the Company through such date. The IPO bonus will be subject to applicable withholdings.
c)
Annual Short-Term Incentive. During the Employment Term, Executive will be eligible to earn an annual short-term cash incentive award (the “STI”) upon achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Committee. Executive’s target STI opportunity is 100% of Base Salary,

-2-


 

and Executive’s STI minimum and maximum are 75% and 200% of Base Salary, respectively. Any payout is determined on a linear (straight-line) interpolated basis, rather than on a stepped or cliff basis, according to the degree of achievement between the minimum target threshold and the target threshold and again between the target threshold and the maximum target threshold; payout scales continuously from the 75% minimum threshold, through the 100%-of-base-salary target payout at 100% achievement of target, up to the 200%-of-base-salary maximum upon achievement of the maximum performance target(s), subject in all cases to the overall cap of 200% of base salary. The STI is a cash award measured over the calendar year and, to the extent earned, as determined by the Board or the Committee, will be paid following the end of the applicable calendar year, but in no event later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year to which the STI relates. Executive’s STI for the 2026 calendar year will be assessed over the full 2026 calendar year (based on the $750,000 Base Salary for 2026) and will not be pro-rated for the July 1, 2026 commencement of the Employment Term. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Sections 7 and 8, receipt of any STI is contingent on Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the date the STI is earned, and any STI for a calendar year will not be considered earned if Executive’s employment terminates before December 31 of the calendar year to which the STI relates.
d)
Equity Awards. The equity awards described in this Section 3 are each subject to: (i) approval by the Board or the Committee, with the approval of any award to Executive, and any related discretionary determination concerning Executive’s own awards, to be made by the non-conflicted members of the Board, with Executive recused; (ii) approval by the Company’s shareholders to the extent required under applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 3(d); (iii) the terms and conditions of the applicable Company equity incentive plan (the “Equity Plan”) and an award agreement issued thereunder; and (iv) Executive remaining employed with the Company through the applicable grant date. Each award will be in the form of restricted stock units to acquire shares of common stock of the Company (“RSUs”), and, where not fixed below, the number of RSUs comprising each award will be fixed on the applicable measurement date as described below.
i)
Sign-on Grant. Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 3(d), as soon as practicable hereafter, the Company will grant Executive a one-time RSU award for a total of 30,000,000 CHESS depositary interests (“CDIs’) with each CDI representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a share of Common Stock as of the Effective Date (the “Sign-on Grant”). The Sign-on Grant will vest in equal annual installments on the first, second, third, and fourth anniversaries of the grant date, in each case subject to Executive’s continued service through such date or otherwise as provided in Sections 7 and 8. If the Company is listed on a U.S. securities exchange at the time any RSUs vest, Executive will have the ability to elect to receive his vested CDIs in the form of shares of Company Common Stock at the ratio of 40 CDIs to one share of Company Common Stock.
ii)
IPO Grant. Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 3(d), effective on the effective date of the first S-8 registration statement filed on or after the IPO Date, the Company will grant Executive a one-time RSU award with an aggregate grant value of $750,000 (the “IPO Grant”). The number of RSUs underlying the IPO Grant will be determined by dividing $750,000 by the initial public offering price per share (the price to the public in the offering), with such amount rounded to the nearest whole share. The IPO Grant will vest 50% on the first anniversary of the IPO Date and 50% on the second anniversary of the IPO Date, in each case subject to Executive’s continued service through such date or otherwise as provided in Sections 7 and 8.

-3-


 

iii)
PSU Grant. Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 3(d), as soon as practicable hereafter, the Company will grant Executive a one-time performance RSU award (“PSU”) for a total of 30,000,000 CDIs with each CDI representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a share of Common Stock as of the Effective Date (the “PSU Grant”). The PSUs are earned following the IPO Date based on the achievement of share-price hurdles, measured as the 20-trading-day volume-weighted average closing price (“VWAP”) of the Company's CDIs, in three equal tranches of 10,000,000 PSUs each: 10,000,000 PSUs are earned if the 20-day VWAP CDI price equals or exceeds A$0.50; a further 10,000,000 PSUs are earned if the 20-day VWAP CDI price equals or exceeds A$0.75; and a further 10,000,000 PSUs are earned if the 20-day VWAP CDI price equals or exceeds A$1.00. For each tranche that is earned, 50% of the earned PSUs vest upon achievement of the applicable share-price hurdle, and the remaining 50% vest on the later of (i) the second anniversary of the grant date of the PSU Grant and (ii) achievement of the applicable share price hurdle, in each case subject to Executive's continued service through the applicable vesting date. Following the IPO Date, the number of CDIs corresponding to each tranche will be proportionately converted into a number of shares of Common Stock and the VWAP CDI price targets will be proportionately converted into a Common Stock price target in U.S. dollars and based on the closing trading price of the Common Stock on Nasdaq (or such other exchange on which the Common Stock may then be listed). If the Company is listed on a U.S. securities exchange at the time any RSUs vest, Executive will have the ability to elect to receive his vested CDIs in the form of shares of Company Common Stock at the ratio of 40 CDIs to one share of Company Common Stock. Any portion of the PSU Grant eligible to vest after the Scheduled Expiration Date will continue to be eligible to vest in accordance with the applicable award agreement for up to one year following the end of the Scheduled Expiration Date, provided Executive remains in compliance with the Non-Competition Agreement. Any then-unvested portion of the PSU Grant will be forfeited upon a breach of the Non-Competition Agreement or on June 30, 2031, whichever comes earlier.

The Sign-on Grant and PSU Grant will become effective on the earlier of (i) approval by the Company’s shareholders to the extent required under applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed or (ii) the first trading day following the date on which Company shareholder approval of these awards is not required under applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed. The IPO Grant will become effective on the later of (A) the earlier of (i) approval by the Company’s shareholders to the extent required under applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed or (ii) the first trading day following the date on which Company shareholder approval of these awards is not required under applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed or (B) the effective date of the first S-8 registration statement filed on or after the IPO Date. In the event that the Sign-on Grant and PSU Grant are not granted within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date, the vesting of such awards will be determined by reference to the Effective Date instead of by reference to the grant date, where applicable. If the Sign-on Grant, IPO Grant, and PSU Grant are not granted prior to the second (2nd) anniversary of the Effective Date, Executive and the Board may mutually agree to elect to adjust the cash compensation paid to Executive in lieu of granting the equity compensation.

4)
Additional Benefits.
a)
Employee Benefits. During the Employment Term, Executive will be eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans, policies and arrangements currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to similarly situated senior executives of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable policies and plans. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

-4-


 

b)
Housing Allowance. The Company will provide Executive an annual housing allowance of $200,000 each year during the Employment Term (the “Housing Allowance”).
c)
Key-Man Life Insurance. During the Employment Term, the Company will provide and maintain a $10,000,000 life insurance benefit on Executive’s life. The premiums will be paid by the Company; the death benefit will be payable to Executive’s estate or to such beneficiaries as Executive may designate; and the Company will have no beneficial interest in, and will not be a beneficiary of, the policy proceeds. To the extent required under applicable law, the premiums will be treated as taxable compensation to Executive, and the Company will provide a gross-up payment so that the benefit is provided to Executive on an after-tax basis.
d)
Business Expenses. During the Employment Term, the Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable business travel, entertainment or other business expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time. Except as expressly provided otherwise herein, no reimbursement payable to the Executive pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or pursuant to any plan or arrangement of the Company shall be paid later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the related expense was incurred, and no such reimbursement during any calendar year shall affect the amounts eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year, except, in each case, to the extent that the right to reimbursement does not provide for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the final regulations and any formal guidance issued thereunder (“Section 409A”).
5)
Termination on Death or Disability.
a)
Effectiveness. Executive’s employment will terminate automatically upon Executive’s death or, upon fourteen (14) days’ prior written notice from the Company, in the event of Executive’s Disability.
b)
Effect of Termination. Subject to the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, upon a termination for death or Disability, Executive (or Executive’s estate) will be entitled to the Accrued Entitlements (as defined in Section 10 below) and no other severance or benefits of any kind, except as required by applicable law.
6)
Involuntary Termination for Cause; Resignation.
a)
Effectiveness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time for Cause, and Executive may resign at any time. Termination for Cause, or Executive’s resignation, shall be effective on the date either Party gives notice to the other Party of such termination or resignation under this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties. A resignation that is accelerated by the Company shall continue to be construed as a resignation under this Agreement.
b)
Effect of Termination. Subject to the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, in the case of the Company’s termination of Executive’s employment for Cause, or Executive’s resignation, Executive will be entitled to receive the Accrued Entitlements (as defined in Section 10 below) and no other severance or benefits of any kind, except as required by applicable law.

-5-


 

7)
Involuntary Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason.
a)
Severance. If, during the Employment Term, the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause (other than due to death or Disability) or resigns for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 9, applicable law and the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, Executive will be entitled to receive:
i)
the Accrued Entitlements;
ii)
full accelerated vesting of all then-outstanding and unvested Company equity awards (including the Sign-on Grant, the IPO Grant, and the PSU Grant); provided that any grant not yet made as of the termination date will not be granted; and
iii)
no other severance or benefits of any kind, except as required by law.
8)
Single-Trigger Equity Acceleration. Subject to the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control during the Employment Term, all then-outstanding and unvested portions of the Sign-on Grant and the IPO Grant (in each case, to the extent then-outstanding) that has been made will vest in full, effective immediately prior to (and contingent upon) the consummation of the Change in Control. The vesting of the PSU Grant (to the extent then-outstanding) will be calculated according to the price per share as agreed in such Change in Control, and will take into account the proportion of the share price hurdle achieved as of such Change in Control (e.g. if the price per share in the Change in Control is exactly half way between A$0.75 and A$1.00, then half of the third tranche shall be eligible to vest, as determined by the Board in the Board’s sole discretion). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to apply a “double-trigger” vesting arrangement in either of the following circumstances arising during the four-year term of the employment agreement: (i) if the Company transitions to a sole U.S. listing (that is, the Company ceases to be listed on the ASX); or (ii) if the Company remains dual-listed but obtains a waiver of the relevant requirement from the ASX or is otherwise exempt from the applicable ASX Listing Rules. Under a double-trigger vesting arrangement, accelerated vesting of then-unvested equity awards (to the extent then-outstanding) would occur only if, on or within the twelve (12) months following the Change in Control, (a) Executive's employment is terminated by the acquiror (or its successor) without Cause, or (b) Executive resigns for Good Reason.
9)
Conditions to Severance; Release. Any severance or other payments or benefits under Sections 7 and 8 (other than the Accrued Entitlements) are conditioned on Executive: (a) continuing to comply with this Agreement, the Confidentiality Agreement and the Non-Competition Agreement; and (b) signing and not revoking a separation agreement and general release of claims in a form satisfactory to the Company (which may include non-disparagement and cooperation covenants) (the “Release”) that becomes effective and irrevocable no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date (the “Release Deadline”). If the Release does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance and benefits under Sections 7 and 8 (other than the Accrued Entitlements). Any severance payments or other benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits (as defined in Section 11) will not commence until the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service (or later, if required by Section 11); any installments otherwise payable during that period will be paid on that sixtieth (60th) day, with the remainder paid as scheduled. This Section 9 will not limit reimbursements under Section

-6-


 

4(d) or any other compensation or benefits otherwise required by law or in accordance with written Company plans or policies, as then in effect.
10)
Definitions
a)
Accrued Entitlements. “Accrued Entitlements” means:
i)
Executive’s Base Salary that has been accrued through the effective date of termination, but for which Executive has not yet been paid;
ii)
the right to continue health care benefits under Title X of the Consolidated Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, at Executive’s cost, to the extent required and available by law; and
iii)
reimbursement of expenses for which Executive is entitled to be reimbursed pursuant to Section 4(d) above, but for which Executive has not yet been reimbursed.
b)
ASX. “ASX” means ASX Limited ABN 98 008 624 691 or the securities market operated by it, as the context requires.
c)
ASX Listing Rules. “ASX Listing Rules” means the official listing rules, market rules and operating rules of the ASX.
d)
Cause. “Cause” means any of the following:
i)
Executive’s failure to perform Executive’s duties (other than any such failure resulting from death or Disability);
ii)
Executive’s breach of any fiduciary duty to the Company;
iii)
Executive’s engagement in dishonesty, misrepresentation, illegal conduct, gross negligence or gross misconduct related to Executive’s employment duties to the Company or that causes material harm to the Company;
iv)
Executive’s embezzlement, misappropriation or fraud, whether or not related to Executive’s employment with the Company;
v)
Executive’s conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime that constitutes a felony; or Executive’s conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime that constitutes a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, if such misdemeanor is work-related, or otherwise impairs Executive’s ability to perform services for the Company or results in reputational or financial harm to the Company or its affiliates;
vi)
Executive’s willful unauthorized disclosure of Company Confidential Information (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement);
vii)
Executive’s chronic use of alcohol and/or illegal drugs interfering with Executive’s performance of Executive’s obligations to the Company;
viii)
Executive’s breach of any material obligation under this Agreement, the Confidentiality Agreement, or any other agreement between Executive and the Company;

-7-


 

ix)
Executive’s engagement in conduct that brings the Company into substantial public disgrace or disrepute;
x)
any material failure by Executive to comply with the Company’s policies, rules and standards of conduct, as they may be in effect from time to time during the Employment Term; or
xi)
the Company’s severe financial distress, whereby the Company is in the process of winding down its business and Executive’s employment or role with the Company is terminated in connection with such winding down.
e)
Change in Control. “Change in Control” has the meaning given to such term in the Equity Plan.
f)
Disability. “Disability” means that Executive, at the time notice is given, has been unable to substantially perform Executive’s duties under this Agreement for not less than one-hundred and twenty (120) work days within a twelve (12) consecutive month period as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to a physical or mental condition and, if reasonable accommodation is required by law, after any reasonable accommodation.
g)
Good Reason. “Good Reason” means Executive’s termination of Executive’s employment in accordance with the next sentence after the occurrence of one or more of the following events without Executive’s express written consent:
i)
a material reduction of Executive’s duties, authorities, or responsibilities relative to Executive’s duties, authorities, or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction;
ii)
a material reduction by the Company in Executive’s rate of annual base salary; provided, however, that, a one-time reduction of annual base salary of not more than 10% that also applies to substantially all other similarly situated executives of the Company will not constitute “Good Reason”; or
iii)
a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s primary work facility or location; provided that a relocation of less than 50 miles from Executive’s then-present primary work facility or location will not be considered a material change in geographic location.

In order for Executive’s termination of Executive’s employment to be for Good Reason, Executive must not terminate employment with the Company without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a cure period of thirty (30) days following the date of written notice (the “Cure Period”), such grounds must not have been cured during such time, and Executive must terminate Executive’s employment within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Cure Period.

11)
Section 409A.
a)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits”) will be paid or

-8-


 

otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.
b)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination (other than due to death), then the Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.
c)
Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of clause (a) above.
d)
Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit will not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of clause (a) above. For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A Limit” will mean the lesser of two (2) times: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.
e)
To the extent that any reimbursement or in-kind benefit plan or arrangement in which Executive participates, provides for Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits and does not otherwise comply with Section 409A, (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefit in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefit in any other calendar year, (ii) the right to the applicable reimbursement or benefit is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit or payment, and (iii) to the extent there is any reimbursement of an expense, such reimbursement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iv) except as specifically provided herein or in the applicable reimbursement arrangement, in-kind benefits will only be provided, and reimbursements will only be made for expenses incurred, during Executive’s lifetime.
f)
This Agreement is intended to be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted according to such intent. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary,

-9-


 

appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.
12)
Limitation on Payments (Section 280G). In the event that the benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (a) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (b) but for this Section 12 would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s benefits will be either (i) delivered in full, or (ii) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in amounts to be paid must be made, reduction shall occur in the following order: first, reduction of cash payments, which shall occur in reverse chronological order such that the cash payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first cash payment to be reduced; second, cancellation of equity awards that were granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code in the reverse order of date of grant of the awards (that is, the most recently granted equity awards will be cancelled first); third, cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards, which shall occur in the reverse order of the date of grant for such stock awards (i.e., the vesting of the most recently granted stock awards will be reduced first); and fourth, reduction of employee benefits, which shall occur in reverse chronological order such that the benefit owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first benefit to be reduced. If two or more equity awards are granted on the same date, each award will be reduced on a pro-rata basis. In no event shall Executive have any discretion with respect to the ordering of payment reductions. Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section will be made in writing by a nationally recognized certified professional services firm selected by the Company, the Company’s legal counsel or such other person or entity to which the parties mutually agree (the “Firm”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 12. The Company will bear all costs the Firm may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 12.
13)
Compliance with ASX Listing Rules. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive is subject to, and the Company must comply with, the ASX Listing Rules for so long as the Company is listed on the ASX.
14)
Company Matters.
a)
Proprietary Information and Inventions. Executive acknowledges and agrees that, as a condition of employment, Executive is required to sign and abide by the terms of the Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc. At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Confidentiality Agreement”), including, without limitation, the provisions governing the non-disclosure of confidential information and all restrictive covenants contained therein.
b)
Non-Competition Agreement. As a condition of the compensation and benefits under this Agreement, Executive is required to execute and comply with a separate non-competition

-10-


 

agreement (the “Non-Competition Agreement”), attached hereto as Exhibit B, compliance with which conditions the post-term vesting of the PSU Grant under Section 3(d).
c)
Ventures. If, during Executive’s employment, Executive is engaged in or associated with planning or implementing of any project, program or venture involving the Company and any third parties, all rights in such project, program or venture shall belong to the Company (or third party, to the extent provided in any agreement between the Company and the third party). Except as approved by the Board in writing, Executive shall not be entitled to any interest in such project, program or venture or to any commission, finder’s fee or other compensation in connection therewith other than the salary or other compensation to be paid to Executive as provided in this Agreement.
d)
Notification of New Employer. In the event that Executive leaves the employ of the Company, Executive grants consent to notification by the Company to Executive’s new employer about Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement.
15)
Arbitration. IN CONSIDERATION OF EXECUTIVE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY, THE COMPANY’S PROMISE TO ARBITRATE ALL EMPLOYMENT-RELATED DISPUTES AND EXECUTIVE’S RECEIPT OF THE COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFITS PAID OR PROVIDED TO EXECUTIVE BY THE COMPANY, AT PRESENT AND IN THE FUTURE, EXECUTIVE AGREES THAT ANY AND ALL CONTROVERSIES, CLAIMS, OR DISPUTES WITH ANYONE (INCLUDING THE COMPANY AND ANY EMPLOYEE, OFFICER, DIRECTOR, SHAREHOLDER OR BENEFIT PLAN OF THE COMPANY, IN THEIR CAPACITY AS SUCH OR OTHERWISE), ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR RESULTING FROM EXECUTIVE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY OR THE TERMINATION OF EXECUTIVE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY, INCLUDING ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO BINDING ARBITRATION, AS SET FORTH IN THE CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT.
16)
Indemnification and D&O Insurance. Subject to applicable law, the Company will indemnify Executive to the fullest extent permitted by its charter and bylaws and any separate written indemnification agreement, on terms no less favorable than provided to any other Company executive officer or director, and will maintain commercially reasonable directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering Executive during the Employment Term.
17)
Assignment. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of any successor of the Company, and accordingly any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for such purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.
18)
Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally by hand or by courier, or mailed by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid, directed to the Party to be notified at the address indicated for such Party on the signature page to this Agreement, or at such other address as such Party may designate by

-11-


 

ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other Parties hereto. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed given upon personal delivery or five (5) days after the date of mailing.
19)
Severability. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.
20)
Integration. This Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, the Non-Competition Agreement, the Equity Plan and the applicable award agreements, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties regarding its subject matter and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, whether written or oral, including the Prior Offer Letter. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.
21)
Tax Withholding. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.
22)
Waiver. No Party shall be deemed to have waived any right, power or privilege under this Agreement or any provisions hereof unless such waiver shall have been duly executed in writing and acknowledged by the Party to be charged with such waiver. The failure of any Party at any time to insist on performance of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provisions, nor in any way to affect the validity of this Agreement or any part hereof. No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to be a waiver of any other subsequent breach.
23)
Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware (with the exception of its conflict of law provisions).
24)
Acknowledgment. Executive acknowledges that Executive has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from Executive’s legal counsel, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.
25)
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall constitute but one instrument.
26)
Effect of Headings. The section and subsection headings contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
27)
Construction of Agreement. This Agreement has been negotiated by the respective Parties, and the language shall not be construed for or against either Party.
28)
Protected Activity Not Prohibited. Executive understands that nothing in this Agreement shall in any way limit or prohibit Executive from engaging in any Protected Activity or in the Confidentiality Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “Protected Activity” shall mean filing a charge, complaint, or report with, or otherwise communicating, cooperating, or participating in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by, any federal, state or local government agency or commission, including the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and the National Labor Relations Board (“Government Agencies”). Executive understands that in connection with such Protected Activity, Executive is permitted to disclose documents or other information as permitted by law, and without giving notice to, or receiving authorization from, the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

-12-


 

Executive agrees to take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure of any information that may constitute Company confidential information under the Confidentiality Agreement to any parties other than the Government Agencies. Executive further understands that “Protected Activity” does not include the disclosure of any Company attorney-client privileged communications or privileged attorney work product. In addition, pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, Executive is notified that an individual will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that: (a) is made in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official (directly or indirectly) or to an attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (b) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if (and only if) such filing is made under seal. In addition, an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the individual’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.
29)
Attorney’s Fees. Except as otherwise agreed, each Party will bear its own attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in any dispute arising out of this Agreement or the employment relationship.
30)
Clawback Provisions. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement to the contrary, any incentive-based compensation, or any other compensation, paid to Executive pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement with the Company or any of its affiliates, which is subject to recovery under any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, will be subject to such deductions and clawback as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by the Company or any of their affiliates pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement), including for any violations of the Confidentiality Agreement, if applicable.

[Remainder of page intentionally blank; signature page follows.]

-13-


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

“COMPANY”

 

 

AMAERO INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brett Paduch

 

Name:

Brett Paduch

 

Its:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Address:

130 Innovation Drive

MacDonald, TN 37353

 

 

 

 

 

“EXECUTIVE”

 

 

Hank Holland, an Individual

 

 

 

/s/ Hank Holland

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


 

EXHIBIT A

Confidentiality Agreement
(attached)

 


 

EXHIBIT B

Non-Competition Agreement
(attached)

-16-


Exhibit 10.6

 

Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc.

130 Innovation Drive, McDonald, TN 37353

August 21, 2023

Eric Bono

Dear Eric:

This offer letter (the “Amended Offer Letter”) confirms the terms of your employment with Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc. (the “Company”), as its President and Chief Technology Officer and amends, restates and supersedes in its entirety that certain offer letter dated August 9, 2023 (the “Prior Offer Letter”) effective as of the date you execute this Amended Offer Letter. If you decide to join us, you will receive an annual salary of $500,000, less applicable withholdings, which will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures.

At the invitation of the Board of Directors of Amaero International Limited (the “Board”), and subject to your receipt of a director identification number, you will be eligible to serve as a member of the Board.

As an employee, you are also eligible to receive certain employee benefits that are provided to similarly situated employees pursuant to the terms and conditions of the applicable Company benefit plan and as otherwise required by law, including Company matching of your 401(k) contributions pursuant to the Company-sponsored 401(k) plan. Notwithstanding any provision in this letter, the Company may modify job titles, wages, and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

If you join the Company, you will also be eligible to earn a one-time bonus of $50,000, less applicable withholdings (the “Signing Bonus”). The Company will pay you the Signing Bonus, in advance of being earned, within thirty (30) days after your Start Date. You will be considered to have earned the Signing Bonus only if you remain continuously employed with the Company through the one-year anniversary of your Start Date. If your employment with the Company terminates for any reason prior to the one-year anniversary of your Start Date, you agree to repay the entire gross amount of Signing Bonus within thirty (30) days after the date your employment with the Company terminates. On termination of your employment, regardless of the reason for such termination, you shall immediately (and with contemporaneous effect) resign any directorships, offices or other positions that you may hold in the Company, unless otherwise agreed in writing.

If you join the Company, you will be required to relocate from Pennsylvania to Tennessee by no later than July 1, 2024. Prior to your relocation, you will be required to work from the Company’s Tennessee offices, at 130 Innovation Drive, McDonald, Tennessee, at least four (4) days per week. During this transition period, the Company will reimburse you for reasonable travel and lodging expenses incurred by you to travel to the Company’s Tennessee offices, in accordance with the Company’s travel and expense policy.

 


 

Additionally, we are offering you reimbursement of relocation expenses for your move from Pennsylvania to Tennessee, up to a maximum reimbursement of $25,000. We will only reimburse you for these expenditures once you submit valid receipts to the Company and will only be reimbursed to you (or paid by the Company on your behalf) if you are an employee of the Company on the date of reimbursement or payment by the Company. Relocation expenses that are taxable must be substantiated in writing (by valid receipts or any other reasonable method of invoicing, showing proof of payment for an eligible relocation cost) within thirty (30) days from when any such relocation expense is incurred. Any such relocation expense will be reimbursed to you via check or electronic funds transfer by the thirtieth (30th) day following the date of receipt by the Company of your written substantiation.

In addition, if you decide to join the Company, it will be recommended as soon as practicable following your start date, that the Company’s parent company, Amaero International Limited (“Parent”), grant you an option (the “Option”) to purchase 10,000,000 ordinary shares of Parent (the “Option Shares”) at an exercise price per share equal to the volume weighted average price (VWAP) of an ordinary share of Parent for the five consecutive trading days prior to the date of the option grant (the “Exercise Price”), as determined by Parent. The Option shall vest as to 1/5th of the Option Shares on the date of grant and as to an additional 1/5th of the Option Shares on each anniversary of the date of commencement of your employment with the Company subject to your continuing employment with the Company on each such vesting date. In the event of a change of control of Parent (as defined in the option plan documents), the vesting of the Option shall accelerate as to 50% of the number of Option Shares that are unvested upon the closing date of the change of control. The Option shall be subject to such other terms and conditions (including accelerated vesting) as are set forth in the option plan documents. No right to any shares under the Option is earned or accrued until such time that vesting occurs, nor does the grant of the Option confer any right to continue vesting or employment.

Subject to your continued employment and approval and modification by the Board of Directors of Parent in its discretion, Parent currently intends to make an annual grant to you in January of each year of an option to purchase ordinary shares of Parent (the “Annual Option”) at an exercise price per share equal to the VWAP of an ordinary share of Parent for the five consecutive trading days prior to the date of the option grant as determined by Parent. The number of shares subject to the Annual Option shall be determined by Parent based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model that values the option at 25% of your base salary on the date of grant. The Annual Option shall vest in full on the third anniversary of the date of grant subject to your continuing employment with the Company on such date.

In addition, for a period of five years following the commencement of your employment with the Company, you will be eligible to receive a cash bonus equal to 12.5% of the amount of the Gross Profit that the Company receives from HIP manufacturing of near net shape parts, so long as the Company exceeds a minimum Gross Profit threshold of 40% as determined by the Company based on its accounting and financial policies and records. For purposes of this offer letter, Gross Profit shall mean the Company’s revenue less direct production costs as determined by the Company based on its accounting and financial policies and records. This cash bonus, if any, will be paid to you on a quarterly basis based on the amount revenue actually received by the Company for such parts during such period. To receive any such cash bonus, you must be employed by the Company at the time of the payment.

2

 


 

As a condition of your employment (and for the employment related cash and equity compensation specified herein), you will enter into an intellectual property transfer agreement with the Company and Parent pursuant to which you will assign to the Company and Parent your computational modeling software and “know how” relating to design, engineering and manufacturing of cans and vessels for HIP.

The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and fruitful relationship. Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason, subject to the notice requirements contained in this letter. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least thirty days’ notice.

While your employment will be at-will, if your employment is terminated by the Company involuntarily without Cause (excluding any termination due to death or disability), then the Company will accelerate 50% of the number of Option Shares that are unvested on the termination date. The severance contemplated in this paragraph is conditioned on your: (i) continuing to comply with the terms of the At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement discussed below to the extent that the obligations therein apply following the termination of your employment; and (ii) signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of known and unknown claims in the form provided by the Company (including non-disparagement and no cooperation provisions) (the “Release”) and provided that such Release becomes effective and irrevocable no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date or such earlier date required by the release (such deadline, the “Release Deadline”). If the Release does not become effective by the Release Deadline, you will forfeit any rights to severance.

For purposes of this letter, “Cause” shall mean: (i) your material failure to perform your duties or responsibilities to the satisfaction of your supervisor; (ii) your failure or refusal to comply with the written policies or standards established by the Company from time to time; (iii) an act of personal dishonesty, fraud, embezzlement, or misrepresentation that benefits you at the expense of the Company; (iv) your violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business; (v) your conviction of, or a plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state; (vi) your breach of the terms of this Agreement or the At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement; or (vii) the Company’s financial distress resulting in a reduction in force and your employment is terminated in connection with such reduction.

3

 


 

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and standards. You will be specifically required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company’s rules of conduct, which are included in the Company’s Employee Handbook, which the Company will soon distribute.

As a condition of your employment, you will also be required to sign and comply with an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement (the “Confidentiality Agreement”), which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of proprietary information. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree to an arbitration in which (i) you are waiving your rights to a jury trial, but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (ii) we agree that disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, and (iii) disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion.

Please sign and date this Amended Offer Letter in the space provided below. Your first day of employment will be August 28, 2023. This letter, along with your Confidentiality Agreement, sets forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersedes any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, the Prior Offer Letter and any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or President.

4

 


 

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at the Company.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

/s/ Hank J. Holland

Hank J. Holland

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Amaero International Limited

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged and accepted:

 

 

/s/ Eric Bono

Eric Bono

 

Date:

 

August 25, 2023

 

Enclosures

 

 

Confidentiality Agreement

 

5

 


Exhibit 10.7

 

img180568371_0.jpg

Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc.
130 Innovation Drive SW, McDonald, TN 37353

June 27, 2025

Brett Paduch

Dear Brett,

I am pleased to offer you a position with Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc., (the "Company") as its Chief Financial Officer reporting to Hank Holland, Chairman and CEO. If you decide to join us, you will receive an annual salary of $325,000 less applicable withholdings, which will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures. Additionally, your salary base will increase to $350,000.00 on your first-year anniversary date.

You are entitled to 4 weeks Paid Time Off as per our company policy to begin accruing upon completion of your initial probationary period of 90 days.

If you join the Company, you will be required to work at our McDonald, TN facility, located at 130 Innovation Drive SW, McDonald, TN 37353.

Additionally, we are offering you reimbursement of relocation expenses for your move to Tennessee, up to a maximum reimbursement of $25,000 to be utilized within the first 12 months of employment. We will reimburse you for these expenditures once you submit valid receipts to the Company and will be reimbursed to you (or paid by the Company on your behalf) if you are an employee of the Company on the date of reimbursement or payment by the Company. Relocation expenses that are taxable must be substantiated in writing (by valid receipts or any other reasonable method of invoicing, showing proof of payment for an eligible relocation cost) within thirty (30) days from when any such relocation expense is incurred. Any such relocation expense will be reimbursed to you via check or electronic funds transfer by the thirtieth (30th) day following the date of receipt by the Company of your written substantiation.

The "Company" agrees to reimburse you for up to 6 months rental housing at a mutually agreed upon rate to be substantiated in writing via rental receipts.

As an employee, you are also eligible to receive certain employee benefits that are provided to similarly situated employees pursuant to the terms and conditions of the applicable Company benefit plan and as otherwise required by law, including Company matching of your 401(k) contributions pursuant to the Company-sponsored 401(k) plan. You will be eligible for participation in the Company-sponsored 401(k) plan 6 months following your initial July 2025 start date.

You will be eligible for health-related benefits on the first day of the month following your start date.

Notwithstanding any provision in this letter, the Company may modify job titles, wages, and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.


 

In addition, if you decide to join the Company, it will be recommended as soon as practicable following your start date, that the Company's parent company, Amaero Ltd ("Parent"), grant you an option (the "Option") to purchase 2,350,000 ordinary shares of Parent (the "Option Shares") at an exercise price per share equal to the volume weighted average price (VWAP) of an ordinary share of Parent for the five consecutive trading days after your Start Date (the "Exercise Price"). The Option shall vest as to 1/5th of the Option Shares on the date of grant and as to an additional 1/5 th of the Option shares on each anniversary of the date with the Company subject to your continuing employment with the Company on each such vesting date. In the event of a change of control of Parent (as defined in the option plan documents), the vesting of the Option shall accelerate as to 50% of the number of Option Shares that are unvested upon the closing date of the change of control. The Option shall be subject to such other terms and conditions (including accelerated vesting) as are set forth in the option plan documents. No right to any shares under the Option is earned or accrued until such time that vesting occurs, nor does the grant of the Option confer any right to continue vesting or employment.

Subject to your continued employment and approval and modification by the Board of Directors of Parent in its discretion, Parent currently intends to make an annual grant to you in January of each year of an option to purchase ordinary shares of Parent (the "Annual Option") at an exercise price per share equal to the VWAP of an ordinary share of Parent for the five consecutive trading days prior to the date of the option grant as determined by Parent. The number of shares subject to the Annual Option shall be determined by Parent based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model that values the option at 25% of your base salary on the date of grant. The Annual Option shall vest 1/3rd of the option shares on the anniversary of the dates of grant subject to your continuing employment with the Company on such date.

Your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason, subject to the notice requirements contained in this letter. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least thirty days' notice.

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and standards.

You acknowledge that you have read and that you understand the Company's rules of conduct,which are included in the Company's Employee Handbook.

As a condition of your original employment, you signed an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement (the "Confidentiality Agreement"). Should this require an update please advise the Company in conjunction with your change of employment.


 

To indicate your acceptance of the Company's offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below. If you accept our offer, your first day of employment in your new capacity will be July 1, 2025, or a mutually agreed upon date (the "Start Date"). This letter, along with your Confidentiality Agreement, sets forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersedes any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company's Chief Executive Officer. This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed, and returned by June 27, 2025.

We look forward to your favorable reply and working with you at the Company.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Hank Holland

Hank Holland

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

Acknowledged and accepted:

 

/s/ Brett Paduch

Brett Paduch

 

 


 

img180568371_0.jpg

 

November 15, 2025

Brett Paduch Compensation Increase

Dear Brett,

This letter serves to formally confirm changes to your compensation and equity award with Amaero Advanced Materials and Manufacturing, Inc.

Effective November 14, 2025, your annual base salary was adjusted in accordance with company approval and payroll processing to $450,000 annually.

Amaero appreciates your continued leadership, contributions, and commitment to the organization. We look forward to your ongoing success as we continue to grow and advance our operations.

Please acknowledge receipt of this letter by signing below and returning a copy to Human Resources.

 

/s/ Melissa Denton

Melissa Denton

Chief Administrative Officer

 

img180568371_0.jpg

Amaero Ltd (ASX:3DA)

Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc.

130 Innovation Drive SW

McDonald, TN 37353

www.amaeroinc.com

 

Acknowledged and Accepted:

 

 

/s/ Brett Paduch

 

11/15/2026

Brett Patch

 

Date

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.8

AMAERO INC.

EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

1.
Purposes of the Plan. The Plan is intended to increase stockholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities and (b) achieve the Company’s objectives.
2.
Definitions.
2.1.
“Actual Award” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the authority of the Administrator (as defined in Section 3) under Section 4.4.
2.2.
“Administrator” has the meaning ascribed to it under Section 3.1.
2.3.
“Affiliate” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) that, from time to time and at the time of any determination, directly or indirectly, is in control of or is controlled by the Company.
2.4.
“ASX” means ASX Limited ABN 98 008 624 691, or the securities market which it operates, as the context requires.
2.5.
“ASX Listing Rules” means the official listing rules, market rules and operating rules of the ASX.
2.6.
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
2.7.
“Bonus Pool” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator establishes the Bonus Pool for each Performance Period.
2.8.
“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or formal guidance of general or direct applicability promulgated under such section or regulation, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.
2.9.
“Committee” means a committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 3) to administer the Plan.
2.10.
“Company” means Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.
2.11.
“Company Group” means the Company and any Parents, Subsidiaries, and Affiliates.
2.12.
“Disability” means a permanent and total disability determined in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

 


 

2.13.
“Employee” means any executive, officer, or other employee of the Company Group, whether such individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan.
2.14.
“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.
2.15.
“Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).
2.16.
“Participant” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Administrator for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period and who has, if so requested by the Company or the employing member of the Company Group, signed an acknowledgement form in the form provided by the Company Group.
2.17.
“Performance Period” means the period of time for the measurement of the performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Administrator. A Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Administrator desires to measure some performance criteria over twelve (12) months and other criteria over three (3) months.
2.18.
“Plan” means this Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (including any appendix attached hereto), as may be amended from time to time.
2.19.
“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and/or any state law equivalent as each may be amended or promulgated from time to time.
2.20.
“Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f), in relation to the Company.
2.21.
“Target Award” means the target award, at 100% of target level performance achievement, payable under the Plan to a Participant for a Performance Period, as determined by the Administrator in accordance with Section 4.2.
2.22.
“Tax Withholdings” means tax, social insurance and social security liability or premium obligations in connection with the awards under the Plan, including without limitation: (a) all federal, state, and local income, employment and any other taxes (including the Participant’s U.S. Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligation) that are required to be withheld by the Company Group, (b) the Participant’s and, to the extent required by the Company Group, the fringe benefit tax liability of the Company Group associated with an award under the Plan, and (c) any other taxes or social insurance or social security liabilities or premium the responsibility for which the Participant has, or has agreed to bear, with respect to such award under the Plan.
2.23.
“Termination of Employment” means a cessation of the employee-employer relationship between an Employee and the Company Group, including without limitation a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability, retirement, or the disaffiliation of a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate. For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between any members of the Company Group (for example, between the Company and a Subsidiary) will not be deemed a Termination of Employment.

-2-


 

3.
Administration of the Plan.
3.1.
Administrator. The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee (the “Administrator”). The members of any Committee will be appointed from time to time in a manner that satisfies applicable laws by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board. The Board may retain the authority to administer the Plan concurrently with a Committee and may revoke the delegation of some or all authority previously delegated. Different Administrators may administer the Plan with respect to different groups of Employees. Unless and until the Board otherwise determines, the Board’s Compensation Committee will administer the Plan.
3.2.
Administrator Authority. It will be the duty of the Administrator to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions and in accordance with applicable law. The Administrator will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (a) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (b) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (c) interpret the Plan and the awards, (d) adopt such procedures, appendices and sub‑plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are non‑U.S. nationals or employed outside of the U.S. or to qualify awards for special tax treatment under the laws of jurisdictions other than the U.S., (e) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (f) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. Any determinations and decisions made or to be made by the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, unless specified otherwise by the Administrator, will be in the Administrator’s sole discretion.
3.3.
Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Administrator and/or any delegate of the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law.
3.4.
Delegation by Administrator. The Administrator, on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company. Such delegation may be revoked at any time.
3.5.
Indemnification. Each person who is or will have been a member of the Administrator will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (a) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any award, and (b) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she will give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

-3-


 

4.
Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards.
4.1.
Selection of Participants. The Administrator will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan will be on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Performance Periods. No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan or, if so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.
4.2.
Determination of Target Awards. The Administrator may establish a Target Award for each Participant (which may be expressed as a percentage of a Participant’s average annual base salary for the Performance Period or a fixed dollar amount or such other amount or based on such other formula or factors as the Administrator determines).
4.3.
Bonus Pool. Each Performance Period, the Administrator may establish a Bonus Pool, which pool may be established before, during or after the applicable Performance Period. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool, if a Bonus Pool has been established.
4.4.
Discretion to Modify Awards. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time prior to payment of an Actual Award, may: (a) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (b) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool. The Actual Award may be below, at or above the Target Award, as determined by the Administrator. The Administrator may determine the amount of any increase, reduction, or elimination based on such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.
4.5.
Discretion to Determine Criteria. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Administrator will determine the performance goals, if any, applicable to any Target Award (or portion thereof) which may include, without limitation, goals related to: attainment of research and development milestones; sales bookings; business divestitures and acquisitions; capital raising; cash flow; cash position; contract awards or backlog; corporate transactions; customer renewals; customer retention rates from an acquired company, subsidiary, business unit or division; earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net taxes); earnings per share; expenses; financial milestones; gross margin; growth in stockholder value relative to the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or another index; internal rate of return; leadership development or succession planning; license or research collaboration arrangements; market share; net income; net profit; net sales; new product or business or product development; new product invention or innovation; number of customers; operating cash flow; operating expenses; operating income; operating margin; overhead or other expense reduction; patents; procurement; product defect measures; product release timelines; productivity; profit; regulatory milestones or regulatory-related goals; retained earnings; return on assets; return on capital; return on equity; return on investment; return on sales; revenue; revenue growth; sales results; sales growth; savings; stock price; time to market; total stockholder return; working capital; unadjusted or adjusted actual contract value; unadjusted or adjusted total contract value; and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by the Administrator, the performance goals may be based on U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or non‑GAAP results and any

-4-


 

actual results may be adjusted by the Administrator for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items and/or payments of Actual Awards under the Plan when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The performance goals may be based on any factors the Administrator determines relevant, including without limitation on an individual, divisional, portfolio, project, business unit, segment or Company-wide basis. Any criteria used may be measured on such basis as the Administrator determines, including without limitation: (a) in absolute terms, (b) in combination with another performance goal or goals (for example, but not by way of limitation, as a ratio or matrix), (c) in relative terms (including, but not limited to, results for other periods, passage of time and/or against another company or companies or an index or indices), (d) on a per-share basis, (e) against the performance of the Company as a whole or a segment of the Company and/or (f) on a pre-tax or after-tax basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. Failure to meet the applicable performance goals will result in a failure to earn the Target Award, except as provided in Section 4.4. The Administrator also may determine that a Target Award (or portion thereof) will not have a performance goal associated with it but instead will be granted (if at all) as determined by the Administrator.
4.6.
Appendices and Sub-Plan. The Administrator may determine, at any time prior to payment of an Actual Award, that any Target Award or Actual Award (or portion thereof) are subject to any special provisions set forth in a country-specific appendix (or portion thereof) or sub-plan made available to the Participant in connection with such Participant’s Award Agreement (as may be amended and/or restated from time to time) (collectively, an “Applicable Appendix”). If the Administrator determines that an Applicable Appendix applies, such terms and conditions supplement, amend and/or supersede the terms of this Plan, provided, however, that no such terms or conditions shall be effective with respect to a Participant who is a U.S. taxpayer or otherwise subject to Section 409A unless such terms and conditions would result in the terms of a Target Award or Actual Award to such Participant remaining exempt or excepted from the requirements of Section 409A pursuant to the “short-term deferral” exception or another exception or exemption under Section 409A, or otherwise complying with Section 409A, in each case such that none of this Plan or Actual Awards provided under this Plan to such Participant will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A.
5.
Payment of Awards.
5.1.
Right to Receive Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the general assets of the Company Group. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which the Participant may be entitled.
5.2.
Timing of Payment. Payment of each Actual Award will be made as soon as practicable after the end of the Performance Period to which the Actual Award relates and after the Actual Award is approved by the Administrator, but in no event after the later of (a) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month of the Fiscal Year immediately following the Fiscal Year in which the Participant’s Actual Award first becomes no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, and (b) March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant’s Actual Award first becomes no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, to earn an Actual Award a Participant must be employed by the Company Group on the date the Actual Award is paid, and in all cases subject to the Administrator’s discretion pursuant to Section 4.4.

-5-


 

5.3.
Form of Payment. Subject to the terms of this Plan, including Section 6.1.2, each Actual Award generally will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum. The Administrator reserves the right to settle an Actual Award with a grant of an equity award with such terms and conditions, including any vesting requirements, as determined by the Administrator, subject to applicable law and the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed.
5.4.
Payment in the Event of Death or Disability. If a Termination of Employment occurs due to a Participant’s death or Disability prior to payment of an Actual Award that the Administrator has determined will be paid for a prior Performance Period, then the Actual Award will be paid to the Participant or the Participant’s estate, as the case may be, subject to the Administrator’s discretion pursuant to Section 4.4.
6.
General Provisions.
6.1.
Tax Matters.
6.1.1.
Section 409A. It is the intent that this Plan be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment under this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A‑2(b)(2). In no event will the Company Group have any liability, obligation, or responsibility to reimburse, indemnify or hold harmless any Participant or other Employee for any taxes, penalties or interest imposed, or other costs incurred, as a result of Section 409A.
6.1.2.
Tax Withholdings. The Company Group will have the right and authority to deduct from any Actual Award all applicable Tax Withholdings. Prior to the payment of an Actual Award or such earlier time as any Tax Withholdings are due, the Company Group is permitted to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company Group, an amount sufficient to satisfy any Tax Withholdings with respect to such Actual Award.
6.2.
No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any award under the Plan will confer upon a Participant any right regarding continuing the Participant’s relationship as an Employee or other service provider to the Company Group, nor will they interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company Group or the Participant to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws.
6.3.
Forfeiture Events.
6.3.1.
Clawback Policy; Applicable Laws. All awards under the Plan will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company Group is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable laws. In addition, the Administrator may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions with respect to an award under the Plan as the Administrator determines necessary

-6-


 

or appropriate, including without limitation a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired cash, stock, or other property provided with respect to an award. Unless this Section 6.3.1 is specifically mentioned and waived in a written agreement between a Participant and a member of the Company Group or other document, no recovery of compensation under a clawback policy will give the Participant the right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with a member of the Company Group.
6.3.2.
Additional Forfeiture Terms. The Administrator may specify when providing for an award under the Plan that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to the award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of the award. Such events may include, without limitation, termination of the Participant’s status as an Employee for “cause” or any act by a Participant, whether before or after the Participant’s status as an Employee terminates, that would constitute “cause.”
6.3.3.
Accounting Restatements. If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, then any Participant who knowingly or through gross negligence engaged in the misconduct, or who knowingly or through gross negligence failed to prevent the misconduct, and any Participant who is one of the individuals subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, will reimburse the Company Group the amount of any payment with respect to an award earned or accrued during the twelve (12) month period following the first public issuance or filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurred) of the financial document embodying such financial reporting requirement.
6.4.
Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards under the Plan, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.
6.5.
Nontransferability of Awards. No award under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and except as provided in Section 5.4. All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant.
7.
Compliance with ASX Listing Rules. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, any benefits provided for in this Plan or otherwise payable to Employees is subject to, and the Company must comply with, the ASX Listing Rules for so long as the Company is listed on the ASX.

-7-


 

8.
Amendment, Termination, and Duration.
8.1.
Amendment, Suspension, or Termination. The Administrator may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan. Any payments under this Plan, including the method of calculating such payments, do not create any contractual or other acquired right to participate in a similar Plan, receive any similar payments (or benefits in lieu) or have the Participant’s payments calculated in a certain way in the future. The actual or anticipated value of any awards under the Plan will not be taken into account in assessing any other employment benefits or termination payments, including any payments in lieu of notice or severance, except as required by applicable law.
8.2.
Duration of Plan. The Plan will commence on the date first adopted by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, and subject to Section 7.1 (regarding the Administrator’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect thereafter until terminated.
9.
Legal Construction.
9.1.
Gender and Number. Unless otherwise indicated by the context, any feminine term used herein also will include the masculine and any masculine term used herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural.
9.2.
Severability. If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason in any jurisdiction or as to any Participant, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had not been included.
9.3.
Governing Law. The Plan and all awards and all determinations made and actions taken under the Plan will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Plan, a Participant’s acceptance of an award is his or her consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Delaware, and agreement that any such litigation will be conducted in Kent County, or the federal courts for the United States for the District of Delaware, and no other courts, regardless of where a Participant’s services are performed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Applicable Appendix may provide that, with respect to the Participant, the Plan and one or more awards and determinations made and actions taken under the Plan will be construed in accordance with and governed by, the country where the Participant permanently resides or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such other jurisdiction as the Applicable Appendix may provide, and may provide for consent to jurisdiction, and agreement that litigation will be conducted in, the country where the Participant permanently resides or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such other jurisdiction as the Applicable Appendix may provide.

-8-


 

9.4.
Bonus Plan. The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of Labor regulations section 2510.3‑2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention.
9.5.
Headings. Headings are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.
10.
Compliance with Applicable Laws. Awards under the Plan (including without limitation the granting of such awards) will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

* * *

-9-


 

PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM

You have been designated as a Participant who may be eligible to participate in the Employee Incentive Compensation Plan (“Plan”), subject to meeting the terms of the Plan and this Acknowledgement Form. You must sign and return this Acknowledgement Form to become an eligible Participant in the Plan. Relevant details in relation to your participation in the Plan are set out in the Plan.

By signing below, you acknowledge and agree that you received a copy of the Plan and have read and understand its terms. You acknowledge that you have not relied upon any representations or statements made by the Company or any of its affiliates which are not specifically set out in the Plan. You understand that the Plan, your participation in the Plan and any awards made under the Plan are discretionary and that the Company may amend, suspend, replace or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, in its sole discretion in accordance with the terms of the Plan to the full extent permitted under applicable law.

 

Name:

 

Signature:

 

Date:

 

 

 


CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE IT IS BOTH (I) NOT MATERIAL AND (II) INFORMATION THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL. [***] INDICATES THAT INFORMATION HAS BEEN REDACTED.

Exhibit 10.9

 

FIRST AMENDMENT, CONSENT, WAIVER AND JOINDER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT, CONSENT, WAIVER AND JOINDER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of June 11, 2026 (this “Amendment”), is made by and among Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), AMAERO INC., a Delaware corporation (“US HoldCo”), AMAERO LTD (ACN 633 541 634), an Australian limited company (“Amaero International”), AM AERO INC., a California corporation (“AM Aero”), AMAERO ENGINEERING PTY LIMITED (ACN 162 732 649), an Australian limited company (“Amaero Engineering”), AMAERO ALLOYS PTY LIMITED (ACN 644 922 636), an Australian limited company (“Amaero Alloys”, together with US HoldCo, Amaero International, AM Aero, Amaero Engineering, the “Guarantors” and each a “Guarantor”), and the EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF THE UNITED STATES, an agency of the United States of America (“EXIM Bank”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Guarantors (other than US HoldCo) and EXIM Bank are parties to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2025 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Credit Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower and EXIM Bank are parties to that certain Security Agreement, dated as of June 11, 2025 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Security Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that EXIM Bank increase the Total Commitment Amount to reimburse certain Contract Goods and Services in connection with the Project and, in accordance with Section 5(h) of the Security Agreement, to amend Schedule 2 to the Security Agreement to update the items of equipment identified thereon;

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that EXIM Bank amend the initial testing date for the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under Section 9.02(ff)(iii) of the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 9.03(a)(vii)(C), the Borrower has advised EXIM Bank that Amaero Engineering and Amaero Alloys (together, the “Released Guarantors”) each own no material assets, engage in no business and otherwise have no activities and that Amaero Engineering applied for voluntary deregistration on April 24, 2026, and Amaero Alloys applied for voluntary deregistration on April 22, 2026 (collectively, the “Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Dissolution”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Dissolution, the Borrower has requested that EXIM Bank release the Released Guarantors from their obligations as guarantors under the Credit Agreement and the other Finance Documents (the “Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Release”);

1


 

WHEREAS, US Holdco was formed for the purpose of re-domiciling Amaero International to the United States through US Holdco acquiring all of the ordinary shares in Amaero International by way of a scheme of arrangement between Amaero International and its shareholders (the “Scheme”), which Scheme is expected to be implemented on or about June 22, 2026;

WHEREAS, the Borrower has advised EXIM Bank that the Borrower has failed to comply with its obligations under Section 9.03(a)(vi) of the Credit Agreement, due to the Borrower’s failure to provide at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice to EXIM Bank of Amaero International’s change in corporate name and has requested a waiver of the Event of Defaults arising under Section 10.03(a)(iv) of the Credit Agreement with respect to failure to provide timely notice of such Event of Default and Section 10.03(a)(v) with respect to the non-compliance under Section 9.03(a)(vi) (collectively, the “Specified Defaults”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that EXIM Bank amend and/or waive certain provisions of the Credit Agreement pursuant to Section 12.11 thereof, including to (a) provide for an increase in the Total Commitment Amount, (b) modify the initial testing date for the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, (c) join US HoldCo as a guarantor to the Credit Agreement, (d) consent to the waiver of the Specified Defaults and (e) consent to the Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Release;

WHEREAS, EXIM Bank is willing to make such amendments, consents and/or waivers on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, it being the intention of the parties that such amendments do not constitute a novation of the obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document and that all guarantees and security interests shall continue in full force and effect; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the agreements and representations contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Section 1.1 Definitions.

Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

Section 1.2 Interpretation.

The principles of construction set forth in Section 1.02 (Principles of Construction) of the Credit Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Amendment as if expressly set forth herein.

2


 

ARTICLE 2

AMENDMENTS

Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Article 5 hereof, and effective as of the First Amendment Effective Date (as defined below):

(a)
the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text), and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text) as set forth in the pages attached as Annex A hereto; and
(b)
Schedule 2 to the Security Agreement is hereby amended to delete it in its entirety and replace it with the form attached hereto as Annex B.

ARTICLE 3

consent, waiver and joinder

Section 3.1 Consent to Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Release.

(a)
Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article 5 hereof, and effective as of the First Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), and without any amendment to the terms thereof or waiver of any condition relating thereto that would be materially adverse to EXIM Bank, EXIM Bank hereby releases Amaero Alloys and Amaero Engineering from their respective obligations as a Guarantor under the Credit Agreement and the other Finance Documents automatically and without any further action being required to effectuate the foregoing, and hereby consents to the Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Dissolution, subject to Section 3.1(c) below.
(b)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, EXIM Bank’s consent in the foregoing Section 3.1(a) shall expire on July 31, 2026 unless the Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Dissolution has been consummated on or prior to July 31, 2026.
(c)
The representation and warranty in Article 4(j) hereof is deemed to be re-made as of the date of the consummation of the Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Dissolution.

Section 3.2 Waiver of Specified Defaults. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article 5 hereof, and effective as of the First Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), EXIM Bank hereby waives the Specified Defaults.

Section 3.3 Joinder of US HoldCo

(a)
As of the date hereof, US HoldCo hereby agrees to:
(i)
join the Credit Agreement and the other Finance Documents as a “Guarantor”;

3


 

(ii)
be bound by all covenants, agreements and acknowledgments attributable to a Guarantor in the Credit Agreement and the other Finance Documents; and
(iii)
perform all obligations and duties required of it by the Credit Agreement as a Guarantor.
(b)
Without limiting the foregoing, US HoldCo, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to EXIM Bank and its successors and assigns, as provided in the Guarantors’ Guarantee, the full, prompt and complete payment when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Disbursements under the Credit Agreement, interest thereon and any and all other amounts payable by the Borrower to EXIM Bank under the Credit Agreement (as amended by this Amendment), any Note or any other Finance Document.
(c)
US HoldCo hereby represents and warrants that the representations and warranties required to be made by it contained in the Credit Agreement (as amended by this Amendment) and in each of the other Finance Documents to which US HoldCo is a party, by virtue of this Joinder Agreement or otherwise, are true and correct on the date hereof as if made on and as of the date hereof (except for any representations and warranties which are expressly stated to be given solely as of an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of such earlier date).
(d)
All references to Guarantor or Guarantors in the Credit Agreement (as amended by this Amendment) or the other Finance Documents are hereby deemed to include US HoldCo. Upon implementation of the Scheme, all references to Holdings in the Credit Agreement (as amended by this Amendment) or the other Finance Documents shall be deemed to include US HoldCo. Within two (2) Business Days after implementation of the Scheme, US HoldCo hereby agrees to deliver written notice to EXIM Bank (which may be via email) confirming that the HoldCo Transaction has occurred.
(e)
The Borrower and each of the Guarantors agree to promptly execute all further documentation and to take such additional actions as from time to time reasonably requested by EXIM Bank to be executed by the Borrower and each Guarantor, in order to join US HoldCo as a Guarantor under the Credit Agreement and other Finance Documents.

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower and the Guarantors hereby represent and warrant as of the date hereof and as of the First Amendment Effective Date that:

(a)
after giving effect to this Amendment, no Event of Default or no Potential Default has occurred and is continuing or will occur immediately following the execution of this Amendment;

4


 

(b)
after giving effect to this Amendment, the representations and warranties made by the Borrower and the Guarantors in this Amendment and in the other Finance Documents shall be true and accurate on and as of the date of this Amendment and the First Amendment Effective Date (except for any representations and warranties which are expressly stated to be given solely as of an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of such earlier date);
(c)
the execution, delivery and performance or observance by the Borrower and each of the Guarantors of the terms of, and consummation by the Borrower and the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated by, this Amendment do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of: (A) the Organizational Documents of the Borrower or the Guarantors, as applicable; (B) any law of the United States or any other ordinance, decree, constitutional provision, regulation or other requirement of any Governmental Authority; or (C) any order, writ, injunction, judgment, decree or award of any court or other tribunal. Further, each of the Borrower’s and Guarantors’ execution and delivery of this Amendment, the performance and observance of its obligations thereunder, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Amendment do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach of any agreement or instrument to which the Borrower or the Guarantors, as applicable, is a party or to which it or any of its revenues, properties or assets may be subject, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien upon any of the revenues, properties or assets of the Borrower or the Guarantors, as applicable, pursuant to any such agreement or instrument other than the Liens upon the Collateral created under the Security Documents;
(d)
all consents of any Person required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and each Guarantor of this Amendment have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect;
(e)
subject in the case of the Released Guarantors to the pending Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Dissolution, each of the Borrower and the Guarantors is duly organized or incorporated (as applicable), validly existing and in good standing (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation and is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license, with full power, authority and legal right to own its property and carry on its business as now conducted, and has taken all actions necessary or advisable to authorize it to execute, deliver, perform, and observe the terms and conditions of this Amendment and the other Finance Documents;
(f)
each of the Borrower and the Guarantors has duly executed and delivered this Amendment; each of the Finance Documents that has been executed and delivered constitutes, and each such Finance Document that may hereafter be executed and delivered will constitute, a direct, general, and unconditional obligation of the Borrower and the Guarantors (to the extent each is a party thereto) that is legal, valid, and binding upon the Borrower and the Guarantors that are party thereto and enforceable against the Borrower and the Guarantors that are party thereto in accordance with its respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium, readjustment of debt or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and by the application of general principles

5


 

of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity;
(g)
all documents, reports, and other written information (other than projected or pro forma financial information) that have been furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Guarantors to EXIM Bank in connection with this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, taken as a whole, are true and correct in all material respects and do not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein (when taken as a whole), in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected or pro forma financial information, the Borrower and the Guarantors represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation and delivery (it being understood that such projected information may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material);
(h)
each of the Borrower and the Guarantors is Solvent as of the date hereof after giving effect to this Amendment;
(i)
no event or circumstance has occurred since the date of the most recent Company Financial Statements that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect;
(j)
Each of the Released Guarantors owns no material assets, engages in no business and otherwise has no activities, and the Borrower has determined in good faith that the dissolution of each Released Guarantor is in the best interests of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and is not disadvantageous to EXIM Bank; and
(k)
after giving effect to all of the Disbursements under the Credit Agreement (including any Disbursement made or to be made after giving effect to this Amendment), Annex B hereto is a true, correct and complete list of all of the Equipment that the Borrower has received an advance from EXIM Bank to reimburse the Borrower for payments to Suppliers for such Equipment.

ARTICLE 5

CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS

This Amendment shall become effective on and as of the Business Day on which the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived (the “First Amendment Effective Date”) each, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank or in a manner satisfactory to EXIM Bank:

(a)
EXIM Bank shall have received duly executed counterparts of this Amendment from each of the Loan Parties party hereto;
(b)
EXIM Bank shall have received evidence of the payment in full of the fees and out-of-pocket expenses due and payable to EXIM Bank’s outside counsel and any Independent Consultant;

6


 

(c)
after giving effect to this Amendment, all of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower and the Guarantors in this Amendment, the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) and in the other Finance Documents shall be true and accurate on and as of the date of this Amendment and the First Amendment Effective Date (except for any representations and warranties which are expressly stated to be given solely as of an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of such earlier date);
(d)
after giving effect to this Amendment, no Event of Default or no Potential Default exists on such date, or would result from the execution, delivery or performance by the Borrower or any Guarantor of this Amendment and the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby);
(e)
no law, regulation, ruling or other action of any Governmental Authority shall be in effect or shall have occurred, the effect of which would be to prevent any party to this Amendment and the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) from fulfilling its obligations;
(f)
copies, certified as true copies by an Authorized Officer of the Loan Parties of each consent, license, authorization or approval of, and exemption by, any Governmental Authority, which are necessary or advisable: (i) for the execution, delivery, performance, and observance by the Loan Parties of this Amendment; and (ii) for the validity, binding effect, and enforceability of Amendment and the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby);
(g)
a certificate of the Borrower acknowledging and agreeing that any loan made by EXIM Bank pursuant to this Amendment and the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) and any determination by EXIM Bank as to whether any Contract Goods and Services are Contract Goods and Services shall not prejudice or otherwise have any binding effect with regard to any determination by the IRS, the U.S. Department of the Treasury or a court of law as to the tax basis of the Project or any part thereof under the Code;
(h)
a certificate from the Borrower certifying that the Project is not a “public works project” within the meaning of the Davis-Bacon Act or any other Applicable Law;
(i)
no event or circumstance shall have occurred which, in the judgment of EXIM Bank, is likely to materially and adversely affect the financial condition, business, prospects or operations of any Loan Party or the ability of any Loan Party to perform all or any of its obligations under this Amendment, the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby), any Note or any other Finance Document, as the case may be;
(j)
the Acquisition List with respect to the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount in the form approved by EXIM Bank;
(k)
evidence that each Loan Party (other than the Released Guarantors) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation and for each Loan Party (other than the Australian Guarantor) and to the extent applicable in its jurisdiction of incorporation, evidence that it is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license;

7


 

(l)
a completed verification certificate in respect of the Australian Guarantor, duly signed by two directors of the Australian Guarantor, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank, together with all attachments referred to in such certificate and dated no earlier than 5 days before the date of the First Amendment Effective Date, provided that the verification certificate may include a certification that the attachments referred to in such certificate have not been amended since last delivered to EXIM Bank and remain in full force and effect;
(m)
evidence of (i) the authority (and, in the case of Australian Guarantor, extracts thereof) of each Loan Party (other than the Released Guarantors) to execute, deliver, perform and observe the terms and conditions of this Amendment, the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) or any Note; and (ii) the authority (including specimen signatures) for each Person who, on behalf of each Loan Party (other than the Released Guarantors), signed this Amendment, and/or will sign any Note and such other documents and certificates (including Organizational Documents and, to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction, good standing certificates) as EXIM Bank may request relating to the organization, existence and good standing (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) of each Loan Party and any other legal matters relating to a Loan Party, this Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereby;
(n)
an opinion of external legal counsel to each Loan Party (other than the Released Guarantors) and, in the case of the Australian Guarantor, Clayton Utz as external Australian legal counsel to EXIM, in form and scope acceptable to EXIM Bank, and, if requested by EXIM Bank, an opinion from independent legal counsel selected by EXIM Bank, as to such matters relating to this Amendment, the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby as specified by EXIM Bank;
(o)
US HoldCo shall have delivered an Anti-Lobbying Certificate and Iran Activities Certification, in each case, executed by Authorized Officer(s) of US HoldCo;
(p)
a Note in the form of Annex A to the Credit Agreement, executed by the Borrower and endorsed by the Guarantors (other than the Released Guarantors); provided that upon receipt of such Note by EXIM Bank (or its designee), the Note delivered on or around the Original Signing Date shall be deemed cancelled;
(q)
a copy of recent Uniform Commercial Code searches or other lien registry searches in each applicable jurisdiction relating to the Collateral and the Loan Parties, as determined by EXIM Bank, including Australian Securities and Investments Commission and Personal Property Securities Register search results in respect of the Australian Guarantor; and
(r)
any other documents, certificates, instruments, authorization, opinion, assurance, or information relating to the First Amendment to Credit Agreement, this Agreement, any Note, or any other Finance Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated under them by any Loan Party) as EXIM Bank may have reasonably requested.

8


 

ARTICLE 6

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.1 Reference to and Effect on the Finance Documents.

(a)
Upon the due execution and delivery of this Amendment by the parties, on and after the First Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby” or words of like import, and each reference in the other Finance Documents to “the Credit Agreement,” “thereunder,” “thereof,” “therein,” “thereby” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as the terms thereof have been amended hereby.
(b)
This Amendment is effective only in the specific instances and for the specific purposes described herein. Except as specifically amended hereby, the Credit Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect in all respects and each is hereby ratified and confirmed.
(c)
Nothing in this Amendment shall be construed to act as a release of, or prejudice the rights of EXIM Bank (or any successors) in, any guarantees given by any party pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Finance Documents except solely to the extent expressly provided herein with respect to Amaero Engineering and Amaero Alloys and the Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Release.
(d)
Each of the Borrower and each Guarantor (other than the Released Guarantors) hereby (i) ratifies and reaffirms all of its payment and performance obligations, contingent or otherwise, under each of the Finance Documents to which it is a party, (ii) ratifies and reaffirms each grant of a lien on, or security interest in, its property made pursuant to the Finance Documents (including, without limitation, the grant of security made by such Person pursuant to each Security Document) and confirms that such liens and security interests continue to secure the obligations under the Finance Documents, subject to the terms thereof, and (iii) in the case of each Guarantor, ratifies and reaffirms its guaranty of the obligations pursuant to the Credit Agreement.
(e)
The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of EXIM Bank under any of the Finance Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Finance Documents or in any way limit, impair or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of EXIM Bank under the Finance Documents, except as provided herein.
(f)
By its execution of this Amendment, each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the terms of this Amendment do not constitute a novation, but, rather, a supplement of the terms of a pre-existing indebtedness and related agreement, as evidenced by the Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Amendment shall be construed as (A) an extinguishment, satisfaction, discharge, release, impairment or novation of any obligations under the Finance Documents, or (B) a release, reduction, termination, or subordination of, or otherwise affecting, any Lien or the priority of any Lien created pursuant to the Security Documents, all of which remain in full force and effect.

9


 

Section 6.2 Incorporation by Reference.

Section 11 (Governing Law and Jurisdiction), Section 12.12 (Counterparts), Section 12.15 (Severability) and Section 12.16 (Waiver of Jury Trial) shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Amendment as if expressly set forth herein.

Section 6.3 Finance Document.

Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors and EXIM Bank designate as of the date hereof this Amendment as a Finance Document.

Section 6.4 Costs and Expenses.

Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors agrees to pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of EXIM Bank in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Amendment and the other instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel) in accordance with the terms of Section 7.03 of the Credit Agreement.

[signature pages follow]

10


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered on its behalf by its authorized representative as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing Inc.

By:

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Name:

Hank J. Holland

 

 

(Print)

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer, President and Secretary

 

 

(Print)

 

 


 

 

Executed by Amaero LTD (ACN 633 541 634) in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):

 

 

/s/ Erik Levy

 

/s/ Hank J. Holland

Signature of director

 

Signature of company secretary/director

 

Erik Levy

 

 

Hank Jarret Holland

Full name of above signatory

 

Full name of above signatory

(Print)

 

 

 

 

Executed by Amaero Engineering Pty Limited (ACN 162 732 649) in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):

 

 

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

/s/ Laura Ashleigh Newell

Signature of director

 

Signature of company secretary/director

 

Hank Jarret Holland

 

 

Laura Ashleigh Newell

Full name of above signatory

 

Full name of above signatory

(Print)

 

 

 

 

Executed by Amaero Alloys Pty Limited (ACN 644 922 636) in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):

 

 

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

/s/ Laura Ashleigh Newell

Signature of director

 

Signature of company secretary/director

 

Hank Jarret Holland

 

 

Laura Ashleigh Newell

Full name of above signatory

 

Full name of above signatory

(Print)

 

 

 

 


 

Am AERO INC.

 

 

By:

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Name:

Hank J. Holland

 

 

(Print)

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer, President and Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

 

AmAERO INC.

 

By:

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Name:

Hank J. Holland

 

 

(Print)

 

 

 

 

Title:

 Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 


 

EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF THE UNITED STATES

 

 

By:

/s/ David R. Fiore

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Name:

David R. Fiore

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President – Transportation Division

 

 


 

Annex A

Amended Credit Agreement

[see attached]

 


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of February 25, 2025

 

among

 

AMAERO ADVANCED MATERIALS & MANUFACTURING, INC.,
as Borrower

AMAERO INTERNATIONAL LIMITEDLTD (ACN 633 541 634),

as a Guarantor

 

AM Aero Inc.,

as a Guarantor

 

Amaero Engineering Pty Limited (ACN 162 732 649)Inc.,

as a Guarantor

 

Amaero Alloys Pty Limited (ACN 644 922 636),

as a Guarantor

and

img182415413_0.jpg

EXPORT-IMPORT BANK
OF THE UNITED STATES

 

EXIM Bank Transaction No. AP089530XX

 


 

EXIM Bank Transaction No. AP089530XX

Term Sheet

1.

Borrower:

Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc.

2.

Documentation Agent:

Centre Merchant Finance

3.

Account Bank:

Western Alliance Bank

4.

Guarantors:

Amaero Inc.

Amaero International LimitedLtd (ACN 633 541 634)

AM Aero Inc.

Amaero Engineering Pty Limited (ACN 162 732 649)

Amaero Alloys Pty Limited (ACN 644 922 636)

5.

Financed Portion Amount:

U.S.$20,265,502.8223,174,347.00

 

(a)
Exposure Fee Percentage (applied to the Financed Portion Amount):

12.5619%

 

Exposure Fee Amount:

U.S.$2,545,732.202,911,138.30

 

 

 

Financed

 

 

As disbursed

6.

Total Commitment Amount:

U.S.$22,811,235.0226,085,485.30

7.

Applicable Interest Rate:

CIRR, determined on the Business Day which is five (5) Business Days prior to the first Disbursement Date.

8.
Commitment Fee: One-half(x) with respect to the Original Total Commitment Amount, one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum on the uncanceled and undisbursed amount of the Total Commitment Amount, accruing from March 9, 2025, to the Final Disbursement Date, and payable semi-annually on July 15 and December 15 of each year beginning on July 15, 2025 and (y) with respect to the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount, one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum on the uncancelled and undisbursed amount of the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount

TS-1

 


 

accruing from June 11, 2026, to the Final Disbursement Date and payable semi-annually on July 15 and December 15 of each year beginning on July 15, 2026.
9.
Principal Repayment: Twenty-Eight (28) quarterly installments, due and payable on March 30, June 30, September 30 and December 30 of each year, beginning on September 30, 2027, until all of the principal outstanding under this Agreement is repaid in full.
10.
Payment Instructions: The following instructions are to be used for the remittance of any payments made to EXIM Bank using the Federal Reserve Wire Network (FedWire):

 

Fedwire Field Tag

Fedwire Field Name

Required Information

 

 

 

{1510}

Type/Subtype

 

{2000}

Amount

 

{3400}

Receiver ABA routing number *

 

{3400}

Receiver ABA short name

 

{3600}

Business Function Code

 

{4200}

Beneficiary Identifier (account number)

 

{4200}

Beneficiary Name

 

{5000}

Originator

 

{6000}

Originator to Beneficiary Information – Line 1

 

 

* The financial institution address for the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s ABA routing number is

** For example, Commitment Fee, Exposure Fee, Principal, Interest, etc.

11.
Note required at first Disbursement: Yes
12.
Except as otherwise provided in the Agreement, all notices shall be directed to the respective parties in accordance with the following:

To the Borrower and each Guarantor:

Address:

c/o Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc.

TS-2

 


 

 

130 Innovation Drive SW

McDonald, TN 37353

Attention:

Chris ScanlonBrett Paduch

Telephone:

 

E-mail:

 

 

 

To EXIM Bank:

Address:

Export-Import Bank of the United States
811 Vermont Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20571

Attention:

Vice President – Asset Management Division

Telephone:

E-mail:

 

TS-3

 


 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Page

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

2

1.01

 

Defined Terms

2

1.02

 

Principles of Construction

31

SECTION 2 THE Credit Facility

33

2.01

 

Amount

33

2.02

 

Availability

34

2.03

 

Deemed Date for Certain Costs

34

SECTION 3 DISBURSEMENTS

34

3.01

 

General Requirements

34

3.02

 

Limitation on Disbursements

34

3.03

 

Disbursement

34

SECTION 4 FINANCING ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS AND COVERAGE

35

4.01

 

Eligibility for Financing

35

4.02

 

Coverage of the Credit Facility

36

SECTION 5 TERMS OF THE Credit Facility

36

5.01

 

Principal Repayment

36

5.02

 

Interest Payment

36

5.03

 

Prepayment

37

5.04

 

Evidence of Debt

40

SECTION 6 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

40

6.01

 

Conditions Precedent to First Disbursement

40

6.02

 

Conditions Precedent to Each Disbursement

44

SECTION 7 FEES AND EXPENSES

46

7.01

 

Fees

46

7.02

 

Taxes

46

7.03

 

Expenses

47

7.04

 

Additional or Increased Costs

48

7.05

 

Indemnification

48

SECTION 8 PAYMENTS

49

8.01

 

Method of Payment

49

8.02

 

Application of Payments

49

8.03

 

Application of Proceeds from Collateral and Other Amounts following an Event of Default.

49

CREDIT AGREEMENT -i-

 


Table of Contents

(continued)

Page

 

SECTION 9 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS

50

9.01

 

Representations and Warranties of the Loan Parties

50

9.02

 

Affirmative Covenants of the Loan Parties

60

9.03

 

Negative Covenants of the Loan Parties

71

SECTION 10 CANCELLATION, SUSPENSION, AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

75

10.01

 

Cancellation by the Borrower

75

10.02

 

Suspension and Cancellation by EXIM Bank

75

10.03

 

Events of Default and Remedies

76

SECTION 11 GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

80

11.01

 

Governing Law

80

11.02

 

Submission to Jurisdiction

80

11.03

 

Service of Process.

80

11.04

 

Waiver of Immunity

81

11.05

 

Waiver of Security Requirements

82

11.06

 

No Limitation

82

SECTION 12 MISCELLANEOUS

82

12.01

 

Computations

82

12.02

 

Notices

82

12.03

 

Disposition of Indebtedness.

82

12.04

 

Benefit of Agreement

83

12.05

 

Disclaimer

83

12.06

 

Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc

83

12.07

 

Payments Set Aside

84

12.08

 

No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship

84

12.09

 

No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative

84

12.10

 

Entire Agreement

84

12.11

 

Amendment or Waiver

84

12.12

 

Counterparts

84

12.13

 

Judgment Currency

85

12.14

 

English Language

85

12.15

 

Severability

85

12.16

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

85

12.17

 

Survival

86

12.18

 

Patriot Act

86

CREDIT AGREEMENT -ii-

 


Table of Contents

(continued)

Page

 

SECTION 13 GUARANTEE.

86

13.01

 

Guarantors’ Guarantee

86

13.02

 

Guarantee Continuing and Unconditional

86

13.03

 

Reinstatement

87

13.04

 

Endorsement of Note(s)

87

ANNEX A

 

 

1

SCHEDULE 1 TO THE PROMISSORY NOTE

5

SCHEDULE 2 TO THE PROMISSORY NOTE

6

ANNEX B

 

1

Exhibit B-1

 

1

Annex C

 

1

Annex D

 

1

CREDIT AGREEMENT -iii-

 


 

SCHEDULE, ANNEXES AND EXHIBITS

Schedule 1

-

Repayment Schedule

Schedule 2

-

Minimum Insurance Requirements

Schedule 3

-

Capitalization; Subsidiaries

Schedule 4

-

Permitted Indebtedness

Schedule 5

-

Permitted Investments

Schedule 6

-

Permitted Liens

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annex A

-

Form of Note

Annex B

-

Disbursement Procedures for Direct Credits

 

Exhibit B-1

-

Form of Request for Reimbursement

Annex C

-

Form of MMIA Compliance Plan

Annex D

-

Form of MMIA Annual Report

Annex E

-

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT -iv-

 


 

This CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of February 25, 2025, is made by and among AMAERO ADVANCED MATERIALS & MANUFACTURING INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), Amaero International LimitedLTD (ACN 633 541 634), an Australian limited company (“Amaero International”), AM Aero Inc., a California corporation (“AM Aero”), AMAERO Engineering Pty Limited (aCN 162 732 649), an Australian limited company (“Amaero Engineering”), Amaero Alloys Pty Limited (aCN 644 922 636), an Australian limited company (“Amaero Alloys”)INC., a Delaware corporation (“US HoldCo”), and the EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF THE UNITED STATES, an agency of the United States of America (“EXIM Bank”). Capitalized terms used herein shall be defined as provided in Section 1Section 1.

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS:

(A)
by this Agreement, EXIM Bank haspreviously established, pursuant to this Agreement as originally executed on the Original Signing Date (as defined below), a credit facility, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Original Total Commitment Amount, pursuant to which EXIM Bank shallagreed to extend financing (such facility, as increased pursuant to the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount (as defined below), the “Credit Facility”) to the Borrower to: (i) finance the purchase and installation of Contract Goods and Services (as defined below) to expand the Borrower’s critical minerals and refractory alloy processing facility located at the Project Site (the “Project” or the “EXIM Financed Project”), (ii) finance or refinance the cost of various Ancillary Services, and (iii) finance the payment of the Exposure Fee and the Documentation Agent Fee;
(B)
pursuant to that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement (as defined below), the Borrower has requested, and EXIM Bank has agreed, to increase the Total Commitment Amount in an aggregate amount not to exceed the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount (as defined below), to reimburse the purchase and installation of certain Contract Goods and Services (as defined below) in connection with the Project and to finance the payment of the Exposure Fee;
(C)
(B) the establishment of the Credit Facility will facilitate exports from the United States;
(D)
(C) the Credit Facility may be utilized by the Borrower in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and
(E)
(D) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Guarantors (as defined below) have agreed to, jointly and severally, guarantee the payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by reason of acceleration or otherwise) of all amounts due by the Borrower to EXIM Bank under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document.

1


 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

section 1 DEFINITIONS AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

1.01
Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below.

“Account Bank” shall have the meaning set forth in the Term Sheet.

“Accounting Change” shall mean changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the administrative body of the Applicable Accounting Standard.

“Accounting Change Over Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.02(j).

“Acquisition” shall mean any purchase or other acquisition by Parent or its Subsidiaries of (a) Equity Interests of a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will become a Subsidiary (including as a result of a merger or consolidation) or (b) all or substantially all the assets of, or assets constituting one or more business units of, any Person.

“Acquisition List” shall mean the list of Contract Goods and Services in a form specified by EXIM Bank approved for financing under the Credit Facility and delivered to EXIM Bank pursuant to Section 6.01(e), as it may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time (with the prior written consent of EXIM Bank).

“Affiliate” shall mean as to any Person (a) any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Person in question, (b) any other Person directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding the power to vote twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Person in question, or (c) any other Person twenty percent (20%) or more of whose outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled or held with the power to vote such securities by the Person in question.

“Agreement” shall mean this Credit Agreement, including any annex, exhibit, schedule, Term Sheet and other attachment thereto, in each case, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“AM Aero” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Amaero Alloys” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Amaero Engineering” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Amaero International” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

2


 

“Ancillary Services” shall mean:

(b)
financial advisory services of a financial intermediary, financial institution or advisor, provided that such Person has been retained by the Loan Parties or EXIM Bank, and such services relate to assisting the Loan Parties in obtaining, structuring and/or meeting the financial requirements of the Credit Facility, or assisting EXIM Bank in its analysis of the Credit Facility and/or any underlying project and/or the business of the Loan Parties;
(c)
legal services of attorneys engaged by the Loan Parties or EXIM Bank, where such services are provided in connection with the Credit Facility; and/or
(d)
technical consultant services of an advisor or a consultant with respect to technical matters (including engineering consultants, yield consultants, reserve consultants, marketing consultants, independent auditors and insurance advisors) where: (i) EXIM Bank has required that such a consultant be retained in order to assist EXIM Bank in its analysis of the Credit Facility and/or of the business operations of the Loan Parties, (ii) the services of such consultant relate to the Credit Facility, and (iii) the experience, expertise and overall competence of such consultant are satisfactory to EXIM Bank (in its sole discretion).

“Ancillary Services Provider” shall mean a Person who provides Ancillary Services.

“Anti-Lobbying Certificate” shall mean a certificate of the Borrower, a Supplier or an Ancillary Services Provider, as the case may be, in the form of “Anti-Lobbying Declaration Certification for Contracts, Grants, Loans and Cooperative Agreements (including EXIM Bank Direct Loans)” set forth at http://www.exim.gov/doc025 (or as otherwise specified by EXIM Bank).

“Applicable Accounting Standard” means IFRS until the Accounting Change Over Date and GAAP thereafter.

“Applicable Interest Rate” shall mean the rate set forth as such in the Term Sheet.

“Applicable Law” shall mean all applicable laws, ordinances, judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs, rules, regulations, orders, licenses, permits and orders of any court, arbitrator, Governmental Authority, or any directive, guideline, requirement or other governmental restriction, including those related to bribery and money laundering, in each case, whether or not having the force of law, or any conventions, treaties or applicable protocols thereto, and any determination by, or interpretation of any of the foregoing by, any judicial authority, binding on a given Person whether in effect as of the date hereofOriginal Signing Date or as of any date thereafter, including, without limitation, the Clean Water Act, the Clean Air Act and CERCLA.

“Asset Management Division” shall mean the Asset Management Division of EXIM Bank or any other division of EXIM Bank designated by EXIM Bank to perform the relevant functions of such division.

3


 

“Assignee” shall mean any New Party to this Agreement, other than: (i) EXIM Bank (including any successor agency or entity thereof, including in the case of a merger); and (ii) any other agency or instrumentality of the United States within the meaning of Section 6049(b)(4)(C) of the Code.

“Australian GuarantorsGuarantor” shall mean, collectively, Amaero International, Amaero Engineering and Amaero Alloys.

“Authorized Officer” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, any assistant vice president, the chief financial officer or treasurer, the assistant treasurer or equivalent officers of such Person and any other officer or representative of such Person (a) who is duly authorized by such Person’s organizational instruments and/or Applicable Law to act on behalf of such Person with respect to the document(s) being executed, and (b) in the case of any Loan Party, whose name, position and specimen signature appears on a certificate of incumbency delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 of this Agreement, as such certificate of incumbency may be amended from time to time, to identify names of the individuals then holding such offices or the names of such representatives (and who are authorized to act under such Person’s charter documents and/or Applicable Law) and the capacity in which they are acting.

“Award” shall have the meaning set for the term “award” in the SAM Regulations.

“Borrower” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Business Day” shall mean any day on which the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is open for business.

“Capital Lease” shall mean any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under the Applicable Accounting Standard; provided that the Project Site Lease shall constitute a Capital Lease for all purposes hereunder.

“Capital Lease Obligations” shall mean as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any Capital Lease and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard.

“Cash Equivalents” shall mean:

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(b) investments in commercial paper maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest short-term credit rating obtainable from a Credit Rating Agency;

4


 

(c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and demand deposit accounts, savings accounts and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than U.S.$500,000,000;

(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than thirty (30) days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above;

(e) investments in money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act, (ii) are rated AAA and Aaa (or equivalent rating) by at least two Credit Rating Agencies and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least U.S.$5,000,000,000; and

(f) in the case of any non-U.S. Person, instruments and investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (a) through (e) above denominated in any foreign currency that are comparable in investment quality to those referred to above and are customarily used by companies in the jurisdiction of such Person for cash management purposes.

“Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (a) at any time, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Investors (or any other Person that is at least as creditworthy as the Loan Parties, as determined by EXIM Bank in its sole discretion), shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means or warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)‑5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of the Parent (determined on a fully diluted basis); (b) during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Parent cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body; provided that, if such change in the composition of the board of directors is a direct result of any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that is at least as creditworthy as the Loan Parties (as determined by EXIM Bank in its sole discretion) acquiring fifty percent (50%) or more of the ordinary voting power for the election of the directors of Parent (determined on a fully diluted basis), then this shall not constitute a Change of Control hereunder; or (c) at any time, the Parent shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of each class of outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens; provided that the consummation of a Holdco Transaction shall not be a Change in Control.

5


 

“CIRR” shall mean the “Commercial Interest Reference Rate,” as published by EXIM Bank at http://www.exim.gov/tools-for-exporters/commercial-interest-reference-rates (or as otherwise specified by EXIM Bank), for the applicable repayment term, or to the extent that the CIRR is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing, then the rate determined by EXIM Bank, which rate, absent manifest error, shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Loan Parties.

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“Collateral” shall mean all real and personal property, rights and assets, whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, that is subject to or intended to become subject to a Lien created by any Security Document.

“Commitment Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(a).

“Commitment Fee (First Amendment)” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(a).

“Commitment Fee (Original Signing)” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(a).

“Commitment Fee Payment Date” shall mean July 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on, in the case of the (i) Original Total Commitment Amount, July 15, 2025 and (ii) First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount, July 15, 2026.

“Company Financial Statements” shall mean the audited consolidated financial statements of Parent and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, which the Borrower has furnished to EXIM Bank prior to the date of this Agreement.

“Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” shall mean, with respect to the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries for any period, (a) the sum, without duplication, of the amounts for such period of (i) Consolidated Net Income, plus, in the case of the following clauses (a)(ii) through (a)(iv), to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in determining such Consolidated Net Income (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense, plus (iii) provisions for taxes based on income, plus (iv) total depreciation expense, plus (v) total amortization expense, (vi) noncash stock compensation expense, plus (vii) other non cash items reducing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period) approved by EXIM Bank in writing as an “add back” to Consolidated Net Income, minus (b) without duplication of the amounts for such period, other non cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any such non cash item to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for potential cash item in any prior period); minus (c) interest income.

“Consolidated Capital Expenditures” shall mean, for any period, with respect to Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or other consideration or accrued as a liability and including that portion of Capital Lease Obligations which is capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent) during such period for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to

6


 

equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) that, in conformity with the Applicable Accounting Standard, are included in “additions to property, plant or equipment” or comparable items reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of the Parent.

“Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall mean, with respect to the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries for any period, the sum (without duplication) of (a) Consolidated Interest Expense paid in cash for such period, plus (b) scheduled principal installment payments made during such period on account of principal of Indebtedness of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries plus (c) restricted payments paid in cash in respect of Equity Interests during such period.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” shall mean, for any period, total interest expense (including that portion of any Capital Lease Obligation that is treated as interest in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standard ) of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries determined in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard for such period with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of such Persons (including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Agreements in respect of interest rates to the extent such net costs are allocable to such period in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard).

“Consolidated Net Income” shall mean, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard; provided that there shall be excluded from the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” (a) the income (or deficit) of any such Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Parent or is merged into or consolidated with Parent or one of its Subsidiaries, (b) the income (or deficit) of any such Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Parent) in which the Parent or one of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income is actually received by the Parent or such Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions, and (c) the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary of the Parent to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of any contractual obligation (other than under any Finance Document) or any Applicable Law applicable to such Subsidiary or any owner of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary.

“Consolidated Tangible Net Worth” shall mean, as of any date of determination, for the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, an amount equal to the sum of (a) Shareholders’ Equity of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries on such date minus (b) the Intangible Assets of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries on such date.

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries at such date as reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of Parent as at such date.

7


 

“Contract Goods” shall mean goods (a) purchased in the United States under a Supply Contract, and (b) listed on the Acquisition List; provided that EXIM Bank shall determine what does and does not constitute Contract Goods, and such determination, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

“Contract Goods and Services” shall mean Contract Goods and Contract Services.

“Contract Services” shall mean services (including Ancillary Services) (a) performed by a Supplier or an Ancillary Services Provider under a Supply Contract, and (b) listed in the Acquisition List; provided, that EXIM Bank shall determine what does and does not constitute Contract Services, and such determination, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

“Control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings analogous thereto.

“Control Agreement” shall mean that certain Deposit Account Control Agreement (Blocked), to be entered into on or around the Original Signing Date among Borrower, as account holder, Account Bank, as the depositary, and EXIM Bank, as secured party, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank.

“Copyright License” shall mean any written agreement which (a) names the Borrower or any Guarantor as licensor or licensee and (b) grants any right under any Copyright to the Borrower or any Guarantor, including any right to manufacture, distribute, exploit and sell materials derived from any Copyright.

“Copyrights” shall mean (a) all copyrights arising under the laws of the United States, any other country or any political subdivision thereof, together with the underlying works of authorship (including titles), whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished, all computer programs, computer databases, computer program flow diagrams, source codes, object codes and all tangible property embodying or incorporating any copyrights, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including, without limitation, all registrations, recordings and applications in the U.S. Copyright Office, and (b) the right to obtain any renewals thereof.

“Covered Transaction” shall have the meaning set forth in the Debarment Regulations.

“Credit Administration Division” shall mean the Credit Administration and Claims Processing Division of EXIM Bank or any other division of EXIM Bank designated by EXIM Bank to perform the relevant functions of such division, which can be contacted via email at credit.administration@exim.gov.

“Credit Agreement Required Documents” shall mean those documents, other than the Request for Reimbursement, required to be delivered by Section 6Section 6 of this Agreement for the relevant Disbursement, as the case may be.

8


 

“Credit Facility” shall have the meaning set forth in recital (A) to this Agreement; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, all references to the “Credit Facility” herein shall, on and from the First Amendment Effective Date, be deemed to include the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount.

“Credit Rating Agency” shall mean a nationally recognized credit rating agency that evaluates the financial condition of issuers of debt instruments and then assigns a rating that reflects its assessment of the issuer’s ability to make debt payments.

“Cumulative Export Percentage” shall mean the aggregate of all Exported Amounts divided by the aggregate of all Output Amounts for the current and all prior Reportable Periods, expressed as a percentage.

“Davis-Bacon Act” shall mean Subchapter IV of Chapter 31 of Part A of Subtitle II of Title 40 of the United States Code, including and as implemented by the regulations set forth in Parts 1, 3 and 5 of title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

“Debarment Regulations” shall mean EXIM Bank Nonprocurement Debarment and Suspension Regulations, 2 C.F.R. pt. 3513 and the OMB Guidelines to Agencies on Governmentwide Debarment and Suspension (Nonprocurement), 2 C.F.R. pt. 180.

“Debtor Relief Laws” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief laws of the United States, Australia or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect, including the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia.

“Disbursement” shall mean an advance from EXIM Bank to the Borrower reimbursing the Borrower for payments to a Supplier or an Ancillary Services Provider in accordance with this Agreement, together with any Exposure Fee payment made in connection therewith.

“Disbursement Date” shall mean, in relation to any Disbursement, the Business Day on which such Disbursement is made by EXIM Bank.

“Disbursement Portal” shall mean the portal for electronic submission of documents related to a Disbursement found at https://eximonline.exim.gov/apps/bap (or if not available at this link, then as provided by EXIM Bank upon request).

“Disposition of Indebtedness” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.03(a).

“Disqualified” shall have the meaning set forth in the Debarment Regulations.

“Disqualified Stock” shall mean any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Final Maturity Date; provided that in no

9


 

event shall any common stock (or equivalent) or any convertible securities, options or warrants convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable solely for common stock (or equivalent) and cash in lieu of fractional shares constitute Disqualified Stock. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Agreement will be the maximum amount that the Parent and its Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock or portion thereof, plus accrued dividends.

“Documentation Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in the Term Sheet.

“Documentation Agent Agreement” shall mean the Documentation Agent Agreement to be entered intodated on or around the Original Signing Date between Borrower, EXIM Bank and the Documentation Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank.

“Documentation Agent Fee” shall mean a fee in an amount not to exceed in the aggregate U.S.$30,000 payable by the Borrower to the Documentation Agent pursuant to the Documentation Agent Agreement.

“Environment” shall mean ambient and indoor air, surface water and groundwater (including potable water, navigable water and wetlands), the land surface or subsurface strata, natural resources such as flora and fauna and other living organisms, the workplace, or as otherwise defined in any Environmental Law.

“Environmental Law” shall mean all applicable current and future federal, provincial, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives, orders (including consent orders), and agreements in each case, relating to protection of the Environment, natural resources (including groundwater use), human health and safety, including those related to the presence, Release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials, or the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, transport, recycling or handling of, or the arrangement for such activities with respect to, Hazardous Materials, and any other Applicable Law, relating to the foregoing.

“Environmental Liability” shall mean any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of any Loan Party directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of or liability under any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal (or arrangement for the disposal) of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials into the Environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

“Equity Interests” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the capital stock, partnership or limited liability company interest, or other equity securities or equity ownership interests of such Person.

“Equity Milestone” means the Borrower shall have delivered evidence satisfactory to EXIM Bank (as determined by EXIM Bank in its reasonable discretion) that on or before December 31, 2025, the Borrower has received an aggregate amount of not less than Twelve and

10


 

a Half Million Dollars (U.S.$12,500,000) in unrestricted (including, not subject to any redemption, clawback, escrow or similar encumbrance or restriction) net cash proceeds from one or more bona fide equity financings, subject to verification by EXIM Bank (including supporting documentation requested by EXIM Bank).

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules regulations promulgated thereunder.

“ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any corporation or trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common Control with any Loan Party within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001(b) of ERISA.

“ERISA Event” shall mean (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) the failure by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate to meet all applicable requirements under the Pension Funding Rules or the filing of an application for the waiver of the minimum funding standards under the Pension Funding Rules; (c) the incurrence by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability pursuant to Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA or a cessation of operations with respect to a Pension Plan within the meaning of Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (d) a complete or partial withdrawal by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent (within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA); (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan under, or the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under, Section 4041 of ERISA; (f) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan; (g) any event or condition that constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (h) the determination that any Pension Plan is in at-risk status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA) or that a Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA); (i) the imposition or incurrence of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate; (j) the engagement by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (k) the imposition of a lien upon a Loan Party pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Code or Section 303(k) of ERISA; or (l) the making of an amendment to a Pension Plan that could result in the posting of bond or security under Section 436(f)(1) of the Code.

“Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.03(a).

“Event of Loss” shall mean any of the following events occurring prior to the satisfaction in full of all obligations of each Loan Party under this Agreement or any other Finance Document: (i) the actual or constructive total loss of the Contract Goods or the agreed or compromised total loss of the Contract Goods or the actual or constructive total loss of all or substantially all of the Project Site or the Collateral; or (ii) damage to the Contract Goods, the Project Site or the Collateral which, as reasonably determined by Borrower, makes repair thereof uneconomical or renders the Contract Goods, the Project Site or the Collateral, as applicable, permanently unfit for their intended use.

11


 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Excluded” shall have the meanings set forth in the Debarment Regulations.

“EXIM Bank” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“EXIM Financed Project” shall have the meaning set forth in recital (A) to this Agreement.

“Existing Loan Agreement” shall mean that certain Business Loan Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2023, by and between Borrower and Western Alliance Bank, as amended, supplemented or modified on or prior to the date hereofOriginal Signing Date.

“Exported Amount” shall mean, with respect to a Reportable Period, (a) the total amount of revenues attributable to exports from the Project or (b) the total amount of units produced and exported from the Project, in each case, during such Reportable Period.

“Exposure Fee” shall mean a fee equal to (a) the product of (i) the Exposure Fee Percentage and (ii) the Financed Portion Amount.

“Exposure Fee Amount” shall mean the amount set forth as such in the Term Sheet.

“Exposure Fee Percentage” shall mean the percentage set forth as such in the Term Sheet.

“Federal Reserve Board” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

“Final Disbursement Date” shall mean the earliest of (a) June 30, 2026, (b) the date on which the full remaining balance of the Total Commitment Amount is canceled by either (i) the Borrower in accordance with Section 10.01 or (ii) EXIM Bank in accordance with Section 10.02, or (c) the date on which all of the Total Commitment Amount is fully drawn; provided that, if the Final Disbursement Date would otherwise occur on a day that is not a Business Day, the Final Disbursement Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day.

“Final Maturity Date” shall mean June 30, 2034.

“Finance Documents” shall mean this Agreement, any Note, the Security Documents, the Documentation Agent Agreement, the Landlord Access Agreement, and all other documents and instruments to be executed and delivered by any Loan Party under or in connection with this Agreement.

“Financed Portion” shall mean the portion of the Net Contract Price of the total Contract Goods and Services that may be covered under the Credit Facility, as approved by EXIM Bank.

“Financed Portion Amount” shall mean the amount set forth as such in the Term Sheet.

12


 

“First Amendment Effective Date” shall mean June 11, 2026.

“First Amendment to Credit Agreement” shall mean that certain First Amendment, Consent, Waiver and Joinder to Credit Agreement dated as of June 11, 2026, between the Loan Parties and EXIM Bank.

“First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount” shall mean U.S.$3,274,250.00.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” shall mean, with respect to the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries for any period, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period, minus (ii) the portion of taxes based on income actually paid in cash (net of any cash refunds received) during such period, minus (iii) Consolidated Capital Expenditures (excluding the principal amount funded with the Disbursements under the Credit Facility) incurred in connection with such expenditures), minus (iv) cash dividends and distributions paid to any Person that is not a Guarantor during such period; to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period.

“Foreign Plan” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party with respect to employees employed outside the United States (other than any governmental arrangement).

“GAAP Conversion” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.02(j).

“Goods Subject to U.S. Flag Shipping” shall mean any Contract Goods identified under the header “USD Value of Goods Imported by Vessel” in the Acquisition List.

“Governmental Authority” shall mean any government or any political subdivision of a government, any nation, kingdom, state, agency, department, ministry or any other administrative authority or instrumentality thereof, including any state or local or other governmental agency or other authority, or any international, multi-national, supranational or other organization, agency, authority, body or entity exercising executive, legislative, tax, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any monetary authority, central bank, securities exchange or self-regulatory organization.

“Guarantee Obligation” shall mean, as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees, any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to

13


 

assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

“Guarantors” shall mean, collectively, the Australian GuarantorsGuarantor and AM Aero; provided that, on and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, the term “Guarantors” shall also include Holdings.

“Guarantors’ Guarantee” shall mean the guarantee set forth in Section 13.01 of this Agreement.

“Hazardous Materials” shall mean all pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, materials, substances, wastes, mixtures, pesticides, and any other substance for which liability or standards of conduct are imposed under any Environmental Law, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, noise, odor, mold infectious or medical wastes and all other materials, substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

“Holdco Transaction” shall mean a transaction (or series of transactions) which will, among other things, cause one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity Interests in Amaero International and its existing Subsidiaries to be held by a newly formed entity organized under the laws of any state or political subdivision of the United States of America (“Holdings”); provided that (a) the owners of one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity Interests in Holdings immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and the amount of such Equity Interests owned by each such person) are identical to the owners of one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity Interests in Amaero International immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction (and the amount of such Equity Interests owned by each such person); provided that, such Equity Interests of such owners may be held in different classes or series of Equity Interests of Holdings (with different voting and other governance rights and different liquidation preferences, dividend rights and other economic rights), (b) the Loan Parties shall have caused Holdings to (i) execute and deliver to EXIM Bank a joinder to this Agreement, to cause Holdings to become a guarantor hereunder, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to EXIM Bank, (ii) deliver such other documents, opinions, instruments or certificates as EXIM Bank may reasonably request, in each case, in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to EXIM Bank, (c) EXIM Bank shall have received updated schedules to this Agreement from the Loan Parties in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank and (d) EXIM Bank shall be satisfied that Holdings, or any investor owning direct or indirect Equity Interests in the Borrower in excess of the Trigger Threshold, is not a Sanctioned Person and has been approved by EXIM Bank in accordance with EXIM’s Bank’s Know Your

14


 

Customer Requirements and any other then applicable EXIM Bank internal policies and procedures or any Applicable Laws.

“Holdings” shall have the meaning set forth in the defined term “Holdco Transaction”.

“IFRS” shall mean the International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly International Accounting Standards), which are the standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board together with the interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee of the International Accounting Standards Board (as amended, supplemented or re-issued from time to time), applied on a consistent basis both as to classification of items and amounts.

“Indebtedness” shall mean, of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (including the maximum potential amount of all “earn-outs” and similar deferred payment obligations regardless of the length of deferral); (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments; (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property); (e) all Capital Lease Obligations and all Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person; (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements; (g) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of Disqualified Stock in such Person valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above; (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation (but only to the extent of the value of the property subject to such Lien if such Indebtedness is non-recourse to such Person); and (j) the net obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, in respect of Swap Agreements. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor. The amount of any net obligations under any Swap Agreement on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date.

“Indemnified Liabilities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.05.

“Indemnified Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.05.

“Independent Consultant” shall mean any Independent Engineer, insurance advisor or any other independent consultant required by EXIM Bank.

15


 

“Independent Consultant Agreement” shall mean any agreement to engage an Independent Consultant.

“Independent Engineer” shall mean a qualified independent technical, safety, risk and/or other engineer services firm or consultant (not directly affiliated with any Loan Party) acceptable to EXIM Bank.

“Initial Eligibility Date” shall mean June 30, 2021.

“Intangible Assets” shall mean assets that are considered to be intangible assets under the Applicable Accounting Standard, including customer lists, goodwill, computer software, copyrights, trade names, trademarks, patents, franchises, licenses, unamortized deferred charges, unamortized debt discount and capitalized research and development costs.

“Intellectual Property” shall mean, collectively, all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including Copyrights, Copyright Licenses, Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks, Trademark Licenses, domain names, technology, know-how and processes, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

“Interest Payment Date” shall mean March 30, June 30, September 30 and December 30 of each year, beginning on September 30, 2026.

“Investments” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 9.03(a)(xi).

“Investment Company Act” shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, together with the regulations adopted thereunder.

“Iran Activities Certification” shall mean the form of “Iran Sanctions Certification as to Activities” available at http://www.exim.gov/doc026 (or as otherwise specified by EXIM Bank).

“IRS” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Service.

“Itemized Statement of Payments” shall mean the itemized statement of payments entitled “Itemized Statement of Payments” in Form EIB 18-04 set forth at http://www.exim.gov/doc161 or in a form otherwise specified by EXIM Bank.

“Landlord Access Agreement” shall mean that certain Landlord Access Agreement to be entered intodated on or around the Original Signing Date among the Borrower, Amaero International, EXIM Bank, and Spring Branch, LLC, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank.

16


 

“Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of such day, to (b) Consolidated Tangible Net Worth as of such day.

“Lien” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, encumbrance, lien (statutory or otherwise), charge or other security interest (including any “security interest” as defined in sections 12(1) and 12(2) of the Personal Property Securities Act 2009 (Cth) of Australia) or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever.

“Loan Party” or “Loan Parties” shall mean, collectively, the Borrower and the Guarantors; provided that, on and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, the term “Loan Party” and “Loan Parties” shall also include Holdings.

“MARAD” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.01.

“Margin Stock” shall mean margin stock within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X.

“Maturity Period” shall mean the period between the date of prepayment and the scheduled Repayment Date of the final installment of the principal under the Credit Facility that is prepaid.

“Minimum Export Percentage” shall mean fifteen percent (15%).

“Minimum Liquidity” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the aggregate unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as of such date (provided that, amount on deposit in the Pledged Collateral Account shall not be included for the purposes of determining Minimum Liquidity).

“MMIA” shall mean Make More in America Initiative.

“MMIA Annual Report” shall mean an annual report substantially in the form of Annex D which shall be signed and certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower.

“MMIA Compliance Plan” shall mean the compliance plan with respect to MMIA Financings, as set forth in Annex C.

“MMIA Financing” shall mean EXIM Bank’s domestic financing facility under the MMIA.

“Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a multiemployer plan defined as such in Section 3(37) of ERISA to which contributions have been, or were required to have been, made by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate and that is covered by Title IV of ERISA.

“National Historic Preservation Act” shall mean the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966.

17


 

“NEPA” shall mean the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 of the United States, as amended and the regulations promulgated, and any publicly available rulings issued, thereunder.

“Net Contract Price” shall mean, with respect to a Supply Contract, the Supplier Content for such Supply Contract.

“New Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.03(a).

“Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.04(a).

“OFAC” shall mean the Office of Foreign Assets Control, of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

“Operative” shall mean that EXIM Bank has determined, in its sole discretion, that all conditions to the first Disbursement under the Credit Facility, as set forth in Section 6Section 6 of this Agreement have been fulfilled or waived by EXIM Bank and funds under the Credit Facility are available for Disbursement in accordance with this Agreement.

“Operative Notice” shall mean a written confirmation from EXIM Bank stating that the Credit Facility has been declared Operative.

“Organizational Documents” shall mean (a) as to any corporation, the charter or certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction), (b) as to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating or limited liability agreement (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) and (c) as to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

“Original Signing Date” shall mean February 25, 2025.

“Original Total Commitment Amount” shall mean U.S.$22,811,235.02.

“Other EXIM Bank Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.03(a)(xiii).

“Output Amount” shall mean, with respect to a Reportable Period (a) the total amount of revenues from the Project or (b) the total amount of units produced at the Project, in each case, during such Reportable Period.

“Parent” shall mean, prior to the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Amaero International, and as of and following the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings.

18


 

“Patent License” shall mean any written agreement which (a) names any Loan Party as licensor or licensee and (b) grants to any Loan Party any right under a Patent, including the right to manufacture, use or sell any invention covered in whole or in part by such Patent.

“Patents” shall mean (a) all letters patent of the United States, any other country or any political subdivision thereof, all reissues and extensions thereof and all goodwill associated therewith, (b) all applications for letters patent of the United States or any other country and all divisions, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof, and (c) all rights to obtain any reissues or extensions of the foregoing.

“PATRIOT Act” shall mean the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

“Payment Default” shall mean any failure to pay in full when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, all or any part of the principal, accrued interest, fees or other amounts owing by any Loan Party under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document.

“Payment Default Date” shall mean the date due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of any principal, accrued interest, fees or other amounts owing by any Loan Party under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document that is the subject of a Payment Default.

“PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

“Pension Funding Rules” shall mean the rules of the Code and ERISA regarding minimum funding standards and minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans and Multiemployer Plans and set forth in Sections 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.

“Pension Plan” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (excluding a Multiemployer Plan) that is maintained or is contributed to by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate and is either covered by Title IV of ERISA or is subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code.

“Permitted Acquisition” shall mean an Acquisition by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (including the creation and capitalization of any Subsidiary in connection with such Acquisition), which satisfies each of the following conditions:

(e)
upon consummation thereof, if an equity purchase, such Person will be a Subsidiary (including as a result of a merger or consolidation) of a Loan Party;
(f)
all transactions related to such purchase or acquisition shall be consummated in all material respects in accordance with all Applicable Laws;
(g)
no Loan Party or Subsidiary shall, as a result of or in connection with any such purchase or acquisition, assume or incur any direct or contingent liabilities (whether relating to

19


 

environmental, tax, litigation or other matters) that, as of the date of such purchase or acquisition, could reasonably be expected to result in the existence or incurrence of a material adverse effect;
(h)
the Parent shall have provided EXIM Bank with all financial information concerning such acquisition and obtained the written consent of EXIM Bank to any such proposed purchase or acquisition at least fifteen (15) Business Days prior to such purchase or acquisition (which consent EXIM Bank may provide or withhold in its sole discretion);
(i)
the Parent shall provide to EXIM Bank as soon as available but in any event not later than five (5) Business Days after the execution thereof, a copy of any executed purchase agreement or similar agreement with respect to any such purchase or acquisition;
(j)
any such newly created or acquired Subsidiary shall have, within five (5) Business Days of the consummation of such purchase or acquisition, executed and delivered to EXIM Bank such amendments to the Finance Documents or such other documents as EXIM Bank may deem necessary or advisable to evidence that such Subsidiary is a guarantor;
(k)
the Subsidiary or assets being acquired are located in the United States;
(l)
(x) both immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) immediately after giving effect to such purchase or other acquisition, the Loan Parties shall be in compliance with each of the covenants set forth in Section 9.02(ff), based upon financial statements delivered to EXIM Bank which give effect, on a pro forma basis, to such acquisition or other purchase;
(m)
the Parent shall not, based upon the knowledge of the Parent as of the date any such acquisition or other purchase is consummated, reasonably expect such acquisition or other purchase to result in a Default or an Event of Default at any time during the term of this Agreement, as a result of a breach of any of the financial covenants set forth in Section 9.02(ff);
(n)
no Indebtedness is assumed or incurred in connection with any such purchase or acquisition; and
(o)
the Parent shall have delivered to EXIM Bank, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is to be consummated (or such later date as is agreed by EXIM Bank in its sole discretion), a certificate of the Loan Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to EXIM Bank, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this definition have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition.

“Permitted Indebtedness” each, shall mean:

(p)
Indebtedness under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents;
(q)
Indebtedness consisting of trade credit from suppliers of goods or services incurred in the ordinary course of business on terms requiring payment in full in not more than ninety (90) days;

20


 

(r)
Indebtedness existing on the date of this Agreement set forth on Schedule 4;
(s)
Indebtedness incurred or which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any Guarantees, performance, statutory or similar obligations (including in connection with workers’ compensation) or obligations in respect of letters of credit, surety bonds, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto incurred in the ordinary course of business, or pursuant to any appeal obligation, appeal bond or letter of credit in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 10.03(a)(ix);
(t)
Guarantee Obligations of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries otherwise permitted hereunder;
(u)
Indebtedness of the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary owing to a Loan Party or any Subsidiary to the extent constituting an Investment permitted by the definition of Permitted Investments;
(v)
Indebtedness in respect of Swap Agreements (i) entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary has actual or anticipated exposure (other than those in respect of shares of capital stock or other equity ownership interests of the Parent or any Subsidiary), (ii) entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of a Loan Party or any Subsidiary and (iii) entered into to hedge commodities, currencies, foreign exchange rates, general economic conditions, raw materials prices, revenue streams or business performance and in any event, not for speculative purposes;
(w)
Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(x)
cash management obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of corporate credit cards, netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case incurred in the ordinary course;
(y)
Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;
(z)
Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances, warehouse receipts or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self‑insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims;

21


 

(aa)
obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
(bb)
Permitted Mortgage Indebtedness (subject to the Permitted Mortgage Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement);
(cc)
Capital Lease Obligations (other than Capital Lease Obligations in respect of the Project Site Lease) and other Indebtedness financing the acquisition construction, repair, replacement or improvement of fixed or capital assets in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time; and
(dd)
obligations in respect of the Project Site Lease.

“Permitted Investments” each, shall mean:

(ee)
Investments in Cash Equivalents;
(ff)
repurchases of stock of Parent from former employees, directors, or consultants of Parent to the extent expressly permitted by Section 9.03(a)(x), provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or could exist after giving effect to such repurchases;
(gg)
Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of a Loan Party’s business;
(hh)
Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates of a Loan Party, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this subsection (d) shall not apply to Investments of any Loan Party in any Subsidiary of a Loan Party;
(ii)
Investments consisting of loans not involving the net transfer on a substantially contemporaneous basis of cash proceeds to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of capital stock of the Parent pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or other similar agreements approved by the Parent’s Board of Directors;
(jj)
Investments existing on the date of this Agreement set forth on Schedule 5;
(kk)
Investments consisting of loans or advances to officers, directors, managers, partners and employees of the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation, customary fringe benefits and analogous ordinary business purposes in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000 at any time;

22


 

(ll)
Investments (i) by any Loan Party in any other Loan Party, (ii) by any non-Loan Party in any Loan Party, (iii) by any non-Loan Party in any other non-Loan Party and (iv) by any Loan Party in any non-Loan Party; provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments in non‑Loan Parties pursuant to the foregoing clause (iv) shall not exceed an aggregate amount at any time outstanding of $500,000;
(mm)
promissory notes and other noncash consideration received in connection with dispositions not prohibited by this Agreement;
(nn)
Permitted Acquisitions;
(oo)
Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit and customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;
(pp)
Investments made solely with proceeds received by or made to the Parent from any capital contributions or issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent;
(qq)
advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;
(rr)
Investments held by a Subsidiary acquired after the date of this Agreement or of a corporation or company merged into the Parent or merged or consolidated with a Subsidiary in accordance with Section 9.03(a)(vii) after the date of this Agreement to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;
(ss)
Guarantee Obligations of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary in respect of leases (other than Capitalized Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business; and
(tt)
Investments in respect of any Loan Party’s or its Subsidiaries’ entry into (including any payments of premiums in connection therewith), performance of obligations under and the settlement or early unwind (whether according to their terms or otherwise) of any Swap Agreement.

“Permitted Investors” shall mean Pegasus Growth Capital and its Affiliates.

“Permitted Lien” each, shall mean:

(uu)
Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies if the same shall not at the time be delinquent for a period of more than thirty (30) days or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

23


 

(vv)
Liens imposed by law, such as landlord, carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialman’s, repairman’s, and mechanics’ liens and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business which secure payment of obligations not more than thirty (30) days past due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves shall have been set aside on the books of the Parent and its Subsidiaries;
(ww)
Liens granted to EXIM Bank under the Security Documents;
(xx)
the naming of EXIM Bank as loss payee, beneficiary or additional insured under a Loan Party’s insurance policies;
(yy)
Liens existing on the date of this Agreement set forth on Schedule 6;
(zz)
(i) pledges, deposits or Liens arising as a matter of law in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, payroll taxes, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the any Loan Party or any Subsidiary;
(aaa)
pledges, deposits or Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure (i) letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances, warehouse receipts or similar instruments and/or (ii) the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations);
(bbb)
easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, covenants, conditions, encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects affecting real property which, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary;
(ccc)
Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default hereunder and in any event, any such Liens securing judgments for the payment of money shall not be in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate;
(ddd)
any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor under leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses not prohibited by this Agreement that are granted to others in the ordinary course of business which (a) cover only the assets so leased or licensed, (b) do not secured any Indebtedness and (c) do not materially interfere with the business of any the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(eee)
Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
(fff)
Liens (i) of a collection bank (including those arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code) on the items in the course of collection and (ii) in favor of a banking

24


 

or other financial institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of set off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; provided that any such Lien with respect to the Pledged Collateral Account is subordinated pursuant to the terms of the Control Agreement;
(ggg)
Liens, if any, arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by a Loan Party or any Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(hhh)
any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary;
(iii)
Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and the proceeds thereof securing such Person’s obligations in respect of documentary letters of credit issued for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or goods; provided that no such lien shall encumber the Contract Goods and Services;
(jjj)
Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by a Loan Party or any Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;
(kkk)
Liens securing Permitted Mortgage Indebtedness (subject to the Permitted Mortgage Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement); and
(lll)
Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (n) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness.

“Permitted Mortgage Indebtedness” shall mean Indebtedness incurred by Borrower to finance the purchase of the Project Site; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of such financing does not exceed the purchase price of the Project Site as provided for in the Project Site Lease (as in effect on the date hereofOriginal Signing Date) (or such higher amount as approved by EXIM Bank in writing), (ii) the financing sources thereunder (if such financing is provided by a Person other than EXIM Bank) shall have entered into the Permitted Mortgage Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement, (iii) the terms and conditions of the financing shall be satisfactory to EXIM Bank, and (iv) EXIM shall have a “first look” period of not less than ninety (90) days (or such other period as EXIM Bank and the Loan Parties may agree) to provide the Loan Parties with a financing approval to finance the acquisition of the Project Site; provided further that the foregoing “first look” period shall not prevent the Loan Parties from seeking financing from other sources for the purchase of the Project Site after the expiry of EXIM Bank’s ninety (90)-day “first look” period.

“Permitted Mortgage Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean a New York law governed intercreditor agreement in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank between the Loan Parties, the lender of the Permitted Mortgage Indebtedness and EXIM Bank.

25


 

“Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, joint venture, association, company, unincorporated organization or any other enterprise, or a Governmental Authority, or other entity.

“Plan” shall mean an employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA established or maintained by a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party or to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party makes, is obligated to make or has been required to make contributions on behalf of any of its employees or with respect to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party has any liability.

“Plan Assets” shall have the meaning set forth in 29 CFR § 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA.

“Pledged Collateral Account” shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

“Pledged Collateral Account Transition Conditions” shall mean satisfaction of each of the following as determined by EXIM Bank: (a) no Potential Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (b) the Borrower shall have delivered evidence satisfactory to EXIM Bank of compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 9.02(ff) of this Agreement for two (2) consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries.

“Potential Default” shall mean an event that with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would become an Event of Default.

“Principals” shall have the meaning set forth in the Debarment Regulations.

“Progress Report” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(y)(i).

“Project” shall have the meaning set forth in recital (A) to this Agreement.

“Project Site” shall mean the “Premises” (as defined in the Project Site Lease).

“Project Site Lease” shall mean that certain Commercial/Industrial Building Lease, dated as of July 12, 2023, by and between Borrower, as lessee, and Spring Branch, LLC, as lessor, as may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time.

“Pro-Rata Portion” shall mean the ratio equal to the (1) Financed Portion of the Contract Goods and Services to be sold or transferred, divided by (2) the Financed Portion of all Contract Goods and Services financed under the Credit Facility.

“Prudent Industry Practice” shall mean the exercise of that degree of skill, diligence, prudence, foresight and operating practice which would reasonably and ordinarily be expected from a reasonable and prudent operator of the same or similar type of undertaking as the Project under the same or similar circumstances as those applicable to the Project. For the avoidance of doubt, Prudent Industry Practices are not necessarily defined as the optimal standard practice method or act to the exclusion of others, but rather refer to a range of actions reasonable under the circumstances.

26


 

“Recipient” shall have the meaning set forth in the SAM Regulations.

“Regulation T” shall mean Regulation T of the Federal Reserve Board, as in effect from time to time and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

“Regulation U” shall mean Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board, as in effect from time to time and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

“Regulation X” shall mean Regulation X of the Federal Reserve Board, as in effect from time to time and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

“Regulatory Change” shall mean, after the date of this Agreement, the introduction of or change in the laws or regulations at the national or any other level of government of any country, or in the interpretation or administration thereof, or the adoption or making after such date of any directives or requests (whether or not having the force of law) by any national, state, or municipal court or monetary authority of any Governmental Authority.

“Reimbursement Procedure” means the reimbursement procedures set forth in Annex B hereof.

“Release” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the Environment or within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.

“Repayment Date” shall mean March 30, June 30, September 30 and December 30 of each year, commencing with September 30, 2027.

“Reportable Event” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the thirty (30)-day notice period has been waived.

“Reportable Period” shall have the meaning set forth in the MMIA Annual Report.

“Requested Disbursement Date” shall mean the Business Day specified in a Request for Reimbursement on which the Borrower has requested that EXIM Bank make a Disbursement in accordance with this Agreement.

“Request for Reimbursement” shall mean a request for reimbursement substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1, with any required attachments.

“SAM” shall have the meaning set forth in the SAM Regulations.

“SAM Regulations” shall mean the Universal Identifier and System for Award Management Regulations, 2 C.F.R. 25, as amended and in effect during the term of this Agreement.

27


 

“Sanctioned Country” shall mean any country or territory that is targeted by comprehensive country-wide Sanctions or comprehensive territory-wide Sanctions, as the case may be.

“Sanctioned Person” shall mean a Person (a) that appears on the “List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” as administered by OFAC or any other list or public designation of Sanctions targets issued or published by any Governmental Authority; (b) that is located, resident, domiciled, or organized in a Sanctioned Country; (c) that is owned by one or more persons covered by (a) or (b); (d) that is the government of any Sanctioned Country or owned or Controlled by the government of any Sanctioned Country; or (e) that is otherwise the subject or target of Sanctions.

“Sanctions” shall mean any economic or financial sanctions, embargoes, export controls, or other restrictive measures issued, administered, or enforced by the United States and any department, division, agency, or instrumentality thereof, including OFAC, or any Governmental Authority.

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Security Agreement” shall mean that certain New York law governed Security Agreement to be entered intodated on or around the Original Signing Date among EXIM Bank and the Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank.

“Security Documents” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Security Agreement and (b) the Control Agreement.

“Shareholders’ Equity” shall mean, as of any date of determination, consolidated shareholders’ equity of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of that date determined in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard.

“Solvent” shall mean, as to any Person (except the Australian GuarantorsGuarantor) as of any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person (on a going concern basis) is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability. In respect of the Australian GuarantorsGuarantor, “Solvent” means that suchthe Australian Guarantor has not: (i) admitted, and is not, nor is presumed or deemed to be, unable to pay its debts as they fall due; (ii) suspended

28


 

making payments on any of its debts; (iii) by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commenced negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness; and (iv) had a moratorium declared in respect of any of its indebtedness.

“Step-Up Interest Rate” shall mean an interest rate per annum equal to the sum of (x) the Applicable Interest Rate and (y) the applicable Step-Up Margin.

“Step-Up Margin” shall mean five basis points (0.05%).

“Submit” shall mean the act of clicking on the “Submit” button in the Disbursement Portal, after which no changes to such documentation may be made without EXIM Bank approval (“Submission”, “Submitted” and “Submittal” shall be construed accordingly).

“Subsidiary” shall mean, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Parent; provided that, on and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, all references to a “Subsidiary” of or to the “Subsidiaries” of Parent herein or in any other Loan Document shall include the Borrower.

“Supplier” shall mean a Person identified as such on the Acquisition List as approved by EXIM Bank and/or otherwise approved by EXIM Bank.

“Supplier Content” shall mean, with respect to any Supply Contract, the amount representing the applicable Supplier’s content in such contract as specified in the relevant Supplier’s Certificate; provided that EXIM Bank shall determine what does and does not constitute Supplier Content, and such determination, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

“Supplier’s Certificate” shall mean a certificate of a Supplier in a form specified by EXIM Bank.

“Supply Contract” shall mean the executed contract(s) (or, if no contract is executed, other document(s) satisfactory to EXIM Bank) for the purchase of Contract Goods and Services entered into between the Borrower and (a) a Supplier, or (b) an Ancillary Services Provider, as the case may be; provided that, in each case, multiple contracts among the same parties with respect to the Credit Facility will only be considered a single “Supply Contract” for all purposes under this Agreement.

29


 

“Synthetic Lease Obligation” shall mean the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease or (b) an agreement for the use of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

“Swap Agreement” shall mean any agreement with respect to any swap, hedge, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement (including, without limitation, any Interest Rate Agreement) involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions.

“Swap Termination Value” shall mean, in respect of any one or more Swap Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date any such Swap Agreement has been closed out and termination value determined in accordance therewith, such termination value, and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount determined as the mark-to-market value for such Swap Agreement, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Agreements.

“Taxes” shall mean any taxes, fees, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, assessments or similar charges of any nature (whether imposed by withholding or otherwise) imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any taxing authority), or by any jurisdiction from or through which payments required hereunder or under any Note are made, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Technical Operating Report” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(y)(ii).

“Term Sheet” shall mean the term sheet immediately preceding the table of contents and preamble to this Agreement.

“Total Commitment Amount” shall be the amount set forth as such in the Term Sheet, as prepaid or canceled in accordance with this Agreement, as the case may be.

“Trademark License” shall mean any written agreement which (a) names a Loan Party as licensor or licensee and (b) grants to a Loan Party any right to use any Trademark.

“Trademarks” shall mean (a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos, Internet domain names and other source or business identifiers, and all goodwill associated therewith, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, or otherwise, and all common-law rights related thereto, and (b) the right to obtain all renewals thereof.

30


 

“Transaction Number” shall mean the “EXIM Bank Transaction No.” specified in the Term Sheet.

“Trigger Event” shall mean EXIM Bank has made a determination that the Borrower has failed to comply with its obligations under Section 9.02(bb)(i) and Section 9.02(bb)(ii).

“Trigger Threshold” means (a) as of the date of this Agreement, ten percent (10%) of the direct or indirect Equity Interests in Borrower, and (b) thereafter such lower percentage of the direct or indirect Equity Interests in Borrower as EXIM Bank may notify Borrower that is the percentage of ownership which EXIM Bank would be required to review, identify, and/or investigate pursuant to EXIM Bank’s internal policies designed to comply with applicable anti-corruption laws, laws governing Sanctions, requirements under the PATRIOT Act, or other applicable “know your customer” laws (collectively, the “Know Your Customer Requirements”).

“US HoldCo” shall mean Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“U.S.” or “United States” shall mean the United States of America.

“U.S. Dollars” or “U.S.$” or “$” shall mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.

“U.S. Federal Government Authority” shall mean the federal government of the United States, including any agency, department or other administrative authority or instrumentality thereof.

“Unique Entity Identifier” shall have the meaning set forth in the SAM Regulations.

“Upload” shall mean the act of uploading documents to the Disbursement Portal for EXIM Bank review (“Uploaded” and “Uploading” shall be construed accordingly).

1.02
Principles of Construction.
(a)
The meanings set forth for defined terms in Section 1.01 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.
(b)
Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement to Sections, Term Sheets, Annexes, Exhibits, and Schedules are to Sections, Term Sheets, Annexes, Exhibits, and Schedules in or to this Agreement.
(c)
The headings of the Sections in this Agreement are included for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
(d)
In the event of any discrepancy between the provisions of Section 1 through Section 13Section 13 of this Agreement and the provisions of the Term Sheet forming a part of this Agreement, the applicable provisions of Section 1 through Section 13Section 13 shall control.

31


 

(e)
Any reference to any person (including each of the parties to this Agreement and the Finance Documents) shall include such person and its successor and permitted assigns.
(f)
The term “including” shall be construed as meaning “including without limitation”.
(g)
Unless specified as a Business Day, any reference to “day” shall be deemed to refer to a calendar day.
(h)
Acknowledging that the parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement, if any ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises as to any aspect of this Agreement, then this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by each of the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.
(i)
If any amounts are stated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, for purposes of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, the applicable reference rate of exchange to U.S. Dollars to be used in connection with any determination to be made under this Agreement is the exchange rate for such foreign currency calculated using the rates available at http://www.oanda.com/currency/converter; provided, however, that (x) in all cases the reference rate of exchange to be used shall be the rate applicable on any Business Day occurring up to and including five (5) Business Days prior to the applicable date of determination and (y) with respect to any financial statements or other financial reporting of the Loan Parties, amounts set forth therein shall be converted using the reference rate of exchange applicable as of the last day of the period covered by such financial statements. In the event that such a reference rate of exchange for the relevant foreign currency is not available through http://www.oanda.com, the Borrower shall immediately contact EXIM Bank and EXIM Bank shall designate an alternative method for calculating the relevant exchange rate.
(j)
As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, all accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed (x) until the Accounting Change Over Date (as defined below), in accordance with IFRS and (y) from and after the Accounting Change Over Date (as defined below), in accordance with GAAP; provided that, notwithstanding any other provision or definition contained herein, any obligations of a Person that are or would have been treated as operating leases for purposes of IFRS or GAAP, as applicable, prior to the issuance by the International Accounting Standards Board in January 2016 of IFRS 16 and any interpretations thereof (“IFRS 16”) or by the implementation of Financial Accounting Standards Board ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and any interpretations thereof (“ASU 842”) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases for purposes of all financial definitions, calculations and covenants for purpose of this Agreement (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) other than the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard, notwithstanding the fact that such obligations are required in accordance with IFRS 16 or ASU 842, as applicable, to be treated as capitalized lease obligations in accordance IFRS or GAAP, as applicable, provided, further, that financial

32


 

reporting shall not be affected hereby. Parent may elect to convert its accounting standard to GAAP (such conversion, the “GAAP Conversion”); provided, Parent provides EXIM Bank not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice (or such shorter period as may be agreed by EXIM Bank in writing) of the effectiveness of the GAAP Conversion (the first date on which such notice has been delivered and the GAAP Conversion has occurred, the “Accounting Change Over Date”). In the event that any Accounting Change or the GAAP Conversion shall occur and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then the Loan Parties and EXIM Bank agree to enter into negotiations to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to reflect equitably such Accounting Changes and/or GAAP Conversion with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the Loan Parties’ financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Changes and/or the GAAP Conversion as if such Accounting Changes had not been made or the GAAP Conversion had not occurred; provided that until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Loan Parties and EXIM Bank, all financial covenants, standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Changes and/or the GAAP Conversion had not occurred.

SEction 2 THE Credit Facility

2.01
Amount. EXIM Bank hereby establishes the Credit Facility, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, in favor of the Borrower. The Total Commitment Amount is the maximum amount that EXIM Bank is committed to make available under the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility is for the purpose of enabling the Borrower to finance:
(a)
in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Financed Portion Amount, the Financed Portion of the costs incurred on or after the Initial Eligibility Date by the Borrower for the purchase of Contract Goods and/or Contract Services for the Project; and
(b)
in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Exposure Fee Amount, the Exposure Fee payable on the Financed Portion Amount.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Borrower and the other Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that, (i) immediately prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, the (x) aggregate Total Commitment Amount was the Original Total Commitment Amount and (y) the aggregate principal amount disbursed under the Credit Facility is U.S.$22,811,235.02 (the “Utilized Amount”), (ii) on and from the First Amendment Effective Date, (x) the aggregate principal amount available to be drawn under the Total Commitment Amount has been permanently reduced by the Utilized Amount and (y) the establishment of the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount pursuant to the First Amendment to Credit Agreement shall not constitute, and shall not be construed as, a reinstatement, increase, renewal, extension or modification of any portion of the Total Commitment Amount (including the Utilized Amont) that has been disbursed, canceled, reduced or otherwise terminated prior to the First Amendment Effective Date.

33


 

2.02
Availability. Subject to the terms and conditions provided herein, including the conditions set forth in Section 6Section 6, Disbursements under the Credit Facility may be made up to and including the Final Disbursement Date.
2.03
Deemed Date for Certain Costs. For the purpose of determining whether costs are incurred on or after the Initial Eligibility Date, (a) costs with respect to Contract Services shall be deemed to have been incurred on the date such Contract Services were performed or provided as evidenced by the date of the invoices of the provider of such Contract Services, and (b) costs with respect to Contract Goods shall be deemed to have been incurred on the date the Contract Goods were purchased in the United States or shipped to the United States as evidenced by the date of the relevant bill of lading.

Section 3 DISBURSEMENTS

3.01
General Requirements.
(a)
General. Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 6Section 6 hereof, the Credit Facility may be utilized and disbursed in the manner described in, and subject to the conditions of, this Section 3Section 3 and the Disbursement Procedures.
(b)
Types of Disbursements. Disbursements may be made: (i) through advances to the Borrower; and/or (ii) if financed, by book entry disbursements to fund payment of the Exposure Fee to EXIM Bank.
(c)
Ancillary Services. Ancillary Services relating to the Credit Facility shall be treated in the same manner as any other Contract Services (including the requirements set forth in Section 4Section 4 of this Agreement).
(d)
Requested Disbursement Date. If the Requested Disbursement Date is not a Business Day, the Disbursement will be made on the earlier of (A) the next Business Day or (B) the Final Disbursement Date.
3.02
Limitation on Disbursements.
(a)
If EXIM Bank receives a request to disburse funds in an amount that would result in the aggregate principal amount of all Disbursements to exceed the Total Commitment Amount, EXIM Bank shall only be required to disburse funds in an amount equal to the amount then remaining under the Total Commitment Amount.
(b)
No more than one (1) Request for Reimbursement may be funded in any calendar month.
3.03
Disbursement.
(a)
Requirements for Request for Reimbursement. At least twenty (20) Business Days prior to the Requested Disbursement Date, the Borrower may request a Disbursement by electronically delivering or Uploading a duly completed and executed Request for Reimbursement to the Documentation Agent with all Credit Agreement Required

34


 

Documents attached, for Documentation Agent to review and provide to EXIM Bank pursuant to the terms of the Documentation Agent Agreement. In the event the Documentation Agent Agreement has been terminated before the Final Disbursement Date, the Borrower may request a Disbursement by electronically delivering a duly completed and executed Request for Reimbursement to EXIM Bank with all Credit Agreement Required Documents attached or Uploaded.
(b)
Making a Disbursement. If the Credit Administration Division is satisfied with the documentation Submitted or otherwise delivered in connection with the requested Disbursement, then on or before the Requested Disbursement Date (unless EXIM Bank has received a notice from the Borrower withdrawing the Request for Reimbursement for the requested Disbursement) EXIM Bank shall (i) make available for deposit into Borrower’s operating account (Account Number 8174880112 and Routing Number 121143260) in immediately available funds, the proceeds of the relevant Disbursement requested to be made on the Requested Disbursement Date in the corresponding Request for Reimbursement (excluding the amount of such Disbursement to be used for the payment of the related Exposure Fee) and (ii) simultaneously therewith, make a book entry disbursement with respect to the Exposure Fee related to such Disbursement.
(c)
Amended Documentation. If the Credit Administration Division is not satisfied with the documentation Submitted or otherwise delivered in connection with the requested Disbursement then it shall advise the Borrower and the Documentation Agent of this non‑satisfaction, and the Borrower shall then be entitled to deliver such documentation and/or provide EXIM Bank amended documentation for such Disbursement. Re-Submittal of any required documentation may alter the date of a Disbursement by EXIM Bank.

Section 4 FINANCING ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS AND COVERAGE

4.01
Eligibility for Financing. In order to be eligible for financing under the Credit Facility, all Goods Subject to U.S. Flag Shipping (x) that are to be imported by ocean vessel to the United States must be transported to the United States in vessels of U.S. registry and (y) that were previously imported by ocean vessel to the United States must have been transported to the United States in vessels of U.S. registry, in each case pursuant to 46 U.S.C. § 55304 (Public Resolution No. 17 of the 73rd Congress of the United States, as amended), except to the extent that either a (i) “Certification of Vessel Non-Availability” or (ii) “Determination for Use in EXIM Bank Financing Evaluation Process” is obtained from the U.S. Maritime Administration (“MARAD”). If any Goods Subject to U.S. Flag Shipping are shipped on vessels of non-U.S. registry without such a MARAD certification or determination or contrary to the provisions of such MARAD certification or determination, such Contract Goods will not be eligible for financing under the Credit Facility.

In addition, goods used in the provision of Contract Services, if shipped by ocean vessel to the United States, may be required to be transported to or from the United States in vessels of U.S. registry pursuant to 46 U.S.C. § 55304 (Public Resolution No. 17 of the 73rd Congress of the United States, as amended).

35


 

4.02
Coverage of the Credit Facility. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, EXIM Bank shall finance each Disbursement with respect to any Supply Contract up to the following maximum amount (provided that the aggregate principal amount of all Disbursements shall not exceed the Total Commitment Amount):
(a)
an amount equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of the U.S. Dollar invoice value of the Contract Goods and Services included in the invoice(s) presented to EXIM Bank in connection with such Disbursement; plus
(b)
an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Exposure Fee on the amounts disbursed pursuant to clause (a) above.

Section 5 TERMS OF THE Credit Facility

5.01
Principal Repayment. The Borrower shall repay the portion of the principal that is actually disbursed under the Credit Facility in twenty-eight (28) quarterly installments, with each such installment to be payable on a Repayment Date beginning on September 30, 2027. On the Final Maturity Date, the Borrower shall repay in full the aggregate principal balance then outstanding. The amount of principal repayable on each Repayment Date is the amount set out opposite that Repayment Date in Schedule 1; provided that, if the aggregate amount of Disbursements made up to and including the Final Disbursement Date is less than the Total Commitment Amount, then each amount of principal set forth on Schedule 1 shall be ratably reduced in proportion to such amount.
5.02
Interest Payment.
(a)
Subject to Section 5.02(b) and Section 5.02(c)5.02(b) and Section 5.02(c) on each Interest Payment Date beginning on September 30, 2026 and on the date of any prepayment of any portion of the outstanding Disbursements, the Borrower shall pay to EXIM Bank interest in arrears, accruing from the date of the applicable Disbursement, on all amounts disbursed and outstanding from time to time under the Credit Facility. Any such interest payment shall be calculated at an interest rate per annum equal to the Applicable Interest Rate; provided, however, that in the event that any Disbursement is made within forty‑five (45) days prior to an Interest Payment Date, the first payment of accrued interest with respect to such Disbursement under this Section 5.02(a) shall not be due and payable until the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

36


 

(b)
If any Payment Default shall occur, the Borrower shall pay to EXIM Bank, automatically and without demand, interest in arrears on such unpaid amount (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law) for the period from (and including) the Payment Default Date to (but excluding) the date such amount shall have been paid in full, at an interest rate per annum equal to the higher of: (i) the rate specified in Section 5.02(a) above plus one percent (1.00%) per annum; or (ii) the applicable rate of interest specified in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) as the average monthly rate for the month immediately preceding the date of the relevant Payment Default Date, available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/H15/data.htm under the heading of “U.S. government securities” and the subheading of “Treasury constant maturities”, for a maturity closest to the duration of the Payment Default plus one percent (1.00%) (or if such applicable rate of interest is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing, then as ascertained using any alternative method designated by EXIM Bank).
(c)
If on any Interest Payment Date a Trigger Event shall have occurred and be continuing, then so long as such Trigger Event is continuing the Applicable Interest Rate may, in the sole discretion of EXIM Bank, be replaced with the Step-Up Interest Rate for purposes of calculating the interest payable under Section 5.02(a).
5.03
Prepayment.
(a)
Voluntary Prepayments.
(i)
The Borrower may, from time to time, prepay, without premium or penalty (other than as specified in clause (D) below) all or any part of the outstanding Disbursements, on any Interest Payment Date, provided that:
(A)
any partial prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of U.S.$100,000 provided that if the aggregate principal amount of the Disbursements outstanding is less than U.S.$100,000, then such partial prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Credit Facility;
(B)
the Borrower shall give EXIM Bank at least ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice of the proposed amount and the date of prepayment;
(C)
the Borrower shall pay in full all amounts due under the Credit Facility as of the date of such prepayment, including all interest which has accrued to the date of prepayment on the principal prepaid, together with all other amounts then due under this Agreement or any Note as of the date of such prepayment; and
(D)
on the date of such prepayment, the Borrower shall pay to EXIM Bank a prepayment premium which shall be equal to: the amount by which (a) the amount of the prepaid principal is less than (b) the sum of the present values, discounted from the remaining Repayment Dates to the date of such prepayment, of (x) the installments of principal being prepaid, plus (y) the amounts of interest which would otherwise have accrued on such principal to the remaining Interest Payment Dates.

37


 

(ii)
The annual discount rate used to calculate the present value amount in clause (a)(i)(D) of this Section 5.03 shall be that rate of interest specified as the current CIRR for the Business Day which is five (5) Business Days prior to the date of prepayment for a period equal to the applicable Maturity Period.
(b)
Mandatory Prepayments.
(i)
Prepayment Upon Imposition of Sanctions.
(A)
If at any time any Loan Party or any director, officer, or employee of a Loan Party shall be or become a Sanctioned Person, then EXIM Bank, in its sole discretion, may immediately (or at any time thereafter) suspend and/or cancel (in whole or in part) the Credit Facility and so notify the Borrower of such suspension and/or cancellation. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, with regard to an employee (other than a director or officer) becoming a Sanctioned Person, EXIM Bank shall not suspend or cancel the Credit Facility if the applicable Loan Party promptly takes, to EXIM Bank’s satisfaction, all permissible and reasonable steps to terminate the employee’s relationship with the applicable Loan Party. If the Credit Facility is suspended under the terms of this sub-section, EXIM Bank shall retain the right to cancel (in whole or in part) the Credit Facility at any time thereafter. If the Credit Facility is canceled under the terms of this sub‑section, in whole or in part, then immediately upon EXIM Bank’s notice of cancellation, the Borrower shall prepay to EXIM Bank the principal amount subject to such cancellation then outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of prepayment and all other amounts then due and payable under this Agreement.
(B)
If at any time any Loan Party fails to perform or comply with the covenants set forth in Section 9.03(b), then EXIM Bank, in its sole discretion, may immediately (or at any time thereafter) suspend or cancel (in whole or in part) the Credit Facility and so notify the Borrower of such suspension or cancellation. If the Credit Facility is suspended, EXIM Bank shall retain the right to cancel the Credit Facility (in whole or in part) at any time thereafter. If the Credit Facility is canceled, then immediately upon EXIM Bank’s notice of cancellation, the Borrower shall prepay to EXIM Bank the principal amount subject to such cancellation then outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of prepayment and all other amounts then due and payable under this Agreement.
(ii)
Prepayment Upon the Event of Loss or Destruction of Collateral. Within sixty (60) days of an Event of Loss, Borrower shall prepay to EXIM Bank the entire principal amount then outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of the prepayment and all other amounts then due and payable under this Agreement (including with the proceeds of insurance pursuant to clause (iv) below).
(iii)
Prepayment Upon the Sale of Contract Goods and Services. If the Borrower desires to sell or transfer or otherwise dispose of any Contract Goods and Services to any other entity, including an Affiliate, then (a) prior to consummating such sale, Borrower

38


 

shall obtain prior written consent of EXIM Bank, which consent may be withheld by EXIM Bank in its sole discretion, and (b) within ten (10) days after such sale, shall pay to EXIM Bank, the Pro-Rata Portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Disbursements relating to such Contract Goods and Services subject to the sale, including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and all other amounts then due and payable under this Agreement.
(iv)
Prepayment Upon Receipt of Insurance Proceeds. If any Loan Party receives insurance proceeds and condemnation and similar awards on account of an Event of Loss, such Loan Party shall promptly notify EXIM Bank thereof (including the amount of the proceeds to be received by such Loan Party in respect thereof) and, without duplication of clause (ii) above, within ten (10) days after receipt of such proceeds, shall pay to EXIM Bank, (x) in the case of insurance proceeds and condemnation and similar awards on account of an Event of Loss in relation to the Contract Goods, the Pro-Rata Portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Disbursement relating to such Contract Goods subject to the insurance claim, including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and all other amounts then due and payable under this Agreement, or (y) in the case of insurance proceeds and condemnation and similar awards on account of an Event of Loss in relation to the Project Site, the amount of such proceeds received by such Loan Party.
(v)
Prepayment Upon Illegality. If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for EXIM Bank to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by the Finance Documents or for EXIM Bank to fund, issue or maintain its participation in all or any portion of the Credit Facility, then:
(A)
EXIM Bank shall promptly notify the Borrower upon becoming aware of such event;
(B)
upon EXIM Bank notifying the Borrower, the Credit Facility shall be immediately canceled; and
(C)
the Borrower shall prepay the entire principal amount of the Disbursements then outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of the prepayment, and all other amounts then due and payable under this Agreement and any other Finance Document not later than the date specified by EXIM Bank in the notice delivered pursuant to clause (A) (such date being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).
(c)
Prepayment and Premium Irrevocable.
(i)
Any prepayment by the Borrower of any portion of the principal amount of outstanding Disbursements in accordance with this Section 5.03 shall be irrevocable and final when paid, and the Borrower shall not be entitled to subsequently borrow or redraw any part of such prepaid principal amount.
(ii)
Any prepayment premium under this Section 5.03 shall be owing and payable notwithstanding acceleration of the Credit Facility.
(d)
Prepayment Application.

39


 

Prepayments shall be applied to the installments of the Total Commitment Amount in the inverse order of their maturity.

5.04
Evidence of Debt.
(a)
The Borrower agrees that to evidence further its obligation to repay all amounts disbursed under the Credit Facility, with interest accrued thereon, it shall issue and deliver to EXIM Bank, in accordance with the written instructions of EXIM Bank, a promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of the Total Commitment Amount (such promissory note and any replacement thereof, issued pursuant to Section 5.04(c), hereinafter referred to as a “Note”). Such Note shall be in the form of Annex A, or as otherwise directed by EXIM Bank, shall bear the Guarantors’ Guarantee endorsement, and shall be valid and enforceable only to the extent of the aggregate amounts then disbursed and outstanding under the Credit Facility, and, as to interest, only to the extent of the interest accrued thereon. Any notations by EXIM Bank on any Note regarding payments made on account of the principal thereof, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding. Upon the irrevocable payment in full of any Note, EXIM Bank shall cancel and surrender such Note to the Borrower upon the Borrower’s request.
(b)
If any Note is mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Borrower shall issue and the Guarantors shall endorse and deliver a new Note of the same date, maturity and denomination as the Note so mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed; provided that, in the case of any mutilated Note, such mutilated Note shall be returned to the Borrower after examination by EXIM Bank; and, in the case of any lost, stolen or destroyed Note, the Borrower shall have first received evidence of such loss, theft or destruction as shall reasonably be considered satisfactory to it. In the event that any lost or stolen Note is subsequently found, EXIM Bank shall cancel such Note and deliver such canceled Note to the Borrower; provided that the Borrower shall have already delivered a substitute Note to EXIM Bank.
(c)
All replacement Notes issued in connection with this Agreement shall be signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower and endorsed by an Authorized Officer of the Guarantors.
(d)
Upon any assignment or transfer by EXIM Bank of all or a portion of the Credit Facility in accordance with Section 12.03, the Borrower shall, at the request of EXIM Bank, execute and deliver to EXIM Bank and any such assignee(s) or transferee(s) new duly authorized and executed Notes substantially in the form of Annex A (or such other form as may be agreed between EXIM Bank and assignee(s) or transferee(s)) in the amounts equal to the aggregate amounts of principal respectively held by EXIM Bank and such assignee(s) or transferee(s) after giving effect to such assignment or transfer.

Section 6 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.01
Conditions Precedent to First Disbursement. The obligation of EXIM Bank to permit the first Disbursement under the Credit Facility shall be subject to the delivery to EXIM Bank of the documents indicated below (each, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank)

40


 

and to the fulfillment, as of the date of such Disbursement, in a manner satisfactory to EXIM Bank (in its sole discretion) of the conditions set forth below:
(a)
This Agreement and the other Finance Documents. This Agreement and other Finance Documents, each fully executed by the parties thereto and in full force and effect.
(b)
No Restrictions. No law, regulation, ruling or other action of any Governmental Authority shall be in effect or shall have occurred, the effect of which would be to prevent any party to this Agreement from fulfilling its obligations.
(c)
Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in this Agreement and in the other Finance Documents shall be true and accurate on and as of the date of the first Disbursement (except for any representations and warranties which are expressly stated to be given solely as of an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of such earlier date).
(d)
Request for Reimbursement. Delivery of a Request for Reimbursement for the initial Disbursement and satisfaction of the requirements of Section 3Section 3 with respect to such Disbursement.
(e)
Acquisition List. The Acquisition List in the form approved by EXIM Bank.
(f)
Supply Contract. A copy of each Supply Contract, which, in EXIM Bank’s judgment, must be reasonable and consistent with industry and financial standards and must otherwise be in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank.
(g)
Existence. Evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation and for each Loan Party (other than the Australian GuarantorsGuarantor) and to the extent applicable in its jurisdiction of incorporation, evidence that it is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license.
(h)
Verification Certificate. A completed verification certificate in respect of the Australian GuarantorsGuarantor, duly signed by two directors of the Australian GuarantorsGuarantor, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank, together with all attachments referred to in such certificate and dated no earlier than 5 days before the date of the first Disbursement.
(i)
Authority of the Borrower and the Guarantors. Evidence of (i) the authority (and, in the case of the Australian GuarantorsGuarantor, extracts thereof) of each Loan Party to execute, deliver, perform and observe the terms and conditions of this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document; and (ii) the authority (including specimen signatures) for each Person who, on behalf of each Loan Party, signed this Agreement, will sign any Note and/or signed or will sign any other Finance Documents and such other documents and

41


 

certificates (including Organizational Documents and, to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction, good standing certificates) as EXIM Bank may request relating to the organization, existence and good standing (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) of each Loan Party and any other legal matters relating to a Loan Party, this Agreement or the other Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
(j)
Government Authorizations. Copies, certified as true copies by an Authorized Officer of the Loan Parties of each consent, license, authorization or approval of, and exemption by, any Governmental Authority, which are necessary or advisable: (i) for the execution, delivery, performance, and observance by the Loan Parties of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents; and (ii) for the validity, binding effect, and enforceability of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.
(k)
Legal Opinions. An opinion of external legal counsel to each Loan Party and, in the case of the Australian GuarantorsGuarantor, Clayton Utz as external Australian legal counsel to EXIM, in form and scope acceptable to EXIM Bank, and, if requested by EXIM Bank, an opinion from independent legal counsel selected by EXIM Bank, as to such matters relating to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby as specified by EXIM Bank.
(l)
Appointment of Process Agent. Evidence that (i) eachthe Australian Guarantor has irrevocably appointed as its agent for service of process the Person or Persons so specified in Section 11.03(a); and (ii) each such agent has accepted the appointment (and been paid in full) for a term extending at least one year beyond the scheduled final repayment date of the Credit Facility and has agreed to forward forthwith to suchthe Australian Guarantor, all legal process addressed to suchthe Australian Guarantor received by such agent.
(m)
Independent Consultant Agreements. A copy of each fully executed Independent Consultant Agreement, if applicable.
(n)
Repayment of Existing Indebtedness. Evidence that the Existing Loan Agreement has been indefeasibly repaid in full and EXIM Bank shall have received a payoff letter (in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank) with respect to the repayment of the Existing Loan Agreement and the termination of any lien or security interest in connection therewith.
(o)
Note. A Note fully executed by the Borrower and endorsed by the Guarantors.
(p)
Outside Counsel Fees and Other Fees. Evidence of the payment in full of the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses due and payable to EXIM Bank’s outside counsel and any Independent Consultant.
(q)
Anti‑Lobbying Certificates. Delivery of an Anti-Lobbying Certificate(s) executed by Authorized Officer(s) of the Borrower, each Supplier, and each Ancillary Service Provider.

42


 

(r)
Iran Activities Certification. Each Loan Party shall have delivered an Iran Activities Certification.
(s)
Tax Basis Certificate. A certificate of the Borrower acknowledging and agreeing that any loan made by EXIM Bank pursuant to this Agreement and any determination by EXIM Bank as to whether any Contract Goods and Services are Contract Goods and Services shall not prejudice or otherwise have any binding effect with regard to any determination by the IRS, the U.S. Department of the Treasury or a court of law as to the tax basis of the Project or any part thereof under the Code.
(t)
Davis-Bacon Requirements. A certificate from the Borrower certifying that the Project is not a “public works project” within the meaning of the Davis-Bacon Act or any other Applicable Law.
(u)
Compliance with NEPA. Completion by EXIM Bank of its review under NEPA and the regulations and any publicly available rulings promulgated thereunder whereby EXIM Bank has (a) either issued or adopted an environmental assessment and issued a Finding of No Significant Impact pursuant to 40 CFR 1508, or (b) issued or adopted an environmental impact statement and issued a record of decision pursuant to 40 CFR 1505.2 or (c) or made a determination that the Project is eligible for a Categorical Exclusion (as defined in 40 CFR 1508); and has received evidence of satisfaction of any additional environmental requirements (including required mitigations, environmental permits, and satisfactory completion of any environmental consultations) in accordance with applicable Environmental Law.
(v)
Compliance with National Historic Preservation Act. All necessary consultations and other requirements under Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act have been satisfied.
(w)
No Material Adverse Change. No event or circumstance shall have occurred which, in the judgment of EXIM Bank, is likely to materially and adversely affect the financial condition, business, prospects or operations of any Loan Party or the ability of any Loan Party to perform all or any of its obligations under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document, as the case may be.
(x)
Operative Notice. EXIM Bank has delivered an Operative Notice to the Borrower.
(y)
Other Documents. Any other documents, certificates, instruments, authorization, opinion, assurance or information relating to this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated under them by any Loan Party) as EXIM Bank may have reasonably requested.
(z)
No Event of Default. No Event of Default and no Potential Default exists at the time all the foregoing conditions of this Section 6.01 have been satisfied or waived by EXIM Bank.

43


 

(aa)
Security Interests. The Borrower shall grant to EXIM Bank a first priority security interest in the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents. The security interest shall be perfected in such manner as required by all Applicable Laws, shall be in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank and all conditions to the grant and perfection of such security specified in the Security Documents shall be satisfied.
(bb)
Searches. A copy of recent Uniform Commercial Code searches or other lien registry searches in each applicable jurisdiction relating to the Collateral and the Loan Parties, as determined by EXIM Bank, including Australian Securities and Investments Commission and Personal Property Securities Register search results in respect of the Australian GuarantorsGuarantor.
(cc)
Insurance. EXIM Bank shall have received certificates of insurance pertaining to the Project, Project Site and Collateral, which shall be in full compliance with the requirements specified in Section 9.02(hh) of this Agreement. EXIM Bank shall have received (i) a report from the insurance advisor addressed to EXIM Bank as to such matters regarding the insurance coverage maintained by the Borrower or any other Person with respect to the Project, Project Site and Collateral as EXIM Bank shall request and (ii) a certificate from the insurance advisor dated on or prior to the first Disbursement Date, certifying that all insurance policies required to be maintained (or caused to be maintained) by the Borrower or any other Person with respect to the Project, Project Site, and Collateral have been obtained and are in full force and effect as of the first Disbursement Date, and such insurance policies comply in all material respects with the requirements of Section 9.02(hh) of this Agreement.
(dd)
Landlord Access Agreement. The Landlord Access Agreement in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to EXIM Bank with respect to the Project Site Lease.
(ee)
Pledged Collateral Account. After giving effect to the requested Disbursement, EXIM Bank shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that the Borrower is in compliance with the requirements of Section 9.02(gg).
(ff)
Equity Milestone. The Equity Milestone has occurred.
(gg)
Acquisition Cost of Contract Goods and Services. The Borrower has provided evidence satisfactory to EXIM Bank that (prior to giving effect to the requested Disbursement) the Borrower has immediately available unrestricted balance sheet cash to fund at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the U.S. Dollar invoice value of the Contract Goods and Services included in the invoice(s) presented to EXIM Bank in connection with the requested Disbursement.
6.02
Conditions Precedent to Each Disbursement. The obligation of EXIM Bank to permit any Disbursement shall be subject to the delivery to EXIM Bank of the documents indicated below (each in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank) and to the fulfillment, as of the date of such Disbursement, in a manner satisfactory to EXIM Bank of the conditions set forth below:

44


 

(a)
This Agreement and the other Finance Documents. This Agreement, including the Guarantors’ Guarantee herein, and the other Finance Documents shall each continue to be in full force and effect.
(b)
No Restrictions. No law, regulation, ruling or other action of any Governmental Authority shall be in effect or shall have occurred, the effect of which would be to prevent any party to this Agreement from fulfilling its obligations.
(c)
Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in this Agreement and in the other Finance Documents shall be true and accurate on and as of the date of such Disbursement (except for any representations and warranties which are expressly stated to be given solely as of an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of such earlier date).
(d)
Request for Reimbursement. Delivery of a Request for Reimbursement for such Disbursement and satisfaction of the requirements of Section 3Section 3 with respect to such Disbursement.
(e)
No Material Adverse Change. No event or circumstance shall have occurred which, in the judgment of EXIM Bank, is likely to materially and adversely affect the financial condition, business, prospects or operations of any Loan Party or the ability of any Loan Party to perform all or any of its respective obligations under this Agreement or any other Finance Document.
(f)
Other Documents. Any other documents, certificates, instruments or information relating to this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document or the transactions contemplated hereby as EXIM Bank may have reasonably requested.
(g)
No Event of Default. No Event of Default and no Potential Default exists or will exist after giving effect to the requested Disbursement.
(h)
Pledged Collateral Account. After giving effect to the requested Disbursement, EXIM Bank shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that the Borrower is in compliance with the requirements of Section 9.02(gg).
(i)
Insurance. EXIM Bank shall have received certificates of insurance pertaining to the Project, Project Site and Collateral, which shall be in full compliance with the requirements specified in Section 9.02(hh) of this Agreement. EXIM Bank shall have received (i) a report from the insurance advisor addressed to EXIM Bank as to such matters regarding the insurance coverage maintained by the Borrower or any other Person with respect to the Project, Project Site and Collateral as EXIM Bank shall request and (ii) a certificate from the insurance advisor dated on or prior to the requested Disbursement Date, certifying that all insurance policies required to be maintained (or caused to be maintained) by the Borrower or any other Person with respect to the Project, Project Site and Collateral have been obtained and are in full force and effect as of the requested Disbursement Date, and such insurance policies comply in all material respects with the requirements of Section 9.02(hh) of this Agreement.

45


 

(j)
Acquisition Cost of Contract Goods and Services. The Borrower has provided evidence satisfactory to EXIM Bank that (prior to giving effect to the requested Disbursement) the Borrower has immediately available unrestricted balance sheet cash to fund at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the U.S. Dollar invoice value of the Contract Goods and Services included in the invoice(s) presented to EXIM Bank in connection with the requested Disbursement.

SectiOn 7 FEES AND EXPENSES

7.01
Fees. The Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid to EXIM Bank the following fees (provided that solely the Documentation Agent Fee in clause (c) below shall be payable to the Documentation Agent):
(a)
Commitment Fee: (i) with respect to the Original Total Commitment Amount, a loan commitment fee (“Commitment Fee (Original Signing)”) of one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum on the uncanceled and undisbursed balance from time to time of the Original Total Commitment Amount, accruing from March 9, 2025, to and including the Final Disbursement Date, and (ii) with respect to the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount, a loan commitment fee (“Commitment Fee (First Amendment)”) and collectively with the Original Commitment Fee, the “Commitment Fee”) of one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum on the uncancelled and undisbursed amount of the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount accruing from June 11, 2026, to the Final Disbursement Date, and in each case, payable on each Commitment Fee Payment Date beginning on, (x) in the case of the Original Total Commitment Amount, July 15, 2025 and (y) in the case of the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount, July 15, 2026 (in each case, in the event that any Disbursement is made within forty-five (45) days prior to a Commitment Fee Payment Date, the calculation of the uncanceled and undisbursed balance of the Total Commitment Amount in respect of such payment date shall exclude such Disbursement, provided, however, that any Commitment Fee due on the next Commitment Fee Payment Date shall be reduced by the amount equal to one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum of such Disbursement, such amount calculated based on the number of days elapsed from the date of such Disbursement until the date of the Commitment Fee Payment Date immediately succeeding the date of such Disbursement); and .
(b)
Exposure Fee: no later than each Disbursement Date, the Exposure Fee with respect to the related Disbursement.
(c)
Documentation Agent Fee: the fees due to the Documentation Agent under the Documentation Agent Agreement.

The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Commitment Fee shall continue to accrue and become due and payable as described above during any period in which Disbursements are suspended as described in Section 10.02(a).

7.02
Taxes.

46


 

(a)
Each Loan Party agrees to pay all amounts owing by it under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any Taxes. If any Assignee is legally entitled to an exemption from or reduction in the rate of any applicable withholding Tax with respect to any payments hereunder, such Assignee shall deliver to each Loan Party, on the date of this Agreement and at the time or times reasonably requested by such Loan Party, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Loan Party as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding, including a complete and properly executed IRS Form W-9 or IRS Form W‑8, as applicable.
(b)
Each Loan Party shall indemnify EXIM Bank (including for all purposes of this Section 7.02(b) any successor agency or entity thereof (including in the case of a merger), or any other agency or instrumentality of the United States within the meaning of Section 6049(b)(4)(C) of the Code), within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Taxes (including Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 7.02) payable or paid by EXIM Bank or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to EXIM Bank and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by EXIM Bank shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(c)
Each Loan Party agrees to pay when due all property or other Taxes imposed on or in respect of the Project Site by any Governmental Authority.
(d)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Section 7.02 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of any Note and all other amounts due hereunder.
7.03
Expenses.
(a)
Each Loan Party agrees, whether or not the transactions hereby contemplated shall be consummated, promptly upon demand to pay or reimburse (i) the reasonable and duly documented fees, costs and expenses (including out-of-pocket expenses in respect of telecommunications, mail or courier service, travel and the like) of (A) EXIM Bank, (B) counsel for EXIM Bank, and (C) any Independent Consultant or any other consultant or any other advisor engaged by or for the benefit of EXIM Bank, in each case arising in connection with the preparation, printing, execution, delivery, registration, implementation, monitoring, amendment or enforcement of, waiver or consent under, or the protection or preservation of any right or claim of EXIM Bank arising out of, this Agreement or any other Finance Document, as well as the cost of preparing an operative memorandum and an operations and monitoring memorandum for internal EXIM Bank use, (ii) any and all registration and filing fees required under the Finance Documents and (iii) all Taxes (including interest and penalties, if any) that may be payable in respect of the Finance Documents.

47


 

(b)
All amounts payable by the Loan Parties pursuant to this Section 7.03 shall be paid by the Loan Parties in the currency in which the same has been incurred and is payable to EXIM Bank.
7.04
Additional or Increased Costs.
(a)
If, due to any Regulatory Change that: (i) changes the basis of taxation of any amounts payable to EXIM Bank (other than, in the case of an Assignee, Taxes imposed on the overall net income of such Assignee); (ii) imposes or modifies any reserve, special deposit, deposit insurance or assessment affecting EXIM Bank; or (iii) imposes any other condition affecting this Agreement or any Note, there shall be any increase in the cost to EXIM Bank of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining EXIM Bank’s participation in any Disbursement, then the Borrower shall from time to time, upon demand by EXIM Bank, pay to EXIM Bank additional amounts sufficient to compensate EXIM Bank for such increased cost.
(b)
Each demand for payment by EXIM Bank under this Section 7.04 shall be accompanied by a certificate showing in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation of the amounts demanded, which certificate, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.
7.05
Indemnification. Each Loan Party agrees to pay, indemnify and hold EXIM Bank and each of its affiliates and each of its respective directors, officers, employees, agents, advisers and representatives directly included in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Finance Documents (each an “Indemnified Person”) harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, Taxes, damages, penalties, actions (whether actual or prospective claims, litigations, investigations or proceedings relating to the foregoing, whether sounding in contract, in tort or on any other ground and regardless of whether the Indemnified Person is party thereto), judgments, suits, reasonable and duly documented costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever and any other related reasonable and duly documented expenses, including the reasonable and duly documented fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnified Person, incurred by or asserted against the Indemnified Person arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (a) the execution, delivery, registration, filing, recording, enforcement, performance or administration of, or in any other way arising out of or relating to, the Finance Documents or any action taken or omitted to be taken by EXIM Bank with respect to any of the foregoing, (b) the Contract Goods or any related properties of the Borrower or the other Loan Parties, (c) any actual or alleged violation of Environmental Law or presence or Release of Hazardous Materials at, on, or from any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to any Loan Party, or (d) any action or inaction of any Loan Party in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby (all the foregoing, collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”); provided that such Loan Party shall have no obligation hereunder to an Indemnified Person with respect to Indemnified Liabilities (i) to the extent arising solely from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of such Indemnified Person, (ii) to the extent attributable to the breach by such Indemnified Person of its representations, warranties and/or obligations under any Finance Document, (iii) for any Indemnified Person (other than EXIM Bank) that consist of any cost, expense, liability or obligation of such Indemnified Person that is expressly stated to be without

48


 

right to reimbursement or indemnity from the Borrower, (iv) for any Indemnified Person (other than EXIM Bank) to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities would not have been imposed if such Indemnified Person had not engaged in transactions unrelated to those contemplated by this Agreement or the other Finance Documents, (v) consisting of administrative or overhead costs or expenses, or (vi) that would not have been incurred in the absence of an amendment or supplement to any Finance Document (other than an amendment or supplement (A) requested by or consented to in writing by the Loan Parties (B) required by Applicable Law, or (C) made during the continuance of an Event of Default). Without prejudice to the survival of any other provision hereof, the terms of this Section 7.05 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and the repayment of Credit Facility and all other amounts payable hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the case of an Indemnified Person that is an Assignee, this Section 7.05 shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.

section 8 PAYMENTS

8.01
Method of Payment.
(a)
All payments to be made by the Loan Parties under this Agreement, any Note and any other Finance Document shall be received without set-off or counterclaim in U.S. Dollars in immediately available and freely transferable funds no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which due (as applicable) to EXIM Bank at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for credit to EXIM Bank via the Federal Reserve Wire Network (FedWire) in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Term Sheet under the heading “Payment Instructions”.
(b)
Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever any payment would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date for payment shall be the immediately succeeding Business Day and interest and fees shall be computed in accordance with Section 12.01.
8.02
Application of Payments. Subject to Section 8.03, EXIM Bank shall apply payments received by it under this Agreement or any Note in the following order of priorities: first, in or towards payment of all accrued interest due and owing pursuant to Section 5.02(b); second, in or towards payment of all Commitment Fees, Exposure Fees and all other amounts due and owing to EXIM Bank under this Agreement or any other Finance Document which is not otherwise provided for under clauses “first” or “third” of this Section 8.02; third, in or towards payment of all accrued interest due and owing pursuant to Section 5.02(a); and fourth, in or towards payment of all amounts of principal due and owing under Section 5.01 or Section 5.03 (as applicable).
8.03
Application of Proceeds from Collateral and Other Amounts following an Event of Default. Following an Event of Default which is continuing, EXIM Bank shall apply all proceeds in respect of the Collateral and all other amounts received by EXIM Bank under any Finance Document in the following order of priorities: first, in or towards payment or reimbursement of all fees, costs and expenses paid by or on behalf of EXIM Bank in connection with its entering upon, taking possession of, holding, operating, managing, selling or otherwise disposing of the Collateral

49


 

or any portion thereof, any and all Taxes, assessments or other charges of any kind imposed on EXIM Bank in connection with this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document, and any other amounts payable to EXIM Bank under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document or any related document in respect of any indemnities; second, in or towards payment of all accrued interest then due and owing to EXIM Bank pursuant to Section 5.02(b); third, in or towards payment of all accrued interest then due and owing to EXIM Bank pursuant to Section 5.02(a); fourth, in or towards payment of all amounts of principal then due and owing to EXIM Bank hereunder or the Note; fifth, in or towards payment of all other amounts then due and owing to EXIM Bank under this Agreement or any other Finance Document; and sixth, the balance, if any, to the Borrower in accordance with Applicable Laws.

section 9 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS

9.01
Representations and Warranties of the Loan Parties.
(a)
General Representations and Warranties. As of the date hereof, the date of each Request for Reimbursement, and the date of each Disbursement (in each case, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder), each Loan Party makes the following representations and warranties to EXIM Bank:
(i)
Existence, Qualification and Authority. Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof (A) is duly organized or incorporated (as applicable), validly existing and in good standing (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, (B) has the power and authority to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being and hereafter proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to do so could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect, and (C) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license, with full power, authority and legal right to own its property and carry on its business as now conducted, and has the requisite power, and has taken all actions necessary or advisable to authorize it to execute, deliver, perform, and observe the terms and conditions of the Finance Documents.
(ii)
Government Authorizations Regarding Finance Documents, etc. All consents, licenses, authorizations and approvals of, and exemptions by, any Governmental Authority that are necessary or advisable: (A) for the execution, delivery, performance and observance by the Loan Parties of the Finance Documents and (B) for the validity, binding effect and enforceability of the Finance Documents have, in each case, been obtained and are in full force and effect.
(iii)
Recordation. To ensure the legality, validity, enforceability, priority or admissibility in evidence of any of the Finance Documents, it is not necessary that any of the Finance Documents be registered, recorded, enrolled or otherwise filed with any court or any Governmental Authority, or notarized; or that any documentary, stamp or other similar Tax, imposition or charge of any kind be paid on or in respect of any of the Finance

50


 

Documents other than the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
(iv)
Restrictions. The execution, delivery and performance or observance by each Loan Party of the terms of, and consummation by each Loan Party of the transactions contemplated by, each of the Finance Documents does not and will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of: (A) the Organizational Documents of such Loan Party; (B) any law of the United States or any other ordinance, decree, constitutional provision, regulation or other requirement of any Governmental Authority; or (C) any order, writ, injunction, judgment, decree or award of any court or other tribunal. Further, each Loan Party’s execution and delivery of the Finance Documents, the performance and observance of its obligations thereunder, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach of any agreement or instrument to which such Loan Party is a party or to which it or any of its revenues, properties or assets may be subject, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien upon any of the revenues, properties or assets of such Loan Party pursuant to any such agreement or instrument other than the lien upon the Collateral created under the Security Documents.
(v)
Binding Effect. Each Loan Party has duly executed and delivered this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to which it is a party on or before the date hereof, and each Loan Party will also duly execute and deliver each Note and each of the other Finance Documents that may hereafter be executed by such Loan Party. Each of the Finance Documents that has been executed and delivered constitutes, and each such Finance Document that may hereafter be executed and delivered will constitute, a direct, general, and unconditional obligation of each Loan Party that is legal, valid, and binding upon such Loan Party and enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, liquidation, moratorium, readjustment of debt or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and by the application of general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity. Each Loan Party’s payment obligations under this Agreement rank, and under any Note when issued will rank, at least senior in priority of payment and in right of security to all unsecured Indebtedness and unsubordinated Indebtedness of such Loan Party.
(vi)
Choice of Law. The choice of law provisions of this Agreement, any Note and any other Finance Document are valid, binding and not subject to revocation by any Loan Party, and in any proceedings brought in the United States for enforcement of any of the Finance Documents, the choice of the law of the State of New York as the governing law of such documents will be recognized and such law will be applied.
(vii)
Commercial Activity; No Immunity. The Finance Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby constitute commercial activities (rather than governmental or public activities) of each Loan Party, and each Loan Party is subject to private commercial law with respect thereto. No Loan Party nor any of its property, assets, or revenue enjoys, under the laws of its jurisdiction, any right of immunity from suit, court

51


 

jurisdiction, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, set-off, execution, or from any other legal process with respect to any of the obligations under this Agreement, any Note, or any of the other Finance Documents.
(viii)
Legal Proceedings. No actions, suits, legal proceedings, claims, disputes or investigations are pending or, to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge and belief after due inquiry, threatened, at law, in equity, in arbitration, before any court, or before any Governmental Authority that might: (A) materially and adversely affect such Loan Party’s financial condition, business or operations; (B) either individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect, (C) restrain or enjoin or have the effect of restraining or enjoining the performance or observance of the terms and conditions of any of the Finance Documents; or (D) in any other manner question the validity, binding effect or enforceability of any of the Finance Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby.
(ix)
Company Financial Statements. The Company Financial Statements present fairly the financial condition of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries at the date of such statements and the results of the operations of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal year. The Company Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard, consistently applied, except as otherwise expressly noted therein. Except as fully reflected in the Company Financial Statements, there are no liabilities or obligations with respect to any Loan Party of any nature whatsoever (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise, and whether or not due) for the period to which the Company Financial Statements relate that, either individually or in the aggregate, would be material to any Loan Party. Since the date of the Company Financial Statements, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, business, prospects or operations of any Loan Party.
(x)
Security Documents. The Security Documents will create and perfect in favor of EXIM Bank a legal, valid and enforceable first-priority security interest in the Collateral. Other than the Lien created by the Security Documents, no Liens exist over or with respect to the Collateral other than Permitted Liens.
(xi)
Supply Contract(s). No Applicable Law is or will be violated by any Supply Contract or the performance by the Borrower of its obligations thereunder.
(xii)
Compliance with Applicable Laws. Each Loan Party is in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Laws.
(xiii)
Compliance with Environmental Laws. (A) Except as has not resulted in and could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect, each Loan Party has not (i) failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) incurred, assumed, provided an indemnity with respect to, or otherwise become subject to any Environmental Liability, or (iii) received any notice, report, order, directive or other information regarding any actual or alleged violation of Environmental Laws or any claim with respect to any Environmental

52


 

Liability and (iv) does not have knowledge of any basis for any Environmental Liability. (B) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect, each Loan Party has never treated, stored, released, discharged, disposed of, arranged for or permitted the disposal of, transported, handled, manufactured, distributed, or exposed any person to, or owned or operated any property or facility which is or has been contaminated by, any Hazardous Materials, so as to give rise to any current or future Environmental Liability.
(xiv)
[reserved].
(xv)
Use of Contract Goods and Services. The Contract Goods and Services have been used only for lawful purposes, in a lawful manner and in accordance with Applicable Law.
(xvi)
No Delinquency on Amounts Due to the United States. No Loan Party is delinquent on any amounts of money, funds or property due and owing to EXIM Bank or any other U.S. Federal Government Authority.
(xvii)
No Corrupt Practices.
(A)
No Loan Party nor any director, officer, employee, agent or representative acting on behalf of such Loan Party, is currently under charge or under formal investigation by any Governmental Authority, or has been, within the past five (5) years, convicted in any court of any country, or subject to equivalent measures such as deferred prosecution agreements, non-prosecution agreements or publicly-available arbitral awards, in any country, for bribery, payoffs, kickbacks or laundering money.
(B)
No Loan Party nor any of such Loan Party’s respective directors, officers or employees, agents or representatives has (directly or indirectly) received, paid, offered or promised to pay, or authorized the payment of any commission, bribe, pay-off or kickback or similar payment that violates any Applicable Law or entered into any agreement or arrangement under which any such payment will at any time be made. No Loan Party nor any of such Loan Party’s respective directors, officers or employees, agents or representatives and, to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge and belief, no Supplier or Ancillary Services Provider or any Suppliers have, agreed to make or arrange for (directly or indirectly) any payment, discount, allowance, rebate, commission, fee or other payment in connection with the procurement of the Contract Goods and Services under any Supply Contract without the express written consent of EXIM Bank, except for:
(1)
payment of manufacturing costs or for the purchase of the Contract Goods and Services;
(2)
the regular remuneration of regular full-time directors, officers and employees of such party;

53


 

(3)
commissions or fees, if any, to regular sales agents, brokers or representatives, which are (aa) on arm’s length terms for fair market value for the services rendered; (bb) paid in the ordinary course of business; (cc) readily identifiable on the party’s books and records as to amount, purpose, and recipient; (dd) in an amount customary for the services rendered, or to be rendered, with respect to each counterparty’s country; and (ee) not intended to be used for any illicit or corrupt purpose;
(4)
any discounts, allowance, or rebates to the Borrower that are disclosed in invoices from a Supplier or an Ancillary Services Provider, as the case may be, submitted for payment in connection with a Disbursement; or
(5)
any fees paid to commercial banks or any payments made to EXIM Bank in connection with the Credit Facility.

Furthermore, no monies (including cash, check, wire transfer or other similar funds) representing any portion of the payment of any invoice in connection with the Contract Goods and Services has been returned or transferred to the Borrower or to any third party at the direction or on behalf of the Borrower without the express written consent of EXIM Bank.

(xviii)
Suspension and Debarment.
(A)
Each Loan Party and each of their respective Principals individually (1) is not Excluded or Disqualified from participating in a Covered Transaction; (2) is not formally proposed for debarment by any U.S. Federal Government Authority, with a final determination still pending; (3) is not, and within the past three (3) years has not been, indicted, convicted or had a civil judgment rendered against it for any conduct or offense described at 2 C.F.R. § 180.800(a) in the Debarment Regulations; and (4) have not had one or more public transactions (Federal, State, or local) terminated within the preceding three years for cause or default.
(B)
Each Loan Party has not made, and to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge and belief, none of the Suppliers or Ancillary Services Providers has made, any payment in connection with the Credit Facility or any Supply Contract to any Person who is Excluded or Disqualified from participating in a Covered Transaction.
(C)
No Loan Party nor any of their respective Principals individually are listed on any of the publicly available debarment lists of the World Bank Group, the African Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the Inter-American Development Bank.
(D)
Each Loan Party has not been found by a court of the United States to be in violation of any of the following statutes or regulations within the preceding twelve (12) months: (i) the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; (ii) the Arms

54


 

Export Control Act; (iii) the International Emergency Economic Powers Act; (iv) the Export Administration Act of 1979; or (v) the regulations issued by the OFAC.
(xix)
Sanctions.
(A)
No Loan Party or any of its respective directors, officers and employees:
(1)
is a Sanctioned Person; or
(2)
to the best of such Loan Party’s knowledge and belief after due inquiry, has, directly or indirectly, entered into any sales, leasing or financing agreements, or any other transactions with any Sanctioned Person (in the case of any employee, in such Person’s capacity as an employee of the Loan Party).
(B)
No action, claim, lawsuit, enforcement action, proceeding, investigation or written inquiry with respect to each Loan Party’s compliance with Sanctions is pending or, to the best of such Loan Party’s knowledge and belief, after due inquiry, threatened.
(xx)
Compliance Systems. Each Loan Party has implemented and enforces policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure such Loan Party’s, and such Loan Party’s directors’, officers’ and employees’, compliance with:
(A)
Sanctions;
(B)
all Applicable Laws prohibiting bribery, payoffs, kickbacks or money laundering money; and
(C)
all Applicable Laws relating to material or financial support for terrorism, illegal narcotics trafficking, human trafficking, or violations of human rights.
(xxi)
No Taxes.
(A)
Each Loan Party has filed all U.S. and non-U.S. Federal, state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and has paid all U.S. and non-U.S. federal, state and other Taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except for any Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard.
(B)
There is no Tax imposed on or in connection with: (A) the execution, delivery or performance of any of the Finance Documents; (B) the enforcement of any of the Finance Documents; or (C) on any payment to be made to EXIM Bank under any of the Finance Documents.

55


 

(xxii)
No Event of Default. No Event of Default, and no Potential Default, has occurred and is continuing.
(xxiii)
Intellectual Property. Each Loan Party and each of their respective Subsidiaries owns, licenses or possesses the right to use all of the Trademarks, tradenames, service marks, trade names, Copyrights, Patents, franchises, licenses and other Intellectual Property rights that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, as currently conducted, and the use thereof by such Loan Party and its Subsidiaries does not conflict with the rights of any other Person, except to the extent that failure to own, license or possess such rights or conflicts between such use and the rights of any other Person, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. The conduct of the business of each Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party as currently conducted or as contemplated to be conducted does not infringe upon or violate any rights held by any other Person, except to the extent that infringements and violations of such rights, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. No claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the knowledge of each Loan Party, threatened in writing that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.
(xxiv)
Capitalization and Subsidiaries. Borrower’s capitalization as of the date of this AgreementFirst Amendment Effective Date is set forth on Schedule 3 hereto. No Loan Party owns any Equity Interest, stock, partnership interest or other securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments. Attached as Schedule 3 is a true, correct and complete list of each Subsidiary of Parent as of the date of this AgreementFirst Amendment Effective Date.
(b)
Special Representations and Warranties.
(i)
Governmental Authorizations Regarding Supply Contracts. As at the date of Request for Reimbursement and the date of each Disbursement, the Borrower represents and warrants to EXIM Bank that all consents, licenses, authorizations and approvals of, and exemptions by, any Governmental Authority that are necessary or advisable have been obtained and are in full force and effect for the (A) execution, delivery, performance and observance of any Supply Contract by Borrower, (B) importation, if applicable, of the Contract Goods and Services by Borrower, and (C) use, in the United States, of the Contract Goods and Services under the Supply Contract, in each case, to which the relevant Disbursement relates. As at the date of Request for Reimbursement and the date of each Disbursement, the Borrower represents and warrants to EXIM Bank that, to the knowledge of the Borrower, all consents, licenses, authorizations and approvals of, and exemptions by, any Governmental Authority that are necessary or advisable have been obtained and are in full force and effect for the (A) execution, delivery, performance and observance of any Supply Contract by any party to a Supply Contract other than the Borrower, (B) importation, if applicable, of the Contract Goods and Services by any Person other than the Borrower, and (C) use, in the United States, of the Contract Goods and Services under the Supply Contract, by any Person other than the Borrower in each case, to which the relevant Disbursement relates.

56


 

(ii)
Due Diligence. As at the date of Request for Reimbursement and the date of each Disbursement, each Loan Party represents and warrants to EXIM Bank that such Loan Party has conducted reasonable due diligence in connection with this transaction, including checking: (i) the SAM (https://www.sam.gov/SAM/) to determine if any direct Suppliers, subcontractors and/or vendors from whom it procures goods and services related to this transaction are excluded from U.S. Government transactions and (ii) the “Sanctions List Search” of OFAC (https://sanctionssearch.ofac.treas.gov/).
(iii)
SAM Regulations. As of the date hereof, the Borrower has complied with the requirements described in the SAM Regulations to provide a valid Unique Entity Identifier. The Borrower maintains an active SAM registration with current information including information on the Borrower’s immediate and highest level owner and subsidiaries, as well as on all predecessors that have been awarded a federal Award within the last three years, if applicable, at all times during which it has an active federal Award or an application or plan under consideration by a federal awarding agency (in each case, other than any requirement that is not applicable because the Borrower is exempted under the SAM Regulations).
(c)
Disclosure. Each Loan Party has disclosed to EXIM Bank all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which such Loan Party or any of such Loan Party’s Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. The reports, financial statements, certificates and other written information (other than projected or pro forma financial information) furnished by or on behalf of each Loan Party to EXIM Bank in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Finance Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), taken as a whole, do not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein (when taken as a whole), in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected or pro forma financial information, each Loan Party represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation and delivery (it being understood that such projected information may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material).
(d)
ERISA Compliance.
(i)
No Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate (a) sponsors or maintains any Pension Plans or Multiemployer Plans or (b) makes any contributions to or has any liabilities or obligations (direct or contingent) with respect to any Pension Plans or Multiemployer Plans.
(ii)
Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state laws and each Plan that is intended to be a qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS to the effect that the form of such Plan is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and the trust related thereto has been determined by the IRS to be exempt from federal

57


 

income tax under Section 501(a) of the Code, or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS, and, to the knowledge of such Loan Party, nothing has occurred that would prevent or cause the loss of such tax-qualified status.
(iii)
There are no pending or, to the knowledge of each Loan Party, threatened or contemplated claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that, either individually or in the aggregate, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.
(iv)
No ERISA Event has occurred, and no Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate is aware of any fact, event or circumstance that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to constitute or result in an ERISA Event.
(v)
The present value of all accrued benefits under each Pension Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Pension Plan) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such Pension Plan allocable to such accrued benefits by a material amount. As of the most recent valuation date for each Multiemployer Plan, the potential liability of a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate for a complete withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan (within the meaning of Section 4203 or Section 4205 of ERISA), when aggregated with such potential liability for a complete withdrawal from all Multiemployer Plans, is zero.
(vi)
To the extent applicable, each Foreign Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of all Applicable Law and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction). No Loan Party has incurred any material obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Foreign Plan. The present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Foreign Plan that is funded, determined as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal year of each Loan Party on the basis of actuarial assumptions, each of which is reasonable, did not exceed the current value of the property of such Foreign Plan by a material amount, and for each Foreign Plan that is not funded, the obligations of such Foreign Plan are properly accrued.
(vii)
No Loan Party does, and would not be deemed to, hold Plan Assets and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents will not constitute or result in any non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or substantially similar provisions under any other federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations that could reasonably be expected to subject EXIM Bank to any tax or penalty on prohibited transactions imposed under Section 4975 of the Code, Section 501(i) of ERISA or substantially similar provisions under any other federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations.

58


 

(e)
Margin Regulations. No Loan Party is engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, and no part of the proceeds of any Disbursements hereunder will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock. Following the application of the proceeds of each Disbursement, not more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the value of the assets (either of the Borrower only or of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) will be Margin Stock.
(f)
Investment Company Act. No Loan Party nor any Subsidiary of a Loan Party is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act.
(g)
Solvency. Each Loan Party is Solvent.
(h)
Title to Property; Project Site; Survey. The Borrower has valid title to, or a valid leasehold interest in the Project Site, subject only to Permitted Liens. To the Loan Parties’ knowledge, there are no taxes, assessments or liens pending or threatened against the Project Site for any present or past-due taxes or for paving, sidewalk, curbing, sewer or any other street improvements of any kind. No portion of the Project Site is now damaged or injured as the result of any fire, explosion, accident, flood or other casualty, nor to the Loan Parties’ knowledge is any part of the Project Site subject to any pending or threatened eminent domain or condemnation proceeding.
(i)
Utility Services. All utility and municipal services required for the occupancy and operation of the Project Site, including, but not limited to, water supply, storm and sanitary sewage disposal systems, cable services, electric and telephone facilities are presently available for use at the Project Site. The storm and sanitary sewage disposal system, water system, drainage system and all mechanical systems of the Project Site are all in good working order and comply with all Applicable Laws, statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations.
(j)
Project Site Lease. Prior to any purchase by the Borrower of the Project Site and fee simple ownership by Borrower of the Project Site, (i) the Project Site Lease is in full force and effect; (ii) there are no present defaults on the part of the Borrower under the Project Site Lease, and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default; (iii) to the Borrower’s knowledge, there is no present default by the lessor under the Project Site Lease, and no events or circumstances exist which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default under the Project Site Lease; and (iv) the Borrower is the sole owner of the entire lessee’s interest in the Project Site Lease. The Borrower’s interest in the Project Site Lease has not been assigned or pledged to any Person.
(k)
Streets, Easements, Utilities and Other Services. All streets, easements, utilities and related services required for the use and operation of the Project Site and all facilities thereon have been obtained.

59


 

(l)
Zoning and Permits. The Project Site is duly and validly zoned for the operation of the Project. Said zoning is unconditional (other than conditions customarily imposed with respect to zoning requirements) and in full force and effect, and, to each Loan Party’s knowledge, no attacks or challenges are pending or threatened with respect thereto. All certifications, permits, licenses and approvals, including, without limitation, certificates of completion and occupancy permits required of Borrower by any Governmental Authority for the legal use, occupancy and operation of the Project at the Project Site in the manner in which the Project Site is currently being used, occupied and operated have been obtained and are in full force and effect.
(m)
ADA Compliance. To each Loan Party’s knowledge, the facility at the Project Site has been designed and shall be constructed, completed and (regardless of such Loan Party’s knowledge) thereafter maintained in strict accordance and full compliance with all of the requirements of the ADA and any similar state or local law, to the extent that the same are applicable. The Loan Parties shall be responsible for all related compliance costs.
(n)
Flood Plain and Wetlands. No portion of the Project Site (i) in an area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as a “special flood hazard area,” (ii) in an area classified as “wetlands” or (iii) in an area designated by any federal, state or local governmental or quasi-governmental agency as a “floodway,” special flood hazard area or flood plain.
(o)
Real Estate Taxes. All real estate taxes due and payable with respect to the Project Site Lease have been paid in full.
9.02
Affirmative Covenants of the Loan Parties. Each Loan Party jointly and severally covenants and agrees that until all amounts owing under this Agreement and each Note have been paid in full, unless EXIM Bank shall have consented otherwise in writing, each Loan Party shall, and each shall cause each of its respective Subsidiaries to:
(a)
Notice of Defaults. Promptly but in no event later than ten (10) days after the occurrence of an Event of Default or of any Potential Default, notify EXIM Bank of the particulars of such occurrence and the corrective action proposed to be taken by such Loan Party with respect thereto.
(b)
Financial Reports.
(i)
Beginning with the fiscal year ending June 30, 2025, and continuing until all amounts owing under this Agreement and each Note have been paid in full, furnish to EXIM Bank (attn: Asset Management Division), within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of its fiscal year, a copy of the Parent’s and its consolidated Subsidiaries annual consolidated financial statements, including its balance sheet, statement of income, and statement of cash-flow for that fiscal year, all of which shall have been audited by an independent accounting firm acceptable to EXIM Bank (it being agreed that RSM Australia Partners is reasonably acceptable to EXIM Bank). All financial reports to be submitted to EXIM Bank pursuant to this Section 9.02(b)(i) shall be prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard consistently applied, shall be in the English language (or

60


 

accompanied by an accurate English translation), shall include the auditor’s opinion and any accompanying notes, and shall fairly present the financial condition of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the results of their operations as at their dates or for the periods covered. Each Loan Party agrees, and each shall cause each of its respective Subsidiaries, to submit to EXIM Bank such additional financial reports and other data and information regarding its respective financial condition, business and operations as EXIM Bank may reasonably request.
(ii)
Beginning with the fiscal year ending June 30, 2025, and continuing until all amounts owing under this Agreement and each Note have been paid in full, furnish to EXIM Bank (attn: Asset Management Division), within sixty (60) days after the date which is six months prior to its fiscal year end of each year, a copy of the Parent’s and its consolidated Subsidiaries interim consolidated financial statements, including its balance sheet, statement of income and statement of cash-flow for that fiscal quarter, all of which shall have been certified on behalf of such Loan Party by an appropriate Authorized Officer of such Loan Party as being complete and correct and the Parent as fairly presenting in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard, the financial position and the results of operations of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at their dates or for the period covered thereby, subject to normal year-end adjustments and absence of footnote disclosures. All financial reports to be submitted to EXIM Bank pursuant to this Section 9.02(b)(ii) shall be prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard consistently applied, shall be in the English language (or accompanied by an accurate English translation) and shall fairly present the financial condition of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the results of their operations as at their dates or for the periods covered.
(iii)
Within forty-five (45) days following the end of each fiscal quarter commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2027, the Loan Parties shall deliver to EXIM Bank, a certificate, substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex E, executed by an Authorized Officer of the Parent, containing all information and calculations necessary and demonstrating compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 9.02(ff).
(iv)
Within forty-five (45) days following the end of each fiscal quarter commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2026, the Loan Parties shall deliver to EXIM Bank, a certificate, substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex E, executed by an Authorized Officer of the Parent, containing all information and calculations necessary to demonstrate the calculation of the Leverage Ratio, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Minimum Liquidity, in each case, measured with reference to the fiscal quarter period then ended.
(c)
MMIA Annual Reports. Beginning with the fiscal year ending June 30, 2026, and continuing until all amounts owing under this Agreement and each Note have been paid in full, the Borrower shall furnish to EXIM Bank (attn: Asset Management Division), within ninety (90) days after the end of its fiscal year, an MMIA Annual Report.
(d)
Notice of Disputes.

61


 

(i)
Each Loan Party shall promptly give written notice to EXIM Bank of any material dispute that may exist between any Loan Party and any Governmental Authority, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after (i) the receipt of any notice in writing alleging any violation of any Environmental Law by any Loan Party or any other actual or alleged Environmental Liability, (ii) obtaining knowledge of the existence of any condition that could reasonably be expected to result in violations of any Environmental Law or in Environmental Liability or (iii) the filing of any lien to secure any Environmental Liabilities of a Loan Party.
(ii)
Each Loan Party shall promptly give written notice to EXIM Bank, and in any event, within five (5) Business Days of the date such Loan Party first has actual knowledge of, any pending or threatened (in writing) dispute, litigation, investigation or proceeding (i) which could materially and adversely affect such Loan Party or the Project, (ii) in which injunctive or similar relief is sought against such Loan Party or (iii) which relates to any Finance Document.
(e)
Government Authorizations. Each Loan Party shall promptly obtain and maintain all consents, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals of, and exemptions by, any Governmental Authority that are necessary or advisable: (i) for the execution, delivery, performance, and observance by such Loan Party of the Finance Documents, and (ii) for the validity, binding effect and enforceability of the Finance Documents. Upon request from EXIM Bank, such Loan Party shall promptly deliver a certified copy of any such authorization, permit or license.
(f)
Senior Indebtedness Status. Each Loan Party shall ensure that its payment obligations under this Agreement and any Note will at all times constitute the direct, general and unconditional obligations of such Loan Party and shall rank at least senior in priority of payment and in right of security to all unsecured Indebtedness and unsubordinated Indebtedness of such Loan Party.
(g)
Environmental Compliance. With respect to the Project, each Loan Party shall comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, regulations and permits.
(h)
Independent Consultants. Each Loan Party shall comply with the terms and conditions of each Independent Consultant Agreement, shall cooperate with each Independent Consultant in the execution of its scope of work and shall pay the fees and expenses of any Independent Consultant.
(i)
Inspections.
(i)
Each Loan Party shall permit representatives or agents of EXIM Bank, and any Independent Consultant to make reasonable inspections of the Project using or incorporating the Contract Goods and Services and such Loan Party’s books and records in connection with this Agreement, the other Finance Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including records regarding the use of the Contract

62


 

Goods and Services), and to inspect its properties and conduct (or request that such Loan Party conduct) environmental tests or audits thereon.
(ii)
Each Loan Party shall cause the officers and employees of such Loan Party to give full cooperation and assistance in connection with such inspections.
(j)
Compliance with Applicable Laws. Each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with the requirements of all Applicable Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.
(k)
Preservation of Existence, Etc. Each Loan Party will (a) preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or formation; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered Intellectual Property, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.
(l)
Maintenance of Properties. Each Loan Party will (a) maintain, preserve and protect all of its properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof, except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.
(m)
Payment of Obligations. Each Loan Party will pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all of its obligations and liabilities, including Tax liabilities, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard are being maintained by such Loan Party, and except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.
(n)
Environmental Matters. Except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect, each Loan Party will (a) comply with all Environmental Laws, (b) obtain, maintain in full force and effect and comply with any permits, licenses or approvals required for the facilities or operations of such Loan Party and (c) conduct and complete any investigation, study, sampling or testing, and undertake any corrective, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other action necessary to identify, report, remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials present or released at, on, in, under or from any of the facilities or real properties of such Loan Part. Further, each Loan Party will (x) comply with such Loan Party’s environmental and social management plan during the construction and operation of the Project in all material respects; (y) provide annual reports that i) document compliance with such Loan Party’s environmental and social management plan and ii) provide representation of compliance with relevant local, state and U.S. Environmental Laws and social laws, regulations and permits, and (z)

63


 

decommission the facilities, where applicable and appropriate, in accordance with an agreed decommissioning plan.
(o)
Books and Records. Each Loan Party will maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with the Applicable Accounting Standard consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of such Loan Party.
(p)
Government Authorizations Regarding Supply Contract. The Borrower shall promptly obtain and maintain all consents, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals of, and exemptions by, any Governmental Authority that are necessary or advisable for the execution, delivery, and performance of any Supply Contract by the Borrower and the use by the Borrower of the Contract Goods and Services in the United States. In addition, the Borrower shall promptly deliver certified copies of such consents, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals to EXIM Bank upon written request.
(q)
Notice of Suspension or Debarment; Sanctions. Each Loan Party shall provide immediate written notice to EXIM Bank if at any time it learns that:
(i)
such Loan Party or any of its respective Principals individually, (A) is Excluded or Disqualified from participating in a Covered Transaction, (B) is formally proposed for debarment by any U.S. Federal Government Authority, with a final determination still pending or (C) is or, within the past three (3) years, has been indicted, convicted or has a civil judgment rendered against it for any conduct or offenses described at 2 C.F.R. § 180.800(a) in the Debarment Regulations;
(ii)
such Loan Party or to the best of such Loan Party’s knowledge and belief, any Supplier or Ancillary Services Provider, has made any payment described in the first sentence of Section 9.01(a)(xviii)(B);
(iii)
such Loan Party or any of its respective Principals individually, is listed on any of the publicly available debarment lists described in Section 9.01(a)(xviii)(C); or
(iv)
such Loan Party or any director, officer or employee of such Loan Party, becomes a Sanctioned Person, or such Loan Party or any director, officer or employee of such Loan Party enters into any agreement described in Section 9.01(a)(xix)(A); or
(v)
an action, claim, lawsuit, enforcement action, proceeding, investigation, or written inquiry with respect to such Loan Party’s compliance with Sanctions is pending or threatened.
(r)
Compliance Systems. Each Loan Party shall maintain and enforce policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure such Loan Party’s, and its directors’, officers’ and employees’, compliance with:
(i)
Sanctions;

64


 

(ii)
all Applicable Laws prohibiting bribery, payoffs, kickbacks or laundering money; and
(iii)
all Applicable Laws relating to material or financial support for terrorism, illegal narcotics trafficking, human trafficking, or violations of human rights.
(s)
Acquisition List. The Borrower shall obtain the prior written consent of EXIM Bank to any alteration of the Acquisition List.
(t)
Supply Contract(s). The Borrower shall obtain the prior written consent of EXIM Bank to any assignment of the Borrower’s rights or obligations under any Supply Contract or to any material modification to, or cancellation of, any Supply Contract.
(u)
Use of Funds. The Credit Facility shall only be used by the Borrower to finance: (i) the Financed Portion of the costs incurred on or after the Initial Eligibility Date by the Borrower for the purchase of Contract Goods and/or Contract Services for the Project; and (ii) the Exposure Fee payable on the Financed Portion.
(v)
Use of U.S. Registered Vessels for Ocean Transport. The Borrower shall cause all Goods Subject to U.S. Flag Shipping that are to be imported to the United States by ocean vessel to be transported from the United States in vessels of U.S. registry pursuant to 46 U.S.C. § 55304 (Public Resolution No. 17 of the 73rd Congress of the United States, as amended), except to the extent that either a (i) “Certification of Vessel Non-Availability” or (ii) “Determination for Use in EXIM Bank Financing Evaluation Process” is obtained from MARAD.
(w)
Use of Contract Goods and Services. The Contract Goods and Services shall be used only for lawful purposes, in a lawful manner, and in accordance with Applicable Laws.
(x)
Disclosure of Environmental and Social Reports. Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that EXIM Bank may, from time to time, publicly disclose (including posting on EXIM Bank’s website), without the prior consent of such Loan Party, environmental and social documents delivered (or to be delivered) by such Loan Party to EXIM Bank. Each Loan Party shall advise EXIM Bank if it believes that such environmental and social documents contain any confidential, proprietary or otherwise protected information and identify such information, in which case, such documents shall be subject to the laws and regulations described in EXIM Bank’s memorandum dated August 24, 2020, with respect to the treatment of confidential information.
(y)
Construction Progress and Technical Operating Matters.
(i)
Progress Reports. Beginning with the calendar quarter in which this Agreement is executed and continuing until the construction of the Project is completed or until all amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents have been paid in full, whichever occurs first, the Borrower shall submit to the Documentation Agent and EXIM Bank (attn: Engineering and Environment Division and Asset Management Division) within thirty (30) days following the end of each calendar quarter a progress report

65


 

(“Progress Report”) with respect to the construction and development of the Project. Each Progress Report must be certified as true, complete and correct by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower and the report and the certification must be in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank. Each Progress Report shall include the following:
(A)
a narrative statement of (i) the work completed on the Project during the quarter, including an explanation as to any change in the plans and any unusual conditions or problems encountered, and (ii) a work schedule for the next succeeding quarter;
(B)
a list of the equipment delivered and a list of the equipment installed to date and during the applicable quarter;
(C)
pertinent photographs (titled and dated) of construction and equipping operations;
(D)
a project construction and completion schedule showing (i) originally planned and actual progress and percentage completion, (ii) the currently estimated date of operation of the Project and (iii) an explanation of any revisions to the original Project construction and completion schedule; and
(E)
the total estimated cost of the Project by major components (with U.S. Dollar cost, local cost and other currency cost shown separately), the total cost incurred to date and during the applicable quarter, and an explanation of the reasons for any decrease or increase in the actual or estimated costs required to complete the Project over those originally estimated or estimated in previous Progress Reports.

In the event that any substantial work has been completed prior to the execution of this Agreement, then the first Progress Report delivered after execution of this Agreement shall reflect the information requested in Section 9.02(y)(i)(A) through Section 9.02(y)(i)(E) for all work completed prior thereto.

(ii)
Technical Operating Reports. Within sixty (60) days following the completion of the Project, and continuing annually thereafter within sixty (60) days of the end of each fiscal year of the Parent, until all amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents have been paid in full, the Borrower shall submit to EXIM Bank (attn: Engineering and Environment Division and Asset Management Division) copies in English of its regular production and operating reports (each such report, a “Technical Operating Report”). These reports shall include (A) information concerning raw materials, production, manufacturing cost, inventory and proposed or on-going capital improvements, and (B) a statement concerning any problems (including environmental problems), known or anticipated, together with an explanation thereof, and shall be supplemented by such other related information, as the Documentation Agent and EXIM Bank may request.
(z)
Notices Relating to Environmental and Social Matters. Each Loan Party shall notify EXIM Bank and the Documentation Agent within five (5) Business Days of the date the Borrower first has actual knowledge of any of the following:

66


 

(i)
any circumstance, condition or occurrence at, on or arising from the Project that has resulted in any material non-compliance with any Environmental Law or social law, or has resulted in any material personal injury or material project damage;
(ii)
any event, incident or occurrence relating to the environment, health or safety which pursuant to Applicable Law must be reported to a Governmental Authority;
(iii)
any pending or threatened material claim under any Environmental Law against the Borrower, any of its contractors, or any other Persons, arising in connection with its or their occupying or conducting operations in connection with the Project;
(iv)
any circumstance, condition, event, incident or occurrence (or series thereof) at, on or arising from the Project that results in a material interruption to, or suspension of, the ordinary course activities of the Project or such Loan Party’s ordinary course business operations (including, any such material interruption or suspension arising from equipment recalls, equipment failures, loss of any permits, licenses or approvals required for the facilities or operations of such Loan Party, labor matters (including strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other material labor difficulty) or any management issues that may impact the productivity of the Project or the quality or the reputation of such Loan Party); or
(v)
any recall of all or any material portion of any inventory sold or distributed by such Loan Party.
(aa)
Unique Entity Identifier.
(i)
Unless the Borrower is exempted from this requirement under the SAM Regulations, the Borrower as the Recipient acknowledges and agrees that it must maintain current information in SAM, including information on the Borrower’s immediate and highest level owner and subsidiaries, as well as on all of the Borrower’s predecessors that have been awarded a Federal contract or Federal financial assistance within the last three (3) years, if applicable, until the Borrower receives the final payment under the Credit Facility. This requires that the Borrower review and update the information in SAM at least annually after the initial registration, and more frequently if required by changes in the Borrower’s information or another federal Award term.
(ii)
The Borrower acknowledges that, pursuant to the SAM Regulations, EXIM Bank may not consent to any financial modification to this Agreement until the Borrower has complied with the requirements described in the SAM Regulations to provide a valid Unique Entity Identifier and maintain an active SAM registration with current information (other than any requirement that is not applicable because the Borrower is exempted under the SAM Regulations).
(bb)
MMIA Specific Matters. The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees to the following obligations under the MMIA:
(i)
MMIA Compliance Plan. Beginning with the fiscal year of the Borrower ending June 30, 2026, and continuing until all amounts owing under this Agreement and

67


 

each Note have been paid in full, the Borrower agrees to comply with the MMIA Compliance Plan.
(ii)
MMIA Annual Report. The Borrower shall detail and certify in each MMIA Annual Report delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section 9.02(c) its compliance with the MMIA Compliance Plan. In the event that either (i) the Borrower fails to deliver a MMIA Annual Report or (ii) either (x) the Borrower fails to certify its compliance with its obligations under the MMIA Compliance Plan in a MMIA Annual Report or (y) EXIM Bank determines that the Borrower has not complied with its obligations under the MMIA Compliance Plan then EXIM Bank may, in its sole discretion, either (A) require the Borrower to comply with the additional requirements specified in Section 3 of the MMIA Compliance Plan and/or (B) notify the Borrower that a Trigger Event has occurred.
(cc)
Other Acts. From time to time, each Loan Party shall do and perform any and all acts and execute any and all documents as may be necessary or as reasonably requested by EXIM Bank in order to effect the purposes of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and to protect the interests of EXIM Bank.
(dd)
Taxes. Each Loan Party will pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all of its Tax liabilities, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard are being maintained by such Loan Party.
(ee)
Intellectual Property Rights. Each Loan Party shall:
(i)
continue to use each of its respective material Trademarks in a manner sufficient to maintain such material Trademark in full force free from any claim of abandonment for non-use, (ii) maintain generally as in the past the quality of products and services offered under each such material Trademark, (iii) use each such material Trademark with the appropriate notice of registration and all other notices and legends required by Applicable Law, (iv) not adopt or use any mark which is confusingly similar or a colorable imitation of any such material Trademark, and (v) not (and not knowingly permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) do any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any such material Trademark may become invalidated or impaired in any way that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on such Loan Party;
(ii)
ensure that none of its respective material Patents could reasonably be expected to become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public;
(iii)
ensure that none of its respective material Copyrights could reasonably be expected to become invalidated or otherwise materially impaired;
(iv)
ensure that no material portion of such material Copyrights falls into the public domain;
(v)
ensure that none of its respective material Intellectual Property infringes the Intellectual Property rights of any other Person;

68


 

(vi)
notify EXIM Bank promptly if it knows, or has reason to know, that any application or registration relating to any of its respective material Intellectual Property may become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public, or of any material adverse determination or development (including, without limitation, the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the US Patent and Trademark Office, the US Copyright Office or any court or tribunal in any country) regarding such Loan Party’s ownership of, or the validity of, any material Intellectual Property or such Loan Party’s right to register the same or to own and maintain the same;
(vii)
take all reasonable and necessary steps, including, without limitation, in any proceeding before the USPTO, the USCRO or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, to maintain and pursue each material application (and to obtain the relevant registration) and to maintain each registration of its respective material Intellectual Property, including filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use and affidavits of incontestability; and
(viii)
in the event that any of its respective material Intellectual Property is infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third party, take such actions as such Loan Party shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Intellectual Property.
(ff)
Financial Covenants.
(i)
The Loan Parties shall not permit the Leverage Ratio to exceed 1.75 to 1.00, which shall be tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Loan Parties (commencing with the fiscal quarter period ended September 30, 2027) and be measured with reference to the fiscal quarter period then ended.
(ii)
The Loan Parties shall not permit Minimum Liquidity to be less than U.S.$4,166,110.00, which shall be tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Loan Parties (commencing with the fiscal quarter period ended September 30, 2027) and be measured with reference to the fiscal quarter period then ended.
(iii)
The Loan Parties shall not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.25 to 1.00, which shall be tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Loan Parties (commencing with the fiscal quarter period ended September 30, 20272028) and be measured with reference to the fiscal quarter period then ended.
(gg)
Pledged Collateral Account and Cash Collateralization.
(i)
On or prior to the first Disbursement Date and continuing at all times until the Pledged Collateral Account Transition Conditions are satisfied, the Borrower shall maintain on deposit in the Pledged Collateral Account an amount in cash equal to at least twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Disbursements (after giving effect to any requested Disbursement).
(ii)
The Pledged Collateral Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of EXIM Bank (including the exclusive right of withdrawal) pursuant to the Control

69


 

Agreement. No amount shall be released from the Pledged Collateral Account to any Loan Party at any time while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
(iii)
Amounts on deposit in the Pledged Collateral Account may be invested by the Borrower in Cash Equivalents; provided that, any such invested amount shall be maintained in the Pledged Collateral Account and shall be under the sole dominion and control of EXIM Bank pursuant to the Control Agreement.
(iv)
At all times until the Pledged Collateral Account Transition Conditions are satisfied, amounts on deposit in the Pledged Collateral Account will be permitted to be released to the Borrower from time to time as the principal outstanding amount of the Disbursements are repaid by the Borrower; provided that Borrower shall have provided a written request to EXIM Bank (no more than once per fiscal quarter) that specifies the aggregate amount requested to be released and certifying in writing that after giving effect to such release (i) no Potential Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and (ii) at least twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Disbursements is maintained on deposit in the Pledged Collateral Account.
(v)
Upon satisfaction of the Pledged Collateral Account Transition Conditions, amounts on deposit in the Pledged Collateral Account will thereafter be permitted to be released from the Pledged Collateral Account from time to time to EXIM Bank solely to satisfy the Borrower’s principal and interest payment obligations to EXIM Bank; provided that Borrower shall have provided a written request to EXIM Bank (no more than once per fiscal quarter) that specifies the aggregate amount requested to be released (which amount shall not exceed an aggregate U.S. Dollar amount equal to the aggregate amount of principal and interest scheduled to be paid on the immediately succeeding Repayment Date) and certifying in writing that after giving effect to such release no Potential Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
(hh)
Insurance. Each Loan Party shall comply with the requirements set out in Schedule 2 and in any event maintain or cause to be maintained in effect at all times insurance, with respect to the Project, against such risks and hazards, in such amounts, and in such form, as is usually carried by companies of a similar size that are engaged in the same or a similar business and that own similar properties in the same or similar geographic area as the Project.
(ii)
Further Assurance. Promptly upon request by EXIM Bank, each Loan Party shall take such additional actions and execute such documents as EXIM Bank may reasonably require from time to time in order to perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and (to the extent required hereby) priority of any of the Security Documents and the Liens intended to be created thereby, and to better assure, grant, preserve, protect and confirm to EXIM Bank the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to EXIM Bank under any Finance Document.
(jj)
Authorization to File UCC-1s. Each Loan Party hereby authorizes EXIM Bank’s outside counsel to file the UCC-1 financing statements (and any required continuations thereof) contemplated by this Agreement that may be necessary or advisable in order to

70


 

establish, maintain, perfect and protect the rights and remedies of EXIM Bank under the Security Documents.
9.03
Negative Covenants of the Loan Parties.
(a)
Each Loan Party jointly and severally covenants and agrees that until all amounts owing under this Agreement and each Note have been paid in full, unless EXIM Bank shall have consented otherwise in writing:
(i)
Liens. Each Loan Party shall not, and each shall not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to create, assume, permit, or suffer to exist any Liens on any of its assets or property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or in any proceeds or income therefrom, other than Permitted Liens.
(ii)
Sale, Lease or Transfer of Contract Goods and Services. Each Loan Party shall not, and each shall not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to sell, lease or otherwise transfer, all or any portion of the Project or any Contract Goods and Services (or any component thereof) to any Person, except in compliance with Section 5.03(b)(iii).
(iii)
Use of the Contract Goods and Services. Each Loan Party shall not, and each shall not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, use or permit the use of the Contract Goods and Services (A) outside the United States or (B) in connection with any business other than the Project.
(iv)
Sale, Lease or Transfer of the Project Site. Each Loan Party shall not, and each shall not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, transfer, or otherwise dispose of, all or any portion of the Project Site owned by it.
(v)
No Corrupt Practices. Each Loan Party shall not, and each shall not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, and each shall not authorize any of its respective directors, officers or employees, agents, representatives or any other person to, (A) take any of the actions described in Section 9.01(a)(xvii), or (B) direct or authorize any portion of the payment of any invoice in connection with the Contract Goods and Services to be returned or transferred to such Loan Party or to any third party without the express written consent of EXIM Bank.
(vi)
Change in Business; Corporate Changes. Each Loan Party shall not, and each shall not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, make any substantial change in the scope or nature of its business or operations as of the date hereof and any businesses and operations reasonably related, complementary or ancillary thereto. No Loan Party shall change its corporate name, ACN, ABN, legal form or jurisdiction of formation without twenty (20) days’ prior written notice to EXIM Bank. No Loan Party shall suffer a Change of Control. No Loan Party nor any Subsidiary of a Loan Party shall relocate its chief executive office or its principal place of business unless: (i) it has provided prior written notice to EXIM Bank; and (ii) such relocation shall be within the continental United States of America (to the extent such office is currently located within the continental United States of America).

71


 

(vii)
Merger, Consolidation, Dissolution, and Sale. Each Loan Party shall not, and each shall not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, merge or consolidate with any other entity; dissolve or terminate its legal existence; or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any substantial part of its properties or any of its properties essential to the conduct of its business or operations, as now or hereafter conducted; provided that so long as no Event of Default or Potential Default exists or would result therefrom (A) any Subsidiary (other than Borrower) may merge or consolidate with or into, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of its assets to a Loan Party or another Subsidiary (provided that when any Subsidiary that is a Loan Party is merging or consolidating with another Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or selling, leasing or otherwise disposing of its assets to another Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, a Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person, as applicable); (B) any Subsidiary (other than Borrower) may merge or consolidate with any Loan Party in order to effect a Permitted Acquisition (provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Loan Party); (C) any Subsidiary (other than Borrower) may liquidate, dissolve or terminate its legal existence if (1) such Subsidiary owns no material assets, engages in no business and otherwise has no activities other than activities related to the maintenance of its existence and good standing, (2) the Loan Parties determine in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and is not disadvantageous to EXIM Bank; (D) a Loan Party may merge or amalgamate with any other Person in a transaction in which such Loan Party is the continuing or surviving entity of such transaction; and (E) a Holdco Transaction may be consummated.
(viii)
ERISA Matters. No Loan Party nor any of such Loan Party’s ERISA Affiliates shall engage in any transaction that would cause any obligation or action taken or to be taken hereunder (or the exercise by EXIM Bank of any of its rights under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents) to be a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any substantially similar provision under any other federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations that could reasonably be expected to subject EXIM Bank to any tax or penalty on prohibited transactions imposed under Section 4975 of the Code, Section 502(i) of ERISA or substantially similar provisions under any other federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations. Each Loan Party shall not and shall not permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to, cause or allow to exist any ERISA Event that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.
(ix)
Indebtedness. Each Loan Party shall not, and each will not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to incur, assume or permit to exist, or otherwise become liable for Indebtedness, other than Permitted Indebtedness.
(x)
Restricted Payments. Each Loan Party shall not, and shall not allow any of its Subsidiaries to, (A) repurchase or redeem any class of stock or other Equity Interest in such Loan Party other than (1) pursuant to any employee, management, director or consultant benefit or repurchase plan or any other similar agreement, provided, however, in each case the repurchase or redemption price does not exceed the original consideration paid for such stock or Equity Interest, (2) repurchases or redemptions made for another class of a Loan Party’s Equity Interests or rights to acquire its Equity Interests, and (3)

72


 

subject to clause (D) below, repurchases or redemptions of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise or conversion of stock options, warrants or other convertible securities if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options, warrants or other convertible securities or to cover related withholding and similar Taxes, or (B) declare or pay any cash dividend or make any other cash distribution on any class of stock or other Equity Interest, except that (1) a Subsidiary of Borrower may pay dividends or make other distributions to Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower (and, in the case of a non-wholly-owned Subsidiary, to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests), (2) Borrower may pay dividends or make other distributions to Amaero International and, after the consummation of any Holdco Transaction, Amaero International may pay dividends or make other distribution to Holdings, (3) subject to clause (D) below, Parent may pay cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of its Equity Interests, (4) Parent may pay dividends or other distributions with proceeds from a substantially concurrent equity contribution or issuance of new Equity Interests or (C) lend money to any employees, officers or directors or guarantee the payment of any such loans granted by a third party other than pursuant to any employee, management, director or consultant benefit or repurchase plan or any other similar agreement or for relocation or similar expenses in an aggregate annual amount not to exceed U.S.$50,000 during any fiscal year of such Loan Party, or (D) convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this clause (D) shall prohibit the conversion by the holders of any such convertible securities, or the exercise of any option or warrant, in accordance with the terms of such convertible securities, option or warrant or such Loan Party’s delivery of the conversion consideration or exercise consideration in connection with such convertible securities, options or warrants or the delivery of common stock (or the equivalent) and cash in lieu of fractional shares of common stock in exchange for, or to induce the conversion of, or upon exercise of, such convertible securities, options or warrants; provided that the conversion consideration (or exchange or inducement consideration) paid to such holders of convertible securities, options or warrants is limited to common stock (or the equivalent) and/or or cash in lieu of fractional shares of common stock; provided further, that the amount of cash in lieu of fractional shares of common stock paid to holders of such convertible securities in connection with the conversion or exchange thereof, or the inducement to convert such convertible securities, shall not exceed $25,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year of the Parent, or (E) waive, release or forgive any indebtedness owed by any employees, officers or directors other than pursuant to any employee, management, director or consultant benefit or repurchase plan or any other similar agreement in an aggregate annual amount not to exceed U.S.$50,000 during any fiscal year of such Loan Party.
(xi)
Investments. Each Loan Party shall not, and shall not allow any of its Subsidiaries to, make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guarantee or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Equity Interest, bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of, or any assets constituting a business unit of, or make any other investment in, any Person (all of the foregoing, “Investments”), except Permitted Investments.

73


 

(xii)
Transactions with Affiliates. Each Loan Party shall not, and shall not allow any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate (other than any other Loan Party) unless such transaction is (a) by or among the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and is not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement or any other Finance Document, (b) in the ordinary course of business of the relevant Loan Party or Subsidiary and, (c) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the relevant Loan Party or Subsidiary than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate.
(xiii)
Accounting Changes. Each Loan Party shall not, and shall not allow any of its Subsidiaries to, make any change in its (a) accounting policies or reporting practices, except (1) as permitted by the Applicable Accounting Standard and/or (2) in connection with the GAAP Conversion, or (b) fiscal year.
(xiv)
Designation of other Indebtedness. Each Loan Party shall not, and shall not allow any of its Subsidiaries to, designate any Indebtedness or indebtedness other than the obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or a similar concept thereto, if applicable.
(xv)
Amendments to Operating Documents and Material Contracts. Each Loan Party shall not, and shall not allow any of its Subsidiaries to (a) amend or permit any amendments to any Loan Party’s Organizational Documents if such amendment would be adverse to EXIM Bank in any material respect; or (b) amend or permit any amendments to, or terminate or waive any provision of, any contractual obligations if such amendment, termination, or waiver would be adverse to EXIM Bank in any material respect.
(xvi)
Project Site Lease. Other than in connection with any purchase of the Project Site by the Borrower, the Borrower shall not terminate, amend, grant any waiver of, or assign any of its respective duties or obligations under, any provision of the Project Site Lease (other than amendments or waivers (i) to correct manifest error or (ii) which are of a stylistic, minor, or purely technical nature, and, in either case, do not change materially any Person’s rights or obligations; provided, that the Borrower shall promptly give EXIM Bank notice, and provide EXIM Bank with a copy, of such amendment or waiver). The Borrower shall timely comply with its obligations under the Project Site Lease.
(xvii)
Limitations on Holdings. Each Loan Party shall not permit Holdings to: (a) hold any assets other than (i) the Equity Interests of Amaero International, (ii) assets, properties or rights that are not capable of being sold, assigned, transferred or conveyed to the Guarantors or Borrower without the consent of any other Person, or if such assignment or attempted assignment would constitute a breach thereof, or a violation of any Applicable Law, (iii) agreements relating to the issuance, sale, purchase, repurchase or registration of securities of Holdings, including, as applicable, in connection with maintaining status as a publicly traded company in compliance with all applicable securities laws, rules and regulations (including the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules of any national securities exchange), (iv) minute books and other corporate books and records of Holdings and, (v) cash and cash equivalents and (vi) other miscellaneous non-material assets; (b)

74


 

have any liabilities other than (i) the liabilities under the Finance Documents, (ii) tax liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, (iii) Permitted Indebtedness, (iv) corporate, administrative, accounting and operating expenses in the ordinary course of business and (v) liabilities under any contracts or agreements described in (a)(ii) and (iii) above; or (c) engage in any activities or business other than (i) issuing shares of its own Equity Interests, (ii) holding the assets and incurring the liabilities described in this Section 9.03(a)(xvii) and activities incidental and related thereto or (iii) making payments, dividends, distributions, issuances or other activities permitted pursuant to Section 9.03(a)(x) or Section 9.03(a)(xii).
(b)
Sanctions. Each Loan Party shall not, and shall not authorize any of its directors, officers, or employees, agents, representatives, or any other Person to, (i) use or otherwise make available, directly or (to the best of such Loan Party’s knowledge after due inquiry) indirectly, the proceeds of the Credit Facility, to fund or facilitate any activities with or for the benefit of any Sanctioned Person or in any Sanctioned Country; (ii) make any payments to EXIM Bank in connection with the Credit Facility, this Agreement or any other Finance Document, including to discharge any debt, with proceeds from activities involving, directly or (to the best of such Loan Party’s knowledge after due inquiry) indirectly, any Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Country; (iii) engage in any other activity that causes EXIM Bank to violate Sanctions; or (iv) until all amounts owing under this Agreement and any Note have been paid in full, without the prior written consent of EXIM Bank: (A) enter, directly or (to the best of such Loan Party’s knowledge after due inquiry) indirectly, into any sales, leasing or financing agreements, or any other transactions with any Sanctioned Person, or (B) engage in any activity that is reasonably likely to cause any Person to violate Sanctions.

section 10 CANCELLATION, SUSPENSION, AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

10.01 Cancellation by the Borrower. The Borrower may cancel at any time all or any part of the undisbursed and uncanceled amount of the Total Commitment Amount, provided that thirty (30) days’ irrevocable prior written notice is given to EXIM Bank. In the event of a cancellation of all or part of the Credit Facility by the Borrower, the Borrower shall pay to EXIM Bank on or before the proposed date of cancellation, all Commitment Fees accrued and unpaid under Section 7.01(a) and all other amounts due and payable under this Agreement and the Finance Documents as of the proposed date of cancellation.

10.02 Suspension and Cancellation by EXIM Bank.

(a)
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, EXIM Bank, by written notice to the Borrower, may: (i) suspend further Disbursements of the Credit Facility until EXIM Bank is satisfied that the cause of such suspension has been removed or resolved; or (ii) cancel the unutilized and uncanceled portion of the Total Commitment Amount.
(b)
In the event of a cancellation of all or part of the Credit Facility by EXIM Bank, the Borrower shall pay (i) to EXIM Bank all Commitment Fees accrued and unpaid in respect of such canceled portion under Section 7.01(a) as of the date of cancellation and (ii) to

75


 

EXIM Bank all other amounts due and payable under this Agreement and the Finance Documents.
(c)
If the Final Disbursement Date has elapsed, EXIM Bank, in its sole discretion, may cancel any unutilized and uncanceled amount of the Total Commitment Amount by written notice to the Borrower.
(d)
The terms of this Section 10.02 shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any other rights of EXIM Bank under this Agreement or any other Finance Document.

10.03 Events of Default and Remedies.

(e)
Events of Default. Each of the following events or conditions shall be an “Event of Default” under this Agreement:
(i)
any failure by any Loan Party to pay when due any amount owing under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document;
(ii)
any failure by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party to pay when due, after giving effect to any period of grace provided to such Loan Party or such Subsidiary with respect thereto, any amounts payable under any other agreement or instrument providing for the payment by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary of borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services received, or any such amount has, prior to the stated maturity thereof, become due, or any event specified in any such agreement or instrument shall occur, the effect of which event is to cause, or (with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both) to permit any Person to cause, such amounts to become due, or to be repaid in full, prior to their stated maturity;
(iii)
any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party in this Agreement or the other Finance Documents or in connection herewith; or any statement made in any certificate, report or financial statement furnished by any Loan Party to EXIM Bank or the Documentation Agent; or any statement made in the legal opinions of any Loan Party concerning facts relating to such Loan Party, as the case may be, or the transactions contemplated hereby, has proven to have been false or misleading in any material respect when made;
(iv)
any failure by any Loan Party to comply with its obligations under Section 9.02(a) (Notice of Defaults), Section 9.02(c) (MMIA Annual Reports), Section 9.02(q) (Notice of Suspension or Debarment; Sanctions) or Section 9.02(ff) (Financial Covenant);
(v)
any failure by any Loan Party to perform or comply with any of the covenants or provisions set forth in this Agreement or the other Finance Documents (excluding (A) any events specified as an Event of Default in any other subsection of this Section 10.03(a) and (B) any failure by any Loan Party to perform or comply with the covenants set forth in Section 9.03(b)) which failure, if capable of being cured, remains uncured for a period of thirty (30) days after (x) EXIM Bank has received notice thereof from such Loan Party or (y) EXIM Bank has given written notice thereof to such Loan Party, as the case may be;

76


 

(vi)
the occurrence of a Change of Control;
(vii)
any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party shall (A) be unable to pay its debts as they fall due or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they fall due or shall become insolvent; or any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party shall apply for or consent to the appointment of any liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, compulsory manager, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator, administrator or similar official for all or a substantial part of its business, properties, assets or revenues; or a liquidator, receiver, trustee or administrator shall be appointed for any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party and such appointment shall continue undismissed, undischarged or unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days; (B) any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party shall institute (by petition, application, answer, consent or otherwise) any bankruptcy, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation, suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise), or a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor, or similar executory or judicial proceeding; or a bankruptcy, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation, suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise), or a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor, or similar executory or judicial proceeding shall be instituted against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party and shall remain undismissed, undischarged or unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days; (C) take any action seeking to take advantage of any other law (including Debtor Relief Laws) relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, termination, dissolution, winding up, or composition or readjustment of debts or of a substantial part of its assets; or (D) take any corporate or similar action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
(viii)
any lien other than Permitted Liens shall have been created upon the property of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party in an amount, the required payment of which by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary of a Loan Party, as the case may be, would, in the judgment of EXIM Bank, materially and adversely affect the ability of such Loan Party to pay its indebtedness under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document; and such lien has not been removed or discharged for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of its creation;
(ix)
any judgment against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party shall have been entered on a claim not covered by insurance in an amount, the required payment of which by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary of a Loan Party, as the case may be, would, in the judgment of EXIM Bank, materially and adversely affect the ability of such Loan Party to pay its indebtedness under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document; and such judgment has not been removed or discharged for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of its entry;
(x)
any Governmental Authority shall have (A) condemned, seized or expropriated all or substantially all of the property of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party or (B) taken any action that, in the judgment of EXIM Bank, would affect

77


 

materially and adversely the ability of any Loan Party to pay its indebtedness under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document;
(xi)
any authorization, approval, consent, license, exemption, filing, registration, notarization or other requirement of any governmental, judicial or public body or authority necessary to enable any Loan Party to comply with its obligations hereunder or under any Note or under any other Finance Document shall have been revoked, rescinded, suspended, held invalid or otherwise limited in effect in a manner that would affect materially and adversely such Loan Party’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder or under any Note or under any other Finance Document; or any law, rule or regulation, decree or directive of any competent authority shall be enacted or issued that shall impair materially and adversely the ability or the right of any Loan Party to perform such obligations; or it shall become unlawful for any Loan Party to perform any such obligations;
(xii)
any Loan Party repudiates this Agreement or any other Finance Document or does or causes to be done any act or thing evidencing an intention to repudiate this Agreement or any other Finance Document;
(xiii)
any event of default under any indebtedness now or hereafter arising that is directly or indirectly owing (A) by any Loan Party or any of their respective affiliates to (B) EXIM Bank, any security trustee or agent acting for EXIM Bank, or any Person who is the beneficiary, directly or indirectly, of any guarantee by EXIM Bank (but only to the extent such indebtedness is guaranteed by EXIM Bank) (collectively, “Other EXIM Bank Debt”); provided that such event of default would, in the judgment of EXIM Bank, immediately or with the passage of time, materially and adversely affect the ability of any Loan Party or any of their respective affiliates, as the case may be, to either pay its indebtedness or perform its obligations under such Other EXIM Bank Debt;
(xiv)
any Supply Contract, or the performance by any party thereto of such party’s obligations under any Supply Contract, in the judgment of EXIM Bank, contravenes any Applicable Law;
(xv)
an ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect;
(xvi)
the occurrence of any event that would cause any obligation or action taken or to be taken hereunder to be a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any substantially similar provision under any other federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect;
(xvii)
any material provision of any Finance Document shall for any reason (other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder) cease to be valid and binding on or

78


 

enforceable against any Loan Party or any Loan Party shall so state in writing or bring an action to limit its obligations or liabilities thereunder;
(xviii)
(A) any Security Document ceases at any time for any reason (other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder) to provide the Liens, rights, titles, interests, remedies, powers or privileges created thereby, (B) any Lien created in any portion of the Collateral pledged pursuant to the Security Documents shall cease to be effective or fail to have the priority originally created under the Security Documents (other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder), (C) the validity of the Security Documents or the applicability thereof to the obligations of any Loan Party hereunder or any part thereof shall be disaffirmed by or on behalf of any Loan Party, or (D) EXIM Bank’s security interest or other rights in any portion of the Collateral pledged pursuant to the Security Documents shall terminate in any manner other than that contemplated by the Finance Documents;
(xix)
except pursuant to the Security Documents, any Loan Party ceases to have the right to possess and use, or shall be prevented from accessing, possessing or using, the Project, the Project Site or any material portion thereof for the purpose of owning, constructing, maintaining and operating the Project in the manner contemplated by the Finance Documents, and such loss of right has or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect;
(xx)
the Borrower ceases to use the Project Site for the Project in the manner contemplated by the Finance Documents or suspends all or substantially all of its activities in connection with the Project for a period of fifteen (15) or more consecutive days;
(xxi)
(A) any party to the Project Site Lease fails to comply with any of its material obligations contained in the Project Site Lease and such failure continues (x) beyond the applicable cure period, if any is specified, or (y) for more than thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof, if no cure period is specified; (B) the Project Site Lease, or any material term thereof, at any time for any reason (u) ceases to be in full force and effect (other than upon expiration in accordance with its terms when fully performed or upon purchase of the Project Site by Borrower), (v) is declared to be void or is repudiated, (w) is suspended or revoked, or terminated (other than upon expiration in accordance with its terms when fully performed or upon purchase of the Project Site by Borrower), (x) ceases to give or provide the respective rights, titles, remedies, powers, or privileges intended to be created thereby (other than upon expiration in accordance with its terms when fully performed or upon purchase of the Project Site by Borrower), or (y) any party to the Project Site Lease contests the validity or enforceability of the Project Site Lease, or any term thereof that, in each case, in the determination of EXIM Bank, has or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect; or (C) proceedings have been commenced before any Governmental Authority with respect to the termination of any of the Project Site Lease; or
(xxii)
any event or development occurs or any circumstance exists that, in the reasonable determination of EXIM Bank, has or could be expected to have a material adverse effect.

79


 

(b)
Remedies.
(i)
Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, and at any time thereafter, if such event is continuing, EXIM Bank, by written notice to the Borrower, may declare immediately due and payable (A) all or any portion of the principal amount (including any Note) then outstanding, (B) accrued interest thereon to the date of payment, and (C) all other amounts owing under this Agreement. Except as expressly provided in Section 10.03(a), presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived.
(ii)
The rights under this Section 10.03(b) are in addition to and not a substitute for any other rights and remedies available to EXIM Bank under this Agreement, any Note, the Security Documents, any other Finance Document, and under Applicable Law.

section 11 GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

11.01 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, U.S.A., WITHOUT REFERENCE TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.

11.02 Submission to Jurisdiction. Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any of the Finance Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby may be instituted by the other parties hereto or by any party to any Finance Document in the courts of the State of New York or the federal courts sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, State of New York. Each Loan Party hereby, with respect to itself, its revenues, and its properties, irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that such Loan Party may have now or hereafter to the laying of the venue or any objection based on forum non conveniens or based on the grounds of jurisdiction with respect to any such legal suit, action or proceeding; and each Loan Party irrevocably submits generally and unconditionally to the jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit, action or proceeding. Each Loan Party agrees that a judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and binding upon such Loan Party and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction, including the United States by suit upon such judgment, a certified copy of which shall be conclusive evidence of the judgment.

11.03 Service of Process.

(a)
In the case of the courts of the State of New York or of the federal courts sitting in the State of New York, eachthe Australian Guarantor hereby designates, appoints and empowers Cogency Global Inc as its authorized agent to accept, receive and acknowledge, for and on behalf of suchthe Australian Guarantor, and its properties and revenues, service of any and all process that may be served in any action, suit or proceeding of the nature referred to above in the State of New York, which appointment, in each case, shall be irrevocable until the appointment and acceptance of a successor authorized agent, as the case may be, pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.03(d).

80


 

(b)
The Australian GuarantorsGuarantor further agree that such service of process may be made personally or by mailing or delivering a copy of the summons and complaint or other legal process in any such legal suit, action or proceeding to suchthe Australian Guarantor, in care of its agent designated above at the aforesaid address, and such agent is hereby authorized to accept, receive and acknowledge the same for and on behalf of suchthe Australian Guarantor and to admit service with respect thereto. Service upon such agent shall be deemed to be personal service on the applicable Australian Guarantor and shall be legal and binding upon suchthe Australian Guarantor for all purposes notwithstanding any failure to mail copies of such legal process to suchthe Australian Guarantor or any failure on the part of suchthe Australian Guarantor to receive the same, and shall be deemed completed upon the delivery thereof to such agent whether or not such agent shall give notice thereof to suchthe Australian Guarantor or upon the earliest other date permitted by Applicable Law (including the United States Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976, as amended).
(c)
Each Loan Party irrevocably agrees to the service of process of any of the aforementioned courts in any suit, action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to such Loan Party at the address referenced in Section 12.02, such service to be effective upon the date indicated on the postal receipt returned from such Loan Party, as the case may be, or in any other manner provided for notices in Section 12.02.
(d)
EachThe Australian Guarantor agrees that it will at all times continuously maintain an agent to receive service of process in the State of New York on behalf of itself and its properties and revenues, and, in the event that for any reason its agent designated above shall not serve as agent for suchthe Australian Guarantor to receive service of process in the State of New York on its behalf, suchthe Australian Guarantor shall promptly appoint a successor satisfactory to EXIM Bank so to serve, advise EXIM Bank thereof, and deliver to EXIM Bank evidence in writing of the successor agent’s acceptance of such appointment for a term extending at least one year beyond the scheduled final repayment date of the Credit Facility and that such successor agent has been paid in full for such term. The foregoing provisions constitute, among other things, a special arrangement for service between the parties to this Agreement for the purposes of 28 U.S.C. § 1608.

11.04 Waiver of Immunity. Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably agrees that, to the extent that such Loan Party, as the case may be, or any of their respective assets has or may hereafter acquire any right of immunity, whether characterized as sovereign immunity or otherwise, from any legal proceedings, whether in the United States or elsewhere, to enforce or collect upon the Credit Facility, any Note or any other Finance Document or any other liability or obligation of such Loan Party related to or arising from the transactions contemplated by any of the Finance Documents, including immunity from service of process, immunity from jurisdiction or judgment of any court or tribunal, immunity from discovery or disclosure of evidence including disclosing and producing documents and other evidence and producing witnesses to testify at a deposition, hearing or similar proceeding in accordance with Applicable Law, immunity from execution of a judgment, and immunity of any of its property from attachment prior to any entry of judgment, or from attachment in aid of execution upon a judgment, each Loan Party hereby expressly, unconditionally and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any

81


 

and all such immunity and expressly, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to assert any such right or claim in any such proceeding, whether in the United States or elsewhere.

11.05 Waiver of Security Requirements. To the extent any Loan Party may, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any of the Finance Documents brought in the United States or elsewhere, be entitled under Applicable Law to require or claim that EXIM Bank post security for costs or take similar action, each Loan Party hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, and agrees not to claim the benefit of such entitlement.

11.06 No Limitation. Nothing in this Section 11Section 11 shall affect the right of EXIM Bank to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against any Loan Party in the United States or in any other jurisdiction.

section 12 MISCELLANEOUS

12.01 Computations. Each determination of an interest rate or fee by EXIM Bank pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any Note or any other Finance Document, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding on each Loan Party. All computations of interest and fees hereunder and under any Note shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 days and actual days elapsed, including for each relevant period, the first day but excluding the last.

12.02 Notices. Except as otherwise specified, all notices given hereunder shall be in writing in the English language, shall include the applicable Transaction Number and shall be given by mail, courier, electronic transmission (including email and portable document format) or personal delivery, and shall be deemed to be given for the purposes of this Agreement on the day that such notice is received by the intended recipient thereof, except for notices given by EXIM Bank, which shall be deemed given on the day such notice is deposited in the mail or sent by courier, electronic transmission (including email and portable document format) or personal delivery. Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, including Section 3Section 3, all notices shall be delivered to the parties hereto at their respective addresses indicated in the Term Sheet.

12.03 Disposition of Indebtedness.

(a)
EXIM Bank may sell, assign, transfer, pledge, negotiate, grant participations in or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its interest in all or any part of the Borrower’s indebtedness under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document (collectively, a “Disposition of Indebtedness”) to any party (“New Party”) and any such party shall enjoy all the rights and privileges of EXIM Bank under this Agreement, each Note and any other Finance Document that is the subject of such Disposition of Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) each New Party agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 7.02 and Section 7.04 as if it was EXIM Bank and (ii) no Assignee shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 7.02 or Section 7.04 than EXIM Bank would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a change in Applicable Law that occurs after the New Party acquired its assignment or participation. Documentation Agent, acting as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrower (solely for tax purposes), shall maintain (a) a copy (or electronic equivalent) of the documentation for each Disposition of Indebtedness delivered to it, and

82


 

(b) a register for recordation of the names and addresses of, the Total Commitment Amount and amounts owed by the Borrower under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document (including principal amounts and stated interest) to, EXIM Bank and/or each New Party, as applicable (the “Register”). Entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and Borrower, Documentation Agent, EXIM Bank and each New Party shall treat each Person recorded in the Register as a lender for all purposes under the Finance Documents, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower, EXIM Bank and any New Party, from time to time upon reasonable notice. Each Assignee that sells a participation shall, acting as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrower (solely for Tax purposes), maintain a register in which it enters each participant’s name, address, and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Borrower’s indebtedness under the Finance Documents or other obligations under the Finance Documents (the “Participant Register”), provided that no such participant shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a participant's interest in any commitments, loans or its other obligations under any Finance Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 5f.103-1(c). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Participant shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Documentation Agent (in its capacity as Documentation Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
(b)
Each Loan Party shall, at the request of EXIM Bank, execute and deliver to any party that EXIM Bank may designate, any such further instruments as may be necessary or desirable to give full force and effect to a Disposition of Indebtedness by EXIM Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its debts or obligations under this Agreement, any Note, or any other Finance Document without the prior written consent of EXIM Bank.

12.04 Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

12.05 Disclaimer. EXIM Bank shall not be responsible in any way for the performance of any Supply Contract, and no claim against a Supplier or any other Person with respect to the performance of any Supply Contract will affect the obligations of any Loan Party under any of the Finance Documents.

12.06 Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, no Loan Party shall assert, and hereby waives, any claim against EXIM Bank, and any other Indemnified Person (each such Person being called a “Protected Person”), on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Finance Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Protected Person shall be

83


 

liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

12.07 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Loan Party is made to EXIM Bank, or EXIM Bank exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by EXIM Bank in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred.

12.08 No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Finance Document), each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its respective affiliates’ understanding, that (a) no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between such Loan Party and EXIM Bank is intended to be or has been created in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby or by the other Finance Documents, irrespective of whether EXIM Bank has advised or is advising such Loan Party on other matters, (b) each Loan Party has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent that it has deemed appropriate and (c) each Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Finance Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, each Loan Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against EXIM Bank with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

12.09 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. No failure or delay on the part of EXIM Bank in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document and no course of dealing between or among any Loan Party and EXIM Bank shall operate as a waiver of such right, power or privilege; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, under any Note or any other Finance Document preclude any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder. The rights and remedies expressly provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies that EXIM Bank would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of EXIM Bank to take any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.

12.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Finance Documents contain the entire agreement among the parties hereto regarding the Credit Facility.

12.11 Amendment or Waiver. This Agreement may not be amended, changed, discharged or terminated without the written consent of the parties hereto.

84


 

12.12 Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart signature page by e-mail (PDF) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any Applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.13 Judgment Currency. Except as provided for in Section 7.03(b), all payments of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due hereunder, under any Note or any other Finance Document shall be made in U.S. Dollars, regardless of any law, rule, regulation or statute, whether now or hereafter in existence or in effect in any jurisdiction, which affects or purports to affect such obligations. The obligation of Loan Parties in respect of any amount due under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document, notwithstanding any payment in any other currency (whether pursuant to a judgment or otherwise), shall be discharged only to the extent of the amount in U.S. Dollars that the Person entitled to receive that payment may, in accordance with normal banking procedures, purchase with the sum paid in that other currency (after any premium and costs of exchange) on the Business Day immediately succeeding the day on which that Person receives that payment. If the amount in U.S. Dollars that may be so purchased for any reason falls short of the amount originally due, the Loan Parties shall pay such additional amounts, in U.S. Dollars, to compensate for the shortfall. Any obligation of the Loan Parties not discharged by that payment shall continue to be due as a separate and independent obligation and shall accrue interest in accordance with Section 5.02 until discharged as provided herein.

12.14 English Language. All documents to be delivered by any party hereto pursuant to the terms hereof shall be in the English language or, if originally written in another language, shall be accompanied by an accurate English translation, upon which the other parties hereto shall have the right to rely for all purposes under this Agreement and any Note. If this Agreement or any other Finance Document (or any provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document) is translated into any language other than English, the version which is in English shall prevail in case of any discrepancy with any version in any other language.

12.15 Severability. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way affect or impair the legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

12.16 Waiver of Jury Trial. FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENT, EACH LOAN PARTY AND EXIM BANK HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, INTENTIONALLY UNCONDITIONALLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN

85


 

CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR WITH ANY OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENT, WITH ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, WITH ANY COURSE OF DEALING, WITH ANY STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN), OR WITH ANY ACTIONS OR OMISSIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO OR OF ANY OTHER PERSON RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENT. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR EXIM BANK TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

12.17 Survival. The expiration or termination of this Agreement does not terminate or affect any obligation hereunder that either expressly or by its nature survives the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

12.18 Patriot Act. In the event that EXIM Bank is subject to the PATRIOT Act, EXIM Bank hereby notifies each Loan Party that, pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, it may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies such Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow EXIM Bank to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the PATRIOT Act.

section 13 GUARANTEE.

13.01 Guarantors’ Guarantee. Each Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally, absolutely and unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to EXIM Bank the full, prompt and complete payment when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Disbursements hereunder, interest thereon and any and all other amounts payable by the Borrower to EXIM Bank under this Agreement or any Note or any other Finance Document. If the Borrower shall fail to pay when due any or all sums hereby guaranteed (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), the Guarantors shall forthwith pay, without any demand or notice, the full amount due and payable by the Borrower in U.S. Dollars at the place and in the manner required by this Agreement or any Note. This is a guarantee of payment and not merely of collection, and shall remain in full force and effect until all the obligations of the Borrower hereby guaranteed are paid in full. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, each Guarantor waives all defenses of a surety or guarantor to which it may be entitled by statute or otherwise.

13.02 Guarantee Continuing and Unconditional.

(a)
The Guarantors’ Guarantee is a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment as primary obligor and not merely as surety, and shall apply to all obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and any Note whenever arising. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guarantors’ Guarantee shall not be released, discharged or otherwise affected by: (i) the lack of genuineness, legality, validity, regularity or enforceability of this Agreement, any Note, any Finance Document or any other agreement or document contemplated hereby or thereby; (ii) the surrender, release, exchange, substitution, taking of any additional collateral, or impairment of any collateral; (iii) failure by the Borrower to comply with any of the terms of this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document; (iv) any change in the name, authorized activities, capital stock, corporate existence, structure, personnel or ownership of the Borrower; (v) any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting the Borrower or its assets;

86


 

or (vi) any other act, omission to act or delay of any kind by the Borrower, the Guarantors or EXIM Bank or any other Person, or any other circumstance whatsoever that might, but for the provisions of this Section 13.02, constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense to any Guarantor’s obligations hereunder.
(b)
Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and expressly waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, all diligence, presentments, demands, protests and notices of any kind whatsoever, including notices of nonperformance or nonpayment, notices of default, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, notices of acceptance of this Guarantors’ Guarantee, and notices of the existence, creation or incurring of new or additional obligations by the Borrower under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document.
(c)
Each Guarantor consents that, without notice to such Guarantor and without the necessity for any additional endorsement, consent or guarantee by such Guarantor, the liabilities of the Borrower hereby guaranteed may, from time to time, be renewed, extended, increased, accelerated, modified (including any change in interest rate or a switch from a floating to fixed rate of interest), amended, compromised, waived, released or discharged by EXIM Bank; and any security which is or in the future may be held, or any other guarantee issued for, the payment of the indebtedness of the Borrower under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document may be exchanged, sold or surrendered by EXIM Bank, all without impairing or affecting in any way the obligation of such Guarantor hereunder. EXIM Bank shall not be obliged to enforce any remedies against the Borrower or any guarantee or security that it may hold before being entitled to payment from any Guarantor of the obligations hereby guaranteed.
(d)
Each Guarantor covenants and agrees that until all amounts owing under this Agreement, any Note and any other Finance Document have been paid in full, unless EXIM Bank shall have otherwise consented in writing: (a) such Guarantor shall not take any action that would prevent or interfere with the observance and performance by the Borrower of any covenant, agreement or obligation of the Borrower set forth in any of the Finance Documents and (b) such Guarantor shall not exercise any rights of subrogation which it may acquire due to its payment of the Borrower’s obligations pursuant to the Guarantors’ Guarantee unless and until all sums payable under this Agreement, any Note and any other Finance Document have been paid in full, and if any payment shall be made to any Guarantor on account of such rights of subrogation, it shall promptly pay such amount to EXIM Bank.

13.03 Reinstatement. The Guarantors’ Guarantee shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower in respect of obligations hereby guaranteed is recovered from or repaid by EXIM Bank or any other party as a result of any proceeding in bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or otherwise.

13.04 Endorsement of Note(s). If a Note has been requested by EXIM Bank, to evidence further the Guarantors’ Guarantee contained in Section 13.01, each Guarantor agrees to endorse and execute the guarantee legend, in the form attached to Annex A on such Note, including any replacement Note issued pursuant to Section 5.04 herein.

87


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

Borrower:

Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing Inc.

By:

([Signature) pages intentionally omitted]

Name:

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement - AP089530XX]


 

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement - AP089530XX]


 

guarantors:

Executed by Amaero International Limited ACN 633 541 634 in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of director

 

 

Signature of company secretary/director

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full name of above signatory

 

 

Full name of above signatory

(Print)

Executed by Amaero Engineering Pty Limited (ACN 162 732 649) in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of director

 

 

Signature of company secretary/director

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full name of above signatory

 

 

Full name of above signatory

(Print)

Executed by Amaero Alloys Pty Limited (ACN 644 922 636) in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of director

 

 

Signature of company secretary/director

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full name of above signatory

 

 

Full name of above signatory

(Print)

Am AERO INC.

By:

(Signature)

Name:

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement - AP089530XX]


 

Title:

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement - AP089530XX]


 

EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF THE UNITED STATES

By:

(Signature)

Name:

Bryan Rolfe

Title:

Senior Vice President – Office of Board Authorized Finance

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement - AP089530XX]


 

SCHEDULE 1 – REPAYMENT SCHEDULE

[***]

Schedule 1

Page 1


 

SCHEDULE 2 – MINIMUM INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

[***]

Schedule 2

Page 1


 

SCHEDULE 3 – CAPITALIZATION; SUBSIDIARIES

[***]

Schedule 3

Page 1


 

SCHEDULE 4 – PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS

[***]

Schedule 4

Page 1


 

SCHEDULE 5 – PERMITTED INVESTMENTS

[***]

Schedule 5

Page 1


 

SCHEDULE 6 – PERMITTED LIENS

[***]

Schedule 6

Page 1


 

ANNEX A

Form of Note

[***]

Annex A

Page 1


 

SCHEDULE 2 TO THE PROMISSORY NOTE

PRINCIPAL REPAYMENT SCHEDULE

[***]

Annex A

Page 2


 

ANNEX B

DISBURSEMENT PROCEDURES FOR DIRECT CREDITS

[***]

Annex B

Page 1


 

FORM OF REQUEST FOR REIMBURSEMENT

Exhibit B-1

TO BORROWER’S ACCOUNT

 

[***]

Annex B (Exhibit 1)

Page 1


 

ANNEX A

FORM OF MMIA COMPLIANCE PLAN

Annex C

[***]

Annex C

Page 1


 

FORM OF MMIA ANNUAL REPORT

Annex D

[***]

 


 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Annex E

[***]

 


 

ANNEX A

[***]

 


CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE IT IS BOTH (I) NOT MATERIAL AND (II) INFORMATION THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL. [***] INDICATES THAT INFORMATION HAS BEEN REDACTED.

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

COMMERCIAL/INDUSTRIAL BUILDING LEASE

THIS COMMERCIAL/INDUSTRIAL BUILDING LEASE and the First Addendum to Lease (the “Addendum”) attached hereto (together with the Addendum, this “Lease”), made this 12th day of July, 2023 (the “Effective Date”), by AMAERO ADVANCED MATERIALS & MANUFACTURING, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”), and SPRING BRANCH, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company, (“Lessor”).

1.
PREMISES: The Lessor, for and in consideration on of the rents, covenants, agreements, and stipulations hereinafter mentioned, reserved and contained, to be paid, kept and performed by the Lessee, has leased and rented, and by all these presents does lease and rent, unto the said Lessee and said Lessee hereby agrees to take upon the terms and conditions which hereinafter appear, the following described property as shown on Exhibit A (site plan) and as further described on Exhibit B (legal description), including all easements and right of ways of record within the property’s lease lines) together with an approximately 100,000 square foot building constructed on approximately 13.2+/- acres to wit: 130 Innovation Drive, Cleveland, Tennessee (the “Initial Premises”) and a high bay expansion to be constructed by Lessor of approximately 30,000 square feet (the “Expansion Premises”). The Initial Premises and Expansion Premises are referred to collectively as the “Premises”.

The Initial Premises shall be constructed in accordance with the permit, set of plans and specifications described on Exhibit C, which include the following included specifications:

Lighting: LED

Sprinkler: ESFR

East Side: Two transformer pad. Initial +/- 300kva transformer energizing 300 amp panel controlling interior and exterior lighting, doors, levelers, ventilation fan and fire suppression. Pre-installed conduits inside building.

Docks/Drive-Ins: (5) 8’x10’ electronically opened dock doors on North wall equipped with 40,000 lb. levelers. (1) 8’x10’ dock door for trash compactor. (1) 14’x14’ electronically opened drive-in door on South wall. (1) 14’x14’ electronically opened drive-in door on West wall.

Truck Court: North side; 150’.

Clear Height: 30’

Zoning: IL

Slab: 8” (less 5,000 sf cut out area for office and production breakroom).

1


 

Parking: The greater of 120 parking spaces or the minimum required by local ordinances. The Expansion Premises shall be constructed by Lessor pursuant to the specifications set forth in Exhibit C.

2.
TERM: To have and to hold for a term commencing on the Commencement Date, as defined in the Addendum, and expiring fifteen (15) years after January 1, 2024 (“Initial Premises Rent Commencement Date”) (the “Term”). Provided that Lessee is not then in default beyond applicable notice and cure periods, Lessee shall have two (2) options (each, an “Option to Extend”) to extend the Term, each for five (5) year terms at the then Fair Market Rent, determined in accordance with Exhibit D. “Fair Market Rent” shall be defined as comparable rent, current market concessions, if any, for this Lease of space comparable to the Premises then being offered in similar buildings in the same submarket, but excluding any alterations or improvements constructed by Lessee at Lessee’s expense in the Premises. Lessee shall be granted access to the Premises upon the Effective Date for storage and to install Lessee’s equipment, perform tenant improvements and to otherwise prepare the Premises for occupancy.
3.
OPTION TO PURCHASE: Commencing upon the Commencement Date, Lessee shall have the right and option to purchase the Premises for a period of three (3) years by providing written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s exercise of such purchase option. The purchase price shall be as follows: (i) if Lessee exercises the purchase option prior to January 1, 2025, the purchase price shall be $[***], (ii) if Lessee exercises the purchase option from January 1, 2025 through December 31, 2025, the purchase price shall be $[***] and (iii) if Lessee exercises the purchase option from January 1, 2026 through December 31, 2026, the purchase price shall be $[***]. If Tenant exercises its option to purchase the Premises pursuant to this Section 3, the terms and conditions of Exhibit E shall apply.
4.
RENTAL: Lessee agrees to pay rent for the Initial Premises and Expansion Premises without demand, deduction, or set-off except as provided by state law or this Lease. Rental for this Lease term is payable in monthly installments (i) commencing on the Initial Premises Rent Commencement Date, in the amount of $86,853.35 per month with respect to the Initial Premises and (ii) commencing on the Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date, in the amount of $25,975.00 per month with respect to the Expansion Premises (the “Base Rental Amount”), which amounts shall payable in advance on or before the 1st day of each month during the Term. [***]. The Base Rental Amount shall increase 2% per annum beginning in January 2025. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first payment of Initial Premises Base Rental Amount shall be due and payable upon execution of this Lease and applied to the first Initial Premises Base Rental Amount due under this Lease.

On the Commencement Date, Lessee shall pay Lessor a security deposit in the amount of $[***] (the “Security Deposit”) which shall be held by Lessor. Within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease Term and after Lessee has vacated the Premises, Lessor shall return to Lessee the entire Security Deposit except for amounts that Lessor has deducted therefrom that are needed by Lessor to cure defaults of Lessee under this Lease or compensate Lessor for damages for which Lessee is liable pursuant to this Lease.

2


 

Lessor shall provide Lessee with a tenant improvement allowance in the amount of $[***] (the “Tenant Improvement Allowance”) which shall be utilized solely to offset all hard and soft costs of Lessee’s tenant improvement costs on a Pari-Passu basis with Lessee’s actual expenditures pursuant to mutually agreeable plans and specifications. Lessee shall be solely responsible for all hard and soft costs in excess of $[***] for tenant improvements.

Prior to the later of October 1, 2023 or the date that design, pricing and permitting for the Expansion Premises is complete, Lessee shall provide Lessor with satisfactory evidence that Lessee has at least $[***] of unrestricted cash or cash equivalents available to fund Lessee’s initial tenant improvements. In the event Lessee fails to provide such evidence of funding by such date and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice from Lessor to Lessee of such failure, then Lessor may terminate this Lease and the Security Deposit and initial rent payment shall be refunded to Lessee.

5.
EXPENSES: Commencing on the Initial Premises Rent Commencement Date, Lessee shall pay all utility bills of all types for use of the Premises, including but not limited to water and sewer, natural gas, electricity and sanitary pick-up bills during the Term. As a prerequisite to beneficial occupancy, Lessee must transfer all utilities into the name and responsibility of the Lessee, including all appropriate deposits required by utility companies. If Lessee does not pay same, Lessor may, but shall not be required to pay the same and such payment shall be added to the rental of the Premises plus any attendant cost for its processing.
6.
MORTGAGEES RIGHTS AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION; MEMORANDUM OF LEASE; NON-DISTURBANCE AGREEMENT: Lessee’s rights shall be subject to any bona fide mortgage or deed to secure debt which is now being, or may hereinafter be placed upon the Premises by Lessor. Subject to appropriate confidentiality restrictions, Lessee agrees to make available, if requested, audited financial statements to Lessor for review and such other informational documentation as may be reasonably required by Lessor for its mortgagee. Lessee shall execute and deliver such documents as may be reasonably required by any such mortgagee to effect any subordination or to consummate funding requirements. The Lessee and Lessor’s lenders will sign a Non-Disturbance Agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to Lessee and Lessor will cooperate with Lessee in this regard. The Lessor and Lessee will work cooperatively to record a Memorandum of Lease following execution of this Lease.
7.
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS: Lessee shall not allow the Premises to fall out of repair or deteriorate, and, at Lessee’s own expense Lessee shall keep and maintain said Premises, including, but not limited to, lawn maintenance, trees, shrubs, flowers and landscaping, in good order and repair (ordinary wear and tear, casualty and condemnation excepted) (together with the obligations in the next two sentences, the “Lessee Maintenance and Repair Obligations”), except portions of the Premises to be repaired by Lessor under terms of Paragraph 7 hereinafter set out. Lessee also agrees to maintain all systems pertaining to electrical, heating, ventilation, air conditioning (if any), sprinkler systems, individual signage, lighting and outside drainage, and paving in good order and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted). Lessee shall be responsible for the exterior washing and painting of the Premises together with the maintenance and repair of all parking areas and loading docks. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the result of damages caused by Lessee under the ground, shall be the responsibility of Lessee. If Lessor shall observe any disrepairs or lack of maintenance that are included within the Lessee Maintenance and Repair

3


 

Obligations, then Lessor will give a thirty (30) day written notice to Lessee to repair, and thereafter if repairs are not performed with such time period as may be reasonably required (so long as Lessee commences such repair within the foregoing thirty (30) day time period and thereafter diligently pursues such repair), Lessor will repair said problem at market competitive rates and will charge Lessee for such repairs plus 5% additional to defray Lessor’s overhead. Such repair bills will be presented for immediate payment within thirty (30) days after receipt. If such repair bills are not paid within thirty (30) days’ time, Lessor will take legal action as needed. The Lessee’s Maintenance and Repair obligations do not include making Capital Expenditures and in no event is Lessee responsible for making Capital Expenditures. For purposes of this Lease, “Capital Expenditures” means any cost or expense that is treated as a capital expenditure as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) consistently applied.
8.
REPAIRS BY LESSOR: Lessor agrees to keep in good repair (i) the roof, the floor slab foundation, water, sewer, gutters, and the exterior walls of the Premises and (ii) exterior utility lines to the point of entry into the Premises, except for damage caused to the roof or structure due to the actions or negligence of the Lessee, Lessee’s employees, invitees, contractors, assigns, or guests during the term of the Lease. Lessor has given Lessee exclusive use and control of Premises and shall be under no obligation to inspect said Premises; provided, Lessor shall have the right but not the duty, to reasonably inspect the Premises with prior notice to the Lessee.
9.
ALTERATIONS AND REMOVAL OF FIXTURES: No modifications or alterations to the site access, structural portions of the Premises, exterior, drainage, or openings cut through the roof or walls are allowed without prior written consent of the Lessor which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Lessee shall be liable for structural damage or for any water damage resulting from leaks caused by installing alterations that are approved including but not limited to skylights and signage attached to building. Alterations must meet all codes and regulations required for the jurisdiction.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may perform non-structural alterations up to $100,000 per year and/or other renovations to the Premises with notice to Lessor but without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not charge any oversight or management fees on said alterations/renovations.

Lessee may prior to the expiration of this Lease or any extension thereof, remove all equipment and any other personal property which Lessee has placed on Premises (including any items specific to Lessee’s conduct of its business operations, including manufacturing equipment or other items bolted to the floor or affixed to the ceiling), provided Lessee repairs all damages to Premises caused by such removal. However, at the sole option of Lessor, Lessee shall not remove or cause to be removed any of the following: heating, air conditioning or ventilating components or systems; doors, windows, dock levelers, dock bumpers and seals; wiring, conduit, switches, switch gear, panel boxes and breakers; any and all plumbing fixtures and air lines.

10.
RETURN OF PREMISES: Lessee agrees to return the Premises to Lessor at the expiration or prior termination of this Lease in as good condition and repair as when first received, natural wear and tear, damage by storm, fire, lightning, earthquake or other casualty excepted. A joint inspection will be arranged by Lessee prior to vacating the Premises to discuss and document any damage or necessary repairs. Any un-repaired damage that is Lessee’s responsibility under

4


 

this Lease, except normal wear and tear, will be deducted from Lessee’s damage deposit, if not paid by Lessee. If the damage deposit is not sufficient to cover such damages, then Lessee will reimburse Lessor for any additional reasonable costs of repair. If Tenant shall default in surrendering the Premises, Tenant’s occupancy subsequent to such expiration, whether or not with the consent or acquiescence of Landlord, shall be deemed to be that of a tenancy at will and in no event from month to month or from year to year, and it shall be subject to all the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease applicable thereto, except that Rent shall be 150% the amount payable in the last year of the Term, or any renewal term thereof, and no extension or renewal of this Lease shall be deemed to have occurred by such holding over.
11.
DESTRUCTION OR DAMAGE TO PREMISES: If Premises are totally destroyed by storm, fire, lightning, earthquake or other casualty, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such destruction and rental be accounted for as between Lessor and Lessee as of that date. If Premises are damaged, but not wholly destroyed by any such casualties, rental shall abate in such proportion as use of Premises as intended by Lessee has been destroyed, and Lessor shall restore Premises to substantially the same conditions as before damage as speedily as practicable, where upon full rental shall recommence, provided further, however, that if the damage shall be so extensive that the same cannot be reasonably repaired and restored within six (6) months’ time from date of casualty, then Lessee may cancel this Lease by giving written notice to the Lessor within thirty (30) days from the date of the casualty. In such event, rental shall be apportioned and paid up to the date of such casualty.
12.
INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE: Lessee agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Lessor against all claims for injuries to persons or damages to property by reason of Lessee’s negligence, willful misconduct, violation of law or breach of this Lease, including, without limitation, environmental liability or damage and all expenses incurred by Lessor because thereof, including attorney’s fees and court costs, excluding to the extent resulting from the actions or omissions of Lessor or anyone acting on behalf, or within the control, of the Lessor. The Premises shall not be used for any illegal purposes, or in any nuisance or trespass, or in any manner to violate Lessor’s property insurance on the Premises; provided, that Lessee’s use of the Premises for the uses permitted under Article 27 below shall not be construed as a violation of Lessor’s property insurance pursuant to this sentence, and, Lessor shall purchase property insurance for the Premises that accommodates such permitted uses. Premises being used in a manner which violates the insurance as aforesaid constitutes grounds for default under Paragraph 15 of this Lease.

Lessee agrees to maintain public liability insurance including “Damage to Property Leased to You” of at least $[***] per individual injury, $[***] aggregate and $[***] property damage liability for any one occurrence naming the Lessor as additional insured. Lessee shall be solely responsible for insuring Lessee’s furniture, fixtures, equipment, inventory and all other personal property of Lessee of any type or kind. Lessor shall furnish replacement value coverage of insurance in an “all risk” policy to insure the building. Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for the annual premiums of such property insurance (assuming reasonable, market deductibles) within thirty (30) days of submission by Lessor for payment thereof.

5


 

Additionally, should Lessee undertake to make any improvements to the Premises, prior to beginning work, the Lessee will insure the Premises and improvements by a builder’s risk or renovation policy naming Lessor and its lender as additional insureds with the amount to be approved by Lessor and if requested, its lender.

All insurance provided for in this Lease shall be in effect under enforceable policies issued by insurers of recognized responsibility and licensed to do business in this state. Within five days of the expiration date of any policy, evidence of the renewal policy for such insurance shall be delivered by Lessee to Lessor. Upon Lessor’s request, Lessee shall provide Lessor with certifications that the coverage set forth herein is in effect. At Lessor’s request, within fifteen (15) days after the premium on any policy shall become due and payable, the Lessor shall be furnished with satisfactory evidence of its payment.

If the Lessor so requires, the policies of insurance provided for, shall name the holder of any mortgage as additional insured, as the interest of such holder may appear. To the extent available in the marketplace, all such policies shall contain agreement by the insurers that such policies shall not be canceled without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Lessor and to the holder of any mortgage to whom loss hereunder may be payable (and if not available Lessee covenants to provide such written notice).

13.
QUIET ENJOYMENT: Landlord agrees that, if the Rent is being paid in the manner and at the time prescribed and the covenants and obligations of the Tenant are being all and singularly kept, fulfilled and performed, Tenant shall lawfully and peaceably have, hold, possess, use and occupy and enjoy the Premises so long as this Lease remains in force, without hindrance, disturbance or molestation from Landlord, subject to the specific provisions of this Lease.
14.
GOVERNMENTAL ORDERS: Lessee agrees, at its own expense, to promptly comply with all requirements of any legally constituted public authority made necessary by reason of Lessee’s conduct of its business on said Premises.
15.
CONDEMNATION: If the whole of the leased Premises, or such portion thereof as will make the Premises unusable for the purpose herein leased, be condemned by any legally constituted authority for any public use or purpose, then in either of said events, the term hereby granted shall cease from time when possession thereof is taken by public authorities and rent shall be accounted for as between Lessor and Lessee as of that date.
16.
ASSIGNMENT: Lessee may not assign this Lease or any interest thereunder or sublet the Premises in whole or in part, without the prior express written consent of Lessor, except to the extent stated in the Addendum.

Lessor shall have the right to pledge, convey, transfer or assign, by sale or otherwise, all or part of its interest in this Lease or the Premises subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease. In the event of such a pledge, conveyance, transfer or assignment, all terms and conditions of this Lease shall run with the land and shall be binding upon the subsequent owners.

17.
DEFAULT: In the event of any one or more of the following events occur: (a) the rent herein is agreed is not paid at the time and place when and where due and such failure continues for more than five (5) days after Lessor’s delivery of written notice of the delinquency; (b) the

6


 

Lessee shall fail to comply with any term, provision, condition, or covenant of this Lease, other than the payment of rent and such failure continues after Lessor’s delivery of written notice for a period of thirty (30) days or such longer time as may reasonably be required to cure the default; (c) Lessee causes any unpermitted lien to be placed against the Premises and does not cure same (or take the steps necessary to cure) within twenty (20) days; then, at Lessor’s sole option, it may elect to:
(i)
Terminate this Lease, in which event the Lessee shall immediately surrender the Premises to the Lessor.
(ii)
Lessor, upon terminating this Lease, may terminate Lessee’s right of possession and, at Lessor’s option, enter upon and rent Premises at the best price obtainable by reasonable effort. Lessee shall be liable for the deficiency, if any, between Lessee’s rent hereunder and the price obtained by Lessor in re-letting.
(iii)
Since no right of holdover is allowed, if Lessee remains in possession of Premises after expiration of the term thereof, with Lessor’s acquiescence and without any express agreement of parties, Lessee shall be a Lessee at will at 150% rental rate, or maximum allowed by law, in effect at end of Lease and there shall be no renewals of this Lease by operation of law.

It is mutually agreed, at the sole option of Lessee, that if Lessor shall fail to comply with any term, provision, condition, or covenant of the Lease and shall continue without cure for forty-five (45) days after Lessor’s receipt of written notice thereof, Lessee may terminate this Lease and be relieved of all future obligations under the Lease.

Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not preclude pursuit of any of the other remedies herein provided or any other remedies provided by law or equity.

18.
COLLECTION AND ATTORNEY’S FEES: In the event that either party shall be required to take any legal action for the enforcement of any of the terms of this Lease, whether such employment shall require institution of collection, suit or other legal services required to secure compliance on the part of the defaulting party, the defaulting party shall be responsible for and shall promptly pay to the non-defaulting party the reasonable value of said collection costs, attorney’s fees and expenses, court costs, and any and all other expenses incurred by the non-defaulting party as a result of such default. Venue for any legal action arising hereunder shall be exclusively in the Courts for Knox County, Tennessee or the Federal Court for the Eastern District of Tennessee. Tennessee law shall apply to any dispute hereunder notwithstanding conflict of law provisions.
19.
LITIGATION: WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, TENANT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY.
20.
ENTRY FOR CARDING, ETC.: Lessor may card Premises and with reasonable notice beforehand, “For Rent” or “For Sale” signs, one (1) year before termination of this Lease. During the one (1) year period prior to the termination of the Lease, Lessor may enter the Premises at reasonable hours and upon reasonable advance notice (but in no event on less than 24 hours’ notice) during the term of this Lease to exhibit same to prospective purchasers, lenders, appraisers and potential lessees. Additionally, Lessor may enter the Premises to inspect same and to make

7


 

repairs required of Lessor under the terms thereof: or to make repairs to Lessor’s adjoining property, if any.
21.
NOTICES: All notices which Lessor and Lessee may be required to or may desire to serve on the other party must be given by Federal Express or a comparable overnight delivery service, or by mailing the same by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. All notices shall be deemed to have been given and received on the first business day after the date sent if sent via overnight delivery, or three (3) days after the date the registered or certified mail return receipt is returned.
(a)
Lessor in care of:

SPRING BRANCH, LLC

 

With copy to:

Lewis S. Howard, Jr., Esq.

Howard & Howard, P. C.

or such other address as Lessor may hereafter designate in writing to Lessee.

(b)
Lessee in care of:

AMAERO ADVANCED MATERIALS &

MANUFACTURING, INC.

 

or such other address as Lessee or Lessor may hereafter designate in writing to the other party.

22.
WAIVER OF RIGHTS: No failure of either Lessor or Lessee to exercise any power given hereunder, or to insist upon strict compliance by the other with its obligations hereunder, and no custom or practice of the parties at variance with the terms hereof shall constitute a waiver of either party’s rights to demand exact compliance with the terms thereof
23.
DEFINITIONS: “Lessor” as used in this Lease, shall include its heirs, representatives, assigns, and successors in title to the Premises. “Lessee” shall include its heirs, representatives, assigns, and successors, and if this Lease shall be validly assigned or sublet, shall include also Lessee’s assignees or subleases, as to Premises covered by such assignment of sublease. “Lessor” and “Lessee” include male and female, singular and plural, corporation, partnership or individual, as may fit the particular parties.
24.
EXTERIOR SIGNS: Signage may be erected on the Premises and shall comply with local governmental laws and regulations. Lessee shall be liable for structural damage for any water damage resulting from leaks created by installation or the removal of signage. Any damage to signage must be repaired immediately or thereafter Paragraph 6 applies.

8


 

25.
ADVALOREM TAXES: Lessee covenants and agrees to pay and discharge, all real property taxes, which are levied, charged, assessed or imposed upon or against the Premises or any improvements which are now, or may be, placed thereon, or any of Lessee’s personal property located thereon and will upon written request of Lessor deliver to Lessor all receipts, or duplicates thereof, within fifteen (15) days after payment evidenced thereby.
26.
COMMON AREA MAINTENANCE: The Lessee occupies 100% of the Premises and there are no common areas.
27.
USE OF PREMISES: Premises shall be only used only for manufacturing of titanium powder with its ancillary functions, and all other legally permitted uses by zoning/code on a 24 hour a day/ 7 day a week, 365 day a year basis.
28.
USE OF PARKING: Use of Parking Area. Lessee shall be entitled to exclusive use of all parking areas and other exterior areas of the Premises. Any damage to the parking areas, normal wear and tear excepted, will be repaired immediately by the Lessee under the same provisions as Paragraph 6.
29.
ADDENDUMS: Any and all addenda, amendments, or exhibits to this Lease shall be construed to be a part of this Lease and remain in force during the term of the Lease and any renewal periods unless expressly stated in said addenda, amendments, or exhibits.
30.
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE: (a) Definition: As used herein, “Hazardous Substance” means any substance that is toxic, ignitable, reactive, or corrosive and is regulated by any local government, the State of Tennessee, or the United States of America. “Hazardous Substance” includes any and all material or substances that are defined as “hazardous substance” pursuant to state, federal or local government law, “Hazardous Substance” includes but is not restricted to asbestos, polychlorobiphenyls (“PCB’ s”), and petroleum.
(b)
Lessor’s Covenants and Indemnification: Lessor covenants that the Premises shall be free of Hazardous Substances as of the commencement date of the term of this Lease. Lessor agrees to indemnify and hold Lessee harmless from any and all claims, damages, fines, judgments, penalties, costs, liabilities or losses (including, without limitation, any and all sums paid for settlement of claims, attorney’s fees, consultants and expert fees) arising prior to this Lease term from or in connection with the presence or suspected presence of Hazardous Substances in or on the Premises unless the Hazardous Substances are present solely as a result of the breach of the provisions of Subparagraph (c) of this section. Without limitation of the foregoing, this indemnification shall include any and all costs incurred due to any investigation of the Premises or any cleanup, removal or restoration mandated by a federal, state or local agency or political subdivision unless the Hazardous Substances are present solely as a result of the breach of the provisions of Subparagraph (c) of this section.
(c)
Lessee’s Covenants and Indemnification: Lessee covenants that during the period of its possession of the Premises, Lessee, its agents, employees, contractors and invitees, shall comply with all federal, state and local Hazardous Substance laws, regulations, and ordinances that are applicable to Lessee’s use of the Premises, the failure of which shall constitute an event of default under this Lease. Lessee agrees to indemnify and hold Lessor harmless from any and all

9


 

claims, damages, fines, judgments, penalties, costs, liabilities or losses (including, without limitation, any and all sums paid for settlement of claims, attorney’s fees, consultant and expert fees) arising during or after the Lease term and arising as a result of the default by Lessee, its agents, employees, contractors, or invitees of the foregoing covenant. Without limitation of the foregoing, this indemnification shall include any and all costs incurred due to any investigation of the Premises or any cleanup, removal or restoration mandated by a federal, state or local agency or political subdivision.
31.
HEADINGS: The use of headings captions and numbers in this Lease are solely for the convenience of identifying and indexing the various provisions of this Lease and shall in no event be considered otherwise in construing or interpreting any provision in the Lease.
32.
AUTHORIZATIONS: Lessor represents and warrants that: (a) Lessor has taken all actions required by law, its governing documents or otherwise to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Lease: and (b) this Lease has been duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of Lessor. Lessee represents and warrants that: (a) Lessee has taken all actions required by law, its governing documents or otherwise to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Lease: and (b) this Lease has been duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of Lessee.

Except as provided for in the Addenda, Lessee has further authorized and taken all actions required by law, their governing documents or otherwise to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of any previous, present, and future amendments and change orders that may occur to be executed by its local representatives.

33.
BROKERS: Each party represents and warrants to the other that no real estate brokers or agents have been instrumental in the procurement of this Lease other than Wilson Steele, which is receiving a commission payable by Lessor pursuant to a separate written agreement. Each party shall indemnify and save the other party wholly harmless against any loss, cost or other expense, including court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees that may be incurred by such other party by reason of any breach of the foregoing warranties and covenants.
34.
GUARANTOR: By executing this Lease, Amaero International Ltd. (“Guarantor”) hereby guarantees, unconditionally and absolutely to the Lessor, its successors and assigns, the full and faithful performance and observance of all obligations of Lessee arising hereunder, whether now existing or hereafter arising. The obligations of the Guarantor shall in no way be terminated, affected or impaired by reason of the assertion by the Lessor against the Lessee of any of the rights or remedies reserved to the Lessor pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, or the granting of any indulgence or extension of time to the Lessee, or by reason of the amendment, modification, hold over, renewal or extension by the Lessee of the Lease, to all of which the guarantor(s) hereby consents in advance. Guarantor does not require any notice of Lessee’s nonpayment nonperformance, or nonobservance of the covenants, terms, and conditions of this Lease and hereby expressly waives the right to receive such notice. Insofar as the payment by Lessee of any sums of money to Lessor is involved, this guaranty is a guarantee of payment and not of collection, and shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full to Lessor of all sums payable under the Lease. Guarantor waives any right to require that any action be brought against Lessee or that resort be had to any security or to any other credit in favor of Lessee, subordinates any liability

10


 

or indebtedness of Lessee held by Guarantor to the obligations of Lessee to Lessor under this Lease, and the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting Guarantor’s liability.

WHEREFORE, THIS LEASE, with addenda and exhibits attached, contains the entire agreement of the parties thereto, and no representations, inducements, promises, or agreements, oral or otherwise, between the parties, not embodied herein, shall be of any force or effect. If any term, covenant or condition of this Lease or the application thereof to any person, entity or circumstance shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease or the application of such term, covenant or condition to persons, entities or circumstances other than those which may be held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be effected thereby, and each term, covenant or conditions of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

11


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties herein have thereto set their hands and seals, effective as of the day and year first above written.

LESSEE:

AMAERO ADVANCED MATERIALS &
MANUFACTURING, INC
.,
a Delaware corporation

 

BY:

/s/ Hank J. Holland

Print Name:

Hank J. Holland

Title:

Chairman and CEO

 

GUARANTOR:

AMAERO INTERNATIONAL LTD

 

BY:

/s/ Hank J. Holland

Print Name:

Hank J. Holland

Title:

Chairman and CEO

 

LESSOR:

SPRING BRANCH, LLC
a Tennessee limited liability company

 

BY:

/s/ Robert McCallie

Print Name:

Bob McCallie

Title:

Owner

 

ATTACHED EXHIBITS:

First Addendum to Lease
Exhibit A: Site Plan
Exhibit B: Legal Description
Exhibit C: Expansion Premises Specifications
Exhibit D: Extension Term Fair Market Rent Determination
Exhibit E: Option to Purchase

12


 

FIRST ADDENDUM TO LEASE

THIS FIRST ADDENDUM TO LEASE (this “Addendum”) is made by and between SPRING BRANCH, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company (“Lessor”), and AMAERO ADVANCED MATERIALS & MANUFACTURING, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”), to be a part of that certain Lease of even date herewith between Lessor and Lessee (the “Lease”) concerning the Premises located at 130 Innovation Drive, McDonald, Tennessee as more particularly described in the Lease (the “Premises”). Lessor and Lessee agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, the Lease is hereby modified and supplemented as set forth below.

1.
Commencement Date.
(a)
Initial Premises Commencement Date: The Lease shall commence as to the Initial Premises on the date by which all of the following have occurred (the “Initial Premises Commencement Date” or the “Commencement Date”): (a) Lessor has substantially completed Lessor’s Work as to the Initial Premises in accordance with the Lease including, without limitation, Paragraph 14, below; (b) Lessor has delivered possession of the Initial Premises to Lessee in the required condition; and (c) Lessor has obtained all approvals and permits from the appropriate governmental authorities required for the legal occupancy of the Premises for the permitted use. If the Initial Premises Commencement Date has not occurred for any reason whatsoever on or before November 1, 2023, Lessee may terminate the Lease by written notice to Lessor, whereupon the Security Deposit and any monies previously paid by Lessee to Lessor shall be reimbursed to Lessee, or, at Lessee’s election, the Initial Premises Rent Commencement Date shall be delayed by one day for each day that the Initial Premises Commencement Date is delayed beyond such date. Following completion of Lessor’s Work as to the Initial Premises, Lessor shall deliver exclusive possession of the Initial Premises to Lessee in good, vacant, broom clean condition, with all building systems in good working order and the roof water-tight, and in compliance with all laws. Lessee’s acceptance of the Initial Premises shall not be deemed a waiver of Lessee’s right to have defects in the Initial Premises repaired at no cost to Lessee.
(b)
Expansion Premises Commencement Date: The Lease shall commence as to the Expansion Premises on the date by which all of the following have occurred (the “Expansion Premises Commencement Date”): (a) Lessor has substantially completed Lessor’s Work as to the Expansion Premises in accordance with the Lease including, without limitation, Paragraph 14, below; (b) Lessor has delivered possession of the Expansion Premises to Lessee in the required condition; and (c) Lessor has obtained all approvals and permits from the appropriate governmental authorities required for the legal occupancy of the Premises for the permitted use. Lessee’s obligation to pay the Base Rental Amount as to the Expansion Premises shall commence on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date (the “Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date”). If the Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred for any reason whatsoever on or before August 1, 2024, then, in addition to Lessee’s other rights or remedies, the Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date shall be delayed by one day for each day that the Expansion Premises Commencement Date is delayed beyond such date. Following completion of Lessor’s Work as to the Expansion Premises, Lessor shall deliver exclusive possession of the Expansion Premises to Lessee in good, vacant, broom clean condition, with all building systems in good working order and the roof water-tight, and in compliance with all laws. Lessee’s acceptance of the

 


 

Expansion Premises shall not be deemed a waiver of Lessee’s right to have defects in the Expansion Premises repaired at no cost to Lessee.
2.
Real Estate Taxes. Lessee shall not be required to pay any portion of any tax or assessment expense or any increase therein (a) levied on Lessor’s rental income, unless such tax or assessment is imposed in lieu of real property taxes; (b) in excess of the amount which would be payable if such tax or assessment expense were paid in installments over the longest permitted term; (c) imposed on land and improvements other than the Premises; or (d) attributable to Lessor’s net income, inheritance, gift, transfer, estate or state taxes. Lessee shall have the right to contest taxes so long as Lessee indemnifies Lessor from any liability as a result thereof.
3.
Operating Costs. [Intentionally omitted]
4.
Assignment and Subletting. Lessee may, without Lessor’s prior written consent and without constituting an assignment, sublease, or any other transfer hereunder, sublet the Premises or assign the Lease to (a) an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Lessee, (b) an entity related to Lessee by merger, consolidation or reorganization, or (c) a purchaser of a substantial portion of Lessee’s assets or stock. A transfer of Lessee’s stock or other equity interests shall not be deemed an assignment, subletting or any other transfer of the Lease or the Premises. In addition, Lessee shall have the right to finance and encumber Lessee’s Property (as defined below in Section 10), and, Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in connection with any such financing and shall execute all commercially reasonable documents required in connection therewith including, without limitation, lien waivers, collateral access agreements, and any consents or other approvals required in connection therewith.
5.
Compliance with Laws. Lessee shall not be required to comply with or cause the Premises to comply with any laws, rules, regulations or insurance requirements requiring the construction of alterations unless such compliance is necessitated solely due to Lessee’s particular use of and/or alteration the Premises.
6.
Repairs and Maintenance. Lessor shall perform and construct, and Lessee shall have no responsibility to perform or construct, any repair, maintenance or improvements which could be treated as a “capital expenditure” under generally accepted accounting principles. Lessor also hereby assigns to Lessee all warranties with respect to those items of the Premises which Lessee must maintain and repair under the Lease and shall cooperate with Lessee to enforce all such warranties.
7.
Indemnity and Insurance. Lessor shall not be released or indemnified from, and shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Lessee from, all losses, damages, liabilities, claims, attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor or its agents, contractors, licensees or invitees or a violation of Lessor’s obligations or representations under the Lease.
8.
Waiver of Subrogation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the parties hereto release each other and their respective agents, employees, successors, assignees and sublessees from all liability for damage to its property that is caused by or results from a risk which is actually insured against, which is required to be insured against under the Lease, or which would

 


 

normally be covered by all risk property insurance, without regard to the negligence or willful misconduct of the entity so released. All of Lessor’s and Lessee’s repair and indemnity obligations under the Lease shall be subject to the waiver contained in this paragraph.
9.
Damage. If the Lease terminates due to a casualty, all insurance proceeds with respect to alterations and improvements paid for by Lessee shall be payable to Lessee with no obligation to restore such alterations or improvements.
10.
Alterations. Alterations and Lessee’s trade fixtures, furniture, equipment and other personal property installed in the Premises (“Lessee’s Property”) shall at all times be and remain Lessee’s property. Except for Alterations which cannot be removed without structural injury to the Premises, at any time Lessee may remove Lessee’s Property from the Premises, provided that Lessee repairs all damage caused by such removal. Lessor shall have no lien or other interest in any item of Lessee’s Property. Lessor shall have no right to require Lessee to remove any alterations unless it notifies Lessee at the time it consents to such alteration that it shall require such alteration to be removed.
11.
Required Deliverables. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Lessor shall cause each of the following conditions to be satisfied within the period set forth below:
a)
Within thirty (30) days following the mutual execution and delivery of the Lease, deliver to Lessee a copy of Lessor’s Phase 1 Environmental Site Assessment of the Premises in a form reasonably satisfactory to Lessee showing no adverse environmental conditions affecting the Premises.
b)
On or prior to October 1, 2023, deliver to Lessee certifications from the applicable local governmental authorities (or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lessee) certifying that the Premises may be used for the permitted use specified in Article 27 of the Lease.
c)
Within thirty (30) days following the mutual execution and delivery of the Lease, deliver to Lessee an agreement from Lessor’s lender in form reasonably satisfactory to Lessee providing for recognition of Lessee’s interests under the Lease (including Lessor’s obligations with respect to construction and delivery of the Premises and funding of the Tenant Improvement Allowance and Lessee’s rights of offset relating to any failure of Lessor to fund the Tenant Improvement Allowance) in the event of a foreclosure of the lender’s security interest.

If Lessor fails to cause each of the foregoing conditions and requirements to be satisfied within the time periods set forth above, then, Lessee may terminate the Lease by written notice to Lessor, whereupon the Letter of Credit and any monies previously paid by Lessee to Lessor shall be reimbursed to Lessee.

12.
Surrender. Lessee’s obligations with respect to the surrender of the Premises shall be fulfilled if Lessee surrenders possession of the Premises in the condition existing on the Commencement Date, ordinary wear and tear, casualties, condemnation, Hazardous Materials (other than those released or emitted by Lessee), alterations or other interior improvements which it is permitted to surrender at the termination of the Lease and repairs that Lessee is not responsible for under the Lease, excepted.

 


 

13.
Lessor’s Work. Lessor’s construction of the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises in accordance with the Lease (the “Lessor’s Work”) shall be constructed in accordance with the approved plans and all applicable laws, in a good and workmanlike manner, free of defects and using new materials and equipment of good quality. Lessee shall have the right to submit a written “punch list” to Lessor, setting forth any defective item of construction, and Lessor shall promptly cause such items to be corrected. Lessee’s acceptance of the Premises or submission of a “punch list” shall not be deemed a waiver of Lessee’s rights to have defects in the Lessor’s Work or the Premises repaired at no cost to Lessee. Lessee shall give notice to Lessor whenever any such defect becomes reasonably apparent, and Lessor shall repair such defect as soon as possible subject to the provisions and limitations of Section 7 of the Lease.
14.
Lessee Improvements. If Lessor fails to fund the Tenant Improvement Allowance as required under the Lease, Lessee shall have the right to offset such amounts against rent first coming due under the Lease. Lessee shall not be required to use union labor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (a) Lessor shall be solely responsible for all costs required to bring the Premises into compliance with laws or related to unknown conditions or the presence of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises (the “Excluded Work”) and (b) the date Lessee is obligated to commence paying rent shall be extended by one (1) day for each day Lessee’s completion of Lessee’s alterations is delayed due to Lessor’s delay, the Excluded Work or force majeure, including epidemic or other infectious disease (including due to governmental restriction). Lessee shall be entitled to surrender all initial alterations upon the termination of the Lease. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, (a) Lessee shall not be required to design or construct any improvements in the Premises, (b) where no time period is specified above, Lessor shall respond to any consent or approval request within ten (10) business days and (c) Lessor’s failure to provide or reasonably refuse its consent within such time period shall be deemed Lessor’s consent or approval to the request.
15.
Environmental. To the best knowledge of Lessor, (a) no Hazardous Material is present on the Premises, (b) no underground storage tanks are present on the Premises, and (c) no action, proceeding or claim is pending or threatened regarding the Premises concerning any Hazardous Material or pursuant to any environmental law. Under no circumstance shall Lessee be liable for, and Lessor shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Lessee, its agents, contractors, stockholders, directors, successors, representatives, and assigns from and against, all losses, costs, claims, liabilities and damages (including attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) arising out of any Hazardous Material present at any time on or about the Premises, or the soil, air, improvements, groundwater or surface water thereof, except to the extent due to the release or emission of Hazardous Material by Lessee or its agents or employees in violation of applicable environmental laws.
16.
Lessor’s Entry. Lessor and Lessor’s agents, except in the case of emergency, shall provide Lessee with one (1) business day notice prior to entry of the Premises. Any entry by Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall not impair Lessee’s operations more than reasonably necessary, and shall comply with Lessee’s reasonable security measures.

 


 

17.
Lessor’s Default. If Lessor fails to perform any of its obligations under the Lease and (except in case of emergency posing an immediate threat to persons or property, in which case no prior notice shall be required) fails to cure such default within thirty (30) days after written notice from Lessee specifying the nature of such default where such default could reasonably be cured within said thirty (30) day period, or fails to commence such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter continuously with due diligence prosecute such cure to completion where such default could not reasonably be cured within said thirty (30) day period, then Lessee may, in addition to its other remedies, cure any default of Lessor at Lessor’s cost.
18.
Approvals. Whenever the Lease requires an approval, consent, determination or judgment by either Lessor or Lessee, unless another standard is expressly set forth, such approval, consent, determination or judgment and any conditions imposed thereby shall be reasonable and shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
19.
Rules and Regulations. Lessee shall not be required to comply with any new rule or regulation unless the same does not unreasonably interfere with Lessee’s use of the Premises or Lessee’s parking rights and does not materially increase the obligations or decrease the rights of Lessee under the Lease.
20.
Effect of Addendum. All terms with initial capital letters used herein as defined terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless specifically defined herein. In the event of any inconsistency between this Addendum and the Lease, the terms of this Addendum shall prevail.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties herein have executed this instrument effective as of the day and year first above written.

[Signatures on following page]

 


 

LESSEE:

AMAERO ADVANCED MATERIALS &
MANUFACTURING, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

 

BY:

/s/ Hank J. Holland

Print Name:

Hank J. Holland

Title:

Chairman and CEO

 

LESSOR:

SPRING BRANCH, LLC
a Tennessee limited liability company

 

BY:

/s/ Robert McCallie

Print Name:

Bob McCallie

Title:

Owner

 

 


 

EXHIBIT A
SITE PLAN

 

 


 

EXHIBIT B
LEGAL DESCRIPTION

 

 


 

EXHIBIT C

INITIAL PREMISES AND EXPANSION PREMISES SPECIFICATIONS

I.
Initial Premises

The Initial Premises shall be constructed by Lessor at its sole cost and expense pursuant to the following plans and specifications:

Speculative Manufacturing Facility Lot #4 Spring Branch Industrial Park Plans and specifications of MBI Companies, Inc. dated March 1, 2022, Project No. 210455

II.
Expansion Premises:

Lessor agrees to design, engineer and build a 30,000 square foot extension with a 50’ height and open span bay (no interval columns). The structure will be designed to support a 7.5 tonne girder-mounted crane. The foundation shall be 8” and will be engineered to support the installation of titanium powder production plants and ancillary equipment. The extension will about the existing building and doors / access ways will be created to connect the buildings and to allow movement of equipment, supplies and forklifts.

 


 

EXHIBIT D
EXTENSION TERM FAIR MARKET RENT DETERMINATION

(a)
Extended Term Rent: If Lessee exercises an Option to Extend pursuant to Section 2 of the Lease Fair Market Rent for the Premises as of the commencement date of the applicable extended term, as determined by the agreement of the parties or, if the parties cannot agree within sixty (60) days prior to the commencement of such extended term, then by an appraisal. All other terms and conditions contained in the Lease, as the same may be amended from time to time by the parties in accordance with the provisions of the Lease, shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply during the option term.
(b)
Appraisal: If it becomes necessary to determine the Fair Market Rent by appraisal, real estate appraiser(s), all of whom shall be Members of the Appraisal Institute and who have at least five (5) years’ experience appraising office space located in the vicinity of the Premises shall be appointed and shall act in accordance with the following procedures:
(i)
If the parties are unable to agree on the Fair Market Rent within the allowed time, either party may demand an appraisal by giving written notice to the other party, which demand to be effective must state the name, address and qualifications of an appraiser selected by the party demanding an appraisal (the “Notifying Party”). Within ten (10) days following the Notifying Party’s appraisal demand, the other party (the “Non-Notifying Party”) shall either approve the appraiser selected by the Notifying Party or select a second properly qualified appraiser by giving written notice of the name, address and qualification of such appraiser to the Notifying Party. If the Non-Notifying Party fails to select an appraiser within the ten (10) day period, the appraiser selected by the Notifying Party shall be deemed selected by both parties and no other appraiser shall be selected. If two appraisers are selected, they shall select a third appropriately qualified appraiser. If the two appraisers fail to select a third qualified appraiser, the third appraiser shall be appointed by the then presiding judge of the county where the Premises are located upon application by either party.
(ii)
If only one appraiser is selected, that appraiser shall notify the parties in simple letter form of its determination of the Fair Market Rent for the Premises within fifteen (15) days following his selection, which appraisal shall be conclusively determinative and binding on the parties as the appraised Fair Market Rent.
(iii)
If multiple appraisers are selected, the appraisers shall meet not later than ten (10) days following the selection of the last appraiser. At such meeting the appraisers shall attempt to determine the Fair Market Rent for the Premises as of the commencement date of the extended term by the agreement of at least two (2) of the appraisers.
(iv)
If two (2) or more of the appraisers agree on the Fair Market Rent for the Premises at the initial meeting, such agreement shall be determinative and binding upon the parties hereto and the agreeing appraisers shall, in simple letter form executed by the agreeing appraisers, forthwith notify both Lessor and Lessee of the amount set by such agreement. If multiple appraisers are selected and two (2) appraisers are unable to agree on the Fair Market Rent for the Premises, all appraisers shall submit to Lessor and Lessee an independent appraisal of the Fair Market Rent for the Premises in simple letter form within twenty (20) days following appointment of the final

 


 

appraiser. The parties shall then determine the Fair Market Rent for the Premises by averaging the appraisals; provided that any high or low appraisal, differing from the middle appraisal by more than ten percent (10%) of the middle appraisal, shall be disregarded in calculating the average.
(v)
The appraisers’ determination of Fair Market Rent shall be based on rental of space of the same age, construction, size and location as the Premises with the improvements installed therein at Lessor’s expense and shall take into account Lessee’s obligations to pay additional rent under the Lease. In determining Fair Market Rent, the appraisers shall not consider any alterations installed in the Premises at Lessee’s expense.
(vi)
If only one appraiser is selected, then each party shall pay one-half of the fees and expenses of that appraiser. If three appraisers are selected, each party shall bear the fees and expenses of the appraiser it selects and one-half of the fees and expenses of the third appraiser.
(c)
Rescission of Option Exercise: Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the rent during any extended term is determined by appraisal and if Lessee does not, in its sole discretion, approve the rental amount established by such appraisal, Lessee may rescind its exercise of the Option to Extend by giving Lessor written notice of such election to rescind within ten (10) days after receipt of all appraisals. If Lessee rescinds its exercise of the Option to Extend, then (i) the Lease shall terminate on the thirtieth (30th) day after Lessee’s notice of rescission or on the date the Lease would have otherwise terminated absent Lessee’s exercise of the Option to Extend, whichever date is later; and (ii) Lessee shall pay all costs and expenses of the appraisal.

 


 

EXHIBIT E
TERMS AND CONDITIONS GOVERNING PURCHASE OPTION

1.
Terms of Purchase: If Lessee elects to purchase the Premises pursuant to Section 3 of the Lease, then the following additional terms and conditions will apply to such purchase:
a.
Lessor shall convey to Lessee at close of escrow by Special Warranty Deed fee simple title to the Premises, free and clear of any, assessments, liens, encumbrances or other exceptions to title, other than such matters as may exist as of the Effective Date of the Lease and taxes that are not yet delinquent (the “Permitted Exceptions”). Lessee’s obligation to purchase the Premises shall be conditioned upon Lessee’s obtaining at close of escrow an ALTA extended coverage owner’s policy of title insurance excluding all pre-printed exceptions (the “Title Policy”) naming Lessee as the insured in the amount of the purchase price and showing fee title to the Premises as vested in Lessee subject only to the Permitted Exceptions. If Lessee is unable to obtain such a Title Policy, Lessee may elect, in Lessee’s sole discretion, to pursue any or all of the following courses: (i) accept the title insurance policy that can be obtained and close the purchase of the Premises, (ii) , delay the closing date to allow Lessor to remove any exception which is not a Permitted Exception, in which event Lessor shall use all reasonable efforts to remove such exceptions prior to the extended closing date, or (iv) rescind Lessee’s exercise of the purchase option or the right of first offer.
b.
The sale and purchase of the Premises shall be consummated through an escrow established with a reputable title company selected by Lessee (the “Escrow Holder”). Close of escrow shall occur thirty (30) days following Lessee’s notice of exercise of its option to purchase. On or before the scheduled closing date, Lessor and Lessee shall execute and deliver to Escrow Holder all escrow instructions, deeds, assignments, and other documents as may be necessary close the purchase and sale.
c.
Lessee shall pay all rent and perform all other obligations that accrue under the Lease prior to the close of escrow; provided, however, that the Security Deposit shall be credited against Lessee’s purchase price and all rent shall be prorated between Lessor and Lessee as of the close of escrow with Lessee being refunded any prepayments of such sums and Lessor receiving any underpaid amounts through the day immediately preceding close of escrow. Any taxes, assessments, liens, encumbrances or other exceptions to title which are not Permitted Exceptions shall be paid and satisfied by Lessor at close of escrow. All costs of title, escrow, transfer taxes, and other closing costs (except as otherwise specifically provided herein) shall be paid by Lessor and Lessee in accordance with local custom and practice.
d.
Risk of loss of the Premises shall remain with Lessor, subject to the terms of the Lease, until close of escrow, notwithstanding possession of the Premises by Lessee under the terms of the Lease.
e.
Upon Lessee’s request, Lessor and Lessee shall enter into a purchase and sale agreement in commercially reasonable form prepared by Lessee.

 


 

f.
If the closing occurs prior to the date that Lessor completes all or any portion of the Lessor’s Work, then Lessor shall remain obligated to complete Lessor’s Work at its cost and expense as required by the Lease and an amount equal to the cost of such remaining performance shall be withheld from the purchase price in escrow to be disbursed as required to pay for such remaining construction costs pursuant to a mutually agreeable funding process.
g.
If all or any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance remains unfunded at closing, then the purchase price shall be reduced by such unfunded amount.

 


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO COMMERCIAL/INDUSTRIAL BUILDING LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO COMMERCIAL/INDUSTRIAL BUILDNG LEASE (this “Amendment”) is dated and effective as of September 14, 2023, by and between AMAERO ADVANCED MATERIALS & MANUFACTURING, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”), and SPRING BRANCH, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company (“Lessor”), with reference to the following facts and objectives:

RECITALS

1.
Lessor and Lessee entered into that certain Commercial/Industrial Building Lease and the First Addendum to Lease, dated July 12, 2023 (the “Lease”), pertaining to certain premises more particularly described in the Lease located at 130 Innovation Drive, McDonald, Tennessee.
2.
Lessor and Lessee desire to amend the Lease as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, the Lease is hereby amended, modified and supplemented as set forth below:

AGREEMENT

35.
Building Address; Premises.
(i)
Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and agree that the address of the Premises is 130 Innovation Drive, McDonald, Tennessee, rather than 130 Innovation Drive, Cleveland, Tennessee.
(ii)
All references in the Lease to the 30,000 square foot high bay “Expansion Premises” and any of Lessor’s and Lessee’s obligations with respect thereto are hereby deleted in their entirety. Lessor and Lessee agree that Lessor’s Work shall not include construction of the Expansion Premises and Item II of Exhibit C to the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety. In accordance with the foregoing, the second (2nd) sentence of Section 1(a) and the entirety of Section 1(b) of the Addendum are hereby deleted. All references in the Lease to the “Premises” shall mean the Initial Premises.
36.
Option to Purchase. Section 3 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

OPTION TO PURCHASE: From and after the date of this Lease through August 1, 2024, Lessee shall have the right and option to purchase the Premises by providing written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s exercise of such purchase option prior to August 1, 2024. The purchase price shall be $[***]. If Lessee exercises its option to purchase the Premises pursuant to this Section 3, the terms and conditions of Exhibit E shall apply. Lessee’s Security Deposit

 


 

shall be credited against the foregoing purchase price upon the closing of any such purchase of the Premises pursuant to this Section.

37.
Base Rental.
(i)
The first grammatical paragraph of Section 4 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

RENTAL: Lessee agrees to pay rent for the Premises without demand, deduction, or set-off except as provided by state law or this Lease. Rental for the Lease Term is payable in monthly installments commencing on the Initial Premises Rent Commencement Date, in the amount of $79,166.67 per month ($9.50 per rentable square foot of the Premises per year) (the “Base Rental Amount”), which amount shall be payable in advance on or before the 1st day of each month during the Term. [***]. The Base Rental Amount shall increase 2% per annum beginning on January 1, 2025. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first payment of the Base Rental Amount shall be due and payable upon execution of this Lease and applied to the first Base Rental Amount due under this Lease.

(ii)
Lessor acknowledges that, upon execution of the Lease, Lessee prepaid the first payment of the Base Rental Amount in the amount of $86,853.35, and, accordingly, $79,166.67 of such amount shall be applied to the first payment of Base Rental Amount due in accordance with Section 3(A) above and the remaining $7,696.68 shall be credited to Lessee’s second payment of the Base Rental Amount.
(iii)
Lessor and Lessee acknowledge that the Initial Premises Rent Commencement Date shall continue to be January 1, 2024 as set forth in Section 2 of the Lease.
38.
Tenant Improvement Allowance. The third (3rd) and fourth (4th) grammatical paragraphs of Section 4 of the Lease are hereby deleted in their entirety. All references in the Lease to the Tenant Improvement Allowance and all rights and obligations of Lessor and Lessee with respect to the Tenant Improvement Allowance are hereby deleted.
39.
Contingencies; Required Deliverables.
(i)
Sections 11(a) and 11(b) of the Addendum are hereby deleted in their entirety.
(ii)
Section 11(c) of the Addendum is hereby modified by changing the time period for the required deliverable described therein to the first thirty (30) days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment. Lessor represents and warrants that it has obtained all required consents of its lender to this Amendment.

 


 

40.
Maintenance and Repairs: Lessor and Lessee agree that if Lessee’s alterations or equipment installations result in penetrations to the roof, then, thereafter Lessee shall be required to repair and maintain the roof in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of the Lease and the words “the roof” shall be deemed to be deleted from clause (i) of the first sentence of Section 8 of the Lease.
41.
Guarantor Ratification: Guarantor hereby reaffirms, ratifies, confirms and acknowledges that its guaranty of the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, pursuant to Section 34 of the Lease. Guarantor hereby affirmatively consents to the terms of this Amendment.
42.
Brokers: Each party represents and warrants to the other that no real estate brokers or agents have been instrumental in the procurement of this Amendment other than Wilson Steele, whose commission, if any, is payable by Lessor pursuant to a separate written agreement. Each party shall indemnify and save the other party wholly harmless against any loss, cost or other expense, including court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees that may be incurred by such other party by reason of any breach of the foregoing warranties and covenants.
43.
Miscellaneous. The recitals set forth above are hereby incorporated herein. This Amendment, together with the Lease, constitutes the entire agreement between Lessor and Lessee regarding the Lease and the subject matter contained herein and supersedes any and all prior and/or contemporaneous oral or written negotiations, agreements or understandings. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Lessor and Lessee and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. No subsequent change or addition to this Amendment shall be binding unless in writing and duly executed by both Lessor and Lessee. Except as specifically amended hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Lease are and shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of such counterparts shall constitute one document. To facilitate execution of this Amendment, the parties may execute and exchange, by electronic mail PDF, counterparts of the signature pages. Signature pages may be detached from the counterparts and attached to a single copy of this Amendment to physically form one document. In addition, the parties hereto consent and agree that this Amendment may be signed using electronic signature technology (e.g., via DocuSign or similar electronic signature technology), and that such signed electronic record shall be valid and as effective to bind the party so signing as a paper copy bearing such party’s handwritten signature.

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the day first above written.

LESSEE:

AMAERO ADVANCED MATERIALS &

MANUFACTURING, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

By:

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

Hank J. Holland

 

Chairman and CEO

 

 

 

GUARANTOR:

AMAERO INTERNATIONAL LTD.

 

By:

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

Hank J. Holland

 

Chairman and CEO

 

 

 

LESSOR:

SPRING BRANCH, LLC

a Tennessee limited liability company

By:

/s/ Robert McCallie

 

Robert C. McCallie, Sr.

 

Chief Manager / President

 

 

 

 


CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE IT IS BOTH (I) NOT MATERIAL AND (II) INFORMATION THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL. [***] INDICATES THAT INFORMATION HAS BEEN REDACTED.

 

Exhibit 10.11

MASTER PURCHASING AGREEMENT

This Master Purchasing Agreement (“Agreement”) is made effective as of ____04/08______, 2026 (“Effective Date”), by and between AMAERO ADVANCED MATERIALS & MANUFACTURING, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Seller”) and CONTINUUM POWDERS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Customer”). In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

1.
Orders for Products
1.1
Products. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Seller will sell to Customer, and Customer will purchase from Seller, the products listed in Exhibit A (“Products”). A revision will apply to all orders accepted after the effective date of the revision. Seller understands that Customer may resell certain Products to end customers (“End Customers”). Customer will be responsible for the marketing and sale of re-sold Products to End Customers; Seller will be responsible for shipping and delivery to Customer in accordance with this Agreement.
1.2
Powder Specifications. Seller and Customer have mutually agreed upon and accepted specifications for the Products (“Powder Specifications”) that are attached in Addendum C. Customer may propose modifications to the Powder Specifications upon written notice to Seller. Seller shall have five (5) business days from receipt of such notice to review the proposed modifications and notify Customer in writing of its acceptance or rejection. If Seller accepts the proposed modifications (or fails to respond within such five (5) day period), such modifications shall become effective: (a) the latter date of forty-five (45) days after Seller’s receipt of Grade 5 bar feedstock or forty-five (45) days after Seller’s acceptance (or the expiration of the review period) for any changes affecting Grade 5 titanium specifications; and (b) thirty (30) days after Seller’s acceptance (or the expiration of the review period) for all other specification changes. If Seller rejects the proposed modifications, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to reach a mutually acceptable resolution.
1.3
Term and Conditions of Sale. The terms and conditions of this Agreement will control all sales of Products by Seller to Customer, and any conflicting or additional terms contained in any Customer purchase orders or other documents are hereby specifically objected to and will be of no effect.
1.4
Order Submission by Customer
(a)
Purchase Orders. Customer will order Products by submitting written purchase orders that set forth the details for the ordered Products (i.e., type and quantity ordered, delivery destination, requested shipment date). This Agreement will serve as a Purchase Order for the Minimum Commitment of Products as described in Exhibit A and Customer may order additional Products by submitting additional Purchase Orders to Seller (“Additional Purchase Orders”). Additional Purchase Orders must be placed in accordance with the lead-time restrictions in Section 1.4(b). Any terms of a Purchase Order that conflict with, or in any way purport to amend, any of the terms of this Agreement are hereby specifically objected to and will be of no effect.

 


 

(b)
Minimum Order Lead-time. Customer will provide Seller with a minimum order lead-time (i.e., the time between receipt of an Additional Purchase Order by Seller and the requested Product shipment date) for the shipment of Products of no less than four weeks. For those Additional Purchase Orders for which Customer fails to provide the minimum order lead-time, Seller will not be obligated to accept the Additional Purchase Order, but if Seller does accept the Additional Purchase Order, Seller will use reasonable efforts to fill the Additional Purchase Order by the shipment date requested by Customer.
1.5
Review of Additional Purchase Orders by Seller. No later than three business days after receipt of an Additional Purchase Order, Seller will advise Customer in a written or electronic notice whether it has accepted the Additional Purchase Order (“Order Acknowledgement”). If Seller fails to deliver an Order Acknowledgement within the three business day period, the Additional Purchase Order will be deemed rejected. Seller reserves the right to accept Additional Purchase Orders in its reasonable discretion, provided that Seller will use commercially reasonable efforts to accept any such Additional Purchase Orders and deliver the applicable Products within 4 weeks of the date of the Accepted Purchase Order. Seller may not cancel any previously accepted Additional Purchase Order except for Customer’s material breach of this Agreement that remains uncured following 30 days’ written notice.
1.6
Accepted Orders. For the purposes of this Agreement, an “Accepted Order” is an order described in (a) this Agreement (when relating to Purchase Orders for Minimum Commitments); or (b) an Order Acknowledgement delivered by Seller in accordance with Section 1.5.
1.7
Minimum Commitment and Purchasing Amounts. Customer agrees to purchase Products in at least the quantities specified as the Minimum Commitments in Exhibit A. The shipping, delivery, and purchasing terms for the Minimum Commitments will be as described in Exhibit A. Seller agrees to prioritize production for additional Customer orders of Products up to a 100% increase from the applicable Minimum Commitment. Any Additional Purchase Orders for quantities above this amount may be accepted or rejected in Seller’s sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Seller delivers Nonconforming Products, Customer provides notice to Seller in accordance with Section 2.5 of this Agreement, Seller fails to replace such Nonconforming Products within the time periods set forth therein, and as a direct and substantiated result thereof an End Customer cancels a contract with Customer, Customer may reduce the applicable Minimum Commitment by the quantity of Products attributable to such canceled contract without any corresponding adjustment to the per-unit pricing set forth in Exhibit A.
2.
Accepted Orders for Products
2.1
Delivery. The Products will be delivered as specified in the Accepted Purchase Order, subject to availability of finished Products. Seller shall not be liable for any delays, loss, or damage in transit. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, Seller shall deliver the Products to Customer’s loading dock (the “Delivery Point”) using Seller’s standard methods for packaging and shipping such Products. Customer shall take delivery of the Products immediately upon delivery to the Delivery Point. Customer shall be responsible for all loading costs and provide equipment and labor reasonably suited for receipt of the Products at Customer’s receiving location. Seller may, with Customer’s consent, make partial shipments of Products to Customer.

2


 

Each shipment will constitute a separate sale, and Customer shall pay for the units shipped whether such shipment is in whole or partial (if Customer consented) fulfillment of the Accepted Purchase Order. If for any reason Customer fails to accept delivery of any of the Products that have been delivered Customer’s receiving location, or if Seller is unable to deliver the Products at the Delivery Point on such date because Customer has not provided appropriate instructions, documents, licenses or authorizations: (i) risk of loss to the Products shall pass to Customer; (ii) the Products shall be deemed to have been delivered; and (iii) Seller, at its option, may store the Products until Customer picks them up, whereupon Customer shall be liable for all related costs and expenses (including, without limitation, storage and insurance costs).
2.2
Non-Delivery. The quantity of any installment of Products as recorded by Seller on dispatch from Seller’s place of business is evidence of the quantity received by Customer on delivery unless Customer can provide conclusive evidence proving the contrary. The Seller shall not be liable for any non-delivery of Products (even if caused by Seller’s negligence) unless Customer gives written notice to Seller of the non-delivery within five (5) business days of the date when the Products would in the ordinary course of events have been received. Any liability of Seller for non-delivery of the Products shall be limited to replacing the Products within a reasonable time or adjusting the invoice respecting such Products to reflect the actual quantity delivered.
2.3
Shipping and Packaging Terms. Seller shall make delivery in accordance with the terms on the face of the Accepted Purchase Order. Customer will supply, at Customer’s sole expense, packaging materials for the Products in the form of 6 Liter CurTec containers, liner bags and other packaging materials. Customer will maintain a minimum of 30 days supplies of such packaging materials to be stored on premise at Seller at all times during the term of this Agreement.
2.4
Title and Risk of Loss. Title and risk of loss pass to Customer upon delivery of the Products at the Delivery Point. As collateral security for the payment of the purchase price of the Products, Customer hereby grants to Seller a lien on and security interest in and to all of the right, title, and interest of Customer in, to, and under the Products, wherever located, and whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired from time to time, and in all accessions thereto and replacements or modifications thereof, as well as all proceeds (including insurance proceeds) of the foregoing. The security interest granted under this provision constitutes a purchase money security interest under the Tennessee Uniform Commercial Code.
2.5
Inspection and Rejection of Nonconforming Products. Customer shall inspect the Products within five (5) days of receipt (“Inspection Period”). Customer will be deemed to have accepted the Products unless it notifies Seller in writing of any Nonconforming Products during the Inspection Period and furnishes such written evidence or other documentation as reasonably required by Seller; provided, however, that with respect to Nonconforming Products that are not reasonably discoverable by Customer during the Inspection Period but are subsequently identified through inspection or testing by an End Customer, Customer shall notify Seller in writing within five (5) business days of receiving written notice from such End Customer, together with such supporting documentation as may be reasonably available. “Nonconforming Products” means only the following: (i) product shipped is different than identified in the Accepted Purchase Order; (ii) product’s label or packaging incorrectly identifies its contents; or (iii) product does not conform to the Powder Specifications. If Customer timely notifies Seller of any Nonconforming

3


 

Products, Seller shall, in its sole discretion, (i) replace such Nonconforming Products with conforming Products, or (ii) credit or refund the Price for such Nonconforming Products. Seller shall be responsible for all shipping and handling expenses incurred by Customer in connection with returning Nonconforming Products and receiving replacement Products. If Seller exercises its option to replace Nonconforming Products, Seller shall, after receiving Customer’s shipment of Nonconforming Products, ship to Customer, at Customer’s expense and risk of loss, the replaced Products to the Delivery Point. Customer acknowledges and agrees that the remedies set forth herein are Customer’s exclusive remedies for the delivery of Nonconforming Products. Except as provided herein, all sales of Products to Customer are made on a one-way basis and Customer has no right to return Products purchased under this Agreement to Seller; provided, further, that this limitation shall not apply to Nonconforming Products identified by End Customers pursuant to this Section, for which Customer shall retain the right to return such Products to Seller in accordance with the procedures set forth above.
3.
Protected Customers.
3.1
Identification. Customer will identify all End Customers who are purchasing an amount of Product specified as the Protected Customer Threshold in Exhibit A (each such End Customer, a “Protected Customer”). The initial list of Protected Customers shall be attached as Addendum A to this Agreement. By the 15th of the 1st month of each quarter during the term of this Agreement, Customer will provide an executed Affirmative Statement (draft of Affirmative Statement to be attached to this Agreement as Addendum B) that each Protected Customer purchased an amount of Product exceeding the Protected Customer Threshold in the previous quarter. If a Protected Customer does not meet the Protected Customer Threshold in any quarter, such End Customer are removed from Protected Customer list in Addendum A and such End Customer is no longer subject to Non-Solicit as of last day of quarter that they failed to satisfy Protected Customer Threshold. Also by the 15th of the 1st month of each quarter, Customer may identify End Customers who have met the Protected Customer Threshold in the prior quarter and such End Customers will be added to the Protected Customer list.
3.2
Non-Solicit. Seller agrees not to solicit nor to market the Products to Protected Customers while they retain Protected Customer status during the term of this Agreement. If an End Customer is removed from the Protected Customer list at any time, this restriction will no longer apply to such End Customer.
3.3
Injunctive Relief. In the event Seller breaches its obligations under this Section 3, Customer shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief.

4


 

4.
Price and Payment
4.1
Price. The purchase price for Products (“Purchase Price”) will be as set forth in a written price quotation signed by an authorized Seller sales executive (“Price Quotation”). Accepted Orders are subject to any additional restrictions that may be set forth in the applicable Price Quotation.
4.2
Payment
(a)
Invoices. Seller will submit an invoice to Customer no sooner than the Product shipment date specified in an Accepted Order. The invoice will state the Purchase Price for all Products plus any freight, taxes, or other applicable costs paid by Seller to be reimbursed by Customer.
(b)
Payment Date. Customer will pay all invoices no later than 30 days after the date of the invoice. When Products will be exported outside of the United States, payment must be made through a letter of credit, payable 30 days after presentation of proper documentation, issued by a commercial bank acceptable to Seller and delivered to Seller no later than five days after issuance of the first Purchase Order under this Agreement. If payables are 61 days or greater past due, Seller may at its sole discretion Terminate for Cause.
4.3
Revenue Share. For re-sales of Products to End Customers, Customer will pay Seller a revenue share payment (“Revenue Share Payment”) as described in Exhibit A.
4.4
Currency and Late Payment. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Price Quotation, all Purchases Prices and Revenue Share Payments are set forth in, and payments must be made in, U.S. dollars. [***].
4.5
Taxes
(a)
General. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Price Quotation, Purchase Prices and Revenue Share Payments do not include, and are net of, any foreign or domestic governmental taxes or charges of any kind that may be applicable to the sale, licensing, or distribution of the Products, including without limitation excise, sales, use, or value-added taxes; customs or other import duties; or other taxes, tariffs or duties. Customer will be responsible for, and will pay in a timely manner, all such taxes and charges levied against Seller, excluding taxes on the income of Seller. When Seller has the legal obligation to pay or collect such taxes, the appropriate amount will be invoiced to Customer, excluding taxes on the income of Seller, and paid by Customer within 30 days of the date of invoice unless Customer provides Seller with a valid tax exemption certificate authorized by the appropriate taxing authority.
(b)
Withholding Taxes. All payments by Customer will be made free and clear of, and without reduction for, any withholding taxes. Any such taxes that are otherwise imposed on payments to Seller will be the sole responsibility of Customer. Customer will provide Seller with official receipts issued by the appropriate taxing authority or such other evidence as is reasonably requested by Seller to establish that such taxes have been paid.

5


 

5.
Term and Termination
5.1
Term. This Agreement will be in effect for an initial one-year term commencing on the Effective Date (“Initial Term”), unless the parties otherwise mutually agree in writing. Renewal of this Agreement is subject to the revision of Purchase Prices stated in Exhibit A to reflect mutually agreed upon prices for the Products.
5.2
Termination for Cause. If either party fails to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement, the other party may terminate this Agreement by giving 30 days prior written notice, provided that the matters set forth in such notice are not cured to the other party’s reasonable satisfaction within the 30-day period.
5.3
Effect of Termination or Expiration. In case of a termination or expiration of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement will continue to apply to all Accepted Orders that accepted before the effective date of such termination or expiration. Termination or expiration of this Agreement will not release either party from making payments due to the other party under the terms of this Agreement.
6.
Limited Warranty and Disclaimer
6.1
Limited Warranty. Seller warrants to Customer that from the date of shipment of the Products (“Warranty Period”), that such Products will materially conform to Powder Specifications. in effect as of the date of manufacture and will be free from material defects in material and workmanship.
6.2
WARRANTY DISCLAIMER. EXCEPT FOR THE WARRANTY SET FORTH HEREIN, SELLER MAKES NO WARRANTY WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS, INCLUDING ANY (A) WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY; (B) WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE; OR (C) WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF A THIRD PARTY; WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED BY LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE. THE SELLER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR A BREACH OF THE WARRANTY SET FORTH HEREIN IF: (I) CUSTOMER MAKES ANY FURTHER USE OF SUCH PRODUCTS AFTER GIVING SUCH NOTICE; (II) THE DEFECT ARISES BECAUSE CUSTOMER FAILED TO FOLLOW SELLER’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AS TO THE STORAGE, INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING, USE OR MAINTENANCE OF THE PRODUCTS; OR (III) CUSTOMER ALTERS OR REPAIRS SUCH PRODUCTS WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SELLER. THE LIMITED WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY TO MATERIALS THAT ARE EXPRESSLY DESIGNATED IN WRITING BY SELLER AS SUPPLIED FOR TESTING AND/OR EVALUATION (“TESTING MATERIAL”). TESTING MATERIAL IS SUPPLIED “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. SELLER WILL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY CLAIMS RELATING TO TESTING MATERIAL. SUBJECT TO THE ABOVE, WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH PRODUCTS DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD, SELLER SHALL, AT CUSTOMER’S ELECTION, EITHER: (X) REPAIR OR REPLACE SUCH PRODUCTS (OR THE DEFECTIVE PART) OR (Y) CREDIT OR REFUND THE PRICE OF SUCH PRODUCTS AT THE PRO RATA CONTRACT RATE PROVIDED THAT, IF SELLER SO REQUESTS,

6


 

CUSTOMER SHALL, AT SELLER’S EXPENSE, RETURN SUCH PRODUCTS TO SELLER, WHICH SHALL BE THE CUSTOMER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND SELLER’S ENTIRE LIABILITY FOR ANY BREACH OF THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET FORTH HEREIN.
7.
Limitations of Liability
7.1
Disclaimer of Damages. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY WILL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OF BUSINESS, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY IS APPRISED OF THE LIKELIHOOD OF SUCH DAMAGES OCCURRING.
7.2
Cap on Liability. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL SELLER’S TOTAL LIABILITY OF ALL KINDS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF THE FORUM AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER ANY ACTION OR CLAIM IS BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, EXCEED THE TOTAL AMOUNT PAID BY CUSTOMER TO SELLER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT (DETERMINED AS OF THE DATE OF ANY FINAL JUDGMENT IN AN ACTION).
7.3
Independent Allocations of Risk. EACH PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT THAT PROVIDES FOR A LIMITATION OF LIABILITY, DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES, OR EXCLUSION OF DAMAGES IS TO ALLOCATE THE RISKS OF THIS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES. THIS ALLOCATION IS REFLECTED IN THE PRICING OFFERED BY SELLER TO CUSTOMER AND IS AN ESSENTIAL ELEMENT OF THE BASIS OF THE BARGAIN BETWEEN THE PARTIES. EACH OF THESE PROVISIONS IS SEVERABLE AND INDEPENDENT OF ALL OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND EACH OF THESE PROVISIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE WARRANTIES IN THIS AGREEMENT HAVE FAILED OF THEIR ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.
8.
General Provisions
8.1
Export Restrictions. Customer will not directly or indirectly import, export, or re-export the Products outside the United States without obtaining all permits and licenses as may be required by, and conforming with, all applicable laws and regulations of the governments of the United States and the foreign territory. Customer represents and warrants that Customer is not located in, under the control of, or a national or resident of any country on the United States Commerce Department’s Table of Denial Orders.
8.2
Assignment. Neither party may transfer or assign this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the written consent of the other party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. Any attempt to transfer or assign this Agreement without consent will be null and void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party may transfer or assign this Agreement upon notice, but without the other party’s consent, to an affiliate or a successor of all or substantially all of its business pertaining to this Agreement, whether by merger, consolidation, transfer or sale of all or substantially all of its business, assets, or equity.

7


 

8.3
Governing Law and Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware without regard or giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws or to the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods. Seller and Customer submit to and hereby irrevocably waive any objection to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of, and that venue is proper in, any federal or state court in Delaware.
8.4
Notices. Any notice, request, demand, or other communication required or permitted in this Agreement will be in writing, will reference this Agreement, and will be effective: (a) when delivered personally; (b) when sent by facsimile, with written confirmation of receipt by the sending facsimile machine; (c) four business days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d) two business days after deposit with an express courier, with written confirmation of receipt. All notices will be sent to the address set forth below or other address for a party as specified in writing by that party.
8.5
Severability. If for any reason a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement invalid or unenforceable, that provision of the Agreement will be enforced to the maximum extent permissible and the other provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.
8.6
Waiver. No failure of either party to exercise or enforce any of its rights under this Agreement will act as a waiver of these rights.
8.7
Relationship between the Parties. Seller is an independent contractor under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement creates a partnership, joint, venture, or agency relationship between the parties.
8.8
Contractual Statute of Limitations. No claim, demand, or cause of action that arose out of an event or events that occurred more than one year before filing of the claim, demands or cause of action with a court of competent jurisdiction may be asserted by either party against the other.
8.9
Force Majeure. Neither party is responsible for delays or failures to perform its responsibilities under this Agreement due to causes beyond its reasonable control, including but not limited to acts of God, natural disasters, war, terrorism, riots, embargoes, acts of civil or military authorities, fire, floods, accidents, strikes, or shortages of transportation, facilities, fuel, energy, labor, or materials. If the performance of either party is interfered with for reasons beyond its reasonable control, such party, upon prompt written notice to the other party, will be excused from performance to the extent of the interference. If a force majeure event continues for more than sixty (60) days, either party may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other party without liability.
8.10
Entire Agreement. This Agreement and Exhibit A is the complete and exclusive agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, superseding and replacing any and all prior or contemporaneous agreements, communications, and understandings (both written and oral) regarding this subject matter. This Agreement will also supersede the conflicting terms of any purchase order or any other Customer document. Seller

8


 

hereby expressly rejects terms and conditions preprinted on any Customer document. Any terms in any other order, release, contract, or other communication that are additional to, different from, or inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement will be deemed to be void and of no effect. This Agreement may only be modified, or any rights under it waived, by a written document executed by both parties.
8.11
No Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer, nor will anything contained in this Agreement confer on, any person other than the parties and the respective successors or permitted assigns of the parties, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities.

9


 

 

AMAERO ADVANCED MATERIALS & MANUFACTURING, INC.

 

CONTINUUM POWDERS CORPORATION

Name:

 

Hank Holland

 

Name:

 

Jonathan Cozens

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

Chairman and CEO

 

Title:

 

CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

/s/ Hank Holland

 

Signature:

 

/s/ Jonathan Cozens

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

04/08/2026

 

Date:

 

04/08/2026

 

 


 

EXHIBIT A

Products and Pricing

1.
Products, Minimum Commitments, and Pricing.
a.
Product: Class I Ti-6Al-4V Grade 23 powder per Continuum spec CPC-Ti64-001 V3.
b.
Minimum Commitment: [***] kg/month (in two equal installments of [***] kg, shipped on or before the 15th and on or before last day of each calendar month).

Quantity purchased in a calendar month

Price

First [***] kg

$[***]/kg

After [***] kg

$[***]/kg

c.
Substitution to 0-53: With written notice of no less than 30 days from recurring 15th of month and last day of month shipping deadlines, -45/+15 PSD, -63/+20 and/or -63+0 PSD Grade 23 orders may be substituted. Grade 5 orders may be substituted subject to notice period referenced in Section 1.2. Total substituted orders may not exceed [***] kg / month to satisfy the [***] kg / month minimum commitment. The price for substitution orders will be same as stated in table above.
2.
Revenue Share. Customer will pay a revenue share to Seller on sales of Products to End Customers as follows:
a.
For Customer’s sales of Products to End Customers priced above $[***]/kg, Customer will pay a Revenue Share Payment equal to [***]% of the excess price / kg above $[***]. For example, if an End Customer’s price equals $[***] / kg, Seller would receive a revenue share equal to $[***] / kg. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Revenue Share Payment shall not apply to sales to End Customers who were deemed Protected Customer as of Effective Date to the extent that the Revenue Share Payment would result in a reduction of Customer’s margin on sales of Products to such End Customer as of the Effective Date (defined as sales price to Customer as of the Effective Date less $[***] / kg).
b.
All Revenue Share Payments will be calculated based on shipments of Products to End Customers. Customer will provide a summary of all such shipments in a quarter to Seller by 30th day of the 1st month of the next quarter. Customer will pay all Revenue Share Payments for an applicable quarter by the 15th day of the 2nd month of the next quarter.
3.
Protected Customer Threshold. [***] kg/quarter

2


 

ADDENDUM A

Protected Customer List

3


 

ADDENDUM B

Affirmative Statement

 

4


 

ADDENDUM C

Powder Specifications

5


 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO MASTER PURCHASING AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A — PRODUCTS AND PRICING (AMENDED AND RESTATED)

This Amendment No. 1 (“Amendment”) is entered into as of May 8, 2026, by and between AMAERO ADVANCED MATERIALS & MANUFACTURING, INC. (“Seller”) and CONTINUUM POWDERS CORPORATION (“Customer”), and amends Exhibit A of that certain Master Purchasing Agreement dated April 8, 2026 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

Except as set forth herein, all other terms of the Agreement remain unchanged. In the event of any conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall control.

Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

EXHIBIT A

Products and Pricing

9.
Products, Minimum Commitments, and Pricing.
9.1
Product: Ti-6AI-4V Grade 23 powder, as amended, in two (2) classifications:
(a)
Class 1 Powder: PSDs including -45/+15, -53/+15, and -53.
(b)
Class 2 Powder: PSDs including -63, -63/+20, and -75/+20, and any other PSDs mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties.

Material specifications have been mutually agreed upon and are set forth in Addendum C.

9.2
Minimum Commitment: [***] kg/month, comprised of: (i) [***] kg of Class 1 Powder (-45/+15 PSD unless otherwise substituted pursuant to Section 1 .c below); and (ii) [***] kg of Class 2 Powder (-63/+20 PSD unless otherwise substituted pursuant to Section 1.c below). The Minimum Commitment shall be delivered in two equal installments of [***] kg each — the first shipment on or before the 15th of each calendar month, and the second shipment on or before the last day of each calendar month.

Pricing (per calendar month):

Quantity purchased in a calendar month

Price

First [***] kg per calendar month

$[***]/kg

Monthly shipments in excess of [***] kg

$[***]/kg

 

6


 

9.3
Substitution: With written notice of no less than thirty (30) days from the applicable recurring 15th-of-month or end-of- month shipment date, Customer may substitute different PSDs within or across Classes, subject to the following conditions:
(a)
Class 2 Minimum: Class 2 Powder must equal a minimum of fifty percent (50%) of total monthly shipments. Any substitution that would cause Class 2 Powder to fall below 50% of total monthly shipments requires Seller’s prior written consent, which may be granted or withheld in Seller’s sole discretion.
(b)
Class 1 Surcharge: If Seller, in its sole discretion, accepts a substitution resulting in Class 1 Powder exceeding fifty percent (50%) of total monthly shipments, a surcharge of $[***]/kg shall apply to all Class 1 Powder in excess of 50% of total monthly shipments for that month.
(c)
Illustrative Example: If Customer requests [***] kg of -45/+15 (Class 1) and [***] kg of -63/+20 (Class 2), Class 1 Powder would represent [***]% of total shipments. The [***] kg of Class 1 Powder above the 50% threshold would result in a surcharge of $[***] ([***] kg x $[***]/kg).
(d)
Agreed PSDs Only: Substitution is only available for PSDs for which material specifications have been mutually agreed upon.
(e)
Grade 5 Orders: Grade 5 orders may be substituted subject to the notice period referenced in Section 1.2 of the Agreement.
10.
Revenue Share. Unchanged from the Agreement.
11.
Protected Customer Threshold. [***] kg/quarter. Unchanged from the Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

AMAERO ADVANCED MATERIALS & MANUFACTURING, INC.

 

CONTINUUM POWDERS CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

By:

 

/s/ Jonathan Cozens

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Hank J. Holand

 

Name:

 

Jonathan Cozens

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

Chairman and CEO

 

Title:

 

CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

05/08/2026

 

Date:

 

05/11/2026

 

7


 

ADDENDUM C

Powder Specifications

[***]

8


Exhibit 16.1

August 28, 2026

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Ladies and Gentleman:

 

We have reviewed Amaero Inc.’s statements included under the heading “Change in Accountants” in its Registration Statement on Form S-1, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 28, 2026, and we agree with the statements concerning our firm contained therein. We have no basis on which to agree or disagree with any of the other statements contained therein.

 

Respectfully submitted,

 

 

/s/ RSM Australia Partners

RSM Australia Partners

 

 

 


Exhibit 21.1

AMAERO INC.

 

List of Significant Subsidiaries

 

Entity Name

Jurisdiction

Amaero Ltd.

Australia

AM Aero, Inc.

USA (California)

Amaero Advanced Materials &

Manufacturing, Inc.

USA (Delaware)

Amaero Engineering Pty Ltd

Australia

Amaero Alloys Pty Limited

Australia

 

 


Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated July 10, 2026, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Amaero Inc. (the Company), which is contained in that Prospectus. Our report contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ BDO USA, P.C.

Atlanta, Georgia

August 28, 2026

 

 

 

 

BDO USA, P.C., a Virginia professional corporation, is the U.S. member of BDO International Limited, a UK company limited by guarantee, and forms part of the international BDO network of independent member firms.

 

BDO is the brand name for the BDO network and for each of the BDO Member Firms.